id	sid	tid	token	lemma	pos
19138	1	1	RESONANCE	resonance	NN
19138	1	2	IN	in	IN
19138	1	3	SINGING	singing	NN
19138	1	4	AND	and	CC
19138	1	5	SPEAKING	speak	VBG
19138	1	6	BY	by	IN
19138	1	7	THOMAS	THOMAS	NNP
19138	1	8	FILLEBROWN	FILLEBROWN	NNP
19138	1	9	,	,	,
19138	1	10	M.D.	M.D.	NNP
19138	1	11	,	,	,
19138	1	12	D.M.D.	D.M.D.	NNP
19138	2	1	TWENTY	TWENTY	NNP
19138	2	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	2	3	ONE	one	CD
19138	2	4	YEARS	years	NN
19138	2	5	PROFESSOR	PROFESSOR	NNS
19138	2	6	OF	of	IN
19138	2	7	OPERATIVE	operative	NN
19138	2	8	DENTISTRY	DENTISTRY	NNP
19138	2	9	AND	and	CC
19138	2	10	ORAL	ORAL	NNP
19138	2	11	SURGERY	SURGERY	NNP
19138	2	12	IN	in	IN
19138	2	13	HARVARD	HARVARD	NNP
19138	2	14	UNIVERSITY	UNIVERSITY	NNP
19138	2	15	;	;	:
19138	2	16	MEMBER	member	NN
19138	2	17	OF	of	IN
19138	2	18	THE	the	DT
19138	2	19	AMERICAN	AMERICAN	NNP
19138	2	20	MEDICAL	MEDICAL	NNP
19138	2	21	ASSOCIATION	ASSOCIATION	NNP
19138	2	22	,	,	,
19138	2	23	THE	the	DT
19138	2	24	ACADEMY	ACADEMY	NNP
19138	2	25	OF	of	IN
19138	2	26	DENTAL	DENTAL	NNP
19138	2	27	SCIENCE	SCIENCE	NNP
19138	2	28	,	,	,
19138	2	29	THE	the	DT
19138	2	30	NEW	NEW	NNP
19138	2	31	ENGLAND	ENGLAND	NNP
19138	2	32	OTOLOGICAL	OTOLOGICAL	NNP
19138	2	33	AND	and	CC
19138	2	34	LARYNGOLOGICAL	LARYNGOLOGICAL	NNP
19138	2	35	ASSOCIATION	ASSOCIATION	NNP
19138	2	36	,	,	,
19138	2	37	ETC	ETC	NNP
19138	2	38	.	.	.
19138	3	1	;	;	:
19138	3	2	LECTURER	LECTURER	VBG
19138	3	3	ON	on	IN
19138	3	4	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19138	3	5	DEVELOPMENT	DEVELOPMENT	NNP
19138	3	6	.	.	.
19138	4	1	THIRD	THIRD	NNP
19138	4	2	EDITION	EDITION	NNP
19138	4	3	[	[	-LRB-
19138	4	4	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	4	5	:	:	:
19138	4	6	THE	the	DT
19138	4	7	MUSIC	MUSIC	NNP
19138	4	8	STUDENTS	STUDENTS	NNP
19138	4	9	LIBRARY	LIBRARY	NNP
19138	4	10	]	]	-RRB-
19138	4	11	BOSTON	BOSTON	NNP
19138	4	12	OLIVER	OLIVER	NNP
19138	4	13	DITSON	DITSON	NNP
19138	4	14	COMPANY	COMPANY	NNP
19138	4	15	NEW	NEW	NNP
19138	4	16	YORK	YORK	NNP
19138	4	17	CHAS	CHAS	NNP
19138	4	18	.	.	.
19138	5	1	H.	H.	NNP
19138	5	2	DITSON	DITSON	NNP
19138	5	3	&	&	CC
19138	5	4	CO	CO	NNP
19138	5	5	.	.	.
19138	5	6	CHICAGO	CHICAGO	NNP
19138	5	7	LYON	LYON	NNP
19138	5	8	&	&	CC
19138	5	9	HEALY	HEALY	NNP
19138	5	10	_	_	NNP
19138	5	11	Copyright	Copyright	NNP
19138	5	12	,	,	,
19138	5	13	MCMXI	MCMXI	NNP
19138	5	14	_	_	NNP
19138	5	15	BY	by	IN
19138	5	16	OLIVER	OLIVER	NNP
19138	5	17	DITSON	DITSON	NNP
19138	5	18	COMPANY	COMPANY	NNP
19138	5	19	International	International	NNP
19138	5	20	Copyright	Copyright	NNP
19138	5	21	secured	secure	VBN
19138	5	22	[	[	-LRB-
19138	5	23	Transcriber	Transcriber	NNP
19138	5	24	's	's	POS
19138	5	25	Note	note	NN
19138	5	26	:	:	:
19138	5	27	Text	text	NN
19138	5	28	in	in	IN
19138	5	29	bold	bold	JJ
19138	5	30	is	be	VBZ
19138	5	31	surrounded	surround	VBN
19138	5	32	by	by	IN
19138	5	33	=	=	NNS
19138	5	34	.	.	.
19138	6	1	Text	text	NN
19138	6	2	in	in	IN
19138	6	3	italics	italic	NNS
19138	6	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	6	5	surrounded	surround	VBN
19138	6	6	by	by	IN
19138	6	7	_	_	NNP
19138	6	8	.	.	.
19138	6	9	]	]	-RRB-
19138	7	1	TO	to	IN
19138	7	2	THE	the	DT
19138	7	3	MEMORY	memory	NN
19138	7	4	OF	of	IN
19138	7	5	WILLIAM	WILLIAM	NNP
19138	7	6	HASKELL	HASKELL	NNP
19138	7	7	STOCKBRIDGE	stockbridge	VBP
19138	7	8	PUPIL	PUPIL	NNP
19138	7	9	OF	of	IN
19138	7	10	VANNUCCINI	vannuccini	NN
19138	7	11	AND	and	CC
19138	7	12	MY	my	PRP$
19138	7	13	FIRST	first	NN
19138	7	14	INSTRUCTOR	INSTRUCTOR	NNP
19138	7	15	IN	in	IN
19138	7	16	VOICE	voice	NN
19138	7	17	CULTURE	culture	NN
19138	7	18	,	,	,
19138	7	19	THIS	this	DT
19138	7	20	VOLUME	volume	NN
19138	7	21	IS	be	VBZ
19138	7	22	AFFECTIONATELY	affectionately	JJ
19138	7	23	DEDICATED	dedicated	JJ
19138	7	24	PREFACE	preface	NN
19138	7	25	Efforts	effort	NNS
19138	7	26	to	to	TO
19138	7	27	develop	develop	VB
19138	7	28	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	7	29	own	own	JJ
19138	7	30	voice	voice	NN
19138	7	31	,	,	,
19138	7	32	and	and	CC
19138	7	33	the	the	DT
19138	7	34	voices	voice	NNS
19138	7	35	of	of	IN
19138	7	36	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	7	37	patients	patient	NNS
19138	7	38	after	after	IN
19138	7	39	operations	operation	NNS
19138	7	40	for	for	IN
19138	7	41	cleft	cleft	JJ
19138	7	42	palate	palate	NNP
19138	7	43	,	,	,
19138	7	44	aided	aid	VBN
19138	7	45	by	by	IN
19138	7	46	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
19138	7	47	study	study	NN
19138	7	48	,	,	,
19138	7	49	resulted	result	VBD
19138	7	50	in	in	IN
19138	7	51	a	a	DT
19138	7	52	plan	plan	NN
19138	7	53	for	for	IN
19138	7	54	the	the	DT
19138	7	55	focusing	focusing	NN
19138	7	56	and	and	CC
19138	7	57	development	development	NN
19138	7	58	of	of	IN
19138	7	59	the	the	DT
19138	7	60	human	human	JJ
19138	7	61	voice	voice	NN
19138	7	62	quite	quite	RB
19138	7	63	different	different	JJ
19138	7	64	from	from	IN
19138	7	65	any	any	DT
19138	7	66	other	other	JJ
19138	7	67	yet	yet	RB
19138	7	68	published	publish	VBN
19138	7	69	,	,	,
19138	7	70	or	or	CC
19138	7	71	,	,	,
19138	7	72	so	so	RB
19138	7	73	far	far	RB
19138	7	74	as	as	IN
19138	7	75	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	7	76	know	know	VBP
19138	7	77	,	,	,
19138	7	78	yet	yet	RB
19138	7	79	proposed	propose	VBN
19138	7	80	.	.	.
19138	8	1	This	this	DT
19138	8	2	plan	plan	NN
19138	8	3	has	have	VBZ
19138	8	4	proved	prove	VBN
19138	8	5	so	so	RB
19138	8	6	successful	successful	JJ
19138	8	7	in	in	IN
19138	8	8	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	8	9	later	later	JJ
19138	8	10	life	life	NN
19138	8	11	that	that	WDT
19138	8	12	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	8	13	feel	feel	VBP
19138	8	14	emboldened	emboldened	JJ
19138	8	15	to	to	TO
19138	8	16	offer	offer	VB
19138	8	17	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	8	18	for	for	IN
19138	8	19	the	the	DT
19138	8	20	consideration	consideration	NN
19138	8	21	of	of	IN
19138	8	22	speakers	speaker	NNS
19138	8	23	and	and	CC
19138	8	24	singers	singer	NNS
19138	8	25	.	.	.
19138	9	1	While	while	IN
19138	9	2	twenty	twenty	CD
19138	9	3	-	-	HYPH
19138	9	4	five	five	CD
19138	9	5	years	year	NNS
19138	9	6	ago	ago	RB
19138	9	7	few	few	JJ
19138	9	8	of	of	IN
19138	9	9	the	the	DT
19138	9	10	principles	principle	NNS
19138	9	11	here	here	RB
19138	9	12	described	describe	VBN
19138	9	13	were	be	VBD
19138	9	14	acknowledged	acknowledge	VBN
19138	9	15	or	or	CC
19138	9	16	even	even	RB
19138	9	17	recognized	recognize	VBN
19138	9	18	,	,	,
19138	9	19	within	within	IN
19138	9	20	the	the	DT
19138	9	21	last	last	JJ
19138	9	22	decade	decade	NN
19138	9	23	almost	almost	RB
19138	9	24	all	all	DT
19138	9	25	have	have	VBP
19138	9	26	been	be	VBN
19138	9	27	advocated	advocate	VBN
19138	9	28	separately	separately	RB
19138	9	29	by	by	IN
19138	9	30	different	different	JJ
19138	9	31	teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	9	32	or	or	CC
19138	9	33	writers	writer	NNS
19138	9	34	.	.	.
19138	10	1	At	at	IN
19138	10	2	the	the	DT
19138	10	3	present	present	JJ
19138	10	4	time	time	NN
19138	10	5	,	,	,
19138	10	6	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	10	7	,	,	,
19138	10	8	originality	originality	NN
19138	10	9	consists	consist	VBZ
19138	10	10	only	only	RB
19138	10	11	in	in	IN
19138	10	12	the	the	DT
19138	10	13	classification	classification	NN
19138	10	14	of	of	IN
19138	10	15	the	the	DT
19138	10	16	principles	principle	NNS
19138	10	17	into	into	IN
19138	10	18	a	a	DT
19138	10	19	systematic	systematic	JJ
19138	10	20	,	,	,
19138	10	21	progressive	progressive	JJ
19138	10	22	whole	whole	NN
19138	10	23	,	,	,
19138	10	24	and	and	CC
19138	10	25	in	in	IN
19138	10	26	arranging	arrange	VBG
19138	10	27	a	a	DT
19138	10	28	simpler	simple	JJR
19138	10	29	and	and	CC
19138	10	30	more	more	JJR
19138	10	31	practical	practical	JJ
19138	10	32	method	method	NN
19138	10	33	of	of	IN
19138	10	34	applying	apply	VBG
19138	10	35	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	10	36	,	,	,
19138	10	37	thus	thus	RB
19138	10	38	making	make	VBG
19138	10	39	the	the	DT
19138	10	40	desired	desire	VBN
19138	10	41	results	result	NNS
19138	10	42	much	much	RB
19138	10	43	more	more	RBR
19138	10	44	quickly	quickly	RB
19138	10	45	attainable	attainable	JJ
19138	10	46	.	.	.
19138	11	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	11	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	11	3	attempted	attempt	VBN
19138	11	4	in	in	IN
19138	11	5	this	this	DT
19138	11	6	volume	volume	NN
19138	11	7	only	only	RB
19138	11	8	to	to	TO
19138	11	9	describe	describe	VB
19138	11	10	the	the	DT
19138	11	11	value	value	NN
19138	11	12	of	of	IN
19138	11	13	each	each	DT
19138	11	14	element	element	NN
19138	11	15	in	in	IN
19138	11	16	the	the	DT
19138	11	17	production	production	NN
19138	11	18	of	of	IN
19138	11	19	the	the	DT
19138	11	20	perfect	perfect	JJ
19138	11	21	tone	tone	NN
19138	11	22	and	and	CC
19138	11	23	to	to	TO
19138	11	24	demonstrate	demonstrate	VB
19138	11	25	the	the	DT
19138	11	26	principles	principle	NNS
19138	11	27	which	which	WDT
19138	11	28	,	,	,
19138	11	29	if	if	IN
19138	11	30	properly	properly	RB
19138	11	31	and	and	CC
19138	11	32	faithfully	faithfully	RB
19138	11	33	applied	apply	VBN
19138	11	34	,	,	,
19138	11	35	will	will	MD
19138	11	36	develop	develop	VB
19138	11	37	the	the	DT
19138	11	38	best	good	JJS
19138	11	39	that	that	WDT
19138	11	40	is	be	VBZ
19138	11	41	possible	possible	JJ
19138	11	42	in	in	IN
19138	11	43	each	each	DT
19138	11	44	individual	individual	JJ
19138	11	45	voice	voice	NN
19138	11	46	and	and	CC
19138	11	47	prepare	prepare	VB
19138	11	48	the	the	DT
19138	11	49	pupil	pupil	NN
19138	11	50	to	to	TO
19138	11	51	enter	enter	VB
19138	11	52	upon	upon	IN
19138	11	53	the	the	DT
19138	11	54	more	more	RBR
19138	11	55	advanced	advanced	JJ
19138	11	56	arts	art	NNS
19138	11	57	of	of	IN
19138	11	58	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	11	59	and	and	CC
19138	11	60	singing	singing	NN
19138	11	61	.	.	.
19138	12	1	In	in	IN
19138	12	2	1903	1903	CD
19138	12	3	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	12	4	prepared	prepare	VBD
19138	12	5	a	a	DT
19138	12	6	series	series	NN
19138	12	7	of	of	IN
19138	12	8	papers	paper	NNS
19138	12	9	on	on	IN
19138	12	10	_	_	NNP
19138	12	11	The	the	DT
19138	12	12	Art	Art	NNP
19138	12	13	of	of	IN
19138	12	14	Vocalism	Vocalism	NNP
19138	12	15	_	_	NNP
19138	12	16	,	,	,
19138	12	17	which	which	WDT
19138	12	18	were	be	VBD
19138	12	19	published	publish	VBN
19138	12	20	in	in	IN
19138	12	21	_	_	NNP
19138	12	22	The	the	DT
19138	12	23	Étude	Étude	NNP
19138	12	24	_	_	NNP
19138	12	25	in	in	IN
19138	12	26	May	May	NNP
19138	12	27	,	,	,
19138	12	28	June	June	NNP
19138	12	29	,	,	,
19138	12	30	and	and	CC
19138	12	31	July	July	NNP
19138	12	32	of	of	IN
19138	12	33	that	that	DT
19138	12	34	year	year	NN
19138	12	35	.	.	.
19138	13	1	These	these	DT
19138	13	2	articles	article	NNS
19138	13	3	are	be	VBP
19138	13	4	incorporated	incorporate	VBN
19138	13	5	in	in	IN
19138	13	6	this	this	DT
19138	13	7	work	work	NN
19138	13	8	.	.	.
19138	14	1	In	in	IN
19138	14	2	connection	connection	NN
19138	14	3	with	with	IN
19138	14	4	different	different	JJ
19138	14	5	organs	organ	NNS
19138	14	6	and	and	CC
19138	14	7	conditions	condition	NNS
19138	14	8	,	,	,
19138	14	9	important	important	JJ
19138	14	10	principles	principle	NNS
19138	14	11	are	be	VBP
19138	14	12	stated	state	VBN
19138	14	13	and	and	CC
19138	14	14	restated	restate	VBN
19138	14	15	.	.	.
19138	15	1	This	this	DT
19138	15	2	repetition	repetition	NN
19138	15	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	15	4	thought	think	VBN
19138	15	5	desirable	desirable	JJ
19138	15	6	in	in	IN
19138	15	7	order	order	NN
19138	15	8	that	that	IN
19138	15	9	the	the	DT
19138	15	10	fundamentals	fundamental	NNS
19138	15	11	may	may	MD
19138	15	12	be	be	VB
19138	15	13	kept	keep	VBN
19138	15	14	prominently	prominently	RB
19138	15	15	before	before	IN
19138	15	16	the	the	DT
19138	15	17	mind	mind	NN
19138	15	18	and	and	CC
19138	15	19	impressed	impress	VBN
19138	15	20	upon	upon	IN
19138	15	21	the	the	DT
19138	15	22	attention	attention	NN
19138	15	23	.	.	.
19138	16	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	16	2	believe	believe	VBP
19138	16	3	that	that	IN
19138	16	4	a	a	DT
19138	16	5	careful	careful	JJ
19138	16	6	study	study	NN
19138	16	7	of	of	IN
19138	16	8	this	this	DT
19138	16	9	volume	volume	NN
19138	16	10	will	will	MD
19138	16	11	prove	prove	VB
19138	16	12	of	of	IN
19138	16	13	essential	essential	JJ
19138	16	14	service	service	NN
19138	16	15	to	to	IN
19138	16	16	teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	16	17	and	and	CC
19138	16	18	advanced	advanced	JJ
19138	16	19	pupils	pupil	NNS
19138	16	20	of	of	IN
19138	16	21	singing	singing	NN
19138	16	22	and	and	CC
19138	16	23	oratory	oratory	NN
19138	16	24	,	,	,
19138	16	25	especially	especially	RB
19138	16	26	to	to	IN
19138	16	27	young	young	JJ
19138	16	28	teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	16	29	just	just	RB
19138	16	30	entering	enter	VBG
19138	16	31	upon	upon	IN
19138	16	32	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	16	33	duties	duty	NNS
19138	16	34	.	.	.
19138	17	1	Its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	17	2	method	method	NN
19138	17	3	will	will	MD
19138	17	4	be	be	VB
19138	17	5	found	find	VBN
19138	17	6	adapted	adapt	VBN
19138	17	7	to	to	IN
19138	17	8	the	the	DT
19138	17	9	instruction	instruction	NN
19138	17	10	of	of	IN
19138	17	11	pupils	pupil	NNS
19138	17	12	of	of	IN
19138	17	13	all	all	DT
19138	17	14	grades	grade	NNS
19138	17	15	,	,	,
19138	17	16	from	from	IN
19138	17	17	the	the	DT
19138	17	18	kindergarten	kindergarten	NN
19138	17	19	to	to	IN
19138	17	20	the	the	DT
19138	17	21	Conservatory	Conservatory	NNP
19138	17	22	of	of	IN
19138	17	23	Music	Music	NNP
19138	17	24	and	and	CC
19138	17	25	the	the	DT
19138	17	26	School	School	NNP
19138	17	27	of	of	IN
19138	17	28	Oratory	Oratory	NNP
19138	17	29	.	.	.
19138	18	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	18	2	shall	shall	MD
19138	18	3	be	be	VB
19138	18	4	gratified	gratify	VBN
19138	18	5	if	if	IN
19138	18	6	this	this	DT
19138	18	7	outcome	outcome	NN
19138	18	8	of	of	IN
19138	18	9	years	year	NNS
19138	18	10	of	of	IN
19138	18	11	experience	experience	NN
19138	18	12	,	,	,
19138	18	13	constant	constant	JJ
19138	18	14	study	study	NN
19138	18	15	,	,	,
19138	18	16	and	and	CC
19138	18	17	tested	test	VBN
19138	18	18	methods	method	NNS
19138	18	19	shall	shall	MD
19138	18	20	prove	prove	VB
19138	18	21	helpful	helpful	JJ
19138	18	22	to	to	IN
19138	18	23	those	those	DT
19138	18	24	who	who	WP
19138	18	25	seek	seek	VBP
19138	18	26	mastery	mastery	NN
19138	18	27	of	of	IN
19138	18	28	the	the	DT
19138	18	29	art	art	NN
19138	18	30	of	of	IN
19138	18	31	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19138	18	32	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	18	33	and	and	CC
19138	18	34	singing	singing	NN
19138	18	35	.	.	.
19138	19	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	19	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	19	3	:	:	:
19138	19	4	[	[	-LRB-
19138	19	5	signature	signature	NN
19138	19	6	]	]	-RRB-
19138	19	7	Thomas	Thomas	NNP
19138	19	8	Fillebrown	Fillebrown	NNP
19138	19	9	]	]	-RRB-
19138	19	10	CONTENTS	content	NNS
19138	19	11	PREFACE	preface	NN
19138	19	12	vii	vii	NN
19138	19	13	INTRODUCTION	introduction	NN
19138	19	14	1	1	CD
19138	19	15	I.	i.	NN
19138	20	1	THE	the	DT
19138	20	2	VOCAL	vocal	NN
19138	20	3	INSTRUMENT	instrument	RB
19138	20	4	6	6	CD
19138	20	5	II	ii	CD
19138	20	6	.	.	.
19138	21	1	THE	the	DT
19138	21	2	SPEAKING	speak	VBG
19138	21	3	VOICE	voice	NN
19138	21	4	AND	and	CC
19138	21	5	PRONUNCIATION	pronunciation	NN
19138	21	6	16	16	CD
19138	21	7	III	iii	CD
19138	21	8	.	.	.
19138	22	1	BREATH	BREATH	NNP
19138	22	2	CONTROL	CONTROL	NNP
19138	22	3	23	23	CD
19138	22	4	IV	IV	NNP
19138	22	5	.	.	.
19138	23	1	BREATHING	breathe	VBG
19138	23	2	EXERCISES	exercise	NNS
19138	23	3	33	33	CD
19138	23	4	V.	v.	NN
19138	23	5	REGISTERS	register	NNS
19138	23	6	38	38	CD
19138	23	7	VI	VI	NNP
19138	23	8	.	.	.
19138	24	1	RESONANCE	RESONANCE	NNP
19138	24	2	IN	in	IN
19138	24	3	GENERAL	GENERAL	NNP
19138	24	4	43	43	CD
19138	24	5	VII	vii	NN
19138	24	6	.	.	.
19138	25	1	HEAD	HEAD	NNP
19138	25	2	AND	and	CC
19138	25	3	NASAL	nasal	NN
19138	25	4	RESONANCE	resonance	NN
19138	25	5	51	51	CD
19138	25	6	VIII	viii	NN
19138	25	7	.	.	.
19138	26	1	PLACING	place	VBG
19138	26	2	THE	the	DT
19138	26	3	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19138	26	4	56	56	CD
19138	26	5	IX	IX	NNP
19138	26	6	.	.	.
19138	27	1	THROAT	THROAT	NNP
19138	27	2	STIFFNESS	STIFFNESS	NNP
19138	27	3	74	74	CD
19138	27	4	X.	x.	NN
19138	28	1	SOME	some	NN
19138	28	2	GENERAL	GENERAL	NNP
19138	28	3	CONSIDERATIONS	considerations	NN
19138	28	4	77	77	CD
19138	28	5	XI	XI	NNP
19138	28	6	.	.	.
19138	29	1	THE	the	DT
19138	29	2	PSYCHOLOGY	PSYCHOLOGY	NNP
19138	29	3	OF	of	IN
19138	29	4	VOCAL	vocal	NN
19138	29	5	CULTURE	culture	NN
19138	29	6	82	82	CD
19138	29	7	BOOKS	book	NNS
19138	29	8	CONSULTED	consult	VBD
19138	29	9	86	86	CD
19138	29	10	INDEX	index	NN
19138	29	11	89	89	CD
19138	29	12	RESONANCE	resonance	NN
19138	29	13	IN	in	IN
19138	29	14	SINGING	singing	NN
19138	29	15	AND	and	CC
19138	29	16	SPEAKING	speak	VBG
19138	29	17	INTRODUCTION	introduction	NN
19138	29	18	When	when	WRB
19138	29	19	a	a	DT
19138	29	20	youth	youth	NN
19138	29	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	29	22	was	be	VBD
19138	29	23	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	29	24	lot	lot	NN
19138	29	25	to	to	TO
19138	29	26	be	be	VB
19138	29	27	surrounded	surround	VBN
19138	29	28	by	by	IN
19138	29	29	examples	example	NNS
19138	29	30	of	of	IN
19138	29	31	faulty	faulty	JJ
19138	29	32	vocalism	vocalism	NN
19138	29	33	,	,	,
19138	29	34	such	such	JJ
19138	29	35	as	as	IN
19138	29	36	prevailed	prevail	VBD
19138	29	37	in	in	IN
19138	29	38	a	a	DT
19138	29	39	country	country	NN
19138	29	40	town	town	NN
19138	29	41	,	,	,
19138	29	42	and	and	CC
19138	29	43	to	to	TO
19138	29	44	be	be	VB
19138	29	45	subjected	subject	VBN
19138	29	46	to	to	IN
19138	29	47	the	the	DT
19138	29	48	errors	error	NNS
19138	29	49	then	then	RB
19138	29	50	in	in	IN
19138	29	51	vogue	vogue	NN
19138	29	52	,	,	,
19138	29	53	having	have	VBG
19138	29	54	at	at	IN
19138	29	55	the	the	DT
19138	29	56	same	same	JJ
19138	29	57	time	time	NN
19138	29	58	small	small	JJ
19138	29	59	opportunity	opportunity	NN
19138	29	60	for	for	IN
19138	29	61	training	training	NN
19138	29	62	in	in	IN
19138	29	63	the	the	DT
19138	29	64	application	application	NN
19138	29	65	of	of	IN
19138	29	66	principles	principle	NNS
19138	29	67	,	,	,
19138	29	68	even	even	RB
19138	29	69	as	as	IN
19138	29	70	then	then	RB
19138	29	71	imperfectly	imperfectly	RB
19138	29	72	taught	teach	VBD
19138	29	73	.	.	.
19138	30	1	At	at	IN
19138	30	2	middle	middle	JJ
19138	30	3	life	life	NN
19138	30	4	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	30	5	had	have	VBD
19138	30	6	given	give	VBN
19138	30	7	up	up	RP
19138	30	8	all	all	DT
19138	30	9	attempt	attempt	NN
19138	30	10	at	at	IN
19138	30	11	singing	singing	NN
19138	30	12	and	and	CC
19138	30	13	had	have	VBD
19138	30	14	difficulty	difficulty	NN
19138	30	15	in	in	IN
19138	30	16	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	30	17	so	so	IN
19138	30	18	as	as	IN
19138	30	19	to	to	TO
19138	30	20	be	be	VB
19138	30	21	heard	hear	VBN
19138	30	22	at	at	IN
19138	30	23	any	any	DT
19138	30	24	considerable	considerable	JJ
19138	30	25	distance	distance	NN
19138	30	26	or	or	CC
19138	30	27	for	for	IN
19138	30	28	any	any	DT
19138	30	29	considerable	considerable	JJ
19138	30	30	length	length	NN
19138	30	31	of	of	IN
19138	30	32	time	time	NN
19138	30	33	.	.	.
19138	31	1	Professional	professional	JJ
19138	31	2	obligations	obligation	NNS
19138	31	3	to	to	IN
19138	31	4	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	31	5	patients	patient	NNS
19138	31	6	,	,	,
19138	31	7	however	however	RB
19138	31	8	,	,	,
19138	31	9	compelled	compel	VBD
19138	31	10	me	-PRON-	PRP
19138	31	11	later	later	RB
19138	31	12	to	to	TO
19138	31	13	take	take	VB
19138	31	14	up	up	RP
19138	31	15	the	the	DT
19138	31	16	subject	subject	NN
19138	31	17	of	of	IN
19138	31	18	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	31	19	physiology	physiology	NN
19138	31	20	.	.	.
19138	32	1	This	this	DT
19138	32	2	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	32	3	did	do	VBD
19138	32	4	,	,	,
19138	32	5	guided	guide	VBN
19138	32	6	by	by	IN
19138	32	7	the	the	DT
19138	32	8	ideas	idea	NNS
19138	32	9	current	current	JJ
19138	32	10	on	on	IN
19138	32	11	the	the	DT
19138	32	12	subject	subject	NN
19138	32	13	.	.	.
19138	33	1	About	about	RB
19138	33	2	1880	1880	CD
19138	33	3	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	33	4	became	become	VBD
19138	33	5	satisfied	satisfied	JJ
19138	33	6	that	that	IN
19138	33	7	many	many	JJ
19138	33	8	of	of	IN
19138	33	9	the	the	DT
19138	33	10	current	current	JJ
19138	33	11	ideas	idea	NNS
19138	33	12	were	be	VBD
19138	33	13	incorrect	incorrect	JJ
19138	33	14	,	,	,
19138	33	15	and	and	CC
19138	33	16	determined	determined	JJ
19138	33	17	to	to	TO
19138	33	18	start	start	VB
19138	33	19	anew	anew	RB
19138	33	20	,	,	,
19138	33	21	and	and	CC
19138	33	22	to	to	TO
19138	33	23	note	note	VB
19138	33	24	in	in	IN
19138	33	25	detail	detail	NN
19138	33	26	the	the	DT
19138	33	27	action	action	NN
19138	33	28	of	of	IN
19138	33	29	each	each	DT
19138	33	30	organ	organ	NN
19138	33	31	used	use	VBN
19138	33	32	in	in	IN
19138	33	33	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19138	33	34	and	and	CC
19138	33	35	articulation	articulation	NN
19138	33	36	.	.	.
19138	34	1	To	to	IN
19138	34	2	this	this	DT
19138	34	3	end	end	NN
19138	34	4	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	34	5	sought	seek	VBD
19138	34	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	34	7	instruction	instruction	NN
19138	34	8	and	and	CC
19138	34	9	advice	advice	NN
19138	34	10	,	,	,
19138	34	11	which	which	WDT
19138	34	12	,	,	,
19138	34	13	modified	modify	VBN
19138	34	14	by	by	IN
19138	34	15	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	34	16	own	own	JJ
19138	34	17	observations	observation	NNS
19138	34	18	,	,	,
19138	34	19	have	have	VBP
19138	34	20	produced	produce	VBN
19138	34	21	the	the	DT
19138	34	22	most	most	RBS
19138	34	23	gratifying	gratifying	JJ
19138	34	24	results	result	NNS
19138	34	25	.	.	.
19138	35	1	Up	up	IN
19138	35	2	to	to	IN
19138	35	3	that	that	DT
19138	35	4	time	time	NN
19138	35	5	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	35	6	had	have	VBD
19138	35	7	been	be	VBN
19138	35	8	held	hold	VBN
19138	35	9	that	that	IN
19138	35	10	the	the	DT
19138	35	11	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	35	12	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	35	13	must	must	MD
19138	35	14	be	be	VB
19138	35	15	cut	cut	VBN
19138	35	16	off	off	RP
19138	35	17	from	from	IN
19138	35	18	the	the	DT
19138	35	19	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	35	20	by	by	IN
19138	35	21	the	the	DT
19138	35	22	closing	closing	NN
19138	35	23	of	of	IN
19138	35	24	the	the	DT
19138	35	25	soft	soft	JJ
19138	35	26	palate	palate	NN
19138	35	27	against	against	IN
19138	35	28	the	the	DT
19138	35	29	back	back	NN
19138	35	30	of	of	IN
19138	35	31	the	the	DT
19138	35	32	throat	throat	NN
19138	35	33	;	;	:
19138	35	34	that	that	IN
19138	35	35	the	the	DT
19138	35	36	passage	passage	NN
19138	35	37	of	of	IN
19138	35	38	ever	ever	RB
19138	35	39	so	so	RB
19138	35	40	little	little	JJ
19138	35	41	of	of	IN
19138	35	42	the	the	DT
19138	35	43	sound	sound	NN
19138	35	44	above	above	IN
19138	35	45	the	the	DT
19138	35	46	palate	palate	NN
19138	35	47	would	would	MD
19138	35	48	give	give	VB
19138	35	49	a	a	DT
19138	35	50	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	35	51	twang	twang	NN
19138	35	52	,	,	,
19138	35	53	and	and	CC
19138	35	54	that	that	IN
19138	35	55	the	the	DT
19138	35	56	sound	sound	NN
19138	35	57	was	be	VBD
19138	35	58	reinforced	reinforce	VBN
19138	35	59	and	and	CC
19138	35	60	developed	develop	VBN
19138	35	61	only	only	RB
19138	35	62	in	in	IN
19138	35	63	the	the	DT
19138	35	64	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	35	65	of	of	IN
19138	35	66	the	the	DT
19138	35	67	throat	throat	NN
19138	35	68	and	and	CC
19138	35	69	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	35	70	.	.	.
19138	36	1	My	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	36	2	practice	practice	NN
19138	36	3	in	in	IN
19138	36	4	Oral	Oral	NNP
19138	36	5	Surgery	Surgery	NNP
19138	36	6	,	,	,
19138	36	7	coupled	couple	VBN
19138	36	8	with	with	IN
19138	36	9	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	36	10	own	own	JJ
19138	36	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	36	12	studies	study	NNS
19138	36	13	exposed	expose	VBD
19138	36	14	this	this	DT
19138	36	15	fallacy	fallacy	NN
19138	36	16	and	and	CC
19138	36	17	revealed	reveal	VBD
19138	36	18	to	to	IN
19138	36	19	me	-PRON-	PRP
19138	36	20	the	the	DT
19138	36	21	true	true	JJ
19138	36	22	value	value	NN
19138	36	23	of	of	IN
19138	36	24	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	36	25	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	36	26	.	.	.
19138	37	1	The	the	DT
19138	37	2	late	late	JJ
19138	37	3	Mme	Mme	NNP
19138	37	4	.	.	.
19138	38	1	Rudersdorff	Rudersdorff	NNP
19138	38	2	had	have	VBD
19138	38	3	begun	begin	VBN
19138	38	4	to	to	TO
19138	38	5	recognize	recognize	VB
19138	38	6	the	the	DT
19138	38	7	effect	effect	NN
19138	38	8	of	of	IN
19138	38	9	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	38	10	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	38	11	,	,	,
19138	38	12	but	but	CC
19138	38	13	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	38	14	left	leave	VBD
19138	38	15	no	no	DT
19138	38	16	published	publish	VBN
19138	38	17	record	record	NN
19138	38	18	of	of	IN
19138	38	19	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	38	20	conclusions	conclusion	NNS
19138	38	21	.	.	.
19138	39	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	39	2	does	do	VBZ
19138	39	3	not	not	RB
19138	39	4	appear	appear	VB
19138	39	5	that	that	IN
19138	39	6	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	39	7	or	or	CC
19138	39	8	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	39	9	contemporaries	contemporary	NNS
19138	39	10	realized	realize	VBD
19138	39	11	the	the	DT
19138	39	12	true	true	JJ
19138	39	13	value	value	NN
19138	39	14	of	of	IN
19138	39	15	the	the	DT
19138	39	16	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	39	17	and	and	CC
19138	39	18	head	head	NN
19138	39	19	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	39	20	as	as	IN
19138	39	21	reinforcing	reinforce	VBG
19138	39	22	agents	agent	NNS
19138	39	23	in	in	IN
19138	39	24	the	the	DT
19138	39	25	production	production	NN
19138	39	26	of	of	IN
19138	39	27	tone	tone	NN
19138	39	28	,	,	,
19138	39	29	or	or	CC
19138	39	30	appreciated	appreciate	VBD
19138	39	31	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	39	32	influence	influence	NN
19138	39	33	upon	upon	IN
19138	39	34	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	39	35	quality	quality	NN
19138	39	36	and	and	CC
19138	39	37	power	power	NN
19138	39	38	.	.	.
19138	40	1	There	there	EX
19138	40	2	are	be	VBP
19138	40	3	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19138	40	4	few	few	JJ
19138	40	5	subjects	subject	NNS
19138	40	6	on	on	IN
19138	40	7	which	which	WDT
19138	40	8	a	a	DT
19138	40	9	greater	great	JJR
19138	40	10	variety	variety	NN
19138	40	11	of	of	IN
19138	40	12	opinion	opinion	NN
19138	40	13	exists	exist	VBZ
19138	40	14	than	than	IN
19138	40	15	on	on	IN
19138	40	16	that	that	DT
19138	40	17	of	of	IN
19138	40	18	voice	voice	NN
19138	40	19	culture	culture	NN
19138	40	20	,	,	,
19138	40	21	and	and	CC
19138	40	22	few	few	JJ
19138	40	23	upon	upon	IN
19138	40	24	which	which	WDT
19138	40	25	so	so	RB
19138	40	26	many	many	JJ
19138	40	27	volumes	volume	NNS
19138	40	28	have	have	VBP
19138	40	29	been	be	VBN
19138	40	30	written	write	VBN
19138	40	31	.	.	.
19138	41	1	Few	few	JJ
19138	41	2	points	point	NNS
19138	41	3	are	be	VBP
19138	41	4	uncontested	uncontested	JJ
19138	41	5	,	,	,
19138	41	6	and	and	CC
19138	41	7	exactly	exactly	RB
19138	41	8	opposite	opposite	JJ
19138	41	9	statements	statement	NNS
19138	41	10	are	be	VBP
19138	41	11	made	make	VBN
19138	41	12	in	in	IN
19138	41	13	regard	regard	NN
19138	41	14	to	to	IN
19138	41	15	each	each	DT
19138	41	16	.	.	.
19138	42	1	Formerly	formerly	RB
19138	42	2	great	great	JJ
19138	42	3	stress	stress	NN
19138	42	4	was	be	VBD
19138	42	5	laid	lay	VBN
19138	42	6	upon	upon	IN
19138	42	7	the	the	DT
19138	42	8	distinction	distinction	NN
19138	42	9	between	between	IN
19138	42	10	"	"	``
19138	42	11	head	head	NN
19138	42	12	tones	tone	NNS
19138	42	13	"	"	''
19138	42	14	and	and	CC
19138	42	15	"	"	``
19138	42	16	chest	chest	NN
19138	42	17	tones	tone	NNS
19138	42	18	,	,	,
19138	42	19	"	"	''
19138	42	20	"	"	``
19138	42	21	closed	close	VBD
19138	42	22	tones	tone	NNS
19138	42	23	"	"	''
19138	42	24	and	and	CC
19138	42	25	"	"	``
19138	42	26	open	open	JJ
19138	42	27	tones	tone	NNS
19138	42	28	.	.	.
19138	42	29	"	"	''
19138	43	1	The	the	DT
19138	43	2	whole	whole	JJ
19138	43	3	musical	musical	JJ
19138	43	4	world	world	NN
19138	43	5	was	be	VBD
19138	43	6	in	in	IN
19138	43	7	bondage	bondage	NN
19138	43	8	to	to	IN
19138	43	9	"	"	``
19138	43	10	registers	register	NNS
19138	43	11	of	of	IN
19138	43	12	the	the	DT
19138	43	13	voice	voice	NN
19138	43	14	,	,	,
19138	43	15	"	"	''
19138	43	16	and	and	CC
19138	43	17	the	the	DT
19138	43	18	one	one	CD
19138	43	19	great	great	JJ
19138	43	20	task	task	NN
19138	43	21	confronting	confront	VBG
19138	43	22	the	the	DT
19138	43	23	singer	singer	NN
19138	43	24	and	and	CC
19138	43	25	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	43	26	teacher	teacher	NN
19138	43	27	was	be	VBD
19138	43	28	to	to	TO
19138	43	29	"	"	``
19138	43	30	blend	blend	VB
19138	43	31	the	the	DT
19138	43	32	registers	register	NNS
19138	43	33	,	,	,
19138	43	34	"	"	''
19138	43	35	a	a	DT
19138	43	36	feat	feat	NN
19138	43	37	still	still	RB
19138	43	38	baffling	baffle	VBG
19138	43	39	the	the	DT
19138	43	40	efforts	effort	NNS
19138	43	41	of	of	IN
19138	43	42	many	many	JJ
19138	43	43	instructors	instructor	NNS
19138	43	44	.	.	.
19138	44	1	Many	many	JJ
19138	44	2	teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	44	3	and	and	CC
19138	44	4	singers	singer	NNS
19138	44	5	have	have	VBP
19138	44	6	now	now	RB
19138	44	7	reached	reach	VBN
19138	44	8	what	what	WP
19138	44	9	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	44	10	consider	consider	VBP
19138	44	11	a	a	DT
19138	44	12	demonstrated	demonstrated	JJ
19138	44	13	conclusion	conclusion	NN
19138	44	14	that	that	IN
19138	44	15	registers	register	NNS
19138	44	16	are	be	VBP
19138	44	17	not	not	RB
19138	44	18	a	a	DT
19138	44	19	natural	natural	JJ
19138	44	20	feature	feature	NN
19138	44	21	of	of	IN
19138	44	22	the	the	DT
19138	44	23	voice	voice	NN
19138	44	24	;	;	:
19138	44	25	yet	yet	CC
19138	44	26	a	a	DT
19138	44	27	large	large	JJ
19138	44	28	contingent	contingent	NN
19138	44	29	still	still	RB
19138	44	30	adhere	adhere	VBP
19138	44	31	to	to	IN
19138	44	32	the	the	DT
19138	44	33	doctrine	doctrine	NN
19138	44	34	of	of	IN
19138	44	35	"	"	``
19138	44	36	register	register	NNP
19138	44	37	,	,	,
19138	44	38	"	"	''
19138	44	39	depending	depend	VBG
19138	44	40	for	for	IN
19138	44	41	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	44	42	justification	justification	NN
19138	44	43	upon	upon	IN
19138	44	44	the	the	DT
19138	44	45	unreliable	unreliable	JJ
19138	44	46	evidence	evidence	NN
19138	44	47	furnished	furnish	VBN
19138	44	48	by	by	IN
19138	44	49	the	the	DT
19138	44	50	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19138	44	51	,	,	,
19138	44	52	not	not	RB
19138	44	53	realizing	realize	VBG
19138	44	54	that	that	IN
19138	44	55	there	there	EX
19138	44	56	will	will	MD
19138	44	57	be	be	VB
19138	44	58	found	find	VBN
19138	44	59	in	in	IN
19138	44	60	the	the	DT
19138	44	61	little	little	JJ
19138	44	62	lens	lens	NN
19138	44	63	as	as	IN
19138	44	64	many	many	JJ
19138	44	65	different	different	JJ
19138	44	66	conditions	condition	NNS
19138	44	67	as	as	IN
19138	44	68	the	the	DT
19138	44	69	observers	observer	NNS
19138	44	70	have	have	VBP
19138	44	71	eyes	eye	NNS
19138	44	72	to	to	TO
19138	44	73	see	see	VB
19138	44	74	.	.	.
19138	45	1	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19138	45	2	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	45	3	,	,	,
19138	45	4	the	the	DT
19138	45	5	inventor	inventor	NN
19138	45	6	of	of	IN
19138	45	7	the	the	DT
19138	45	8	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19138	45	9	,	,	,
19138	45	10	soon	soon	RB
19138	45	11	modified	modify	VBD
19138	45	12	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	45	13	first	first	JJ
19138	45	14	claims	claim	NNS
19138	45	15	as	as	IN
19138	45	16	to	to	IN
19138	45	17	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	45	18	value	value	NN
19138	45	19	in	in	IN
19138	45	20	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	45	21	culture	culture	NN
19138	45	22	.	.	.
19138	46	1	On	on	IN
19138	46	2	this	this	DT
19138	46	3	point	point	NN
19138	46	4	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	46	5	have	have	VBP
19138	46	6	the	the	DT
19138	46	7	testimony	testimony	NN
19138	46	8	of	of	IN
19138	46	9	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	46	10	biographer	biographer	NN
19138	46	11	,	,	,
19138	46	12	M.S.	M.S.	NNP
19138	47	1	McKinley	McKinley	NNP
19138	47	2	:	:	:
19138	47	3	"	"	``
19138	47	4	As	as	RB
19138	47	5	far	far	RB
19138	47	6	as	as	IN
19138	47	7	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19138	47	8	was	be	VBD
19138	47	9	concerned	concern	VBN
19138	47	10	,	,	,
19138	47	11	the	the	DT
19138	47	12	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19138	47	13	ceased	cease	VBD
19138	47	14	to	to	TO
19138	47	15	be	be	VB
19138	47	16	of	of	IN
19138	47	17	any	any	DT
19138	47	18	special	special	JJ
19138	47	19	use	use	NN
19138	47	20	as	as	RB
19138	47	21	soon	soon	RB
19138	47	22	as	as	IN
19138	47	23	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	47	24	first	first	JJ
19138	47	25	investigations	investigation	NNS
19138	47	26	were	be	VBD
19138	47	27	concluded	conclude	VBN
19138	47	28	.	.	.
19138	48	1	By	by	IN
19138	48	2	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	48	3	examination	examination	NN
19138	48	4	of	of	IN
19138	48	5	the	the	DT
19138	48	6	glottis	glottis	NN
19138	48	7	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	48	8	had	have	VBD
19138	48	9	the	the	DT
19138	48	10	satisfaction	satisfaction	NN
19138	48	11	of	of	IN
19138	48	12	proving	prove	VBG
19138	48	13	that	that	IN
19138	48	14	all	all	PDT
19138	48	15	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	48	16	theories	theory	NNS
19138	48	17	with	with	IN
19138	48	18	regard	regard	NN
19138	48	19	to	to	IN
19138	48	20	the	the	DT
19138	48	21	emission	emission	NN
19138	48	22	of	of	IN
19138	48	23	the	the	DT
19138	48	24	voice	voice	NN
19138	48	25	were	be	VBD
19138	48	26	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19138	48	27	correct	correct	JJ
19138	48	28	.	.	.
19138	49	1	Beyond	beyond	IN
19138	49	2	that	that	IN
19138	49	3	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	49	4	did	do	VBD
19138	49	5	not	not	RB
19138	49	6	see	see	VB
19138	49	7	that	that	IN
19138	49	8	anything	anything	NN
19138	49	9	further	further	RB
19138	49	10	was	be	VBD
19138	49	11	to	to	TO
19138	49	12	be	be	VB
19138	49	13	gained	gain	VBN
19138	49	14	except	except	IN
19138	49	15	to	to	TO
19138	49	16	satisfy	satisfy	VB
19138	49	17	the	the	DT
19138	49	18	curiosity	curiosity	NN
19138	49	19	of	of	IN
19138	49	20	those	those	DT
19138	49	21	who	who	WP
19138	49	22	might	may	MD
19138	49	23	be	be	VB
19138	49	24	interested	interested	JJ
19138	49	25	in	in	IN
19138	49	26	seeing	see	VBG
19138	49	27	for	for	IN
19138	49	28	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19138	49	29	the	the	DT
19138	49	30	forms	form	NNS
19138	49	31	and	and	CC
19138	49	32	changes	change	NNS
19138	49	33	which	which	WDT
19138	49	34	the	the	DT
19138	49	35	inside	inside	NN
19138	49	36	of	of	IN
19138	49	37	the	the	DT
19138	49	38	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	49	39	assumed	assume	VBN
19138	49	40	during	during	IN
19138	49	41	singing	singing	NN
19138	49	42	and	and	CC
19138	49	43	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	49	44	.	.	.
19138	49	45	"	"	''
19138	50	1	Of	of	IN
19138	50	2	similar	similar	JJ
19138	50	3	purport	purport	NN
19138	50	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	50	5	the	the	DT
19138	50	6	word	word	NN
19138	50	7	of	of	IN
19138	50	8	the	the	DT
19138	50	9	eminent	eminent	JJ
19138	50	10	baritone	baritone	NN
19138	50	11	,	,	,
19138	50	12	Sir	Sir	NNP
19138	50	13	Charles	Charles	NNP
19138	50	14	Santley	Santley	NNP
19138	50	15	,	,	,
19138	50	16	who	who	WP
19138	50	17	,	,	,
19138	50	18	in	in	IN
19138	50	19	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	50	20	_	_	NNP
19138	50	21	Art	Art	NNP
19138	50	22	of	of	IN
19138	50	23	Singing	Singing	NNP
19138	50	24	_	_	NNP
19138	50	25	,	,	,
19138	50	26	says	say	VBZ
19138	50	27	:	:	:
19138	50	28	"	"	``
19138	50	29	Manuel	Manuel	NNP
19138	50	30	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19138	50	31	is	be	VBZ
19138	50	32	held	hold	VBN
19138	50	33	up	up	RP
19138	50	34	as	as	IN
19138	50	35	the	the	DT
19138	50	36	pioneer	pioneer	NN
19138	50	37	of	of	IN
19138	50	38	scientific	scientific	JJ
19138	50	39	teaching	teaching	NN
19138	50	40	of	of	IN
19138	50	41	singing	singing	NN
19138	50	42	.	.	.
19138	51	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19138	51	2	was	be	VBD
19138	51	3	--	--	:
19138	51	4	but	but	CC
19138	51	5	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	51	6	taught	teach	VBD
19138	51	7	singing	singing	NN
19138	51	8	,	,	,
19138	51	9	not	not	RB
19138	51	10	surgery	surgery	NN
19138	51	11	!	!	.
19138	52	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	52	2	was	be	VBD
19138	52	3	a	a	DT
19138	52	4	pupil	pupil	NN
19138	52	5	of	of	IN
19138	52	6	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	52	7	in	in	IN
19138	52	8	1858	1858	CD
19138	52	9	and	and	CC
19138	52	10	a	a	DT
19138	52	11	friend	friend	NN
19138	52	12	of	of	IN
19138	52	13	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	52	14	while	while	IN
19138	52	15	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	52	16	lived;[1	lived;[1	VBZ
19138	52	17	]	]	-RRB-
19138	52	18	and	and	CC
19138	52	19	in	in	IN
19138	52	20	all	all	PDT
19138	52	21	the	the	DT
19138	52	22	conversations	conversation	NNS
19138	52	23	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	52	24	had	have	VBD
19138	52	25	with	with	IN
19138	52	26	him	-PRON-	PRP
19138	52	27	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	52	28	never	never	RB
19138	52	29	heard	hear	VBD
19138	52	30	him	-PRON-	PRP
19138	52	31	say	say	VB
19138	52	32	a	a	DT
19138	52	33	word	word	NN
19138	52	34	about	about	IN
19138	52	35	larynx	larynx	NNP
19138	52	36	or	or	CC
19138	52	37	pharynx	pharynx	NN
19138	52	38	,	,	,
19138	52	39	glottis	glottis	NNP
19138	52	40	or	or	CC
19138	52	41	any	any	DT
19138	52	42	other	other	JJ
19138	52	43	organ	organ	NN
19138	52	44	used	use	VBN
19138	52	45	in	in	IN
19138	52	46	the	the	DT
19138	52	47	production	production	NN
19138	52	48	and	and	CC
19138	52	49	emission	emission	NN
19138	52	50	of	of	IN
19138	52	51	the	the	DT
19138	52	52	voice	voice	NN
19138	52	53	.	.	.
19138	53	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19138	53	2	was	be	VBD
19138	53	3	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19138	53	4	acquainted	acquaint	VBN
19138	53	5	with	with	IN
19138	53	6	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	53	7	functions	function	NNS
19138	53	8	,	,	,
19138	53	9	but	but	CC
19138	53	10	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	53	11	used	use	VBD
19138	53	12	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	53	13	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19138	53	14	for	for	IN
19138	53	15	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	53	16	own	own	JJ
19138	53	17	direction	direction	NN
19138	53	18	,	,	,
19138	53	19	not	not	RB
19138	53	20	to	to	TO
19138	53	21	parade	parade	VB
19138	53	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	53	23	before	before	IN
19138	53	24	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	53	25	pupils	pupil	NNS
19138	53	26	.	.	.
19138	53	27	"	"	''
19138	54	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	54	2	Footnote	footnote	NN
19138	54	3	1	1	CD
19138	54	4	:	:	:
19138	54	5	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19138	54	6	died	die	VBD
19138	54	7	July	July	NNP
19138	54	8	1	1	CD
19138	54	9	,	,	,
19138	54	10	1906	1906	CD
19138	54	11	,	,	,
19138	54	12	at	at	IN
19138	54	13	the	the	DT
19138	54	14	age	age	NN
19138	54	15	of	of	IN
19138	54	16	101	101	CD
19138	54	17	.	.	.
19138	54	18	]	]	-RRB-
19138	55	1	The	the	DT
19138	55	2	eminent	eminent	JJ
19138	55	3	London	London	NNP
19138	55	4	surgeon	surgeon	NN
19138	55	5	and	and	CC
19138	55	6	voice	voice	NN
19138	55	7	specialist	specialist	NN
19138	55	8	,	,	,
19138	55	9	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
19138	55	10	Morell	Morell	NNP
19138	55	11	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19138	55	12	,	,	,
19138	55	13	says	say	VBZ
19138	55	14	of	of	IN
19138	55	15	the	the	DT
19138	55	16	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19138	55	17	,	,	,
19138	55	18	"	"	``
19138	55	19	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	55	20	can	can	MD
19138	55	21	scarcely	scarcely	RB
19138	55	22	be	be	VB
19138	55	23	said	say	VBN
19138	55	24	to	to	TO
19138	55	25	have	have	VB
19138	55	26	thrown	throw	VBN
19138	55	27	any	any	DT
19138	55	28	new	new	JJ
19138	55	29	light	light	NN
19138	55	30	on	on	IN
19138	55	31	the	the	DT
19138	55	32	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19138	55	33	of	of	IN
19138	55	34	the	the	DT
19138	55	35	voice	voice	NN
19138	55	36	"	"	''
19138	55	37	;	;	:
19138	55	38	and	and	CC
19138	55	39	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
19138	55	40	Lennox	Lennox	NNP
19138	55	41	Browne	Browne	NNP
19138	55	42	confesses	confess	VBZ
19138	55	43	that	that	IN
19138	55	44	,	,	,
19138	55	45	"	"	``
19138	55	46	Valuable	valuable	JJ
19138	55	47	as	as	IN
19138	55	48	has	have	VBZ
19138	55	49	been	be	VBN
19138	55	50	the	the	DT
19138	55	51	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19138	55	52	in	in	IN
19138	55	53	a	a	DT
19138	55	54	physiological	physiological	JJ
19138	55	55	,	,	,
19138	55	56	as	as	RB
19138	55	57	undoubtedly	undoubtedly	RB
19138	55	58	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	55	59	is	be	VBZ
19138	55	60	in	in	IN
19138	55	61	a	a	DT
19138	55	62	medical	medical	JJ
19138	55	63	sense	sense	NN
19138	55	64	,	,	,
19138	55	65	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	55	66	has	have	VBZ
19138	55	67	been	be	VBN
19138	55	68	the	the	DT
19138	55	69	means	mean	NNS
19138	55	70	of	of	IN
19138	55	71	making	make	VBG
19138	55	72	all	all	DT
19138	55	73	theories	theory	NNS
19138	55	74	of	of	IN
19138	55	75	voice	voice	NN
19138	55	76	production	production	NN
19138	55	77	too	too	RB
19138	55	78	dependent	dependent	JJ
19138	55	79	on	on	IN
19138	55	80	the	the	DT
19138	55	81	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	55	82	cords	cord	NNS
19138	55	83	,	,	,
19138	55	84	and	and	CC
19138	55	85	thus	thus	RB
19138	55	86	the	the	DT
19138	55	87	importance	importance	NN
19138	55	88	of	of	IN
19138	55	89	the	the	DT
19138	55	90	other	other	JJ
19138	55	91	parts	part	NNS
19138	55	92	of	of	IN
19138	55	93	the	the	DT
19138	55	94	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	55	95	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19138	55	96	has	have	VBZ
19138	55	97	been	be	VBN
19138	55	98	overlooked	overlook	VBN
19138	55	99	.	.	.
19138	55	100	"	"	''
19138	56	1	Not	not	RB
19138	56	2	only	only	RB
19138	56	3	in	in	IN
19138	56	4	regard	regard	NN
19138	56	5	to	to	IN
19138	56	6	"	"	``
19138	56	7	registers	register	NNS
19138	56	8	"	"	''
19138	56	9	but	but	CC
19138	56	10	in	in	IN
19138	56	11	regard	regard	NN
19138	56	12	to	to	IN
19138	56	13	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	56	14	,	,	,
19138	56	15	focus	focus	NN
19138	56	16	,	,	,
19138	56	17	articulation	articulation	NN
19138	56	18	,	,	,
19138	56	19	and	and	CC
19138	56	20	the	the	DT
19138	56	21	offices	office	NNS
19138	56	22	and	and	CC
19138	56	23	uses	use	NNS
19138	56	24	of	of	IN
19138	56	25	the	the	DT
19138	56	26	various	various	JJ
19138	56	27	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	56	28	organs	organ	NNS
19138	56	29	,	,	,
19138	56	30	similar	similar	JJ
19138	56	31	antagonistic	antagonistic	JJ
19138	56	32	opinions	opinion	NNS
19138	56	33	exist	exist	VBP
19138	56	34	.	.	.
19138	57	1	Out	out	IN
19138	57	2	of	of	IN
19138	57	3	this	this	DT
19138	57	4	chaos	chaos	NN
19138	57	5	must	must	MD
19138	57	6	some	some	DT
19138	57	7	time	time	NN
19138	57	8	come	come	VB
19138	57	9	a	a	DT
19138	57	10	demonstrable	demonstrable	JJ
19138	57	11	system	system	NN
19138	57	12	.	.	.
19138	58	1	A	a	DT
19138	58	2	generation	generation	NN
19138	58	3	ago	ago	IN
19138	58	4	the	the	DT
19138	58	5	art	art	NN
19138	58	6	of	of	IN
19138	58	7	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	58	8	was	be	VBD
19138	58	9	beginning	begin	VBG
19138	58	10	to	to	TO
19138	58	11	be	be	VB
19138	58	12	more	more	JJR
19138	58	13	an	an	DT
19138	58	14	object	object	NN
19138	58	15	of	of	IN
19138	58	16	study	study	NN
19138	58	17	,	,	,
19138	58	18	but	but	CC
19138	58	19	the	the	DT
19138	58	20	true	true	JJ
19138	58	21	value	value	NN
19138	58	22	of	of	IN
19138	58	23	correct	correct	JJ
19138	58	24	lateral	lateral	JJ
19138	58	25	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	58	26	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	58	27	was	be	VBD
19138	58	28	by	by	IN
19138	58	29	no	no	DT
19138	58	30	means	means	NN
19138	58	31	generally	generally	RB
19138	58	32	admitted	admit	VBN
19138	58	33	or	or	CC
19138	58	34	appreciated	appreciate	VBN
19138	58	35	.	.	.
19138	59	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	59	2	was	be	VBD
19138	59	3	still	still	RB
19138	59	4	taught	teach	VBN
19138	59	5	that	that	IN
19138	59	6	the	the	DT
19138	59	7	larynx	larynx	NNP
19138	59	8	(	(	-LRB-
19138	59	9	voice	voice	NN
19138	59	10	-	-	HYPH
19138	59	11	box	box	NNP
19138	59	12	)	)	-RRB-
19138	59	13	should	should	MD
19138	59	14	bob	bob	VB
19138	59	15	up	up	RP
19138	59	16	and	and	CC
19138	59	17	down	down	RB
19138	59	18	like	like	IN
19138	59	19	a	a	DT
19138	59	20	jack	jack	NN
19138	59	21	-	-	HYPH
19138	59	22	in	in	IN
19138	59	23	-	-	HYPH
19138	59	24	a	a	DT
19138	59	25	-	-	HYPH
19138	59	26	box	box	NN
19138	59	27	with	with	IN
19138	59	28	each	each	DT
19138	59	29	change	change	NN
19138	59	30	of	of	IN
19138	59	31	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	59	32	,	,	,
19138	59	33	and	and	CC
19138	59	34	that	that	IN
19138	59	35	"	"	``
19138	59	36	female	female	JJ
19138	59	37	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	59	38	"	"	''
19138	59	39	must	must	MD
19138	59	40	be	be	VB
19138	59	41	performed	perform	VBN
19138	59	42	with	with	IN
19138	59	43	a	a	DT
19138	59	44	pumping	pump	VBG
19138	59	45	action	action	NN
19138	59	46	of	of	IN
19138	59	47	the	the	DT
19138	59	48	chest	chest	NN
19138	59	49	and	and	CC
19138	59	50	the	the	DT
19138	59	51	elevation	elevation	NN
19138	59	52	and	and	CC
19138	59	53	depression	depression	NN
19138	59	54	of	of	IN
19138	59	55	the	the	DT
19138	59	56	collar	collar	NN
19138	59	57	bone	bone	NN
19138	59	58	.	.	.
19138	60	1	Fortunately	fortunately	RB
19138	60	2	,	,	,
19138	60	3	teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	60	4	and	and	CC
19138	60	5	singers	singer	NNS
19138	60	6	recognized	recognize	VBD
19138	60	7	a	a	DT
19138	60	8	good	good	JJ
19138	60	9	tone	tone	NN
19138	60	10	when	when	WRB
19138	60	11	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	60	12	heard	hear	VBD
19138	60	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	60	14	,	,	,
19138	60	15	and	and	CC
19138	60	16	many	many	JJ
19138	60	17	taught	teach	VBD
19138	60	18	much	much	RB
19138	60	19	better	well	JJR
19138	60	20	than	than	IN
19138	60	21	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	60	22	knew	know	VBD
19138	60	23	,	,	,
19138	60	24	so	so	IN
19138	60	25	that	that	IN
19138	60	26	the	the	DT
19138	60	27	public	public	NN
19138	60	28	did	do	VBD
19138	60	29	not	not	RB
19138	60	30	have	have	VB
19138	60	31	to	to	TO
19138	60	32	wait	wait	VB
19138	60	33	for	for	IN
19138	60	34	the	the	DT
19138	60	35	development	development	NN
19138	60	36	of	of	IN
19138	60	37	accurate	accurate	JJ
19138	60	38	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19138	60	39	of	of	IN
19138	60	40	the	the	DT
19138	60	41	subject	subject	NN
19138	60	42	before	before	IN
19138	60	43	hearing	hear	VBG
19138	60	44	excellent	excellent	JJ
19138	60	45	singing	singing	NN
19138	60	46	and	and	CC
19138	60	47	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	60	48	.	.	.
19138	61	1	Yet	yet	RB
19138	61	2	many	many	JJ
19138	61	3	singers	singer	NNS
19138	61	4	had	have	VBD
19138	61	5	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	61	6	voices	voice	NNS
19138	61	7	ruined	ruin	VBN
19138	61	8	in	in	IN
19138	61	9	the	the	DT
19138	61	10	training	training	NN
19138	61	11	,	,	,
19138	61	12	and	and	CC
19138	61	13	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	61	14	success	success	NN
19138	61	15	as	as	IN
19138	61	16	vocalists	vocalist	NNS
19138	61	17	made	make	VBN
19138	61	18	impossible	impossible	JJ
19138	61	19	;	;	:
19138	61	20	while	while	IN
19138	61	21	others	other	NNS
19138	61	22	,	,	,
19138	61	23	a	a	DT
19138	61	24	little	little	RB
19138	61	25	less	less	RBR
19138	61	26	unfortunate	unfortunate	JJ
19138	61	27	,	,	,
19138	61	28	were	be	VBD
19138	61	29	still	still	RB
19138	61	30	handicapped	handicap	VBN
19138	61	31	through	through	IN
19138	61	32	life	life	NN
19138	61	33	by	by	IN
19138	61	34	the	the	DT
19138	61	35	injury	injury	NN
19138	61	36	done	do	VBN
19138	61	37	by	by	IN
19138	61	38	mistaken	mistaken	JJ
19138	61	39	methods	method	NNS
19138	61	40	in	in	IN
19138	61	41	early	early	JJ
19138	61	42	years	year	NNS
19138	61	43	.	.	.
19138	62	1	Jenny	Jenny	NNP
19138	62	2	Lind	Lind	NNP
19138	62	3	's	's	POS
19138	62	4	perfect	perfect	JJ
19138	62	5	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	62	6	organs	organ	NNS
19138	62	7	were	be	VBD
19138	62	8	quite	quite	RB
19138	62	9	disabled	disabled	JJ
19138	62	10	at	at	IN
19138	62	11	twelve	twelve	CD
19138	62	12	years	year	NNS
19138	62	13	of	of	IN
19138	62	14	age	age	NN
19138	62	15	by	by	IN
19138	62	16	wrong	wrong	JJ
19138	62	17	methods	method	NNS
19138	62	18	,	,	,
19138	62	19	and	and	CC
19138	62	20	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	62	21	recovered	recover	VBD
19138	62	22	only	only	RB
19138	62	23	after	after	IN
19138	62	24	a	a	DT
19138	62	25	protracted	protract	VBN
19138	62	26	season	season	NN
19138	62	27	of	of	IN
19138	62	28	rest	rest	NN
19138	62	29	.	.	.
19138	63	1	As	as	IN
19138	63	2	a	a	DT
19138	63	3	consequence	consequence	NN
19138	63	4	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	63	5	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19138	63	6	voice	voice	NN
19138	63	7	began	begin	VBD
19138	63	8	to	to	TO
19138	63	9	fail	fail	VB
19138	63	10	long	long	RB
19138	63	11	before	before	IN
19138	63	12	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	63	13	splendid	splendid	JJ
19138	63	14	physique	physique	NN
19138	63	15	,	,	,
19138	63	16	and	and	CC
19138	63	17	long	long	RB
19138	63	18	before	before	IN
19138	63	19	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	63	20	years	year	NNS
19138	63	21	demanded	demand	VBD
19138	63	22	.	.	.
19138	64	1	Singers	singer	NNS
19138	64	2	taught	teach	VBD
19138	64	3	in	in	IN
19138	64	4	nature	nature	NN
19138	64	5	's	's	POS
19138	64	6	way	way	NN
19138	64	7	should	should	MD
19138	64	8	be	be	VB
19138	64	9	able	able	JJ
19138	64	10	to	to	TO
19138	64	11	sing	sing	VB
19138	64	12	so	so	RB
19138	64	13	long	long	RB
19138	64	14	as	as	IN
19138	64	15	strength	strength	NN
19138	64	16	lasts	last	VBZ
19138	64	17	,	,	,
19138	64	18	and	and	CC
19138	64	19	,	,	,
19138	64	20	like	like	IN
19138	64	21	Adelaide	Adelaide	NNP
19138	64	22	Phillips	Phillips	NNP
19138	64	23	,	,	,
19138	64	24	Carl	Carl	NNP
19138	64	25	Formes	Formes	NNP
19138	64	26	,	,	,
19138	64	27	and	and	CC
19138	64	28	Sims	Sims	NNP
19138	64	29	Reeves	Reeves	NNP
19138	64	30	,	,	,
19138	64	31	sing	sing	VBP
19138	64	32	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	64	33	sweetest	sweet	JJS
19138	64	34	songs	song	NNS
19138	64	35	in	in	IN
19138	64	36	the	the	DT
19138	64	37	declining	decline	VBG
19138	64	38	years	year	NNS
19138	64	39	of	of	IN
19138	64	40	life	life	NN
19138	64	41	.	.	.
19138	65	1	Martel	Martel	NNP
19138	65	2	,	,	,
19138	65	3	at	at	IN
19138	65	4	seventy	seventy	CD
19138	65	5	years	year	NNS
19138	65	6	of	of	IN
19138	65	7	age	age	NN
19138	65	8	,	,	,
19138	65	9	had	have	VBD
19138	65	10	a	a	DT
19138	65	11	full	full	JJ
19138	65	12	,	,	,
19138	65	13	rich	rich	JJ
19138	65	14	voice	voice	NN
19138	65	15	.	.	.
19138	66	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19138	66	2	focused	focus	VBD
19138	66	3	all	all	PDT
19138	66	4	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	66	5	tones	tone	NNS
19138	66	6	alike	alike	RB
19138	66	7	,	,	,
19138	66	8	and	and	CC
19138	66	9	employed	employ	VBN
19138	66	10	deep	deep	JJ
19138	66	11	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	66	12	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	66	13	.	.	.
19138	67	1	The	the	DT
19138	67	2	whole	whole	JJ
19138	67	3	matter	matter	NN
19138	67	4	of	of	IN
19138	67	5	voice	voice	NN
19138	67	6	training	training	NN
19138	67	7	has	have	VBZ
19138	67	8	been	be	VBN
19138	67	9	clouded	cloud	VBN
19138	67	10	by	by	IN
19138	67	11	controversy	controversy	NN
19138	67	12	.	.	.
19138	68	1	The	the	DT
19138	68	2	strident	strident	JJ
19138	68	3	advocates	advocate	NNS
19138	68	4	of	of	IN
19138	68	5	various	various	JJ
19138	68	6	systems	system	NNS
19138	68	7	,	,	,
19138	68	8	each	each	DT
19138	68	9	of	of	IN
19138	68	10	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	68	11	"	"	``
19138	68	12	the	the	DT
19138	68	13	only	only	JJ
19138	68	14	true	true	JJ
19138	68	15	method	method	NN
19138	68	16	,	,	,
19138	68	17	"	"	''
19138	68	18	have	have	VBP
19138	68	19	in	in	IN
19138	68	20	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	68	21	disputes	dispute	NNS
19138	68	22	overcast	overcast	IN
19138	68	23	the	the	DT
19138	68	24	subject	subject	NN
19138	68	25	with	with	IN
19138	68	26	much	much	JJ
19138	68	27	that	that	WDT
19138	68	28	is	be	VBZ
19138	68	29	irrelevant	irrelevant	JJ
19138	68	30	,	,	,
19138	68	31	thus	thus	RB
19138	68	32	obscuring	obscure	VBG
19138	68	33	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	68	34	essential	essential	JJ
19138	68	35	simplicity	simplicity	NN
19138	68	36	.	.	.
19138	69	1	The	the	DT
19138	69	2	"	"	``
19138	69	3	scientific	scientific	JJ
19138	69	4	"	"	''
19138	69	5	teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	69	6	,	,	,
19138	69	7	at	at	IN
19138	69	8	one	one	CD
19138	69	9	extreme	extreme	NN
19138	69	10	,	,	,
19138	69	11	have	have	VBP
19138	69	12	paid	pay	VBN
19138	69	13	too	too	RB
19138	69	14	exclusive	exclusive	JJ
19138	69	15	attention	attention	NN
19138	69	16	to	to	IN
19138	69	17	the	the	DT
19138	69	18	mechanics	mechanic	NNS
19138	69	19	of	of	IN
19138	69	20	the	the	DT
19138	69	21	voice	voice	NN
19138	69	22	.	.	.
19138	70	1	The	the	DT
19138	70	2	"	"	``
19138	70	3	empiricists	empiricist	NNS
19138	70	4	"	"	''
19138	70	5	have	have	VBP
19138	70	6	gone	go	VBN
19138	70	7	to	to	IN
19138	70	8	the	the	DT
19138	70	9	other	other	JJ
19138	70	10	extreme	extreme	NN
19138	70	11	in	in	IN
19138	70	12	leaving	leave	VBG
19138	70	13	out	out	IN
19138	70	14	of	of	IN
19138	70	15	account	account	NN
19138	70	16	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19138	70	17	facts	fact	NNS
19138	70	18	in	in	IN
19138	70	19	acoustics	acoustic	NNS
19138	70	20	,	,	,
19138	70	21	physiology	physiology	NN
19138	70	22	,	,	,
19138	70	23	and	and	CC
19138	70	24	psychology	psychology	NN
19138	70	25	.	.	.
19138	71	1	The	the	DT
19138	71	2	truth	truth	NN
19138	71	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	71	4	that	that	IN
19138	71	5	no	no	DT
19138	71	6	purely	purely	RB
19138	71	7	human	human	JJ
19138	71	8	function	function	NN
19138	71	9	,	,	,
19138	71	10	especially	especially	RB
19138	71	11	one	one	CD
19138	71	12	so	so	RB
19138	71	13	subtle	subtle	JJ
19138	71	14	as	as	IN
19138	71	15	singing	singing	NN
19138	71	16	,	,	,
19138	71	17	can	can	MD
19138	71	18	be	be	VB
19138	71	19	developed	develop	VBN
19138	71	20	mechanically	mechanically	RB
19138	71	21	;	;	:
19138	71	22	nor	nor	CC
19138	71	23	,	,	,
19138	71	24	on	on	IN
19138	71	25	the	the	DT
19138	71	26	other	other	JJ
19138	71	27	hand	hand	NN
19138	71	28	,	,	,
19138	71	29	can	can	MD
19138	71	30	the	the	DT
19138	71	31	mere	mere	JJ
19138	71	32	_	_	NNP
19138	71	33	ipse	ipse	NNP
19138	71	34	dixit	dixit	NNP
19138	71	35	_	_	NNP
19138	71	36	of	of	IN
19138	71	37	any	any	DT
19138	71	38	teacher	teacher	NN
19138	71	39	satisfy	satisfy	VBP
19138	71	40	the	the	DT
19138	71	41	demands	demand	NNS
19138	71	42	of	of	IN
19138	71	43	the	the	DT
19138	71	44	modern	modern	JJ
19138	71	45	spirit	spirit	NN
19138	71	46	.	.	.
19138	72	1	PRINCIPLES	principle	NNS
19138	72	2	ADVOCATED	advocate	VBD
19138	72	3	The	the	DT
19138	72	4	positions	position	NNS
19138	72	5	here	here	RB
19138	72	6	advocated	advocate	VBD
19138	72	7	,	,	,
19138	72	8	because	because	IN
19138	72	9	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	72	10	seem	seem	VBP
19138	72	11	both	both	CC
19138	72	12	rational	rational	JJ
19138	72	13	and	and	CC
19138	72	14	simple	simple	JJ
19138	72	15	,	,	,
19138	72	16	are	be	VBP
19138	72	17	:	:	:
19138	72	18	=	=	SYM
19138	72	19	1	1	CD
19138	72	20	.	.	.
19138	73	1	That	that	IN
19138	73	2	the	the	DT
19138	73	3	singing	singing	NN
19138	73	4	and	and	CC
19138	73	5	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	73	6	tones	tone	NNS
19138	73	7	are	be	VBP
19138	73	8	identical	identical	JJ
19138	73	9	,	,	,
19138	73	10	produced	produce	VBN
19138	73	11	by	by	IN
19138	73	12	the	the	DT
19138	73	13	same	same	JJ
19138	73	14	organs	organ	NNS
19138	73	15	in	in	IN
19138	73	16	the	the	DT
19138	73	17	same	same	JJ
19138	73	18	way	way	NN
19138	73	19	,	,	,
19138	73	20	and	and	CC
19138	73	21	developed	develop	VBN
19138	73	22	by	by	IN
19138	73	23	the	the	DT
19138	73	24	same	same	JJ
19138	73	25	training.=	training.=	NNP
19138	73	26	=	=	SYM
19138	73	27	2	2	CD
19138	73	28	.	.	.
19138	74	1	That	that	DT
19138	74	2	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	74	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	74	4	,	,	,
19138	74	5	for	for	IN
19138	74	6	the	the	DT
19138	74	7	singer	singer	NN
19138	74	8	,	,	,
19138	74	9	only	only	RB
19138	74	10	an	an	DT
19138	74	11	amplification	amplification	NN
19138	74	12	of	of	IN
19138	74	13	the	the	DT
19138	74	14	correct	correct	JJ
19138	74	15	daily	daily	JJ
19138	74	16	habit.=	habit.=	NNP
19138	74	17	=3	=3	NN
19138	74	18	.	.	.
19138	75	1	That	that	IN
19138	75	2	"	"	``
19138	75	3	registers	register	NNS
19138	75	4	"	"	''
19138	75	5	are	be	VBP
19138	75	6	a	a	DT
19138	75	7	myth.=	myth.=	NNP
19138	75	8	=	=	SYM
19138	75	9	4	4	CD
19138	75	10	.	.	.
19138	76	1	That	that	IN
19138	76	2	"	"	``
19138	76	3	head	head	NN
19138	76	4	tones	tone	NNS
19138	76	5	,	,	,
19138	76	6	chest	chest	NN
19138	76	7	tones	tone	NNS
19138	76	8	,	,	,
19138	76	9	closed	close	VBD
19138	76	10	tones	tone	NNS
19138	76	11	,	,	,
19138	76	12	open	open	JJ
19138	76	13	tones	tone	NNS
19138	76	14	,	,	,
19138	76	15	"	"	''
19138	76	16	etc	etc	FW
19138	76	17	.	.	.
19138	76	18	,	,	,
19138	76	19	as	as	IN
19138	76	20	confined	confine	VBN
19138	76	21	to	to	IN
19138	76	22	special	special	JJ
19138	76	23	parts	part	NNS
19138	76	24	of	of	IN
19138	76	25	the	the	DT
19138	76	26	range	range	NN
19138	76	27	of	of	IN
19138	76	28	the	the	DT
19138	76	29	voice	voice	NN
19138	76	30	,	,	,
19138	76	31	are	be	VBP
19138	76	32	distracting	distract	VBG
19138	76	33	distinctions	distinction	NNS
19138	76	34	arising	arise	VBG
19138	76	35	from	from	IN
19138	76	36	false	false	JJ
19138	76	37	education.=	education.=	NNP
19138	76	38	=	=	SYM
19138	76	39	5	5	CD
19138	76	40	.	.	.
19138	77	1	That	that	DT
19138	77	2	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	77	3	determines	determine	VBZ
19138	77	4	the	the	DT
19138	77	5	quality	quality	NN
19138	77	6	and	and	CC
19138	77	7	carrying	carry	VBG
19138	77	8	power	power	NN
19138	77	9	of	of	IN
19138	77	10	every	every	DT
19138	77	11	tone	tone	NN
19138	77	12	,	,	,
19138	77	13	and	and	CC
19138	77	14	is	be	VBZ
19138	77	15	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	77	16	the	the	DT
19138	77	17	most	most	RBS
19138	77	18	important	important	JJ
19138	77	19	element	element	NN
19138	77	20	in	in	IN
19138	77	21	the	the	DT
19138	77	22	study	study	NN
19138	77	23	and	and	CC
19138	77	24	training	training	NN
19138	77	25	of	of	IN
19138	77	26	the	the	DT
19138	77	27	voice.=	voice.=	NNP
19138	77	28	=	=	SYM
19138	77	29	6	6	CD
19138	77	30	.	.	.
19138	78	1	That	that	IN
19138	78	2	the	the	DT
19138	78	3	obstacles	obstacle	NNS
19138	78	4	to	to	IN
19138	78	5	good	good	JJ
19138	78	6	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	78	7	and	and	CC
19138	78	8	singing	singing	NN
19138	78	9	are	be	VBP
19138	78	10	psychologic	psychologic	JJ
19138	78	11	rather	rather	RB
19138	78	12	than	than	IN
19138	78	13	physiologic.=	physiologic.=	NN
19138	78	14	=	=	SYM
19138	78	15	7	7	CD
19138	78	16	.	.	.
19138	79	1	That	that	IN
19138	79	2	,	,	,
19138	79	3	in	in	IN
19138	79	4	the	the	DT
19138	79	5	nature	nature	NN
19138	79	6	of	of	IN
19138	79	7	things	thing	NNS
19138	79	8	,	,	,
19138	79	9	the	the	DT
19138	79	10	right	right	JJ
19138	79	11	way	way	NN
19138	79	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	79	13	always	always	RB
19138	79	14	an	an	DT
19138	79	15	easy	easy	JJ
19138	79	16	way.=	way.=	NN
19138	79	17	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19138	79	18	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	79	19	THE	the	DT
19138	79	20	VOCAL	vocal	NN
19138	79	21	INSTRUMENT	INSTRUMENT	NNP
19138	79	22	Since	since	IN
19138	79	23	the	the	DT
19138	79	24	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	79	25	organism	organism	NN
19138	79	26	first	first	RB
19138	79	27	became	become	VBD
19138	79	28	an	an	DT
19138	79	29	object	object	NN
19138	79	30	of	of	IN
19138	79	31	systematic	systematic	JJ
19138	79	32	study	study	NN
19138	79	33	,	,	,
19138	79	34	discussion	discussion	NN
19138	79	35	has	have	VBZ
19138	79	36	been	be	VBN
19138	79	37	constant	constant	JJ
19138	79	38	as	as	IN
19138	79	39	to	to	IN
19138	79	40	whether	whether	IN
19138	79	41	the	the	DT
19138	79	42	human	human	JJ
19138	79	43	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	79	44	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	79	45	is	be	VBZ
19138	79	46	a	a	DT
19138	79	47	stringed	stringed	JJ
19138	79	48	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	79	49	,	,	,
19138	79	50	a	a	DT
19138	79	51	reed	reed	NN
19138	79	52	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	79	53	,	,	,
19138	79	54	or	or	CC
19138	79	55	a	a	DT
19138	79	56	whistle	whistle	NN
19138	79	57	.	.	.
19138	80	1	Discussion	discussion	NN
19138	80	2	of	of	IN
19138	80	3	the	the	DT
19138	80	4	question	question	NN
19138	80	5	seems	seem	VBZ
19138	80	6	futile	futile	JJ
19138	80	7	,	,	,
19138	80	8	for	for	IN
19138	80	9	practically	practically	RB
19138	80	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	80	11	is	be	VBZ
19138	80	12	all	all	DT
19138	80	13	of	of	IN
19138	80	14	these	these	DT
19138	80	15	and	and	CC
19138	80	16	more	more	JJR
19138	80	17	.	.	.
19138	81	1	The	the	DT
19138	81	2	human	human	JJ
19138	81	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	81	4	organs	organ	NNS
19138	81	5	form	form	VBP
19138	81	6	an	an	DT
19138	81	7	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	81	8	,	,	,
19138	81	9	_	_	NNP
19138	81	10	sui	sui	NNP
19138	81	11	generis	generis	NNP
19138	81	12	_	_	NNP
19138	81	13	,	,	,
19138	81	14	which	which	WDT
19138	81	15	can	can	MD
19138	81	16	not	not	RB
19138	81	17	be	be	VB
19138	81	18	compared	compare	VBN
19138	81	19	with	with	IN
19138	81	20	any	any	DT
19138	81	21	other	other	JJ
19138	81	22	one	one	CD
19138	81	23	thing	thing	NN
19138	81	24	.	.	.
19138	82	1	Not	not	RB
19138	82	2	only	only	RB
19138	82	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	82	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	82	5	far	far	RB
19138	82	6	more	more	RBR
19138	82	7	complex	complex	JJ
19138	82	8	than	than	IN
19138	82	9	any	any	DT
19138	82	10	other	other	JJ
19138	82	11	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	82	12	,	,	,
19138	82	13	being	be	VBG
19138	82	14	capable	capable	JJ
19138	82	15	,	,	,
19138	82	16	as	as	IN
19138	82	17	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	82	18	is	be	VBZ
19138	82	19	,	,	,
19138	82	20	of	of	IN
19138	82	21	imitating	imitate	VBG
19138	82	22	nearly	nearly	RB
19138	82	23	every	every	DT
19138	82	24	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	82	25	in	in	IN
19138	82	26	the	the	DT
19138	82	27	catalogue	catalogue	NN
19138	82	28	and	and	CC
19138	82	29	almost	almost	RB
19138	82	30	every	every	DT
19138	82	31	sound	sound	NN
19138	82	32	in	in	IN
19138	82	33	nature	nature	NN
19138	82	34	,	,	,
19138	82	35	but	but	CC
19138	82	36	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	82	37	is	be	VBZ
19138	82	38	incomparably	incomparably	RB
19138	82	39	more	more	RBR
19138	82	40	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19138	82	41	,	,	,
19138	82	42	an	an	DT
19138	82	43	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	82	44	so	so	RB
19138	82	45	universally	universally	RB
19138	82	46	superior	superior	JJ
19138	82	47	to	to	IN
19138	82	48	any	any	DT
19138	82	49	made	make	VBN
19138	82	50	by	by	IN
19138	82	51	man	man	NN
19138	82	52	that	that	IN
19138	82	53	comparisons	comparison	NNS
19138	82	54	and	and	CC
19138	82	55	definitions	definition	NNS
19138	82	56	fail	fail	VBP
19138	82	57	.	.	.
19138	83	1	ELEMENTS	ELEMENTS	NNP
19138	83	2	The	the	DT
19138	83	3	human	human	JJ
19138	83	4	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	83	5	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	83	6	has	have	VBZ
19138	83	7	the	the	DT
19138	83	8	three	three	CD
19138	83	9	elements	element	NNS
19138	83	10	common	common	JJ
19138	83	11	to	to	IN
19138	83	12	all	all	DT
19138	83	13	musical	musical	JJ
19138	83	14	instruments,--a	instruments,--a	NNP
19138	83	15	motor	motor	NN
19138	83	16	,	,	,
19138	83	17	a	a	DT
19138	83	18	vibrator	vibrator	NN
19138	83	19	,	,	,
19138	83	20	and	and	CC
19138	83	21	a	a	DT
19138	83	22	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	83	23	;	;	:
19138	83	24	to	to	TO
19138	83	25	which	which	WDT
19138	83	26	is	be	VBZ
19138	83	27	added	add	VBN
19138	83	28	--	--	:
19138	83	29	what	what	WP
19138	83	30	all	all	DT
19138	83	31	other	other	JJ
19138	83	32	instruments	instrument	NNS
19138	83	33	lack	lack	VBP
19138	83	34	--	--	:
19138	83	35	an	an	DT
19138	83	36	articulator	articulator	NN
19138	83	37	.	.	.
19138	84	1	1	1	LS
19138	84	2	.	.	.
19138	85	1	The	the	DT
19138	85	2	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19138	85	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	85	4	and	and	CC
19138	85	5	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	85	6	for	for	IN
19138	85	7	a	a	DT
19138	85	8	=	=	SYM
19138	85	9	motor=.	motor=.	NN
19138	86	1	2	2	LS
19138	86	2	.	.	.
19138	87	1	The	the	DT
19138	87	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	87	3	cords	cord	NNS
19138	87	4	for	for	IN
19138	87	5	a	a	DT
19138	87	6	=	=	SYM
19138	87	7	vibrator=.	vibrator=.	NN
19138	88	1	3	3	LS
19138	88	2	.	.	.
19138	89	1	The	the	DT
19138	89	2	throat	throat	NN
19138	89	3	,	,	,
19138	89	4	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	89	5	,	,	,
19138	89	6	and	and	CC
19138	89	7	the	the	DT
19138	89	8	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	89	9	and	and	CC
19138	89	10	head	head	NN
19138	89	11	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	89	12	for	for	IN
19138	89	13	a	a	DT
19138	89	14	=	=	SYM
19138	89	15	resonator=.	resonator=.	NN
19138	90	1	4	4	LS
19138	90	2	.	.	.
19138	91	1	The	the	DT
19138	91	2	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	91	3	,	,	,
19138	91	4	lips	lip	NNS
19138	91	5	,	,	,
19138	91	6	teeth	tooth	NNS
19138	91	7	,	,	,
19138	91	8	and	and	CC
19138	91	9	palate	palate	NN
19138	91	10	for	for	IN
19138	91	11	an	an	DT
19138	91	12	=	=	SYM
19138	91	13	articulator=.	articulator=.	NN
19138	92	1	These	these	DT
19138	92	2	elements	element	NNS
19138	92	3	appear	appear	VBP
19138	92	4	in	in	IN
19138	92	5	as	as	RB
19138	92	6	great	great	JJ
19138	92	7	a	a	DT
19138	92	8	variety	variety	NN
19138	92	9	of	of	IN
19138	92	10	size	size	NN
19138	92	11	and	and	CC
19138	92	12	proportion	proportion	NN
19138	92	13	as	as	IN
19138	92	14	do	do	VBP
19138	92	15	the	the	DT
19138	92	16	variations	variation	NNS
19138	92	17	of	of	IN
19138	92	18	individual	individual	JJ
19138	92	19	humanity	humanity	NN
19138	92	20	,	,	,
19138	92	21	and	and	CC
19138	92	22	each	each	DT
19138	92	23	element	element	NN
19138	92	24	is	be	VBZ
19138	92	25	,	,	,
19138	92	26	moreover	moreover	RB
19138	92	27	,	,	,
19138	92	28	variable	variable	JJ
19138	92	29	according	accord	VBG
19138	92	30	to	to	IN
19138	92	31	the	the	DT
19138	92	32	will	will	NN
19138	92	33	or	or	CC
19138	92	34	feeling	feeling	NN
19138	92	35	of	of	IN
19138	92	36	the	the	DT
19138	92	37	individual	individual	NN
19138	92	38	.	.	.
19138	93	1	This	this	DT
19138	93	2	susceptibility	susceptibility	NN
19138	93	3	to	to	TO
19138	93	4	change	change	VB
19138	93	5	constitutes	constitute	VBZ
19138	93	6	a	a	DT
19138	93	7	modifying	modify	VBG
19138	93	8	power	power	NN
19138	93	9	which	which	WDT
19138	93	10	gives	give	VBZ
19138	93	11	a	a	DT
19138	93	12	variety	variety	NN
19138	93	13	in	in	IN
19138	93	14	tone	tone	NN
19138	93	15	quality	quality	NN
19138	93	16	possible	possible	JJ
19138	93	17	to	to	IN
19138	93	18	no	no	DT
19138	93	19	other	other	JJ
19138	93	20	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	93	21	and	and	CC
19138	93	22	makes	make	VBZ
19138	93	23	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	93	24	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	93	25	wonder	wonder	NN
19138	93	26	and	and	CC
19138	93	27	admiration	admiration	NN
19138	93	28	.	.	.
19138	94	1	The	the	DT
19138	94	2	modification	modification	NN
19138	94	3	and	and	CC
19138	94	4	interaction	interaction	NN
19138	94	5	of	of	IN
19138	94	6	these	these	DT
19138	94	7	various	various	JJ
19138	94	8	parts	part	NNS
19138	94	9	produced	produce	VBN
19138	94	10	by	by	IN
19138	94	11	the	the	DT
19138	94	12	emotions	emotion	NNS
19138	94	13	of	of	IN
19138	94	14	the	the	DT
19138	94	15	singer	singer	NN
19138	94	16	or	or	CC
19138	94	17	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	94	18	give	give	VB
19138	94	19	qualities	quality	NNS
19138	94	20	of	of	IN
19138	94	21	tone	tone	NN
19138	94	22	expressive	expressive	JJ
19138	94	23	of	of	IN
19138	94	24	the	the	DT
19138	94	25	feelings	feeling	NNS
19138	94	26	,	,	,
19138	94	27	as	as	IN
19138	94	28	of	of	IN
19138	94	29	pain	pain	NN
19138	94	30	or	or	CC
19138	94	31	pleasure	pleasure	NN
19138	94	32	,	,	,
19138	94	33	grief	grief	NN
19138	94	34	or	or	CC
19138	94	35	joy	joy	NN
19138	94	36	,	,	,
19138	94	37	courage	courage	NN
19138	94	38	or	or	CC
19138	94	39	fear	fear	NN
19138	94	40	.	.	.
19138	95	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	95	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	95	3	:	:	:
19138	95	4	FIGURE	FIGURE	NNP
19138	95	5	1.--Section	1.--section	CD
19138	95	6	of	of	IN
19138	95	7	the	the	DT
19138	95	8	head	head	NN
19138	95	9	and	and	CC
19138	95	10	throat	throat	NN
19138	95	11	locating	locate	VBG
19138	95	12	the	the	DT
19138	95	13	organs	organ	NNS
19138	95	14	of	of	IN
19138	95	15	speech	speech	NN
19138	95	16	and	and	CC
19138	95	17	song	song	NN
19138	95	18	,	,	,
19138	95	19	including	include	VBG
19138	95	20	the	the	DT
19138	95	21	upper	upper	JJ
19138	95	22	resonators	resonator	NNS
19138	95	23	.	.	.
19138	96	1	The	the	DT
19138	96	2	important	important	JJ
19138	96	3	maxillary	maxillary	JJ
19138	96	4	sinus	sinus	NN
19138	96	5	can	can	MD
19138	96	6	not	not	RB
19138	96	7	well	well	RB
19138	96	8	be	be	VB
19138	96	9	shown	show	VBN
19138	96	10	.	.	.
19138	97	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	97	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	97	3	found	find	VBN
19138	97	4	within	within	IN
19138	97	5	the	the	DT
19138	97	6	maxillary	maxillary	JJ
19138	97	7	bone	bone	NN
19138	97	8	(	(	-LRB-
19138	97	9	cheek	cheek	NNP
19138	97	10	bone	bone	NN
19138	97	11	)	)	-RRB-
19138	97	12	.	.	.
19138	98	1	The	the	DT
19138	98	2	inner	inner	JJ
19138	98	3	end	end	NN
19138	98	4	of	of	IN
19138	98	5	the	the	DT
19138	98	6	line	line	NN
19138	98	7	marked	mark	VBN
19138	98	8	_	_	NNP
19138	98	9	Nasal	Nasal	NNP
19138	98	10	cavity	cavity	NN
19138	98	11	_	_	NNP
19138	98	12	locates	locate	VBZ
19138	98	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	98	14	.	.	.
19138	98	15	]	]	-RRB-
19138	99	1	TIMBRE	TIMBRE	NNP
19138	99	2	The	the	DT
19138	99	3	minute	minute	NN
19138	99	4	differences	difference	NNS
19138	99	5	in	in	IN
19138	99	6	these	these	DT
19138	99	7	physical	physical	JJ
19138	99	8	conditions	condition	NNS
19138	99	9	,	,	,
19138	99	10	coupled	couple	VBN
19138	99	11	with	with	IN
19138	99	12	the	the	DT
19138	99	13	subtler	subtler	NNP
19138	99	14	differences	difference	NNS
19138	99	15	in	in	IN
19138	99	16	the	the	DT
19138	99	17	psychical	psychical	JJ
19138	99	18	elements	element	NNS
19138	99	19	of	of	IN
19138	99	20	the	the	DT
19138	99	21	personality	personality	NN
19138	99	22	,	,	,
19138	99	23	account	account	VBP
19138	99	24	for	for	IN
19138	99	25	that	that	DT
19138	99	26	distinctive	distinctive	JJ
19138	99	27	physiognomy	physiognomy	NN
19138	99	28	of	of	IN
19138	99	29	the	the	DT
19138	99	30	voice	voice	NN
19138	99	31	called	call	VBN
19138	99	32	=	=	SYM
19138	99	33	timbre=	timbre=	NNP
19138	99	34	,	,	,
19138	99	35	which	which	WDT
19138	99	36	is	be	VBZ
19138	99	37	only	only	RB
19138	99	38	another	another	DT
19138	99	39	name	name	NN
19138	99	40	for	for	IN
19138	99	41	individuality	individuality	NN
19138	99	42	as	as	IN
19138	99	43	exhibited	exhibit	VBN
19138	99	44	in	in	IN
19138	99	45	each	each	DT
19138	99	46	person	person	NN
19138	99	47	.	.	.
19138	100	1	The	the	DT
19138	100	2	same	same	JJ
19138	100	3	general	general	JJ
19138	100	4	elements	element	NNS
19138	100	5	enter	enter	VBP
19138	100	6	into	into	IN
19138	100	7	the	the	DT
19138	100	8	composition	composition	NN
19138	100	9	of	of	IN
19138	100	10	all	all	DT
19138	100	11	voices	voice	NNS
19138	100	12	,	,	,
19138	100	13	from	from	IN
19138	100	14	the	the	DT
19138	100	15	basso	basso	NNP
19138	100	16	profundo	profundo	NNP
19138	100	17	to	to	IN
19138	100	18	the	the	DT
19138	100	19	high	high	JJ
19138	100	20	soprano	soprano	NN
19138	100	21	.	.	.
19138	101	1	That	that	IN
19138	101	2	the	the	DT
19138	101	3	reader	reader	NN
19138	101	4	may	may	MD
19138	101	5	better	well	RBR
19138	101	6	understand	understand	VB
19138	101	7	the	the	DT
19138	101	8	proportion	proportion	NN
19138	101	9	and	and	CC
19138	101	10	relations	relation	NNS
19138	101	11	of	of	IN
19138	101	12	the	the	DT
19138	101	13	different	different	JJ
19138	101	14	parts	part	NNS
19138	101	15	of	of	IN
19138	101	16	the	the	DT
19138	101	17	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	101	18	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19138	101	19	,	,	,
19138	101	20	a	a	DT
19138	101	21	sectional	sectional	JJ
19138	101	22	drawing	drawing	NN
19138	101	23	of	of	IN
19138	101	24	the	the	DT
19138	101	25	head	head	NN
19138	101	26	is	be	VBZ
19138	101	27	here	here	RB
19138	101	28	produced	produce	VBN
19138	101	29	,	,	,
19138	101	30	showing	show	VBG
19138	101	31	the	the	DT
19138	101	32	natural	natural	JJ
19138	101	33	position	position	NN
19138	101	34	of	of	IN
19138	101	35	the	the	DT
19138	101	36	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	101	37	organs	organ	NNS
19138	101	38	at	at	IN
19138	101	39	rest	rest	NN
19138	101	40	.	.	.
19138	102	1	As	as	IN
19138	102	2	the	the	DT
19138	102	3	drawing	drawing	NN
19138	102	4	represents	represent	VBZ
19138	102	5	but	but	CC
19138	102	6	a	a	DT
19138	102	7	vertical	vertical	JJ
19138	102	8	section	section	NN
19138	102	9	of	of	IN
19138	102	10	the	the	DT
19138	102	11	head	head	NN
19138	102	12	the	the	DT
19138	102	13	reader	reader	NN
19138	102	14	should	should	MD
19138	102	15	note	note	VB
19138	102	16	that	that	IN
19138	102	17	the	the	DT
19138	102	18	sinuses	sinus	NNS
19138	102	19	,	,	,
19138	102	20	like	like	IN
19138	102	21	the	the	DT
19138	102	22	eyes	eye	NNS
19138	102	23	and	and	CC
19138	102	24	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	102	25	,	,	,
19138	102	26	lie	lie	VBP
19138	102	27	in	in	IN
19138	102	28	pairs	pair	NNS
19138	102	29	to	to	IN
19138	102	30	the	the	DT
19138	102	31	right	right	NN
19138	102	32	and	and	CC
19138	102	33	left	leave	VBD
19138	102	34	of	of	IN
19138	102	35	the	the	DT
19138	102	36	centre	centre	NN
19138	102	37	of	of	IN
19138	102	38	the	the	DT
19138	102	39	face	face	NN
19138	102	40	.	.	.
19138	103	1	The	the	DT
19138	103	2	location	location	NN
19138	103	3	of	of	IN
19138	103	4	the	the	DT
19138	103	5	maxillary	maxillary	JJ
19138	103	6	sinuses	sinus	NNS
19138	103	7	within	within	IN
19138	103	8	the	the	DT
19138	103	9	maxillary	maxillary	JJ
19138	103	10	or	or	CC
19138	103	11	cheek	cheek	NN
19138	103	12	bones	bone	NNS
19138	103	13	can	can	MD
19138	103	14	not	not	RB
19138	103	15	be	be	VB
19138	103	16	shown	show	VBN
19138	103	17	in	in	IN
19138	103	18	this	this	DT
19138	103	19	drawing	drawing	NN
19138	103	20	.	.	.
19138	104	1	The	the	DT
19138	104	2	dark	dark	JJ
19138	104	3	shading	shading	NN
19138	104	4	represents	represent	VBZ
19138	104	5	the	the	DT
19138	104	6	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	104	7	of	of	IN
19138	104	8	the	the	DT
19138	104	9	throat	throat	NN
19138	104	10	,	,	,
19138	104	11	nose	nose	NN
19138	104	12	,	,	,
19138	104	13	and	and	CC
19138	104	14	head	head	NN
19138	104	15	.	.	.
19138	105	1	The	the	DT
19138	105	2	relations	relation	NNS
19138	105	3	of	of	IN
19138	105	4	the	the	DT
19138	105	5	parts	part	NNS
19138	105	6	are	be	VBP
19138	105	7	shown	show	VBN
19138	105	8	more	more	RBR
19138	105	9	accurately	accurately	RB
19138	105	10	than	than	IN
19138	105	11	is	be	VBZ
19138	105	12	possible	possible	JJ
19138	105	13	in	in	IN
19138	105	14	any	any	DT
19138	105	15	diagram	diagram	NN
19138	105	16	.	.	.
19138	106	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	106	2	will	will	MD
19138	106	3	be	be	VB
19138	106	4	noticed	notice	VBN
19138	106	5	that	that	IN
19138	106	6	the	the	DT
19138	106	7	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	106	8	from	from	IN
19138	106	9	the	the	DT
19138	106	10	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	106	11	would	would	MD
19138	106	12	pass	pass	VB
19138	106	13	directly	directly	RB
19138	106	14	behind	behind	IN
19138	106	15	the	the	DT
19138	106	16	soft	soft	JJ
19138	106	17	palate	palate	NN
19138	106	18	into	into	IN
19138	106	19	the	the	DT
19138	106	20	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	106	21	chamber	chamber	NN
19138	106	22	,	,	,
19138	106	23	and	and	CC
19138	106	24	very	very	RB
19138	106	25	directly	directly	RB
19138	106	26	into	into	IN
19138	106	27	the	the	DT
19138	106	28	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	106	29	.	.	.
19138	107	1	The	the	DT
19138	107	2	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	107	3	roof	roof	NN
19138	107	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	107	5	formed	form	VBN
19138	107	6	by	by	IN
19138	107	7	two	two	CD
19138	107	8	bones	bone	NNS
19138	107	9	situated	situate	VBN
19138	107	10	between	between	IN
19138	107	11	the	the	DT
19138	107	12	eyes	eye	NNS
19138	107	13	;	;	:
19138	107	14	the	the	DT
19138	107	15	sphenoid	sphenoid	NN
19138	107	16	or	or	CC
19138	107	17	wedge	wedge	NN
19138	107	18	-	-	HYPH
19138	107	19	bone	bone	NN
19138	107	20	,	,	,
19138	107	21	which	which	WDT
19138	107	22	is	be	VBZ
19138	107	23	connected	connect	VBN
19138	107	24	with	with	IN
19138	107	25	all	all	DT
19138	107	26	other	other	JJ
19138	107	27	bones	bone	NNS
19138	107	28	of	of	IN
19138	107	29	the	the	DT
19138	107	30	head	head	NN
19138	107	31	,	,	,
19138	107	32	and	and	CC
19138	107	33	the	the	DT
19138	107	34	ethmoid	ethmoid	NN
19138	107	35	or	or	CC
19138	107	36	sieve	sieve	NN
19138	107	37	-	-	HYPH
19138	107	38	like	like	JJ
19138	107	39	bone	bone	NN
19138	107	40	.	.	.
19138	108	1	The	the	DT
19138	108	2	structure	structure	NN
19138	108	3	of	of	IN
19138	108	4	these	these	DT
19138	108	5	two	two	CD
19138	108	6	bones	bone	NNS
19138	108	7	,	,	,
19138	108	8	especially	especially	RB
19138	108	9	of	of	IN
19138	108	10	the	the	DT
19138	108	11	ethmoid	ethmoid	NN
19138	108	12	,	,	,
19138	108	13	consists	consist	VBZ
19138	108	14	of	of	IN
19138	108	15	very	very	RB
19138	108	16	thin	thin	JJ
19138	108	17	plates	plate	NNS
19138	108	18	or	or	CC
19138	108	19	laminæ	laminæ	NN
19138	108	20	,	,	,
19138	108	21	forming	form	VBG
19138	108	22	a	a	DT
19138	108	23	mass	mass	NN
19138	108	24	of	of	IN
19138	108	25	air	air	NN
19138	108	26	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	108	27	which	which	WDT
19138	108	28	communicate	communicate	VBP
19138	108	29	by	by	IN
19138	108	30	small	small	JJ
19138	108	31	openings	opening	NNS
19138	108	32	with	with	IN
19138	108	33	the	the	DT
19138	108	34	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	108	35	cavity	cavity	NN
19138	108	36	below	below	RB
19138	108	37	.	.	.
19138	109	1	Thus	thus	RB
19138	109	2	,	,	,
19138	109	3	the	the	DT
19138	109	4	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	109	5	in	in	IN
19138	109	6	the	the	DT
19138	109	7	nose	nose	NN
19138	109	8	are	be	VBP
19138	109	9	transmitted	transmit	VBN
19138	109	10	to	to	IN
19138	109	11	the	the	DT
19138	109	12	air	air	NN
19138	109	13	spaces	space	NNS
19138	109	14	above	above	RB
19138	109	15	,	,	,
19138	109	16	and	and	CC
19138	109	17	the	the	DT
19138	109	18	effective	effective	JJ
19138	109	19	qualities	quality	NNS
19138	109	20	of	of	IN
19138	109	21	the	the	DT
19138	109	22	head	head	NN
19138	109	23	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	109	24	are	be	VBP
19138	109	25	added	add	VBN
19138	109	26	to	to	IN
19138	109	27	the	the	DT
19138	109	28	tone	tone	NN
19138	109	29	.	.	.
19138	110	1	THE	the	DT
19138	110	2	LARYNX	LARYNX	NNP
19138	110	3	The	the	DT
19138	110	4	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	110	5	or	or	CC
19138	110	6	voice	voice	NN
19138	110	7	-	-	HYPH
19138	110	8	box	box	NN
19138	110	9	contains	contain	VBZ
19138	110	10	the	the	DT
19138	110	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	110	12	cords	cord	NNS
19138	110	13	.	.	.
19138	111	1	Just	just	RB
19138	111	2	above	above	IN
19138	111	3	the	the	DT
19138	111	4	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	111	5	cords	cord	NNS
19138	111	6	on	on	IN
19138	111	7	each	each	DT
19138	111	8	side	side	NN
19138	111	9	is	be	VBZ
19138	111	10	a	a	DT
19138	111	11	large	large	JJ
19138	111	12	,	,	,
19138	111	13	deep	deep	JJ
19138	111	14	cavity	cavity	NN
19138	111	15	,	,	,
19138	111	16	called	call	VBD
19138	111	17	the	the	DT
19138	111	18	ventricle	ventricle	NN
19138	111	19	.	.	.
19138	112	1	These	these	DT
19138	112	2	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	112	3	reinforce	reinforce	VBP
19138	112	4	the	the	DT
19138	112	5	primary	primary	JJ
19138	112	6	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	112	7	set	set	VBN
19138	112	8	up	up	RP
19138	112	9	by	by	IN
19138	112	10	the	the	DT
19138	112	11	cords	cord	NNS
19138	112	12	and	and	CC
19138	112	13	serve	serve	VBP
19138	112	14	to	to	TO
19138	112	15	increase	increase	VB
19138	112	16	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	112	17	intensity	intensity	NN
19138	112	18	as	as	IN
19138	112	19	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	112	20	are	be	VBP
19138	112	21	projected	project	VBN
19138	112	22	from	from	IN
19138	112	23	the	the	DT
19138	112	24	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	112	25	.	.	.
19138	113	1	The	the	DT
19138	113	2	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	113	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	113	4	the	the	DT
19138	113	5	vibrating	vibrate	VBG
19138	113	6	organ	organ	NN
19138	113	7	of	of	IN
19138	113	8	the	the	DT
19138	113	9	voice	voice	NN
19138	113	10	.	.	.
19138	114	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	114	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	114	3	situated	situate	VBN
19138	114	4	at	at	IN
19138	114	5	the	the	DT
19138	114	6	base	base	NN
19138	114	7	of	of	IN
19138	114	8	the	the	DT
19138	114	9	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	114	10	and	and	CC
19138	114	11	is	be	VBZ
19138	114	12	so	so	RB
19138	114	13	closely	closely	RB
19138	114	14	connected	connected	JJ
19138	114	15	with	with	IN
19138	114	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	114	17	by	by	IN
19138	114	18	attachment	attachment	NN
19138	114	19	to	to	IN
19138	114	20	the	the	DT
19138	114	21	hyoid	hyoid	NN
19138	114	22	bone	bone	NN
19138	114	23	,	,	,
19138	114	24	to	to	TO
19138	114	25	which	which	WDT
19138	114	26	the	the	DT
19138	114	27	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	114	28	is	be	VBZ
19138	114	29	also	also	RB
19138	114	30	attached	attach	VBN
19138	114	31	,	,	,
19138	114	32	that	that	IN
19138	114	33	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	114	34	is	be	VBZ
19138	114	35	capable	capable	JJ
19138	114	36	of	of	IN
19138	114	37	only	only	JJ
19138	114	38	slight	slight	JJ
19138	114	39	movement	movement	NN
19138	114	40	independent	independent	NN
19138	114	41	of	of	IN
19138	114	42	that	that	DT
19138	114	43	organ	organ	NN
19138	114	44	;	;	:
19138	114	45	consequently	consequently	RB
19138	114	46	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	114	47	must	must	MD
19138	114	48	move	move	VB
19138	114	49	with	with	IN
19138	114	50	the	the	DT
19138	114	51	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	114	52	in	in	IN
19138	114	53	articulation	articulation	NN
19138	114	54	.	.	.
19138	115	1	The	the	DT
19138	115	2	interior	interior	JJ
19138	115	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	115	4	of	of	IN
19138	115	5	the	the	DT
19138	115	6	larynx	larynx	NNP
19138	115	7	vary	vary	VBP
19138	115	8	the	the	DT
19138	115	9	position	position	NN
19138	115	10	of	of	IN
19138	115	11	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	115	12	walls	wall	NNS
19138	115	13	,	,	,
19138	115	14	thus	thus	RB
19138	115	15	regulating	regulate	VBG
19138	115	16	the	the	DT
19138	115	17	proximity	proximity	NN
19138	115	18	and	and	CC
19138	115	19	tension	tension	NN
19138	115	20	of	of	IN
19138	115	21	the	the	DT
19138	115	22	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	115	23	cords	cord	NNS
19138	115	24	.	.	.
19138	116	1	The	the	DT
19138	116	2	male	male	JJ
19138	116	3	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	116	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	116	5	the	the	DT
19138	116	6	larger	large	JJR
19138	116	7	and	and	CC
19138	116	8	shows	show	VBZ
19138	116	9	the	the	DT
19138	116	10	Adam	Adam	NNP
19138	116	11	's	's	POS
19138	116	12	apple	apple	NN
19138	116	13	.	.	.
19138	117	1	In	in	IN
19138	117	2	both	both	DT
19138	117	3	sexes	sex	NNS
19138	117	4	the	the	DT
19138	117	5	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	117	6	of	of	IN
19138	117	7	the	the	DT
19138	117	8	low	low	JJ
19138	117	9	voice	voice	NN
19138	117	10	,	,	,
19138	117	11	alto	alto	NN
19138	117	12	or	or	CC
19138	117	13	bass	bass	NNP
19138	117	14	,	,	,
19138	117	15	is	be	VBZ
19138	117	16	larger	large	JJR
19138	117	17	than	than	IN
19138	117	18	that	that	DT
19138	117	19	of	of	IN
19138	117	20	the	the	DT
19138	117	21	high	high	JJ
19138	117	22	voice	voice	NN
19138	117	23	,	,	,
19138	117	24	soprano	soprano	NN
19138	117	25	or	or	CC
19138	117	26	tenor	tenor	NN
19138	117	27	.	.	.
19138	118	1	The	the	DT
19138	118	2	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	118	3	and	and	CC
19138	118	4	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	118	5	should	should	MD
19138	118	6	not	not	RB
19138	118	7	rise	rise	VB
19138	118	8	with	with	IN
19138	118	9	the	the	DT
19138	118	10	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	118	11	of	of	IN
19138	118	12	the	the	DT
19138	118	13	voice	voice	NN
19138	118	14	,	,	,
19138	118	15	but	but	CC
19138	118	16	drop	drop	VB
19138	118	17	naturally	naturally	RB
19138	118	18	with	with	IN
19138	118	19	the	the	DT
19138	118	20	lower	low	JJR
19138	118	21	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	118	22	as	as	IN
19138	118	23	the	the	DT
19138	118	24	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	118	25	opens	open	VBZ
19138	118	26	in	in	IN
19138	118	27	ascending	ascend	VBG
19138	118	28	the	the	DT
19138	118	29	scale	scale	NN
19138	118	30	.	.	.
19138	119	1	The	the	DT
19138	119	2	proper	proper	JJ
19138	119	3	position	position	NN
19138	119	4	of	of	IN
19138	119	5	the	the	DT
19138	119	6	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	119	7	will	will	MD
19138	119	8	insure	insure	VB
19138	119	9	a	a	DT
19138	119	10	proper	proper	JJ
19138	119	11	position	position	NN
19138	119	12	for	for	IN
19138	119	13	the	the	DT
19138	119	14	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	119	15	.	.	.
19138	120	1	The	the	DT
19138	120	2	less	less	JJR
19138	120	3	attention	attention	NN
19138	120	4	the	the	DT
19138	120	5	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	120	6	receives	receive	VBZ
19138	120	7	the	the	DT
19138	120	8	better	well	JJR
19138	120	9	.	.	.
19138	121	1	THE	the	DT
19138	121	2	VOCAL	vocal	NN
19138	121	3	CORDS	cord	VBD
19138	121	4	The	the	DT
19138	121	5	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	121	6	cords	cord	NNS
19138	121	7	are	be	VBP
19138	121	8	neither	neither	DT
19138	121	9	cords	cord	NNS
19138	121	10	nor	nor	CC
19138	121	11	bands	band	NNS
19138	121	12	,	,	,
19138	121	13	but	but	CC
19138	121	14	instead	instead	RB
19138	121	15	are	be	VBP
19138	121	16	thick	thick	JJ
19138	121	17	portions	portion	NNS
19138	121	18	of	of	IN
19138	121	19	membrane	membrane	NN
19138	121	20	extending	extend	VBG
19138	121	21	across	across	IN
19138	121	22	the	the	DT
19138	121	23	inner	inner	JJ
19138	121	24	surface	surface	NN
19138	121	25	of	of	IN
19138	121	26	the	the	DT
19138	121	27	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	121	28	.	.	.
19138	122	1	On	on	IN
19138	122	2	account	account	NN
19138	122	3	of	of	IN
19138	122	4	familiarity	familiarity	NN
19138	122	5	the	the	DT
19138	122	6	name	name	NN
19138	122	7	_	_	NNP
19138	122	8	vocal	vocal	NNP
19138	122	9	cords	cord	NNS
19138	122	10	_	_	NNP
19138	122	11	will	will	MD
19138	122	12	still	still	RB
19138	122	13	be	be	VB
19138	122	14	used	use	VBN
19138	122	15	.	.	.
19138	123	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19138	123	2	are	be	VBP
19138	123	3	fairly	fairly	RB
19138	123	4	well	well	RB
19138	123	5	represented	represent	VBN
19138	123	6	by	by	IN
19138	123	7	the	the	DT
19138	123	8	lips	lip	NNS
19138	123	9	of	of	IN
19138	123	10	the	the	DT
19138	123	11	cornet	cornet	NN
19138	123	12	player	player	NN
19138	123	13	when	when	WRB
19138	123	14	placed	place	VBN
19138	123	15	on	on	IN
19138	123	16	the	the	DT
19138	123	17	mouthpiece	mouthpiece	NN
19138	123	18	of	of	IN
19138	123	19	the	the	DT
19138	123	20	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	123	21	.	.	.
19138	124	1	The	the	DT
19138	124	2	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	124	3	of	of	IN
19138	124	4	the	the	DT
19138	124	5	tone	tone	NN
19138	124	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	124	7	fixed	fix	VBN
19138	124	8	by	by	IN
19138	124	9	the	the	DT
19138	124	10	tension	tension	NN
19138	124	11	of	of	IN
19138	124	12	the	the	DT
19138	124	13	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	124	14	cords	cord	NNS
19138	124	15	and	and	CC
19138	124	16	the	the	DT
19138	124	17	width	width	NN
19138	124	18	and	and	CC
19138	124	19	length	length	NN
19138	124	20	of	of	IN
19138	124	21	the	the	DT
19138	124	22	opening	opening	NN
19138	124	23	between	between	IN
19138	124	24	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	124	25	.	.	.
19138	125	1	Their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	125	2	tension	tension	NN
19138	125	3	and	and	CC
19138	125	4	proximity	proximity	NN
19138	125	5	are	be	VBP
19138	125	6	self	self	NN
19138	125	7	-	-	HYPH
19138	125	8	adjusted	adjust	VBN
19138	125	9	to	to	TO
19138	125	10	produce	produce	VB
19138	125	11	the	the	DT
19138	125	12	proper	proper	JJ
19138	125	13	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	125	14	without	without	IN
19138	125	15	any	any	DT
19138	125	16	conscious	conscious	JJ
19138	125	17	volition	volition	NN
19138	125	18	of	of	IN
19138	125	19	the	the	DT
19138	125	20	singer	singer	NN
19138	125	21	.	.	.
19138	126	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19138	126	2	can	can	MD
19138	126	3	have	have	VB
19138	126	4	no	no	DT
19138	126	5	special	special	JJ
19138	126	6	training	training	NN
19138	126	7	,	,	,
19138	126	8	needing	need	VBG
19138	126	9	only	only	RB
19138	126	10	to	to	TO
19138	126	11	be	be	VB
19138	126	12	left	leave	VBN
19138	126	13	alone	alone	RB
19138	126	14	.	.	.
19138	127	1	The	the	DT
19138	127	2	work	work	NN
19138	127	3	of	of	IN
19138	127	4	the	the	DT
19138	127	5	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	127	6	cords	cord	NNS
19138	127	7	,	,	,
19138	127	8	though	though	IN
19138	127	9	essentially	essentially	RB
19138	127	10	important	important	JJ
19138	127	11	,	,	,
19138	127	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	127	13	,	,	,
19138	127	14	when	when	WRB
19138	127	15	naturally	naturally	RB
19138	127	16	performed	perform	VBN
19138	127	17	,	,	,
19138	127	18	light	light	JJ
19138	127	19	and	and	CC
19138	127	20	consequently	consequently	RB
19138	127	21	not	not	RB
19138	127	22	exhausting	exhaust	VBG
19138	127	23	.	.	.
19138	128	1	If	if	IN
19138	128	2	the	the	DT
19138	128	3	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	128	4	and	and	CC
19138	128	5	all	all	DT
19138	128	6	of	of	IN
19138	128	7	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	128	8	supporting	support	VBG
19138	128	9	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	128	10	are	be	VBP
19138	128	11	relaxed	relaxed	JJ
19138	128	12	as	as	IN
19138	128	13	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	128	14	are	be	VBP
19138	128	15	in	in	IN
19138	128	16	free	free	JJ
19138	128	17	and	and	CC
19138	128	18	easy	easy	JJ
19138	128	19	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	128	20	,	,	,
19138	128	21	then	then	RB
19138	128	22	when	when	WRB
19138	128	23	the	the	DT
19138	128	24	air	air	NN
19138	128	25	passes	pass	VBZ
19138	128	26	out	out	RP
19138	128	27	through	through	IN
19138	128	28	the	the	DT
19138	128	29	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	128	30	,	,	,
19138	128	31	the	the	DT
19138	128	32	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	128	33	cords	cord	NNS
19138	128	34	will	will	MD
19138	128	35	automatically	automatically	RB
19138	128	36	assume	assume	VB
19138	128	37	a	a	DT
19138	128	38	tension	tension	NN
19138	128	39	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19138	128	40	to	to	TO
19138	128	41	vocalize	vocalize	VB
19138	128	42	the	the	DT
19138	128	43	breath	breath	NN
19138	128	44	and	and	CC
19138	128	45	give	give	VB
19138	128	46	the	the	DT
19138	128	47	note	note	NN
19138	128	48	the	the	DT
19138	128	49	proper	proper	JJ
19138	128	50	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	128	51	.	.	.
19138	129	1	The	the	DT
19138	129	2	normal	normal	JJ
19138	129	3	action	action	NN
19138	129	4	of	of	IN
19138	129	5	the	the	DT
19138	129	6	cords	cord	NNS
19138	129	7	will	will	MD
19138	129	8	never	never	RB
19138	129	9	cause	cause	VB
19138	129	10	hoarseness	hoarseness	JJ
19138	129	11	or	or	CC
19138	129	12	discomfort	discomfort	NN
19138	129	13	.	.	.
19138	130	1	The	the	DT
19138	130	2	sound	sound	NN
19138	130	3	should	should	MD
19138	130	4	seem	seem	VB
19138	130	5	to	to	TO
19138	130	6	be	be	VB
19138	130	7	formed	form	VBN
19138	130	8	,	,	,
19138	130	9	not	not	RB
19138	130	10	in	in	IN
19138	130	11	the	the	DT
19138	130	12	throat,--thus	throat,--thus	NNP
19138	130	13	involving	involve	VBG
19138	130	14	the	the	DT
19138	130	15	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	130	16	cords,--but	cords,--but	NN
19138	130	17	in	in	IN
19138	130	18	the	the	DT
19138	130	19	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	130	20	chambers	chamber	NNS
19138	130	21	.	.	.
19138	131	1	THE	the	DT
19138	131	2	EPIGLOTTIS	epiglotti	NNS
19138	131	3	The	the	DT
19138	131	4	epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
19138	131	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	131	6	the	the	DT
19138	131	7	valve	valve	NN
19138	131	8	which	which	WDT
19138	131	9	closes	close	VBZ
19138	131	10	over	over	IN
19138	131	11	the	the	DT
19138	131	12	upper	upper	JJ
19138	131	13	opening	opening	NN
19138	131	14	of	of	IN
19138	131	15	the	the	DT
19138	131	16	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	131	17	.	.	.
19138	132	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	132	2	not	not	RB
19138	132	3	only	only	RB
19138	132	4	closes	close	VBZ
19138	132	5	the	the	DT
19138	132	6	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	132	7	of	of	IN
19138	132	8	the	the	DT
19138	132	9	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	132	10	when	when	WRB
19138	132	11	food	food	NN
19138	132	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	132	13	swallowed	swallow	VBN
19138	132	14	,	,	,
19138	132	15	but	but	CC
19138	132	16	aids	aid	VBZ
19138	132	17	materially	materially	RB
19138	132	18	in	in	IN
19138	132	19	converting	convert	VBG
19138	132	20	into	into	IN
19138	132	21	tone	tone	NN
19138	132	22	the	the	DT
19138	132	23	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	132	24	set	set	VBN
19138	132	25	up	up	RP
19138	132	26	by	by	IN
19138	132	27	the	the	DT
19138	132	28	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	132	29	cords	cord	NNS
19138	132	30	.	.	.
19138	133	1	THE	the	DT
19138	133	2	PHARYNX	PHARYNX	NNP
19138	133	3	The	the	DT
19138	133	4	pharynx	pharynx	NN
19138	133	5	extends	extend	VBZ
19138	133	6	from	from	IN
19138	133	7	the	the	DT
19138	133	8	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	133	9	to	to	IN
19138	133	10	the	the	DT
19138	133	11	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	133	12	cavity	cavity	NN
19138	133	13	.	.	.
19138	134	1	The	the	DT
19138	134	2	size	size	NN
19138	134	3	of	of	IN
19138	134	4	the	the	DT
19138	134	5	opening	opening	NN
19138	134	6	into	into	IN
19138	134	7	the	the	DT
19138	134	8	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	134	9	chamber	chamber	NN
19138	134	10	is	be	VBZ
19138	134	11	controlled	control	VBN
19138	134	12	by	by	IN
19138	134	13	the	the	DT
19138	134	14	soft	soft	JJ
19138	134	15	palate	palate	NN
19138	134	16	and	and	CC
19138	134	17	is	be	VBZ
19138	134	18	frequently	frequently	RB
19138	134	19	entirely	entirely	RB
19138	134	20	closed	close	VBN
19138	134	21	.	.	.
19138	135	1	The	the	DT
19138	135	2	size	size	NN
19138	135	3	of	of	IN
19138	135	4	the	the	DT
19138	135	5	pharynx	pharynx	NN
19138	135	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	135	7	varied	vary	VBN
19138	135	8	by	by	IN
19138	135	9	the	the	DT
19138	135	10	contraction	contraction	NN
19138	135	11	and	and	CC
19138	135	12	relaxation	relaxation	NN
19138	135	13	of	of	IN
19138	135	14	the	the	DT
19138	135	15	circular	circular	JJ
19138	135	16	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	135	17	in	in	IN
19138	135	18	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	135	19	tissue	tissue	NN
19138	135	20	;	;	:
19138	135	21	when	when	WRB
19138	135	22	swallowing	swallow	VBG
19138	135	23	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	135	24	walls	wall	NNS
19138	135	25	are	be	VBP
19138	135	26	in	in	IN
19138	135	27	contact	contact	NN
19138	135	28	.	.	.
19138	136	1	The	the	DT
19138	136	2	pharynx	pharynx	NN
19138	136	3	acts	act	VBZ
19138	136	4	as	as	IN
19138	136	5	does	do	VBZ
19138	136	6	the	the	DT
19138	136	7	expanding	expand	VBG
19138	136	8	tube	tube	NN
19138	136	9	of	of	IN
19138	136	10	brass	brass	NN
19138	136	11	instruments	instrument	NNS
19138	136	12	.	.	.
19138	137	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	137	2	increases	increase	VBZ
19138	137	3	the	the	DT
19138	137	4	force	force	NN
19138	137	5	and	and	CC
19138	137	6	depth	depth	NN
19138	137	7	of	of	IN
19138	137	8	the	the	DT
19138	137	9	tone	tone	NN
19138	137	10	waves	wave	NNS
19138	137	11	.	.	.
19138	138	1	The	the	DT
19138	138	2	wider	wide	JJR
19138	138	3	the	the	DT
19138	138	4	pharynx	pharynx	NN
19138	138	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	138	6	opened	open	VBN
19138	138	7	,	,	,
19138	138	8	without	without	IN
19138	138	9	constraint	constraint	NN
19138	138	10	,	,	,
19138	138	11	the	the	DT
19138	138	12	fuller	full	JJR
19138	138	13	the	the	DT
19138	138	14	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	138	15	and	and	CC
19138	138	16	the	the	DT
19138	138	17	better	well	JJR
19138	138	18	the	the	DT
19138	138	19	tone	tone	NN
19138	138	20	.	.	.
19138	139	1	THE	the	DT
19138	139	2	UNDER	UNDER	NNP
19138	139	3	JAW	JAW	NNP
19138	139	4	The	the	DT
19138	139	5	under	under	IN
19138	139	6	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	139	7	furnishes	furnish	VBZ
19138	139	8	attachment	attachment	NN
19138	139	9	for	for	IN
19138	139	10	the	the	DT
19138	139	11	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	139	12	of	of	IN
19138	139	13	the	the	DT
19138	139	14	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	139	15	and	and	CC
19138	139	16	hyoid	hyoid	NN
19138	139	17	or	or	CC
19138	139	18	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	139	19	bone	bone	NN
19138	139	20	.	.	.
19138	140	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	140	2	also	also	RB
19138	140	3	controls	control	VBZ
19138	140	4	,	,	,
19138	140	5	owing	owe	VBG
19138	140	6	to	to	IN
19138	140	7	the	the	DT
19138	140	8	connections	connection	NNS
19138	140	9	of	of	IN
19138	140	10	the	the	DT
19138	140	11	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	140	12	with	with	IN
19138	140	13	the	the	DT
19138	140	14	hyoid	hyoid	NN
19138	140	15	bone	bone	NN
19138	140	16	,	,	,
19138	140	17	the	the	DT
19138	140	18	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	140	19	that	that	WDT
19138	140	20	fix	fix	VBP
19138	140	21	the	the	DT
19138	140	22	position	position	NN
19138	140	23	of	of	IN
19138	140	24	the	the	DT
19138	140	25	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	140	26	.	.	.
19138	141	1	The	the	DT
19138	141	2	pterygoid	pterygoid	NN
19138	141	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	141	4	,	,	,
19138	141	5	which	which	WDT
19138	141	6	move	move	VBP
19138	141	7	the	the	DT
19138	141	8	under	under	JJ
19138	141	9	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	141	10	forward	forward	RB
19138	141	11	and	and	CC
19138	141	12	backward	backward	RB
19138	141	13	,	,	,
19138	141	14	do	do	VB
19138	141	15	not	not	RB
19138	141	16	connect	connect	VB
19138	141	17	with	with	IN
19138	141	18	the	the	DT
19138	141	19	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	141	20	,	,	,
19138	141	21	so	so	CC
19138	141	22	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	141	23	action	action	NN
19138	141	24	does	do	VBZ
19138	141	25	not	not	RB
19138	141	26	compress	compress	VB
19138	141	27	that	that	DT
19138	141	28	organ	organ	NN
19138	141	29	or	or	CC
19138	141	30	in	in	IN
19138	141	31	any	any	DT
19138	141	32	way	way	NN
19138	141	33	impede	impede	VBZ
19138	141	34	the	the	DT
19138	141	35	action	action	NN
19138	141	36	of	of	IN
19138	141	37	the	the	DT
19138	141	38	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	141	39	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19138	141	40	.	.	.
19138	142	1	A	a	DT
19138	142	2	relaxed	relaxed	JJ
19138	142	3	under	under	IN
19138	142	4	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	142	5	allows	allow	VBZ
19138	142	6	freer	free	JJR
19138	142	7	action	action	NN
19138	142	8	of	of	IN
19138	142	9	the	the	DT
19138	142	10	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	142	11	cords	cord	NNS
19138	142	12	and	and	CC
19138	142	13	ampler	ampler	NN
19138	142	14	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	142	15	.	.	.
19138	143	1	The	the	DT
19138	143	2	under	under	JJ
19138	143	3	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	143	4	should	should	MD
19138	143	5	drop	drop	VB
19138	143	6	little	little	JJ
19138	143	7	by	by	IN
19138	143	8	little	little	JJ
19138	143	9	as	as	IN
19138	143	10	the	the	DT
19138	143	11	voice	voice	NN
19138	143	12	ascends	ascend	VBZ
19138	143	13	the	the	DT
19138	143	14	scale	scale	NN
19138	143	15	,	,	,
19138	143	16	thus	thus	RB
19138	143	17	opening	open	VBG
19138	143	18	the	the	DT
19138	143	19	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	143	20	slightly	slightly	RB
19138	143	21	wider	wide	JJR
19138	143	22	with	with	IN
19138	143	23	each	each	DT
19138	143	24	rise	rise	NN
19138	143	25	in	in	IN
19138	143	26	the	the	DT
19138	143	27	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	143	28	of	of	IN
19138	143	29	the	the	DT
19138	143	30	tone	tone	NN
19138	143	31	.	.	.
19138	144	1	In	in	IN
19138	144	2	ascending	ascend	VBG
19138	144	3	the	the	DT
19138	144	4	scale	scale	NN
19138	144	5	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	144	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	144	7	well	well	JJ
19138	144	8	to	to	TO
19138	144	9	open	open	VB
19138	144	10	the	the	DT
19138	144	11	throat	throat	NN
19138	144	12	a	a	DT
19138	144	13	little	little	JJ
19138	144	14	wider	wide	JJR
19138	144	15	as	as	IN
19138	144	16	you	-PRON-	PRP
19138	144	17	ascend	ascend	VBP
19138	144	18	.	.	.
19138	145	1	The	the	DT
19138	145	2	delivery	delivery	NN
19138	145	3	will	will	MD
19138	145	4	be	be	VB
19138	145	5	much	much	RB
19138	145	6	easier	easy	JJR
19138	145	7	,	,	,
19138	145	8	and	and	CC
19138	145	9	the	the	DT
19138	145	10	tone	tone	NN
19138	145	11	produced	produce	VBN
19138	145	12	will	will	MD
19138	145	13	be	be	VB
19138	145	14	much	much	RB
19138	145	15	better	well	JJR
19138	145	16	.	.	.
19138	146	1	At	at	IN
19138	146	2	the	the	DT
19138	146	3	highest	high	JJS
19138	146	4	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	146	5	of	of	IN
19138	146	6	the	the	DT
19138	146	7	voice	voice	NN
19138	146	8	the	the	DT
19138	146	9	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	146	10	should	should	MD
19138	146	11	open	open	VB
19138	146	12	to	to	IN
19138	146	13	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	146	14	full	full	JJ
19138	146	15	width	width	NN
19138	146	16	.	.	.
19138	147	1	At	at	IN
19138	147	2	the	the	DT
19138	147	3	same	same	JJ
19138	147	4	time	time	NN
19138	147	5	care	care	NN
19138	147	6	must	must	MD
19138	147	7	be	be	VB
19138	147	8	taken	take	VBN
19138	147	9	_	_	RB
19138	147	10	not	not	RB
19138	147	11	_	_	NNP
19138	147	12	to	to	TO
19138	147	13	draw	draw	VB
19138	147	14	the	the	DT
19138	147	15	corners	corner	NNS
19138	147	16	of	of	IN
19138	147	17	the	the	DT
19138	147	18	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	147	19	back	back	RB
19138	147	20	,	,	,
19138	147	21	as	as	IN
19138	147	22	in	in	IN
19138	147	23	smiling	smile	VBG
19138	147	24	,	,	,
19138	147	25	because	because	IN
19138	147	26	this	this	DT
19138	147	27	lessens	lessen	VBZ
19138	147	28	the	the	DT
19138	147	29	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	147	30	of	of	IN
19138	147	31	the	the	DT
19138	147	32	tone	tone	NN
19138	147	33	and	and	CC
19138	147	34	gives	give	VBZ
19138	147	35	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	147	36	a	a	DT
19138	147	37	flat	flat	JJ
19138	147	38	sound	sound	NN
19138	147	39	.	.	.
19138	148	1	The	the	DT
19138	148	2	under	under	JJ
19138	148	3	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	148	4	must	must	MD
19138	148	5	have	have	VB
19138	148	6	considerable	considerable	JJ
19138	148	7	latitude	latitude	NN
19138	148	8	of	of	IN
19138	148	9	motion	motion	NN
19138	148	10	in	in	IN
19138	148	11	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	148	12	,	,	,
19138	148	13	but	but	CC
19138	148	14	by	by	IN
19138	148	15	all	all	DT
19138	148	16	means	mean	NNS
19138	148	17	avoid	avoid	VB
19138	148	18	chewing	chew	VBG
19138	148	19	of	of	IN
19138	148	20	the	the	DT
19138	148	21	words	word	NNS
19138	148	22	and	and	CC
19138	148	23	cutting	cut	VBG
19138	148	24	off	off	RP
19138	148	25	words	word	NNS
19138	148	26	by	by	IN
19138	148	27	closing	close	VBG
19138	148	28	the	the	DT
19138	148	29	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	148	30	instead	instead	RB
19138	148	31	of	of	IN
19138	148	32	finishing	finish	VBG
19138	148	33	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	148	34	by	by	IN
19138	148	35	the	the	DT
19138	148	36	use	use	NN
19138	148	37	of	of	IN
19138	148	38	the	the	DT
19138	148	39	proper	proper	JJ
19138	148	40	articulating	articulating	NN
19138	148	41	organs	organ	NNS
19138	148	42	,	,	,
19138	148	43	which	which	WDT
19138	148	44	are	be	VBP
19138	148	45	the	the	DT
19138	148	46	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	148	47	and	and	CC
19138	148	48	lips	lip	NNS
19138	148	49	.	.	.
19138	149	1	THE	the	DT
19138	149	2	SOFT	soft	JJ
19138	149	3	PALATE	PALATE	NNP
19138	149	4	Writers	Writers	NNPS
19138	149	5	on	on	IN
19138	149	6	the	the	DT
19138	149	7	voice	voice	NN
19138	149	8	have	have	VBP
19138	149	9	almost	almost	RB
19138	149	10	universally	universally	RB
19138	149	11	claimed	claim	VBN
19138	149	12	that	that	IN
19138	149	13	the	the	DT
19138	149	14	principal	principal	JJ
19138	149	15	office	office	NN
19138	149	16	of	of	IN
19138	149	17	the	the	DT
19138	149	18	soft	soft	JJ
19138	149	19	palate	palate	NN
19138	149	20	is	be	VBZ
19138	149	21	to	to	TO
19138	149	22	shut	shut	VB
19138	149	23	off	off	RP
19138	149	24	the	the	DT
19138	149	25	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	149	26	and	and	CC
19138	149	27	head	head	NN
19138	149	28	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	149	29	from	from	IN
19138	149	30	the	the	DT
19138	149	31	throat	throat	NN
19138	149	32	,	,	,
19138	149	33	and	and	CC
19138	149	34	to	to	TO
19138	149	35	force	force	VB
19138	149	36	the	the	DT
19138	149	37	column	column	NN
19138	149	38	of	of	IN
19138	149	39	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	149	40	out	out	IN
19138	149	41	through	through	IN
19138	149	42	the	the	DT
19138	149	43	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	149	44	,	,	,
19138	149	45	thus	thus	RB
19138	149	46	allowing	allow	VBG
19138	149	47	none	none	NN
19138	149	48	,	,	,
19138	149	49	or	or	CC
19138	149	50	at	at	IN
19138	149	51	most	most	JJS
19138	149	52	a	a	DT
19138	149	53	very	very	RB
19138	149	54	small	small	JJ
19138	149	55	part	part	NN
19138	149	56	,	,	,
19138	149	57	to	to	TO
19138	149	58	pass	pass	VB
19138	149	59	into	into	IN
19138	149	60	the	the	DT
19138	149	61	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	149	62	passages	passage	NNS
19138	149	63	.	.	.
19138	150	1	This	this	DT
19138	150	2	contention	contention	NN
19138	150	3	implies	imply	VBZ
19138	150	4	that	that	IN
19138	150	5	the	the	DT
19138	150	6	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	150	7	are	be	VBP
19138	150	8	imparted	impart	VBN
19138	150	9	to	to	IN
19138	150	10	the	the	DT
19138	150	11	upper	upper	JJ
19138	150	12	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	150	13	,	,	,
19138	150	14	if	if	IN
19138	150	15	at	at	RB
19138	150	16	all	all	RB
19138	150	17	,	,	,
19138	150	18	through	through	IN
19138	150	19	the	the	DT
19138	150	20	walls	wall	NNS
19138	150	21	of	of	IN
19138	150	22	the	the	DT
19138	150	23	palate	palate	NN
19138	150	24	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	150	25	,	,	,
19138	150	26	and	and	CC
19138	150	27	not	not	RB
19138	150	28	through	through	IN
19138	150	29	an	an	DT
19138	150	30	opening	opening	NN
19138	150	31	behind	behind	IN
19138	150	32	the	the	DT
19138	150	33	palate	palate	NN
19138	150	34	.	.	.
19138	151	1	This	this	DT
19138	151	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	151	3	entirely	entirely	RB
19138	151	4	at	at	IN
19138	151	5	variance	variance	NN
19138	151	6	with	with	IN
19138	151	7	the	the	DT
19138	151	8	facts	fact	NNS
19138	151	9	as	as	IN
19138	151	10	verified	verify	VBN
19138	151	11	by	by	IN
19138	151	12	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	151	13	own	own	JJ
19138	151	14	experience	experience	NN
19138	151	15	and	and	CC
19138	151	16	observation	observation	NN
19138	151	17	and	and	CC
19138	151	18	the	the	DT
19138	151	19	observation	observation	NN
19138	151	20	of	of	IN
19138	151	21	others	other	NNS
19138	151	22	who	who	WP
19138	151	23	are	be	VBP
19138	151	24	expert	expert	NN
19138	151	25	specialists	specialist	NNS
19138	151	26	.	.	.
19138	152	1	The	the	DT
19138	152	2	true	true	JJ
19138	152	3	office	office	NN
19138	152	4	of	of	IN
19138	152	5	the	the	DT
19138	152	6	soft	soft	JJ
19138	152	7	palate	palate	NN
19138	152	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	152	9	to	to	TO
19138	152	10	modify	modify	VB
19138	152	11	the	the	DT
19138	152	12	opening	opening	NN
19138	152	13	into	into	IN
19138	152	14	the	the	DT
19138	152	15	nose	nose	NN
19138	152	16	and	and	CC
19138	152	17	thus	thus	RB
19138	152	18	attune	attune	VB
19138	152	19	the	the	DT
19138	152	20	resonant	resonant	JJ
19138	152	21	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	152	22	to	to	IN
19138	152	23	the	the	DT
19138	152	24	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	152	25	and	and	CC
19138	152	26	timbre	timbre	NN
19138	152	27	of	of	IN
19138	152	28	the	the	DT
19138	152	29	note	note	NN
19138	152	30	given	give	VBN
19138	152	31	by	by	IN
19138	152	32	the	the	DT
19138	152	33	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	152	34	cords	cord	NNS
19138	152	35	and	and	CC
19138	152	36	pharynx	pharynx	NNP
19138	152	37	.	.	.
19138	153	1	To	to	TO
19138	153	2	develop	develop	VB
19138	153	3	the	the	DT
19138	153	4	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	153	5	sounds	sound	VBZ
19138	153	6	,	,	,
19138	153	7	the	the	DT
19138	153	8	soft	soft	JJ
19138	153	9	palate	palate	NN
19138	153	10	should	should	MD
19138	153	11	be	be	VB
19138	153	12	drawn	draw	VBN
19138	153	13	forward	forward	RB
19138	153	14	,	,	,
19138	153	15	allowing	allow	VBG
19138	153	16	a	a	DT
19138	153	17	free	free	JJ
19138	153	18	passage	passage	NN
19138	153	19	into	into	IN
19138	153	20	the	the	DT
19138	153	21	nose	nose	NN
19138	153	22	;	;	:
19138	153	23	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	153	24	should	should	MD
19138	153	25	be	be	VB
19138	153	26	closed	close	VBN
19138	153	27	only	only	RB
19138	153	28	to	to	TO
19138	153	29	form	form	VB
19138	153	30	the	the	DT
19138	153	31	consonants	consonant	NNS
19138	153	32	which	which	WDT
19138	153	33	require	require	VBP
19138	153	34	a	a	DT
19138	153	35	forcible	forcible	JJ
19138	153	36	expulsion	expulsion	NN
19138	153	37	of	of	IN
19138	153	38	breath	breath	NN
19138	153	39	from	from	IN
19138	153	40	the	the	DT
19138	153	41	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	153	42	.	.	.
19138	154	1	The	the	DT
19138	154	2	uvula	uvula	NN
19138	154	3	,	,	,
19138	154	4	the	the	DT
19138	154	5	pendulous	pendulous	JJ
19138	154	6	tip	tip	NN
19138	154	7	of	of	IN
19138	154	8	the	the	DT
19138	154	9	soft	soft	JJ
19138	154	10	palate	palate	NN
19138	154	11	,	,	,
19138	154	12	serves	serve	VBZ
19138	154	13	as	as	IN
19138	154	14	a	a	DT
19138	154	15	valve	valve	NN
19138	154	16	to	to	TO
19138	154	17	more	more	RBR
19138	154	18	accurately	accurately	RB
19138	154	19	adjust	adjust	VB
19138	154	20	the	the	DT
19138	154	21	opening	opening	NN
19138	154	22	behind	behind	IN
19138	154	23	the	the	DT
19138	154	24	soft	soft	JJ
19138	154	25	palate	palate	NN
19138	154	26	to	to	IN
19138	154	27	the	the	DT
19138	154	28	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	154	29	of	of	IN
19138	154	30	the	the	DT
19138	154	31	voice	voice	NN
19138	154	32	.	.	.
19138	155	1	In	in	IN
19138	155	2	producing	produce	VBG
19138	155	3	a	a	DT
19138	155	4	low	low	JJ
19138	155	5	tone	tone	NN
19138	155	6	the	the	DT
19138	155	7	soft	soft	JJ
19138	155	8	palate	palate	NN
19138	155	9	is	be	VBZ
19138	155	10	relaxed	relaxed	JJ
19138	155	11	and	and	CC
19138	155	12	hangs	hang	VBZ
19138	155	13	low	low	RB
19138	155	14	down	down	RB
19138	155	15	and	and	CC
19138	155	16	far	far	RB
19138	155	17	forward	forward	RB
19138	155	18	.	.	.
19138	156	1	As	as	IN
19138	156	2	the	the	DT
19138	156	3	voice	voice	NN
19138	156	4	ascends	ascend	VBZ
19138	156	5	the	the	DT
19138	156	6	scale	scale	NN
19138	156	7	the	the	DT
19138	156	8	tension	tension	NN
19138	156	9	of	of	IN
19138	156	10	the	the	DT
19138	156	11	soft	soft	JJ
19138	156	12	palate	palate	NN
19138	156	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	156	14	increased	increase	VBN
19138	156	15	and	and	CC
19138	156	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	156	17	is	be	VBZ
19138	156	18	elevated	elevated	JJ
19138	156	19	and	and	CC
19138	156	20	the	the	DT
19138	156	21	uvula	uvula	NN
19138	156	22	shortened	shorten	VBD
19138	156	23	,	,	,
19138	156	24	thus	thus	RB
19138	156	25	decreasing	decrease	VBG
19138	156	26	the	the	DT
19138	156	27	opening	opening	NN
19138	156	28	behind	behind	IN
19138	156	29	the	the	DT
19138	156	30	palate	palate	NN
19138	156	31	,	,	,
19138	156	32	but	but	CC
19138	156	33	never	never	RB
19138	156	34	closing	close	VBG
19138	156	35	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	156	36	.	.	.
19138	157	1	In	in	IN
19138	157	2	fact	fact	NN
19138	157	3	the	the	DT
19138	157	4	larger	large	JJR
19138	157	5	the	the	DT
19138	157	6	opening	opening	NN
19138	157	7	that	that	WDT
19138	157	8	can	can	MD
19138	157	9	be	be	VB
19138	157	10	maintained	maintain	VBN
19138	157	11	,	,	,
19138	157	12	the	the	DT
19138	157	13	broader	broad	JJR
19138	157	14	and	and	CC
19138	157	15	better	well	RBR
19138	157	16	the	the	DT
19138	157	17	tone	tone	NN
19138	157	18	.	.	.
19138	158	1	The	the	DT
19138	158	2	author	author	NN
19138	158	3	was	be	VBD
19138	158	4	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	158	5	unable	unable	JJ
19138	158	6	fully	fully	RB
19138	158	7	to	to	TO
19138	158	8	appreciate	appreciate	VB
19138	158	9	this	this	DT
19138	158	10	until	until	IN
19138	158	11	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	158	12	had	have	VBD
19138	158	13	become	become	VBN
19138	158	14	able	able	JJ
19138	158	15	to	to	TO
19138	158	16	sense	sense	VB
19138	158	17	the	the	DT
19138	158	18	position	position	NN
19138	158	19	of	of	IN
19138	158	20	the	the	DT
19138	158	21	soft	soft	JJ
19138	158	22	palate	palate	NN
19138	158	23	during	during	IN
19138	158	24	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19138	158	25	.	.	.
19138	159	1	THE	the	DT
19138	159	2	HARD	hard	JJ
19138	159	3	PALATE	palate	NN
19138	159	4	AND	and	CC
19138	159	5	TEETH	teeth	NN
19138	159	6	The	the	DT
19138	159	7	hard	hard	JJ
19138	159	8	palate	palate	NN
19138	159	9	and	and	CC
19138	159	10	upper	upper	JJ
19138	159	11	teeth	tooth	NNS
19138	159	12	form	form	VBP
19138	159	13	in	in	IN
19138	159	14	part	part	NN
19138	159	15	the	the	DT
19138	159	16	walls	wall	NNS
19138	159	17	of	of	IN
19138	159	18	the	the	DT
19138	159	19	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	159	20	.	.	.
19138	160	1	As	as	IN
19138	160	2	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	160	3	are	be	VBP
19138	160	4	solid	solid	JJ
19138	160	5	fixtures	fixture	NNS
19138	160	6	,	,	,
19138	160	7	nothing	nothing	NN
19138	160	8	can	can	MD
19138	160	9	be	be	VB
19138	160	10	done	do	VBN
19138	160	11	in	in	IN
19138	160	12	the	the	DT
19138	160	13	way	way	NN
19138	160	14	of	of	IN
19138	160	15	training	training	NN
19138	160	16	.	.	.
19138	161	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19138	161	2	furnish	furnish	VBP
19138	161	3	a	a	DT
19138	161	4	point	point	NN
19138	161	5	of	of	IN
19138	161	6	impingement	impingement	NN
19138	161	7	in	in	IN
19138	161	8	articulation	articulation	NN
19138	161	9	,	,	,
19138	161	10	and	and	CC
19138	161	11	play	play	VB
19138	161	12	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	161	13	part	part	NN
19138	161	14	in	in	IN
19138	161	15	sympathetic	sympathetic	JJ
19138	161	16	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	161	17	.	.	.
19138	162	1	The	the	DT
19138	162	2	bones	bone	NNS
19138	162	3	which	which	WDT
19138	162	4	form	form	VBP
19138	162	5	the	the	DT
19138	162	6	roof	roof	NN
19138	162	7	of	of	IN
19138	162	8	the	the	DT
19138	162	9	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	162	10	serve	serve	VBP
19138	162	11	also	also	RB
19138	162	12	for	for	IN
19138	162	13	the	the	DT
19138	162	14	floor	floor	NN
19138	162	15	of	of	IN
19138	162	16	the	the	DT
19138	162	17	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	162	18	cavity	cavity	NN
19138	162	19	.	.	.
19138	163	1	The	the	DT
19138	163	2	under	under	JJ
19138	163	3	teeth	tooth	NNS
19138	163	4	also	also	RB
19138	163	5	serve	serve	VBP
19138	163	6	as	as	IN
19138	163	7	walls	wall	NNS
19138	163	8	of	of	IN
19138	163	9	resistance	resistance	NN
19138	163	10	to	to	TO
19138	163	11	support	support	VB
19138	163	12	the	the	DT
19138	163	13	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	163	14	during	during	IN
19138	163	15	the	the	DT
19138	163	16	performance	performance	NN
19138	163	17	of	of	IN
19138	163	18	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	163	19	functions	function	NNS
19138	163	20	.	.	.
19138	164	1	THE	the	DT
19138	164	2	NASAL	nasal	NN
19138	164	3	AND	and	CC
19138	164	4	HEAD	HEAD	NNP
19138	164	5	CAVITIES	cavity	NNS
19138	164	6	The	the	DT
19138	164	7	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	164	8	and	and	CC
19138	164	9	head	head	NN
19138	164	10	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	164	11	are	be	VBP
19138	164	12	resonating	resonate	VBG
19138	164	13	chambers	chamber	NNS
19138	164	14	incapable	incapable	JJ
19138	164	15	of	of	IN
19138	164	16	special	special	JJ
19138	164	17	training	training	NN
19138	164	18	,	,	,
19138	164	19	but	but	CC
19138	164	20	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	164	21	form	form	NN
19138	164	22	,	,	,
19138	164	23	size	size	NN
19138	164	24	,	,	,
19138	164	25	and	and	CC
19138	164	26	the	the	DT
19138	164	27	use	use	NN
19138	164	28	made	make	VBN
19138	164	29	of	of	IN
19138	164	30	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	164	31	have	have	VBP
19138	164	32	a	a	DT
19138	164	33	wonderful	wonderful	JJ
19138	164	34	effect	effect	NN
19138	164	35	upon	upon	IN
19138	164	36	the	the	DT
19138	164	37	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	164	38	of	of	IN
19138	164	39	the	the	DT
19138	164	40	voice	voice	NN
19138	164	41	.	.	.
19138	165	1	If	if	IN
19138	165	2	the	the	DT
19138	165	3	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	165	4	are	be	VBP
19138	165	5	strong	strong	JJ
19138	165	6	here	here	RB
19138	165	7	,	,	,
19138	165	8	all	all	DT
19138	165	9	other	other	JJ
19138	165	10	parts	part	NNS
19138	165	11	will	will	MD
19138	165	12	vibrate	vibrate	VB
19138	165	13	in	in	IN
19138	165	14	harmonious	harmonious	JJ
19138	165	15	action	action	NN
19138	165	16	.	.	.
19138	166	1	When	when	WRB
19138	166	2	responding	respond	VBG
19138	166	3	to	to	IN
19138	166	4	the	the	DT
19138	166	5	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19138	166	6	focused	focused	JJ
19138	166	7	tone	tone	NN
19138	166	8	the	the	DT
19138	166	9	thin	thin	JJ
19138	166	10	walls	wall	NNS
19138	166	11	of	of	IN
19138	166	12	the	the	DT
19138	166	13	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	166	14	and	and	CC
19138	166	15	the	the	DT
19138	166	16	contained	contain	VBN
19138	166	17	air	air	NN
19138	166	18	vibrate	vibrate	NN
19138	166	19	with	with	IN
19138	166	20	surprising	surprising	JJ
19138	166	21	force	force	NN
19138	166	22	,	,	,
19138	166	23	often	often	RB
19138	166	24	for	for	IN
19138	166	25	the	the	DT
19138	166	26	moment	moment	NN
19138	166	27	blinding	blind	VBG
19138	166	28	the	the	DT
19138	166	29	singer	singer	NN
19138	166	30	when	when	WRB
19138	166	31	sounding	sound	VBG
19138	166	32	a	a	DT
19138	166	33	note	note	NN
19138	166	34	intensely	intensely	RB
19138	166	35	.	.	.
19138	167	1	Having	have	VBG
19138	167	2	in	in	IN
19138	167	3	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	167	4	surgical	surgical	JJ
19138	167	5	work	work	NN
19138	167	6	demonstrated	demonstrate	VBD
19138	167	7	the	the	DT
19138	167	8	existence	existence	NN
19138	167	9	of	of	IN
19138	167	10	a	a	DT
19138	167	11	hitherto	hitherto	NNP
19138	167	12	unrecognized	unrecognized	JJ
19138	167	13	connecting	connect	VBG
19138	167	14	passage	passage	NN
19138	167	15	or	or	CC
19138	167	16	canal	canal	NN
19138	167	17	between	between	IN
19138	167	18	the	the	DT
19138	167	19	air	air	NN
19138	167	20	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	167	21	of	of	IN
19138	167	22	the	the	DT
19138	167	23	face	face	NN
19138	167	24	and	and	CC
19138	167	25	those	those	DT
19138	167	26	of	of	IN
19138	167	27	the	the	DT
19138	167	28	forehead,[2	forehead,[2	XX
19138	167	29	]	]	-RRB-
19138	167	30	the	the	DT
19138	167	31	play	play	NN
19138	167	32	of	of	IN
19138	167	33	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	167	34	in	in	IN
19138	167	35	the	the	DT
19138	167	36	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	167	37	above	above	IN
19138	167	38	the	the	DT
19138	167	39	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	167	40	is	be	VBZ
19138	167	41	more	more	RBR
19138	167	42	easily	easily	RB
19138	167	43	understood	understand	VBN
19138	167	44	.	.	.
19138	168	1	The	the	DT
19138	168	2	function	function	NN
19138	168	3	of	of	IN
19138	168	4	the	the	DT
19138	168	5	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	168	6	known	know	VBN
19138	168	7	as	as	IN
19138	168	8	the	the	DT
19138	168	9	_	_	NNP
19138	168	10	frontal	frontal	JJ
19138	168	11	sinuses	sinus	NNS
19138	168	12	_	_	NNP
19138	168	13	(	(	-LRB-
19138	168	14	see	see	VB
19138	168	15	Fig	Fig	NNP
19138	168	16	.	.	.
19138	169	1	1	1	LS
19138	169	2	)	)	-RRB-
19138	169	3	has	have	VBZ
19138	169	4	long	long	RB
19138	169	5	been	be	VBN
19138	169	6	a	a	DT
19138	169	7	mystery	mystery	NN
19138	169	8	,	,	,
19138	169	9	but	but	CC
19138	169	10	now	now	RB
19138	169	11	that	that	IN
19138	169	12	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	169	13	direct	direct	JJ
19138	169	14	connection	connection	NN
19138	169	15	with	with	IN
19138	169	16	the	the	DT
19138	169	17	lower	low	JJR
19138	169	18	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	169	19	is	be	VBZ
19138	169	20	proven	prove	VBN
19138	169	21	,	,	,
19138	169	22	and	and	CC
19138	169	23	the	the	DT
19138	169	24	great	great	JJ
19138	169	25	significance	significance	NN
19138	169	26	of	of	IN
19138	169	27	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	169	28	is	be	VBZ
19138	169	29	also	also	RB
19138	169	30	beginning	begin	VBG
19138	169	31	to	to	TO
19138	169	32	be	be	VB
19138	169	33	recognized	recognize	VBN
19138	169	34	,	,	,
19138	169	35	the	the	DT
19138	169	36	mystery	mystery	NN
19138	169	37	disappears	disappear	VBZ
19138	169	38	.	.	.
19138	170	1	The	the	DT
19138	170	2	same	same	JJ
19138	170	3	may	may	MD
19138	170	4	be	be	VB
19138	170	5	said	say	VBN
19138	170	6	of	of	IN
19138	170	7	the	the	DT
19138	170	8	other	other	JJ
19138	170	9	sinuses--_ethmoidal	sinuses--_ethmoidal	JJ
19138	170	10	_	_	NNP
19138	170	11	,	,	,
19138	170	12	_	_	NNP
19138	170	13	sphenoidal	sphenoidal	NN
19138	170	14	_	_	NNP
19138	170	15	,	,	,
19138	170	16	and	and	CC
19138	170	17	_	_	NNP
19138	170	18	maxillary	maxillary	NN
19138	170	19	_	_	NNP
19138	170	20	,	,	,
19138	170	21	and	and	CC
19138	170	22	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	170	23	interconnection	interconnection	NN
19138	170	24	.	.	.
19138	171	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	171	2	Footnote	footnote	NN
19138	171	3	2	2	CD
19138	171	4	:	:	:
19138	171	5	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
19138	171	6	Fillebrown	Fillebrown	NNP
19138	171	7	's	's	POS
19138	171	8	paper	paper	NN
19138	171	9	,	,	,
19138	171	10	_	_	NNP
19138	171	11	A	A	NNP
19138	171	12	Study	Study	NNP
19138	171	13	of	of	IN
19138	171	14	the	the	DT
19138	171	15	Relation	Relation	NNP
19138	171	16	of	of	IN
19138	171	17	the	the	DT
19138	171	18	Frontal	Frontal	NNP
19138	171	19	Sinus	Sinus	NNP
19138	171	20	to	to	IN
19138	171	21	the	the	DT
19138	171	22	Antrum	Antrum	NNP
19138	171	23	_	_	NNP
19138	171	24	,	,	,
19138	171	25	was	be	VBD
19138	171	26	read	read	VBN
19138	171	27	before	before	IN
19138	171	28	the	the	DT
19138	171	29	American	American	NNP
19138	171	30	Dental	Dental	NNP
19138	171	31	Association	Association	NNP
19138	171	32	,	,	,
19138	171	33	at	at	IN
19138	171	34	Saratoga	Saratoga	NNP
19138	171	35	,	,	,
19138	171	36	August	August	NNP
19138	171	37	5	5	CD
19138	171	38	,	,	,
19138	171	39	1895	1895	CD
19138	171	40	.	.	.
19138	172	1	His	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	172	2	investigation	investigation	NN
19138	172	3	showed	show	VBD
19138	172	4	that	that	IN
19138	172	5	the	the	DT
19138	172	6	funnel	funnel	NN
19138	172	7	-	-	HYPH
19138	172	8	shaped	shape	VBN
19138	172	9	passage	passage	NN
19138	172	10	known	know	VBN
19138	172	11	as	as	IN
19138	172	12	the	the	DT
19138	172	13	_	_	NNP
19138	172	14	infundibulum	infundibulum	NN
19138	172	15	_	_	NNP
19138	172	16	extends	extend	VBZ
19138	172	17	from	from	IN
19138	172	18	the	the	DT
19138	172	19	_	_	NNP
19138	172	20	frontal	frontal	JJ
19138	172	21	sinus	sinus	NN
19138	172	22	_	_	NNP
19138	172	23	directly	directly	RB
19138	172	24	into	into	IN
19138	172	25	the	the	DT
19138	172	26	antrum	antrum	NN
19138	172	27	or	or	CC
19138	172	28	_	_	NNP
19138	172	29	maxillary	maxillary	NNP
19138	172	30	sinus	sinus	NNP
19138	172	31	_	_	NNP
19138	172	32	.	.	.
19138	173	1	This	this	DT
19138	173	2	was	be	VBD
19138	173	3	afterwards	afterwards	RB
19138	173	4	confirmed	confirm	VBN
19138	173	5	by	by	IN
19138	173	6	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
19138	173	7	W.H.	W.H.	NNP
19138	174	1	Cryer	Cryer	NNP
19138	174	2	and	and	CC
19138	174	3	others	other	NNS
19138	174	4	.	.	.
19138	174	5	]	]	-RRB-
19138	175	1	INFLUENCE	influence	NN
19138	175	2	OF	of	IN
19138	175	3	THE	the	DT
19138	175	4	RESONANCE	resonance	NN
19138	175	5	CAVITIES	cavity	NNS
19138	175	6	ON	on	IN
19138	175	7	THE	the	DT
19138	175	8	PITCH	PITCH	NNP
19138	175	9	OF	of	IN
19138	175	10	THE	the	DT
19138	175	11	TONE	tone	NN
19138	175	12	In	in	IN
19138	175	13	instruments	instrument	NNS
19138	175	14	changes	change	NNS
19138	175	15	in	in	IN
19138	175	16	the	the	DT
19138	175	17	length	length	NN
19138	175	18	and	and	CC
19138	175	19	form	form	NN
19138	175	20	of	of	IN
19138	175	21	the	the	DT
19138	175	22	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	175	23	chambers	chamber	NNS
19138	175	24	affect	affect	VBP
19138	175	25	the	the	DT
19138	175	26	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	175	27	as	as	RB
19138	175	28	well	well	RB
19138	175	29	as	as	IN
19138	175	30	the	the	DT
19138	175	31	quality	quality	NN
19138	175	32	of	of	IN
19138	175	33	the	the	DT
19138	175	34	tone	tone	NN
19138	175	35	.	.	.
19138	176	1	This	this	DT
19138	176	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	176	3	demonstrated	demonstrate	VBN
19138	176	4	in	in	IN
19138	176	5	the	the	DT
19138	176	6	trombone	trombone	NN
19138	176	7	,	,	,
19138	176	8	French	french	JJ
19138	176	9	horn	horn	NN
19138	176	10	,	,	,
19138	176	11	and	and	CC
19138	176	12	other	other	JJ
19138	176	13	wind	wind	NN
19138	176	14	instruments	instrument	NNS
19138	176	15	.	.	.
19138	177	1	The	the	DT
19138	177	2	lengthening	lengthening	NN
19138	177	3	of	of	IN
19138	177	4	the	the	DT
19138	177	5	tube	tube	NN
19138	177	6	of	of	IN
19138	177	7	the	the	DT
19138	177	8	trombone	trombone	NN
19138	177	9	lowers	lower	VBZ
19138	177	10	the	the	DT
19138	177	11	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	177	12	of	of	IN
19138	177	13	the	the	DT
19138	177	14	tone	tone	NN
19138	177	15	,	,	,
19138	177	16	and	and	CC
19138	177	17	the	the	DT
19138	177	18	projection	projection	NN
19138	177	19	of	of	IN
19138	177	20	the	the	DT
19138	177	21	hand	hand	NN
19138	177	22	of	of	IN
19138	177	23	the	the	DT
19138	177	24	performer	performer	NN
19138	177	25	into	into	IN
19138	177	26	the	the	DT
19138	177	27	bell	bell	NN
19138	177	28	of	of	IN
19138	177	29	the	the	DT
19138	177	30	French	french	JJ
19138	177	31	horn	horn	NN
19138	177	32	has	have	VBZ
19138	177	33	the	the	DT
19138	177	34	effect	effect	NN
19138	177	35	of	of	IN
19138	177	36	raising	raise	VBG
19138	177	37	the	the	DT
19138	177	38	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	177	39	of	of	IN
19138	177	40	the	the	DT
19138	177	41	sound	sound	NN
19138	177	42	.	.	.
19138	178	1	If	if	IN
19138	178	2	the	the	DT
19138	178	3	variation	variation	NN
19138	178	4	in	in	IN
19138	178	5	length	length	NN
19138	178	6	or	or	CC
19138	178	7	form	form	NN
19138	178	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	178	9	only	only	RB
19138	178	10	slight	slight	JJ
19138	178	11	,	,	,
19138	178	12	the	the	DT
19138	178	13	result	result	NN
19138	178	14	is	be	VBZ
19138	178	15	sharp	sharp	JJ
19138	178	16	or	or	CC
19138	178	17	flat	flat	JJ
19138	178	18	,	,	,
19138	178	19	and	and	CC
19138	178	20	the	the	DT
19138	178	21	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	178	22	is	be	VBZ
19138	178	23	out	out	IN
19138	178	24	of	of	IN
19138	178	25	tune	tune	NN
19138	178	26	.	.	.
19138	179	1	In	in	IN
19138	179	2	the	the	DT
19138	179	3	human	human	JJ
19138	179	4	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	179	5	all	all	PDT
19138	179	6	the	the	DT
19138	179	7	organs	organ	NNS
19138	179	8	act	act	VBP
19138	179	9	together	together	RB
19138	179	10	as	as	IN
19138	179	11	a	a	DT
19138	179	12	unit	unit	NN
19138	179	13	;	;	:
19138	179	14	so	so	CC
19138	179	15	the	the	DT
19138	179	16	fact	fact	NN
19138	179	17	that	that	IN
19138	179	18	the	the	DT
19138	179	19	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	179	20	alone	alone	RB
19138	179	21	may	may	MD
19138	179	22	affect	affect	VB
19138	179	23	the	the	DT
19138	179	24	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	179	25	is	be	VBZ
19138	179	26	practically	practically	RB
19138	179	27	of	of	IN
19138	179	28	no	no	DT
19138	179	29	great	great	JJ
19138	179	30	significance	significance	NN
19138	179	31	.	.	.
19138	180	1	THE	the	DT
19138	180	2	TONGUE	TONGUE	NNP
19138	180	3	The	the	DT
19138	180	4	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	180	5	and	and	CC
19138	180	6	the	the	DT
19138	180	7	lips	lip	NNS
19138	180	8	are	be	VBP
19138	180	9	the	the	DT
19138	180	10	articulating	articulate	VBG
19138	180	11	organs	organ	NNS
19138	180	12	,	,	,
19138	180	13	and	and	CC
19138	180	14	the	the	DT
19138	180	15	former	former	JJ
19138	180	16	has	have	VBZ
19138	180	17	an	an	DT
19138	180	18	important	important	JJ
19138	180	19	part	part	NN
19138	180	20	to	to	TO
19138	180	21	play	play	VB
19138	180	22	in	in	IN
19138	180	23	altering	alter	VBG
19138	180	24	through	through	IN
19138	180	25	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	180	26	movements	movement	NNS
19138	180	27	the	the	DT
19138	180	28	shape	shape	NN
19138	180	29	of	of	IN
19138	180	30	the	the	DT
19138	180	31	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	180	32	cavity	cavity	NN
19138	180	33	.	.	.
19138	181	1	The	the	DT
19138	181	2	tip	tip	NN
19138	181	3	of	of	IN
19138	181	4	the	the	DT
19138	181	5	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	181	6	should	should	MD
19138	181	7	habitually	habitually	RB
19138	181	8	rest	rest	VB
19138	181	9	against	against	IN
19138	181	10	the	the	DT
19138	181	11	under	under	JJ
19138	181	12	front	front	JJ
19138	181	13	teeth	tooth	NNS
19138	181	14	.	.	.
19138	182	1	The	the	DT
19138	182	2	tip	tip	NN
19138	182	3	of	of	IN
19138	182	4	the	the	DT
19138	182	5	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	182	6	,	,	,
19138	182	7	however	however	RB
19138	182	8	,	,	,
19138	182	9	must	must	MD
19138	182	10	frequently	frequently	RB
19138	182	11	touch	touch	VB
19138	182	12	the	the	DT
19138	182	13	roof	roof	NN
19138	182	14	of	of	IN
19138	182	15	the	the	DT
19138	182	16	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	182	17	near	near	IN
19138	182	18	the	the	DT
19138	182	19	upper	upper	JJ
19138	182	20	front	front	JJ
19138	182	21	teeth	tooth	NNS
19138	182	22	,	,	,
19138	182	23	as	as	IN
19138	182	24	when	when	WRB
19138	182	25	pronouncing	pronounce	VBG
19138	182	26	the	the	DT
19138	182	27	consonants	consonant	NNS
19138	182	28	_	_	NNP
19138	182	29	c	c	NNP
19138	182	30	_	_	NNP
19138	182	31	,	,	,
19138	182	32	_	_	NNP
19138	182	33	d	d	NNP
19138	182	34	_	_	NNP
19138	182	35	,	,	,
19138	182	36	_	_	NNP
19138	182	37	g	g	NNP
19138	182	38	_	_	NNP
19138	182	39	or	or	CC
19138	182	40	_	_	NNP
19138	182	41	j	j	NNP
19138	182	42	_	_	NNP
19138	182	43	,	,	,
19138	182	44	_	_	NNP
19138	182	45	l	l	NNP
19138	182	46	_	_	NNP
19138	182	47	,	,	,
19138	182	48	_	_	NNP
19138	182	49	n	n	NNP
19138	182	50	_	_	NNP
19138	182	51	,	,	,
19138	182	52	_	_	NNP
19138	182	53	s	s	POS
19138	182	54	_	_	NNP
19138	182	55	,	,	,
19138	182	56	and	and	CC
19138	182	57	_	_	NNP
19138	182	58	t	t	NNP
19138	182	59	_	_	NNP
19138	182	60	.	.	.
19138	183	1	The	the	DT
19138	183	2	back	back	JJ
19138	183	3	part	part	NN
19138	183	4	of	of	IN
19138	183	5	the	the	DT
19138	183	6	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	183	7	must	must	MD
19138	183	8	rise	rise	VB
19138	183	9	a	a	DT
19138	183	10	little	little	JJ
19138	183	11	to	to	TO
19138	183	12	close	close	VB
19138	183	13	against	against	IN
19138	183	14	the	the	DT
19138	183	15	soft	soft	JJ
19138	183	16	palate	palate	NN
19138	183	17	when	when	WRB
19138	183	18	pronouncing	pronounce	VBG
19138	183	19	_	_	NNP
19138	183	20	g	g	NNP
19138	183	21	_	_	NNP
19138	183	22	hard	hard	RB
19138	183	23	,	,	,
19138	183	24	and	and	CC
19138	183	25	_	_	NNP
19138	183	26	k	k	NNP
19138	183	27	_	_	NNP
19138	183	28	,	,	,
19138	183	29	and	and	CC
19138	183	30	hard	hard	RB
19138	183	31	_	_	NNP
19138	183	32	c	c	NNP
19138	183	33	_	_	NNP
19138	183	34	,	,	,
19138	183	35	_	_	NNP
19138	183	36	q	q	NNP
19138	183	37	_	_	NNP
19138	183	38	,	,	,
19138	183	39	and	and	CC
19138	183	40	_	_	NNP
19138	183	41	x	x	NNP
19138	183	42	_	_	NNP
19138	183	43	.	.	.
19138	184	1	The	the	DT
19138	184	2	soft	soft	JJ
19138	184	3	palate	palate	NN
19138	184	4	comes	come	VBZ
19138	184	5	down	down	RP
19138	184	6	so	so	RB
19138	184	7	far	far	RB
19138	184	8	to	to	TO
19138	184	9	meet	meet	VB
19138	184	10	the	the	DT
19138	184	11	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	184	12	that	that	IN
19138	184	13	the	the	DT
19138	184	14	elevation	elevation	NN
19138	184	15	of	of	IN
19138	184	16	the	the	DT
19138	184	17	latter	latter	JJ
19138	184	18	need	need	NN
19138	184	19	be	be	VB
19138	184	20	but	but	CC
19138	184	21	very	very	RB
19138	184	22	slight	slight	JJ
19138	184	23	.	.	.
19138	185	1	When	when	WRB
19138	185	2	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	185	3	,	,	,
19138	185	4	the	the	DT
19138	185	5	demand	demand	NN
19138	185	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	185	7	not	not	RB
19138	185	8	so	so	RB
19138	185	9	imperative	imperative	JJ
19138	185	10	,	,	,
19138	185	11	but	but	CC
19138	185	12	when	when	WRB
19138	185	13	singing	singe	VBG
19138	185	14	,	,	,
19138	185	15	the	the	DT
19138	185	16	body	body	NN
19138	185	17	of	of	IN
19138	185	18	the	the	DT
19138	185	19	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	185	20	should	should	MD
19138	185	21	lie	lie	VB
19138	185	22	as	as	RB
19138	185	23	flat	flat	JJ
19138	185	24	as	as	IN
19138	185	25	possible	possible	JJ
19138	185	26	,	,	,
19138	185	27	so	so	IN
19138	185	28	as	as	IN
19138	185	29	to	to	TO
19138	185	30	enlarge	enlarge	VB
19138	185	31	the	the	DT
19138	185	32	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	185	33	,	,	,
19138	185	34	especially	especially	RB
19138	185	35	when	when	WRB
19138	185	36	giving	give	VBG
19138	185	37	the	the	DT
19138	185	38	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	185	39	sounds	sound	VBZ
19138	185	40	.	.	.
19138	186	1	If	if	IN
19138	186	2	the	the	DT
19138	186	3	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	186	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	186	5	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19138	186	6	disposed	dispose	VBN
19138	186	7	to	to	TO
19138	186	8	be	be	VB
19138	186	9	unruly	unruly	JJ
19138	186	10	,	,	,
19138	186	11	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	186	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	186	13	the	the	DT
19138	186	14	result	result	NN
19138	186	15	of	of	IN
19138	186	16	rigidity	rigidity	NN
19138	186	17	or	or	CC
19138	186	18	misplaced	misplace	VBN
19138	186	19	effort	effort	NN
19138	186	20	in	in	IN
19138	186	21	the	the	DT
19138	186	22	surrounding	surround	VBG
19138	186	23	parts	part	NNS
19138	186	24	.	.	.
19138	187	1	This	this	DT
19138	187	2	tendency	tendency	NN
19138	187	3	will	will	MD
19138	187	4	only	only	RB
19138	187	5	be	be	VB
19138	187	6	aggravated	aggravate	VBN
19138	187	7	by	by	IN
19138	187	8	artificial	artificial	JJ
19138	187	9	restraint	restraint	NN
19138	187	10	of	of	IN
19138	187	11	any	any	DT
19138	187	12	kind	kind	NN
19138	187	13	.	.	.
19138	188	1	The	the	DT
19138	188	2	true	true	JJ
19138	188	3	way	way	NN
19138	188	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	188	5	to	to	TO
19138	188	6	dismiss	dismiss	VB
19138	188	7	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	188	8	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19138	188	9	,	,	,
19138	188	10	_	_	NNP
19138	188	11	let	let	VBD
19138	188	12	go	go	VB
19138	188	13	_	_	NNP
19138	188	14	,	,	,
19138	188	15	and	and	CC
19138	188	16	a	a	DT
19138	188	17	normal	normal	JJ
19138	188	18	flexibility	flexibility	NN
19138	188	19	will	will	MD
19138	188	20	easily	easily	RB
19138	188	21	manifest	manifest	VB
19138	188	22	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	188	23	.	.	.
19138	189	1	THE	the	DT
19138	189	2	LIPS	lip	NNS
19138	189	3	The	the	DT
19138	189	4	lips	lip	NNS
19138	189	5	,	,	,
19138	189	6	equally	equally	RB
19138	189	7	with	with	IN
19138	189	8	the	the	DT
19138	189	9	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	189	10	,	,	,
19138	189	11	are	be	VBP
19138	189	12	organs	organ	NNS
19138	189	13	of	of	IN
19138	189	14	articulation	articulation	NN
19138	189	15	.	.	.
19138	190	1	The	the	DT
19138	190	2	upper	upper	JJ
19138	190	3	lip	lip	NN
19138	190	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	190	5	the	the	DT
19138	190	6	principal	principal	JJ
19138	190	7	factor	factor	NN
19138	190	8	of	of	IN
19138	190	9	the	the	DT
19138	190	10	two	two	CD
19138	190	11	;	;	:
19138	190	12	the	the	DT
19138	190	13	under	under	IN
19138	190	14	lip	lip	NN
19138	190	15	seems	seem	VBZ
19138	190	16	to	to	TO
19138	190	17	follow	follow	VB
19138	190	18	the	the	DT
19138	190	19	lead	lead	NN
19138	190	20	of	of	IN
19138	190	21	the	the	DT
19138	190	22	upper	upper	JJ
19138	190	23	.	.	.
19138	191	1	The	the	DT
19138	191	2	lips	lip	NNS
19138	191	3	need	need	VBP
19138	191	4	much	much	JJ
19138	191	5	training	training	NN
19138	191	6	,	,	,
19138	191	7	and	and	CC
19138	191	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	191	9	can	can	MD
19138	191	10	readily	readily	RB
19138	191	11	be	be	VB
19138	191	12	given	give	VBN
19138	191	13	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	191	14	.	.	.
19138	192	1	While	while	IN
19138	192	2	practising	practise	VBG
19138	192	3	to	to	TO
19138	192	4	educate	educate	VB
19138	192	5	the	the	DT
19138	192	6	lips	lip	NNS
19138	192	7	,	,	,
19138	192	8	both	both	DT
19138	192	9	lips	lip	NNS
19138	192	10	should	should	MD
19138	192	11	be	be	VB
19138	192	12	projected	project	VBN
19138	192	13	forward	forward	RB
19138	192	14	and	and	CC
19138	192	15	upward	upward	RB
19138	192	16	,	,	,
19138	192	17	at	at	IN
19138	192	18	the	the	DT
19138	192	19	same	same	JJ
19138	192	20	time	time	NN
19138	192	21	pronouncing	pronounce	VBG
19138	192	22	the	the	DT
19138	192	23	word	word	NN
19138	192	24	"	"	``
19138	192	25	too	too	RB
19138	192	26	.	.	.
19138	192	27	"	"	''
19138	193	1	Bring	bring	VB
19138	193	2	the	the	DT
19138	193	3	edge	edge	NN
19138	193	4	of	of	IN
19138	193	5	the	the	DT
19138	193	6	upper	upper	JJ
19138	193	7	lip	lip	NN
19138	193	8	as	as	RB
19138	193	9	high	high	RB
19138	193	10	toward	toward	IN
19138	193	11	the	the	DT
19138	193	12	nose	nose	NN
19138	193	13	as	as	IN
19138	193	14	possible	possible	JJ
19138	193	15	in	in	IN
19138	193	16	practice	practice	NN
19138	193	17	.	.	.
19138	194	1	This	this	DT
19138	194	2	will	will	MD
19138	194	3	bring	bring	VB
19138	194	4	the	the	DT
19138	194	5	corners	corner	NNS
19138	194	6	of	of	IN
19138	194	7	the	the	DT
19138	194	8	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	194	9	forward	forward	RB
19138	194	10	and	and	CC
19138	194	11	lift	lift	VB
19138	194	12	the	the	DT
19138	194	13	lips	lip	NNS
19138	194	14	clear	clear	JJ
19138	194	15	and	and	CC
19138	194	16	free	free	JJ
19138	194	17	from	from	IN
19138	194	18	the	the	DT
19138	194	19	teeth	tooth	NNS
19138	194	20	,	,	,
19138	194	21	and	and	CC
19138	194	22	thus	thus	RB
19138	194	23	add	add	VB
19138	194	24	one	one	CD
19138	194	25	more	more	JJR
19138	194	26	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	194	27	cavity	cavity	NN
19138	194	28	.	.	.
19138	195	1	This	this	DT
19138	195	2	position	position	NN
19138	195	3	of	of	IN
19138	195	4	the	the	DT
19138	195	5	lips	lip	NNS
19138	195	6	also	also	RB
19138	195	7	gives	give	VBZ
19138	195	8	freedom	freedom	NN
19138	195	9	for	for	IN
19138	195	10	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	195	11	.	.	.
19138	196	1	"	"	``
19138	196	2	The	the	DT
19138	196	3	upper	upper	JJ
19138	196	4	lip	lip	NN
19138	196	5	plays	play	VBZ
19138	196	6	the	the	DT
19138	196	7	most	most	RBS
19138	196	8	active	active	JJ
19138	196	9	part	part	NN
19138	196	10	in	in	IN
19138	196	11	the	the	DT
19138	196	12	shaping	shaping	NN
19138	196	13	of	of	IN
19138	196	14	the	the	DT
19138	196	15	vowels	vowel	NNS
19138	196	16	.	.	.
19138	197	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	197	2	should	should	MD
19138	197	3	never	never	RB
19138	197	4	be	be	VB
19138	197	5	drawn	draw	VBN
19138	197	6	against	against	IN
19138	197	7	the	the	DT
19138	197	8	teeth	tooth	NNS
19138	197	9	when	when	WRB
19138	197	10	producing	produce	VBG
19138	197	11	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	197	12	tones	tone	NNS
19138	197	13	;	;	:
19138	197	14	indeed	indeed	RB
19138	197	15	,	,	,
19138	197	16	there	there	EX
19138	197	17	should	should	MD
19138	197	18	be	be	VB
19138	197	19	often	often	RB
19138	197	20	a	a	DT
19138	197	21	little	little	JJ
19138	197	22	space	space	NN
19138	197	23	between	between	IN
19138	197	24	the	the	DT
19138	197	25	upper	upper	JJ
19138	197	26	lip	lip	NN
19138	197	27	and	and	CC
19138	197	28	the	the	DT
19138	197	29	teeth	tooth	NNS
19138	197	30	,	,	,
19138	197	31	so	so	IN
19138	197	32	that	that	IN
19138	197	33	the	the	DT
19138	197	34	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	197	35	of	of	IN
19138	197	36	the	the	DT
19138	197	37	sound	sound	NN
19138	197	38	-	-	HYPH
19138	197	39	waves	wave	NNS
19138	197	40	can	can	MD
19138	197	41	have	have	VB
19138	197	42	free	free	JJ
19138	197	43	play	play	NN
19138	197	44	.	.	.
19138	197	45	"	"	''
19138	198	1	THE	the	DT
19138	198	2	NOSTRILS	NOSTRILS	NNP
19138	198	3	The	the	DT
19138	198	4	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	198	5	should	should	MD
19138	198	6	be	be	VB
19138	198	7	dilated	dilate	VBN
19138	198	8	as	as	RB
19138	198	9	much	much	RB
19138	198	10	as	as	IN
19138	198	11	possible	possible	JJ
19138	198	12	,	,	,
19138	198	13	as	as	IN
19138	198	14	a	a	DT
19138	198	15	free	free	JJ
19138	198	16	,	,	,
19138	198	17	wide	wide	JJ
19138	198	18	,	,	,
19138	198	19	open	open	JJ
19138	198	20	nose	nose	NN
19138	198	21	gives	give	VBZ
19138	198	22	a	a	DT
19138	198	23	free	free	JJ
19138	198	24	,	,	,
19138	198	25	well	well	RB
19138	198	26	-	-	HYPH
19138	198	27	rounded	rounded	JJ
19138	198	28	tone	tone	NN
19138	198	29	,	,	,
19138	198	30	while	while	IN
19138	198	31	a	a	DT
19138	198	32	contracted	contract	VBN
19138	198	33	nostril	nostril	NNP
19138	198	34	induces	induce	VBZ
19138	198	35	the	the	DT
19138	198	36	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	198	37	tone	tone	NN
19138	198	38	so	so	RB
19138	198	39	much	much	RB
19138	198	40	dreaded	dreaded	JJ
19138	198	41	.	.	.
19138	199	1	A	a	DT
19138	199	2	proper	proper	JJ
19138	199	3	training	training	NN
19138	199	4	of	of	IN
19138	199	5	the	the	DT
19138	199	6	facial	facial	JJ
19138	199	7	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	199	8	makes	make	VBZ
19138	199	9	this	this	DT
19138	199	10	dilation	dilation	NN
19138	199	11	possible	possible	JJ
19138	199	12	.	.	.
19138	200	1	Lifting	lift	VBG
19138	200	2	the	the	DT
19138	200	3	upper	upper	JJ
19138	200	4	lip	lip	NN
19138	200	5	and	and	CC
19138	200	6	projecting	project	VBG
19138	200	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	200	8	forward	forward	RB
19138	200	9	aids	aid	VBZ
19138	200	10	the	the	DT
19138	200	11	action	action	NN
19138	200	12	to	to	IN
19138	200	13	a	a	DT
19138	200	14	great	great	JJ
19138	200	15	degree	degree	NN
19138	200	16	.	.	.
19138	201	1	There	there	EX
19138	201	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	201	3	a	a	DT
19138	201	4	strong	strong	JJ
19138	201	5	tendency	tendency	NN
19138	201	6	to	to	IN
19138	201	7	unity	unity	NN
19138	201	8	of	of	IN
19138	201	9	action	action	NN
19138	201	10	between	between	IN
19138	201	11	the	the	DT
19138	201	12	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	201	13	and	and	CC
19138	201	14	the	the	DT
19138	201	15	lips	lip	NNS
19138	201	16	and	and	CC
19138	201	17	the	the	DT
19138	201	18	soft	soft	JJ
19138	201	19	palate	palate	NN
19138	201	20	.	.	.
19138	202	1	The	the	DT
19138	202	2	soft	soft	JJ
19138	202	3	palate	palate	NN
19138	202	4	moves	move	VBZ
19138	202	5	downward	downward	RB
19138	202	6	and	and	CC
19138	202	7	forward	forward	RB
19138	202	8	when	when	WRB
19138	202	9	the	the	DT
19138	202	10	upper	upper	JJ
19138	202	11	lip	lip	NN
19138	202	12	protrudes	protrude	VBZ
19138	202	13	and	and	CC
19138	202	14	the	the	DT
19138	202	15	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	202	16	dilate	dilate	VBP
19138	202	17	,	,	,
19138	202	18	and	and	CC
19138	202	19	moves	move	VBZ
19138	202	20	backward	backward	RB
19138	202	21	and	and	CC
19138	202	22	upward	upward	RB
19138	202	23	when	when	WRB
19138	202	24	the	the	DT
19138	202	25	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	202	26	are	be	VBP
19138	202	27	contracted	contract	VBN
19138	202	28	and	and	CC
19138	202	29	the	the	DT
19138	202	30	upper	upper	JJ
19138	202	31	lip	lip	NN
19138	202	32	allowed	allow	VBD
19138	202	33	to	to	TO
19138	202	34	rest	rest	VB
19138	202	35	upon	upon	IN
19138	202	36	the	the	DT
19138	202	37	teeth	tooth	NNS
19138	202	38	.	.	.
19138	203	1	As	as	IN
19138	203	2	a	a	DT
19138	203	3	rule	rule	NN
19138	203	4	the	the	DT
19138	203	5	best	good	JJS
19138	203	6	singers	singer	NNS
19138	203	7	have	have	VBP
19138	203	8	full	full	JJ
19138	203	9	,	,	,
19138	203	10	round	round	JJ
19138	203	11	,	,	,
19138	203	12	wide	wide	JJ
19138	203	13	,	,	,
19138	203	14	open	open	JJ
19138	203	15	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	203	16	,	,	,
19138	203	17	either	either	CC
19138	203	18	given	give	VBN
19138	203	19	by	by	IN
19138	203	20	nature	nature	NN
19138	203	21	or	or	CC
19138	203	22	acquired	acquire	VBN
19138	203	23	by	by	IN
19138	203	24	practice	practice	NN
19138	203	25	.	.	.
19138	204	1	THE	the	DT
19138	204	2	FACE	face	NN
19138	204	3	Not	not	RB
19138	204	4	only	only	RB
19138	204	5	must	must	MD
19138	204	6	the	the	DT
19138	204	7	lips	lip	NNS
19138	204	8	and	and	CC
19138	204	9	nose	nose	NN
19138	204	10	be	be	VB
19138	204	11	trained	train	VBN
19138	204	12	,	,	,
19138	204	13	but	but	CC
19138	204	14	the	the	DT
19138	204	15	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	204	16	of	of	IN
19138	204	17	the	the	DT
19138	204	18	face	face	NN
19138	204	19	also	also	RB
19138	204	20	.	.	.
19138	205	1	These	these	DT
19138	205	2	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	205	3	are	be	VBP
19138	205	4	capable	capable	JJ
19138	205	5	,	,	,
19138	205	6	if	if	IN
19138	205	7	educated	educate	VBN
19138	205	8	,	,	,
19138	205	9	of	of	IN
19138	205	10	doing	do	VBG
19138	205	11	important	important	JJ
19138	205	12	service	service	NN
19138	205	13	.	.	.
19138	206	1	The	the	DT
19138	206	2	artist	artist	NN
19138	206	3	on	on	IN
19138	206	4	the	the	DT
19138	206	5	operatic	operatic	JJ
19138	206	6	stage	stage	NN
19138	206	7	or	or	CC
19138	206	8	the	the	DT
19138	206	9	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	206	10	on	on	IN
19138	206	11	the	the	DT
19138	206	12	platform	platform	NN
19138	206	13	,	,	,
19138	206	14	without	without	IN
19138	206	15	facial	facial	JJ
19138	206	16	expression	expression	NN
19138	206	17	begotten	begotten	NN
19138	206	18	of	of	IN
19138	206	19	muscular	muscular	JJ
19138	206	20	activity	activity	NN
19138	206	21	,	,	,
19138	206	22	may	may	MD
19138	206	23	lessen	lessen	VB
19138	206	24	by	by	IN
19138	206	25	half	half	PDT
19138	206	26	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	206	27	power	power	NN
19138	206	28	over	over	IN
19138	206	29	an	an	DT
19138	206	30	audience	audience	NN
19138	206	31	.	.	.
19138	207	1	To	to	TO
19138	207	2	train	train	VB
19138	207	3	the	the	DT
19138	207	4	facial	facial	JJ
19138	207	5	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	207	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	207	7	a	a	DT
19138	207	8	complicated	complicated	JJ
19138	207	9	task	task	NN
19138	207	10	.	.	.
19138	208	1	To	to	TO
19138	208	2	do	do	VB
19138	208	3	this	this	DT
19138	208	4	,	,	,
19138	208	5	stand	stand	VB
19138	208	6	before	before	IN
19138	208	7	a	a	DT
19138	208	8	mirror	mirror	NN
19138	208	9	and	and	CC
19138	208	10	make	make	VB
19138	208	11	all	all	PDT
19138	208	12	the	the	DT
19138	208	13	faces	face	NNS
19138	208	14	ever	ever	RB
19138	208	15	thought	think	VBD
19138	208	16	of	of	IN
19138	208	17	by	by	IN
19138	208	18	a	a	DT
19138	208	19	schoolboy	schoolboy	NN
19138	208	20	to	to	TO
19138	208	21	amuse	amuse	VB
19138	208	22	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	208	23	schoolmates	schoolmate	NNS
19138	208	24	.	.	.
19138	209	1	Raise	raise	VB
19138	209	2	each	each	DT
19138	209	3	corner	corner	NN
19138	209	4	of	of	IN
19138	209	5	the	the	DT
19138	209	6	lip	lip	NN
19138	209	7	,	,	,
19138	209	8	wrinkle	wrinkle	VB
19138	209	9	the	the	DT
19138	209	10	nose	nose	NN
19138	209	11	,	,	,
19138	209	12	quilt	quilt	VB
19138	209	13	the	the	DT
19138	209	14	forehead	forehead	NN
19138	209	15	,	,	,
19138	209	16	grin	grin	NNP
19138	209	17	,	,	,
19138	209	18	laugh	laugh	NNP
19138	209	19	.	.	.
19138	210	1	The	the	DT
19138	210	2	grimaces	grimace	NNS
19138	210	3	will	will	MD
19138	210	4	not	not	RB
19138	210	5	enter	enter	VB
19138	210	6	into	into	IN
19138	210	7	a	a	DT
19138	210	8	performance	performance	NN
19138	210	9	,	,	,
19138	210	10	but	but	CC
19138	210	11	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	210	12	effect	effect	NN
19138	210	13	upon	upon	IN
19138	210	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	210	15	will	will	MD
19138	210	16	be	be	VB
19138	210	17	markedly	markedly	RB
19138	210	18	beneficial	beneficial	JJ
19138	210	19	.	.	.
19138	211	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19138	211	2	II	II	NNP
19138	211	3	THE	the	DT
19138	211	4	SPEAKING	speak	VBG
19138	211	5	VOICE	voice	NN
19138	211	6	AND	and	CC
19138	211	7	PRONUNCIATION	pronunciation	VB
19138	211	8	A	a	DT
19138	211	9	generation	generation	NN
19138	211	10	ago	ago	IN
19138	211	11	the	the	DT
19138	211	12	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	211	13	voice	voice	NN
19138	211	14	was	be	VBD
19138	211	15	even	even	RB
19138	211	16	less	less	RBR
19138	211	17	understood	understand	VBN
19138	211	18	than	than	IN
19138	211	19	the	the	DT
19138	211	20	singing	singing	NN
19138	211	21	voice	voice	NN
19138	211	22	.	.	.
19138	212	1	That	that	IN
19138	212	2	the	the	DT
19138	212	3	two	two	CD
19138	212	4	were	be	VBD
19138	212	5	intimately	intimately	RB
19138	212	6	connected	connect	VBN
19138	212	7	was	be	VBD
19138	212	8	but	but	CC
19138	212	9	half	half	NN
19138	212	10	surmised	surmise	VBN
19138	212	11	.	.	.
19138	213	1	Only	only	RB
19138	213	2	an	an	DT
19138	213	3	occasional	occasional	JJ
19138	213	4	person	person	NN
19138	213	5	recognized	recognize	VBD
19138	213	6	what	what	WP
19138	213	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	213	8	now	now	RB
19138	213	9	generally	generally	RB
19138	213	10	conceded	concede	VBN
19138	213	11	,	,	,
19138	213	12	that	that	IN
19138	213	13	a	a	DT
19138	213	14	good	good	JJ
19138	213	15	way	way	NN
19138	213	16	to	to	TO
19138	213	17	improve	improve	VB
19138	213	18	the	the	DT
19138	213	19	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	213	20	voice	voice	NN
19138	213	21	is	be	VBZ
19138	213	22	to	to	TO
19138	213	23	cultivate	cultivate	VB
19138	213	24	the	the	DT
19138	213	25	singing	singing	NN
19138	213	26	voice	voice	NN
19138	213	27	.	.	.
19138	214	1	In	in	IN
19138	214	2	1887	1887	CD
19138	214	3	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	214	4	published	publish	VBD
19138	214	5	a	a	DT
19138	214	6	paper	paper	NN
19138	214	7	in	in	IN
19138	214	8	the	the	DT
19138	214	9	_	_	NNP
19138	214	10	Independent	Independent	NNP
19138	214	11	Practitioner	Practitioner	NNP
19138	214	12	_	_	NNP
19138	214	13	defining	define	VBG
19138	214	14	the	the	DT
19138	214	15	singing	singing	NN
19138	214	16	voice	voice	NN
19138	214	17	and	and	CC
19138	214	18	the	the	DT
19138	214	19	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	214	20	voice	voice	NN
19138	214	21	as	as	IN
19138	214	22	identical	identical	JJ
19138	214	23	,	,	,
19138	214	24	and	and	CC
19138	214	25	contending	contend	VBG
19138	214	26	that	that	IN
19138	214	27	the	the	DT
19138	214	28	training	training	NN
19138	214	29	for	for	IN
19138	214	30	each	each	DT
19138	214	31	should	should	MD
19138	214	32	be	be	VB
19138	214	33	the	the	DT
19138	214	34	same	same	JJ
19138	214	35	so	so	RB
19138	214	36	far	far	RB
19138	214	37	as	as	IN
19138	214	38	tone	tone	NN
19138	214	39	formation	formation	NN
19138	214	40	is	be	VBZ
19138	214	41	involved	involve	VBN
19138	214	42	,	,	,
19138	214	43	a	a	DT
19138	214	44	conclusion	conclusion	NN
19138	214	45	at	at	IN
19138	214	46	which	which	WDT
19138	214	47	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	214	48	had	have	VBD
19138	214	49	arrived	arrive	VBN
19138	214	50	several	several	JJ
19138	214	51	years	year	NNS
19138	214	52	before	before	RB
19138	214	53	.	.	.
19138	215	1	Subsequent	subsequent	JJ
19138	215	2	experience	experience	NN
19138	215	3	has	have	VBZ
19138	215	4	only	only	RB
19138	215	5	served	serve	VBN
19138	215	6	to	to	TO
19138	215	7	confirm	confirm	VB
19138	215	8	this	this	DT
19138	215	9	opinion	opinion	NN
19138	215	10	.	.	.
19138	216	1	The	the	DT
19138	216	2	past	past	NN
19138	216	3	has	have	VBZ
19138	216	4	produced	produce	VBN
19138	216	5	many	many	JJ
19138	216	6	good	good	JJ
19138	216	7	speakers	speaker	NNS
19138	216	8	,	,	,
19138	216	9	among	among	IN
19138	216	10	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	216	11	Henry	Henry	NNP
19138	216	12	Clay	Clay	NNP
19138	216	13	,	,	,
19138	216	14	Daniel	Daniel	NNP
19138	216	15	Webster	Webster	NNP
19138	216	16	,	,	,
19138	216	17	Edwin	Edwin	NNP
19138	216	18	Booth	Booth	NNP
19138	216	19	,	,	,
19138	216	20	Wm	Wm	NNP
19138	216	21	.	.	.
19138	217	1	Charles	Charles	NNP
19138	217	2	Macready	Macready	NNP
19138	217	3	,	,	,
19138	217	4	and	and	CC
19138	217	5	Edward	Edward	NNP
19138	217	6	Everett	Everett	NNP
19138	217	7	.	.	.
19138	218	1	Of	of	IN
19138	218	2	the	the	DT
19138	218	3	last	last	JJ
19138	218	4	Oliver	Oliver	NNP
19138	218	5	Wendell	Wendell	NNP
19138	218	6	Holmes	Holmes	NNP
19138	218	7	wrote	write	VBD
19138	218	8	:	:	:
19138	218	9	"	"	``
19138	218	10	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	218	11	is	be	VBZ
19138	218	12	with	with	IN
19138	218	13	delight	delight	NN
19138	218	14	that	that	IN
19138	218	15	one	one	NN
19138	218	16	who	who	WP
19138	218	17	remembers	remember	VBZ
19138	218	18	Edward	Edward	NNP
19138	218	19	Everett	Everett	NNP
19138	218	20	in	in	IN
19138	218	21	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	218	22	robes	robe	NNS
19138	218	23	of	of	IN
19138	218	24	rhetorical	rhetorical	JJ
19138	218	25	splendor	splendor	NN
19138	218	26	,	,	,
19138	218	27	recalls	recall	VBZ
19138	218	28	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	218	29	full	full	JJ
19138	218	30	blown	blow	VBN
19138	218	31	,	,	,
19138	218	32	high	high	JJ
19138	218	33	colored	color	VBN
19138	218	34	,	,	,
19138	218	35	double	double	JJ
19138	218	36	flowered	flower	VBN
19138	218	37	periods	period	NNS
19138	218	38	;	;	:
19138	218	39	the	the	DT
19138	218	40	rich	rich	JJ
19138	218	41	,	,	,
19138	218	42	resonant	resonant	JJ
19138	218	43	,	,	,
19138	218	44	grave	grave	JJ
19138	218	45	,	,	,
19138	218	46	far	far	RB
19138	218	47	-	-	HYPH
19138	218	48	reaching	reach	VBG
19138	218	49	music	music	NN
19138	218	50	of	of	IN
19138	218	51	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	218	52	speech	speech	NN
19138	218	53	,	,	,
19138	218	54	with	with	IN
19138	218	55	just	just	RB
19138	218	56	enough	enough	JJ
19138	218	57	of	of	IN
19138	218	58	the	the	DT
19138	218	59	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	218	60	vibration	vibration	NN
19138	218	61	to	to	TO
19138	218	62	give	give	VB
19138	218	63	the	the	DT
19138	218	64	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	218	65	sounding	sounding	NN
19138	218	66	-	-	HYPH
19138	218	67	board	board	NN
19138	218	68	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	218	69	proper	proper	JJ
19138	218	70	value	value	NN
19138	218	71	in	in	IN
19138	218	72	the	the	DT
19138	218	73	harmonies	harmony	NNS
19138	218	74	of	of	IN
19138	218	75	utterance	utterance	NN
19138	218	76	.	.	.
19138	218	77	"	"	''
19138	219	1	These	these	DT
19138	219	2	examples	example	NNS
19138	219	3	of	of	IN
19138	219	4	correct	correct	JJ
19138	219	5	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19138	219	6	,	,	,
19138	219	7	however	however	RB
19138	219	8	,	,	,
19138	219	9	were	be	VBD
19138	219	10	exceptions	exception	NNS
19138	219	11	to	to	IN
19138	219	12	the	the	DT
19138	219	13	general	general	JJ
19138	219	14	rule	rule	NN
19138	219	15	;	;	:
19138	219	16	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	219	17	happened	happen	VBD
19138	219	18	to	to	TO
19138	219	19	speak	speak	VB
19138	219	20	well	well	RB
19138	219	21	,	,	,
19138	219	22	but	but	CC
19138	219	23	the	the	DT
19138	219	24	physiologic	physiologic	JJ
19138	219	25	action	action	NN
19138	219	26	of	of	IN
19138	219	27	the	the	DT
19138	219	28	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	219	29	organs	organ	NNS
19138	219	30	which	which	WDT
19138	219	31	produced	produce	VBD
19138	219	32	such	such	JJ
19138	219	33	results	result	NNS
19138	219	34	in	in	IN
19138	219	35	those	those	DT
19138	219	36	individual	individual	JJ
19138	219	37	cases	case	NNS
19138	219	38	was	be	VBD
19138	219	39	not	not	RB
19138	219	40	understood	understand	VBN
19138	219	41	,	,	,
19138	219	42	and	and	CC
19138	219	43	hence	hence	RB
19138	219	44	the	the	DT
19138	219	45	pupil	pupil	NN
19138	219	46	ambitious	ambitious	JJ
19138	219	47	to	to	TO
19138	219	48	imitate	imitate	VB
19138	219	49	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	219	50	and	and	CC
19138	219	51	develop	develop	VB
19138	219	52	the	the	DT
19138	219	53	best	good	JJS
19138	219	54	of	of	IN
19138	219	55	which	which	WDT
19138	219	56	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	219	57	voice	voice	NN
19138	219	58	was	be	VBD
19138	219	59	capable	capable	JJ
19138	219	60	had	have	VBD
19138	219	61	no	no	DT
19138	219	62	rule	rule	NN
19138	219	63	by	by	IN
19138	219	64	which	which	WDT
19138	219	65	to	to	TO
19138	219	66	proceed	proceed	VB
19138	219	67	.	.	.
19138	220	1	Few	few	JJ
19138	220	2	could	could	MD
19138	220	3	speak	speak	VB
19138	220	4	with	with	IN
19138	220	5	ease	ease	NN
19138	220	6	,	,	,
19138	220	7	still	still	RB
19138	220	8	fewer	few	JJR
19138	220	9	could	could	MD
19138	220	10	be	be	VB
19138	220	11	heard	hear	VBN
19138	220	12	by	by	IN
19138	220	13	a	a	DT
19138	220	14	large	large	JJ
19138	220	15	assembly	assembly	NN
19138	220	16	,	,	,
19138	220	17	and	and	CC
19138	220	18	sore	sore	JJ
19138	220	19	throats	throat	NNS
19138	220	20	seemed	seem	VBD
19138	220	21	to	to	TO
19138	220	22	be	be	VB
19138	220	23	the	the	DT
19138	220	24	rule	rule	NN
19138	220	25	.	.	.
19138	221	1	DIFFERENCE	difference	NN
19138	221	2	BETWEEN	between	IN
19138	221	3	SINGING	singing	NN
19138	221	4	AND	and	CC
19138	221	5	SPEAKING	speak	VBG
19138	221	6	In	in	IN
19138	221	7	singing	singe	VBG
19138	221	8	the	the	DT
19138	221	9	flow	flow	NN
19138	221	10	of	of	IN
19138	221	11	tone	tone	NN
19138	221	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	221	13	unbroken	unbroken	JJ
19138	221	14	between	between	IN
19138	221	15	the	the	DT
19138	221	16	words	word	NNS
19138	221	17	,	,	,
19138	221	18	but	but	CC
19138	221	19	in	in	IN
19138	221	20	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	221	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	221	22	is	be	VBZ
19138	221	23	interrupted	interrupt	VBN
19138	221	24	.	.	.
19138	222	1	In	in	IN
19138	222	2	singing	singe	VBG
19138	222	3	tone	tone	NN
19138	222	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	222	5	sustained	sustain	VBN
19138	222	6	and	and	CC
19138	222	7	changed	change	VBN
19138	222	8	from	from	IN
19138	222	9	one	one	CD
19138	222	10	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	222	11	to	to	IN
19138	222	12	another	another	DT
19138	222	13	by	by	IN
19138	222	14	definite	definite	JJ
19138	222	15	intervals	interval	NNS
19138	222	16	over	over	IN
19138	222	17	a	a	DT
19138	222	18	wide	wide	JJ
19138	222	19	compass	compass	NN
19138	222	20	that	that	WDT
19138	222	21	includes	include	VBZ
19138	222	22	notes	note	NNS
19138	222	23	not	not	RB
19138	222	24	attempted	attempt	VBN
19138	222	25	in	in	IN
19138	222	26	speech	speech	NN
19138	222	27	.	.	.
19138	223	1	In	in	IN
19138	223	2	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	223	3	tone	tone	NN
19138	223	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	223	5	unsustained	unsustained	JJ
19138	223	6	,	,	,
19138	223	7	not	not	RB
19138	223	8	defined	define	VBN
19138	223	9	in	in	IN
19138	223	10	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	223	11	,	,	,
19138	223	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	223	13	limited	limit	VBN
19138	223	14	to	to	IN
19138	223	15	a	a	DT
19138	223	16	narrow	narrow	JJ
19138	223	17	compass	compass	NN
19138	223	18	,	,	,
19138	223	19	and	and	CC
19138	223	20	the	the	DT
19138	223	21	length	length	NN
19138	223	22	of	of	IN
19138	223	23	the	the	DT
19138	223	24	tones	tone	NNS
19138	223	25	is	be	VBZ
19138	223	26	not	not	RB
19138	223	27	governed	govern	VBN
19138	223	28	by	by	IN
19138	223	29	the	the	DT
19138	223	30	measure	measure	NN
19138	223	31	of	of	IN
19138	223	32	music	music	NN
19138	223	33	.	.	.
19138	224	1	Notwithstanding	notwithstanding	IN
19138	224	2	these	these	DT
19138	224	3	differences	difference	NNS
19138	224	4	,	,	,
19138	224	5	singing	singe	VBG
19138	224	6	and	and	CC
19138	224	7	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	224	8	tones	tone	NNS
19138	224	9	are	be	VBP
19138	224	10	produced	produce	VBN
19138	224	11	by	by	IN
19138	224	12	the	the	DT
19138	224	13	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	224	14	organs	organ	NNS
19138	224	15	in	in	IN
19138	224	16	the	the	DT
19138	224	17	same	same	JJ
19138	224	18	way	way	NN
19138	224	19	,	,	,
19138	224	20	are	be	VBP
19138	224	21	focused	focus	VBN
19138	224	22	precisely	precisely	RB
19138	224	23	alike	alike	RB
19138	224	24	,	,	,
19138	224	25	have	have	VBP
19138	224	26	the	the	DT
19138	224	27	same	same	JJ
19138	224	28	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	224	29	,	,	,
19138	224	30	and	and	CC
19138	224	31	are	be	VBP
19138	224	32	delivered	deliver	VBN
19138	224	33	in	in	IN
19138	224	34	the	the	DT
19138	224	35	same	same	JJ
19138	224	36	manner	manner	NN
19138	224	37	.	.	.
19138	225	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	225	2	has	have	VBZ
19138	225	3	been	be	VBN
19138	225	4	said	say	VBN
19138	225	5	that	that	IN
19138	225	6	speech	speech	NN
19138	225	7	differs	differ	VBZ
19138	225	8	from	from	IN
19138	225	9	song	song	NN
19138	225	10	as	as	IN
19138	225	11	walking	walk	VBG
19138	225	12	from	from	IN
19138	225	13	dancing	dance	VBG
19138	225	14	.	.	.
19138	226	1	Speech	speech	NN
19138	226	2	may	may	MD
19138	226	3	be	be	VB
19138	226	4	called	call	VBN
19138	226	5	the	the	DT
19138	226	6	prose	prose	NN
19138	226	7	,	,	,
19138	226	8	and	and	CC
19138	226	9	song	song	VB
19138	226	10	the	the	DT
19138	226	11	poetry	poetry	NN
19138	226	12	of	of	IN
19138	226	13	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19138	226	14	.	.	.
19138	227	1	During	during	IN
19138	227	2	the	the	DT
19138	227	3	past	past	JJ
19138	227	4	decade	decade	NN
19138	227	5	the	the	DT
19138	227	6	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19138	227	7	of	of	IN
19138	227	8	the	the	DT
19138	227	9	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	227	10	voice	voice	NN
19138	227	11	has	have	VBZ
19138	227	12	been	be	VBN
19138	227	13	greatly	greatly	RB
19138	227	14	broadened	broaden	VBN
19138	227	15	,	,	,
19138	227	16	and	and	CC
19138	227	17	the	the	DT
19138	227	18	art	art	NN
19138	227	19	of	of	IN
19138	227	20	cultivating	cultivate	VBG
19138	227	21	tone	tone	NN
19138	227	22	has	have	VBZ
19138	227	23	made	make	VBN
19138	227	24	progress	progress	NN
19138	227	25	.	.	.
19138	228	1	The	the	DT
19138	228	2	identity	identity	NN
19138	228	3	of	of	IN
19138	228	4	the	the	DT
19138	228	5	singing	singing	NN
19138	228	6	and	and	CC
19138	228	7	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	228	8	voice	voice	NN
19138	228	9	is	be	VBZ
19138	228	10	becoming	become	VBG
19138	228	11	more	more	RBR
19138	228	12	fully	fully	RB
19138	228	13	recognized	recognize	VBN
19138	228	14	,	,	,
19138	228	15	and	and	CC
19138	228	16	methods	method	NNS
19138	228	17	are	be	VBP
19138	228	18	being	be	VBG
19138	228	19	used	use	VBN
19138	228	20	to	to	TO
19138	228	21	develop	develop	VB
19138	228	22	the	the	DT
19138	228	23	latter	latter	JJ
19138	228	24	similar	similar	JJ
19138	228	25	to	to	IN
19138	228	26	those	those	DT
19138	228	27	in	in	IN
19138	228	28	use	use	NN
19138	228	29	for	for	IN
19138	228	30	the	the	DT
19138	228	31	training	training	NN
19138	228	32	of	of	IN
19138	228	33	the	the	DT
19138	228	34	former	former	JJ
19138	228	35	.	.	.
19138	229	1	As	as	IN
19138	229	2	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
19138	229	3	Morell	Morell	NNP
19138	229	4	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19138	229	5	says	say	VBZ
19138	229	6	:	:	:
19138	229	7	"	"	``
19138	229	8	Singing	singing	NN
19138	229	9	is	be	VBZ
19138	229	10	a	a	DT
19138	229	11	help	help	NN
19138	229	12	to	to	IN
19138	229	13	good	good	JJ
19138	229	14	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	229	15	,	,	,
19138	229	16	as	as	IN
19138	229	17	the	the	DT
19138	229	18	greater	great	JJR
19138	229	19	includes	include	VBZ
19138	229	20	the	the	DT
19138	229	21	less	less	JJR
19138	229	22	.	.	.
19138	229	23	"	"	''
19138	230	1	The	the	DT
19138	230	2	recognition	recognition	NN
19138	230	3	of	of	IN
19138	230	4	this	this	DT
19138	230	5	truth	truth	NN
19138	230	6	can	can	MD
19138	230	7	not	not	RB
19138	230	8	fail	fail	VB
19138	230	9	to	to	TO
19138	230	10	be	be	VB
19138	230	11	a	a	DT
19138	230	12	great	great	JJ
19138	230	13	aid	aid	NN
19138	230	14	to	to	IN
19138	230	15	the	the	DT
19138	230	16	progress	progress	NN
19138	230	17	of	of	IN
19138	230	18	singing	singe	VBG
19138	230	19	in	in	IN
19138	230	20	the	the	DT
19138	230	21	public	public	JJ
19138	230	22	schools	school	NNS
19138	230	23	,	,	,
19138	230	24	since	since	IN
19138	230	25	every	every	DT
19138	230	26	enlargement	enlargement	NN
19138	230	27	of	of	IN
19138	230	28	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	230	29	common	common	JJ
19138	230	30	to	to	IN
19138	230	31	both	both	DT
19138	230	32	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	230	33	and	and	CC
19138	230	34	singing	singing	NN
19138	230	35	helps	help	VBZ
19138	230	36	to	to	IN
19138	230	37	solidarity	solidarity	NNP
19138	230	38	and	and	CC
19138	230	39	_	_	NNP
19138	230	40	esprit	esprit	FW
19138	230	41	de	de	FW
19138	230	42	corps	corps	FW
19138	230	43	_	_	NNP
19138	230	44	in	in	IN
19138	230	45	teaching	teaching	NN
19138	230	46	and	and	CC
19138	230	47	in	in	IN
19138	230	48	learning	learning	NN
19138	230	49	.	.	.
19138	231	1	An	an	DT
19138	231	2	accurate	accurate	JJ
19138	231	3	sense	sense	NN
19138	231	4	of	of	IN
19138	231	5	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	231	6	,	,	,
19138	231	7	melody	melody	NN
19138	231	8	,	,	,
19138	231	9	harmony	harmony	NN
19138	231	10	,	,	,
19138	231	11	and	and	CC
19138	231	12	rhythm	rhythm	NN
19138	231	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	231	14	necessary	necessary	JJ
19138	231	15	to	to	IN
19138	231	16	the	the	DT
19138	231	17	singer	singer	NN
19138	231	18	,	,	,
19138	231	19	but	but	CC
19138	231	20	the	the	DT
19138	231	21	orator	orator	NN
19138	231	22	may	may	MD
19138	231	23	,	,	,
19138	231	24	by	by	IN
19138	231	25	cultivation	cultivation	NN
19138	231	26	,	,	,
19138	231	27	develop	develop	VB
19138	231	28	a	a	DT
19138	231	29	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	231	30	voice	voice	NN
19138	231	31	of	of	IN
19138	231	32	musical	musical	JJ
19138	231	33	quality	quality	NN
19138	231	34	without	without	IN
19138	231	35	being	be	VBG
19138	231	36	able	able	JJ
19138	231	37	to	to	TO
19138	231	38	distinguish	distinguish	VB
19138	231	39	_	_	NNP
19138	231	40	Old	Old	NNP
19138	231	41	Hundred	Hundred	NNP
19138	231	42	_	_	NNP
19138	231	43	from	from	IN
19138	231	44	_	_	NNP
19138	231	45	The	the	DT
19138	231	46	Last	Last	NNP
19138	231	47	Rose	Rose	NNP
19138	231	48	of	of	IN
19138	231	49	Summer	Summer	NNP
19138	231	50	_	_	NNP
19138	231	51	.	.	.
19138	232	1	PRONUNCIATION	pronunciation	NN
19138	232	2	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	232	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	232	4	a	a	DT
19138	232	5	matter	matter	NN
19138	232	6	of	of	IN
19138	232	7	common	common	JJ
19138	232	8	observation	observation	NN
19138	232	9	that	that	IN
19138	232	10	American	american	JJ
19138	232	11	singers	singer	NNS
19138	232	12	,	,	,
19138	232	13	although	although	IN
19138	232	14	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	232	15	may	may	MD
19138	232	16	be	be	VB
19138	232	17	painstaking	painstaking	JJ
19138	232	18	in	in	IN
19138	232	19	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	232	20	French	french	JJ
19138	232	21	and	and	CC
19138	232	22	German	german	JJ
19138	232	23	,	,	,
19138	232	24	are	be	VBP
19138	232	25	indifferent	indifferent	JJ
19138	232	26	,	,	,
19138	232	27	even	even	RB
19138	232	28	to	to	IN
19138	232	29	carelessness	carelessness	NN
19138	232	30	,	,	,
19138	232	31	in	in	IN
19138	232	32	the	the	DT
19138	232	33	clear	clear	JJ
19138	232	34	and	and	CC
19138	232	35	finished	finished	JJ
19138	232	36	enunciation	enunciation	NN
19138	232	37	of	of	IN
19138	232	38	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	232	39	native	native	JJ
19138	232	40	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	232	41	.	.	.
19138	233	1	Mr.	Mr.	NNP
19138	233	2	W.J.	W.J.	NNP
19138	234	1	Henderson	Henderson	NNP
19138	234	2	,	,	,
19138	234	3	in	in	IN
19138	234	4	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	234	5	recent	recent	JJ
19138	234	6	work	work	NN
19138	234	7	,	,	,
19138	234	8	_	_	NNP
19138	234	9	The	the	DT
19138	234	10	Art	art	NN
19138	234	11	of	of	IN
19138	234	12	the	the	DT
19138	234	13	Singer	Singer	NNP
19138	234	14	_	_	NNP
19138	234	15	,	,	,
19138	234	16	says	say	VBZ
19138	234	17	:	:	:
19138	234	18	"	"	``
19138	234	19	The	the	DT
19138	234	20	typical	typical	JJ
19138	234	21	American	american	JJ
19138	234	22	singer	singer	NN
19138	234	23	can	can	MD
19138	234	24	not	not	RB
19138	234	25	sing	sing	VB
19138	234	26	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	234	27	own	own	JJ
19138	234	28	language	language	NN
19138	234	29	so	so	IN
19138	234	30	that	that	IN
19138	234	31	an	an	DT
19138	234	32	audience	audience	NN
19138	234	33	can	can	MD
19138	234	34	understand	understand	VB
19138	234	35	him	-PRON-	PRP
19138	234	36	;	;	:
19138	234	37	nine	nine	CD
19138	234	38	-	-	HYPH
19138	234	39	tenths	tenth	NNS
19138	234	40	of	of	IN
19138	234	41	the	the	DT
19138	234	42	songs	song	NNS
19138	234	43	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	234	44	hear	hear	VBP
19138	234	45	are	be	VBP
19138	234	46	songs	song	NNS
19138	234	47	without	without	IN
19138	234	48	words	word	NNS
19138	234	49	.	.	.
19138	234	50	"	"	''
19138	235	1	Happily	happily	RB
19138	235	2	this	this	DT
19138	235	3	condition	condition	NN
19138	235	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	235	5	gradually	gradually	RB
19138	235	6	yielding	yield	VBG
19138	235	7	to	to	IN
19138	235	8	a	a	DT
19138	235	9	better	well	JJR
19138	235	10	one	one	CD
19138	235	11	,	,	,
19138	235	12	stimulated	stimulate	VBN
19138	235	13	in	in	IN
19138	235	14	part	part	NN
19138	235	15	by	by	IN
19138	235	16	the	the	DT
19138	235	17	examples	example	NNS
19138	235	18	of	of	IN
19138	235	19	visiting	visit	VBG
19138	235	20	singers	singer	NNS
19138	235	21	and	and	CC
19138	235	22	actors	actor	NNS
19138	235	23	.	.	.
19138	236	1	In	in	IN
19138	236	2	story	story	NN
19138	236	3	-	-	HYPH
19138	236	4	telling	tell	VBG
19138	236	5	songs	song	NNS
19138	236	6	and	and	CC
19138	236	7	in	in	IN
19138	236	8	oratorio	oratorio	NN
19138	236	9	,	,	,
19138	236	10	slovenly	slovenly	JJ
19138	236	11	delivery	delivery	NN
19138	236	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	236	13	reprehensible	reprehensible	JJ
19138	236	14	,	,	,
19138	236	15	but	but	CC
19138	236	16	when	when	WRB
19138	236	17	the	the	DT
19138	236	18	words	word	NNS
19138	236	19	of	of	IN
19138	236	20	a	a	DT
19138	236	21	song	song	NN
19138	236	22	are	be	VBP
19138	236	23	the	the	DT
19138	236	24	lyric	lyric	NN
19138	236	25	flight	flight	NN
19138	236	26	of	of	IN
19138	236	27	a	a	DT
19138	236	28	true	true	JJ
19138	236	29	poet	poet	NN
19138	236	30	,	,	,
19138	236	31	a	a	DT
19138	236	32	careless	careless	JJ
19138	236	33	utterance	utterance	NN
19138	236	34	becomes	become	VBZ
19138	236	35	intolerable	intolerable	JJ
19138	236	36	.	.	.
19138	237	1	Beauty	beauty	NN
19138	237	2	of	of	IN
19138	237	3	tone	tone	NN
19138	237	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	237	5	not	not	RB
19138	237	6	everything	everything	NN
19138	237	7	;	;	:
19138	237	8	the	the	DT
19138	237	9	singing	singing	NN
19138	237	10	of	of	IN
19138	237	11	mere	mere	JJ
19138	237	12	sounds	sound	NNS
19138	237	13	,	,	,
19138	237	14	however	however	RB
19138	237	15	lovely	lovely	JJ
19138	237	16	,	,	,
19138	237	17	is	be	VBZ
19138	237	18	but	but	CC
19138	237	19	a	a	DT
19138	237	20	tickling	tickling	NN
19138	237	21	of	of	IN
19138	237	22	the	the	DT
19138	237	23	ear	ear	NN
19138	237	24	.	.	.
19138	238	1	The	the	DT
19138	238	2	shortcoming	shortcoming	NN
19138	238	3	of	of	IN
19138	238	4	the	the	DT
19138	238	5	Italian	italian	JJ
19138	238	6	school	school	NN
19138	238	7	of	of	IN
19138	238	8	singing	singing	NN
19138	238	9	,	,	,
19138	238	10	as	as	IN
19138	238	11	of	of	IN
19138	238	12	composition	composition	NN
19138	238	13	,	,	,
19138	238	14	has	have	VBZ
19138	238	15	been	be	VBN
19138	238	16	too	too	RB
19138	238	17	exclusive	exclusive	JJ
19138	238	18	devotion	devotion	NN
19138	238	19	to	to	IN
19138	238	20	sensuous	sensuous	JJ
19138	238	21	beauty	beauty	NN
19138	238	22	of	of	IN
19138	238	23	tone	tone	NN
19138	238	24	as	as	IN
19138	238	25	an	an	DT
19138	238	26	end	end	NN
19138	238	27	in	in	IN
19138	238	28	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	238	29	.	.	.
19138	239	1	The	the	DT
19138	239	2	singer	singer	NN
19138	239	3	must	must	MD
19138	239	4	never	never	RB
19138	239	5	forget	forget	VB
19138	239	6	that	that	IN
19138	239	7	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	239	8	mission	mission	NN
19138	239	9	is	be	VBZ
19138	239	10	to	to	TO
19138	239	11	=	=	SYM
19138	239	12	vitalize	vitalize	VB
19138	239	13	text	text	NN
19138	239	14	with	with	IN
19138	239	15	tone=.	tone=.	NNP
19138	240	1	The	the	DT
19138	240	2	songs	song	NNS
19138	240	3	of	of	IN
19138	240	4	Schubert	Schubert	NNP
19138	240	5	,	,	,
19138	240	6	Schumann	Schumann	NNP
19138	240	7	,	,	,
19138	240	8	Franz	Franz	NNP
19138	240	9	,	,	,
19138	240	10	Brahms	Brahms	NNP
19138	240	11	,	,	,
19138	240	12	Grieg	Grieg	NNP
19138	240	13	,	,	,
19138	240	14	Strauss	Strauss	NNP
19138	240	15	,	,	,
19138	240	16	and	and	CC
19138	240	17	Wolf	Wolf	NNP
19138	240	18	,	,	,
19138	240	19	as	as	RB
19138	240	20	well	well	RB
19138	240	21	as	as	IN
19138	240	22	the	the	DT
19138	240	23	Wagnerian	wagnerian	JJ
19138	240	24	drama	drama	NN
19138	240	25	,	,	,
19138	240	26	are	be	VBP
19138	240	27	significant	significant	JJ
19138	240	28	in	in	IN
19138	240	29	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	240	30	inseparable	inseparable	JJ
19138	240	31	union	union	NN
19138	240	32	of	of	IN
19138	240	33	text	text	NN
19138	240	34	and	and	CC
19138	240	35	music	music	NN
19138	240	36	.	.	.
19138	241	1	The	the	DT
19138	241	2	singer	singer	NN
19138	241	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	241	4	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	241	5	an	an	DT
19138	241	6	interpreter	interpreter	NN
19138	241	7	,	,	,
19138	241	8	not	not	RB
19138	241	9	of	of	IN
19138	241	10	music	music	NN
19138	241	11	alone	alone	RB
19138	241	12	,	,	,
19138	241	13	but	but	CC
19138	241	14	of	of	IN
19138	241	15	text	text	NN
19138	241	16	made	make	VBD
19138	241	17	potent	potent	JJ
19138	241	18	by	by	IN
19138	241	19	music	music	NN
19138	241	20	.	.	.
19138	242	1	Pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	242	2	,	,	,
19138	242	3	moreover	moreover	RB
19138	242	4	,	,	,
19138	242	5	concerns	concern	NNS
19138	242	6	not	not	RB
19138	242	7	only	only	RB
19138	242	8	the	the	DT
19138	242	9	listener	listener	NN
19138	242	10	,	,	,
19138	242	11	but	but	CC
19138	242	12	the	the	DT
19138	242	13	singer	singer	NN
19138	242	14	and	and	CC
19138	242	15	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	242	16	,	,	,
19138	242	17	for	for	IN
19138	242	18	pure	pure	JJ
19138	242	19	tone	tone	NN
19138	242	20	and	and	CC
19138	242	21	pure	pure	JJ
19138	242	22	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	242	23	can	can	MD
19138	242	24	not	not	RB
19138	242	25	be	be	VB
19138	242	26	divorced	divorce	VBN
19138	242	27	,	,	,
19138	242	28	one	one	PRP
19138	242	29	can	can	MD
19138	242	30	not	not	RB
19138	242	31	exist	exist	VB
19138	242	32	without	without	IN
19138	242	33	the	the	DT
19138	242	34	other	other	JJ
19138	242	35	.	.	.
19138	243	1	In	in	IN
19138	243	2	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	243	3	interesting	interesting	JJ
19138	243	4	work	work	NN
19138	243	5	,	,	,
19138	243	6	_	_	NNP
19138	243	7	The	the	DT
19138	243	8	Singing	singing	NN
19138	243	9	of	of	IN
19138	243	10	the	the	DT
19138	243	11	Future	Future	NNP
19138	243	12	_	_	NNP
19138	243	13	,	,	,
19138	243	14	Mr.	Mr.	NNP
19138	243	15	Ffrangcon	Ffrangcon	NNP
19138	243	16	-	-	HYPH
19138	243	17	Davies	Davies	NNP
19138	243	18	insists	insist	VBZ
19138	243	19	that	that	IN
19138	243	20	,	,	,
19138	243	21	"	"	``
19138	243	22	the	the	DT
19138	243	23	quickest	quick	JJS
19138	243	24	way	way	NN
19138	243	25	to	to	IN
19138	243	26	fine	fine	JJ
19138	243	27	tone	tone	NN
19138	243	28	is	be	VBZ
19138	243	29	through	through	IN
19138	243	30	fine	fine	JJ
19138	243	31	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	243	32	.	.	.
19138	243	33	"	"	''
19138	244	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19138	244	2	can	can	MD
19138	244	3	not	not	RB
19138	244	4	think	think	VB
19138	244	5	except	except	IN
19138	244	6	in	in	IN
19138	244	7	words	word	NNS
19138	244	8	,	,	,
19138	244	9	nor	nor	CC
19138	244	10	voice	voice	VB
19138	244	11	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	244	12	thought	thought	NN
19138	244	13	without	without	IN
19138	244	14	speech	speech	NN
19138	244	15	.	.	.
19138	245	1	Vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	245	2	utterance	utterance	NN
19138	245	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	245	4	thought	think	VBN
19138	245	5	articulate	articulate	NN
19138	245	6	.	.	.
19138	246	1	Therefore	therefore	RB
19138	246	2	,	,	,
19138	246	3	instead	instead	RB
19138	246	4	of	of	IN
19138	246	5	prolonged	prolonged	JJ
19138	246	6	attention	attention	NN
19138	246	7	to	to	IN
19138	246	8	tone	tone	NN
19138	246	9	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	246	10	,	,	,
19138	246	11	training	training	NN
19138	246	12	should	should	MD
19138	246	13	be	be	VB
19138	246	14	concentrated	concentrate	VBN
19138	246	15	upon	upon	IN
19138	246	16	the	the	DT
19138	246	17	uttered	uttered	JJ
19138	246	18	word	word	NN
19138	246	19	.	.	.
19138	247	1	The	the	DT
19138	247	2	student	student	NN
19138	247	3	should	should	MD
19138	247	4	aim	aim	VB
19138	247	5	"	"	''
19138	247	6	to	to	TO
19138	247	7	sing	sing	VB
19138	247	8	a	a	DT
19138	247	9	word	word	NN
19138	247	10	rather	rather	RB
19138	247	11	than	than	IN
19138	247	12	a	a	DT
19138	247	13	tone	tone	NN
19138	247	14	.	.	.
19138	247	15	"	"	''
19138	248	1	Correct	correct	JJ
19138	248	2	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	248	3	and	and	CC
19138	248	4	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19138	248	5	tone	tone	NN
19138	248	6	are	be	VBP
19138	248	7	so	so	RB
19138	248	8	interdependent	interdependent	JJ
19138	248	9	as	as	IN
19138	248	10	to	to	TO
19138	248	11	be	be	VB
19138	248	12	inseparable	inseparable	JJ
19138	248	13	.	.	.
19138	249	1	The	the	DT
19138	249	2	singer	singer	NN
19138	249	3	and	and	CC
19138	249	4	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	249	5	require	require	VBP
19138	249	6	all	all	DT
19138	249	7	sounds	sound	NNS
19138	249	8	in	in	IN
19138	249	9	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	249	10	purity	purity	NN
19138	249	11	.	.	.
19138	250	1	To	to	TO
19138	250	2	seek	seek	VB
19138	250	3	to	to	TO
19138	250	4	develop	develop	VB
19138	250	5	the	the	DT
19138	250	6	voice	voice	NN
19138	250	7	along	along	IN
19138	250	8	the	the	DT
19138	250	9	narrow	narrow	JJ
19138	250	10	limits	limit	NNS
19138	250	11	of	of	IN
19138	250	12	any	any	DT
19138	250	13	single	single	JJ
19138	250	14	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	250	15	or	or	CC
19138	250	16	syllable	syllable	NN
19138	250	17	,	,	,
19138	250	18	as	as	IN
19138	250	19	for	for	IN
19138	250	20	instance	instance	NN
19138	250	21	the	the	DT
19138	250	22	syllable	syllable	NN
19138	250	23	_	_	NNP
19138	250	24	ah	ah	UH
19138	250	25	_	_	NNP
19138	250	26	,	,	,
19138	250	27	is	be	VBZ
19138	250	28	harmful	harmful	JJ
19138	250	29	.	.	.
19138	251	1	Not	not	RB
19138	251	2	only	only	RB
19138	251	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	251	4	this	this	DT
19138	251	5	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	251	6	sound	sound	NN
19138	251	7	,	,	,
19138	251	8	as	as	IN
19138	251	9	Lilli	Lilli	NNP
19138	251	10	Lehmann	Lehmann	NNP
19138	251	11	says	say	VBZ
19138	251	12	,	,	,
19138	251	13	"	"	``
19138	251	14	the	the	DT
19138	251	15	most	most	RBS
19138	251	16	difficult	difficult	JJ
19138	251	17	,	,	,
19138	251	18	"	"	''
19138	251	19	but	but	CC
19138	251	20	the	the	DT
19138	251	21	proper	proper	JJ
19138	251	22	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	251	23	of	of	IN
19138	251	24	all	all	DT
19138	251	25	words	word	NNS
19138	251	26	within	within	IN
19138	251	27	the	the	DT
19138	251	28	whole	whole	JJ
19138	251	29	range	range	NN
19138	251	30	of	of	IN
19138	251	31	the	the	DT
19138	251	32	voice	voice	NN
19138	251	33	is	be	VBZ
19138	251	34	thereby	thereby	RB
19138	251	35	impeded	impede	VBN
19138	251	36	.	.	.
19138	252	1	Diction	diction	NN
19138	252	2	and	and	CC
19138	252	3	tone	tone	NN
19138	252	4	work	work	NN
19138	252	5	should	should	MD
19138	252	6	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	252	7	go	go	VB
19138	252	8	hand	hand	NN
19138	252	9	in	in	IN
19138	252	10	hand	hand	NN
19138	252	11	.	.	.
19138	253	1	"	"	``
19138	253	2	The	the	DT
19138	253	3	way	way	NN
19138	253	4	in	in	IN
19138	253	5	which	which	WDT
19138	253	6	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	253	7	melts	melt	NNS
19138	253	8	into	into	IN
19138	253	9	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	253	10	and	and	CC
19138	253	11	consonants	consonant	NNS
19138	253	12	float	float	VBP
19138	253	13	into	into	IN
19138	253	14	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	253	15	places	place	NNS
19138	253	16	largely	largely	RB
19138	253	17	determines	determine	VBZ
19138	253	18	the	the	DT
19138	253	19	character	character	NN
19138	253	20	of	of	IN
19138	253	21	the	the	DT
19138	253	22	tone	tone	NN
19138	253	23	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	253	24	.	.	.
19138	253	25	"	"	''
19138	254	1	Without	without	IN
19138	254	2	finished	finished	JJ
19138	254	3	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	254	4	speech	speech	NN
19138	254	5	and	and	CC
19138	254	6	song	song	NN
19138	254	7	of	of	IN
19138	254	8	emotional	emotional	JJ
19138	254	9	power	power	NN
19138	254	10	are	be	VBP
19138	254	11	impossible	impossible	JJ
19138	254	12	.	.	.
19138	255	1	Gounod	Gounod	NNP
19138	255	2	,	,	,
19138	255	3	the	the	DT
19138	255	4	composer	composer	NN
19138	255	5	,	,	,
19138	255	6	says	say	VBZ
19138	255	7	,	,	,
19138	255	8	"	"	``
19138	255	9	Pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	255	10	creates	create	VBZ
19138	255	11	eloquence	eloquence	NN
19138	255	12	.	.	.
19138	255	13	"	"	''
19138	256	1	Mr.	Mr.	NNP
19138	256	2	Forbes	Forbes	NNP
19138	256	3	-	-	HYPH
19138	256	4	Robertson	Robertson	NNP
19138	256	5	,	,	,
19138	256	6	the	the	DT
19138	256	7	English	english	JJ
19138	256	8	master	master	NN
19138	256	9	of	of	IN
19138	256	10	dramatic	dramatic	JJ
19138	256	11	diction	diction	NN
19138	256	12	,	,	,
19138	256	13	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	256	14	for	for	IN
19138	256	15	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	256	16	own	own	JJ
19138	256	17	profession	profession	NN
19138	256	18	says	say	VBZ
19138	256	19	:	:	:
19138	256	20	"	"	``
19138	256	21	The	the	DT
19138	256	22	trouble	trouble	NN
19138	256	23	with	with	IN
19138	256	24	contemporary	contemporary	JJ
19138	256	25	stage	stage	NN
19138	256	26	elocution	elocution	NN
19138	256	27	springs	spring	NNS
19138	256	28	from	from	IN
19138	256	29	the	the	DT
19138	256	30	actor	actor	NN
19138	256	31	's	's	POS
19138	256	32	very	very	JJ
19138	256	33	desire	desire	NN
19138	256	34	to	to	TO
19138	256	35	act	act	VB
19138	256	36	well	well	RB
19138	256	37	.	.	.
19138	257	1	In	in	IN
19138	257	2	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	257	3	effort	effort	NN
19138	257	4	to	to	TO
19138	257	5	be	be	VB
19138	257	6	natural	natural	JJ
19138	257	7	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	257	8	mumbles	mumble	VBZ
19138	257	9	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	257	10	words	word	NNS
19138	257	11	as	as	IN
19138	257	12	too	too	RB
19138	257	13	many	many	JJ
19138	257	14	people	people	NNS
19138	257	15	do	do	VBP
19138	257	16	in	in	IN
19138	257	17	everyday	everyday	JJ
19138	257	18	life	life	NN
19138	257	19	.	.	.
19138	258	1	Much	much	JJ
19138	258	2	of	of	IN
19138	258	3	this	this	DT
19138	258	4	can	can	MD
19138	258	5	be	be	VB
19138	258	6	corrected	correct	VBN
19138	258	7	by	by	IN
19138	258	8	constantly	constantly	RB
19138	258	9	bearing	bear	VBG
19138	258	10	in	in	IN
19138	258	11	mind	mind	NN
19138	258	12	the	the	DT
19138	258	13	true	true	JJ
19138	258	14	value	value	NN
19138	258	15	of	of	IN
19138	258	16	vowels	vowel	NNS
19138	258	17	,	,	,
19138	258	18	the	the	DT
19138	258	19	percussive	percussive	JJ
19138	258	20	value	value	NN
19138	258	21	of	of	IN
19138	258	22	consonants	consonant	NNS
19138	258	23	,	,	,
19138	258	24	and	and	CC
19138	258	25	the	the	DT
19138	258	26	importance	importance	NN
19138	258	27	of	of	IN
19138	258	28	keeping	keep	VBG
19138	258	29	up	up	RP
19138	258	30	the	the	DT
19138	258	31	voice	voice	NN
19138	258	32	until	until	IN
19138	258	33	the	the	DT
19138	258	34	last	last	JJ
19138	258	35	word	word	NN
19138	258	36	is	be	VBZ
19138	258	37	spoken	speak	VBN
19138	258	38	.	.	.
19138	259	1	There	there	EX
19138	259	2	must	must	MD
19138	259	3	be	be	VB
19138	259	4	,	,	,
19138	259	5	so	so	RB
19138	259	6	to	to	TO
19138	259	7	speak	speak	VB
19138	259	8	,	,	,
19138	259	9	plenty	plenty	NN
19138	259	10	of	of	IN
19138	259	11	wind	wind	NN
19138	259	12	in	in	IN
19138	259	13	the	the	DT
19138	259	14	bellows	bellow	NNS
19138	259	15	.	.	.
19138	260	1	The	the	DT
19138	260	2	great	great	JJ
19138	260	3	thing	thing	NN
19138	260	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	260	5	to	to	TO
19138	260	6	have	have	VB
19138	260	7	the	the	DT
19138	260	8	sound	sound	NN
19138	260	9	come	come	VBN
19138	260	10	from	from	IN
19138	260	11	the	the	DT
19138	260	12	front	front	NN
19138	260	13	of	of	IN
19138	260	14	the	the	DT
19138	260	15	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	260	16	....	....	.
19138	261	1	The	the	DT
19138	261	2	actor	actor	NN
19138	261	3	must	must	MD
19138	261	4	learn	learn	VB
19138	261	5	to	to	TO
19138	261	6	breathe	breathe	VB
19138	261	7	deeply	deeply	RB
19138	261	8	from	from	IN
19138	261	9	the	the	DT
19138	261	10	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19138	261	11	and	and	CC
19138	261	12	to	to	TO
19138	261	13	take	take	VB
19138	261	14	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	261	15	breath	breath	NN
19138	261	16	at	at	IN
19138	261	17	the	the	DT
19138	261	18	proper	proper	JJ
19138	261	19	time	time	NN
19138	261	20	.	.	.
19138	262	1	Too	too	RB
19138	262	2	often	often	RB
19138	262	3	the	the	DT
19138	262	4	last	last	JJ
19138	262	5	word	word	NN
19138	262	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	262	7	not	not	RB
19138	262	8	held	hold	VBN
19138	262	9	up	up	RP
19138	262	10	,	,	,
19138	262	11	and	and	CC
19138	262	12	that	that	DT
19138	262	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	262	14	very	very	RB
19138	262	15	often	often	RB
19138	262	16	the	the	DT
19138	262	17	important	important	JJ
19138	262	18	word	word	NN
19138	262	19	....	....	.
19138	262	20	Schools	school	NNS
19138	262	21	for	for	IN
19138	262	22	acting	act	VBG
19138	262	23	are	be	VBP
19138	262	24	valuable	valuable	JJ
19138	262	25	,	,	,
19138	262	26	...	...	:
19138	262	27	but	but	CC
19138	262	28	,	,	,
19138	262	29	after	after	RB
19138	262	30	all	all	RB
19138	262	31	,	,	,
19138	262	32	the	the	DT
19138	262	33	actors	actor	NNS
19138	262	34	,	,	,
19138	262	35	like	like	IN
19138	262	36	other	other	JJ
19138	262	37	folk	folk	NN
19138	262	38	,	,	,
19138	262	39	must	must	MD
19138	262	40	be	be	VB
19138	262	41	taught	teach	VBN
19138	262	42	how	how	WRB
19138	262	43	to	to	TO
19138	262	44	speak	speak	VB
19138	262	45	as	as	IN
19138	262	46	children	child	NNS
19138	262	47	in	in	IN
19138	262	48	the	the	DT
19138	262	49	home	home	NN
19138	262	50	,	,	,
19138	262	51	at	at	IN
19138	262	52	school	school	NN
19138	262	53	,	,	,
19138	262	54	and	and	CC
19138	262	55	in	in	IN
19138	262	56	society	society	NN
19138	262	57	.	.	.
19138	262	58	"	"	''
19138	263	1	In	in	IN
19138	263	2	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	263	3	the	the	DT
19138	263	4	words	word	NNS
19138	263	5	should	should	MD
19138	263	6	seem	seem	VB
19138	263	7	to	to	TO
19138	263	8	be	be	VB
19138	263	9	formed	form	VBN
19138	263	10	by	by	IN
19138	263	11	the	the	DT
19138	263	12	upper	upper	JJ
19138	263	13	lip	lip	NN
19138	263	14	and	and	CC
19138	263	15	to	to	TO
19138	263	16	come	come	VB
19138	263	17	out	out	RP
19138	263	18	through	through	IN
19138	263	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	263	20	.	.	.
19138	264	1	By	by	IN
19138	264	2	this	this	DT
19138	264	3	method	method	NN
19138	264	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	264	5	will	will	MD
19138	264	6	be	be	VB
19138	264	7	found	find	VBN
19138	264	8	easy	easy	JJ
19138	264	9	to	to	TO
19138	264	10	pronounce	pronounce	NN
19138	264	11	distinctly	distinctly	RB
19138	264	12	.	.	.
19138	265	1	The	the	DT
19138	265	2	words	word	NNS
19138	265	3	will	will	MD
19138	265	4	thus	thus	RB
19138	265	5	be	be	VB
19138	265	6	formed	form	VBN
19138	265	7	outside	outside	IN
19138	265	8	the	the	DT
19138	265	9	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	265	10	and	and	CC
19138	265	11	be	be	VB
19138	265	12	readily	readily	RB
19138	265	13	heard	hear	VBN
19138	265	14	,	,	,
19138	265	15	as	as	IN
19138	265	16	is	be	VBZ
19138	265	17	a	a	DT
19138	265	18	person	person	NN
19138	265	19	talking	talk	VBG
19138	265	20	in	in	IN
19138	265	21	front	front	NN
19138	265	22	of	of	IN
19138	265	23	,	,	,
19138	265	24	instead	instead	RB
19138	265	25	of	of	IN
19138	265	26	behind	behind	RB
19138	265	27	,	,	,
19138	265	28	a	a	DT
19138	265	29	screen	screen	NN
19138	265	30	.	.	.
19138	266	1	A	a	DT
19138	266	2	single	single	JJ
19138	266	3	,	,	,
19138	266	4	intelligent	intelligent	JJ
19138	266	5	trial	trial	NN
19138	266	6	will	will	MD
19138	266	7	be	be	VB
19138	266	8	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19138	266	9	to	to	TO
19138	266	10	show	show	VB
19138	266	11	the	the	DT
19138	266	12	correctness	correctness	NN
19138	266	13	of	of	IN
19138	266	14	the	the	DT
19138	266	15	statement	statement	NN
19138	266	16	.	.	.
19138	267	1	Thinking	think	VBG
19138	267	2	of	of	IN
19138	267	3	the	the	DT
19138	267	4	upper	upper	JJ
19138	267	5	lip	lip	NN
19138	267	6	as	as	IN
19138	267	7	the	the	DT
19138	267	8	fashioner	fashioner	NN
19138	267	9	of	of	IN
19138	267	10	the	the	DT
19138	267	11	words	word	NNS
19138	267	12	makes	make	VBZ
19138	267	13	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	267	14	easy	easy	RB
19138	267	15	and	and	CC
19138	267	16	singing	singe	VBG
19138	267	17	a	a	DT
19138	267	18	delight	delight	NN
19138	267	19	.	.	.
19138	268	1	To	to	TO
19138	268	2	smile	smile	VB
19138	268	3	while	while	IN
19138	268	4	talking	talk	VBG
19138	268	5	gives	give	VBZ
19138	268	6	to	to	IN
19138	268	7	the	the	DT
19138	268	8	words	word	NNS
19138	268	9	a	a	DT
19138	268	10	flat	flat	JJ
19138	268	11	,	,	,
19138	268	12	silly	silly	JJ
19138	268	13	sound	sound	NN
19138	268	14	,	,	,
19138	268	15	hence	hence	RB
19138	268	16	the	the	DT
19138	268	17	corners	corner	NNS
19138	268	18	of	of	IN
19138	268	19	the	the	DT
19138	268	20	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	268	21	should	should	MD
19138	268	22	be	be	VB
19138	268	23	kept	keep	VBN
19138	268	24	well	well	RB
19138	268	25	forward	forward	RB
19138	268	26	.	.	.
19138	269	1	THE	the	DT
19138	269	2	SINGER	singer	NN
19138	269	3	'S	be	VBZ
19138	269	4	SCALE	SCALE	NNP
19138	269	5	OF	of	IN
19138	269	6	VOWEL	vowel	NN
19138	269	7	SOUNDS	sound	NNS
19138	269	8	[	[	-LRB-
19138	269	9	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	269	10	:	:	:
19138	269	11	1	1	CD
19138	269	12	n_ee	n_ee	NNP
19138	269	13	_	_	NNP
19138	269	14	2	2	CD
19138	269	15	n_i_t	n_i_t	NNP
19138	269	16	3	3	CD
19138	269	17	n_e_t	n_e_t	CD
19138	269	18	4	4	CD
19138	269	19	n_a_y	n_a_y	CD
19138	269	20	5	5	CD
19138	269	21	n_ai_r	n_ai_r	NN
19138	269	22	6	6	CD
19138	269	23	n_a_t	n_a_t	NNP
19138	269	24	7	7	CD
19138	269	25	n_i_gh	n_i_gh	NNP
19138	269	26	8	8	CD
19138	269	27	N_a_h	n_a_h	NN
19138	269	28	7	7	CD
19138	269	29	'	'	POS
19138	269	30	n_o_t	n_o_t	CD
19138	269	31	6	6	CD
19138	269	32	'	'	NN
19138	269	33	n_a_w	n_a_w	NN
19138	269	34	5	5	CD
19138	269	35	'	'	CD
19138	269	36	n_e_r	n_e_r	NN
19138	269	37	4	4	CD
19138	269	38	'	'	CD
19138	269	39	n_u_t	n_u_t	CD
19138	269	40	3	3	CD
19138	269	41	'	'	''
19138	269	42	n_o	n_o	CD
19138	269	43	_	_	NNP
19138	269	44	2	2	CD
19138	269	45	'	'	''
19138	269	46	n_oo_k	n_oo_k	NN
19138	269	47	1	1	CD
19138	269	48	'	'	POS
19138	269	49	n_oo	n_oo	NNP
19138	269	50	_	_	NNP
19138	269	51	.	.	.
19138	269	52	]	]	-RRB-
19138	270	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	270	2	may	may	MD
19138	270	3	fasten	fasten	VB
19138	270	4	this	this	DT
19138	270	5	in	in	IN
19138	270	6	mind	mind	NN
19138	270	7	to	to	TO
19138	270	8	remember	remember	VB
19138	270	9	that	that	IN
19138	270	10	at	at	IN
19138	270	11	one	one	CD
19138	270	12	end	end	NN
19138	270	13	of	of	IN
19138	270	14	the	the	DT
19138	270	15	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	270	16	scale	scale	NN
19138	270	17	is--_me	is--_me	NNP
19138	270	18	_	_	NNP
19138	270	19	,	,	,
19138	270	20	at	at	IN
19138	270	21	the	the	DT
19138	270	22	other--_you	other--_you	NNP
19138	270	23	_	_	NNP
19138	270	24	.	.	.
19138	271	1	The	the	DT
19138	271	2	teeth	tooth	NNS
19138	271	3	and	and	CC
19138	271	4	lips	lip	NNS
19138	271	5	are	be	VBP
19138	271	6	most	most	RBS
19138	271	7	closed	closed	JJ
19138	271	8	at	at	IN
19138	271	9	the	the	DT
19138	271	10	extremes	extreme	NNS
19138	271	11	of	of	IN
19138	271	12	this	this	DT
19138	271	13	scale	scale	NN
19138	271	14	,	,	,
19138	271	15	and	and	CC
19138	271	16	gradually	gradually	RB
19138	271	17	open	open	JJ
19138	271	18	toward	toward	IN
19138	271	19	_	_	NNP
19138	271	20	ah	ah	UH
19138	271	21	_	_	NNP
19138	271	22	,	,	,
19138	271	23	with	with	IN
19138	271	24	which	which	WDT
19138	271	25	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	271	26	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	271	27	are	be	VBP
19138	271	28	widest	wide	JJS
19138	271	29	apart	apart	RB
19138	271	30	.	.	.
19138	272	1	In	in	IN
19138	272	2	the	the	DT
19138	272	3	series	series	NN
19138	272	4	1	1	CD
19138	272	5	-	-	SYM
19138	272	6	8	8	CD
19138	272	7	the	the	DT
19138	272	8	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	272	9	is	be	VBZ
19138	272	10	highest	high	JJS
19138	272	11	in	in	IN
19138	272	12	the	the	DT
19138	272	13	centre	centre	NN
19138	272	14	for	for	IN
19138	272	15	_	_	NNP
19138	272	16	ee	ee	NNP
19138	272	17	_	_	NNP
19138	272	18	and	and	CC
19138	272	19	gradually	gradually	RB
19138	272	20	descends	descend	VBZ
19138	272	21	until	until	IN
19138	272	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	272	23	lies	lie	VBZ
19138	272	24	flat	flat	JJ
19138	272	25	in	in	IN
19138	272	26	the	the	DT
19138	272	27	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	272	28	for	for	IN
19138	272	29	_	_	NNP
19138	272	30	ah	ah	UH
19138	272	31	_	_	NNP
19138	272	32	.	.	.
19138	273	1	The	the	DT
19138	273	2	_	_	NNP
19138	273	3	upper	upper	JJ
19138	273	4	_	_	NNP
19138	273	5	pharynx	pharynx	NN
19138	273	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	273	7	most	most	RBS
19138	273	8	closed	closed	JJ
19138	273	9	in	in	IN
19138	273	10	1	1	CD
19138	273	11	,	,	,
19138	273	12	most	most	RBS
19138	273	13	open	open	JJ
19138	273	14	in	in	IN
19138	273	15	8	8	CD
19138	273	16	,	,	,
19138	273	17	and	and	CC
19138	273	18	closes	close	VBZ
19138	273	19	more	more	JJR
19138	273	20	and	and	CC
19138	273	21	more	more	RBR
19138	273	22	in	in	IN
19138	273	23	the	the	DT
19138	273	24	descending	descend	VBG
19138	273	25	series	series	NN
19138	273	26	7'-1	7'-1	NNP
19138	273	27	'	'	''
19138	273	28	.	.	.
19138	274	1	The	the	DT
19138	274	2	_	_	NNP
19138	274	3	lower	low	JJR
19138	274	4	_	_	NNP
19138	274	5	pharynx	pharynx	NN
19138	274	6	gradually	gradually	RB
19138	274	7	opens	open	VBZ
19138	274	8	in	in	IN
19138	274	9	the	the	DT
19138	274	10	descending	descend	VBG
19138	274	11	series	series	NN
19138	274	12	7'-1	7'-1	NNP
19138	274	13	'	'	''
19138	274	14	.	.	.
19138	275	1	The	the	DT
19138	275	2	researches	research	NNS
19138	275	3	of	of	IN
19138	275	4	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
19138	275	5	,	,	,
19138	275	6	Koenig	Koenig	NNP
19138	275	7	,	,	,
19138	275	8	Willis	Willis	NNP
19138	275	9	,	,	,
19138	275	10	Wheatstone	Wheatstone	NNP
19138	275	11	,	,	,
19138	275	12	Appunn	Appunn	NNP
19138	275	13	,	,	,
19138	275	14	Bell	Bell	NNP
19138	275	15	,	,	,
19138	275	16	and	and	CC
19138	275	17	others	other	NNS
19138	275	18	have	have	VBP
19138	275	19	shown	show	VBN
19138	275	20	that	that	IN
19138	275	21	each	each	DT
19138	275	22	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	275	23	sound	sound	NN
19138	275	24	has	have	VBZ
19138	275	25	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	275	26	own	own	JJ
19138	275	27	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
19138	275	28	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	275	29	.	.	.
19138	276	1	The	the	DT
19138	276	2	Scale	scale	NN
19138	276	3	of	of	IN
19138	276	4	Vowel	Vowel	NNP
19138	276	5	Sounds	Sounds	NNP
19138	276	6	given	give	VBN
19138	276	7	above	above	RB
19138	276	8	corresponds	correspond	NNS
19138	276	9	closely	closely	RB
19138	276	10	to	to	IN
19138	276	11	the	the	DT
19138	276	12	order	order	NN
19138	276	13	of	of	IN
19138	276	14	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	276	15	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	276	16	from	from	IN
19138	276	17	the	the	DT
19138	276	18	highest	high	JJS
19138	276	19	_	_	NNP
19138	276	20	ee	ee	NNP
19138	276	21	_	_	NNP
19138	276	22	to	to	IN
19138	276	23	the	the	DT
19138	276	24	lowest	low	JJS
19138	276	25	_	_	NNP
19138	276	26	oo	oo	NN
19138	276	27	_	_	NNP
19138	276	28	.	.	.
19138	277	1	In	in	IN
19138	277	2	the	the	DT
19138	277	3	natural	natural	JJ
19138	277	4	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	277	5	of	of	IN
19138	277	6	the	the	DT
19138	277	7	vowels	vowel	NNS
19138	277	8	_	_	NNP
19138	277	9	ee	ee	NNP
19138	277	10	_	_	NNP
19138	277	11	is	be	VBZ
19138	277	12	highest	high	JJS
19138	277	13	in	in	IN
19138	277	14	the	the	DT
19138	277	15	head	head	NN
19138	277	16	,	,	,
19138	277	17	_	_	NNP
19138	277	18	ah	ah	UH
19138	277	19	_	_	NNP
19138	277	20	is	be	VBZ
19138	277	21	midway	midway	NN
19138	277	22	in	in	IN
19138	277	23	the	the	DT
19138	277	24	scale	scale	NN
19138	277	25	,	,	,
19138	277	26	and	and	CC
19138	277	27	_	_	NNP
19138	277	28	oo	oo	NNP
19138	277	29	_	_	NNP
19138	277	30	is	be	VBZ
19138	277	31	lowest	low	JJS
19138	277	32	in	in	IN
19138	277	33	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	277	34	.	.	.
19138	278	1	LIP	LIP	NNP
19138	278	2	POSITION	POSITION	NNP
19138	278	3	Figure	Figure	NNP
19138	278	4	2	2	CD
19138	278	5	shows	show	VBZ
19138	278	6	the	the	DT
19138	278	7	best	good	JJS
19138	278	8	position	position	NN
19138	278	9	of	of	IN
19138	278	10	the	the	DT
19138	278	11	lips	lip	NNS
19138	278	12	to	to	TO
19138	278	13	give	give	VB
19138	278	14	the	the	DT
19138	278	15	sound	sound	NN
19138	278	16	of	of	IN
19138	278	17	_	_	NNP
19138	278	18	ee	ee	NNP
19138	278	19	_	_	NNP
19138	278	20	.	.	.
19138	279	1	Hold	hold	VB
19138	279	2	the	the	DT
19138	279	3	under	under	JJ
19138	279	4	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	279	5	without	without	IN
19138	279	6	stiffness	stiffness	NN
19138	279	7	and	and	CC
19138	279	8	as	as	RB
19138	279	9	far	far	RB
19138	279	10	from	from	IN
19138	279	11	the	the	DT
19138	279	12	upper	upper	JJ
19138	279	13	teeth	tooth	NNS
19138	279	14	as	as	IN
19138	279	15	is	be	VBZ
19138	279	16	consistent	consistent	JJ
19138	279	17	with	with	IN
19138	279	18	delivery	delivery	NN
19138	279	19	of	of	IN
19138	279	20	the	the	DT
19138	279	21	pure	pure	JJ
19138	279	22	sound	sound	NN
19138	279	23	of	of	IN
19138	279	24	this	this	DT
19138	279	25	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	279	26	.	.	.
19138	280	1	Figure	figure	NN
19138	280	2	3	3	CD
19138	280	3	shows	show	VBZ
19138	280	4	the	the	DT
19138	280	5	best	good	JJS
19138	280	6	position	position	NN
19138	280	7	of	of	IN
19138	280	8	the	the	DT
19138	280	9	lips	lip	NNS
19138	280	10	to	to	TO
19138	280	11	produce	produce	VB
19138	280	12	the	the	DT
19138	280	13	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	280	14	_	_	NNP
19138	280	15	oo	oo	NNP
19138	280	16	_	_	NNP
19138	280	17	.	.	.
19138	281	1	Figure	figure	NN
19138	281	2	4	4	CD
19138	281	3	shows	show	VBZ
19138	281	4	the	the	DT
19138	281	5	position	position	NN
19138	281	6	of	of	IN
19138	281	7	the	the	DT
19138	281	8	lips	lip	NNS
19138	281	9	for	for	IN
19138	281	10	the	the	DT
19138	281	11	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	281	12	sound	sound	NN
19138	281	13	of	of	IN
19138	281	14	long	long	JJ
19138	281	15	_	_	NNP
19138	281	16	o	o	XX
19138	281	17	_	_	NNP
19138	281	18	.	.	.
19138	282	1	The	the	DT
19138	282	2	opening	opening	NN
19138	282	3	of	of	IN
19138	282	4	the	the	DT
19138	282	5	lips	lip	NNS
19138	282	6	should	should	MD
19138	282	7	be	be	VB
19138	282	8	made	make	VBN
19138	282	9	as	as	RB
19138	282	10	round	round	JJ
19138	282	11	as	as	IN
19138	282	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	282	13	the	the	DT
19138	282	14	letter	letter	NN
19138	282	15	_	_	NNP
19138	282	16	o	o	XX
19138	282	17	_	_	NNP
19138	282	18	.	.	.
19138	283	1	When	when	WRB
19138	283	2	preparing	prepare	VBG
19138	283	3	the	the	DT
19138	283	4	lips	lip	NNS
19138	283	5	to	to	TO
19138	283	6	give	give	VB
19138	283	7	the	the	DT
19138	283	8	sound	sound	NN
19138	283	9	of	of	IN
19138	283	10	_	_	NNP
19138	283	11	o	o	NNP
19138	283	12	_	_	NNP
19138	283	13	,	,	,
19138	283	14	the	the	DT
19138	283	15	inclination	inclination	NN
19138	283	16	is	be	VBZ
19138	283	17	strong	strong	JJ
19138	283	18	to	to	TO
19138	283	19	drop	drop	VB
19138	283	20	the	the	DT
19138	283	21	lower	low	JJR
19138	283	22	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	283	23	;	;	:
19138	283	24	in	in	IN
19138	283	25	practice	practice	NN
19138	283	26	,	,	,
19138	283	27	to	to	TO
19138	283	28	develop	develop	VB
19138	283	29	action	action	NN
19138	283	30	of	of	IN
19138	283	31	the	the	DT
19138	283	32	lips	lip	NNS
19138	283	33	,	,	,
19138	283	34	the	the	DT
19138	283	35	under	under	JJ
19138	283	36	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	283	37	would	would	MD
19138	283	38	better	well	RBR
19138	283	39	be	be	VB
19138	283	40	held	hold	VBN
19138	283	41	quite	quite	RB
19138	283	42	immovable	immovable	JJ
19138	283	43	.	.	.
19138	284	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	284	2	will	will	MD
19138	284	3	be	be	VB
19138	284	4	found	find	VBN
19138	284	5	possible	possible	JJ
19138	284	6	to	to	TO
19138	284	7	produce	produce	VB
19138	284	8	all	all	DT
19138	284	9	of	of	IN
19138	284	10	the	the	DT
19138	284	11	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	284	12	sounds	sound	VBZ
19138	284	13	without	without	IN
19138	284	14	any	any	DT
19138	284	15	change	change	NN
19138	284	16	except	except	IN
19138	284	17	in	in	IN
19138	284	18	the	the	DT
19138	284	19	form	form	NN
19138	284	20	of	of	IN
19138	284	21	the	the	DT
19138	284	22	opening	opening	NN
19138	284	23	of	of	IN
19138	284	24	the	the	DT
19138	284	25	lips	lip	NNS
19138	284	26	.	.	.
19138	285	1	The	the	DT
19138	285	2	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	285	3	sound	sound	NN
19138	285	4	of	of	IN
19138	285	5	_	_	NNP
19138	285	6	i	i	PRP
19138	285	7	_	_	NNP
19138	285	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	285	9	an	an	DT
19138	285	10	exception	exception	NN
19138	285	11	;	;	:
19138	285	12	for	for	IN
19138	285	13	as	as	IN
19138	285	14	a	a	DT
19138	285	15	compound	compound	NN
19138	285	16	of	of	IN
19138	285	17	_	_	NNP
19138	285	18	ah	ah	UH
19138	285	19	_	_	NNP
19138	285	20	and	and	CC
19138	285	21	_	_	NNP
19138	285	22	ee	ee	NNP
19138	285	23	_	_	NNP
19138	285	24	,	,	,
19138	285	25	the	the	DT
19138	285	26	extremes	extreme	NNS
19138	285	27	of	of	IN
19138	285	28	the	the	DT
19138	285	29	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	285	30	scale	scale	NN
19138	285	31	,	,	,
19138	285	32	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	285	33	requires	require	VBZ
19138	285	34	two	two	CD
19138	285	35	distinct	distinct	JJ
19138	285	36	positions	position	NNS
19138	285	37	for	for	IN
19138	285	38	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	285	39	utterance	utterance	NN
19138	285	40	with	with	IN
19138	285	41	a	a	DT
19138	285	42	movement	movement	NN
19138	285	43	of	of	IN
19138	285	44	transition	transition	NN
19138	285	45	between	between	IN
19138	285	46	;	;	:
19138	285	47	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	285	48	is	be	VBZ
19138	285	49	not	not	RB
19138	285	50	,	,	,
19138	285	51	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	285	52	,	,	,
19138	285	53	a	a	DT
19138	285	54	good	good	JJ
19138	285	55	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	285	56	for	for	IN
19138	285	57	initial	initial	JJ
19138	285	58	practice	practice	NN
19138	285	59	.	.	.
19138	286	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	286	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	286	3	:	:	:
19138	286	4	FIGURE	FIGURE	NNP
19138	286	5	2	2	CD
19138	286	6	.	.	.
19138	286	7	]	]	-RRB-
19138	287	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	287	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	287	3	:	:	:
19138	287	4	FIGURE	FIGURE	NNP
19138	287	5	3	3	CD
19138	287	6	.	.	.
19138	287	7	]	]	-RRB-
19138	288	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	288	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	288	3	:	:	:
19138	288	4	FIGURE	FIGURE	NNP
19138	288	5	4	4	CD
19138	288	6	.	.	.
19138	288	7	]	]	-RRB-
19138	289	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	289	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	289	3	:	:	:
19138	289	4	FIGURE	FIGURE	NNP
19138	289	5	5	5	CD
19138	289	6	.	.	.
19138	289	7	]	]	-RRB-
19138	290	1	Figure	figure	NN
19138	290	2	5	5	CD
19138	290	3	shows	show	VBZ
19138	290	4	that	that	IN
19138	290	5	the	the	DT
19138	290	6	sound	sound	NN
19138	290	7	_	_	NNP
19138	290	8	aw	aw	UH
19138	290	9	_	_	NNP
19138	290	10	is	be	VBZ
19138	290	11	produced	produce	VBN
19138	290	12	from	from	IN
19138	290	13	_	_	NNP
19138	290	14	o	o	XX
19138	290	15	_	_	NNP
19138	290	16	by	by	IN
19138	290	17	raising	raise	VBG
19138	290	18	the	the	DT
19138	290	19	edge	edge	NN
19138	290	20	of	of	IN
19138	290	21	the	the	DT
19138	290	22	upper	upper	JJ
19138	290	23	lip	lip	NN
19138	290	24	outward	outward	RB
19138	290	25	and	and	CC
19138	290	26	upward	upward	RB
19138	290	27	,	,	,
19138	290	28	and	and	CC
19138	290	29	flattening	flatten	VBG
19138	290	30	the	the	DT
19138	290	31	raised	raise	VBN
19138	290	32	portion	portion	NN
19138	290	33	laterally	laterally	RB
19138	290	34	.	.	.
19138	291	1	Figure	figure	NN
19138	291	2	6	6	CD
19138	291	3	shows	show	VBZ
19138	291	4	the	the	DT
19138	291	5	position	position	NN
19138	291	6	for	for	IN
19138	291	7	producing	produce	VBG
19138	291	8	_	_	NNP
19138	291	9	ah	ah	UH
19138	291	10	_	_	NNP
19138	291	11	.	.	.
19138	292	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	292	2	differs	differ	VBZ
19138	292	3	from	from	IN
19138	292	4	the	the	DT
19138	292	5	position	position	NN
19138	292	6	assumed	assume	VBN
19138	292	7	for	for	IN
19138	292	8	_	_	NNP
19138	292	9	aw	aw	UH
19138	292	10	_	_	NNP
19138	292	11	in	in	IN
19138	292	12	that	that	IN
19138	292	13	the	the	DT
19138	292	14	opening	opening	NN
19138	292	15	of	of	IN
19138	292	16	the	the	DT
19138	292	17	lips	lip	NNS
19138	292	18	is	be	VBZ
19138	292	19	larger	large	JJR
19138	292	20	,	,	,
19138	292	21	the	the	DT
19138	292	22	upper	upper	JJ
19138	292	23	lip	lip	NN
19138	292	24	is	be	VBZ
19138	292	25	raised	raise	VBN
19138	292	26	higher	high	JJR
19138	292	27	,	,	,
19138	292	28	the	the	DT
19138	292	29	flat	flat	JJ
19138	292	30	portion	portion	NN
19138	292	31	is	be	VBZ
19138	292	32	wider	wide	JJR
19138	292	33	,	,	,
19138	292	34	and	and	CC
19138	292	35	the	the	DT
19138	292	36	under	under	IN
19138	292	37	lip	lip	NN
19138	292	38	is	be	VBZ
19138	292	39	a	a	DT
19138	292	40	little	little	JJ
19138	292	41	relaxed	relaxed	JJ
19138	292	42	.	.	.
19138	293	1	The	the	DT
19138	293	2	form	form	NN
19138	293	3	of	of	IN
19138	293	4	the	the	DT
19138	293	5	opening	opening	NN
19138	293	6	to	to	TO
19138	293	7	produce	produce	VB
19138	293	8	_	_	NNP
19138	293	9	aw	aw	NNP
19138	293	10	_	_	NNP
19138	293	11	is	be	VBZ
19138	293	12	oval	oval	NN
19138	293	13	;	;	:
19138	293	14	the	the	DT
19138	293	15	form	form	NN
19138	293	16	for	for	IN
19138	293	17	_	_	NNP
19138	293	18	ah	ah	UH
19138	293	19	_	_	NNP
19138	293	20	is	be	VBZ
19138	293	21	more	more	RBR
19138	293	22	nearly	nearly	RB
19138	293	23	square	square	JJ
19138	293	24	.	.	.
19138	294	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	294	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	294	3	:	:	:
19138	294	4	FIGURE	FIGURE	NNP
19138	294	5	6	6	CD
19138	294	6	.	.	.
19138	294	7	]	]	-RRB-
19138	295	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	295	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	295	3	:	:	:
19138	295	4	FIGURE	FIGURE	NNP
19138	295	5	7	7	CD
19138	295	6	.	.	.
19138	295	7	]	]	-RRB-
19138	296	1	Figure	figure	NN
19138	296	2	7	7	CD
19138	296	3	shows	show	VBZ
19138	296	4	the	the	DT
19138	296	5	under	under	JJ
19138	296	6	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	296	7	relaxed	relax	VBN
19138	296	8	,	,	,
19138	296	9	as	as	IN
19138	296	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	296	11	should	should	MD
19138	296	12	be	be	VB
19138	296	13	in	in	IN
19138	296	14	practice	practice	NN
19138	296	15	,	,	,
19138	296	16	to	to	TO
19138	296	17	enlarge	enlarge	VB
19138	296	18	the	the	DT
19138	296	19	throat	throat	NN
19138	296	20	and	and	CC
19138	296	21	give	give	VB
19138	296	22	roundness	roundness	NN
19138	296	23	and	and	CC
19138	296	24	largeness	largeness	VB
19138	296	25	to	to	IN
19138	296	26	the	the	DT
19138	296	27	tone	tone	NN
19138	296	28	.	.	.
19138	297	1	The	the	DT
19138	297	2	use	use	NN
19138	297	3	of	of	IN
19138	297	4	the	the	DT
19138	297	5	word	word	NN
19138	297	6	_	_	NNP
19138	297	7	hung	hang	VBD
19138	297	8	_	_	NNP
19138	297	9	will	will	MD
19138	297	10	accomplish	accomplish	VB
19138	297	11	this	this	DT
19138	297	12	end	end	NN
19138	297	13	.	.	.
19138	298	1	The	the	DT
19138	298	2	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	298	3	sounds	sound	VBZ
19138	298	4	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	298	5	above	above	RB
19138	298	6	are	be	VBP
19138	298	7	embodied	embody	VBN
19138	298	8	in	in	IN
19138	298	9	a	a	DT
19138	298	10	series	series	NN
19138	298	11	of	of	IN
19138	298	12	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	298	13	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	298	14	to	to	TO
19138	298	15	be	be	VB
19138	298	16	found	find	VBN
19138	298	17	in	in	IN
19138	298	18	Chapter	chapter	NN
19138	298	19	VIII	VIII	NNP
19138	298	20	on	on	IN
19138	298	21	_	_	NNP
19138	298	22	Placing	Placing	NNP
19138	298	23	the	the	DT
19138	298	24	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	298	25	_	_	NNP
19138	298	26	.	.	.
19138	299	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19138	299	2	III	III	NNP
19138	299	3	BREATH	BREATH	NNP
19138	299	4	CONTROL	control	NN
19138	299	5	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	299	6	has	have	VBZ
19138	299	7	been	be	VBN
19138	299	8	said	say	VBN
19138	299	9	that	that	IN
19138	299	10	"	"	``
19138	299	11	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	299	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	299	13	singing	singe	VBG
19138	299	14	.	.	.
19138	299	15	"	"	''
19138	300	1	This	this	DT
19138	300	2	statement	statement	NN
19138	300	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	300	4	equally	equally	RB
19138	300	5	applicable	applicable	JJ
19138	300	6	to	to	IN
19138	300	7	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	300	8	.	.	.
19138	301	1	While	while	IN
19138	301	2	the	the	DT
19138	301	3	aphorism	aphorism	NN
19138	301	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	301	5	not	not	RB
19138	301	6	literally	literally	RB
19138	301	7	true	true	JJ
19138	301	8	,	,	,
19138	301	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	301	10	is	be	VBZ
19138	301	11	true	true	JJ
19138	301	12	that	that	IN
19138	301	13	without	without	IN
19138	301	14	properly	properly	RB
19138	301	15	controlled	control	VBN
19138	301	16	breathing	breathe	VBG
19138	301	17	the	the	DT
19138	301	18	best	good	JJS
19138	301	19	singing	singing	NN
19138	301	20	or	or	CC
19138	301	21	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	301	22	tone	tone	NN
19138	301	23	can	can	MD
19138	301	24	not	not	RB
19138	301	25	be	be	VB
19138	301	26	produced	produce	VBN
19138	301	27	,	,	,
19138	301	28	for	for	IN
19138	301	29	tone	tone	NN
19138	301	30	is	be	VBZ
19138	301	31	but	but	CC
19138	301	32	vocalized	vocalized	JJ
19138	301	33	breath	breath	NN
19138	301	34	;	;	:
19138	301	35	hence	hence	RB
19138	301	36	in	in	IN
19138	301	37	the	the	DT
19138	301	38	cultivation	cultivation	NN
19138	301	39	of	of	IN
19138	301	40	the	the	DT
19138	301	41	voice	voice	NN
19138	301	42	,	,	,
19138	301	43	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	301	44	is	be	VBZ
19138	301	45	the	the	DT
19138	301	46	first	first	JJ
19138	301	47	function	function	NN
19138	301	48	to	to	TO
19138	301	49	receive	receive	VB
19138	301	50	attention	attention	NN
19138	301	51	.	.	.
19138	302	1	For	for	IN
19138	302	2	singer	singer	NN
19138	302	3	or	or	CC
19138	302	4	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	302	5	,	,	,
19138	302	6	the	the	DT
19138	302	7	correct	correct	JJ
19138	302	8	use	use	NN
19138	302	9	of	of	IN
19138	302	10	the	the	DT
19138	302	11	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	302	12	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19138	302	13	determines	determine	VBZ
19138	302	14	the	the	DT
19138	302	15	question	question	NN
19138	302	16	of	of	IN
19138	302	17	success	success	NN
19138	302	18	or	or	CC
19138	302	19	failure	failure	NN
19138	302	20	;	;	,
19138	302	21	for	for	IN
19138	302	22	without	without	IN
19138	302	23	mastery	mastery	NN
19138	302	24	of	of	IN
19138	302	25	the	the	DT
19138	302	26	motive	motive	JJ
19138	302	27	power	power	NN
19138	302	28	all	all	DT
19138	302	29	else	else	RB
19138	302	30	is	be	VBZ
19138	302	31	unavailing	unavaile	VBG
19138	302	32	.	.	.
19138	303	1	For	for	IN
19138	303	2	a	a	DT
19138	303	3	voice	voice	NN
19138	303	4	user	user	NN
19138	303	5	,	,	,
19138	303	6	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	303	7	,	,	,
19138	303	8	the	the	DT
19138	303	9	first	first	JJ
19138	303	10	requisite	requisite	NN
19138	303	11	is	be	VBZ
19138	303	12	a	a	DT
19138	303	13	well	well	RB
19138	303	14	-	-	HYPH
19138	303	15	developed	develop	VBN
19138	303	16	chest	chest	NN
19138	303	17	,	,	,
19138	303	18	the	the	DT
19138	303	19	second	second	JJ
19138	303	20	,	,	,
19138	303	21	complete	complete	JJ
19138	303	22	control	control	NN
19138	303	23	of	of	IN
19138	303	24	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	303	25	.	.	.
19138	304	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	304	2	must	must	MD
19138	304	3	not	not	RB
19138	304	4	be	be	VB
19138	304	5	supposed	suppose	VBN
19138	304	6	that	that	IN
19138	304	7	a	a	DT
19138	304	8	singer	singer	NN
19138	304	9	's	's	POS
19138	304	10	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	304	11	is	be	VBZ
19138	304	12	something	something	NN
19138	304	13	strange	strange	JJ
19138	304	14	or	or	CC
19138	304	15	complex	complex	JJ
19138	304	16	,	,	,
19138	304	17	for	for	IN
19138	304	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	304	19	is	be	VBZ
19138	304	20	nothing	nothing	NN
19138	304	21	more	more	JJR
19138	304	22	than	than	IN
19138	304	23	_	_	NNP
19138	304	24	an	an	DT
19138	304	25	amplification	amplification	NN
19138	304	26	of	of	IN
19138	304	27	normal	normal	JJ
19138	304	28	,	,	,
19138	304	29	healthy	healthy	JJ
19138	304	30	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	304	31	_	_	NNP
19138	304	32	.	.	.
19138	305	1	In	in	IN
19138	305	2	contrast	contrast	NN
19138	305	3	,	,	,
19138	305	4	however	however	RB
19138	305	5	,	,	,
19138	305	6	to	to	IN
19138	305	7	the	the	DT
19138	305	8	undisciplined	undisciplined	JJ
19138	305	9	casual	casual	JJ
19138	305	10	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	305	11	of	of	IN
19138	305	12	the	the	DT
19138	305	13	general	general	JJ
19138	305	14	public	public	NN
19138	305	15	,	,	,
19138	305	16	the	the	DT
19138	305	17	singer	singer	NN
19138	305	18	is	be	VBZ
19138	305	19	a	a	DT
19138	305	20	professional	professional	JJ
19138	305	21	breather	breather	NN
19138	305	22	.	.	.
19138	306	1	THE	the	DT
19138	306	2	MUSCLES	MUSCLES	NNP
19138	306	3	OF	of	IN
19138	306	4	RESPIRATION	RESPIRATION	NNS
19138	306	5	There	there	EX
19138	306	6	are	be	VBP
19138	306	7	two	two	CD
19138	306	8	sets	set	NNS
19138	306	9	of	of	IN
19138	306	10	respiratory	respiratory	JJ
19138	306	11	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	306	12	,	,	,
19138	306	13	one	one	CD
19138	306	14	for	for	IN
19138	306	15	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	306	16	and	and	CC
19138	306	17	another	another	DT
19138	306	18	for	for	IN
19138	306	19	expiration,--twenty	expiration,--twenty	NN
19138	306	20	-	-	HYPH
19138	306	21	two	two	CD
19138	306	22	or	or	CC
19138	306	23	more	more	JJR
19138	306	24	in	in	IN
19138	306	25	all	all	DT
19138	306	26	.	.	.
19138	307	1	The	the	DT
19138	307	2	principal	principal	JJ
19138	307	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	307	4	of	of	IN
19138	307	5	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	307	6	are	be	VBP
19138	307	7	the	the	DT
19138	307	8	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19138	307	9	and	and	CC
19138	307	10	the	the	DT
19138	307	11	intercostal	intercostal	JJ
19138	307	12	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	307	13	that	that	WDT
19138	307	14	elevate	elevate	VBP
19138	307	15	the	the	DT
19138	307	16	ribs	rib	NNS
19138	307	17	.	.	.
19138	308	1	The	the	DT
19138	308	2	chief	chief	JJ
19138	308	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	308	4	of	of	IN
19138	308	5	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	308	6	are	be	VBP
19138	308	7	the	the	DT
19138	308	8	four	four	CD
19138	308	9	sets	set	NNS
19138	308	10	of	of	IN
19138	308	11	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	308	12	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	308	13	and	and	CC
19138	308	14	the	the	DT
19138	308	15	intercostal	intercostal	JJ
19138	308	16	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	308	17	that	that	WDT
19138	308	18	depress	depress	VBP
19138	308	19	the	the	DT
19138	308	20	ribs	rib	NNS
19138	308	21	.	.	.
19138	309	1	The	the	DT
19138	309	2	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19138	309	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	309	4	_	_	NNP
19138	309	5	not	not	RB
19138	309	6	_	_	NNP
19138	309	7	a	a	DT
19138	309	8	muscle	muscle	NN
19138	309	9	of	of	IN
19138	309	10	_	_	NNP
19138	309	11	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	309	12	_	_	NNP
19138	309	13	.	.	.
19138	310	1	THE	the	DT
19138	310	2	DIAPHRAGM	DIAPHRAGM	NNP
19138	310	3	The	the	DT
19138	310	4	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19138	310	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	310	6	in	in	IN
19138	310	7	form	form	NN
19138	310	8	like	like	IN
19138	310	9	an	an	DT
19138	310	10	inverted	invert	VBN
19138	310	11	bowl	bowl	NN
19138	310	12	(	(	-LRB-
19138	310	13	Fig	fig	NN
19138	310	14	.	.	.
19138	311	1	8)	8)	CD
19138	311	2	.	.	.
19138	312	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	312	2	forms	form	VBZ
19138	312	3	the	the	DT
19138	312	4	floor	floor	NN
19138	312	5	of	of	IN
19138	312	6	the	the	DT
19138	312	7	thorax	thorax	NNP
19138	312	8	(	(	-LRB-
19138	312	9	chest	chest	NN
19138	312	10	)	)	-RRB-
19138	312	11	and	and	CC
19138	312	12	the	the	DT
19138	312	13	roof	roof	NN
19138	312	14	of	of	IN
19138	312	15	the	the	DT
19138	312	16	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
19138	312	17	.	.	.
19138	313	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	313	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	313	3	attached	attach	VBN
19138	313	4	by	by	IN
19138	313	5	a	a	DT
19138	313	6	strong	strong	JJ
19138	313	7	tendon	tendon	NN
19138	313	8	to	to	IN
19138	313	9	the	the	DT
19138	313	10	spinal	spinal	JJ
19138	313	11	column	column	NN
19138	313	12	behind	behind	RB
19138	313	13	,	,	,
19138	313	14	and	and	CC
19138	313	15	to	to	IN
19138	313	16	the	the	DT
19138	313	17	walls	wall	NNS
19138	313	18	of	of	IN
19138	313	19	the	the	DT
19138	313	20	thorax	thorax	NN
19138	313	21	at	at	IN
19138	313	22	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	313	23	lowest	low	JJS
19138	313	24	part	part	NN
19138	313	25	,	,	,
19138	313	26	which	which	WDT
19138	313	27	is	be	VBZ
19138	313	28	below	below	IN
19138	313	29	the	the	DT
19138	313	30	ribs	rib	NNS
19138	313	31	.	.	.
19138	314	1	In	in	IN
19138	314	2	front	front	JJ
19138	314	3	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	314	4	attachment	attachment	NN
19138	314	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	314	6	to	to	IN
19138	314	7	the	the	DT
19138	314	8	cartilage	cartilage	NN
19138	314	9	at	at	IN
19138	314	10	the	the	DT
19138	314	11	pit	pit	NN
19138	314	12	of	of	IN
19138	314	13	the	the	DT
19138	314	14	stomach	stomach	NN
19138	314	15	.	.	.
19138	315	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	315	2	also	also	RB
19138	315	3	connects	connect	VBZ
19138	315	4	with	with	IN
19138	315	5	the	the	DT
19138	315	6	transverse	transverse	JJ
19138	315	7	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	315	8	muscle	muscle	NN
19138	315	9	.	.	.
19138	316	1	The	the	DT
19138	316	2	diaphragm	diaphragm	JJ
19138	316	3	being	be	VBG
19138	316	4	convex	convex	NNP
19138	316	5	,	,	,
19138	316	6	in	in	IN
19138	316	7	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	316	8	the	the	DT
19138	316	9	contraction	contraction	NN
19138	316	10	of	of	IN
19138	316	11	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	316	12	fibres	fibre	NNS
19138	316	13	flattens	flatten	VBZ
19138	316	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	316	15	downward	downward	RB
19138	316	16	and	and	CC
19138	316	17	presses	press	VBZ
19138	316	18	down	down	RP
19138	316	19	the	the	DT
19138	316	20	organs	organ	NNS
19138	316	21	in	in	IN
19138	316	22	the	the	DT
19138	316	23	abdomen	abdoman	NNS
19138	316	24	,	,	,
19138	316	25	thus	thus	RB
19138	316	26	increasing	increase	VBG
19138	316	27	the	the	DT
19138	316	28	depth	depth	NN
19138	316	29	of	of	IN
19138	316	30	the	the	DT
19138	316	31	thorax	thorax	NN
19138	316	32	.	.	.
19138	317	1	Expiration	expiration	NN
19138	317	2	depends	depend	VBZ
19138	317	3	wholly	wholly	RB
19138	317	4	on	on	IN
19138	317	5	other	other	JJ
19138	317	6	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	317	7	.	.	.
19138	318	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	318	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	318	3	:	:	:
19138	318	4	FIGURE	FIGURE	NNP
19138	318	5	8	8	CD
19138	318	6	.	.	.
19138	318	7	]	]	-RRB-
19138	319	1	The	the	DT
19138	319	2	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	319	3	so	so	RB
19138	319	4	far	far	RB
19138	319	5	mentioned	mention	VBN
19138	319	6	are	be	VBP
19138	319	7	all	all	DT
19138	319	8	that	that	WDT
19138	319	9	need	need	VBP
19138	319	10	"	"	``
19138	319	11	conscious	conscious	JJ
19138	319	12	education	education	NN
19138	319	13	;	;	:
19138	319	14	"	"	``
19138	319	15	the	the	DT
19138	319	16	others	other	NNS
19138	319	17	will	will	MD
19138	319	18	act	act	VB
19138	319	19	with	with	IN
19138	319	20	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	319	21	voluntarily	voluntarily	RB
19138	319	22	,	,	,
19138	319	23	automatically	automatically	RB
19138	319	24	.	.	.
19138	320	1	The	the	DT
19138	320	2	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	320	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	320	4	relax	relax	VBP
19138	320	5	during	during	IN
19138	320	6	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	320	7	and	and	CC
19138	320	8	the	the	DT
19138	320	9	diaphragm	diaphragm	JJ
19138	320	10	relaxes	relax	VBZ
19138	320	11	during	during	IN
19138	320	12	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	320	13	,	,	,
19138	320	14	thus	thus	RB
19138	320	15	rendering	render	VBG
19138	320	16	the	the	DT
19138	320	17	forces	force	NNS
19138	320	18	nearly	nearly	RB
19138	320	19	equal	equal	JJ
19138	320	20	,	,	,
19138	320	21	though	though	IN
19138	320	22	the	the	DT
19138	320	23	strength	strength	NN
19138	320	24	is	be	VBZ
19138	320	25	in	in	IN
19138	320	26	favor	favor	NN
19138	320	27	of	of	IN
19138	320	28	the	the	DT
19138	320	29	expiratory	expiratory	NN
19138	320	30	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	320	31	.	.	.
19138	321	1	This	this	DT
19138	321	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	321	3	what	what	WP
19138	321	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	321	5	needed	need	VBN
19138	321	6	,	,	,
19138	321	7	for	for	IN
19138	321	8	the	the	DT
19138	321	9	breath	breath	NN
19138	321	10	while	while	IN
19138	321	11	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	321	12	or	or	CC
19138	321	13	singing	singing	NN
19138	321	14	must	must	MD
19138	321	15	go	go	VB
19138	321	16	out	out	RB
19138	321	17	under	under	IN
19138	321	18	much	much	RB
19138	321	19	greater	great	JJR
19138	321	20	tension	tension	NN
19138	321	21	than	than	IN
19138	321	22	is	be	VBZ
19138	321	23	necessary	necessary	JJ
19138	321	24	for	for	IN
19138	321	25	inhalation	inhalation	NN
19138	321	26	.	.	.
19138	322	1	Inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	322	2	should	should	MD
19138	322	3	be	be	VB
19138	322	4	as	as	RB
19138	322	5	free	free	JJ
19138	322	6	as	as	IN
19138	322	7	possible	possible	JJ
19138	322	8	from	from	IN
19138	322	9	obstruction	obstruction	NN
19138	322	10	when	when	WRB
19138	322	11	singing	singe	VBG
19138	322	12	or	or	CC
19138	322	13	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	322	14	.	.	.
19138	323	1	Expiration	expiration	NN
19138	323	2	must	must	MD
19138	323	3	be	be	VB
19138	323	4	under	under	IN
19138	323	5	_	_	NNP
19138	323	6	controlled	control	VBN
19138	323	7	_	_	NNP
19138	323	8	pressure	pressure	NN
19138	323	9	.	.	.
19138	324	1	THE	the	DT
19138	324	2	LUNGS	LUNGS	NNP
19138	324	3	The	the	DT
19138	324	4	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	324	5	are	be	VBP
19138	324	6	spongy	spongy	JJ
19138	324	7	bodies	body	NNS
19138	324	8	which	which	WDT
19138	324	9	have	have	VBP
19138	324	10	no	no	DT
19138	324	11	activity	activity	NN
19138	324	12	of	of	IN
19138	324	13	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	324	14	own	own	JJ
19138	324	15	beyond	beyond	IN
19138	324	16	a	a	DT
19138	324	17	little	little	JJ
19138	324	18	elasticity	elasticity	NN
19138	324	19	.	.	.
19138	325	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19138	325	2	are	be	VBP
19138	325	3	controlled	control	VBN
19138	325	4	by	by	IN
19138	325	5	the	the	DT
19138	325	6	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	325	7	of	of	IN
19138	325	8	respiration	respiration	NN
19138	325	9	.	.	.
19138	326	1	Figure	figure	NN
19138	326	2	8	8	CD
19138	326	3	shows	show	VBZ
19138	326	4	the	the	DT
19138	326	5	organs	organ	NNS
19138	326	6	of	of	IN
19138	326	7	the	the	DT
19138	326	8	body	body	NN
19138	326	9	in	in	IN
19138	326	10	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	326	11	natural	natural	JJ
19138	326	12	positions	position	NNS
19138	326	13	.	.	.
19138	327	1	The	the	DT
19138	327	2	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19138	327	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	327	4	relaxed	relaxed	JJ
19138	327	5	and	and	CC
19138	327	6	curved	curve	VBN
19138	327	7	upward	upward	RB
19138	327	8	,	,	,
19138	327	9	as	as	IN
19138	327	10	in	in	IN
19138	327	11	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	327	12	.	.	.
19138	328	1	During	during	IN
19138	328	2	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	328	3	the	the	DT
19138	328	4	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19138	328	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	328	6	drawn	draw	VBN
19138	328	7	down	down	RP
19138	328	8	until	until	IN
19138	328	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	328	10	lies	lie	VBZ
19138	328	11	nearly	nearly	RB
19138	328	12	flat	flat	JJ
19138	328	13	.	.	.
19138	329	1	INSPIRATION	inspiration	NN
19138	329	2	The	the	DT
19138	329	3	intercostal	intercostal	JJ
19138	329	4	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	329	5	raise	raise	VBP
19138	329	6	the	the	DT
19138	329	7	ribs	rib	NNS
19138	329	8	.	.	.
19138	330	1	The	the	DT
19138	330	2	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19138	330	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	330	4	drawn	draw	VBN
19138	330	5	down	down	RP
19138	330	6	by	by	IN
19138	330	7	contraction	contraction	NN
19138	330	8	,	,	,
19138	330	9	thus	thus	RB
19138	330	10	adding	add	VBG
19138	330	11	to	to	IN
19138	330	12	the	the	DT
19138	330	13	enlargement	enlargement	NN
19138	330	14	of	of	IN
19138	330	15	the	the	DT
19138	330	16	chest	chest	NN
19138	330	17	by	by	IN
19138	330	18	increasing	increase	VBG
19138	330	19	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	330	20	depth	depth	NN
19138	330	21	.	.	.
19138	331	1	The	the	DT
19138	331	2	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	331	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	331	4	relax	relax	VBP
19138	331	5	and	and	CC
19138	331	6	allow	allow	VB
19138	331	7	the	the	DT
19138	331	8	stomach	stomach	NN
19138	331	9	,	,	,
19138	331	10	liver	liver	NN
19138	331	11	,	,	,
19138	331	12	and	and	CC
19138	331	13	other	other	JJ
19138	331	14	organs	organ	NNS
19138	331	15	in	in	IN
19138	331	16	the	the	DT
19138	331	17	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
19138	331	18	to	to	TO
19138	331	19	move	move	VB
19138	331	20	downward	downward	RB
19138	331	21	to	to	TO
19138	331	22	make	make	VB
19138	331	23	room	room	NN
19138	331	24	for	for	IN
19138	331	25	the	the	DT
19138	331	26	depressed	depressed	JJ
19138	331	27	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19138	331	28	.	.	.
19138	332	1	This	this	DT
19138	332	2	causes	cause	VBZ
19138	332	3	a	a	DT
19138	332	4	vacuum	vacuum	NN
19138	332	5	in	in	IN
19138	332	6	the	the	DT
19138	332	7	chest	chest	NN
19138	332	8	.	.	.
19138	333	1	The	the	DT
19138	333	2	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	333	3	expand	expand	VBP
19138	333	4	to	to	TO
19138	333	5	fill	fill	VB
19138	333	6	this	this	DT
19138	333	7	vacuum	vacuum	NN
19138	333	8	and	and	CC
19138	333	9	the	the	DT
19138	333	10	air	air	NN
19138	333	11	rushes	rush	VBZ
19138	333	12	in	in	RB
19138	333	13	to	to	TO
19138	333	14	fill	fill	VB
19138	333	15	the	the	DT
19138	333	16	expanding	expand	VBG
19138	333	17	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	333	18	.	.	.
19138	334	1	EXPIRATION	expiration	VB
19138	334	2	The	the	DT
19138	334	3	intercostal	intercostal	JJ
19138	334	4	,	,	,
19138	334	5	and	and	CC
19138	334	6	a	a	DT
19138	334	7	part	part	NN
19138	334	8	of	of	IN
19138	334	9	the	the	DT
19138	334	10	abdominal	abdominal	NN
19138	334	11	,	,	,
19138	334	12	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	334	13	depress	depress	VBP
19138	334	14	the	the	DT
19138	334	15	ribs	rib	NNS
19138	334	16	and	and	CC
19138	334	17	lessen	lessen	VBD
19138	334	18	the	the	DT
19138	334	19	chest	chest	NN
19138	334	20	cavity	cavity	NN
19138	334	21	anteriorly	anteriorly	RB
19138	334	22	and	and	CC
19138	334	23	laterally	laterally	RB
19138	334	24	.	.	.
19138	335	1	The	the	DT
19138	335	2	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	335	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	335	4	compress	compress	VBP
19138	335	5	the	the	DT
19138	335	6	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
19138	335	7	and	and	CC
19138	335	8	force	force	VB
19138	335	9	up	up	RP
19138	335	10	the	the	DT
19138	335	11	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19138	335	12	which	which	WDT
19138	335	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	335	14	now	now	RB
19138	335	15	relaxed	relaxed	JJ
19138	335	16	,	,	,
19138	335	17	thus	thus	RB
19138	335	18	lessening	lessen	VBG
19138	335	19	the	the	DT
19138	335	20	depth	depth	NN
19138	335	21	of	of	IN
19138	335	22	the	the	DT
19138	335	23	thorax	thorax	NN
19138	335	24	.	.	.
19138	336	1	This	this	DT
19138	336	2	pressure	pressure	NN
19138	336	3	forces	force	VBZ
19138	336	4	the	the	DT
19138	336	5	air	air	NN
19138	336	6	from	from	IN
19138	336	7	the	the	DT
19138	336	8	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	336	9	and	and	CC
19138	336	10	prepares	prepare	VBZ
19138	336	11	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	336	12	for	for	IN
19138	336	13	another	another	DT
19138	336	14	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	336	15	.	.	.
19138	337	1	CORRECT	CORRECT	NNP
19138	337	2	METHOD	METHOD	NNP
19138	337	3	That	that	IN
19138	337	4	the	the	DT
19138	337	5	lateral	lateral	JJ
19138	337	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	337	7	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	337	8	--	--	:
19138	337	9	more	more	RBR
19138	337	10	accurately	accurately	RB
19138	337	11	chest	chest	NN
19138	337	12	-	-	HYPH
19138	337	13	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	337	14	--	--	:
19138	337	15	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	337	16	is	be	VBZ
19138	337	17	correct	correct	JJ
19138	337	18	and	and	CC
19138	337	19	natural	natural	JJ
19138	337	20	for	for	IN
19138	337	21	both	both	DT
19138	337	22	male	male	JJ
19138	337	23	,	,	,
19138	337	24	and	and	CC
19138	337	25	female	female	JJ
19138	337	26	,	,	,
19138	337	27	and	and	CC
19138	337	28	that	that	IN
19138	337	29	the	the	DT
19138	337	30	shoulders	shoulder	NNS
19138	337	31	should	should	MD
19138	337	32	remain	remain	VB
19138	337	33	as	as	RB
19138	337	34	fixed	fix	VBN
19138	337	35	as	as	IN
19138	337	36	were	be	VBD
19138	337	37	Demosthenes	Demosthenes	NNPS
19138	337	38	'	'	POS
19138	337	39	under	under	IN
19138	337	40	the	the	DT
19138	337	41	points	point	NNS
19138	337	42	of	of	IN
19138	337	43	the	the	DT
19138	337	44	swords	sword	NNS
19138	337	45	hung	hang	VBD
19138	337	46	over	over	IN
19138	337	47	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	337	48	,	,	,
19138	337	49	is	be	VBZ
19138	337	50	now	now	RB
19138	337	51	so	so	RB
19138	337	52	generally	generally	RB
19138	337	53	admitted	admit	VBN
19138	337	54	as	as	IN
19138	337	55	to	to	TO
19138	337	56	need	need	VB
19138	337	57	no	no	DT
19138	337	58	argument	argument	NN
19138	337	59	here	here	RB
19138	337	60	.	.	.
19138	338	1	If	if	IN
19138	338	2	any	any	DT
19138	338	3	one	one	NN
19138	338	4	has	have	VBZ
19138	338	5	still	still	RB
19138	338	6	a	a	DT
19138	338	7	doubt	doubt	NN
19138	338	8	on	on	IN
19138	338	9	the	the	DT
19138	338	10	subject	subject	NN
19138	338	11	let	let	VBD
19138	338	12	him	-PRON-	PRP
19138	338	13	observe	observe	VB
19138	338	14	a	a	DT
19138	338	15	sleeping	sleep	VBG
19138	338	16	infant	infant	NN
19138	338	17	.	.	.
19138	339	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	339	2	affords	afford	VBZ
19138	339	3	a	a	DT
19138	339	4	perfect	perfect	JJ
19138	339	5	example	example	NN
19138	339	6	of	of	IN
19138	339	7	lateral	lateral	JJ
19138	339	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	339	9	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	339	10	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	339	11	,	,	,
19138	339	12	and	and	CC
19138	339	13	no	no	DT
19138	339	14	one	one	NN
19138	339	15	can	can	MD
19138	339	16	have	have	VB
19138	339	17	a	a	DT
19138	339	18	suspicion	suspicion	NN
19138	339	19	of	of	IN
19138	339	20	sex	sex	NN
19138	339	21	from	from	IN
19138	339	22	any	any	DT
19138	339	23	difference	difference	NN
19138	339	24	in	in	IN
19138	339	25	this	this	DT
19138	339	26	function	function	NN
19138	339	27	.	.	.
19138	340	1	Among	among	IN
19138	340	2	the	the	DT
19138	340	3	lower	low	JJR
19138	340	4	animals	animal	NNS
19138	340	5	sex	sex	NN
19138	340	6	shows	show	NNS
19138	340	7	no	no	DT
19138	340	8	difference	difference	NN
19138	340	9	in	in	IN
19138	340	10	breathing	breathe	VBG
19138	340	11	at	at	IN
19138	340	12	any	any	DT
19138	340	13	age	age	NN
19138	340	14	.	.	.
19138	341	1	All	all	PDT
19138	341	2	the	the	DT
19138	341	3	peculiarities	peculiarity	NNS
19138	341	4	of	of	IN
19138	341	5	female	female	JJ
19138	341	6	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	341	7	are	be	VBP
19138	341	8	the	the	DT
19138	341	9	results	result	NNS
19138	341	10	of	of	IN
19138	341	11	habits	habit	NNS
19138	341	12	acquired	acquire	VBN
19138	341	13	in	in	RP
19138	341	14	after	after	IN
19138	341	15	life	life	NN
19138	341	16	.	.	.
19138	342	1	Chest	chest	NN
19138	342	2	and	and	CC
19138	342	3	shoulder	shoulder	NN
19138	342	4	heaving	heaving	NN
19138	342	5	are	be	VBP
19138	342	6	vicious	vicious	JJ
19138	342	7	and	and	CC
19138	342	8	evidence	evidence	NN
19138	342	9	impeded	impede	VBD
19138	342	10	breathing	breathe	VBG
19138	342	11	.	.	.
19138	343	1	The	the	DT
19138	343	2	singer	singer	NN
19138	343	3	who	who	WP
19138	343	4	,	,	,
19138	343	5	forgetting	forget	VBG
19138	343	6	the	the	DT
19138	343	7	lower	low	JJR
19138	343	8	thorax	thorax	NN
19138	343	9	,	,	,
19138	343	10	breathes	breathe	VBZ
19138	343	11	with	with	IN
19138	343	12	the	the	DT
19138	343	13	upper	upper	JJ
19138	343	14	only	only	RB
19138	343	15	is	be	VBZ
19138	343	16	sure	sure	JJ
19138	343	17	to	to	TO
19138	343	18	fail	fail	VB
19138	343	19	.	.	.
19138	344	1	Therefore	therefore	RB
19138	344	2	breathe	breathe	RB
19138	344	3	from	from	IN
19138	344	4	the	the	DT
19138	344	5	_	_	NNP
19138	344	6	lower	low	JJR
19138	344	7	_	_	NNP
19138	344	8	part	part	NN
19138	344	9	of	of	IN
19138	344	10	the	the	DT
19138	344	11	trunk	trunk	NN
19138	344	12	,	,	,
19138	344	13	using	use	VBG
19138	344	14	the	the	DT
19138	344	15	whole	whole	JJ
19138	344	16	muscular	muscular	JJ
19138	344	17	system	system	NN
19138	344	18	coördinately--_from	coördinately--_from	IN
19138	344	19	below	below	IN
19138	344	20	_	_	NNP
19138	344	21	upward	upward	RB
19138	344	22	.	.	.
19138	345	1	In	in	IN
19138	345	2	other	other	JJ
19138	345	3	words	word	NNS
19138	345	4	breathe	breathe	VBN
19138	345	5	deeply	deeply	RB
19138	345	6	,	,	,
19138	345	7	and	and	CC
19138	345	8	_	_	NNP
19138	345	9	control	control	NN
19138	345	10	deeply	deeply	RB
19138	345	11	_	_	NNP
19138	345	12	,	,	,
19138	345	13	but	but	CC
19138	345	14	with	with	IN
19138	345	15	the	the	DT
19138	345	16	whole	whole	JJ
19138	345	17	body	body	NN
19138	345	18	--	--	:
19138	345	19	from	from	IN
19138	345	20	below	below	RB
19138	345	21	,	,	,
19138	345	22	not	not	RB
19138	345	23	with	with	IN
19138	345	24	the	the	DT
19138	345	25	upper	upper	JJ
19138	345	26	chest	chest	NN
19138	345	27	only	only	RB
19138	345	28	,	,	,
19138	345	29	or	or	CC
19138	345	30	with	with	IN
19138	345	31	lateral	lateral	JJ
19138	345	32	expansion	expansion	NN
19138	345	33	only	only	RB
19138	345	34	,	,	,
19138	345	35	or	or	CC
19138	345	36	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	345	37	expansion	expansion	NN
19138	345	38	only	only	RB
19138	345	39	.	.	.
19138	346	1	Every	every	DT
19138	346	2	teacher	teacher	NN
19138	346	3	and	and	CC
19138	346	4	pupil	pupil	NN
19138	346	5	should	should	MD
19138	346	6	remember	remember	VB
19138	346	7	that	that	IN
19138	346	8	"	"	``
19138	346	9	singing	singe	VBG
19138	346	10	and	and	CC
19138	346	11	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	346	12	require	require	VBP
19138	346	13	wind	wind	NN
19138	346	14	and	and	CC
19138	346	15	muscle	muscle	NN
19138	346	16	,	,	,
19138	346	17	"	"	''
19138	346	18	hence	hence	RB
19138	346	19	the	the	DT
19138	346	20	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	346	21	power	power	NN
19138	346	22	must	must	MD
19138	346	23	be	be	VB
19138	346	24	fully	fully	RB
19138	346	25	developed	develop	VBN
19138	346	26	.	.	.
19138	347	1	Weak	weak	JJ
19138	347	2	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	347	3	and	and	CC
19138	347	4	failure	failure	NN
19138	347	5	to	to	TO
19138	347	6	properly	properly	RB
19138	347	7	focus	focus	VB
19138	347	8	the	the	DT
19138	347	9	voice	voice	NN
19138	347	10	are	be	VBP
19138	347	11	the	the	DT
19138	347	12	most	most	RBS
19138	347	13	frequent	frequent	JJ
19138	347	14	causes	cause	NNS
19138	347	15	of	of	IN
19138	347	16	singing	singe	VBG
19138	347	17	off	off	RP
19138	347	18	the	the	DT
19138	347	19	key	key	NN
19138	347	20	.	.	.
19138	348	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19138	348	2	are	be	VBP
19138	348	3	much	much	RB
19138	348	4	more	more	RBR
19138	348	5	common	common	JJ
19138	348	6	and	and	CC
19138	348	7	mischievous	mischievous	JJ
19138	348	8	than	than	IN
19138	348	9	lack	lack	NN
19138	348	10	of	of	IN
19138	348	11	"	"	``
19138	348	12	ear	ear	NN
19138	348	13	.	.	.
19138	348	14	"	"	''
19138	349	1	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
19138	349	2	May	May	NNP
19138	349	3	tested	test	VBD
19138	349	4	the	the	DT
19138	349	5	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	349	6	of	of	IN
19138	349	7	85	85	CD
19138	349	8	persons	person	NNS
19138	349	9	,	,	,
19138	349	10	most	most	JJS
19138	349	11	of	of	IN
19138	349	12	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	349	13	Indians	Indians	NNPS
19138	349	14	,	,	,
19138	349	15	and	and	CC
19138	349	16	found	find	VBD
19138	349	17	that	that	IN
19138	349	18	79	79	CD
19138	349	19	out	out	IN
19138	349	20	of	of	IN
19138	349	21	the	the	DT
19138	349	22	85	85	CD
19138	349	23	used	used	JJ
19138	349	24	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	349	25	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	349	26	.	.	.
19138	350	1	The	the	DT
19138	350	2	chest	chest	NN
19138	350	3	breathers	breather	NNS
19138	350	4	were	be	VBD
19138	350	5	from	from	IN
19138	350	6	classes	class	NNS
19138	350	7	"	"	``
19138	350	8	civilized	civilized	JJ
19138	350	9	"	"	''
19138	350	10	and	and	CC
19138	350	11	more	more	RBR
19138	350	12	or	or	CC
19138	350	13	less	less	RBR
19138	350	14	"	"	``
19138	350	15	cultured	cultured	JJ
19138	350	16	.	.	.
19138	350	17	"	"	''
19138	351	1	Nature	nature	NN
19138	351	2	has	have	VBZ
19138	351	3	provided	provide	VBN
19138	351	4	that	that	IN
19138	351	5	for	for	IN
19138	351	6	quiet	quiet	JJ
19138	351	7	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	351	8	when	when	WRB
19138	351	9	at	at	IN
19138	351	10	rest	rest	NN
19138	351	11	the	the	DT
19138	351	12	air	air	NN
19138	351	13	shall	shall	MD
19138	351	14	pass	pass	VB
19138	351	15	through	through	IN
19138	351	16	the	the	DT
19138	351	17	nose	nose	NN
19138	351	18	.	.	.
19138	352	1	But	but	CC
19138	352	2	when	when	WRB
19138	352	3	a	a	DT
19138	352	4	person	person	NN
19138	352	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	352	6	taking	take	VBG
19138	352	7	active	active	JJ
19138	352	8	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	352	9	,	,	,
19138	352	10	and	and	CC
19138	352	11	consequently	consequently	RB
19138	352	12	demands	demand	VBZ
19138	352	13	more	more	JJR
19138	352	14	air	air	NN
19138	352	15	,	,	,
19138	352	16	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	352	17	naturally	naturally	RB
19138	352	18	and	and	CC
19138	352	19	of	of	IN
19138	352	20	necessity	necessity	NN
19138	352	21	opens	open	VBZ
19138	352	22	the	the	DT
19138	352	23	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	352	24	so	so	IN
19138	352	25	as	as	IN
19138	352	26	to	to	TO
19138	352	27	breathe	breathe	VB
19138	352	28	more	more	RBR
19138	352	29	fully	fully	RB
19138	352	30	.	.	.
19138	353	1	While	while	IN
19138	353	2	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	353	3	or	or	CC
19138	353	4	singing	singe	VBG
19138	353	5	the	the	DT
19138	353	6	air	air	NN
19138	353	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	353	8	necessarily	necessarily	RB
19138	353	9	taken	take	VBN
19138	353	10	in	in	RP
19138	353	11	through	through	IN
19138	353	12	the	the	DT
19138	353	13	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	353	14	.	.	.
19138	354	1	BREATH	BREATH	NNP
19138	354	2	CONTROL	CONTROL	NNP
19138	354	3	Firmness	Firmness	NNP
19138	354	4	of	of	IN
19138	354	5	tone	tone	NN
19138	354	6	depends	depend	VBZ
19138	354	7	upon	upon	IN
19138	354	8	steadiness	steadiness	NN
19138	354	9	of	of	IN
19138	354	10	breath	breath	NN
19138	354	11	pressure	pressure	NN
19138	354	12	.	.	.
19138	355	1	Steadiness	steadiness	NN
19138	355	2	of	of	IN
19138	355	3	tone	tone	NN
19138	355	4	depends	depend	VBZ
19138	355	5	upon	upon	IN
19138	355	6	a	a	DT
19138	355	7	control	control	NN
19138	355	8	of	of	IN
19138	355	9	the	the	DT
19138	355	10	breath	breath	NN
19138	355	11	which	which	WDT
19138	355	12	allows	allow	VBZ
19138	355	13	a	a	DT
19138	355	14	minimum	minimum	JJ
19138	355	15	volume	volume	NN
19138	355	16	of	of	IN
19138	355	17	air	air	NN
19138	355	18	to	to	TO
19138	355	19	pass	pass	VB
19138	355	20	out	out	RP
19138	355	21	under	under	IN
19138	355	22	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19138	355	23	tension	tension	NN
19138	355	24	to	to	TO
19138	355	25	produce	produce	VB
19138	355	26	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19138	355	27	.	.	.
19138	356	1	The	the	DT
19138	356	2	tension	tension	NN
19138	356	3	and	and	CC
19138	356	4	flow	flow	NN
19138	356	5	of	of	IN
19138	356	6	breath	breath	NN
19138	356	7	can	can	MD
19138	356	8	be	be	VB
19138	356	9	gradually	gradually	RB
19138	356	10	lessened	lessen	VBN
19138	356	11	until	until	IN
19138	356	12	the	the	DT
19138	356	13	tone	tone	NN
19138	356	14	vanishes	vanishe	NNS
19138	356	15	and	and	CC
19138	356	16	not	not	RB
19138	356	17	even	even	RB
19138	356	18	a	a	DT
19138	356	19	whisper	whisper	NN
19138	356	20	remains	remain	VBZ
19138	356	21	.	.	.
19138	357	1	Power	power	NN
19138	357	2	and	and	CC
19138	357	3	largeness	largeness	NN
19138	357	4	of	of	IN
19138	357	5	tone	tone	NN
19138	357	6	depend	depend	VBP
19138	357	7	first	first	RB
19138	357	8	upon	upon	IN
19138	357	9	the	the	DT
19138	357	10	=	=	SYM
19138	357	11	right	right	JJ
19138	357	12	use	use	NN
19138	357	13	of	of	IN
19138	357	14	the	the	DT
19138	357	15	resonant	resonant	JJ
19138	357	16	cavities=	cavities=	NN
19138	357	17	,	,	,
19138	357	18	and	and	CC
19138	357	19	second	second	RB
19138	357	20	upon	upon	IN
19138	357	21	the	the	DT
19138	357	22	=	=	SYM
19138	357	23	volume	volume	NN
19138	357	24	of	of	IN
19138	357	25	breath	breath	NN
19138	357	26	used	use	VBN
19138	357	27	under	under	IN
19138	357	28	proper	proper	JJ
19138	357	29	control=.	control=.	.
19138	358	1	In	in	IN
19138	358	2	producing	produce	VBG
19138	358	3	high	high	JJ
19138	358	4	tones	tone	NNS
19138	358	5	the	the	DT
19138	358	6	breath	breath	NN
19138	358	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	358	8	delivered	deliver	VBN
19138	358	9	in	in	IN
19138	358	10	less	less	JJR
19138	358	11	amount	amount	NN
19138	358	12	than	than	IN
19138	358	13	for	for	IN
19138	358	14	the	the	DT
19138	358	15	low	low	JJ
19138	358	16	tones	tone	NNS
19138	358	17	,	,	,
19138	358	18	but	but	CC
19138	358	19	under	under	IN
19138	358	20	greater	great	JJR
19138	358	21	tension	tension	NN
19138	358	22	.	.	.
19138	359	1	Absolute	absolute	JJ
19138	359	2	control	control	NN
19138	359	3	of	of	IN
19138	359	4	the	the	DT
19138	359	5	breath	breath	NN
19138	359	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	359	7	necessary	necessary	JJ
19138	359	8	to	to	TO
19138	359	9	produce	produce	VB
19138	359	10	the	the	DT
19138	359	11	best	good	JJS
19138	359	12	results	result	NNS
19138	359	13	of	of	IN
19138	359	14	which	which	WDT
19138	359	15	a	a	DT
19138	359	16	voice	voice	NN
19138	359	17	is	be	VBZ
19138	359	18	capable	capable	JJ
19138	359	19	.	.	.
19138	360	1	Full	full	JJ
19138	360	2	control	control	NN
19138	360	3	of	of	IN
19138	360	4	the	the	DT
19138	360	5	breath	breath	NN
19138	360	6	insures	insure	VBZ
19138	360	7	success	success	NN
19138	360	8	to	to	IN
19138	360	9	a	a	DT
19138	360	10	good	good	JJ
19138	360	11	voice	voice	NN
19138	360	12	;	;	:
19138	360	13	without	without	IN
19138	360	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	360	15	the	the	DT
19138	360	16	best	good	JJS
19138	360	17	voice	voice	NN
19138	360	18	is	be	VBZ
19138	360	19	doomed	doom	VBN
19138	360	20	to	to	IN
19138	360	21	failure	failure	NN
19138	360	22	.	.	.
19138	361	1	When	when	WRB
19138	361	2	muscular	muscular	JJ
19138	361	3	action	action	NN
19138	361	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	361	5	fully	fully	RB
19138	361	6	mastered	master	VBN
19138	361	7	,	,	,
19138	361	8	and	and	CC
19138	361	9	the	the	DT
19138	361	10	proper	proper	JJ
19138	361	11	method	method	NN
19138	361	12	of	of	IN
19138	361	13	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	361	14	understood	understand	VBD
19138	361	15	and	and	CC
19138	361	16	established	establish	VBD
19138	361	17	,	,	,
19138	361	18	the	the	DT
19138	361	19	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	361	20	of	of	IN
19138	361	21	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	361	22	and	and	CC
19138	361	23	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	361	24	will	will	MD
19138	361	25	act	act	VB
19138	361	26	one	one	CD
19138	361	27	against	against	IN
19138	361	28	the	the	DT
19138	361	29	other	other	JJ
19138	361	30	,	,	,
19138	361	31	so	so	IN
19138	361	32	that	that	IN
19138	361	33	the	the	DT
19138	361	34	act	act	NN
19138	361	35	of	of	IN
19138	361	36	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	361	37	may	may	MD
19138	361	38	be	be	VB
19138	361	39	suspended	suspend	VBN
19138	361	40	at	at	IN
19138	361	41	any	any	DT
19138	361	42	moment	moment	NN
19138	361	43	,	,	,
19138	361	44	whether	whether	IN
19138	361	45	the	the	DT
19138	361	46	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	361	47	are	be	VBP
19138	361	48	full	full	JJ
19138	361	49	,	,	,
19138	361	50	or	or	CC
19138	361	51	partly	partly	RB
19138	361	52	full	full	JJ
19138	361	53	,	,	,
19138	361	54	or	or	CC
19138	361	55	empty	empty	JJ
19138	361	56	.	.	.
19138	362	1	This	this	DT
19138	362	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	362	3	muscular	muscular	JJ
19138	362	4	control	control	NN
19138	362	5	of	of	IN
19138	362	6	the	the	DT
19138	362	7	breath	breath	NN
19138	362	8	.	.	.
19138	363	1	Correct	correct	JJ
19138	363	2	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	363	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	363	4	health	health	NN
19138	363	5	giving	giving	NN
19138	363	6	and	and	CC
19138	363	7	strength	strength	NN
19138	363	8	giving	give	VBG
19138	363	9	;	;	:
19138	363	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	363	11	promotes	promote	VBZ
19138	363	12	nutrition	nutrition	NN
19138	363	13	,	,	,
19138	363	14	lessens	lessen	VBZ
19138	363	15	the	the	DT
19138	363	16	amount	amount	NN
19138	363	17	of	of	IN
19138	363	18	adipose	adipose	JJ
19138	363	19	tissue	tissue	NN
19138	363	20	,	,	,
19138	363	21	and	and	CC
19138	363	22	reinforces	reinforce	VBZ
19138	363	23	every	every	DT
19138	363	24	physical	physical	JJ
19138	363	25	requisite	requisite	JJ
19138	363	26	essential	essential	JJ
19138	363	27	to	to	IN
19138	363	28	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	363	29	and	and	CC
19138	363	30	singing	singe	VBG
19138	363	31	.	.	.
19138	364	1	A	a	DT
19138	364	2	CURE	CURE	NNP
19138	364	3	FOR	for	IN
19138	364	4	NERVOUSNESS	NERVOUSNESS	NNP
19138	364	5	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	364	6	can	can	MD
19138	364	7	not	not	RB
19138	364	8	be	be	VB
19138	364	9	too	too	RB
19138	364	10	widely	widely	RB
19138	364	11	advertised	advertise	VBN
19138	364	12	that	that	IN
19138	364	13	the	the	DT
19138	364	14	surest	sure	JJS
19138	364	15	remedy	remedy	NN
19138	364	16	for	for	IN
19138	364	17	that	that	DT
19138	364	18	torture	torture	NN
19138	364	19	of	of	IN
19138	364	20	singers	singer	NNS
19138	364	21	and	and	CC
19138	364	22	speakers	speaker	NNS
19138	364	23	,	,	,
19138	364	24	nervousness	nervousness	NN
19138	364	25	,	,	,
19138	364	26	is	be	VBZ
19138	364	27	the	the	DT
19138	364	28	great	great	JJ
19138	364	29	tranquillizer,--quiet	tranquillizer,--quiet	NNP
19138	364	30	,	,	,
19138	364	31	deep	deep	JJ
19138	364	32	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	364	33	,	,	,
19138	364	34	deeply	deeply	RB
19138	364	35	controlled	control	VBN
19138	364	36	.	.	.
19138	365	1	The	the	DT
19138	365	2	breath	breath	NN
19138	365	3	of	of	IN
19138	365	4	nervousness	nervousness	NN
19138	365	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	365	6	quick	quick	JJ
19138	365	7	,	,	,
19138	365	8	irregular	irregular	JJ
19138	365	9	,	,	,
19138	365	10	and	and	CC
19138	365	11	shallow	shallow	JJ
19138	365	12	,	,	,
19138	365	13	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	365	14	,	,	,
19138	365	15	take	take	VB
19138	365	16	a	a	DT
19138	365	17	few	few	JJ
19138	365	18	,	,	,
19138	365	19	slow	slow	JJ
19138	365	20	,	,	,
19138	365	21	deliberate	deliberate	JJ
19138	365	22	,	,	,
19138	365	23	deep	deep	JJ
19138	365	24	,	,	,
19138	365	25	and	and	CC
19138	365	26	_	_	NNP
19138	365	27	rhythmic	rhythmic	JJ
19138	365	28	_	_	NNP
19138	365	29	inhalations	inhalation	NNS
19138	365	30	of	of	IN
19138	365	31	pure	pure	JJ
19138	365	32	air	air	NN
19138	365	33	through	through	IN
19138	365	34	the	the	DT
19138	365	35	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	365	36	,	,	,
19138	365	37	and	and	CC
19138	365	38	the	the	DT
19138	365	39	panting	pant	VBG
19138	365	40	gasp	gasp	NN
19138	365	41	of	of	IN
19138	365	42	agitation	agitation	NN
19138	365	43	will	will	MD
19138	365	44	vanish	vanish	VB
19138	365	45	.	.	.
19138	366	1	As	as	IN
19138	366	2	a	a	DT
19138	366	3	help	help	NN
19138	366	4	toward	toward	IN
19138	366	5	deepening	deepen	VBG
19138	366	6	the	the	DT
19138	366	7	breath	breath	NN
19138	366	8	and	and	CC
19138	366	9	overcoming	overcome	VBG
19138	366	10	the	the	DT
19138	366	11	spasmodic	spasmodic	JJ
19138	366	12	,	,	,
19138	366	13	clavicular	clavicular	JJ
19138	366	14	habit	habit	NN
19138	366	15	,	,	,
19138	366	16	inhale	inhale	JJ
19138	366	17	quietly	quietly	RB
19138	366	18	and	and	CC
19138	366	19	slowly	slowly	RB
19138	366	20	through	through	IN
19138	366	21	the	the	DT
19138	366	22	nose	nose	NN
19138	366	23	,	,	,
19138	366	24	or	or	CC
19138	366	25	slowly	slowly	RB
19138	366	26	sip	sip	VB
19138	366	27	the	the	DT
19138	366	28	air	air	NN
19138	366	29	through	through	IN
19138	366	30	the	the	DT
19138	366	31	nearly	nearly	RB
19138	366	32	closed	closed	JJ
19138	366	33	lips	lip	NNS
19138	366	34	as	as	IN
19138	366	35	if	if	IN
19138	366	36	you	-PRON-	PRP
19138	366	37	were	be	VBD
19138	366	38	sipping	sip	VBG
19138	366	39	the	the	DT
19138	366	40	inmost	inmost	JJ
19138	366	41	breath	breath	NN
19138	366	42	of	of	IN
19138	366	43	life	life	NN
19138	366	44	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	366	45	.	.	.
19138	367	1	NECESSITY	necessity	NN
19138	367	2	OF	of	IN
19138	367	3	BREATHING	breathe	VBG
19138	367	4	EXERCISES	exercise	NNS
19138	367	5	To	to	TO
19138	367	6	acquire	acquire	VB
19138	367	7	control	control	NN
19138	367	8	of	of	IN
19138	367	9	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	367	10	,	,	,
19138	367	11	proper	proper	JJ
19138	367	12	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	367	13	must	must	MD
19138	367	14	be	be	VB
19138	367	15	intelligently	intelligently	RB
19138	367	16	and	and	CC
19138	367	17	persistently	persistently	RB
19138	367	18	followed	follow	VBD
19138	367	19	.	.	.
19138	368	1	In	in	IN
19138	368	2	mankind	mankind	NN
19138	368	3	,	,	,
19138	368	4	nature	nature	NN
19138	368	5	seems	seem	VBZ
19138	368	6	to	to	TO
19138	368	7	have	have	VB
19138	368	8	been	be	VBN
19138	368	9	diverted	divert	VBN
19138	368	10	from	from	IN
19138	368	11	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	368	12	normal	normal	JJ
19138	368	13	course	course	NN
19138	368	14	so	so	IN
19138	368	15	that	that	IN
19138	368	16	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	368	17	seldom	seldom	RB
19138	368	18	find	find	VBP
19138	368	19	an	an	DT
19138	368	20	individual	individual	NN
19138	368	21	who	who	WP
19138	368	22	breathes	breathe	VBZ
19138	368	23	correctly	correctly	RB
19138	368	24	without	without	IN
19138	368	25	education	education	NN
19138	368	26	in	in	IN
19138	368	27	the	the	DT
19138	368	28	matter	matter	NN
19138	368	29	.	.	.
19138	369	1	What	what	WP
19138	369	2	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	369	3	have	have	VBP
19138	369	4	said	say	VBD
19138	369	5	on	on	IN
19138	369	6	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	369	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	369	8	based	base	VBN
19138	369	9	on	on	IN
19138	369	10	the	the	DT
19138	369	11	premise	premise	NN
19138	369	12	that	that	IN
19138	369	13	respiration	respiration	NN
19138	369	14	involves	involve	VBZ
19138	369	15	coördinate	coördinate	JJ
19138	369	16	action	action	NN
19138	369	17	of	of	IN
19138	369	18	the	the	DT
19138	369	19	body	body	NN
19138	369	20	from	from	IN
19138	369	21	collar	collar	NN
19138	369	22	-	-	HYPH
19138	369	23	bone	bone	NN
19138	369	24	to	to	IN
19138	369	25	the	the	DT
19138	369	26	base	base	NN
19138	369	27	of	of	IN
19138	369	28	the	the	DT
19138	369	29	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
19138	369	30	;	;	:
19138	369	31	that	that	RB
19138	369	32	is	is	RB
19138	369	33	,	,	,
19138	369	34	expanding	expand	VBG
19138	369	35	and	and	CC
19138	369	36	contracting	contract	VBG
19138	369	37	the	the	DT
19138	369	38	chest	chest	NN
19138	369	39	and	and	CC
19138	369	40	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
19138	369	41	simultaneously	simultaneously	RB
19138	369	42	.	.	.
19138	370	1	This	this	DT
19138	370	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	370	3	called	call	VBN
19138	370	4	"	"	``
19138	370	5	lateral	lateral	JJ
19138	370	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	370	7	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	370	8	"	"	''
19138	370	9	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	370	10	;	;	:
19138	370	11	as	as	IN
19138	370	12	the	the	DT
19138	370	13	chest	chest	NN
19138	370	14	is	be	VBZ
19138	370	15	the	the	DT
19138	370	16	thoracic	thoracic	NNP
19138	370	17	cavity	cavity	NN
19138	370	18	,	,	,
19138	370	19	"	"	``
19138	370	20	abdomino	abdomino	NNP
19138	370	21	-	-	HYPH
19138	370	22	thoracic	thoracic	NN
19138	370	23	"	"	''
19138	370	24	has	have	VBZ
19138	370	25	been	be	VBN
19138	370	26	suggested	suggest	VBN
19138	370	27	as	as	IN
19138	370	28	brief	brief	JJ
19138	370	29	and	and	CC
19138	370	30	more	more	RBR
19138	370	31	strictly	strictly	RB
19138	370	32	scientific	scientific	JJ
19138	370	33	.	.	.
19138	371	1	Work	work	VB
19138	371	2	on	on	IN
19138	371	3	any	any	DT
19138	371	4	other	other	JJ
19138	371	5	lines	line	NNS
19138	371	6	fails	fail	VBZ
19138	371	7	to	to	TO
19138	371	8	develop	develop	VB
19138	371	9	the	the	DT
19138	371	10	full	full	JJ
19138	371	11	power	power	NN
19138	371	12	and	and	CC
19138	371	13	quality	quality	NN
19138	371	14	of	of	IN
19138	371	15	the	the	DT
19138	371	16	voice	voice	NN
19138	371	17	.	.	.
19138	372	1	Weak	weak	JJ
19138	372	2	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	372	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	372	4	a	a	DT
19138	372	5	prime	prime	JJ
19138	372	6	cause	cause	NN
19138	372	7	of	of	IN
19138	372	8	throaty	throaty	NN
19138	372	9	tones	tone	NNS
19138	372	10	.	.	.
19138	373	1	In	in	IN
19138	373	2	such	such	JJ
19138	373	3	cases	case	NNS
19138	373	4	an	an	DT
19138	373	5	effort	effort	NN
19138	373	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	373	7	made	make	VBN
19138	373	8	to	to	TO
19138	373	9	increase	increase	VB
19138	373	10	the	the	DT
19138	373	11	tone	tone	NN
19138	373	12	by	by	IN
19138	373	13	pinching	pinch	VBG
19138	373	14	the	the	DT
19138	373	15	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	373	16	.	.	.
19138	374	1	But	but	CC
19138	374	2	this	this	DT
19138	374	3	compresses	compress	VBZ
19138	374	4	the	the	DT
19138	374	5	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	374	6	cords	cord	NNS
19138	374	7	,	,	,
19138	374	8	increases	increase	VBZ
19138	374	9	the	the	DT
19138	374	10	resistance	resistance	NN
19138	374	11	to	to	IN
19138	374	12	the	the	DT
19138	374	13	passage	passage	NN
19138	374	14	of	of	IN
19138	374	15	the	the	DT
19138	374	16	breath	breath	NN
19138	374	17	,	,	,
19138	374	18	and	and	CC
19138	374	19	brings	bring	VBZ
19138	374	20	rigidities	rigidity	NNS
19138	374	21	that	that	WDT
19138	374	22	prevent	prevent	VBP
19138	374	23	proper	proper	JJ
19138	374	24	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	374	25	.	.	.
19138	375	1	The	the	DT
19138	375	2	true	true	JJ
19138	375	3	way	way	NN
19138	375	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	375	5	to	to	TO
19138	375	6	increase	increase	VB
19138	375	7	the	the	DT
19138	375	8	wind	wind	NN
19138	375	9	supply	supply	NN
19138	375	10	,	,	,
19138	375	11	as	as	IN
19138	375	12	does	do	VBZ
19138	375	13	the	the	DT
19138	375	14	organist	organist	NN
19138	375	15	.	.	.
19138	376	1	CORRECT	CORRECT	NNP
19138	376	2	BREATHING	BREATHING	NNP
19138	376	3	ILLUSTRATED	illustrate	VBD
19138	376	4	The	the	DT
19138	376	5	following	follow	VBG
19138	376	6	figures	figure	NNS
19138	376	7	show	show	VBP
19138	376	8	the	the	DT
19138	376	9	outline	outline	NN
19138	376	10	of	of	IN
19138	376	11	correct	correct	JJ
19138	376	12	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	376	13	.	.	.
19138	377	1	The	the	DT
19138	377	2	inner	inner	JJ
19138	377	3	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	377	4	line	line	NN
19138	377	5	shows	show	VBZ
19138	377	6	the	the	DT
19138	377	7	limit	limit	NN
19138	377	8	of	of	IN
19138	377	9	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	377	10	;	;	:
19138	377	11	the	the	DT
19138	377	12	outer	outer	JJ
19138	377	13	line	line	NN
19138	377	14	shows	show	VBZ
19138	377	15	the	the	DT
19138	377	16	limit	limit	NN
19138	377	17	of	of	IN
19138	377	18	full	full	JJ
19138	377	19	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	377	20	.	.	.
19138	378	1	Figure	figure	NN
19138	378	2	9	9	CD
19138	378	3	shows	show	VBZ
19138	378	4	the	the	DT
19138	378	5	limit	limit	NN
19138	378	6	of	of	IN
19138	378	7	full	full	JJ
19138	378	8	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	378	9	and	and	CC
19138	378	10	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	378	11	of	of	IN
19138	378	12	the	the	DT
19138	378	13	male	male	JJ
19138	378	14	,	,	,
19138	378	15	side	side	JJ
19138	378	16	view	view	NN
19138	378	17	.	.	.
19138	379	1	Figure	figure	NN
19138	379	2	10	10	CD
19138	379	3	shows	show	VBZ
19138	379	4	the	the	DT
19138	379	5	lateral	lateral	JJ
19138	379	6	expansion	expansion	NN
19138	379	7	of	of	IN
19138	379	8	the	the	DT
19138	379	9	ribs	rib	NNS
19138	379	10	in	in	IN
19138	379	11	both	both	DT
19138	379	12	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	379	13	and	and	CC
19138	379	14	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	379	15	,	,	,
19138	379	16	front	front	JJ
19138	379	17	view	view	NN
19138	379	18	of	of	IN
19138	379	19	the	the	DT
19138	379	20	male	male	NN
19138	379	21	.	.	.
19138	380	1	The	the	DT
19138	380	2	expansion	expansion	NN
19138	380	3	can	can	MD
19138	380	4	not	not	RB
19138	380	5	be	be	VB
19138	380	6	great	great	JJ
19138	380	7	at	at	IN
19138	380	8	this	this	DT
19138	380	9	part	part	NN
19138	380	10	of	of	IN
19138	380	11	the	the	DT
19138	380	12	chest	chest	NN
19138	380	13	,	,	,
19138	380	14	as	as	IN
19138	380	15	the	the	DT
19138	380	16	side	side	NN
19138	380	17	is	be	VBZ
19138	380	18	so	so	RB
19138	380	19	short	short	JJ
19138	380	20	a	a	DT
19138	380	21	distance	distance	NN
19138	380	22	from	from	IN
19138	380	23	the	the	DT
19138	380	24	backbone	backbone	NN
19138	380	25	to	to	TO
19138	380	26	which	which	WDT
19138	380	27	the	the	DT
19138	380	28	ribs	rib	NNS
19138	380	29	are	be	VBP
19138	380	30	attached	attach	VBN
19138	380	31	.	.	.
19138	381	1	The	the	DT
19138	381	2	movement	movement	NN
19138	381	3	of	of	IN
19138	381	4	the	the	DT
19138	381	5	ribs	rib	NNS
19138	381	6	in	in	IN
19138	381	7	front	front	NN
19138	381	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	381	9	much	much	RB
19138	381	10	greater	great	JJR
19138	381	11	,	,	,
19138	381	12	as	as	IN
19138	381	13	Fig	Fig	NNP
19138	381	14	.	.	.
19138	382	1	9	9	CD
19138	382	2	shows	show	NNS
19138	382	3	.	.	.
19138	383	1	Figure	figure	NN
19138	383	2	11	11	CD
19138	383	3	shows	show	VBZ
19138	383	4	the	the	DT
19138	383	5	front	front	JJ
19138	383	6	expansion	expansion	NN
19138	383	7	and	and	CC
19138	383	8	contraction	contraction	NN
19138	383	9	in	in	IN
19138	383	10	the	the	DT
19138	383	11	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	383	12	of	of	IN
19138	383	13	the	the	DT
19138	383	14	female	female	JJ
19138	383	15	,	,	,
19138	383	16	side	side	JJ
19138	383	17	view	view	NN
19138	383	18	.	.	.
19138	384	1	Figure	figure	NN
19138	384	2	12	12	CD
19138	384	3	shows	show	VBZ
19138	384	4	the	the	DT
19138	384	5	lateral	lateral	JJ
19138	384	6	expansion	expansion	NN
19138	384	7	of	of	IN
19138	384	8	the	the	DT
19138	384	9	chest	chest	NN
19138	384	10	in	in	IN
19138	384	11	the	the	DT
19138	384	12	female	female	JJ
19138	384	13	,	,	,
19138	384	14	front	front	JJ
19138	384	15	view	view	NN
19138	384	16	.	.	.
19138	385	1	These	these	DT
19138	385	2	diagrams	diagram	NNS
19138	385	3	are	be	VBP
19138	385	4	made	make	VBN
19138	385	5	from	from	IN
19138	385	6	photographs	photograph	NNS
19138	385	7	,	,	,
19138	385	8	and	and	CC
19138	385	9	thus	thus	RB
19138	385	10	true	true	JJ
19138	385	11	to	to	IN
19138	385	12	life	life	NN
19138	385	13	.	.	.
19138	386	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	386	2	will	will	MD
19138	386	3	be	be	VB
19138	386	4	noticed	notice	VBN
19138	386	5	that	that	IN
19138	386	6	there	there	EX
19138	386	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	386	8	no	no	DT
19138	386	9	difference	difference	NN
19138	386	10	in	in	IN
19138	386	11	the	the	DT
19138	386	12	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	386	13	outline	outline	NN
19138	386	14	between	between	IN
19138	386	15	these	these	DT
19138	386	16	subjects	subject	NNS
19138	386	17	.	.	.
19138	387	1	The	the	DT
19138	387	2	female	female	JJ
19138	387	3	subject	subject	NN
19138	387	4	,	,	,
19138	387	5	though	though	IN
19138	387	6	a	a	DT
19138	387	7	good	good	JJ
19138	387	8	singer	singer	NN
19138	387	9	,	,	,
19138	387	10	had	have	VBD
19138	387	11	had	have	VBN
19138	387	12	no	no	DT
19138	387	13	training	training	NN
19138	387	14	in	in	IN
19138	387	15	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	387	16	.	.	.
19138	388	1	She	-PRON-	PRP
19138	388	2	previously	previously	RB
19138	388	3	insisted	insist	VBD
19138	388	4	that	that	IN
19138	388	5	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	388	6	used	use	VBD
19138	388	7	only	only	RB
19138	388	8	the	the	DT
19138	388	9	chest	chest	NN
19138	388	10	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	388	11	,	,	,
19138	388	12	and	and	CC
19138	388	13	did	do	VBD
19138	388	14	not	not	RB
19138	388	15	use	use	VB
19138	388	16	the	the	DT
19138	388	17	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	388	18	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	388	19	,	,	,
19138	388	20	but	but	CC
19138	388	21	actual	actual	JJ
19138	388	22	test	test	NN
19138	388	23	revealed	reveal	VBD
19138	388	24	the	the	DT
19138	388	25	condition	condition	NN
19138	388	26	to	to	TO
19138	388	27	be	be	VB
19138	388	28	that	that	DT
19138	388	29	shown	show	VBN
19138	388	30	in	in	IN
19138	388	31	Figure	figure	NN
19138	388	32	11	11	CD
19138	388	33	and	and	CC
19138	388	34	convinced	convince	VBD
19138	388	35	her	-PRON-	PRP
19138	388	36	that	that	IN
19138	388	37	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	388	38	was	be	VBD
19138	388	39	mistaken	mistaken	JJ
19138	388	40	.	.	.
19138	389	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	389	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	389	3	:	:	:
19138	389	4	FIGURE	FIGURE	NNP
19138	389	5	9	9	CD
19138	389	6	.	.	.
19138	389	7	]	]	-RRB-
19138	390	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	390	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	390	3	:	:	:
19138	390	4	FIGURE	FIGURE	NNP
19138	390	5	10	10	CD
19138	390	6	.	.	.
19138	390	7	]	]	-RRB-
19138	391	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	391	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	391	3	:	:	:
19138	391	4	FIGURE	FIGURE	NNP
19138	391	5	11	11	CD
19138	391	6	.	.	.
19138	391	7	]	]	-RRB-
19138	392	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	392	2	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	392	3	:	:	:
19138	392	4	FIGURE	FIGURE	NNP
19138	392	5	12	12	CD
19138	392	6	.	.	.
19138	392	7	]	]	-RRB-
19138	393	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	393	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	393	3	not	not	RB
19138	393	4	unlikely	unlikely	JJ
19138	393	5	that	that	IN
19138	393	6	many	many	JJ
19138	393	7	other	other	JJ
19138	393	8	singers	singer	NNS
19138	393	9	who	who	WP
19138	393	10	now	now	RB
19138	393	11	think	think	VBP
19138	393	12	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	393	13	are	be	VBP
19138	393	14	using	use	VBG
19138	393	15	only	only	RB
19138	393	16	the	the	DT
19138	393	17	high	high	JJ
19138	393	18	chest	chest	NN
19138	393	19	respiration	respiration	NN
19138	393	20	would	would	MD
19138	393	21	,	,	,
19138	393	22	if	if	IN
19138	393	23	subjected	subject	VBN
19138	393	24	to	to	IN
19138	393	25	the	the	DT
19138	393	26	same	same	JJ
19138	393	27	test	test	NN
19138	393	28	,	,	,
19138	393	29	find	find	VBP
19138	393	30	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19138	393	31	similarly	similarly	RB
19138	393	32	mistaken	mistaken	JJ
19138	393	33	.	.	.
19138	394	1	The	the	DT
19138	394	2	contraction	contraction	NN
19138	394	3	incident	incident	NN
19138	394	4	to	to	IN
19138	394	5	forced	force	VBN
19138	394	6	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	394	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	394	8	much	much	RB
19138	394	9	more	more	RBR
19138	394	10	tense	tense	JJ
19138	394	11	than	than	IN
19138	394	12	the	the	DT
19138	394	13	enlargement	enlargement	NN
19138	394	14	of	of	IN
19138	394	15	forced	force	VBN
19138	394	16	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	394	17	.	.	.
19138	395	1	When	when	WRB
19138	395	2	singing	singe	VBG
19138	395	3	or	or	CC
19138	395	4	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	395	5	,	,	,
19138	395	6	forced	force	VBN
19138	395	7	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	395	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	395	9	not	not	RB
19138	395	10	used	use	VBN
19138	395	11	.	.	.
19138	396	1	Experience	experience	NN
19138	396	2	shows	show	VBZ
19138	396	3	that	that	IN
19138	396	4	the	the	DT
19138	396	5	change	change	NN
19138	396	6	in	in	IN
19138	396	7	size	size	NN
19138	396	8	of	of	IN
19138	396	9	the	the	DT
19138	396	10	body	body	NN
19138	396	11	during	during	IN
19138	396	12	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	396	13	or	or	CC
19138	396	14	singing	singing	NN
19138	396	15	is	be	VBZ
19138	396	16	usually	usually	RB
19138	396	17	small	small	JJ
19138	396	18	.	.	.
19138	397	1	Occasionally	occasionally	RB
19138	397	2	,	,	,
19138	397	3	long	long	JJ
19138	397	4	passages	passage	NNS
19138	397	5	in	in	IN
19138	397	6	music	music	NN
19138	397	7	demand	demand	NN
19138	397	8	that	that	IN
19138	397	9	the	the	DT
19138	397	10	expulsive	expulsive	JJ
19138	397	11	power	power	NN
19138	397	12	of	of	IN
19138	397	13	the	the	DT
19138	397	14	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	397	15	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19138	397	16	be	be	VB
19138	397	17	used	use	VBN
19138	397	18	to	to	IN
19138	397	19	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	397	20	limit	limit	NN
19138	397	21	.	.	.
19138	398	1	ECONOMY	ECONOMY	NNS
19138	398	2	OF	of	IN
19138	398	3	BREATH	breath	NN
19138	398	4	The	the	DT
19138	398	5	quantity	quantity	NN
19138	398	6	of	of	IN
19138	398	7	air	air	NN
19138	398	8	taken	take	VBN
19138	398	9	in	in	RP
19138	398	10	with	with	IN
19138	398	11	a	a	DT
19138	398	12	single	single	JJ
19138	398	13	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	398	14	is	be	VBZ
19138	398	15	,	,	,
19138	398	16	in	in	IN
19138	398	17	quiet	quiet	JJ
19138	398	18	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	398	19	,	,	,
19138	398	20	according	accord	VBG
19138	398	21	to	to	IN
19138	398	22	Prof.	Prof.	NNP
19138	398	23	Mills,[3	Mills,[3	NNP
19138	398	24	]	]	-RRB-
19138	398	25	from	from	IN
19138	398	26	twenty	twenty	CD
19138	398	27	to	to	IN
19138	398	28	thirty	thirty	CD
19138	398	29	cubic	cubic	JJ
19138	398	30	inches	inch	NNS
19138	398	31	,	,	,
19138	398	32	but	but	CC
19138	398	33	this	this	DT
19138	398	34	may	may	MD
19138	398	35	be	be	VB
19138	398	36	increased	increase	VBN
19138	398	37	in	in	IN
19138	398	38	the	the	DT
19138	398	39	deepest	deep	JJS
19138	398	40	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	398	41	to	to	IN
19138	398	42	about	about	RB
19138	398	43	one	one	CD
19138	398	44	hundred	hundred	CD
19138	398	45	cubic	cubic	JJ
19138	398	46	inches	inch	NNS
19138	398	47	.	.	.
19138	399	1	In	in	IN
19138	399	2	forcible	forcible	JJ
19138	399	3	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	399	4	about	about	RB
19138	399	5	one	one	CD
19138	399	6	hundred	hundred	CD
19138	399	7	cubic	cubic	JJ
19138	399	8	inches	inch	NNS
19138	399	9	may	may	MD
19138	399	10	be	be	VB
19138	399	11	expelled	expel	VBN
19138	399	12	,	,	,
19138	399	13	but	but	CC
19138	399	14	even	even	RB
19138	399	15	then	then	RB
19138	399	16	the	the	DT
19138	399	17	residual	residual	JJ
19138	399	18	air	air	NN
19138	399	19	that	that	WDT
19138	399	20	can	can	MD
19138	399	21	not	not	RB
19138	399	22	be	be	VB
19138	399	23	expelled	expel	VBN
19138	399	24	is	be	VBZ
19138	399	25	about	about	IN
19138	399	26	one	one	CD
19138	399	27	hundred	hundred	CD
19138	399	28	cubic	cubic	JJ
19138	399	29	inches	inch	NNS
19138	399	30	.	.	.
19138	400	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	400	2	Footnote	footnote	NN
19138	400	3	3	3	CD
19138	400	4	:	:	:
19138	400	5	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
19138	400	6	Wesley	Wesley	NNP
19138	400	7	Mills	Mills	NNP
19138	400	8	,	,	,
19138	400	9	_	_	NNP
19138	400	10	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	400	11	Production	Production	NNP
19138	400	12	_	_	NNP
19138	400	13	,	,	,
19138	400	14	1906	1906	CD
19138	400	15	.	.	.
19138	400	16	]	]	-RRB-
19138	401	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	401	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	401	3	not	not	RB
19138	401	4	,	,	,
19138	401	5	however	however	RB
19138	401	6	,	,	,
19138	401	7	the	the	DT
19138	401	8	quantity	quantity	NN
19138	401	9	of	of	IN
19138	401	10	breath	breath	NN
19138	401	11	inhaled	inhale	VBD
19138	401	12	that	that	WDT
19138	401	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	401	14	significant	significant	JJ
19138	401	15	,	,	,
19138	401	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	401	17	is	be	VBZ
19138	401	18	the	the	DT
19138	401	19	amount	amount	NN
19138	401	20	_	_	NNP
19138	401	21	controlled	control	VBN
19138	401	22	_	_	NNP
19138	401	23	.	.	.
19138	402	1	Get	get	VB
19138	402	2	,	,	,
19138	402	3	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	402	4	,	,	,
19138	402	5	all	all	PDT
19138	402	6	the	the	DT
19138	402	7	breath	breath	NN
19138	402	8	necessary	necessary	JJ
19138	402	9	,	,	,
19138	402	10	and	and	CC
19138	402	11	keep	keep	VB
19138	402	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	402	13	,	,	,
19138	402	14	but	but	CC
19138	402	15	without	without	IN
19138	402	16	undue	undue	JJ
19138	402	17	effort	effort	NN
19138	402	18	and	and	CC
19138	402	19	_	_	NNP
19138	402	20	without	without	IN
19138	402	21	rigidity	rigidity	NN
19138	402	22	_	_	NNP
19138	402	23	.	.	.
19138	403	1	To	to	TO
19138	403	2	test	test	VB
19138	403	3	the	the	DT
19138	403	4	amount	amount	NN
19138	403	5	of	of	IN
19138	403	6	breath	breath	NN
19138	403	7	used	use	VBN
19138	403	8	in	in	IN
19138	403	9	prolonged	prolonged	JJ
19138	403	10	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19138	403	11	,	,	,
19138	403	12	a	a	DT
19138	403	13	person	person	NN
19138	403	14	skilled	skilled	JJ
19138	403	15	in	in	IN
19138	403	16	the	the	DT
19138	403	17	art	art	NN
19138	403	18	of	of	IN
19138	403	19	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	403	20	,	,	,
19138	403	21	after	after	IN
19138	403	22	an	an	DT
19138	403	23	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19138	403	24	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	403	25	,	,	,
19138	403	26	closed	close	VBD
19138	403	27	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	403	28	lips	lip	NNS
19138	403	29	,	,	,
19138	403	30	stopped	stop	VBD
19138	403	31	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	403	32	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	403	33	,	,	,
19138	403	34	and	and	CC
19138	403	35	began	begin	VBD
19138	403	36	to	to	TO
19138	403	37	vocalize	vocalize	VB
19138	403	38	.	.	.
19138	404	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19138	404	2	found	find	VBD
19138	404	3	that	that	IN
19138	404	4	the	the	DT
19138	404	5	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	404	6	with	with	IN
19138	404	7	distended	distended	JJ
19138	404	8	cheeks	cheek	NNS
19138	404	9	held	hold	VBN
19138	404	10	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19138	404	11	breath	breath	NN
19138	404	12	to	to	TO
19138	404	13	continue	continue	VB
19138	404	14	a	a	DT
19138	404	15	substantial	substantial	JJ
19138	404	16	tone	tone	NN
19138	404	17	for	for	IN
19138	404	18	twenty	twenty	CD
19138	404	19	-	-	HYPH
19138	404	20	three	three	CD
19138	404	21	seconds	second	NNS
19138	404	22	.	.	.
19138	405	1	While	while	IN
19138	405	2	these	these	DT
19138	405	3	experiments	experiment	NNS
19138	405	4	show	show	VBP
19138	405	5	that	that	IN
19138	405	6	very	very	RB
19138	405	7	little	little	JJ
19138	405	8	amount	amount	NN
19138	405	9	or	or	CC
19138	405	10	force	force	NN
19138	405	11	of	of	IN
19138	405	12	breath	breath	NN
19138	405	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	405	14	needed	need	VBN
19138	405	15	to	to	TO
19138	405	16	produce	produce	VB
19138	405	17	effective	effective	JJ
19138	405	18	tones	tone	NNS
19138	405	19	,	,	,
19138	405	20	the	the	DT
19138	405	21	impression	impression	NN
19138	405	22	must	must	MD
19138	405	23	exist	exist	VB
19138	405	24	in	in	IN
19138	405	25	the	the	DT
19138	405	26	mind	mind	NN
19138	405	27	of	of	IN
19138	405	28	the	the	DT
19138	405	29	performer	performer	NN
19138	405	30	that	that	IN
19138	405	31	there	there	EX
19138	405	32	is	be	VBZ
19138	405	33	a	a	DT
19138	405	34	free	free	JJ
19138	405	35	flow	flow	NN
19138	405	36	of	of	IN
19138	405	37	breath	breath	NN
19138	405	38	through	through	IN
19138	405	39	the	the	DT
19138	405	40	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	405	41	;	;	:
19138	405	42	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19138	405	43	the	the	DT
19138	405	44	tone	tone	NN
19138	405	45	will	will	MD
19138	405	46	seem	seem	VB
19138	405	47	restricted	restricted	JJ
19138	405	48	and	and	CC
19138	405	49	will	will	MD
19138	405	50	be	be	VB
19138	405	51	weak	weak	JJ
19138	405	52	.	.	.
19138	406	1	The	the	DT
19138	406	2	forced	force	VBN
19138	406	3	holding	hold	VBG
19138	406	4	back	back	RB
19138	406	5	of	of	IN
19138	406	6	the	the	DT
19138	406	7	breath	breath	NN
19138	406	8	begets	beget	VBZ
19138	406	9	a	a	DT
19138	406	10	restraint	restraint	NN
19138	406	11	that	that	WDT
19138	406	12	has	have	VBZ
19138	406	13	a	a	DT
19138	406	14	bad	bad	JJ
19138	406	15	effect	effect	NN
19138	406	16	on	on	IN
19138	406	17	the	the	DT
19138	406	18	singer	singer	NN
19138	406	19	's	's	POS
19138	406	20	delivery	delivery	NN
19138	406	21	.	.	.
19138	407	1	While	while	IN
19138	407	2	the	the	DT
19138	407	3	breath	breath	NN
19138	407	4	must	must	MD
19138	407	5	be	be	VB
19138	407	6	controlled	control	VBN
19138	407	7	,	,	,
19138	407	8	there	there	EX
19138	407	9	is	be	VBZ
19138	407	10	such	such	PDT
19138	407	11	a	a	DT
19138	407	12	thing	thing	NN
19138	407	13	as	as	IN
19138	407	14	an	an	DT
19138	407	15	exaggerated	exaggerated	JJ
19138	407	16	"	"	``
19138	407	17	breath	breath	NN
19138	407	18	control	control	NN
19138	407	19	"	"	''
19138	407	20	that	that	WDT
19138	407	21	makes	make	VBZ
19138	407	22	free	free	JJ
19138	407	23	delivery	delivery	NN
19138	407	24	of	of	IN
19138	407	25	the	the	DT
19138	407	26	voice	voice	NN
19138	407	27	impossible	impossible	JJ
19138	407	28	.	.	.
19138	408	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	408	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	408	3	quite	quite	RB
19138	408	4	possible	possible	JJ
19138	408	5	to	to	IN
19138	408	6	_	_	NNP
19138	408	7	overcrowd	overcrowd	NN
19138	408	8	_	_	NNP
19138	408	9	the	the	DT
19138	408	10	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	408	11	with	with	IN
19138	408	12	air	air	NN
19138	408	13	.	.	.
19138	409	1	Do	do	VB
19138	409	2	not	not	RB
19138	409	3	,	,	,
19138	409	4	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	409	5	,	,	,
19138	409	6	make	make	VB
19138	409	7	the	the	DT
19138	409	8	mistake	mistake	NN
19138	409	9	of	of	IN
19138	409	10	always	always	RB
19138	409	11	taking	take	VBG
19138	409	12	the	the	DT
19138	409	13	largest	large	JJS
19138	409	14	possible	possible	JJ
19138	409	15	breath	breath	NN
19138	409	16	.	.	.
19138	410	1	Reserve	reserve	VB
19138	410	2	this	this	DT
19138	410	3	for	for	IN
19138	410	4	the	the	DT
19138	410	5	climaxes	climax	NNS
19138	410	6	,	,	,
19138	410	7	and	and	CC
19138	410	8	inhale	inhale	JJ
19138	410	9	according	accord	VBG
19138	410	10	to	to	IN
19138	410	11	the	the	DT
19138	410	12	requirements	requirement	NNS
19138	410	13	of	of	IN
19138	410	14	the	the	DT
19138	410	15	phrase	phrase	NN
19138	410	16	and	and	CC
19138	410	17	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	410	18	dynamics	dynamic	NNS
19138	410	19	.	.	.
19138	411	1	The	the	DT
19138	411	2	constant	constant	JJ
19138	411	3	taking	taking	NN
19138	411	4	of	of	IN
19138	411	5	too	too	RB
19138	411	6	much	much	JJ
19138	411	7	breath	breath	NN
19138	411	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	411	9	a	a	DT
19138	411	10	common	common	JJ
19138	411	11	mistake	mistake	NN
19138	411	12	,	,	,
19138	411	13	but	but	CC
19138	411	14	trying	try	VBG
19138	411	15	to	to	TO
19138	411	16	sing	sing	VB
19138	411	17	too	too	RB
19138	411	18	long	long	RB
19138	411	19	on	on	IN
19138	411	20	one	one	CD
19138	411	21	breath	breath	NN
19138	411	22	is	be	VBZ
19138	411	23	another	another	DT
19138	411	24	.	.	.
19138	412	1	THE	the	DT
19138	412	2	INITIAL	INITIAL	NNP
19138	412	3	USE	use	NN
19138	412	4	OF	of	IN
19138	412	5	BREATH	breath	NN
19138	412	6	FORCE	FORCE	NNP
19138	412	7	The	the	DT
19138	412	8	breath	breath	NN
19138	412	9	force	force	NN
19138	412	10	when	when	WRB
19138	412	11	properly	properly	RB
19138	412	12	employed	employ	VBN
19138	412	13	seems	seem	VBZ
19138	412	14	to	to	TO
19138	412	15	be	be	VB
19138	412	16	expended	expend	VBN
19138	412	17	in	in	IN
19138	412	18	starting	start	VBG
19138	412	19	the	the	DT
19138	412	20	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	412	21	in	in	IN
19138	412	22	the	the	DT
19138	412	23	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	412	24	;	;	:
19138	412	25	the	the	DT
19138	412	26	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	412	27	are	be	VBP
19138	412	28	then	then	RB
19138	412	29	transmitted	transmit	VBN
19138	412	30	to	to	IN
19138	412	31	the	the	DT
19138	412	32	air	air	NN
19138	412	33	in	in	IN
19138	412	34	the	the	DT
19138	412	35	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	412	36	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	412	37	,	,	,
19138	412	38	and	and	CC
19138	412	39	there	there	RB
19138	412	40	the	the	DT
19138	412	41	perfected	perfect	VBN
19138	412	42	tone	tone	NN
19138	412	43	sets	set	VBZ
19138	412	44	the	the	DT
19138	412	45	outer	outer	JJ
19138	412	46	air	air	NN
19138	412	47	in	in	IN
19138	412	48	motion	motion	NN
19138	412	49	,	,	,
19138	412	50	through	through	IN
19138	412	51	which	which	WDT
19138	412	52	the	the	DT
19138	412	53	tone	tone	NN
19138	412	54	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	412	55	are	be	VBP
19138	412	56	conveyed	convey	VBN
19138	412	57	to	to	IN
19138	412	58	the	the	DT
19138	412	59	ear	ear	NN
19138	412	60	of	of	IN
19138	412	61	the	the	DT
19138	412	62	listener	listener	NN
19138	412	63	.	.	.
19138	413	1	RESERVE	RESERVE	NNP
19138	413	2	BREATH	BREATH	NNP
19138	413	3	POWER	power	NN
19138	413	4	The	the	DT
19138	413	5	correctly	correctly	RB
19138	413	6	trained	train	VBN
19138	413	7	singer	singer	NN
19138	413	8	or	or	CC
19138	413	9	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	413	10	will	will	MD
19138	413	11	never	never	RB
19138	413	12	allow	allow	VB
19138	413	13	the	the	DT
19138	413	14	breath	breath	NN
19138	413	15	power	power	NN
19138	413	16	to	to	TO
19138	413	17	be	be	VB
19138	413	18	exhausted	exhaust	VBN
19138	413	19	.	.	.
19138	414	1	Some	some	DT
19138	414	2	breath	breath	NN
19138	414	3	should	should	MD
19138	414	4	be	be	VB
19138	414	5	taken	take	VBN
19138	414	6	in	in	RP
19138	414	7	at	at	IN
19138	414	8	every	every	DT
19138	414	9	convenient	convenient	JJ
19138	414	10	interval	interval	NN
19138	414	11	between	between	IN
19138	414	12	the	the	DT
19138	414	13	words	word	NNS
19138	414	14	,	,	,
19138	414	15	according	accord	VBG
19138	414	16	to	to	IN
19138	414	17	the	the	DT
19138	414	18	punctuation	punctuation	NN
19138	414	19	,	,	,
19138	414	20	but	but	CC
19138	414	21	never	never	RB
19138	414	22	between	between	IN
19138	414	23	syllables	syllable	NNS
19138	414	24	of	of	IN
19138	414	25	a	a	DT
19138	414	26	word	word	NN
19138	414	27	;	;	:
19138	414	28	this	this	DT
19138	414	29	is	be	VBZ
19138	414	30	correct	correct	JJ
19138	414	31	phrasing	phrasing	NN
19138	414	32	.	.	.
19138	415	1	In	in	IN
19138	415	2	this	this	DT
19138	415	3	way	way	NN
19138	415	4	the	the	DT
19138	415	5	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	415	6	are	be	VBP
19138	415	7	kept	keep	VBN
19138	415	8	nearly	nearly	RB
19138	415	9	full	full	JJ
19138	415	10	,	,	,
19138	415	11	and	and	CC
19138	415	12	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	415	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	415	14	at	at	IN
19138	415	15	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	415	16	best	good	JJS
19138	415	17	.	.	.
19138	416	1	The	the	DT
19138	416	2	chief	chief	JJ
19138	416	3	cause	cause	NN
19138	416	4	of	of	IN
19138	416	5	breath	breath	NN
19138	416	6	exhaustion	exhaustion	NN
19138	416	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	416	8	_	_	NNP
19138	416	9	wasted	waste	VBN
19138	416	10	_	_	NNP
19138	416	11	breath	breath	NN
19138	416	12	.	.	.
19138	417	1	This	this	DT
19138	417	2	waste	waste	NN
19138	417	3	comes	come	VBZ
19138	417	4	from	from	IN
19138	417	5	exhaling	exhale	VBG
19138	417	6	more	more	JJR
19138	417	7	breath	breath	NN
19138	417	8	(	(	-LRB-
19138	417	9	more	more	JJR
19138	417	10	motive	motive	JJ
19138	417	11	power	power	NN
19138	417	12	)	)	-RRB-
19138	417	13	than	than	IN
19138	417	14	the	the	DT
19138	417	15	tone	tone	NN
19138	417	16	requires	require	VBZ
19138	417	17	,	,	,
19138	417	18	and	and	CC
19138	417	19	_	_	NNP
19138	417	20	breath	breath	NN
19138	417	21	that	that	WDT
19138	417	22	does	do	VBZ
19138	417	23	not	not	RB
19138	417	24	become	become	VB
19138	417	25	tone	tone	NN
19138	417	26	is	be	VBZ
19138	417	27	wasted	waste	VBN
19138	417	28	_	_	NNP
19138	417	29	.	.	.
19138	418	1	This	this	DT
19138	418	2	fault	fault	NN
19138	418	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	418	4	largely	largely	RB
19138	418	5	induced	induce	VBN
19138	418	6	by	by	IN
19138	418	7	lack	lack	NN
19138	418	8	of	of	IN
19138	418	9	proper	proper	JJ
19138	418	10	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	418	11	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19138	418	12	.	.	.
19138	419	1	The	the	DT
19138	419	2	singer	singer	NN
19138	419	3	should	should	MD
19138	419	4	always	always	RB
19138	419	5	feel	feel	VB
19138	419	6	able	able	JJ
19138	419	7	to	to	TO
19138	419	8	sing	sing	VB
19138	419	9	another	another	DT
19138	419	10	note	note	NN
19138	419	11	or	or	CC
19138	419	12	to	to	TO
19138	419	13	speak	speak	VB
19138	419	14	another	another	DT
19138	419	15	word	word	NN
19138	419	16	.	.	.
19138	420	1	To	to	TO
19138	420	2	sing	sing	VB
19138	420	3	or	or	CC
19138	420	4	speak	speak	VB
19138	420	5	thirty	thirty	CD
19138	420	6	or	or	CC
19138	420	7	forty	forty	CD
19138	420	8	counts	count	NNS
19138	420	9	with	with	IN
19138	420	10	one	one	CD
19138	420	11	breath	breath	NN
19138	420	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	420	13	useful	useful	JJ
19138	420	14	practice	practice	NN
19138	420	15	but	but	CC
19138	420	16	poor	poor	JJ
19138	420	17	performance	performance	NN
19138	420	18	.	.	.
19138	421	1	Occasionally	occasionally	RB
19138	421	2	,	,	,
19138	421	3	long	long	JJ
19138	421	4	runs	run	NNS
19138	421	5	in	in	IN
19138	421	6	singing	singing	NN
19138	421	7	may	may	MD
19138	421	8	compel	compel	VB
19138	421	9	an	an	DT
19138	421	10	exception	exception	NN
19138	421	11	.	.	.
19138	422	1	Half	half	JJ
19138	422	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	422	3	empty	empty	JJ
19138	422	4	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	422	5	lower	lower	RBR
19138	422	6	the	the	DT
19138	422	7	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	422	8	of	of	IN
19138	422	9	the	the	DT
19138	422	10	tone	tone	NN
19138	422	11	,	,	,
19138	422	12	lessen	lessen	VB
19138	422	13	the	the	DT
19138	422	14	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	422	15	,	,	,
19138	422	16	and	and	CC
19138	422	17	weaken	weaken	VB
19138	422	18	the	the	DT
19138	422	19	voice	voice	NN
19138	422	20	,	,	,
19138	422	21	rendering	render	VBG
19138	422	22	the	the	DT
19138	422	23	last	last	JJ
19138	422	24	note	note	NN
19138	422	25	of	of	IN
19138	422	26	the	the	DT
19138	422	27	song	song	NN
19138	422	28	and	and	CC
19138	422	29	the	the	DT
19138	422	30	last	last	JJ
19138	422	31	word	word	NN
19138	422	32	of	of	IN
19138	422	33	the	the	DT
19138	422	34	sentence	sentence	NN
19138	422	35	inaudible	inaudible	JJ
19138	422	36	.	.	.
19138	423	1	The	the	DT
19138	423	2	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	423	3	must	must	MD
19138	423	4	not	not	RB
19138	423	5	be	be	VB
19138	423	6	forced	force	VBN
19138	423	7	,	,	,
19138	423	8	but	but	CC
19138	423	9	enough	enough	JJ
19138	423	10	air	air	NN
19138	423	11	must	must	MD
19138	423	12	be	be	VB
19138	423	13	furnished	furnish	VBN
19138	423	14	to	to	TO
19138	423	15	produce	produce	VB
19138	423	16	the	the	DT
19138	423	17	proper	proper	JJ
19138	423	18	full	full	JJ
19138	423	19	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	423	20	.	.	.
19138	424	1	BREATH	BREATH	NNP
19138	424	2	MASTERY	MASTERY	NNP
19138	424	3	What	what	WP
19138	424	4	then	then	RB
19138	424	5	does	do	VBZ
19138	424	6	perfect	perfect	VB
19138	424	7	control	control	NN
19138	424	8	of	of	IN
19138	424	9	the	the	DT
19138	424	10	breath	breath	NN
19138	424	11	mean	mean	VB
19138	424	12	?	?	.
19138	425	1	1	1	LS
19138	425	2	.	.	.
19138	426	1	Ability	ability	NN
19138	426	2	to	to	TO
19138	426	3	fill	fill	VB
19138	426	4	the	the	DT
19138	426	5	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	426	6	to	to	IN
19138	426	7	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	426	8	capacity	capacity	NN
19138	426	9	either	either	CC
19138	426	10	quickly	quickly	RB
19138	426	11	or	or	CC
19138	426	12	slowly	slowly	RB
19138	426	13	.	.	.
19138	427	1	2	2	LS
19138	427	2	.	.	.
19138	428	1	Ability	ability	NN
19138	428	2	to	to	TO
19138	428	3	breathe	breathe	VB
19138	428	4	out	out	RP
19138	428	5	as	as	RB
19138	428	6	quickly	quickly	RB
19138	428	7	or	or	CC
19138	428	8	slowly	slowly	RB
19138	428	9	as	as	IN
19138	428	10	the	the	DT
19138	428	11	occasion	occasion	NN
19138	428	12	demands	demand	VBZ
19138	428	13	.	.	.
19138	429	1	3	3	LS
19138	429	2	.	.	.
19138	430	1	Ability	ability	NN
19138	430	2	to	to	TO
19138	430	3	suspend	suspend	VB
19138	430	4	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	430	5	,	,	,
19138	430	6	with	with	IN
19138	430	7	the	the	DT
19138	430	8	throat	throat	NN
19138	430	9	open	open	JJ
19138	430	10	,	,	,
19138	430	11	whether	whether	IN
19138	430	12	the	the	DT
19138	430	13	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	430	14	are	be	VBP
19138	430	15	full	full	JJ
19138	430	16	or	or	CC
19138	430	17	not	not	RB
19138	430	18	,	,	,
19138	430	19	and	and	CC
19138	430	20	to	to	TO
19138	430	21	resume	resume	VB
19138	430	22	the	the	DT
19138	430	23	process	process	NN
19138	430	24	at	at	IN
19138	430	25	will	will	NN
19138	430	26	without	without	IN
19138	430	27	having	have	VBG
19138	430	28	lost	lose	VBN
19138	430	29	any	any	DT
19138	430	30	of	of	IN
19138	430	31	the	the	DT
19138	430	32	already	already	RB
19138	430	33	inspired	inspire	VBN
19138	430	34	air	air	NN
19138	430	35	.	.	.
19138	431	1	4	4	LS
19138	431	2	.	.	.
19138	432	1	Ability	ability	NN
19138	432	2	to	to	TO
19138	432	3	exhale	exhale	VB
19138	432	4	under	under	IN
19138	432	5	the	the	DT
19138	432	6	same	same	JJ
19138	432	7	restrictions	restriction	NNS
19138	432	8	.	.	.
19138	433	1	The	the	DT
19138	433	2	above	above	JJ
19138	433	3	four	four	CD
19138	433	4	points	point	NNS
19138	433	5	are	be	VBP
19138	433	6	common	common	JJ
19138	433	7	to	to	IN
19138	433	8	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	433	9	and	and	CC
19138	433	10	singing	singing	NN
19138	433	11	,	,	,
19138	433	12	but	but	CC
19138	433	13	singing	singing	NN
19138	433	14	involves	involve	VBZ
19138	433	15	further	further	RB
19138	433	16	:	:	:
19138	433	17	5	5	CD
19138	433	18	.	.	.
19138	434	1	Ability	ability	NN
19138	434	2	to	to	TO
19138	434	3	sing	sing	VB
19138	434	4	and	and	CC
19138	434	5	sustain	sustain	VB
19138	434	6	the	the	DT
19138	434	7	voice	voice	NN
19138	434	8	on	on	IN
19138	434	9	an	an	DT
19138	434	10	_	_	NNP
19138	434	11	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19138	434	12	_	_	NNP
19138	434	13	breath	breath	NN
19138	434	14	.	.	.
19138	435	1	6	6	CD
19138	435	2	.	.	.
19138	436	1	Ability	ability	NN
19138	436	2	to	to	TO
19138	436	3	_	_	VB
19138	436	4	quietly	quietly	RB
19138	436	5	_	_	NNP
19138	436	6	breathe	breathe	NN
19138	436	7	as	as	RB
19138	436	8	often	often	RB
19138	436	9	as	as	IN
19138	436	10	text	text	NN
19138	436	11	and	and	CC
19138	436	12	phrase	phrase	NN
19138	436	13	permit	permit	NN
19138	436	14	.	.	.
19138	437	1	7	7	LS
19138	437	2	.	.	.
19138	438	1	Ability	ability	NN
19138	438	2	to	to	TO
19138	438	3	breathe	breathe	VB
19138	438	4	so	so	IN
19138	438	5	that	that	IN
19138	438	6	the	the	DT
19138	438	7	fullest	full	JJS
19138	438	8	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	438	9	_	_	NNP
19138	438	10	brings	bring	VBZ
19138	438	11	no	no	DT
19138	438	12	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19138	438	13	_	_	NNP
19138	438	14	.	.	.
19138	439	1	8	8	LS
19138	439	2	.	.	.
19138	440	1	Ability	ability	NN
19138	440	2	to	to	TO
19138	440	3	so	so	RB
19138	440	4	economize	economize	VB
19138	440	5	the	the	DT
19138	440	6	breath	breath	NN
19138	440	7	that	that	WDT
19138	440	8	the	the	DT
19138	440	9	_	_	NNP
19138	440	10	reserve	reserve	NN
19138	440	11	is	be	VBZ
19138	440	12	never	never	RB
19138	440	13	exhausted	exhaust	VBN
19138	440	14	_	_	NNP
19138	440	15	.	.	.
19138	441	1	9	9	CD
19138	441	2	.	.	.
19138	442	1	The	the	DT
19138	442	2	ability	ability	NN
19138	442	3	to	to	TO
19138	442	4	breathe	breathe	VB
19138	442	5	so	so	RB
19138	442	6	naturally	naturally	RB
19138	442	7	,	,	,
19138	442	8	so	so	RB
19138	442	9	unobtrusively	unobtrusively	RB
19138	442	10	,	,	,
19138	442	11	that	that	IN
19138	442	12	_	_	NNP
19138	442	13	neither	neither	DT
19138	442	14	breath	breath	NN
19138	442	15	nor	nor	CC
19138	442	16	lack	lack	NN
19138	442	17	of	of	IN
19138	442	18	breath	breath	NN
19138	442	19	is	be	VBZ
19138	442	20	ever	ever	RB
19138	442	21	suggested	suggest	VBN
19138	442	22	to	to	IN
19138	442	23	the	the	DT
19138	442	24	listener_--this	listener_--this	``
19138	442	25	is	be	VBZ
19138	442	26	the	the	DT
19138	442	27	very	very	JJ
19138	442	28	perfection	perfection	NN
19138	442	29	of	of	IN
19138	442	30	the	the	DT
19138	442	31	art	art	NN
19138	442	32	.	.	.
19138	443	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19138	443	2	IV	IV	NNP
19138	443	3	BREATHING	BREATHING	NNP
19138	443	4	EXERCISES	exercise	NNS
19138	443	5	Enough	enough	RB
19138	443	6	has	have	VBZ
19138	443	7	been	be	VBN
19138	443	8	said	say	VBN
19138	443	9	in	in	IN
19138	443	10	the	the	DT
19138	443	11	preceding	precede	VBG
19138	443	12	chapter	chapter	NN
19138	443	13	to	to	TO
19138	443	14	make	make	VB
19138	443	15	clear	clear	JJ
19138	443	16	the	the	DT
19138	443	17	necessity	necessity	NN
19138	443	18	of	of	IN
19138	443	19	breath	breath	NN
19138	443	20	control	control	NN
19138	443	21	,	,	,
19138	443	22	and	and	CC
19138	443	23	to	to	TO
19138	443	24	show	show	VB
19138	443	25	what	what	WP
19138	443	26	constitutes	constitute	VBZ
19138	443	27	this	this	DT
19138	443	28	control	control	NN
19138	443	29	for	for	IN
19138	443	30	the	the	DT
19138	443	31	singer	singer	NN
19138	443	32	--	--	:
19138	443	33	the	the	DT
19138	443	34	professional	professional	JJ
19138	443	35	breather	breather	NN
19138	443	36	.	.	.
19138	444	1	If	if	IN
19138	444	2	the	the	DT
19138	444	3	singer	singer	NN
19138	444	4	's	's	POS
19138	444	5	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	444	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	444	7	nothing	nothing	NN
19138	444	8	but	but	IN
19138	444	9	an	an	DT
19138	444	10	amplification	amplification	NN
19138	444	11	of	of	IN
19138	444	12	normal	normal	JJ
19138	444	13	,	,	,
19138	444	14	healthy	healthy	JJ
19138	444	15	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	444	16	,	,	,
19138	444	17	why	why	WRB
19138	444	18	dwell	dwell	VB
19138	444	19	upon	upon	IN
19138	444	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	444	21	,	,	,
19138	444	22	why	why	WRB
19138	444	23	not	not	RB
19138	444	24	let	let	VB
19138	444	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	444	26	develop	develop	VB
19138	444	27	of	of	IN
19138	444	28	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	444	29	?	?	.
19138	445	1	Unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19138	445	2	,	,	,
19138	445	3	many	many	JJ
19138	445	4	teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	445	5	have	have	VBP
19138	445	6	taken	take	VBN
19138	445	7	this	this	DT
19138	445	8	attitude	attitude	NN
19138	445	9	,	,	,
19138	445	10	overlooking	overlook	VBG
19138	445	11	the	the	DT
19138	445	12	fact	fact	NN
19138	445	13	that	that	IN
19138	445	14	,	,	,
19138	445	15	although	although	IN
19138	445	16	life	life	NN
19138	445	17	is	be	VBZ
19138	445	18	dependent	dependent	JJ
19138	445	19	on	on	IN
19138	445	20	normal	normal	JJ
19138	445	21	,	,	,
19138	445	22	healthy	healthy	JJ
19138	445	23	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	445	24	,	,	,
19138	445	25	such	such	JJ
19138	445	26	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	445	27	is	be	VBZ
19138	445	28	,	,	,
19138	445	29	in	in	IN
19138	445	30	civilized	civilized	JJ
19138	445	31	communities	community	NNS
19138	445	32	,	,	,
19138	445	33	not	not	RB
19138	445	34	the	the	DT
19138	445	35	rule	rule	NN
19138	445	36	but	but	CC
19138	445	37	the	the	DT
19138	445	38	exception	exception	NN
19138	445	39	,	,	,
19138	445	40	simply	simply	RB
19138	445	41	because	because	IN
19138	445	42	normal	normal	JJ
19138	445	43	living	living	NN
19138	445	44	is	be	VBZ
19138	445	45	rare	rare	JJ
19138	445	46	;	;	:
19138	445	47	the	the	DT
19138	445	48	artificiality	artificiality	NN
19138	445	49	of	of	IN
19138	445	50	modern	modern	JJ
19138	445	51	life	life	NN
19138	445	52	forbids	forbid	NNS
19138	445	53	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	445	54	.	.	.
19138	446	1	The	the	DT
19138	446	2	high	high	JJ
19138	446	3	pressure	pressure	NN
19138	446	4	under	under	IN
19138	446	5	which	which	WDT
19138	446	6	most	most	JJS
19138	446	7	people	people	NNS
19138	446	8	live	live	VBP
19138	446	9	induces	induce	NNS
19138	446	10	mental	mental	JJ
19138	446	11	tension	tension	NN
19138	446	12	together	together	RB
19138	446	13	with	with	IN
19138	446	14	the	the	DT
19138	446	15	consequent	consequent	NN
19138	446	16	nervous	nervous	JJ
19138	446	17	and	and	CC
19138	446	18	muscular	muscular	JJ
19138	446	19	tension	tension	NN
19138	446	20	.	.	.
19138	447	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19138	447	2	are	be	VBP
19138	447	3	,	,	,
19138	447	4	without	without	IN
19138	447	5	being	be	VBG
19138	447	6	conscious	conscious	JJ
19138	447	7	of	of	IN
19138	447	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	447	9	,	,	,
19138	447	10	so	so	RB
19138	447	11	habituated	habituated	JJ
19138	447	12	to	to	IN
19138	447	13	unnatural	unnatural	JJ
19138	447	14	tension	tension	NN
19138	447	15	that	that	IN
19138	447	16	automatic	automatic	JJ
19138	447	17	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	447	18	is	be	VBZ
19138	447	19	shallow	shallow	JJ
19138	447	20	and	and	CC
19138	447	21	irregular	irregular	JJ
19138	447	22	instead	instead	RB
19138	447	23	of	of	IN
19138	447	24	being	be	VBG
19138	447	25	deep	deep	JJ
19138	447	26	and	and	CC
19138	447	27	rhythmic	rhythmic	JJ
19138	447	28	.	.	.
19138	448	1	The	the	DT
19138	448	2	task	task	NN
19138	448	3	,	,	,
19138	448	4	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	448	5	,	,	,
19138	448	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	448	7	to	to	TO
19138	448	8	reclaim	reclaim	VB
19138	448	9	a	a	DT
19138	448	10	neglected	neglect	VBN
19138	448	11	birthright	birthright	NN
19138	448	12	--	--	:
19138	448	13	natural	natural	JJ
19138	448	14	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	448	15	--	--	:
19138	448	16	to	to	TO
19138	448	17	make	make	VB
19138	448	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	448	19	habitual	habitual	JJ
19138	448	20	and	and	CC
19138	448	21	amplify	amplify	VB
19138	448	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	448	23	.	.	.
19138	449	1	PRELIMINARY	PRELIMINARY	NNP
19138	449	2	SUGGESTIONS	SUGGESTIONS	NNP
19138	449	3	1	1	CD
19138	449	4	.	.	.
19138	450	1	Breathing	breathing	NN
19138	450	2	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	450	3	to	to	TO
19138	450	4	be	be	VB
19138	450	5	invigorating	invigorate	VBG
19138	450	6	and	and	CC
19138	450	7	purifying	purify	VBG
19138	450	8	demand	demand	NN
19138	450	9	plenty	plenty	NN
19138	450	10	of	of	IN
19138	450	11	fresh	fresh	JJ
19138	450	12	air	air	NN
19138	450	13	.	.	.
19138	451	1	2	2	LS
19138	451	2	.	.	.
19138	452	1	At	at	IN
19138	452	2	first	first	RB
19138	452	3	do	do	VBP
19138	452	4	not	not	RB
19138	452	5	practise	practise	VB
19138	452	6	longer	long	RBR
19138	452	7	than	than	IN
19138	452	8	ten	ten	CD
19138	452	9	minutes	minute	NNS
19138	452	10	at	at	IN
19138	452	11	a	a	DT
19138	452	12	time	time	NN
19138	452	13	,	,	,
19138	452	14	three	three	CD
19138	452	15	times	time	NNS
19138	452	16	a	a	DT
19138	452	17	day	day	NN
19138	452	18	.	.	.
19138	453	1	3	3	LS
19138	453	2	.	.	.
19138	454	1	Gradually	gradually	RB
19138	454	2	lengthen	lengthen	VB
19138	454	3	the	the	DT
19138	454	4	time	time	NN
19138	454	5	without	without	IN
19138	454	6	overdoing	overdo	VBG
19138	454	7	.	.	.
19138	455	1	When	when	WRB
19138	455	2	tired	tired	JJ
19138	455	3	stop	stop	NN
19138	455	4	.	.	.
19138	456	1	4	4	LS
19138	456	2	.	.	.
19138	457	1	The	the	DT
19138	457	2	best	good	JJS
19138	457	3	time	time	NN
19138	457	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	457	5	before	before	IN
19138	457	6	dressing	dress	VBG
19138	457	7	in	in	IN
19138	457	8	the	the	DT
19138	457	9	morning	morning	NN
19138	457	10	,	,	,
19138	457	11	with	with	IN
19138	457	12	the	the	DT
19138	457	13	window	window	NN
19138	457	14	open	open	JJ
19138	457	15	.	.	.
19138	458	1	The	the	DT
19138	458	2	worst	bad	JJS
19138	458	3	time	time	NN
19138	458	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	458	5	directly	directly	RB
19138	458	6	after	after	IN
19138	458	7	a	a	DT
19138	458	8	meal	meal	NN
19138	458	9	.	.	.
19138	459	1	5	5	CD
19138	459	2	.	.	.
19138	460	1	Maintain	maintain	VB
19138	460	2	throughout	throughout	IN
19138	460	3	an	an	DT
19138	460	4	easy	easy	JJ
19138	460	5	,	,	,
19138	460	6	flexible	flexible	JJ
19138	460	7	poise	poise	NN
19138	460	8	.	.	.
19138	461	1	6	6	CD
19138	461	2	.	.	.
19138	462	1	Breathe	Breathe	VBN
19138	462	2	as	as	IN
19138	462	3	_	_	NNP
19138	462	4	deeply	deeply	RB
19138	462	5	_	_	NNP
19138	462	6	as	as	IN
19138	462	7	possible	possible	JJ
19138	462	8	without	without	IN
19138	462	9	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	462	10	distention	distention	NN
19138	462	11	.	.	.
19138	463	1	The	the	DT
19138	463	2	greatest	great	JJS
19138	463	3	expansion	expansion	NN
19138	463	4	should	should	MD
19138	463	5	be	be	VB
19138	463	6	felt	feel	VBN
19138	463	7	at	at	IN
19138	463	8	the	the	DT
19138	463	9	lower	low	JJR
19138	463	10	end	end	NN
19138	463	11	of	of	IN
19138	463	12	the	the	DT
19138	463	13	breast	breast	NN
19138	463	14	-	-	HYPH
19138	463	15	bone	bone	NN
19138	463	16	.	.	.
19138	464	1	7	7	LS
19138	464	2	.	.	.
19138	465	1	Breathe	Breathe	VBN
19138	465	2	as	as	IN
19138	465	3	_	_	NNP
19138	465	4	broadly	broadly	RB
19138	465	5	_	_	NNP
19138	465	6	as	as	IN
19138	465	7	possible	possible	JJ
19138	465	8	,	,	,
19138	465	9	expanding	expand	VBG
19138	465	10	the	the	DT
19138	465	11	sides	side	NNS
19138	465	12	without	without	IN
19138	465	13	tension	tension	NN
19138	465	14	.	.	.
19138	466	1	8	8	LS
19138	466	2	.	.	.
19138	467	1	Breathe	Breathe	VBN
19138	467	2	as	as	IN
19138	467	3	_	_	NNP
19138	467	4	high	high	JJ
19138	467	5	_	_	NNP
19138	467	6	as	as	IN
19138	467	7	possible	possible	JJ
19138	467	8	without	without	IN
19138	467	9	shoulder	shoulder	NN
19138	467	10	movement	movement	NN
19138	467	11	or	or	CC
19138	467	12	stiffness	stiffness	NN
19138	467	13	.	.	.
19138	468	1	9	9	CD
19138	468	2	.	.	.
19138	469	1	Use	use	VB
19138	469	2	not	not	RB
19138	469	3	the	the	DT
19138	469	4	high	high	JJ
19138	469	5	breath	breath	NN
19138	469	6	alone	alone	RB
19138	469	7	,	,	,
19138	469	8	or	or	CC
19138	469	9	the	the	DT
19138	469	10	mid	mid	JJ
19138	469	11	-	-	NN
19138	469	12	breath	breath	NN
19138	469	13	,	,	,
19138	469	14	or	or	CC
19138	469	15	the	the	DT
19138	469	16	low	low	JJ
19138	469	17	breath	breath	NN
19138	469	18	,	,	,
19138	469	19	but	but	CC
19138	469	20	use	use	VB
19138	469	21	the	the	DT
19138	469	22	_	_	NNP
19138	469	23	complete	complete	JJ
19138	469	24	_	_	NNP
19138	469	25	breath	breath	NN
19138	469	26	.	.	.
19138	470	1	10	10	CD
19138	470	2	.	.	.
19138	471	1	Breathe	breathe	DT
19138	471	2	_	_	NNP
19138	471	3	rhythmically	rhythmically	RB
19138	471	4	_	_	NNP
19138	471	5	by	by	IN
19138	471	6	counting	count	VBG
19138	471	7	mentally	mentally	RB
19138	471	8	.	.	.
19138	472	1	11	11	CD
19138	472	2	.	.	.
19138	473	1	Breathe	breathe	DT
19138	473	2	_	_	NNP
19138	473	3	thoughtfully	thoughtfully	RB
19138	473	4	_	_	NNP
19138	473	5	rather	rather	RB
19138	473	6	than	than	IN
19138	473	7	mechanically	mechanically	RB
19138	473	8	.	.	.
19138	474	1	12	12	CD
19138	474	2	.	.	.
19138	475	1	Do	do	VBP
19138	475	2	not	not	RB
19138	475	3	crowd	crowd	VB
19138	475	4	the	the	DT
19138	475	5	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	475	6	or	or	CC
19138	475	7	lay	lay	VB
19138	475	8	stress	stress	NN
19138	475	9	on	on	IN
19138	475	10	the	the	DT
19138	475	11	mere	mere	JJ
19138	475	12	quantity	quantity	NN
19138	475	13	of	of	IN
19138	475	14	air	air	NN
19138	475	15	you	-PRON-	PRP
19138	475	16	can	can	MD
19138	475	17	inhale	inhale	VB
19138	475	18	.	.	.
19138	476	1	The	the	DT
19138	476	2	intake	intake	NN
19138	476	3	of	of	IN
19138	476	4	breath	breath	NN
19138	476	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	476	6	,	,	,
19138	476	7	for	for	IN
19138	476	8	the	the	DT
19138	476	9	singer	singer	NN
19138	476	10	,	,	,
19138	476	11	secondary	secondary	JJ
19138	476	12	to	to	IN
19138	476	13	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	476	14	control	control	NN
19138	476	15	,	,	,
19138	476	16	economy	economy	NN
19138	476	17	,	,	,
19138	476	18	and	and	CC
19138	476	19	application	application	NN
19138	476	20	in	in	IN
19138	476	21	song	song	NN
19138	476	22	.	.	.
19138	477	1	Increase	increase	NN
19138	477	2	of	of	IN
19138	477	3	lung	lung	NN
19138	477	4	capacity	capacity	NN
19138	477	5	will	will	MD
19138	477	6	duly	duly	RB
19138	477	7	appear	appear	VB
19138	477	8	.	.	.
19138	478	1	13	13	CD
19138	478	2	.	.	.
19138	479	1	When	when	WRB
19138	479	2	not	not	RB
19138	479	3	singing	singe	VBG
19138	479	4	,	,	,
19138	479	5	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	479	6	or	or	CC
19138	479	7	practising	practise	VBG
19138	479	8	an	an	DT
19138	479	9	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	479	10	that	that	WDT
19138	479	11	demands	demand	VBZ
19138	479	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	479	13	,	,	,
19138	479	14	_	_	NNP
19138	479	15	keep	keep	VB
19138	479	16	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	479	17	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	479	18	shut	shut	VBN
19138	479	19	_	_	NNP
19138	479	20	.	.	.
19138	480	1	ATTITUDE	attitude	NN
19138	480	2	Dress	dress	VB
19138	480	3	the	the	DT
19138	480	4	neck	neck	NN
19138	480	5	and	and	CC
19138	480	6	body	body	NN
19138	480	7	loosely	loosely	RB
19138	480	8	,	,	,
19138	480	9	so	so	IN
19138	480	10	as	as	IN
19138	480	11	to	to	TO
19138	480	12	give	give	VB
19138	480	13	the	the	DT
19138	480	14	throat	throat	NN
19138	480	15	and	and	CC
19138	480	16	trunk	trunk	NN
19138	480	17	perfect	perfect	JJ
19138	480	18	freedom	freedom	NN
19138	480	19	.	.	.
19138	481	1	Place	place	VB
19138	481	2	the	the	DT
19138	481	3	hands	hand	NNS
19138	481	4	on	on	IN
19138	481	5	the	the	DT
19138	481	6	hips	hip	NNS
19138	481	7	,	,	,
19138	481	8	so	so	IN
19138	481	9	as	as	IN
19138	481	10	to	to	TO
19138	481	11	free	free	VB
19138	481	12	the	the	DT
19138	481	13	chest	chest	NN
19138	481	14	from	from	IN
19138	481	15	the	the	DT
19138	481	16	weight	weight	NN
19138	481	17	of	of	IN
19138	481	18	the	the	DT
19138	481	19	arms	arm	NNS
19138	481	20	.	.	.
19138	482	1	Stand	stand	VB
19138	482	2	erect	erect	NN
19138	482	3	,	,	,
19138	482	4	evenly	evenly	RB
19138	482	5	upon	upon	IN
19138	482	6	the	the	DT
19138	482	7	balls	ball	NNS
19138	482	8	of	of	IN
19138	482	9	the	the	DT
19138	482	10	feet	foot	NNS
19138	482	11	;	;	,
19138	482	12	the	the	DT
19138	482	13	body	body	NN
19138	482	14	straight	straight	RB
19138	482	15	,	,	,
19138	482	16	but	but	CC
19138	482	17	not	not	RB
19138	482	18	strained	strained	JJ
19138	482	19	.	.	.
19138	483	1	Raise	raise	VB
19138	483	2	the	the	DT
19138	483	3	back	back	NN
19138	483	4	of	of	IN
19138	483	5	the	the	DT
19138	483	6	head	head	NN
19138	483	7	slightly	slightly	RB
19138	483	8	without	without	IN
19138	483	9	bending	bend	VBG
19138	483	10	the	the	DT
19138	483	11	neck	neck	NN
19138	483	12	.	.	.
19138	484	1	This	this	DT
19138	484	2	action	action	NN
19138	484	3	will	will	MD
19138	484	4	straighten	straighten	VB
19138	484	5	the	the	DT
19138	484	6	spine	spine	NN
19138	484	7	,	,	,
19138	484	8	place	place	VB
19138	484	9	the	the	DT
19138	484	10	chest	chest	NN
19138	484	11	forward	forward	RB
19138	484	12	,	,	,
19138	484	13	and	and	CC
19138	484	14	bring	bring	VB
19138	484	15	the	the	DT
19138	484	16	abdomen	abdoman	NNS
19138	484	17	backward	backward	RB
19138	484	18	into	into	IN
19138	484	19	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	484	20	proper	proper	JJ
19138	484	21	relation	relation	NN
19138	484	22	.	.	.
19138	485	1	The	the	DT
19138	485	2	great	great	JJ
19138	485	3	majority	majority	NN
19138	485	4	of	of	IN
19138	485	5	people	people	NNS
19138	485	6	are	be	VBP
19138	485	7	shallow	shallow	JJ
19138	485	8	breathers	breather	NNS
19138	485	9	,	,	,
19138	485	10	chest	chest	NN
19138	485	11	breathers	breather	NNS
19138	485	12	,	,	,
19138	485	13	who	who	WP
19138	485	14	when	when	WRB
19138	485	15	told	tell	VBD
19138	485	16	to	to	TO
19138	485	17	take	take	VB
19138	485	18	a	a	DT
19138	485	19	"	"	``
19138	485	20	deep	deep	JJ
19138	485	21	breath	breath	NN
19138	485	22	"	"	''
19138	485	23	do	do	VBP
19138	485	24	not	not	RB
19138	485	25	know	know	VB
19138	485	26	what	what	WP
19138	485	27	is	be	VBZ
19138	485	28	meant	mean	VBN
19138	485	29	.	.	.
19138	486	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	486	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	486	3	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	486	4	necessary	necessary	JJ
19138	486	5	for	for	IN
19138	486	6	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	486	7	first	first	RB
19138	486	8	to	to	TO
19138	486	9	learn	learn	VB
19138	486	10	what	what	WP
19138	486	11	a	a	DT
19138	486	12	deep	deep	JJ
19138	486	13	breath	breath	NN
19138	486	14	is	be	VBZ
19138	486	15	,	,	,
19138	486	16	and	and	CC
19138	486	17	then	then	RB
19138	486	18	how	how	WRB
19138	486	19	to	to	TO
19138	486	20	take	take	VB
19138	486	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	486	22	.	.	.
19138	487	1	Exercise	exercise	NN
19138	487	2	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	487	3	FOR	for	IN
19138	487	4	THOSE	those	DT
19138	487	5	WHO	who	WP
19138	487	6	DO	do	VBP
19138	487	7	NOT	not	RB
19138	487	8	KNOW	know	VB
19138	487	9	WHAT	what	WDT
19138	487	10	A	a	DT
19138	487	11	DEEP	deep	JJ
19138	487	12	BREATH	breath	NN
19138	487	13	IS	be	VBZ
19138	487	14	Before	before	IN
19138	487	15	rising	rise	VBG
19138	487	16	in	in	IN
19138	487	17	the	the	DT
19138	487	18	morning	morning	NN
19138	487	19	,	,	,
19138	487	20	remove	remove	VB
19138	487	21	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	487	22	pillow	pillow	NN
19138	487	23	and	and	CC
19138	487	24	while	while	IN
19138	487	25	flat	flat	JJ
19138	487	26	on	on	IN
19138	487	27	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	487	28	back	back	JJ
19138	487	29	place	place	NN
19138	487	30	one	one	CD
19138	487	31	hand	hand	NN
19138	487	32	lightly	lightly	RB
19138	487	33	on	on	IN
19138	487	34	the	the	DT
19138	487	35	abdomen	abdoman	NNS
19138	487	36	,	,	,
19138	487	37	the	the	DT
19138	487	38	other	other	JJ
19138	487	39	on	on	IN
19138	487	40	the	the	DT
19138	487	41	lower	low	JJR
19138	487	42	ribs	rib	NNS
19138	487	43	.	.	.
19138	488	1	Relax	relax	VB
19138	488	2	the	the	DT
19138	488	3	whole	whole	JJ
19138	488	4	body	body	NN
19138	488	5	,	,	,
19138	488	6	giving	give	VBG
19138	488	7	up	up	RP
19138	488	8	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	488	9	whole	whole	JJ
19138	488	10	weight	weight	NN
19138	488	11	to	to	IN
19138	488	12	the	the	DT
19138	488	13	bed	bed	NN
19138	488	14	.	.	.
19138	489	1	Inhale	inhale	VB
19138	489	2	through	through	IN
19138	489	3	the	the	DT
19138	489	4	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	489	5	slowly	slowly	RB
19138	489	6	,	,	,
19138	489	7	evenly	evenly	RB
19138	489	8	,	,	,
19138	489	9	and	and	CC
19138	489	10	deeply	deeply	RB
19138	489	11	,	,	,
19138	489	12	while	while	IN
19138	489	13	mentally	mentally	RB
19138	489	14	counting	count	VBG
19138	489	15	one	one	CD
19138	489	16	,	,	,
19138	489	17	two	two	CD
19138	489	18	,	,	,
19138	489	19	three	three	CD
19138	489	20	,	,	,
19138	489	21	four	four	CD
19138	489	22	,	,	,
19138	489	23	etc	etc	FW
19138	489	24	.	.	.
19138	490	1	As	as	IN
19138	490	2	you	-PRON-	PRP
19138	490	3	inhale	inhale	VBP
19138	490	4	,	,	,
19138	490	5	notice	notice	NN
19138	490	6	(	(	-LRB-
19138	490	7	_	_	NNP
19138	490	8	a	a	DT
19138	490	9	_	_	NNP
19138	490	10	)	)	-RRB-
19138	490	11	the	the	DT
19138	490	12	gradual	gradual	JJ
19138	490	13	expansion	expansion	NN
19138	490	14	of	of	IN
19138	490	15	the	the	DT
19138	490	16	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
19138	490	17	,	,	,
19138	490	18	(	(	-LRB-
19138	490	19	_	_	NNP
19138	490	20	b	b	NNP
19138	490	21	_	_	NNP
19138	490	22	)	)	-RRB-
19138	490	23	the	the	DT
19138	490	24	side	side	NN
19138	490	25	expansion	expansion	NN
19138	490	26	of	of	IN
19138	490	27	the	the	DT
19138	490	28	lower	low	JJR
19138	490	29	ribs	rib	NNS
19138	490	30	,	,	,
19138	490	31	(	(	-LRB-
19138	490	32	_	_	NNP
19138	490	33	c	c	NNP
19138	490	34	_	_	NNP
19138	490	35	)	)	-RRB-
19138	490	36	the	the	DT
19138	490	37	rise	rise	NN
19138	490	38	and	and	CC
19138	490	39	inflation	inflation	NN
19138	490	40	of	of	IN
19138	490	41	the	the	DT
19138	490	42	chest	chest	NN
19138	490	43	,	,	,
19138	490	44	without	without	IN
19138	490	45	raising	raise	VBG
19138	490	46	the	the	DT
19138	490	47	shoulders	shoulder	NNS
19138	490	48	.	.	.
19138	491	1	Hold	hold	VB
19138	491	2	the	the	DT
19138	491	3	breath	breath	NN
19138	491	4	while	while	IN
19138	491	5	mentally	mentally	RB
19138	491	6	counting	count	VBG
19138	491	7	four	four	CD
19138	491	8	(	(	-LRB-
19138	491	9	four	four	CD
19138	491	10	seconds	second	NNS
19138	491	11	)	)	-RRB-
19138	491	12	,	,	,
19138	491	13	then	then	RB
19138	491	14	suddenly	suddenly	RB
19138	491	15	let	let	VB
19138	491	16	the	the	DT
19138	491	17	breath	breath	NN
19138	491	18	go	go	VB
19138	491	19	,	,	,
19138	491	20	and	and	CC
19138	491	21	notice	notice	VB
19138	491	22	the	the	DT
19138	491	23	collapse	collapse	NN
19138	491	24	of	of	IN
19138	491	25	the	the	DT
19138	491	26	abdomen	abdomen	NNP
19138	491	27	and	and	CC
19138	491	28	lower	low	JJR
19138	491	29	chest	chest	NN
19138	491	30	.	.	.
19138	492	1	Remember	remember	VB
19138	492	2	_	_	NNP
19138	492	3	the	the	DT
19138	492	4	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	492	5	must	must	MD
19138	492	6	be	be	VB
19138	492	7	slow	slow	JJ
19138	492	8	and	and	CC
19138	492	9	deep	deep	JJ
19138	492	10	,	,	,
19138	492	11	the	the	DT
19138	492	12	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	492	13	sudden	sudden	RB
19138	492	14	and	and	CC
19138	492	15	complete	complete	JJ
19138	492	16	_	_	NNP
19138	492	17	.	.	.
19138	493	1	Practise	practise	VB
19138	493	2	this	this	DT
19138	493	3	preliminary	preliminary	JJ
19138	493	4	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	493	5	for	for	IN
19138	493	6	not	not	RB
19138	493	7	more	more	JJR
19138	493	8	than	than	IN
19138	493	9	ten	ten	CD
19138	493	10	minutes	minute	NNS
19138	493	11	each	each	DT
19138	493	12	morning	morning	NN
19138	493	13	for	for	IN
19138	493	14	a	a	DT
19138	493	15	week	week	NN
19138	493	16	.	.	.
19138	494	1	The	the	DT
19138	494	2	second	second	JJ
19138	494	3	week	week	NN
19138	494	4	hold	hold	VBP
19138	494	5	the	the	DT
19138	494	6	breath	breath	NN
19138	494	7	six	six	CD
19138	494	8	seconds	second	NNS
19138	494	9	,	,	,
19138	494	10	instead	instead	RB
19138	494	11	of	of	IN
19138	494	12	four	four	CD
19138	494	13	,	,	,
19138	494	14	and	and	CC
19138	494	15	gradually	gradually	RB
19138	494	16	increase	increase	VB
19138	494	17	the	the	DT
19138	494	18	time	time	NN
19138	494	19	,	,	,
19138	494	20	without	without	IN
19138	494	21	overdoing	overdo	VBG
19138	494	22	.	.	.
19138	495	1	While	while	IN
19138	495	2	,	,	,
19138	495	3	for	for	IN
19138	495	4	a	a	DT
19138	495	5	novice	novice	NN
19138	495	6	,	,	,
19138	495	7	the	the	DT
19138	495	8	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	495	9	may	may	MD
19138	495	10	be	be	VB
19138	495	11	taken	take	VBN
19138	495	12	at	at	IN
19138	495	13	first	first	RB
19138	495	14	in	in	IN
19138	495	15	bed	bed	NN
19138	495	16	,	,	,
19138	495	17	this	this	DT
19138	495	18	is	be	VBZ
19138	495	19	but	but	CC
19138	495	20	a	a	DT
19138	495	21	preliminary	preliminary	NN
19138	495	22	to	to	IN
19138	495	23	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	495	24	practise	practise	NN
19138	495	25	standing	stand	VBG
19138	495	26	in	in	IN
19138	495	27	easy	easy	JJ
19138	495	28	poise	poise	NN
19138	495	29	as	as	IN
19138	495	30	directed	direct	VBN
19138	495	31	in	in	IN
19138	495	32	the	the	DT
19138	495	33	preceding	precede	VBG
19138	495	34	section	section	NN
19138	495	35	.	.	.
19138	496	1	Exercise	exercise	VB
19138	496	2	II	ii	CD
19138	496	3	SLOW	slow	NN
19138	496	4	INHALATION	INHALATION	VBN
19138	496	5	WITH	with	IN
19138	496	6	SUDDEN	SUDDEN	NNS
19138	496	7	EXPULSION	EXPULSION	NNP
19138	496	8	Inhale	Inhale	NNP
19138	496	9	as	as	IN
19138	496	10	in	in	IN
19138	496	11	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	496	12	;	;	:
19138	496	13	hold	hold	VB
19138	496	14	the	the	DT
19138	496	15	breath	breath	NN
19138	496	16	four	four	CD
19138	496	17	counts	count	NNS
19138	496	18	(	(	-LRB-
19138	496	19	seconds	second	NNS
19138	496	20	)	)	-RRB-
19138	496	21	or	or	CC
19138	496	22	more	more	RBR
19138	496	23	;	;	:
19138	496	24	then	then	RB
19138	496	25	expel	expel	VB
19138	496	26	the	the	DT
19138	496	27	air	air	NN
19138	496	28	vigorously	vigorously	RB
19138	496	29	in	in	IN
19138	496	30	one	one	CD
19138	496	31	breath	breath	NN
19138	496	32	through	through	IN
19138	496	33	the	the	DT
19138	496	34	wide	wide	JJ
19138	496	35	open	open	JJ
19138	496	36	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	496	37	.	.	.
19138	497	1	The	the	DT
19138	497	2	beginner	beginner	NN
19138	497	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	497	4	often	often	RB
19138	497	5	helped	help	VBN
19138	497	6	in	in	IN
19138	497	7	acquiring	acquire	VBG
19138	497	8	a	a	DT
19138	497	9	deep	deep	JJ
19138	497	10	breath	breath	NN
19138	497	11	by	by	IN
19138	497	12	slowly	slowly	RB
19138	497	13	sipping	sip	VBG
19138	497	14	breath	breath	NN
19138	497	15	.	.	.
19138	498	1	Therefore	therefore	RB
19138	498	2	as	as	IN
19138	498	3	a	a	DT
19138	498	4	variant	variant	NN
19138	498	5	to	to	IN
19138	498	6	Exercise	Exercise	NNP
19138	498	7	II	II	NNP
19138	498	8	practise	practise	NN
19138	498	9	:	:	:
19138	498	10	Exercise	exercise	NN
19138	498	11	III	iii	CD
19138	498	12	SIPPING	sip	VBG
19138	498	13	THE	the	DT
19138	498	14	BREATH	breath	NN
19138	498	15	,	,	,
19138	498	16	WITH	with	IN
19138	498	17	QUICK	QUICK	NNP
19138	498	18	EXHALATION	exhalation	NN
19138	498	19	Through	through	IN
19138	498	20	the	the	DT
19138	498	21	smallest	small	JJS
19138	498	22	possible	possible	JJ
19138	498	23	opening	opening	NN
19138	498	24	of	of	IN
19138	498	25	the	the	DT
19138	498	26	lips	lip	NNS
19138	498	27	,	,	,
19138	498	28	while	while	IN
19138	498	29	mentally	mentally	RB
19138	498	30	counting	count	VBG
19138	498	31	,	,	,
19138	498	32	inhale	inhale	JJ
19138	498	33	very	very	RB
19138	498	34	slowly	slowly	RB
19138	498	35	and	and	CC
19138	498	36	steadily	steadily	RB
19138	498	37	;	;	:
19138	498	38	hold	hold	VB
19138	498	39	two	two	CD
19138	498	40	to	to	TO
19138	498	41	four	four	CD
19138	498	42	counts	count	NNS
19138	498	43	,	,	,
19138	498	44	then	then	RB
19138	498	45	expel	expel	VB
19138	498	46	the	the	DT
19138	498	47	air	air	NN
19138	498	48	all	all	RB
19138	498	49	at	at	IN
19138	498	50	once	once	RB
19138	498	51	through	through	IN
19138	498	52	the	the	DT
19138	498	53	wide	wide	JJ
19138	498	54	open	open	JJ
19138	498	55	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	498	56	.	.	.
19138	499	1	Exercise	exercise	VB
19138	499	2	IV	iv	NN
19138	499	3	FOR	for	IN
19138	499	4	RIB	rib	NN
19138	499	5	EXPANSION	expansion	NN
19138	499	6	To	to	IN
19138	499	7	more	more	RBR
19138	499	8	completely	completely	RB
19138	499	9	arouse	arouse	VB
19138	499	10	dormant	dormant	JJ
19138	499	11	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	499	12	that	that	WDT
19138	499	13	should	should	MD
19138	499	14	play	play	VB
19138	499	15	an	an	DT
19138	499	16	important	important	JJ
19138	499	17	part	part	NN
19138	499	18	in	in	IN
19138	499	19	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	499	20	,	,	,
19138	499	21	place	place	VB
19138	499	22	the	the	DT
19138	499	23	hands	hand	NNS
19138	499	24	against	against	IN
19138	499	25	the	the	DT
19138	499	26	sides	side	NNS
19138	499	27	,	,	,
19138	499	28	thumbs	thumb	VBZ
19138	499	29	well	well	RB
19138	499	30	back	back	RB
19138	499	31	,	,	,
19138	499	32	take	take	VB
19138	499	33	,	,	,
19138	499	34	through	through	IN
19138	499	35	the	the	DT
19138	499	36	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	499	37	or	or	CC
19138	499	38	the	the	DT
19138	499	39	slightly	slightly	RB
19138	499	40	parted	part	VBN
19138	499	41	lips	lip	NNS
19138	499	42	,	,	,
19138	499	43	six	six	CD
19138	499	44	short	short	JJ
19138	499	45	catch	catch	NN
19138	499	46	-	-	HYPH
19138	499	47	breaths	breath	NNS
19138	499	48	,	,	,
19138	499	49	moving	move	VBG
19138	499	50	the	the	DT
19138	499	51	ribs	rib	NNS
19138	499	52	_	_	NNP
19138	499	53	out	out	RP
19138	499	54	at	at	IN
19138	499	55	the	the	DT
19138	499	56	side	side	NN
19138	499	57	_	_	NNP
19138	499	58	with	with	IN
19138	499	59	each	each	DT
19138	499	60	catch	catch	NN
19138	499	61	-	-	HYPH
19138	499	62	breath	breath	NN
19138	499	63	.	.	.
19138	500	1	Hold	hold	VB
19138	500	2	the	the	DT
19138	500	3	breath	breath	NN
19138	500	4	two	two	CD
19138	500	5	counts	count	NNS
19138	500	6	,	,	,
19138	500	7	and	and	CC
19138	500	8	exhale	exhale	JJ
19138	500	9	through	through	IN
19138	500	10	the	the	DT
19138	500	11	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	500	12	with	with	IN
19138	500	13	six	six	CD
19138	500	14	short	short	JJ
19138	500	15	expiratory	expiratory	NN
19138	500	16	puffs	puff	NNS
19138	500	17	,	,	,
19138	500	18	drawing	draw	VBG
19138	500	19	the	the	DT
19138	500	20	ribs	rib	NNS
19138	500	21	_	_	NNP
19138	500	22	in	in	IN
19138	500	23	at	at	IN
19138	500	24	the	the	DT
19138	500	25	side	side	NN
19138	500	26	_	_	NNP
19138	500	27	with	with	IN
19138	500	28	each	each	DT
19138	500	29	puff	puff	NN
19138	500	30	.	.	.
19138	501	1	Exercise	exercise	NN
19138	501	2	V	v	NN
19138	501	3	SLOW	slow	NN
19138	501	4	INHALATION	inhalation	NN
19138	501	5	WITH	with	IN
19138	501	6	SLOW	SLOW	NNP
19138	501	7	EXPIRATION	EXPIRATION	NNP
19138	501	8	Inhale	Inhale	NNP
19138	501	9	as	as	IN
19138	501	10	in	in	IN
19138	501	11	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	501	12	,	,	,
19138	501	13	while	while	IN
19138	501	14	mentally	mentally	RB
19138	501	15	counting	count	VBG
19138	501	16	one	one	CD
19138	501	17	,	,	,
19138	501	18	two	two	CD
19138	501	19	,	,	,
19138	501	20	three	three	CD
19138	501	21	,	,	,
19138	501	22	four	four	CD
19138	501	23	,	,	,
19138	501	24	etc	etc	FW
19138	501	25	.	.	FW
19138	501	26	,	,	,
19138	501	27	until	until	IN
19138	501	28	the	the	DT
19138	501	29	inhalation	inhalation	NN
19138	501	30	seems	seem	VBZ
19138	501	31	complete	complete	JJ
19138	501	32	.	.	.
19138	502	1	Hold	hold	VB
19138	502	2	the	the	DT
19138	502	3	breath	breath	NN
19138	502	4	four	four	CD
19138	502	5	or	or	CC
19138	502	6	more	more	JJR
19138	502	7	counts	count	NNS
19138	502	8	;	;	:
19138	502	9	then	then	RB
19138	502	10	exhale	exhale	JJ
19138	502	11	through	through	IN
19138	502	12	the	the	DT
19138	502	13	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	502	14	slowly	slowly	RB
19138	502	15	and	and	CC
19138	502	16	evenly	evenly	RB
19138	502	17	while	while	IN
19138	502	18	mentally	mentally	RB
19138	502	19	counting	count	VBG
19138	502	20	to	to	IN
19138	502	21	the	the	DT
19138	502	22	number	number	NN
19138	502	23	reached	reach	VBN
19138	502	24	in	in	IN
19138	502	25	the	the	DT
19138	502	26	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	502	27	.	.	.
19138	503	1	With	with	IN
19138	503	2	practice	practice	NN
19138	503	3	the	the	DT
19138	503	4	number	number	NN
19138	503	5	of	of	IN
19138	503	6	counts	count	NNS
19138	503	7	will	will	MD
19138	503	8	gradually	gradually	RB
19138	503	9	increase	increase	VB
19138	503	10	.	.	.
19138	504	1	Do	do	VB
19138	504	2	not	not	RB
19138	504	3	,	,	,
19138	504	4	however	however	RB
19138	504	5	,	,	,
19138	504	6	force	force	VB
19138	504	7	the	the	DT
19138	504	8	increase	increase	NN
19138	504	9	.	.	.
19138	505	1	The	the	DT
19138	505	2	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	505	3	that	that	WDT
19138	505	4	control	control	VBP
19138	505	5	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	505	6	are	be	VBP
19138	505	7	powerful	powerful	JJ
19138	505	8	;	;	:
19138	505	9	do	do	VB
19138	505	10	not	not	RB
19138	505	11	,	,	,
19138	505	12	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	505	13	,	,	,
19138	505	14	make	make	VB
19138	505	15	the	the	DT
19138	505	16	mistake	mistake	NN
19138	505	17	of	of	IN
19138	505	18	seeking	seek	VBG
19138	505	19	to	to	TO
19138	505	20	control	control	VB
19138	505	21	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	505	22	by	by	IN
19138	505	23	contraction	contraction	NN
19138	505	24	of	of	IN
19138	505	25	the	the	DT
19138	505	26	glottis	glottis	NN
19138	505	27	.	.	.
19138	506	1	Practise	practise	VB
19138	506	2	these	these	DT
19138	506	3	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	506	4	with	with	IN
19138	506	5	an	an	DT
19138	506	6	open	open	JJ
19138	506	7	throat	throat	NN
19138	506	8	and	and	CC
19138	506	9	depend	depend	VB
19138	506	10	on	on	IN
19138	506	11	the	the	DT
19138	506	12	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	506	13	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	506	14	for	for	IN
19138	506	15	control	control	NN
19138	506	16	of	of	IN
19138	506	17	the	the	DT
19138	506	18	outgoing	outgoing	JJ
19138	506	19	air	air	NN
19138	506	20	.	.	.
19138	507	1	Remember	remember	VB
19138	507	2	that	that	IN
19138	507	3	_	_	NNP
19138	507	4	singing	singing	NN
19138	507	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	507	6	control	control	NN
19138	507	7	of	of	IN
19138	507	8	breath	breath	NN
19138	507	9	in	in	IN
19138	507	10	exit	exit	NN
19138	507	11	_	_	NNP
19138	507	12	.	.	.
19138	508	1	Exercise	exercise	NN
19138	508	2	VI	vi	NN
19138	508	3	RAPID	rapid	NN
19138	508	4	INSPIRATION	inspiration	NN
19138	508	5	WITH	with	IN
19138	508	6	SLOW	SLOW	NNP
19138	508	7	EXPIRATION	expiration	NN
19138	508	8	Inhale	Inhale	NNP
19138	508	9	through	through	IN
19138	508	10	the	the	DT
19138	508	11	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	508	12	quickly	quickly	RB
19138	508	13	,	,	,
19138	508	14	deeply	deeply	RB
19138	508	15	,	,	,
19138	508	16	and	and	CC
19138	508	17	forcefully	forcefully	RB
19138	508	18	(	(	-LRB-
19138	508	19	one	one	CD
19138	508	20	count	count	NN
19138	508	21	)	)	-RRB-
19138	508	22	;	;	:
19138	508	23	hold	hold	VB
19138	508	24	two	two	CD
19138	508	25	counts	count	NNS
19138	508	26	;	;	:
19138	508	27	exhale	exhale	JJ
19138	508	28	through	through	IN
19138	508	29	the	the	DT
19138	508	30	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	508	31	evenly	evenly	RB
19138	508	32	,	,	,
19138	508	33	steadily	steadily	RB
19138	508	34	,	,	,
19138	508	35	and	and	CC
19138	508	36	as	as	RB
19138	508	37	slowly	slowly	RB
19138	508	38	as	as	IN
19138	508	39	possible	possible	JJ
19138	508	40	while	while	IN
19138	508	41	mentally	mentally	RB
19138	508	42	counting	count	VBG
19138	508	43	one	one	CD
19138	508	44	,	,	,
19138	508	45	two	two	CD
19138	508	46	,	,	,
19138	508	47	three	three	CD
19138	508	48	,	,	,
19138	508	49	four	four	CD
19138	508	50	,	,	,
19138	508	51	etc	etc	FW
19138	508	52	.	.	.
19138	509	1	With	with	IN
19138	509	2	practice	practice	NN
19138	509	3	gradually	gradually	RB
19138	509	4	increase	increase	VBP
19138	509	5	the	the	DT
19138	509	6	number	number	NN
19138	509	7	of	of	IN
19138	509	8	counts	count	NNS
19138	509	9	for	for	IN
19138	509	10	the	the	DT
19138	509	11	exhalation	exhalation	NN
19138	509	12	.	.	.
19138	510	1	Exercise	exercise	VB
19138	510	2	VII	VII	NNP
19138	510	3	FARINELLI	FARINELLI	NNP
19138	510	4	'S	's	POS
19138	510	5	GREAT	great	JJ
19138	510	6	EXERCISE	exercise	NN
19138	510	7	The	the	DT
19138	510	8	Cavalier	Cavalier	NNP
19138	510	9	,	,	,
19138	510	10	Don	Don	NNP
19138	510	11	Carlo	Carlo	NNP
19138	510	12	Broschi	Broschi	NNP
19138	510	13	,	,	,
19138	510	14	better	well	RBR
19138	510	15	known	know	VBN
19138	510	16	as	as	IN
19138	510	17	Farinelli	Farinelli	NNP
19138	510	18	(	(	-LRB-
19138	510	19	1705	1705	CD
19138	510	20	-	-	SYM
19138	510	21	1782	1782	CD
19138	510	22	)	)	-RRB-
19138	510	23	,	,	,
19138	510	24	the	the	DT
19138	510	25	world	world	NN
19138	510	26	's	's	POS
19138	510	27	greatest	great	JJS
19138	510	28	singer	singer	NN
19138	510	29	in	in	IN
19138	510	30	bravura	bravura	NNP
19138	510	31	and	and	CC
19138	510	32	coloratura	coloratura	NNP
19138	510	33	,	,	,
19138	510	34	was	be	VBD
19138	510	35	a	a	DT
19138	510	36	pupil	pupil	NN
19138	510	37	of	of	IN
19138	510	38	Porpora	Porpora	NNP
19138	510	39	and	and	CC
19138	510	40	Bernacchi	Bernacchi	NNP
19138	510	41	.	.	.
19138	511	1	There	there	EX
19138	511	2	was	be	VBD
19138	511	3	no	no	DT
19138	511	4	branch	branch	NN
19138	511	5	of	of	IN
19138	511	6	the	the	DT
19138	511	7	art	art	NN
19138	511	8	which	which	WDT
19138	511	9	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	511	10	did	do	VBD
19138	511	11	not	not	RB
19138	511	12	carry	carry	VB
19138	511	13	to	to	IN
19138	511	14	the	the	DT
19138	511	15	highest	high	JJS
19138	511	16	perfection	perfection	NN
19138	511	17	,	,	,
19138	511	18	and	and	CC
19138	511	19	the	the	DT
19138	511	20	successes	success	NNS
19138	511	21	of	of	IN
19138	511	22	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	511	23	youth	youth	NN
19138	511	24	did	do	VBD
19138	511	25	not	not	RB
19138	511	26	prevent	prevent	VB
19138	511	27	him	-PRON-	PRP
19138	511	28	from	from	IN
19138	511	29	continuing	continue	VBG
19138	511	30	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	511	31	study	study	NN
19138	511	32	,	,	,
19138	511	33	or	or	CC
19138	511	34	,	,	,
19138	511	35	when	when	WRB
19138	511	36	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	511	37	name	name	NN
19138	511	38	was	be	VBD
19138	511	39	famous	famous	JJ
19138	511	40	,	,	,
19138	511	41	from	from	IN
19138	511	42	acquiring	acquire	VBG
19138	511	43	by	by	IN
19138	511	44	much	much	JJ
19138	511	45	perseverance	perseverance	NN
19138	511	46	another	another	DT
19138	511	47	style	style	NN
19138	511	48	and	and	CC
19138	511	49	a	a	DT
19138	511	50	superior	superior	JJ
19138	511	51	method	method	NN
19138	511	52	.	.	.
19138	512	1	His	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	512	2	breath	breath	NN
19138	512	3	control	control	NN
19138	512	4	was	be	VBD
19138	512	5	considered	consider	VBN
19138	512	6	so	so	RB
19138	512	7	marvelous	marvelous	JJ
19138	512	8	in	in	IN
19138	512	9	that	that	DT
19138	512	10	day	day	NN
19138	512	11	of	of	IN
19138	512	12	great	great	JJ
19138	512	13	singers	singer	NNS
19138	512	14	,	,	,
19138	512	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	512	16	is	be	VBZ
19138	512	17	said	say	VBN
19138	512	18	,	,	,
19138	512	19	that	that	IN
19138	512	20	the	the	DT
19138	512	21	art	art	NN
19138	512	22	of	of	IN
19138	512	23	taking	take	VBG
19138	512	24	and	and	CC
19138	512	25	keeping	keep	VBG
19138	512	26	the	the	DT
19138	512	27	breath	breath	NN
19138	512	28	so	so	RB
19138	512	29	softly	softly	RB
19138	512	30	and	and	CC
19138	512	31	easily	easily	RB
19138	512	32	that	that	IN
19138	512	33	no	no	DT
19138	512	34	one	one	PRP
19138	512	35	could	could	MD
19138	512	36	perceive	perceive	VB
19138	512	37	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	512	38	began	begin	VBD
19138	512	39	and	and	CC
19138	512	40	died	die	VBD
19138	512	41	with	with	IN
19138	512	42	him	-PRON-	PRP
19138	512	43	.	.	.
19138	513	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19138	513	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	513	3	said	say	VBN
19138	513	4	to	to	TO
19138	513	5	have	have	VB
19138	513	6	spent	spend	VBN
19138	513	7	several	several	JJ
19138	513	8	hours	hour	NNS
19138	513	9	daily	daily	RB
19138	513	10	in	in	IN
19138	513	11	practising	practise	VBG
19138	513	12	the	the	DT
19138	513	13	following	follow	VBG
19138	513	14	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	513	15	:	:	:
19138	513	16	As	as	IN
19138	513	17	in	in	IN
19138	513	18	Exercise	Exercise	NNP
19138	513	19	III	III	NNP
19138	513	20	,	,	,
19138	513	21	sip	sip	VB
19138	513	22	the	the	DT
19138	513	23	breath	breath	NN
19138	513	24	slowly	slowly	RB
19138	513	25	and	and	CC
19138	513	26	steadily	steadily	RB
19138	513	27	through	through	IN
19138	513	28	the	the	DT
19138	513	29	smallest	small	JJS
19138	513	30	possible	possible	JJ
19138	513	31	opening	opening	NN
19138	513	32	of	of	IN
19138	513	33	the	the	DT
19138	513	34	lips	lip	NNS
19138	513	35	;	;	:
19138	513	36	hold	hold	VB
19138	513	37	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	513	38	a	a	DT
19138	513	39	few	few	JJ
19138	513	40	counts	count	NNS
19138	513	41	,	,	,
19138	513	42	then	then	RB
19138	513	43	exhale	exhale	JJ
19138	513	44	very	very	RB
19138	513	45	slowly	slowly	RB
19138	513	46	and	and	CC
19138	513	47	steadily	steadily	RB
19138	513	48	through	through	IN
19138	513	49	the	the	DT
19138	513	50	smallest	small	JJS
19138	513	51	possible	possible	JJ
19138	513	52	opening	opening	NN
19138	513	53	of	of	IN
19138	513	54	the	the	DT
19138	513	55	lips	lip	NNS
19138	513	56	.	.	.
19138	514	1	Farinelli	Farinelli	NNP
19138	514	2	's	's	POS
19138	514	3	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	514	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	514	5	not	not	RB
19138	514	6	for	for	IN
19138	514	7	beginners	beginner	NNS
19138	514	8	.	.	.
19138	515	1	Exercise	exercise	NN
19138	515	2	VIII	viii	VB
19138	515	3	THE	the	DT
19138	515	4	CLEANSING	cleansing	NN
19138	515	5	BREATH	breath	NN
19138	515	6	For	for	IN
19138	515	7	ventilating	ventilate	VBG
19138	515	8	and	and	CC
19138	515	9	sweeping	sweep	VBG
19138	515	10	the	the	DT
19138	515	11	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	515	12	,	,	,
19138	515	13	for	for	IN
19138	515	14	quick	quick	JJ
19138	515	15	refreshment	refreshment	NN
19138	515	16	after	after	IN
19138	515	17	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19138	515	18	,	,	,
19138	515	19	and	and	CC
19138	515	20	for	for	IN
19138	515	21	use	use	NN
19138	515	22	always	always	RB
19138	515	23	at	at	IN
19138	515	24	the	the	DT
19138	515	25	close	close	NN
19138	515	26	of	of	IN
19138	515	27	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	515	28	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	515	29	,	,	,
19138	515	30	inhale	inhale	VB
19138	515	31	through	through	IN
19138	515	32	the	the	DT
19138	515	33	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	515	34	slowly	slowly	RB
19138	515	35	a	a	DT
19138	515	36	complete	complete	JJ
19138	515	37	breath	breath	NN
19138	515	38	;	;	:
19138	515	39	hold	hold	VB
19138	515	40	two	two	CD
19138	515	41	to	to	TO
19138	515	42	four	four	CD
19138	515	43	counts	count	NNS
19138	515	44	,	,	,
19138	515	45	purse	purse	VB
19138	515	46	the	the	DT
19138	515	47	lips	lip	NNS
19138	515	48	tightly	tightly	RB
19138	515	49	and	and	CC
19138	515	50	expel	expel	VB
19138	515	51	through	through	IN
19138	515	52	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	515	53	a	a	DT
19138	515	54	small	small	JJ
19138	515	55	puff	puff	NN
19138	515	56	of	of	IN
19138	515	57	air	air	NN
19138	515	58	,	,	,
19138	515	59	hold	hold	VB
19138	515	60	two	two	CD
19138	515	61	counts	count	NNS
19138	515	62	,	,	,
19138	515	63	puff	puff	NN
19138	515	64	one	one	CD
19138	515	65	,	,	,
19138	515	66	hold	hold	VB
19138	515	67	two	two	CD
19138	515	68	counts	count	NNS
19138	515	69	,	,	,
19138	515	70	puff	puff	NN
19138	515	71	one	one	CD
19138	515	72	,	,	,
19138	515	73	and	and	CC
19138	515	74	so	so	RB
19138	515	75	on	on	RB
19138	515	76	until	until	IN
19138	515	77	the	the	DT
19138	515	78	exhalation	exhalation	NN
19138	515	79	is	be	VBZ
19138	515	80	complete	complete	JJ
19138	515	81	.	.	.
19138	516	1	A	a	DT
19138	516	2	few	few	JJ
19138	516	3	trials	trial	NNS
19138	516	4	should	should	MD
19138	516	5	convince	convince	VB
19138	516	6	you	-PRON-	PRP
19138	516	7	that	that	IN
19138	516	8	this	this	DT
19138	516	9	simple	simple	JJ
19138	516	10	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	516	11	is	be	VBZ
19138	516	12	of	of	IN
19138	516	13	great	great	JJ
19138	516	14	value	value	NN
19138	516	15	.	.	.
19138	517	1	HALF	half	JJ
19138	517	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	517	3	BREATH	breath	NN
19138	517	4	In	in	IN
19138	517	5	both	both	DT
19138	517	6	singing	singing	NN
19138	517	7	and	and	CC
19138	517	8	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	517	9	,	,	,
19138	517	10	the	the	DT
19138	517	11	sustained	sustained	JJ
19138	517	12	delivery	delivery	NN
19138	517	13	of	of	IN
19138	517	14	long	long	JJ
19138	517	15	phrases	phrase	NNS
19138	517	16	or	or	CC
19138	517	17	sentences	sentence	NNS
19138	517	18	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19138	517	19	makes	make	VBZ
19138	517	20	unusual	unusual	JJ
19138	517	21	demands	demand	NNS
19138	517	22	on	on	IN
19138	517	23	the	the	DT
19138	517	24	breath	breath	NN
19138	517	25	supply	supply	NN
19138	517	26	.	.	.
19138	518	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	518	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	518	3	a	a	DT
19138	518	4	law	law	NN
19138	518	5	of	of	IN
19138	518	6	good	good	JJ
19138	518	7	singing	singing	NN
19138	518	8	that	that	IN
19138	518	9	every	every	DT
19138	518	10	phrase	phrase	NN
19138	518	11	should	should	MD
19138	518	12	end	end	VB
19138	518	13	with	with	IN
19138	518	14	the	the	DT
19138	518	15	breath	breath	NN
19138	518	16	unexhausted	unexhausted	JJ
19138	518	17	.	.	.
19138	519	1	When	when	WRB
19138	519	2	the	the	DT
19138	519	3	flow	flow	NN
19138	519	4	of	of	IN
19138	519	5	text	text	NN
19138	519	6	and	and	CC
19138	519	7	music	music	NN
19138	519	8	forbid	forbid	VBP
19138	519	9	the	the	DT
19138	519	10	taking	taking	NN
19138	519	11	of	of	IN
19138	519	12	a	a	DT
19138	519	13	full	full	JJ
19138	519	14	breath	breath	NN
19138	519	15	,	,	,
19138	519	16	half	half	NN
19138	519	17	-	-	HYPH
19138	519	18	breaths	breath	NNS
19138	519	19	must	must	MD
19138	519	20	be	be	VB
19138	519	21	quietly	quietly	RB
19138	519	22	taken	take	VBN
19138	519	23	at	at	IN
19138	519	24	convenient	convenient	JJ
19138	519	25	points	point	NNS
19138	519	26	.	.	.
19138	520	1	Instead	instead	RB
19138	520	2	of	of	IN
19138	520	3	letting	let	VBG
19138	520	4	the	the	DT
19138	520	5	whole	whole	JJ
19138	520	6	reservoir	reservoir	NN
19138	520	7	of	of	IN
19138	520	8	motive	motive	JJ
19138	520	9	power	power	NN
19138	520	10	exhaust	exhaust	NNP
19138	520	11	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	520	12	and	and	CC
19138	520	13	then	then	RB
19138	520	14	completely	completely	RB
19138	520	15	refill	refill	VBP
19138	520	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	520	17	,	,	,
19138	520	18	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	520	19	should	should	MD
19138	520	20	,	,	,
19138	520	21	by	by	IN
19138	520	22	taking	take	VBG
19138	520	23	these	these	DT
19138	520	24	half	half	JJ
19138	520	25	-	-	HYPH
19138	520	26	breaths	breath	NNS
19138	520	27	,	,	,
19138	520	28	maintain	maintain	VB
19138	520	29	a	a	DT
19138	520	30	reserve	reserve	NN
19138	520	31	.	.	.
19138	521	1	A	a	DT
19138	521	2	notable	notable	JJ
19138	521	3	advocate	advocate	NN
19138	521	4	of	of	IN
19138	521	5	the	the	DT
19138	521	6	use	use	NN
19138	521	7	of	of	IN
19138	521	8	the	the	DT
19138	521	9	half	half	JJ
19138	521	10	-	-	HYPH
19138	521	11	breath	breath	NN
19138	521	12	in	in	IN
19138	521	13	singing	singing	NN
19138	521	14	is	be	VBZ
19138	521	15	that	that	IN
19138	521	16	past	past	JJ
19138	521	17	mistress	mistress	NN
19138	521	18	of	of	IN
19138	521	19	sustained	sustained	JJ
19138	521	20	and	and	CC
19138	521	21	smooth	smooth	JJ
19138	521	22	delivery	delivery	NN
19138	521	23	,	,	,
19138	521	24	Marcella	Marcella	NNP
19138	521	25	Sembrich	Sembrich	NNP
19138	521	26	.	.	.
19138	522	1	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19138	522	2	V	v	NN
19138	522	3	REGISTERS	register	NNS
19138	522	4	The	the	DT
19138	522	5	subject	subject	NN
19138	522	6	of	of	IN
19138	522	7	registers	register	NNS
19138	522	8	has	have	VBZ
19138	522	9	always	always	RB
19138	522	10	been	be	VBN
19138	522	11	the	the	DT
19138	522	12	_	_	NNP
19138	522	13	bête	bête	NN
19138	522	14	noire	noire	NNP
19138	522	15	_	_	NNP
19138	522	16	of	of	IN
19138	522	17	vocalists	vocalist	NNS
19138	522	18	,	,	,
19138	522	19	a	a	DT
19138	522	20	source	source	NN
19138	522	21	of	of	IN
19138	522	22	controversy	controversy	NN
19138	522	23	and	and	CC
19138	522	24	confusion	confusion	NN
19138	522	25	.	.	.
19138	523	1	The	the	DT
19138	523	2	term	term	NN
19138	523	3	"	"	``
19138	523	4	register	register	NN
19138	523	5	,	,	,
19138	523	6	"	"	''
19138	523	7	as	as	IN
19138	523	8	commonly	commonly	RB
19138	523	9	used	use	VBN
19138	523	10	,	,	,
19138	523	11	means	mean	VBZ
19138	523	12	a	a	DT
19138	523	13	series	series	NN
19138	523	14	of	of	IN
19138	523	15	tones	tone	NNS
19138	523	16	of	of	IN
19138	523	17	a	a	DT
19138	523	18	characteristic	characteristic	JJ
19138	523	19	clang	clang	NN
19138	523	20	or	or	CC
19138	523	21	quality	quality	NN
19138	523	22	,	,	,
19138	523	23	produced	produce	VBN
19138	523	24	by	by	IN
19138	523	25	the	the	DT
19138	523	26	same	same	JJ
19138	523	27	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19138	523	28	.	.	.
19138	524	1	The	the	DT
19138	524	2	term	term	NN
19138	524	3	"	"	``
19138	524	4	break	break	NN
19138	524	5	"	"	''
19138	524	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	524	7	generally	generally	RB
19138	524	8	used	use	VBN
19138	524	9	to	to	TO
19138	524	10	indicate	indicate	VB
19138	524	11	the	the	DT
19138	524	12	point	point	NN
19138	524	13	at	at	IN
19138	524	14	which	which	WDT
19138	524	15	a	a	DT
19138	524	16	new	new	JJ
19138	524	17	register	register	NN
19138	524	18	with	with	IN
19138	524	19	sudden	sudden	JJ
19138	524	20	change	change	NN
19138	524	21	appears	appear	NNS
19138	524	22	.	.	.
19138	525	1	The	the	DT
19138	525	2	advocates	advocate	NNS
19138	525	3	of	of	IN
19138	525	4	registers	register	NNS
19138	525	5	lay	lie	VBD
19138	525	6	stress	stress	NN
19138	525	7	either	either	CC
19138	525	8	on	on	IN
19138	525	9	the	the	DT
19138	525	10	changes	change	NNS
19138	525	11	in	in	IN
19138	525	12	laryngeal	laryngeal	JJ
19138	525	13	action	action	NN
19138	525	14	,	,	,
19138	525	15	or	or	CC
19138	525	16	the	the	DT
19138	525	17	changes	change	NNS
19138	525	18	in	in	IN
19138	525	19	tone	tone	NN
19138	525	20	quality	quality	NN
19138	525	21	.	.	.
19138	526	1	Before	before	IN
19138	526	2	the	the	DT
19138	526	3	days	day	NNS
19138	526	4	of	of	IN
19138	526	5	the	the	DT
19138	526	6	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19138	526	7	,	,	,
19138	526	8	registers	register	NNS
19138	526	9	were	be	VBD
19138	526	10	treated	treat	VBN
19138	526	11	simply	simply	RB
19138	526	12	as	as	IN
19138	526	13	different	different	JJ
19138	526	14	qualities	quality	NNS
19138	526	15	of	of	IN
19138	526	16	tone	tone	NN
19138	526	17	,	,	,
19138	526	18	characterizing	characterize	VBG
19138	526	19	a	a	DT
19138	526	20	certain	certain	JJ
19138	526	21	portion	portion	NN
19138	526	22	of	of	IN
19138	526	23	the	the	DT
19138	526	24	voice	voice	NN
19138	526	25	's	's	POS
19138	526	26	compass	compass	NN
19138	526	27	.	.	.
19138	527	1	Those	those	DT
19138	527	2	who	who	WP
19138	527	3	encourage	encourage	VBP
19138	527	4	the	the	DT
19138	527	5	cultivation	cultivation	NN
19138	527	6	of	of	IN
19138	527	7	register	register	NN
19138	527	8	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19138	527	9	claim	claim	NN
19138	527	10	to	to	TO
19138	527	11	do	do	VB
19138	527	12	so	so	RB
19138	527	13	for	for	IN
19138	527	14	the	the	DT
19138	527	15	sake	sake	NN
19138	527	16	of	of	IN
19138	527	17	the	the	DT
19138	527	18	differences	difference	NNS
19138	527	19	in	in	IN
19138	527	20	tone	tone	NN
19138	527	21	-	-	HYPH
19138	527	22	color	color	NN
19138	527	23	which	which	WDT
19138	527	24	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	527	25	associate	associate	VBP
19138	527	26	with	with	IN
19138	527	27	the	the	DT
19138	527	28	different	different	JJ
19138	527	29	"	"	``
19138	527	30	registers	register	NNS
19138	527	31	.	.	.
19138	527	32	"	"	''
19138	528	1	The	the	DT
19138	528	2	purpose	purpose	NN
19138	528	3	of	of	IN
19138	528	4	the	the	DT
19138	528	5	following	following	JJ
19138	528	6	chapters	chapter	NNS
19138	528	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	528	8	to	to	TO
19138	528	9	show	show	VB
19138	528	10	that	that	IN
19138	528	11	the	the	DT
19138	528	12	quality	quality	NN
19138	528	13	or	or	CC
19138	528	14	color	color	NN
19138	528	15	of	of	IN
19138	528	16	a	a	DT
19138	528	17	tone	tone	NN
19138	528	18	is	be	VBZ
19138	528	19	altogether	altogether	RB
19138	528	20	a	a	DT
19138	528	21	matter	matter	NN
19138	528	22	of	of	IN
19138	528	23	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	528	24	,	,	,
19138	528	25	and	and	CC
19138	528	26	_	_	NNP
19138	528	27	not	not	RB
19138	528	28	_	_	IN
19138	528	29	a	a	DT
19138	528	30	question	question	NN
19138	528	31	of	of	IN
19138	528	32	laryngeal	laryngeal	JJ
19138	528	33	action	action	NN
19138	528	34	.	.	.
19138	529	1	Moreover	moreover	RB
19138	529	2	,	,	,
19138	529	3	the	the	DT
19138	529	4	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19138	529	5	of	of	IN
19138	529	6	the	the	DT
19138	529	7	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	529	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	529	9	not	not	RB
19138	529	10	voluntary	voluntary	JJ
19138	529	11	in	in	IN
19138	529	12	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	529	13	action	action	NN
19138	529	14	,	,	,
19138	529	15	but	but	CC
19138	529	16	automatic	automatic	JJ
19138	529	17	,	,	,
19138	529	18	and	and	CC
19138	529	19	even	even	RB
19138	529	20	if	if	IN
19138	529	21	a	a	DT
19138	529	22	singer	singer	NN
19138	529	23	knew	know	VBD
19138	529	24	how	how	WRB
19138	529	25	the	the	DT
19138	529	26	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	529	27	cords	cord	NNS
19138	529	28	should	should	MD
19138	529	29	act	act	VB
19138	529	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	529	31	would	would	MD
19138	529	32	not	not	RB
19138	529	33	help	help	VB
19138	529	34	him	-PRON-	PRP
19138	529	35	in	in	IN
19138	529	36	the	the	DT
19138	529	37	least	least	JJS
19138	529	38	to	to	TO
19138	529	39	govern	govern	VB
19138	529	40	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	529	41	action	action	NN
19138	529	42	.	.	.
19138	530	1	The	the	DT
19138	530	2	fact	fact	NN
19138	530	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	530	4	that	that	IN
19138	530	5	the	the	DT
19138	530	6	results	result	NNS
19138	530	7	of	of	IN
19138	530	8	laryngoscopic	laryngoscopic	NNP
19138	530	9	study	study	NN
19138	530	10	of	of	IN
19138	530	11	the	the	DT
19138	530	12	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	530	13	cords	cord	NNS
19138	530	14	have	have	VBP
19138	530	15	been	be	VBN
19138	530	16	disappointing	disappointing	JJ
19138	530	17	and	and	CC
19138	530	18	contradictory	contradictory	JJ
19138	530	19	and	and	CC
19138	530	20	investigators	investigator	NNS
19138	530	21	have	have	VBP
19138	530	22	failed	fail	VBN
19138	530	23	to	to	TO
19138	530	24	define	define	VB
19138	530	25	what	what	WDT
19138	530	26	correct	correct	JJ
19138	530	27	laryngeal	laryngeal	NN
19138	530	28	action	action	NN
19138	530	29	is	be	VBZ
19138	530	30	.	.	.
19138	531	1	There	there	EX
19138	531	2	are	be	VBP
19138	531	3	those	those	DT
19138	531	4	who	who	WP
19138	531	5	even	even	RB
19138	531	6	deny	deny	VBP
19138	531	7	that	that	IN
19138	531	8	the	the	DT
19138	531	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	531	10	cords	cord	NNS
19138	531	11	govern	govern	VBP
19138	531	12	the	the	DT
19138	531	13	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	531	14	of	of	IN
19138	531	15	the	the	DT
19138	531	16	voice	voice	NN
19138	531	17	.	.	.
19138	532	1	In	in	IN
19138	532	2	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	532	3	thoughtful	thoughtful	JJ
19138	532	4	_	_	NNP
19138	532	5	Philosophy	Philosophy	NNP
19138	532	6	of	of	IN
19138	532	7	Singing	Singing	NNP
19138	532	8	_	_	NNP
19138	532	9	,	,	,
19138	532	10	Clara	Clara	NNP
19138	532	11	Kathleen	Kathleen	NNP
19138	532	12	Rogers	Rogers	NNP
19138	532	13	,	,	,
19138	532	14	while	while	IN
19138	532	15	upholding	uphold	VBG
19138	532	16	"	"	``
19138	532	17	registers	register	NNS
19138	532	18	,	,	,
19138	532	19	"	"	''
19138	532	20	says	say	VBZ
19138	532	21	that	that	IN
19138	532	22	considered	consider	VBN
19138	532	23	physiologically	physiologically	RB
19138	532	24	"	"	``
19138	532	25	the	the	DT
19138	532	26	different	different	JJ
19138	532	27	registers	register	NNS
19138	532	28	of	of	IN
19138	532	29	the	the	DT
19138	532	30	voice	voice	NN
19138	532	31	should	should	MD
19138	532	32	be	be	VB
19138	532	33	regarded	regard	VBN
19138	532	34	by	by	IN
19138	532	35	the	the	DT
19138	532	36	singer	singer	NN
19138	532	37	as	as	RB
19138	532	38	only	only	RB
19138	532	39	so	so	RB
19138	532	40	many	many	JJ
19138	532	41	_	_	NNP
19138	532	42	modifications	modification	NNS
19138	532	43	in	in	IN
19138	532	44	the	the	DT
19138	532	45	quality	quality	NN
19138	532	46	of	of	IN
19138	532	47	tone	tone	NN
19138	532	48	_	_	NNP
19138	532	49	,	,	,
19138	532	50	which	which	WDT
19138	532	51	modifications	modification	NNS
19138	532	52	are	be	VBP
19138	532	53	inherent	inherent	JJ
19138	532	54	in	in	IN
19138	532	55	the	the	DT
19138	532	56	voice	voice	NN
19138	532	57	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	532	58	.	.	.
19138	532	59	"	"	''
19138	533	1	She	-PRON-	PRP
19138	533	2	then	then	RB
19138	533	3	adds	add	VBZ
19138	533	4	significantly	significantly	RB
19138	533	5	:	:	:
19138	533	6	"	"	``
19138	533	7	These	these	DT
19138	533	8	modifications	modification	NNS
19138	533	9	are	be	VBP
19138	533	10	not	not	RB
19138	533	11	brought	bring	VBN
19138	533	12	about	about	RP
19138	533	13	by	by	IN
19138	533	14	conscious	conscious	JJ
19138	533	15	adjustments	adjustment	NNS
19138	533	16	of	of	IN
19138	533	17	the	the	DT
19138	533	18	parts	part	NNS
19138	533	19	employed	employ	VBN
19138	533	20	,	,	,
19138	533	21	as	as	IN
19138	533	22	any	any	DT
19138	533	23	interference	interference	NN
19138	533	24	with	with	IN
19138	533	25	the	the	DT
19138	533	26	parts	part	NNS
19138	533	27	will	will	MD
19138	533	28	produce	produce	VB
19138	533	29	that	that	DT
19138	533	30	obstacle	obstacle	NN
19138	533	31	to	to	IN
19138	533	32	quality	quality	NN
19138	533	33	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	533	34	call	call	VBP
19138	533	35	a	a	DT
19138	533	36	'	'	``
19138	533	37	break	break	NN
19138	533	38	.	.	.
19138	533	39	'	'	''
19138	533	40	"	"	''
19138	534	1	One	one	CD
19138	534	2	of	of	IN
19138	534	3	the	the	DT
19138	534	4	greatest	great	JJS
19138	534	5	of	of	IN
19138	534	6	modern	modern	JJ
19138	534	7	singers	singer	NNS
19138	534	8	,	,	,
19138	534	9	Mme	Mme	NNP
19138	534	10	.	.	.
19138	535	1	Lilli	Lilli	NNP
19138	535	2	Lehmann	Lehmann	NNP
19138	535	3	,	,	,
19138	535	4	in	in	IN
19138	535	5	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	535	6	interesting	interesting	JJ
19138	535	7	work	work	NN
19138	535	8	,	,	,
19138	535	9	_	_	NNP
19138	535	10	How	how	WRB
19138	535	11	to	to	TO
19138	535	12	Sing	sing	VB
19138	535	13	_	_	NNP
19138	535	14	,	,	,
19138	535	15	says	say	VBZ
19138	535	16	:	:	:
19138	535	17	"	"	``
19138	535	18	Do	do	VBP
19138	535	19	registers	register	NNS
19138	535	20	exist	exist	VB
19138	535	21	by	by	IN
19138	535	22	nature	nature	NN
19138	535	23	?	?	.
19138	536	1	No	no	UH
19138	536	2	.	.	.
19138	537	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	537	2	may	may	MD
19138	537	3	be	be	VB
19138	537	4	said	say	VBN
19138	537	5	that	that	IN
19138	537	6	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	537	7	are	be	VBP
19138	537	8	created	create	VBN
19138	537	9	through	through	IN
19138	537	10	long	long	JJ
19138	537	11	years	year	NNS
19138	537	12	of	of	IN
19138	537	13	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	537	14	in	in	IN
19138	537	15	the	the	DT
19138	537	16	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	537	17	range	range	NN
19138	537	18	that	that	WDT
19138	537	19	is	be	VBZ
19138	537	20	easiest	easy	JJS
19138	537	21	to	to	IN
19138	537	22	the	the	DT
19138	537	23	person	person	NN
19138	537	24	,	,	,
19138	537	25	or	or	CC
19138	537	26	in	in	IN
19138	537	27	one	one	CD
19138	537	28	adopted	adopt	VBN
19138	537	29	by	by	IN
19138	537	30	imitation	imitation	NN
19138	537	31	.	.	.
19138	537	32	"	"	''
19138	538	1	She	-PRON-	PRP
19138	538	2	speaks	speak	VBZ
19138	538	3	of	of	IN
19138	538	4	three	three	CD
19138	538	5	ranges	range	NNS
19138	538	6	of	of	IN
19138	538	7	the	the	DT
19138	538	8	voice	voice	NN
19138	538	9	,	,	,
19138	538	10	or	or	CC
19138	538	11	,	,	,
19138	538	12	rather	rather	RB
19138	538	13	,	,	,
19138	538	14	three	three	CD
19138	538	15	sections	section	NNS
19138	538	16	of	of	IN
19138	538	17	the	the	DT
19138	538	18	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	538	19	range	range	NN
19138	538	20	,	,	,
19138	538	21	as	as	IN
19138	538	22	chest	chest	NN
19138	538	23	,	,	,
19138	538	24	middle	middle	JJ
19138	538	25	,	,	,
19138	538	26	and	and	CC
19138	538	27	head	head	NN
19138	538	28	,	,	,
19138	538	29	saying	say	VBG
19138	538	30	,	,	,
19138	538	31	"	"	``
19138	538	32	All	all	DT
19138	538	33	three	three	CD
19138	538	34	form	form	NN
19138	538	35	registers	register	NNS
19138	538	36	_	_	NNP
19138	538	37	when	when	WRB
19138	538	38	exaggerated	exaggerate	VBD
19138	538	39	_	_	NNP
19138	538	40	.	.	.
19138	538	41	"	"	''
19138	539	1	After	after	IN
19138	539	2	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	539	3	of	of	IN
19138	539	4	the	the	DT
19138	539	5	hopeless	hopeless	JJ
19138	539	6	confusion	confusion	NN
19138	539	7	that	that	WDT
19138	539	8	results	result	VBZ
19138	539	9	from	from	IN
19138	539	10	clinging	cling	VBG
19138	539	11	to	to	IN
19138	539	12	the	the	DT
19138	539	13	appellations	appellation	NNS
19138	539	14	of	of	IN
19138	539	15	chest	chest	NN
19138	539	16	,	,	,
19138	539	17	middle	middle	JJ
19138	539	18	,	,	,
19138	539	19	and	and	CC
19138	539	20	head	head	VB
19138	539	21	_	_	NNP
19138	539	22	register	register	NNP
19138	539	23	_	_	NNP
19138	539	24	,	,	,
19138	539	25	confounding	confound	VBG
19138	539	26	voice	voice	NN
19138	539	27	with	with	IN
19138	539	28	register	register	NNP
19138	539	29	,	,	,
19138	539	30	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	539	31	concludes	conclude	VBZ
19138	539	32	:	:	:
19138	539	33	"	"	``
19138	539	34	As	as	RB
19138	539	35	long	long	RB
19138	539	36	as	as	IN
19138	539	37	the	the	DT
19138	539	38	word	word	NN
19138	539	39	'	'	``
19138	539	40	register	register	NN
19138	539	41	'	'	''
19138	539	42	is	be	VBZ
19138	539	43	kept	keep	VBN
19138	539	44	in	in	IN
19138	539	45	use	use	NN
19138	539	46	the	the	DT
19138	539	47	registers	register	NNS
19138	539	48	will	will	MD
19138	539	49	not	not	RB
19138	539	50	disappear	disappear	VB
19138	539	51	,	,	,
19138	539	52	and	and	CC
19138	539	53	yet	yet	RB
19138	539	54	the	the	DT
19138	539	55	register	register	NN
19138	539	56	question	question	NN
19138	539	57	must	must	MD
19138	539	58	be	be	VB
19138	539	59	swept	sweep	VBN
19138	539	60	away	away	RB
19138	539	61	,	,	,
19138	539	62	to	to	TO
19138	539	63	give	give	VB
19138	539	64	place	place	NN
19138	539	65	to	to	IN
19138	539	66	another	another	DT
19138	539	67	class	class	NN
19138	539	68	of	of	IN
19138	539	69	ideas	idea	NNS
19138	539	70	,	,	,
19138	539	71	sounder	sounder	VB
19138	539	72	views	view	NNS
19138	539	73	on	on	IN
19138	539	74	the	the	DT
19138	539	75	part	part	NN
19138	539	76	of	of	IN
19138	539	77	teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	539	78	,	,	,
19138	539	79	and	and	CC
19138	539	80	a	a	DT
19138	539	81	truer	truer	NN
19138	539	82	conception	conception	NN
19138	539	83	on	on	IN
19138	539	84	the	the	DT
19138	539	85	part	part	NN
19138	539	86	of	of	IN
19138	539	87	singers	singer	NNS
19138	539	88	and	and	CC
19138	539	89	pupils	pupil	NNS
19138	539	90	.	.	.
19138	539	91	"	"	''
19138	540	1	The	the	DT
19138	540	2	trend	trend	NN
19138	540	3	of	of	IN
19138	540	4	recent	recent	JJ
19138	540	5	thought	thought	NN
19138	540	6	on	on	IN
19138	540	7	this	this	DT
19138	540	8	subject	subject	NN
19138	540	9	is	be	VBZ
19138	540	10	further	further	RB
19138	540	11	shown	show	VBN
19138	540	12	in	in	IN
19138	540	13	Ffrangcon	Ffrangcon	NNP
19138	540	14	-	-	HYPH
19138	540	15	Davies	Davies	NNP
19138	540	16	'	'	POS
19138	540	17	important	important	JJ
19138	540	18	work	work	NN
19138	540	19	,	,	,
19138	540	20	_	_	NNP
19138	540	21	The	the	DT
19138	540	22	Singing	singing	NN
19138	540	23	of	of	IN
19138	540	24	the	the	DT
19138	540	25	Future	Future	NNP
19138	540	26	_	_	NNP
19138	540	27	,	,	,
19138	540	28	where	where	WRB
19138	540	29	,	,	,
19138	540	30	having	have	VBG
19138	540	31	in	in	IN
19138	540	32	mind	mind	NN
19138	540	33	"	"	``
19138	540	34	the	the	DT
19138	540	35	useless	useless	JJ
19138	540	36	torture	torture	NN
19138	540	37	to	to	TO
19138	540	38	which	which	WDT
19138	540	39	thousands	thousand	NNS
19138	540	40	of	of	IN
19138	540	41	students	student	NNS
19138	540	42	have	have	VBP
19138	540	43	been	be	VBN
19138	540	44	subjected	subject	VBN
19138	540	45	,	,	,
19138	540	46	"	"	''
19138	540	47	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	540	48	characterizes	characterize	VBZ
19138	540	49	"	"	``
19138	540	50	breaks	break	NNS
19138	540	51	"	"	''
19138	540	52	and	and	CC
19138	540	53	"	"	``
19138	540	54	registers	register	VBZ
19138	540	55	"	"	''
19138	540	56	as	as	IN
19138	540	57	"	"	``
19138	540	58	paraphernalia	paraphernalia	NNS
19138	540	59	supplied	supply	VBN
19138	540	60	by	by	IN
19138	540	61	credulity	credulity	NN
19138	540	62	to	to	IN
19138	540	63	charlatanism	charlatanism	NN
19138	540	64	"	"	''
19138	540	65	;	;	:
19138	540	66	and	and	CC
19138	540	67	adds	add	VBZ
19138	540	68	:	:	:
19138	540	69	"	"	``
19138	540	70	How	how	WRB
19138	540	71	many	many	PDT
19138	540	72	a	a	DT
19138	540	73	poor	poor	JJ
19138	540	74	pupil	pupil	NN
19138	540	75	has	have	VBZ
19138	540	76	become	become	VBN
19138	540	77	a	a	DT
19138	540	78	practical	practical	JJ
19138	540	79	monomaniac	monomaniac	NN
19138	540	80	on	on	IN
19138	540	81	the	the	DT
19138	540	82	subject	subject	NN
19138	540	83	of	of	IN
19138	540	84	_	_	NNP
19138	540	85	that	that	DT
19138	540	86	break	break	NN
19138	540	87	in	in	IN
19138	540	88	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	540	89	voice	voice	NN
19138	540	90	between	between	IN
19138	540	91	D	d	NN
19138	540	92	and	and	CC
19138	540	93	D	d	NN
19138	540	94	sharp	sharp	JJ
19138	540	95	_	_	NN
19138	540	96	!	!	.
19138	540	97	"	"	''
19138	541	1	My	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	541	2	own	own	JJ
19138	541	3	studies	study	NNS
19138	541	4	convince	convince	VBP
19138	541	5	me	-PRON-	PRP
19138	541	6	that	that	IN
19138	541	7	there	there	EX
19138	541	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	541	9	but	but	CC
19138	541	10	one	one	CD
19138	541	11	register	register	NN
19138	541	12	,	,	,
19138	541	13	or	or	CC
19138	541	14	,	,	,
19138	541	15	rather	rather	RB
19138	541	16	,	,	,
19138	541	17	no	no	DT
19138	541	18	such	such	JJ
19138	541	19	thing	thing	NN
19138	541	20	as	as	IN
19138	541	21	register	register	VB
19138	541	22	,	,	,
19138	541	23	save	save	RB
19138	541	24	as	as	IN
19138	541	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	541	26	applies	apply	VBZ
19138	541	27	to	to	IN
19138	541	28	the	the	DT
19138	541	29	compass	compass	NN
19138	541	30	of	of	IN
19138	541	31	the	the	DT
19138	541	32	voice	voice	NN
19138	541	33	;	;	,
19138	541	34	and	and	CC
19138	541	35	that	that	DT
19138	541	36	chest	chest	NN
19138	541	37	,	,	,
19138	541	38	middle	middle	JJ
19138	541	39	,	,	,
19138	541	40	head	head	NN
19138	541	41	,	,	,
19138	541	42	and	and	CC
19138	541	43	all	all	DT
19138	541	44	other	other	JJ
19138	541	45	registers	register	NNS
19138	541	46	are	be	VBP
19138	541	47	creations	creation	NNS
19138	541	48	of	of	IN
19138	541	49	false	false	JJ
19138	541	50	education	education	NN
19138	541	51	.	.	.
19138	542	1	Training	training	NN
19138	542	2	based	base	VBN
19138	542	3	upon	upon	IN
19138	542	4	the	the	DT
19138	542	5	theory	theory	NN
19138	542	6	of	of	IN
19138	542	7	many	many	JJ
19138	542	8	registers	register	NNS
19138	542	9	results	result	NNS
19138	542	10	in	in	IN
19138	542	11	an	an	DT
19138	542	12	artificial	artificial	JJ
19138	542	13	and	and	CC
19138	542	14	unnatural	unnatural	JJ
19138	542	15	division	division	NN
19138	542	16	of	of	IN
19138	542	17	the	the	DT
19138	542	18	voice	voice	NN
19138	542	19	.	.	.
19138	543	1	THE	the	DT
19138	543	2	VOICE	voice	NN
19138	543	3	AND	and	CC
19138	543	4	INSTRUMENTS	INSTRUMENTS	NNP
19138	543	5	COMPARED	compare	VBN
19138	543	6	The	the	DT
19138	543	7	organ	organ	NN
19138	543	8	of	of	IN
19138	543	9	the	the	DT
19138	543	10	voice	voice	NN
19138	543	11	has	have	VBZ
19138	543	12	long	long	RB
19138	543	13	been	be	VBN
19138	543	14	considered	consider	VBN
19138	543	15	the	the	DT
19138	543	16	analogue	analogue	NN
19138	543	17	of	of	IN
19138	543	18	every	every	DT
19138	543	19	other	other	JJ
19138	543	20	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	543	21	except	except	IN
19138	543	22	in	in	IN
19138	543	23	regard	regard	NN
19138	543	24	to	to	IN
19138	543	25	registers	register	NNS
19138	543	26	.	.	.
19138	544	1	Investigation	investigation	NN
19138	544	2	indicates	indicate	VBZ
19138	544	3	that	that	IN
19138	544	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	544	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	544	6	analogous	analogous	JJ
19138	544	7	in	in	IN
19138	544	8	this	this	DT
19138	544	9	respect	respect	NN
19138	544	10	also	also	RB
19138	544	11	.	.	.
19138	545	1	Compare	compare	VB
19138	545	2	the	the	DT
19138	545	3	voice	voice	NN
19138	545	4	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	545	5	with	with	IN
19138	545	6	the	the	DT
19138	545	7	pianoforte	pianoforte	NN
19138	545	8	,	,	,
19138	545	9	violin	violin	NN
19138	545	10	,	,	,
19138	545	11	and	and	CC
19138	545	12	organ	organ	NNP
19138	545	13	and	and	CC
19138	545	14	the	the	DT
19138	545	15	similarity	similarity	NN
19138	545	16	will	will	MD
19138	545	17	plainly	plainly	RB
19138	545	18	appear	appear	VB
19138	545	19	.	.	.
19138	546	1	The	the	DT
19138	546	2	artificial	artificial	JJ
19138	546	3	instruments	instrument	NNS
19138	546	4	undergo	undergo	VBP
19138	546	5	no	no	DT
19138	546	6	change	change	NN
19138	546	7	when	when	WRB
19138	546	8	making	make	VBG
19138	546	9	a	a	DT
19138	546	10	tone	tone	NN
19138	546	11	of	of	IN
19138	546	12	higher	high	JJR
19138	546	13	or	or	CC
19138	546	14	lower	low	JJR
19138	546	15	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	546	16	other	other	JJ
19138	546	17	than	than	IN
19138	546	18	the	the	DT
19138	546	19	attuning	attuning	NN
19138	546	20	of	of	IN
19138	546	21	the	the	DT
19138	546	22	vibrator	vibrator	NN
19138	546	23	to	to	IN
19138	546	24	the	the	DT
19138	546	25	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	546	26	desired	desire	VBN
19138	546	27	.	.	.
19138	547	1	All	all	DT
19138	547	2	other	other	JJ
19138	547	3	parts	part	NNS
19138	547	4	remain	remain	VBP
19138	547	5	the	the	DT
19138	547	6	same	same	JJ
19138	547	7	.	.	.
19138	548	1	So	so	RB
19138	548	2	when	when	WRB
19138	548	3	the	the	DT
19138	548	4	voice	voice	NN
19138	548	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	548	6	correctly	correctly	RB
19138	548	7	focused	focus	VBN
19138	548	8	and	and	CC
19138	548	9	delivered	deliver	VBN
19138	548	10	,	,	,
19138	548	11	the	the	DT
19138	548	12	only	only	JJ
19138	548	13	change	change	NN
19138	548	14	incident	incident	NN
19138	548	15	to	to	IN
19138	548	16	altered	altered	JJ
19138	548	17	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	548	18	is	be	VBZ
19138	548	19	that	that	WDT
19138	548	20	made	make	VBN
19138	548	21	in	in	IN
19138	548	22	the	the	DT
19138	548	23	vibrator	vibrator	NN
19138	548	24	so	so	IN
19138	548	25	as	as	IN
19138	548	26	to	to	TO
19138	548	27	give	give	VB
19138	548	28	the	the	DT
19138	548	29	proper	proper	JJ
19138	548	30	number	number	NN
19138	548	31	of	of	IN
19138	548	32	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	548	33	for	for	IN
19138	548	34	the	the	DT
19138	548	35	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	548	36	required	require	VBN
19138	548	37	.	.	.
19138	549	1	If	if	IN
19138	549	2	the	the	DT
19138	549	3	scale	scale	NN
19138	549	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	549	5	sung	sing	VBN
19138	549	6	down	down	RP
19138	549	7	,	,	,
19138	549	8	using	use	VBG
19138	549	9	the	the	DT
19138	549	10	same	same	JJ
19138	549	11	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	549	12	sound	sound	NN
19138	549	13	for	for	IN
19138	549	14	the	the	DT
19138	549	15	whole	whole	JJ
19138	549	16	scale	scale	NN
19138	549	17	,	,	,
19138	549	18	the	the	DT
19138	549	19	comparison	comparison	NN
19138	549	20	will	will	MD
19138	549	21	be	be	VB
19138	549	22	appreciated	appreciate	VBN
19138	549	23	;	;	:
19138	549	24	the	the	DT
19138	549	25	pupil	pupil	NN
19138	549	26	will	will	MD
19138	549	27	not	not	RB
19138	549	28	be	be	VB
19138	549	29	conscious	conscious	JJ
19138	549	30	of	of	IN
19138	549	31	any	any	DT
19138	549	32	change	change	NN
19138	549	33	in	in	IN
19138	549	34	the	the	DT
19138	549	35	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	549	36	organ	organ	NN
19138	549	37	or	or	CC
19138	549	38	experience	experience	VBP
19138	549	39	any	any	DT
19138	549	40	difficulty	difficulty	NN
19138	549	41	in	in	IN
19138	549	42	descending	descend	VBG
19138	549	43	the	the	DT
19138	549	44	scale	scale	NN
19138	549	45	.	.	.
19138	550	1	Faithful	faithful	JJ
19138	550	2	advocates	advocate	NNS
19138	550	3	of	of	IN
19138	550	4	the	the	DT
19138	550	5	theory	theory	NN
19138	550	6	of	of	IN
19138	550	7	many	many	JJ
19138	550	8	registers	register	NNS
19138	550	9	say	say	VBP
19138	550	10	:	:	:
19138	550	11	"	"	``
19138	550	12	Whenever	whenever	WRB
19138	550	13	in	in	IN
19138	550	14	doubt	doubt	NN
19138	550	15	about	about	IN
19138	550	16	the	the	DT
19138	550	17	production	production	NN
19138	550	18	of	of	IN
19138	550	19	a	a	DT
19138	550	20	tone	tone	NN
19138	550	21	,	,	,
19138	550	22	sing	sing	VB
19138	550	23	_	_	NNP
19138	550	24	down	down	RB
19138	550	25	_	_	NNP
19138	550	26	to	to	IN
19138	550	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	550	28	from	from	IN
19138	550	29	some	some	DT
19138	550	30	tone	tone	NN
19138	550	31	above	above	IN
19138	550	32	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	550	33	,	,	,
19138	550	34	never	never	RB
19138	550	35	_	_	NNP
19138	550	36	upward	upward	RB
19138	550	37	_	_	NNP
19138	550	38	from	from	IN
19138	550	39	a	a	DT
19138	550	40	tone	tone	NN
19138	550	41	below	below	RB
19138	550	42	,	,	,
19138	550	43	"	"	``
19138	550	44	for	for	IN
19138	550	45	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	550	46	find	find	VBP
19138	550	47	that	that	IN
19138	550	48	singing	singe	VBG
19138	550	49	down	down	RP
19138	550	50	"	"	``
19138	550	51	blends	blend	NNS
19138	550	52	the	the	DT
19138	550	53	registers	register	NNS
19138	550	54	.	.	.
19138	550	55	"	"	''
19138	551	1	This	this	DT
19138	551	2	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	551	3	believe	believe	VBP
19138	551	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	551	5	because	because	IN
19138	551	6	in	in	IN
19138	551	7	singing	singe	VBG
19138	551	8	down	down	RP
19138	551	9	muscular	muscular	JJ
19138	551	10	and	and	CC
19138	551	11	nerve	nerve	JJ
19138	551	12	tension	tension	NN
19138	551	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	551	14	gradually	gradually	RB
19138	551	15	relaxed	relaxed	JJ
19138	551	16	and	and	CC
19138	551	17	consequently	consequently	RB
19138	551	18	there	there	EX
19138	551	19	is	be	VBZ
19138	551	20	no	no	DT
19138	551	21	"	"	``
19138	551	22	register	register	NN
19138	551	23	"	"	''
19138	551	24	change	change	NN
19138	551	25	in	in	IN
19138	551	26	the	the	DT
19138	551	27	voice	voice	NN
19138	551	28	.	.	.
19138	552	1	A	a	DT
19138	552	2	study	study	NN
19138	552	3	of	of	IN
19138	552	4	the	the	DT
19138	552	5	church	church	NN
19138	552	6	organ	organ	NN
19138	552	7	will	will	MD
19138	552	8	,	,	,
19138	552	9	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	552	10	think	think	VBP
19138	552	11	,	,	,
19138	552	12	make	make	VB
19138	552	13	this	this	DT
19138	552	14	matter	matter	NN
19138	552	15	clear	clear	JJ
19138	552	16	.	.	.
19138	553	1	The	the	DT
19138	553	2	organ	organ	NN
19138	553	3	has	have	VBZ
19138	553	4	many	many	JJ
19138	553	5	so	so	RB
19138	553	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	553	7	called	call	VBN
19138	553	8	registers	register	NNS
19138	553	9	,	,	,
19138	553	10	as	as	IN
19138	553	11	the	the	DT
19138	553	12	_	_	NNP
19138	553	13	vox	vox	NNP
19138	553	14	humana	humana	NNP
19138	553	15	_	_	NNP
19138	553	16	,	,	,
19138	553	17	_	_	NNP
19138	553	18	flute	flute	NN
19138	553	19	_	_	NNP
19138	553	20	,	,	,
19138	553	21	_	_	NNP
19138	553	22	oboe	oboe	NN
19138	553	23	_	_	NNP
19138	553	24	,	,	,
19138	553	25	etc	etc	FW
19138	553	26	.	.	.
19138	554	1	These	these	DT
19138	554	2	differ	differ	VBP
19138	554	3	in	in	IN
19138	554	4	the	the	DT
19138	554	5	character	character	NN
19138	554	6	of	of	IN
19138	554	7	tone	tone	NN
19138	554	8	produced	produce	VBD
19138	554	9	,	,	,
19138	554	10	because	because	IN
19138	554	11	of	of	IN
19138	554	12	the	the	DT
19138	554	13	size	size	NN
19138	554	14	and	and	CC
19138	554	15	shape	shape	NN
19138	554	16	of	of	IN
19138	554	17	the	the	DT
19138	554	18	different	different	JJ
19138	554	19	sets	set	NNS
19138	554	20	of	of	IN
19138	554	21	pipes	pipe	NNS
19138	554	22	and	and	CC
19138	554	23	the	the	DT
19138	554	24	material	material	NN
19138	554	25	,	,	,
19138	554	26	wood	wood	NN
19138	554	27	or	or	CC
19138	554	28	metal	metal	NN
19138	554	29	,	,	,
19138	554	30	of	of	IN
19138	554	31	which	which	WDT
19138	554	32	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	554	33	are	be	VBP
19138	554	34	made	make	VBN
19138	554	35	.	.	.
19138	555	1	But	but	CC
19138	555	2	each	each	DT
19138	555	3	similarly	similarly	RB
19138	555	4	constructed	construct	VBN
19138	555	5	set	set	NN
19138	555	6	of	of	IN
19138	555	7	pipes	pipe	NNS
19138	555	8	forms	form	NNS
19138	555	9	only	only	RB
19138	555	10	one	one	CD
19138	555	11	register	register	NN
19138	555	12	,	,	,
19138	555	13	and	and	CC
19138	555	14	the	the	DT
19138	555	15	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	555	16	of	of	IN
19138	555	17	the	the	DT
19138	555	18	set	set	NN
19138	555	19	varies	vary	VBZ
19138	555	20	from	from	IN
19138	555	21	low	low	JJ
19138	555	22	to	to	IN
19138	555	23	high	high	JJ
19138	555	24	without	without	IN
19138	555	25	any	any	DT
19138	555	26	abrupt	abrupt	JJ
19138	555	27	change	change	NN
19138	555	28	in	in	IN
19138	555	29	quality	quality	NN
19138	555	30	.	.	.
19138	556	1	All	all	PDT
19138	556	2	the	the	DT
19138	556	3	tones	tone	NNS
19138	556	4	are	be	VBP
19138	556	5	produced	produce	VBN
19138	556	6	by	by	IN
19138	556	7	the	the	DT
19138	556	8	same	same	JJ
19138	556	9	methods	method	NNS
19138	556	10	and	and	CC
19138	556	11	means	mean	NNS
19138	556	12	,	,	,
19138	556	13	the	the	DT
19138	556	14	bellows	bellow	NNS
19138	556	15	,	,	,
19138	556	16	the	the	DT
19138	556	17	vibrator	vibrator	NN
19138	556	18	,	,	,
19138	556	19	and	and	CC
19138	556	20	the	the	DT
19138	556	21	pipe	pipe	NN
19138	556	22	.	.	.
19138	557	1	In	in	IN
19138	557	2	length	length	NN
19138	557	3	and	and	CC
19138	557	4	diameter	diameter	NN
19138	557	5	,	,	,
19138	557	6	the	the	DT
19138	557	7	pipe	pipe	NN
19138	557	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	557	9	proper	proper	JJ
19138	557	10	to	to	IN
19138	557	11	the	the	DT
19138	557	12	tone	tone	NN
19138	557	13	produced	produce	VBD
19138	557	14	:	:	:
19138	557	15	a	a	DT
19138	557	16	short	short	JJ
19138	557	17	pipe	pipe	NN
19138	557	18	of	of	IN
19138	557	19	small	small	JJ
19138	557	20	diameter	diameter	NN
19138	557	21	for	for	IN
19138	557	22	the	the	DT
19138	557	23	high	high	JJ
19138	557	24	tones	tone	NNS
19138	557	25	,	,	,
19138	557	26	and	and	CC
19138	557	27	a	a	DT
19138	557	28	long	long	JJ
19138	557	29	,	,	,
19138	557	30	wide	wide	JJ
19138	557	31	pipe	pipe	NN
19138	557	32	for	for	IN
19138	557	33	the	the	DT
19138	557	34	bass	bass	NN
19138	557	35	tones	tone	NNS
19138	557	36	.	.	.
19138	558	1	The	the	DT
19138	558	2	short	short	JJ
19138	558	3	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	558	4	of	of	IN
19138	558	5	the	the	DT
19138	558	6	high	high	JJ
19138	558	7	tones	tone	NNS
19138	558	8	are	be	VBP
19138	558	9	perceived	perceive	VBN
19138	558	10	by	by	IN
19138	558	11	the	the	DT
19138	558	12	ear	ear	NN
19138	558	13	as	as	IN
19138	558	14	affecting	affect	VBG
19138	558	15	the	the	DT
19138	558	16	air	air	NN
19138	558	17	only	only	RB
19138	558	18	,	,	,
19138	558	19	while	while	IN
19138	558	20	the	the	DT
19138	558	21	tones	tone	NNS
19138	558	22	of	of	IN
19138	558	23	the	the	DT
19138	558	24	lowest	low	JJS
19138	558	25	bass	bass	NN
19138	558	26	pipes	pipe	NNS
19138	558	27	shake	shake	VBP
19138	558	28	the	the	DT
19138	558	29	solid	solid	JJ
19138	558	30	foundations	foundation	NNS
19138	558	31	as	as	RB
19138	558	32	well	well	RB
19138	558	33	as	as	IN
19138	558	34	the	the	DT
19138	558	35	superstructure	superstructure	NN
19138	558	36	.	.	.
19138	559	1	So	so	RB
19138	559	2	with	with	IN
19138	559	3	the	the	DT
19138	559	4	human	human	JJ
19138	559	5	voice	voice	NN
19138	559	6	.	.	.
19138	560	1	The	the	DT
19138	560	2	coarser	coarser	NN
19138	560	3	tissues	tissue	NNS
19138	560	4	can	can	MD
19138	560	5	not	not	RB
19138	560	6	answer	answer	VB
19138	560	7	to	to	IN
19138	560	8	the	the	DT
19138	560	9	short	short	JJ
19138	560	10	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	560	11	of	of	IN
19138	560	12	the	the	DT
19138	560	13	upper	upper	JJ
19138	560	14	tones	tone	NNS
19138	560	15	,	,	,
19138	560	16	because	because	IN
19138	560	17	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	560	18	can	can	MD
19138	560	19	not	not	RB
19138	560	20	move	move	VB
19138	560	21	so	so	RB
19138	560	22	quickly	quickly	RB
19138	560	23	,	,	,
19138	560	24	while	while	IN
19138	560	25	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	560	26	can	can	MD
19138	560	27	,	,	,
19138	560	28	and	and	CC
19138	560	29	do	do	VB
19138	560	30	,	,	,
19138	560	31	respond	respond	VB
19138	560	32	to	to	IN
19138	560	33	the	the	DT
19138	560	34	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	560	35	of	of	IN
19138	560	36	the	the	DT
19138	560	37	low	low	JJ
19138	560	38	tones	tone	NNS
19138	560	39	.	.	.
19138	561	1	This	this	DT
19138	561	2	may	may	MD
19138	561	3	cause	cause	VB
19138	561	4	some	some	DT
19138	561	5	difference	difference	NN
19138	561	6	in	in	IN
19138	561	7	degree	degree	NN
19138	561	8	,	,	,
19138	561	9	but	but	CC
19138	561	10	not	not	RB
19138	561	11	in	in	IN
19138	561	12	kind	kind	NN
19138	561	13	.	.	.
19138	562	1	With	with	IN
19138	562	2	all	all	DT
19138	562	3	tones	tone	NNS
19138	562	4	focused	focus	VBN
19138	562	5	alike	alike	RB
19138	562	6	,	,	,
19138	562	7	the	the	DT
19138	562	8	low	low	JJ
19138	562	9	tones	tone	NNS
19138	562	10	of	of	IN
19138	562	11	the	the	DT
19138	562	12	human	human	JJ
19138	562	13	organ	organ	NN
19138	562	14	may	may	MD
19138	562	15	be	be	VB
19138	562	16	regarded	regard	VBN
19138	562	17	as	as	IN
19138	562	18	head	head	NN
19138	562	19	tones	tone	NNS
19138	562	20	plus	plus	CC
19138	562	21	the	the	DT
19138	562	22	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	562	23	of	of	IN
19138	562	24	the	the	DT
19138	562	25	coarser	coarser	NN
19138	562	26	tissues	tissue	NNS
19138	562	27	.	.	.
19138	563	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	563	2	has	have	VBZ
19138	563	3	been	be	VBN
19138	563	4	said	say	VBN
19138	563	5	of	of	IN
19138	563	6	registers	register	NNS
19138	563	7	that	that	IN
19138	563	8	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	563	9	are	be	VBP
19138	563	10	"	"	``
19138	563	11	acoustic	acoustic	JJ
19138	563	12	illusions	illusion	NNS
19138	563	13	which	which	WDT
19138	563	14	disappear	disappear	VBP
19138	563	15	in	in	IN
19138	563	16	the	the	DT
19138	563	17	perfectly	perfectly	RB
19138	563	18	trained	train	VBN
19138	563	19	voice	voice	NN
19138	563	20	.	.	.
19138	563	21	"	"	''
19138	564	1	As	as	RB
19138	564	2	soon	soon	RB
19138	564	3	as	as	IN
19138	564	4	the	the	DT
19138	564	5	singer	singer	NN
19138	564	6	has	have	VBZ
19138	564	7	learned	learn	VBN
19138	564	8	to	to	TO
19138	564	9	use	use	VB
19138	564	10	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	564	11	voice	voice	NN
19138	564	12	normally	normally	RB
19138	564	13	all	all	PDT
19138	564	14	these	these	DT
19138	564	15	defective	defective	JJ
19138	564	16	changes	change	NNS
19138	564	17	disappear	disappear	VBP
19138	564	18	.	.	.
19138	565	1	TWO	two	CD
19138	565	2	CASES	case	NNS
19138	565	3	The	the	DT
19138	565	4	following	follow	VBG
19138	565	5	incident	incident	NN
19138	565	6	illustrates	illustrate	VBZ
19138	565	7	the	the	DT
19138	565	8	fact	fact	NN
19138	565	9	that	that	IN
19138	565	10	registers	register	NNS
19138	565	11	are	be	VBP
19138	565	12	an	an	DT
19138	565	13	artificial	artificial	JJ
19138	565	14	creation	creation	NN
19138	565	15	:	:	:
19138	565	16	A	a	DT
19138	565	17	young	young	JJ
19138	565	18	lady	lady	NN
19138	565	19	who	who	WP
19138	565	20	had	have	VBD
19138	565	21	been	be	VBN
19138	565	22	a	a	DT
19138	565	23	patient	patient	NN
19138	565	24	of	of	IN
19138	565	25	the	the	DT
19138	565	26	author	author	NN
19138	565	27	since	since	IN
19138	565	28	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	565	29	childhood	childhood	NN
19138	565	30	studied	study	VBD
19138	565	31	elocution	elocution	NN
19138	565	32	in	in	IN
19138	565	33	a	a	DT
19138	565	34	metropolitan	metropolitan	JJ
19138	565	35	city	city	NN
19138	565	36	,	,	,
19138	565	37	and	and	CC
19138	565	38	to	to	TO
19138	565	39	improve	improve	VB
19138	565	40	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	565	41	voice	voice	NN
19138	565	42	took	take	VBD
19138	565	43	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	565	44	music	music	NN
19138	565	45	lessons	lesson	NNS
19138	565	46	of	of	IN
19138	565	47	a	a	DT
19138	565	48	teacher	teacher	NN
19138	565	49	of	of	IN
19138	565	50	more	more	JJR
19138	565	51	than	than	IN
19138	565	52	local	local	JJ
19138	565	53	repute	repute	NN
19138	565	54	.	.	.
19138	566	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19138	566	2	found	find	VBD
19138	566	3	no	no	DT
19138	566	4	end	end	NN
19138	566	5	of	of	IN
19138	566	6	trouble	trouble	NN
19138	566	7	in	in	IN
19138	566	8	teaching	teach	VBG
19138	566	9	her	-PRON-	PRP
19138	566	10	to	to	TO
19138	566	11	"	"	``
19138	566	12	blend	blend	VB
19138	566	13	the	the	DT
19138	566	14	registers	register	NNS
19138	566	15	,	,	,
19138	566	16	"	"	''
19138	566	17	and	and	CC
19138	566	18	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	566	19	had	have	VBD
19138	566	20	utterly	utterly	RB
19138	566	21	failed	fail	VBN
19138	566	22	to	to	TO
19138	566	23	acquire	acquire	VB
19138	566	24	the	the	DT
19138	566	25	art	art	NN
19138	566	26	.	.	.
19138	567	1	One	one	CD
19138	567	2	summer	summer	NN
19138	567	3	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	567	4	came	come	VBD
19138	567	5	back	back	RB
19138	567	6	for	for	IN
19138	567	7	professional	professional	JJ
19138	567	8	services	service	NNS
19138	567	9	and	and	CC
19138	567	10	told	tell	VBD
19138	567	11	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	567	12	troubles	trouble	NNS
19138	567	13	.	.	.
19138	568	1	During	during	IN
19138	568	2	the	the	DT
19138	568	3	few	few	JJ
19138	568	4	weeks	week	NNS
19138	568	5	of	of	IN
19138	568	6	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	568	7	stay	stay	NN
19138	568	8	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	568	9	followed	follow	VBD
19138	568	10	the	the	DT
19138	568	11	author	author	NN
19138	568	12	's	's	POS
19138	568	13	suggestions	suggestion	NNS
19138	568	14	,	,	,
19138	568	15	and	and	CC
19138	568	16	was	be	VBD
19138	568	17	fully	fully	RB
19138	568	18	convinced	convince	VBN
19138	568	19	of	of	IN
19138	568	20	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	568	21	correctness	correctness	NN
19138	568	22	and	and	CC
19138	568	23	efficiency	efficiency	NN
19138	568	24	.	.	.
19138	569	1	Upon	upon	IN
19138	569	2	returning	return	VBG
19138	569	3	to	to	IN
19138	569	4	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	569	5	lessons	lesson	NNS
19138	569	6	,	,	,
19138	569	7	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	569	8	followed	follow	VBD
19138	569	9	,	,	,
19138	569	10	without	without	IN
19138	569	11	any	any	DT
19138	569	12	explanations	explanation	NNS
19138	569	13	,	,	,
19138	569	14	the	the	DT
19138	569	15	method	method	NN
19138	569	16	that	that	WDT
19138	569	17	had	have	VBD
19138	569	18	been	be	VBN
19138	569	19	outlined	outline	VBN
19138	569	20	for	for	IN
19138	569	21	her	-PRON-	PRP
19138	569	22	.	.	.
19138	570	1	Her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	570	2	success	success	NN
19138	570	3	in	in	IN
19138	570	4	"	"	``
19138	570	5	blending	blend	VBG
19138	570	6	the	the	DT
19138	570	7	registers	register	NNS
19138	570	8	"	"	``
19138	570	9	was	be	VBD
19138	570	10	a	a	DT
19138	570	11	surprise	surprise	NN
19138	570	12	to	to	IN
19138	570	13	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	570	14	teacher	teacher	NN
19138	570	15	who	who	WP
19138	570	16	heartily	heartily	RB
19138	570	17	congratulated	congratulate	VBD
19138	570	18	her	-PRON-	PRP
19138	570	19	upon	upon	IN
19138	570	20	what	what	WP
19138	570	21	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	570	22	had	have	VBD
19138	570	23	accomplished	accomplish	VBN
19138	570	24	during	during	IN
19138	570	25	the	the	DT
19138	570	26	summer	summer	NN
19138	570	27	.	.	.
19138	571	1	Another	another	DT
19138	571	2	case	case	NN
19138	571	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	571	4	that	that	DT
19138	571	5	of	of	IN
19138	571	6	a	a	DT
19138	571	7	young	young	JJ
19138	571	8	lady	lady	NN
19138	571	9	who	who	WP
19138	571	10	was	be	VBD
19138	571	11	under	under	IN
19138	571	12	the	the	DT
19138	571	13	author	author	NN
19138	571	14	's	's	POS
19138	571	15	direction	direction	NN
19138	571	16	as	as	IN
19138	571	17	to	to	IN
19138	571	18	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	571	19	culture	culture	NN
19138	571	20	from	from	IN
19138	571	21	childhood	childhood	NN
19138	571	22	.	.	.
19138	572	1	As	as	RB
19138	572	2	early	early	RB
19138	572	3	as	as	IN
19138	572	4	four	four	CD
19138	572	5	years	year	NNS
19138	572	6	of	of	IN
19138	572	7	age	age	NN
19138	572	8	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	572	9	was	be	VBD
19138	572	10	taught	teach	VBN
19138	572	11	by	by	IN
19138	572	12	the	the	DT
19138	572	13	use	use	NN
19138	572	14	of	of	IN
19138	572	15	a	a	DT
19138	572	16	few	few	JJ
19138	572	17	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	572	18	to	to	TO
19138	572	19	focus	focus	VB
19138	572	20	the	the	DT
19138	572	21	voice	voice	NN
19138	572	22	in	in	IN
19138	572	23	the	the	DT
19138	572	24	nose	nose	NN
19138	572	25	and	and	CC
19138	572	26	head	head	NN
19138	572	27	,	,	,
19138	572	28	and	and	CC
19138	572	29	to	to	TO
19138	572	30	recognize	recognize	VB
19138	572	31	the	the	DT
19138	572	32	head	head	NN
19138	572	33	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	572	34	by	by	IN
19138	572	35	a	a	DT
19138	572	36	light	light	JJ
19138	572	37	touch	touch	NN
19138	572	38	of	of	IN
19138	572	39	the	the	DT
19138	572	40	finger	finger	NN
19138	572	41	.	.	.
19138	573	1	When	when	WRB
19138	573	2	about	about	RB
19138	573	3	seven	seven	CD
19138	573	4	years	year	NNS
19138	573	5	old	old	JJ
19138	573	6	,	,	,
19138	573	7	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	573	8	took	take	VBD
19138	573	9	ten	ten	CD
19138	573	10	lessons	lesson	NNS
19138	573	11	of	of	IN
19138	573	12	a	a	DT
19138	573	13	teacher	teacher	NN
19138	573	14	on	on	IN
19138	573	15	the	the	DT
19138	573	16	same	same	JJ
19138	573	17	lines	line	NNS
19138	573	18	,	,	,
19138	573	19	and	and	CC
19138	573	20	at	at	IN
19138	573	21	fifteen	fifteen	CD
19138	573	22	years	year	NNS
19138	573	23	of	of	IN
19138	573	24	age	age	NN
19138	573	25	took	take	VBD
19138	573	26	another	another	DT
19138	573	27	brief	brief	JJ
19138	573	28	course	course	NN
19138	573	29	.	.	.
19138	574	1	In	in	IN
19138	574	2	the	the	DT
19138	574	3	meantime	meantime	NN
19138	574	4	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	574	5	had	have	VBD
19138	574	6	only	only	RB
19138	574	7	the	the	DT
19138	574	8	practice	practice	NN
19138	574	9	obtained	obtain	VBN
19138	574	10	by	by	IN
19138	574	11	singing	singe	VBG
19138	574	12	with	with	IN
19138	574	13	the	the	DT
19138	574	14	pupils	pupil	NNS
19138	574	15	in	in	IN
19138	574	16	the	the	DT
19138	574	17	schools	school	NNS
19138	574	18	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	574	19	attended	attend	VBD
19138	574	20	.	.	.
19138	575	1	Later	later	RB
19138	575	2	,	,	,
19138	575	3	of	of	IN
19138	575	4	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	575	5	own	own	JJ
19138	575	6	volition	volition	NN
19138	575	7	,	,	,
19138	575	8	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	575	9	sang	sing	VBD
19138	575	10	more	more	RBR
19138	575	11	,	,	,
19138	575	12	and	and	CC
19138	575	13	carefully	carefully	RB
19138	575	14	applied	apply	VBD
19138	575	15	the	the	DT
19138	575	16	principles	principle	NNS
19138	575	17	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	575	18	had	have	VBD
19138	575	19	been	be	VBN
19138	575	20	taught	teach	VBN
19138	575	21	,	,	,
19138	575	22	with	with	IN
19138	575	23	the	the	DT
19138	575	24	result	result	NN
19138	575	25	that	that	IN
19138	575	26	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	575	27	voice	voice	NN
19138	575	28	compassed	compass	VBD
19138	575	29	nearly	nearly	RB
19138	575	30	two	two	CD
19138	575	31	octaves	octave	NNS
19138	575	32	,	,	,
19138	575	33	evenly	evenly	RB
19138	575	34	and	and	CC
19138	575	35	smoothly	smoothly	RB
19138	575	36	,	,	,
19138	575	37	with	with	IN
19138	575	38	no	no	DT
19138	575	39	break	break	NN
19138	575	40	or	or	CC
19138	575	41	change	change	NN
19138	575	42	of	of	IN
19138	575	43	focus	focus	NN
19138	575	44	or	or	CC
19138	575	45	quality	quality	NN
19138	575	46	,	,	,
19138	575	47	or	or	CC
19138	575	48	other	other	JJ
19138	575	49	intimation	intimation	NN
19138	575	50	of	of	IN
19138	575	51	"	"	``
19138	575	52	register	register	VB
19138	575	53	,	,	,
19138	575	54	"	"	''
19138	575	55	and	and	CC
19138	575	56	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	575	57	developed	develop	VBD
19138	575	58	a	a	DT
19138	575	59	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	575	60	voice	voice	NN
19138	575	61	of	of	IN
19138	575	62	more	more	JJR
19138	575	63	than	than	IN
19138	575	64	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19138	575	65	quality	quality	NN
19138	575	66	and	and	CC
19138	575	67	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	575	68	.	.	.
19138	576	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	576	2	has	have	VBZ
19138	576	3	also	also	RB
19138	576	4	been	be	VBN
19138	576	5	my	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	576	6	lot	lot	NN
19138	576	7	to	to	TO
19138	576	8	aid	aid	VB
19138	576	9	in	in	IN
19138	576	10	the	the	DT
19138	576	11	development	development	NN
19138	576	12	of	of	IN
19138	576	13	the	the	DT
19138	576	14	voices	voice	NNS
19138	576	15	of	of	IN
19138	576	16	many	many	JJ
19138	576	17	patients	patient	NNS
19138	576	18	after	after	IN
19138	576	19	a	a	DT
19138	576	20	surgical	surgical	JJ
19138	576	21	operation	operation	NN
19138	576	22	for	for	IN
19138	576	23	cleft	cleft	JJ
19138	576	24	palate	palate	NN
19138	576	25	.	.	.
19138	577	1	Success	success	NN
19138	577	2	has	have	VBZ
19138	577	3	proven	prove	VBN
19138	577	4	the	the	DT
19138	577	5	correctness	correctness	NN
19138	577	6	and	and	CC
19138	577	7	efficacy	efficacy	NN
19138	577	8	of	of	IN
19138	577	9	the	the	DT
19138	577	10	principles	principle	NNS
19138	577	11	set	set	VBN
19138	577	12	forth	forth	RP
19138	577	13	in	in	IN
19138	577	14	these	these	DT
19138	577	15	pages	page	NNS
19138	577	16	.	.	.
19138	578	1	A	a	DT
19138	578	2	majority	majority	NN
19138	578	3	of	of	IN
19138	578	4	the	the	DT
19138	578	5	more	more	JJR
19138	578	6	than	than	IN
19138	578	7	fifty	fifty	CD
19138	578	8	authors	author	NNS
19138	578	9	whose	whose	WP$
19138	578	10	works	work	NNS
19138	578	11	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	578	12	have	have	VBP
19138	578	13	examined	examine	VBN
19138	578	14	have	have	VBP
19138	578	15	laid	lay	VBN
19138	578	16	great	great	JJ
19138	578	17	stress	stress	NN
19138	578	18	on	on	IN
19138	578	19	the	the	DT
19138	578	20	distinction	distinction	NN
19138	578	21	between	between	IN
19138	578	22	head	head	NN
19138	578	23	and	and	CC
19138	578	24	chest	chest	NN
19138	578	25	tones	tone	NNS
19138	578	26	,	,	,
19138	578	27	open	open	JJ
19138	578	28	and	and	CC
19138	578	29	closed	closed	JJ
19138	578	30	tones	tone	NNS
19138	578	31	,	,	,
19138	578	32	pure	pure	JJ
19138	578	33	and	and	CC
19138	578	34	impure	impure	VB
19138	578	35	tones	tone	NNS
19138	578	36	,	,	,
19138	578	37	have	have	VBP
19138	578	38	warned	warn	VBN
19138	578	39	against	against	IN
19138	578	40	the	the	DT
19138	578	41	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	578	42	tone	tone	NN
19138	578	43	,	,	,
19138	578	44	and	and	CC
19138	578	45	have	have	VBP
19138	578	46	constantly	constantly	RB
19138	578	47	advocated	advocate	VBN
19138	578	48	a	a	DT
19138	578	49	natural	natural	JJ
19138	578	50	tone	tone	NN
19138	578	51	.	.	.
19138	579	1	That	that	IN
19138	579	2	there	there	EX
19138	579	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	579	4	no	no	DT
19138	579	5	essential	essential	JJ
19138	579	6	difference	difference	NN
19138	579	7	between	between	IN
19138	579	8	a	a	DT
19138	579	9	head	head	NN
19138	579	10	tone	tone	NN
19138	579	11	and	and	CC
19138	579	12	a	a	DT
19138	579	13	chest	chest	NN
19138	579	14	tone	tone	NN
19138	579	15	has	have	VBZ
19138	579	16	already	already	RB
19138	579	17	been	be	VBN
19138	579	18	discussed	discuss	VBN
19138	579	19	and	and	CC
19138	579	20	,	,	,
19138	579	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	579	22	would	would	MD
19138	579	23	seem	seem	VB
19138	579	24	,	,	,
19138	579	25	conclusively	conclusively	RB
19138	579	26	proven	prove	VBN
19138	579	27	.	.	.
19138	580	1	Any	any	DT
19138	580	2	tone	tone	NN
19138	580	3	,	,	,
19138	580	4	closed	closed	JJ
19138	580	5	or	or	CC
19138	580	6	open	open	JJ
19138	580	7	,	,	,
19138	580	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	580	9	pure	pure	JJ
19138	580	10	and	and	CC
19138	580	11	musical	musical	JJ
19138	580	12	if	if	IN
19138	580	13	properly	properly	RB
19138	580	14	focused	focus	VBD
19138	580	15	and	and	CC
19138	580	16	delivered	deliver	VBN
19138	580	17	,	,	,
19138	580	18	and	and	CC
19138	580	19	the	the	DT
19138	580	20	singer	singer	NN
19138	580	21	is	be	VBZ
19138	580	22	at	at	IN
19138	580	23	liberty	liberty	NN
19138	580	24	to	to	TO
19138	580	25	use	use	VB
19138	580	26	either	either	CC
19138	580	27	upon	upon	IN
19138	580	28	any	any	DT
19138	580	29	note	note	NN
19138	580	30	of	of	IN
19138	580	31	the	the	DT
19138	580	32	scale	scale	NN
19138	580	33	if	if	IN
19138	580	34	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	580	35	will	will	MD
19138	580	36	serve	serve	VB
19138	580	37	better	well	RBR
19138	580	38	to	to	TO
19138	580	39	express	express	VB
19138	580	40	the	the	DT
19138	580	41	sentiment	sentiment	NN
19138	580	42	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	580	43	wishes	wish	VBZ
19138	580	44	to	to	TO
19138	580	45	convey	convey	VB
19138	580	46	to	to	IN
19138	580	47	the	the	DT
19138	580	48	hearer	hearer	NN
19138	580	49	.	.	.
19138	581	1	The	the	DT
19138	581	2	cooing	cooing	NN
19138	581	3	of	of	IN
19138	581	4	the	the	DT
19138	581	5	love	love	NN
19138	581	6	song	song	NN
19138	581	7	,	,	,
19138	581	8	the	the	DT
19138	581	9	cry	cry	NN
19138	581	10	of	of	IN
19138	581	11	alarm	alarm	NN
19138	581	12	for	for	IN
19138	581	13	help	help	NN
19138	581	14	,	,	,
19138	581	15	and	and	CC
19138	581	16	the	the	DT
19138	581	17	shout	shout	NN
19138	581	18	of	of	IN
19138	581	19	the	the	DT
19138	581	20	military	military	JJ
19138	581	21	charge	charge	NN
19138	581	22	require	require	VBP
19138	581	23	very	very	RB
19138	581	24	different	different	JJ
19138	581	25	qualities	quality	NNS
19138	581	26	of	of	IN
19138	581	27	voice	voice	NN
19138	581	28	to	to	TO
19138	581	29	express	express	VB
19138	581	30	the	the	DT
19138	581	31	feelings	feeling	NNS
19138	581	32	,	,	,
19138	581	33	yet	yet	CC
19138	581	34	each	each	DT
19138	581	35	may	may	MD
19138	581	36	be	be	VB
19138	581	37	musical	musical	JJ
19138	581	38	and	and	CC
19138	581	39	will	will	MD
19138	581	40	be	be	VB
19138	581	41	so	so	RB
19138	581	42	if	if	IN
19138	581	43	properly	properly	RB
19138	581	44	delivered	deliver	VBN
19138	581	45	.	.	.
19138	582	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19138	582	2	VI	VI	NNP
19138	582	3	RESONANCE	RESONANCE	NNP
19138	582	4	IN	in	IN
19138	582	5	GENERAL	general	NN
19138	582	6	The	the	DT
19138	582	7	intimate	intimate	JJ
19138	582	8	relationship	relationship	NN
19138	582	9	existing	exist	VBG
19138	582	10	between	between	IN
19138	582	11	voice	voice	NN
19138	582	12	culture	culture	NN
19138	582	13	and	and	CC
19138	582	14	the	the	DT
19138	582	15	science	science	NN
19138	582	16	of	of	IN
19138	582	17	acoustics	acoustic	NNS
19138	582	18	was	be	VBD
19138	582	19	formerly	formerly	RB
19138	582	20	slightly	slightly	RB
19138	582	21	perceived	perceive	VBN
19138	582	22	.	.	.
19138	583	1	The	the	DT
19138	583	2	teaching	teaching	NN
19138	583	3	of	of	IN
19138	583	4	singing	singing	NN
19138	583	5	,	,	,
19138	583	6	as	as	IN
19138	583	7	an	an	DT
19138	583	8	art	art	NN
19138	583	9	,	,	,
19138	583	10	then	then	RB
19138	583	11	rested	rest	VBD
19138	583	12	altogether	altogether	RB
19138	583	13	on	on	IN
19138	583	14	an	an	DT
19138	583	15	empirical	empirical	JJ
19138	583	16	basis	basis	NN
19138	583	17	,	,	,
19138	583	18	and	and	CC
19138	583	19	the	the	DT
19138	583	20	acoustics	acoustic	NNS
19138	583	21	of	of	IN
19138	583	22	singing	singing	NN
19138	583	23	had	have	VBD
19138	583	24	not	not	RB
19138	583	25	received	receive	VBN
19138	583	26	the	the	DT
19138	583	27	attention	attention	NN
19138	583	28	of	of	IN
19138	583	29	scientists	scientist	NNS
19138	583	30	.	.	.
19138	584	1	With	with	IN
19138	584	2	the	the	DT
19138	584	3	publication	publication	NN
19138	584	4	in	in	IN
19138	584	5	1863	1863	CD
19138	584	6	of	of	IN
19138	584	7	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
19138	584	8	's	's	POS
19138	584	9	great	great	JJ
19138	584	10	work[4	work[4	NN
19138	584	11	]	]	-RRB-
19138	584	12	a	a	DT
19138	584	13	new	new	JJ
19138	584	14	era	era	NN
19138	584	15	began	begin	VBD
19138	584	16	,	,	,
19138	584	17	although	although	IN
19138	584	18	singer	singer	NN
19138	584	19	and	and	CC
19138	584	20	scientist	scientist	NN
19138	584	21	yet	yet	RB
19138	584	22	continue	continue	VBP
19138	584	23	to	to	TO
19138	584	24	look	look	VB
19138	584	25	upon	upon	IN
19138	584	26	each	each	DT
19138	584	27	other	other	JJ
19138	584	28	with	with	IN
19138	584	29	suspicion	suspicion	NN
19138	584	30	.	.	.
19138	585	1	Teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	585	2	of	of	IN
19138	585	3	the	the	DT
19138	585	4	voice	voice	NN
19138	585	5	,	,	,
19138	585	6	casting	cast	VBG
19138	585	7	about	about	IN
19138	585	8	for	for	IN
19138	585	9	a	a	DT
19138	585	10	scientific	scientific	JJ
19138	585	11	basis	basis	NN
19138	585	12	for	for	IN
19138	585	13	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	585	14	work	work	NN
19138	585	15	,	,	,
19138	585	16	were	be	VBD
19138	585	17	greatly	greatly	RB
19138	585	18	impressed	impressed	JJ
19138	585	19	with	with	IN
19138	585	20	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
19138	585	21	's	's	POS
19138	585	22	revelations	revelation	NNS
19138	585	23	in	in	IN
19138	585	24	regard	regard	NN
19138	585	25	to	to	IN
19138	585	26	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	585	27	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	585	28	--	--	:
19138	585	29	the	the	DT
19138	585	30	fact	fact	NN
19138	585	31	that	that	IN
19138	585	32	tones	tone	NNS
19138	585	33	are	be	VBP
19138	585	34	modified	modify	VBN
19138	585	35	in	in	IN
19138	585	36	quality	quality	NN
19138	585	37	as	as	RB
19138	585	38	well	well	RB
19138	585	39	as	as	IN
19138	585	40	increased	increase	VBN
19138	585	41	in	in	IN
19138	585	42	power	power	NN
19138	585	43	by	by	IN
19138	585	44	the	the	DT
19138	585	45	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	585	46	of	of	IN
19138	585	47	the	the	DT
19138	585	48	air	air	NN
19138	585	49	in	in	IN
19138	585	50	the	the	DT
19138	585	51	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	585	52	of	of	IN
19138	585	53	pharynx	pharynx	NN
19138	585	54	and	and	CC
19138	585	55	head	head	NN
19138	585	56	.	.	.
19138	586	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	586	2	Footnote	footnote	NN
19138	586	3	4	4	CD
19138	586	4	:	:	:
19138	586	5	_	_	NNP
19138	586	6	Die	Die	NNP
19138	586	7	Lehre	Lehre	NNP
19138	586	8	von	von	NNP
19138	586	9	den	den	NN
19138	586	10	Tonempfindungen	Tonempfindungen	NNP
19138	586	11	als	als	NNP
19138	586	12	physiologische	physiologische	NN
19138	586	13	Grundlage	Grundlage	NNP
19138	586	14	für	für	NN
19138	586	15	die	die	VBP
19138	586	16	Theorie	Theorie	NNP
19138	586	17	der	der	NN
19138	586	18	Musik	Musik	NNP
19138	586	19	.	.	.
19138	586	20	_	_	NNP
19138	586	21	(	(	-LRB-
19138	586	22	The	the	DT
19138	586	23	Sensations	Sensations	NNPS
19138	586	24	of	of	IN
19138	586	25	Tone	Tone	NNP
19138	586	26	as	as	IN
19138	586	27	a	a	DT
19138	586	28	Physiological	Physiological	NNP
19138	586	29	Basis	Basis	NNP
19138	586	30	for	for	IN
19138	586	31	the	the	DT
19138	586	32	Theory	Theory	NNP
19138	586	33	of	of	IN
19138	586	34	Music	Music	NNP
19138	586	35	.	.	.
19138	586	36	)	)	-RRB-
19138	586	37	]	]	-RRB-
19138	587	1	Writing	write	VBG
19138	587	2	in	in	IN
19138	587	3	1886	1886	CD
19138	587	4	,	,	,
19138	587	5	Edmund	Edmund	NNP
19138	587	6	J.	J.	NNP
19138	587	7	Meyer	Meyer	NNP
19138	587	8	speaks	speak	VBZ
19138	587	9	of	of	IN
19138	587	10	the	the	DT
19138	587	11	importance	importance	NN
19138	587	12	of	of	IN
19138	587	13	a	a	DT
19138	587	14	"	"	``
19138	587	15	study	study	NN
19138	587	16	of	of	IN
19138	587	17	the	the	DT
19138	587	18	influence	influence	NN
19138	587	19	of	of	IN
19138	587	20	the	the	DT
19138	587	21	different	different	JJ
19138	587	22	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	587	23	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	587	24	as	as	IN
19138	587	25	the	the	DT
19138	587	26	voice	voice	NN
19138	587	27	is	be	VBZ
19138	587	28	colored	color	VBN
19138	587	29	by	by	IN
19138	587	30	one	one	CD
19138	587	31	or	or	CC
19138	587	32	the	the	DT
19138	587	33	other	other	JJ
19138	587	34	,	,	,
19138	587	35	and	and	CC
19138	587	36	the	the	DT
19138	587	37	tuning	tuning	NN
19138	587	38	each	each	DT
19138	587	39	to	to	IN
19138	587	40	each	each	DT
19138	587	41	and	and	CC
19138	587	42	each	each	DT
19138	587	43	to	to	IN
19138	587	44	all	all	DT
19138	587	45	"	"	''
19138	587	46	;	;	:
19138	587	47	yet	yet	CC
19138	587	48	,	,	,
19138	587	49	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	587	50	adds	add	VBZ
19138	587	51	,	,	,
19138	587	52	"	"	``
19138	587	53	the	the	DT
19138	587	54	subject	subject	NN
19138	587	55	is	be	VBZ
19138	587	56	seldom	seldom	RB
19138	587	57	heard	hear	VBN
19138	587	58	of	of	IN
19138	587	59	outside	outside	IN
19138	587	60	of	of	IN
19138	587	61	books	book	NNS
19138	587	62	.	.	.
19138	587	63	"	"	''
19138	588	1	The	the	DT
19138	588	2	basic	basic	JJ
19138	588	3	importance	importance	NN
19138	588	4	of	of	IN
19138	588	5	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	588	6	in	in	IN
19138	588	7	the	the	DT
19138	588	8	use	use	NN
19138	588	9	of	of	IN
19138	588	10	the	the	DT
19138	588	11	voice	voice	NN
19138	588	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	588	13	still	still	RB
19138	588	14	too	too	RB
19138	588	15	little	little	JJ
19138	588	16	recognized	recognize	VBN
19138	588	17	,	,	,
19138	588	18	though	though	IN
19138	588	19	obvious	obvious	JJ
19138	588	20	enough	enough	RB
19138	588	21	in	in	IN
19138	588	22	the	the	DT
19138	588	23	construction	construction	NN
19138	588	24	of	of	IN
19138	588	25	musical	musical	JJ
19138	588	26	instruments	instrument	NNS
19138	588	27	.	.	.
19138	589	1	With	with	IN
19138	589	2	the	the	DT
19138	589	3	exception	exception	NN
19138	589	4	of	of	IN
19138	589	5	a	a	DT
19138	589	6	few	few	JJ
19138	589	7	instruments	instrument	NNS
19138	589	8	of	of	IN
19138	589	9	percussion	percussion	NN
19138	589	10	,	,	,
19138	589	11	all	all	DT
19138	589	12	musical	musical	JJ
19138	589	13	instruments	instrument	NNS
19138	589	14	possess	possess	VBP
19138	589	15	three	three	CD
19138	589	16	elements,--a	elements,--a	NNPS
19138	589	17	_	_	NNP
19138	589	18	motor	motor	NN
19138	589	19	_	_	NNP
19138	589	20	,	,	,
19138	589	21	a	a	DT
19138	589	22	_	_	NNP
19138	589	23	vibrator	vibrator	NN
19138	589	24	_	_	NNP
19138	589	25	,	,	,
19138	589	26	and	and	CC
19138	589	27	a	a	DT
19138	589	28	_	_	NNP
19138	589	29	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	589	30	_	_	NNP
19138	589	31	.	.	.
19138	590	1	The	the	DT
19138	590	2	violin	violin	NN
19138	590	3	has	have	VBZ
19138	590	4	the	the	DT
19138	590	5	moving	move	VBG
19138	590	6	bow	bow	NN
19138	590	7	for	for	IN
19138	590	8	a	a	DT
19138	590	9	motor	motor	NN
19138	590	10	,	,	,
19138	590	11	the	the	DT
19138	590	12	strings	string	NNS
19138	590	13	for	for	IN
19138	590	14	a	a	DT
19138	590	15	vibrator	vibrator	NN
19138	590	16	,	,	,
19138	590	17	and	and	CC
19138	590	18	the	the	DT
19138	590	19	hollow	hollow	JJ
19138	590	20	body	body	NN
19138	590	21	for	for	IN
19138	590	22	a	a	DT
19138	590	23	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	590	24	.	.	.
19138	591	1	The	the	DT
19138	591	2	French	french	JJ
19138	591	3	horn	horn	NN
19138	591	4	has	have	VBZ
19138	591	5	the	the	DT
19138	591	6	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	591	7	of	of	IN
19138	591	8	the	the	DT
19138	591	9	performer	performer	NN
19138	591	10	for	for	IN
19138	591	11	a	a	DT
19138	591	12	motor	motor	NN
19138	591	13	,	,	,
19138	591	14	the	the	DT
19138	591	15	lips	lip	NNS
19138	591	16	for	for	IN
19138	591	17	a	a	DT
19138	591	18	vibrator	vibrator	NN
19138	591	19	,	,	,
19138	591	20	and	and	CC
19138	591	21	the	the	DT
19138	591	22	gradually	gradually	RB
19138	591	23	enlarging	enlarge	VBG
19138	591	24	tube	tube	NN
19138	591	25	,	,	,
19138	591	26	terminating	terminate	VBG
19138	591	27	in	in	IN
19138	591	28	the	the	DT
19138	591	29	flaring	flare	VBG
19138	591	30	bell	bell	NN
19138	591	31	,	,	,
19138	591	32	for	for	IN
19138	591	33	a	a	DT
19138	591	34	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	591	35	.	.	.
19138	592	1	In	in	IN
19138	592	2	the	the	DT
19138	592	3	pianoforte	pianoforte	NNP
19138	592	4	the	the	DT
19138	592	5	hammer	hammer	NN
19138	592	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	592	7	stroke	stroke	NN
19138	592	8	,	,	,
19138	592	9	the	the	DT
19138	592	10	strings	string	NNS
19138	592	11	,	,	,
19138	592	12	and	and	CC
19138	592	13	the	the	DT
19138	592	14	sounding	sound	VBG
19138	592	15	-	-	HYPH
19138	592	16	board	board	NN
19138	592	17	perform	perform	VBP
19138	592	18	the	the	DT
19138	592	19	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19138	592	20	offices	office	NNS
19138	592	21	.	.	.
19138	593	1	Though	though	IN
19138	593	2	improvements	improvement	NNS
19138	593	3	in	in	IN
19138	593	4	other	other	JJ
19138	593	5	parts	part	NNS
19138	593	6	of	of	IN
19138	593	7	the	the	DT
19138	593	8	piano	piano	NN
19138	593	9	have	have	VBP
19138	593	10	done	do	VBN
19138	593	11	much	much	RB
19138	593	12	to	to	TO
19138	593	13	increase	increase	VB
19138	593	14	the	the	DT
19138	593	15	volume	volume	NN
19138	593	16	of	of	IN
19138	593	17	the	the	DT
19138	593	18	tone	tone	NN
19138	593	19	,	,	,
19138	593	20	yet	yet	CC
19138	593	21	in	in	IN
19138	593	22	the	the	DT
19138	593	23	radical	radical	JJ
19138	593	24	change	change	NN
19138	593	25	of	of	IN
19138	593	26	form	form	NN
19138	593	27	,	,	,
19138	593	28	size	size	NN
19138	593	29	,	,	,
19138	593	30	and	and	CC
19138	593	31	other	other	JJ
19138	593	32	physical	physical	JJ
19138	593	33	qualities	quality	NNS
19138	593	34	of	of	IN
19138	593	35	the	the	DT
19138	593	36	sounding	sound	VBG
19138	593	37	-	-	HYPH
19138	593	38	board	board	NN
19138	593	39	consists	consist	VBZ
19138	593	40	the	the	DT
19138	593	41	evolution	evolution	NN
19138	593	42	of	of	IN
19138	593	43	the	the	DT
19138	593	44	modern	modern	JJ
19138	593	45	pianoforte	pianoforte	NN
19138	593	46	from	from	IN
19138	593	47	the	the	DT
19138	593	48	primitive	primitive	JJ
19138	593	49	clavichord	clavichord	NN
19138	593	50	.	.	.
19138	594	1	In	in	IN
19138	594	2	all	all	PDT
19138	594	3	these	these	DT
19138	594	4	instruments	instrument	NNS
19138	594	5	the	the	DT
19138	594	6	quality	quality	NN
19138	594	7	and	and	CC
19138	594	8	power	power	NN
19138	594	9	of	of	IN
19138	594	10	the	the	DT
19138	594	11	tone	tone	NN
19138	594	12	depend	depend	VBP
19138	594	13	upon	upon	IN
19138	594	14	the	the	DT
19138	594	15	presence	presence	NN
19138	594	16	of	of	IN
19138	594	17	these	these	DT
19138	594	18	three	three	CD
19138	594	19	elements,--the	elements,--the	PRP$
19138	594	20	perfection	perfection	NN
19138	594	21	of	of	IN
19138	594	22	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	594	23	construction	construction	NN
19138	594	24	,	,	,
19138	594	25	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	594	26	proper	proper	JJ
19138	594	27	relation	relation	NN
19138	594	28	as	as	IN
19138	594	29	to	to	IN
19138	594	30	size	size	NN
19138	594	31	and	and	CC
19138	594	32	position	position	NN
19138	594	33	,	,	,
19138	594	34	and	and	CC
19138	594	35	the	the	DT
19138	594	36	perfect	perfect	JJ
19138	594	37	adaptation	adaptation	NN
19138	594	38	of	of	IN
19138	594	39	each	each	DT
19138	594	40	part	part	NN
19138	594	41	.	.	.
19138	595	1	A	a	DT
19138	595	2	split	split	NN
19138	595	3	sounding	sound	VBG
19138	595	4	-	-	HYPH
19138	595	5	board	board	NN
19138	595	6	spoils	spoil	VBZ
19138	595	7	the	the	DT
19138	595	8	pianoforte	pianoforte	NNP
19138	595	9	,	,	,
19138	595	10	the	the	DT
19138	595	11	indented	indented	JJ
19138	595	12	bell	bell	NNP
19138	595	13	destroys	destroy	VBZ
19138	595	14	the	the	DT
19138	595	15	sweet	sweet	JJ
19138	595	16	tone	tone	NN
19138	595	17	of	of	IN
19138	595	18	the	the	DT
19138	595	19	French	french	JJ
19138	595	20	horn	horn	NN
19138	595	21	,	,	,
19138	595	22	and	and	CC
19138	595	23	a	a	DT
19138	595	24	cracked	cracked	JJ
19138	595	25	fiddle	fiddle	NN
19138	595	26	is	be	VBZ
19138	595	27	the	the	DT
19138	595	28	synonym	synonym	NN
19138	595	29	for	for	IN
19138	595	30	pandemonium	pandemonium	NN
19138	595	31	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	595	32	.	.	.
19138	596	1	The	the	DT
19138	596	2	quality	quality	NN
19138	596	3	and	and	CC
19138	596	4	power	power	NN
19138	596	5	of	of	IN
19138	596	6	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	596	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	596	8	well	well	RB
19138	596	9	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	596	10	by	by	IN
19138	596	11	a	a	DT
19138	596	12	tuning	tuning	NN
19138	596	13	-	-	HYPH
19138	596	14	fork	fork	NN
19138	596	15	,	,	,
19138	596	16	which	which	WDT
19138	596	17	,	,	,
19138	596	18	if	if	IN
19138	596	19	set	set	VBN
19138	596	20	in	in	IN
19138	596	21	vibration	vibration	NN
19138	596	22	,	,	,
19138	596	23	can	can	MD
19138	596	24	,	,	,
19138	596	25	unaided	unaide	VBN
19138	596	26	,	,	,
19138	596	27	scarcely	scarcely	RB
19138	596	28	be	be	VB
19138	596	29	heard	hear	VBN
19138	596	30	by	by	IN
19138	596	31	the	the	DT
19138	596	32	person	person	NN
19138	596	33	holding	hold	VBG
19138	596	34	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	596	35	.	.	.
19138	597	1	But	but	CC
19138	597	2	if	if	IN
19138	597	3	rested	rest	VBN
19138	597	4	on	on	IN
19138	597	5	a	a	DT
19138	597	6	table	table	NN
19138	597	7	,	,	,
19138	597	8	or	or	CC
19138	597	9	a	a	DT
19138	597	10	plate	plate	NN
19138	597	11	of	of	IN
19138	597	12	glass	glass	NN
19138	597	13	,	,	,
19138	597	14	or	or	CC
19138	597	15	,	,	,
19138	597	16	better	well	RBR
19138	597	17	still	still	RB
19138	597	18	,	,	,
19138	597	19	on	on	IN
19138	597	20	the	the	DT
19138	597	21	bridge	bridge	NN
19138	597	22	of	of	IN
19138	597	23	a	a	DT
19138	597	24	violin	violin	NN
19138	597	25	,	,	,
19138	597	26	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	597	27	tones	tone	NNS
19138	597	28	may	may	MD
19138	597	29	be	be	VB
19138	597	30	distinctly	distinctly	RB
19138	597	31	heard	hear	VBN
19138	597	32	throughout	throughout	IN
19138	597	33	a	a	DT
19138	597	34	large	large	JJ
19138	597	35	hall	hall	NN
19138	597	36	.	.	.
19138	598	1	The	the	DT
19138	598	2	vibrating	vibrate	VBG
19138	598	3	violin	violin	NN
19138	598	4	string	string	NN
19138	598	5	when	when	WRB
19138	598	6	detached	detach	VBN
19138	598	7	from	from	IN
19138	598	8	the	the	DT
19138	598	9	body	body	NN
19138	598	10	of	of	IN
19138	598	11	this	this	DT
19138	598	12	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	598	13	,	,	,
19138	598	14	although	although	IN
19138	598	15	attuned	attune	VBN
19138	598	16	to	to	TO
19138	598	17	pitch	pitch	VB
19138	598	18	,	,	,
19138	598	19	gives	give	VBZ
19138	598	20	absolutely	absolutely	RB
19138	598	21	no	no	DT
19138	598	22	musical	musical	JJ
19138	598	23	sound	sound	NN
19138	598	24	;	;	:
19138	598	25	the	the	DT
19138	598	26	lips	lip	NNS
19138	598	27	of	of	IN
19138	598	28	the	the	DT
19138	598	29	player	player	NN
19138	598	30	placed	place	VBN
19138	598	31	on	on	IN
19138	598	32	the	the	DT
19138	598	33	mouthpiece	mouthpiece	NN
19138	598	34	detached	detach	VBN
19138	598	35	from	from	IN
19138	598	36	the	the	DT
19138	598	37	tube	tube	NN
19138	598	38	and	and	CC
19138	598	39	bell	bell	NN
19138	598	40	of	of	IN
19138	598	41	the	the	DT
19138	598	42	brass	brass	NN
19138	598	43	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	598	44	produce	produce	VBP
19138	598	45	only	only	RB
19138	598	46	a	a	DT
19138	598	47	splutter	splutter	NN
19138	598	48	;	;	:
19138	598	49	and	and	CC
19138	598	50	a	a	DT
19138	598	51	pianoforte	pianoforte	NN
19138	598	52	without	without	IN
19138	598	53	a	a	DT
19138	598	54	sounding	sound	VBG
19138	598	55	-	-	HYPH
19138	598	56	board	board	NN
19138	598	57	is	be	VBZ
19138	598	58	nil	nil	NNP
19138	598	59	.	.	.
19138	599	1	The	the	DT
19138	599	2	air	air	NN
19138	599	3	column	column	NN
19138	599	4	in	in	IN
19138	599	5	the	the	DT
19138	599	6	tube	tube	NN
19138	599	7	of	of	IN
19138	599	8	the	the	DT
19138	599	9	French	french	JJ
19138	599	10	horn	horn	NN
19138	599	11	,	,	,
19138	599	12	and	and	CC
19138	599	13	the	the	DT
19138	599	14	sounding	sound	VBG
19138	599	15	-	-	HYPH
19138	599	16	board	board	NN
19138	599	17	of	of	IN
19138	599	18	the	the	DT
19138	599	19	pianoforte	pianoforte	NN
19138	599	20	develop	develop	VBP
19138	599	21	the	the	DT
19138	599	22	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	599	23	caused	cause	VBN
19138	599	24	by	by	IN
19138	599	25	the	the	DT
19138	599	26	lips	lip	NNS
19138	599	27	and	and	CC
19138	599	28	strings	string	NNS
19138	599	29	into	into	IN
19138	599	30	musical	musical	JJ
19138	599	31	tones	tone	NNS
19138	599	32	pleasing	pleasing	JJ
19138	599	33	to	to	IN
19138	599	34	the	the	DT
19138	599	35	ear	ear	NN
19138	599	36	.	.	.
19138	600	1	The	the	DT
19138	600	2	tuning	tuning	NN
19138	600	3	-	-	HYPH
19138	600	4	fork	fork	NN
19138	600	5	alone	alone	RB
19138	600	6	can	can	MD
19138	600	7	scarcely	scarcely	RB
19138	600	8	be	be	VB
19138	600	9	heard	hear	VBN
19138	600	10	,	,	,
19138	600	11	while	while	IN
19138	600	12	the	the	DT
19138	600	13	induced	induced	JJ
19138	600	14	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	600	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	600	16	sets	set	VBZ
19138	600	17	up	up	RP
19138	600	18	through	through	IN
19138	600	19	properly	properly	RB
19138	600	20	adjusted	adjust	VBN
19138	600	21	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	600	22	may	may	MD
19138	600	23	be	be	VB
19138	600	24	audible	audible	JJ
19138	600	25	far	far	RB
19138	600	26	away	away	RB
19138	600	27	.	.	.
19138	601	1	The	the	DT
19138	601	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	601	3	cords	cord	NNS
19138	601	4	alone	alone	RB
19138	601	5	can	can	MD
19138	601	6	not	not	RB
19138	601	7	make	make	VB
19138	601	8	music	music	NN
19138	601	9	any	any	DT
19138	601	10	more	more	RBR
19138	601	11	than	than	IN
19138	601	12	can	can	MD
19138	601	13	the	the	DT
19138	601	14	lips	lip	NNS
19138	601	15	of	of	IN
19138	601	16	the	the	DT
19138	601	17	cornet	cornet	NN
19138	601	18	player	player	NN
19138	601	19	apart	apart	RB
19138	601	20	from	from	IN
19138	601	21	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	601	22	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	601	23	.	.	.
19138	602	1	_	_	NNP
19138	602	2	The	the	DT
19138	602	3	tone	tone	NN
19138	602	4	produced	produce	VBN
19138	602	5	by	by	IN
19138	602	6	the	the	DT
19138	602	7	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	602	8	alone	alone	RB
19138	602	9	of	of	IN
19138	602	10	the	the	DT
19138	602	11	two	two	CD
19138	602	12	very	very	RB
19138	602	13	small	small	JJ
19138	602	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	602	15	bands	band	NNS
19138	602	16	must	must	MD
19138	602	17	,	,	,
19138	602	18	in	in	IN
19138	602	19	the	the	DT
19138	602	20	nature	nature	NN
19138	602	21	of	of	IN
19138	602	22	things	thing	NNS
19138	602	23	,	,	,
19138	602	24	be	be	VB
19138	602	25	very	very	RB
19138	602	26	feeble	feeble	JJ
19138	602	27	.	.	.
19138	602	28	_	_	NNP
19138	602	29	Ninety	Ninety	NNP
19138	602	30	-	-	HYPH
19138	602	31	and	and	CC
19138	602	32	-	-	HYPH
19138	602	33	nine	nine	CD
19138	602	34	persons	person	NNS
19138	602	35	if	if	IN
19138	602	36	asked	ask	VBD
19138	602	37	the	the	DT
19138	602	38	question	question	NN
19138	602	39	,	,	,
19138	602	40	what	what	WP
19138	602	41	produces	produce	VBZ
19138	602	42	tone	tone	NN
19138	602	43	in	in	IN
19138	602	44	the	the	DT
19138	602	45	human	human	NN
19138	602	46	-	-	HYPH
19138	602	47	voice	voice	NN
19138	602	48	,	,	,
19138	602	49	would	would	MD
19138	602	50	reply	reply	VB
19138	602	51	,	,	,
19138	602	52	"	"	``
19138	602	53	the	the	DT
19138	602	54	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	602	55	of	of	IN
19138	602	56	the	the	DT
19138	602	57	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	602	58	cords	cord	NNS
19138	602	59	,	,	,
19138	602	60	"	"	''
19138	602	61	and	and	CC
19138	602	62	stop	stop	VB
19138	602	63	there	there	RB
19138	602	64	,	,	,
19138	602	65	as	as	IN
19138	602	66	if	if	IN
19138	602	67	that	that	DT
19138	602	68	were	be	VBD
19138	602	69	all	all	DT
19138	602	70	;	;	:
19138	602	71	whereas	whereas	IN
19138	602	72	the	the	DT
19138	602	73	answer	answer	NN
19138	602	74	is	be	VBZ
19138	602	75	very	very	RB
19138	602	76	incomplete	incomplete	JJ
19138	602	77	--	--	:
19138	602	78	not	not	RB
19138	602	79	even	even	RB
19138	602	80	half	half	PDT
19138	602	81	an	an	DT
19138	602	82	answer	answer	NN
19138	602	83	.	.	.
19138	603	1	A	a	DT
19138	603	2	great	great	JJ
19138	603	3	deal	deal	NN
19138	603	4	of	of	IN
19138	603	5	the	the	DT
19138	603	6	irrational	irrational	JJ
19138	603	7	and	and	CC
19138	603	8	injurious	injurious	JJ
19138	603	9	"	"	``
19138	603	10	teaching	teaching	NN
19138	603	11	"	"	''
19138	603	12	of	of	IN
19138	603	13	singing	singing	NN
19138	603	14	that	that	WDT
19138	603	15	prevails	prevail	VBZ
19138	603	16	everywhere	everywhere	RB
19138	603	17	,	,	,
19138	603	18	and	and	CC
19138	603	19	of	of	IN
19138	603	20	the	the	DT
19138	603	21	controversy	controversy	NN
19138	603	22	that	that	WDT
19138	603	23	befogs	befog	VBZ
19138	603	24	the	the	DT
19138	603	25	subject	subject	NN
19138	603	26	,	,	,
19138	603	27	is	be	VBZ
19138	603	28	due	due	JJ
19138	603	29	to	to	IN
19138	603	30	the	the	DT
19138	603	31	widely	widely	RB
19138	603	32	prevalent	prevalent	JJ
19138	603	33	notion	notion	NN
19138	603	34	that	that	IN
19138	603	35	the	the	DT
19138	603	36	little	little	JJ
19138	603	37	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	603	38	cords	cord	NNS
19138	603	39	are	be	VBP
19138	603	40	the	the	DT
19138	603	41	principal	principal	JJ
19138	603	42	cause	cause	NN
19138	603	43	of	of	IN
19138	603	44	tone	tone	NN
19138	603	45	,	,	,
19138	603	46	whereas	whereas	IN
19138	603	47	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	603	48	are	be	VBP
19138	603	49	in	in	IN
19138	603	50	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19138	603	51	insignificant	insignificant	JJ
19138	603	52	as	as	IN
19138	603	53	sound	sound	JJ
19138	603	54	producers	producer	NNS
19138	603	55	.	.	.
19138	604	1	=	=	NFP
19138	604	2	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	604	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	604	4	the	the	DT
19138	604	5	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	604	6	of	of	IN
19138	604	7	the	the	DT
19138	604	8	air	air	NN
19138	604	9	in	in	IN
19138	604	10	the	the	DT
19138	604	11	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	604	12	chambers	chamber	NNS
19138	604	13	of	of	IN
19138	604	14	the	the	DT
19138	604	15	human	human	JJ
19138	604	16	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	604	17	,	,	,
19138	604	18	together	together	RB
19138	604	19	with	with	IN
19138	604	20	the	the	DT
19138	604	21	induced	induced	JJ
19138	604	22	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	604	23	of	of	IN
19138	604	24	the	the	DT
19138	604	25	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	604	26	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	604	27	,	,	,
19138	604	28	which	which	WDT
19138	604	29	give	give	VBP
19138	604	30	tone	tone	NN
19138	604	31	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	604	32	sonority	sonority	NN
19138	604	33	,	,	,
19138	604	34	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	604	35	reach	reach	NN
19138	604	36	,	,	,
19138	604	37	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	604	38	color	color	NN
19138	604	39	,	,	,
19138	604	40	and	and	CC
19138	604	41	emotional	emotional	JJ
19138	604	42	power.=	power.=	NNS
19138	604	43	That	that	IN
19138	604	44	this	this	DT
19138	604	45	is	be	VBZ
19138	604	46	not	not	RB
19138	604	47	an	an	DT
19138	604	48	empirical	empirical	JJ
19138	604	49	statement	statement	NN
19138	604	50	but	but	CC
19138	604	51	a	a	DT
19138	604	52	scientific	scientific	JJ
19138	604	53	fact	fact	NN
19138	604	54	,	,	,
19138	604	55	a	a	DT
19138	604	56	few	few	JJ
19138	604	57	simple	simple	JJ
19138	604	58	experiments	experiment	NNS
19138	604	59	will	will	MD
19138	604	60	demonstrate	demonstrate	VB
19138	604	61	.	.	.
19138	605	1	Tone	tone	NN
19138	605	2	,	,	,
19138	605	3	in	in	IN
19138	605	4	the	the	DT
19138	605	5	musical	musical	JJ
19138	605	6	sense	sense	NN
19138	605	7	,	,	,
19138	605	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	605	9	the	the	DT
19138	605	10	result	result	NN
19138	605	11	of	of	IN
19138	605	12	rapid	rapid	JJ
19138	605	13	periodic	periodic	JJ
19138	605	14	vibration	vibration	NN
19138	605	15	.	.	.
19138	606	1	The	the	DT
19138	606	2	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	606	3	of	of	IN
19138	606	4	tone	tone	NN
19138	606	5	depends	depend	VBZ
19138	606	6	upon	upon	IN
19138	606	7	the	the	DT
19138	606	8	_	_	NNP
19138	606	9	number	number	NN
19138	606	10	_	_	NNP
19138	606	11	of	of	IN
19138	606	12	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	606	13	in	in	IN
19138	606	14	a	a	DT
19138	606	15	given	give	VBN
19138	606	16	period	period	NN
19138	606	17	;	;	:
19138	606	18	the	the	DT
19138	606	19	loudness	loudness	NN
19138	606	20	of	of	IN
19138	606	21	tone	tone	NN
19138	606	22	depends	depend	VBZ
19138	606	23	upon	upon	IN
19138	606	24	the	the	DT
19138	606	25	_	_	NNP
19138	606	26	amplitude	amplitude	NN
19138	606	27	_	_	NNP
19138	606	28	of	of	IN
19138	606	29	the	the	DT
19138	606	30	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	606	31	;	;	:
19138	606	32	the	the	DT
19138	606	33	quality	quality	NN
19138	606	34	of	of	IN
19138	606	35	tone	tone	NN
19138	606	36	depends	depend	VBZ
19138	606	37	upon	upon	IN
19138	606	38	the	the	DT
19138	606	39	_	_	NNP
19138	606	40	form	form	NN
19138	606	41	_	_	NNP
19138	606	42	of	of	IN
19138	606	43	the	the	DT
19138	606	44	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	606	45	;	;	:
19138	606	46	and	and	CC
19138	606	47	the	the	DT
19138	606	48	form	form	NN
19138	606	49	of	of	IN
19138	606	50	the	the	DT
19138	606	51	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	606	52	depends	depend	VBZ
19138	606	53	upon	upon	IN
19138	606	54	the	the	DT
19138	606	55	_	_	NNP
19138	606	56	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	606	57	_	_	NNP
19138	606	58	.	.	.
19138	607	1	The	the	DT
19138	607	2	fact	fact	NN
19138	607	3	that	that	IN
19138	607	4	pure	pure	JJ
19138	607	5	white	white	JJ
19138	607	6	light	light	NN
19138	607	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	607	8	a	a	DT
19138	607	9	compound	compound	NN
19138	607	10	of	of	IN
19138	607	11	all	all	PDT
19138	607	12	the	the	DT
19138	607	13	tints	tint	NNS
19138	607	14	of	of	IN
19138	607	15	the	the	DT
19138	607	16	rainbow	rainbow	NN
19138	607	17	into	into	IN
19138	607	18	which	which	WDT
19138	607	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	607	20	may	may	MD
19138	607	21	be	be	VB
19138	607	22	resolved	resolve	VBN
19138	607	23	by	by	IN
19138	607	24	the	the	DT
19138	607	25	prism	prism	NN
19138	607	26	is	be	VBZ
19138	607	27	well	well	RB
19138	607	28	known	know	VBN
19138	607	29	,	,	,
19138	607	30	but	but	CC
19138	607	31	the	the	DT
19138	607	32	analogous	analogous	JJ
19138	607	33	fact	fact	NN
19138	607	34	that	that	IN
19138	607	35	a	a	DT
19138	607	36	pure	pure	JJ
19138	607	37	musical	musical	JJ
19138	607	38	tone	tone	NN
19138	607	39	is	be	VBZ
19138	607	40	a	a	DT
19138	607	41	compound	compound	NN
19138	607	42	of	of	IN
19138	607	43	tones	tone	NNS
19138	607	44	of	of	IN
19138	607	45	different	different	JJ
19138	607	46	rates	rate	NNS
19138	607	47	of	of	IN
19138	607	48	vibration	vibration	NN
19138	607	49	,	,	,
19138	607	50	tones	tone	NNS
19138	607	51	of	of	IN
19138	607	52	different	different	JJ
19138	607	53	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	607	54	,	,	,
19138	607	55	is	be	VBZ
19138	607	56	not	not	RB
19138	607	57	so	so	RB
19138	607	58	much	much	RB
19138	607	59	a	a	DT
19138	607	60	matter	matter	NN
19138	607	61	of	of	IN
19138	607	62	common	common	JJ
19138	607	63	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19138	607	64	,	,	,
19138	607	65	and	and	CC
19138	607	66	not	not	RB
19138	607	67	so	so	RB
19138	607	68	obvious	obvious	JJ
19138	607	69	.	.	.
19138	608	1	Analysis	analysis	NN
19138	608	2	shows	show	VBZ
19138	608	3	that	that	IN
19138	608	4	a	a	DT
19138	608	5	musical	musical	JJ
19138	608	6	tone	tone	NN
19138	608	7	consists	consist	VBZ
19138	608	8	of	of	IN
19138	608	9	a	a	DT
19138	608	10	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19138	608	11	note	note	NN
19138	608	12	and	and	CC
19138	608	13	a	a	DT
19138	608	14	series	series	NN
19138	608	15	of	of	IN
19138	608	16	overtones	overtone	NNS
19138	608	17	.	.	.
19138	609	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	609	2	5	5	LS
19138	609	3	]	]	-RRB-
19138	609	4	The	the	DT
19138	609	5	ear	ear	NN
19138	609	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	609	7	quite	quite	RB
19138	609	8	capable	capable	JJ
19138	609	9	of	of	IN
19138	609	10	recognizing	recognize	VBG
19138	609	11	many	many	JJ
19138	609	12	of	of	IN
19138	609	13	these	these	DT
19138	609	14	overtones	overtone	NNS
19138	609	15	and	and	CC
19138	609	16	may	may	MD
19138	609	17	be	be	VB
19138	609	18	trained	train	VBN
19138	609	19	to	to	TO
19138	609	20	do	do	VB
19138	609	21	so	so	RB
19138	609	22	.	.	.
19138	610	1	The	the	DT
19138	610	2	most	most	RBS
19138	610	3	obvious	obvious	JJ
19138	610	4	can	can	MD
19138	610	5	be	be	VB
19138	610	6	readily	readily	RB
19138	610	7	separated	separate	VBN
19138	610	8	from	from	IN
19138	610	9	a	a	DT
19138	610	10	fundamental	fundamental	NN
19138	610	11	by	by	IN
19138	610	12	a	a	DT
19138	610	13	simple	simple	JJ
19138	610	14	experiment	experiment	NN
19138	610	15	.	.	.
19138	611	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	611	2	Footnote	Footnote	NNP
19138	611	3	5	5	CD
19138	611	4	:	:	:
19138	611	5	For	for	IN
19138	611	6	fuller	full	JJR
19138	611	7	exposition	exposition	NN
19138	611	8	see	see	VB
19138	611	9	Tyndall	Tyndall	NNP
19138	611	10	on	on	IN
19138	611	11	_	_	NNP
19138	611	12	Sound	Sound	NNP
19138	611	13	_	_	NNP
19138	611	14	,	,	,
19138	611	15	or	or	CC
19138	611	16	the	the	DT
19138	611	17	section	section	NN
19138	611	18	devoted	devote	VBN
19138	611	19	to	to	IN
19138	611	20	_	_	NNP
19138	611	21	Acoustics	Acoustics	NNP
19138	611	22	_	_	NNP
19138	611	23	in	in	IN
19138	611	24	any	any	DT
19138	611	25	text	text	NN
19138	611	26	-	-	HYPH
19138	611	27	book	book	NN
19138	611	28	on	on	IN
19138	611	29	Physics	Physics	NNP
19138	611	30	.	.	.
19138	611	31	]	]	-RRB-
19138	612	1	The	the	DT
19138	612	2	overtones	overtone	NNS
19138	612	3	arrange	arrange	VBP
19138	612	4	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19138	612	5	in	in	IN
19138	612	6	a	a	DT
19138	612	7	definite	definite	JJ
19138	612	8	order	order	NN
19138	612	9	,	,	,
19138	612	10	as	as	IN
19138	612	11	follows	follow	VBZ
19138	612	12	:	:	:
19138	612	13	(	(	-LRB-
19138	612	14	1	1	LS
19138	612	15	)	)	-RRB-
19138	612	16	the	the	DT
19138	612	17	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19138	612	18	or	or	CC
19138	612	19	prime	prime	JJ
19138	612	20	tone	tone	NN
19138	612	21	;	;	:
19138	612	22	(	(	-LRB-
19138	612	23	2	2	LS
19138	612	24	)	)	-RRB-
19138	612	25	an	an	DT
19138	612	26	overtone	overtone	NN
19138	612	27	one	one	CD
19138	612	28	octave	octave	NN
19138	612	29	above	above	IN
19138	612	30	the	the	DT
19138	612	31	fundamental	fundamental	NN
19138	612	32	;	;	:
19138	612	33	(	(	-LRB-
19138	612	34	3	3	LS
19138	612	35	)	)	-RRB-
19138	612	36	an	an	DT
19138	612	37	overtone	overtone	NN
19138	612	38	a	a	DT
19138	612	39	fifth	fifth	NN
19138	612	40	above	above	IN
19138	612	41	No	no	NN
19138	612	42	.	.	.
19138	613	1	2	2	LS
19138	613	2	;	;	:
19138	613	3	(	(	-LRB-
19138	613	4	4	4	LS
19138	613	5	)	)	-RRB-
19138	613	6	an	an	DT
19138	613	7	overtone	overtone	NN
19138	613	8	a	a	DT
19138	613	9	fourth	fourth	JJ
19138	613	10	above	above	IN
19138	613	11	No	no	UH
19138	613	12	.	.	.
19138	614	1	3	3	LS
19138	614	2	(	(	-LRB-
19138	614	3	two	two	CD
19138	614	4	octaves	octave	NNS
19138	614	5	above	above	IN
19138	614	6	the	the	DT
19138	614	7	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19138	614	8	)	)	-RRB-
19138	614	9	;	;	:
19138	614	10	(	(	-LRB-
19138	614	11	5	5	LS
19138	614	12	)	)	-RRB-
19138	614	13	an	an	DT
19138	614	14	overtone	overtone	NN
19138	614	15	a	a	DT
19138	614	16	major	major	JJ
19138	614	17	third	third	NN
19138	614	18	above	above	IN
19138	614	19	No	no	UH
19138	614	20	.	.	.
19138	615	1	4	4	LS
19138	615	2	;	;	:
19138	615	3	(	(	-LRB-
19138	615	4	6	6	LS
19138	615	5	)	)	-RRB-
19138	615	6	an	an	DT
19138	615	7	overtone	overtone	NN
19138	615	8	a	a	DT
19138	615	9	minor	minor	JJ
19138	615	10	third	third	NN
19138	615	11	above	above	IN
19138	615	12	No	no	UH
19138	615	13	.	.	.
19138	616	1	5	5	CD
19138	616	2	.	.	.
19138	617	1	There	there	EX
19138	617	2	are	be	VBP
19138	617	3	others	other	NNS
19138	617	4	in	in	IN
19138	617	5	still	still	RB
19138	617	6	higher	high	JJR
19138	617	7	range	range	NN
19138	617	8	but	but	CC
19138	617	9	those	those	DT
19138	617	10	indicated	indicate	VBN
19138	617	11	are	be	VBP
19138	617	12	easily	easily	RB
19138	617	13	demonstrated	demonstrate	VBN
19138	617	14	on	on	IN
19138	617	15	the	the	DT
19138	617	16	piano	piano	NN
19138	617	17	.	.	.
19138	618	1	For	for	IN
19138	618	2	C	C	NNP
19138	618	3	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	618	4	would	would	MD
19138	618	5	be	be	VB
19138	618	6	as	as	IN
19138	618	7	follows	follow	VBZ
19138	618	8	:	:	:
19138	618	9	[	[	-LRB-
19138	618	10	Music	music	NN
19138	618	11	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	618	12	]	]	-RRB-
19138	618	13	Experiment	experiment	NN
19138	618	14	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	618	15	Step	step	VBP
19138	618	16	to	to	IN
19138	618	17	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	618	18	piano	piano	NN
19138	618	19	,	,	,
19138	618	20	noiselessly	noiselessly	RB
19138	618	21	press	press	VB
19138	618	22	and	and	CC
19138	618	23	hold	hold	VB
19138	618	24	down	down	RP
19138	618	25	the	the	DT
19138	618	26	key	key	NN
19138	618	27	of	of	IN
19138	618	28	No	no	UH
19138	618	29	.	.	.
19138	619	1	2	2	LS
19138	619	2	,	,	,
19138	619	3	then	then	RB
19138	619	4	strike	strike	VB
19138	619	5	the	the	DT
19138	619	6	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19138	619	7	No	no	NN
19138	619	8	.	.	.
19138	620	1	1	1	LS
19138	620	2	,	,	,
19138	620	3	with	with	IN
19138	620	4	force	force	NN
19138	620	5	and	and	CC
19138	620	6	immediately	immediately	RB
19138	620	7	release	release	VB
19138	620	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	620	9	.	.	.
19138	621	1	As	as	IN
19138	621	2	a	a	DT
19138	621	3	result	result	NN
19138	621	4	No	no	NN
19138	621	5	.	.	.
19138	622	1	2	2	LS
19138	622	2	will	will	MD
19138	622	3	sound	sound	VB
19138	622	4	clearly	clearly	RB
19138	622	5	,	,	,
19138	622	6	and	and	CC
19138	622	7	if	if	IN
19138	622	8	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	622	9	ears	ear	NNS
19138	622	10	are	be	VBP
19138	622	11	keen	keen	JJ
19138	622	12	you	-PRON-	PRP
19138	622	13	will	will	MD
19138	622	14	at	at	IN
19138	622	15	the	the	DT
19138	622	16	same	same	JJ
19138	622	17	time	time	NN
19138	622	18	hear	hear	VB
19138	622	19	No	no	UH
19138	622	20	.	.	.
19138	623	1	6	6	CD
19138	623	2	.	.	.
19138	624	1	In	in	IN
19138	624	2	succession	succession	NN
19138	624	3	hold	hold	VBP
19138	624	4	down	down	RP
19138	624	5	the	the	DT
19138	624	6	keys	key	NNS
19138	624	7	of	of	IN
19138	624	8	3	3	CD
19138	624	9	,	,	,
19138	624	10	4	4	CD
19138	624	11	,	,	,
19138	624	12	5	5	CD
19138	624	13	,	,	,
19138	624	14	and	and	CC
19138	624	15	6	6	CD
19138	624	16	,	,	,
19138	624	17	while	while	IN
19138	624	18	you	-PRON-	PRP
19138	624	19	strike	strike	VBP
19138	624	20	and	and	CC
19138	624	21	release	release	VBP
19138	624	22	the	the	DT
19138	624	23	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19138	624	24	No	no	NN
19138	624	25	.	.	.
19138	625	1	1	1	LS
19138	625	2	.	.	.
19138	626	1	If	if	IN
19138	626	2	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	626	3	piano	piano	NN
19138	626	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	626	5	"	"	``
19138	626	6	in	in	IN
19138	626	7	tune	tune	NN
19138	626	8	"	"	``
19138	626	9	you	-PRON-	PRP
19138	626	10	will	will	MD
19138	626	11	probably	probably	RB
19138	626	12	hear	hear	VB
19138	626	13	No	no	UH
19138	626	14	.	.	.
19138	627	1	6	6	CD
19138	627	2	when	when	WRB
19138	627	3	holding	hold	VBG
19138	627	4	the	the	DT
19138	627	5	key	key	NN
19138	627	6	of	of	IN
19138	627	7	any	any	DT
19138	627	8	other	other	JJ
19138	627	9	note	note	NN
19138	627	10	of	of	IN
19138	627	11	the	the	DT
19138	627	12	series	series	NN
19138	627	13	.	.	.
19138	628	1	In	in	IN
19138	628	2	a	a	DT
19138	628	3	musical	musical	JJ
19138	628	4	tone	tone	NN
19138	628	5	of	of	IN
19138	628	6	rich	rich	JJ
19138	628	7	quality	quality	NN
19138	628	8	the	the	DT
19138	628	9	overtones	overtone	NNS
19138	628	10	just	just	RB
19138	628	11	indicated	indicate	VBN
19138	628	12	are	be	VBP
19138	628	13	present	present	JJ
19138	628	14	in	in	IN
19138	628	15	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	628	16	fulness	fulness	NN
19138	628	17	,	,	,
19138	628	18	while	while	IN
19138	628	19	tone	tone	NN
19138	628	20	that	that	WDT
19138	628	21	is	be	VBZ
19138	628	22	weak	weak	JJ
19138	628	23	and	and	CC
19138	628	24	thin	thin	JJ
19138	628	25	is	be	VBZ
19138	628	26	made	make	VBN
19138	628	27	so	so	RB
19138	628	28	by	by	IN
19138	628	29	the	the	DT
19138	628	30	absence	absence	NN
19138	628	31	or	or	CC
19138	628	32	weakness	weakness	NN
19138	628	33	of	of	IN
19138	628	34	the	the	DT
19138	628	35	overtones	overtone	NNS
19138	628	36	.	.	.
19138	629	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	629	2	have	have	VBP
19138	629	3	stated	state	VBN
19138	629	4	that	that	IN
19138	629	5	the	the	DT
19138	629	6	quality	quality	NN
19138	629	7	of	of	IN
19138	629	8	a	a	DT
19138	629	9	tone	tone	NN
19138	629	10	depends	depend	VBZ
19138	629	11	on	on	IN
19138	629	12	the	the	DT
19138	629	13	_	_	NNP
19138	629	14	form	form	NN
19138	629	15	_	_	NNP
19138	629	16	of	of	IN
19138	629	17	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	629	18	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	629	19	,	,	,
19138	629	20	and	and	CC
19138	629	21	that	that	IN
19138	629	22	the	the	DT
19138	629	23	form	form	NN
19138	629	24	of	of	IN
19138	629	25	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	629	26	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	629	27	is	be	VBZ
19138	629	28	determined	determine	VBN
19138	629	29	by	by	IN
19138	629	30	the	the	DT
19138	629	31	character	character	NN
19138	629	32	of	of	IN
19138	629	33	the	the	DT
19138	629	34	_	_	NNP
19138	629	35	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	629	36	_	_	NNP
19138	629	37	.	.	.
19138	630	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19138	630	2	can	can	MD
19138	630	3	now	now	RB
19138	630	4	amplify	amplify	VB
19138	630	5	this	this	DT
19138	630	6	by	by	IN
19138	630	7	saying	say	VBG
19138	630	8	that	that	IN
19138	630	9	while	while	IN
19138	630	10	the	the	DT
19138	630	11	relative	relative	JJ
19138	630	12	presence	presence	NN
19138	630	13	or	or	CC
19138	630	14	absence	absence	NN
19138	630	15	of	of	IN
19138	630	16	overtones	overtone	NNS
19138	630	17	determines	determine	VBZ
19138	630	18	the	the	DT
19138	630	19	clang	clang	NNP
19138	630	20	or	or	CC
19138	630	21	color	color	NN
19138	630	22	of	of	IN
19138	630	23	a	a	DT
19138	630	24	tone	tone	NN
19138	630	25	,	,	,
19138	630	26	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	630	27	presence	presence	NN
19138	630	28	or	or	CC
19138	630	29	absence	absence	NN
19138	630	30	is	be	VBZ
19138	630	31	determined	determine	VBN
19138	630	32	by	by	IN
19138	630	33	the	the	DT
19138	630	34	_	_	NNP
19138	630	35	character	character	NN
19138	630	36	of	of	IN
19138	630	37	the	the	DT
19138	630	38	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	630	39	_	_	NNP
19138	630	40	.	.	.
19138	631	1	An	an	DT
19138	631	2	English	english	JJ
19138	631	3	writer	writer	NN
19138	631	4	records	record	NNS
19138	631	5	that	that	IN
19138	631	6	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	631	7	was	be	VBD
19138	631	8	once	once	RB
19138	631	9	in	in	IN
19138	631	10	the	the	DT
19138	631	11	garden	garden	NN
19138	631	12	at	at	IN
19138	631	13	the	the	DT
19138	631	14	back	back	NN
19138	631	15	of	of	IN
19138	631	16	a	a	DT
19138	631	17	house	house	NN
19138	631	18	while	while	IN
19138	631	19	a	a	DT
19138	631	20	gentleman	gentleman	NN
19138	631	21	was	be	VBD
19138	631	22	singing	singe	VBG
19138	631	23	in	in	IN
19138	631	24	the	the	DT
19138	631	25	drawing	drawing	NN
19138	631	26	-	-	HYPH
19138	631	27	room	room	NN
19138	631	28	.	.	.
19138	632	1	The	the	DT
19138	632	2	tone	tone	NN
19138	632	3	-	-	HYPH
19138	632	4	quality	quality	NN
19138	632	5	was	be	VBD
19138	632	6	good	good	JJ
19138	632	7	,	,	,
19138	632	8	and	and	CC
19138	632	9	the	the	DT
19138	632	10	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	632	11	so	so	RB
19138	632	12	unusually	unusually	RB
19138	632	13	high	high	JJ
19138	632	14	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	632	15	hastened	hasten	VBD
19138	632	16	to	to	TO
19138	632	17	learn	learn	VB
19138	632	18	who	who	WP
19138	632	19	sang	sing	VBD
19138	632	20	tenor	tenor	NN
19138	632	21	high	high	NNP
19138	632	22	C	C	NNP
19138	632	23	so	so	RB
19138	632	24	beautifully	beautifully	RB
19138	632	25	.	.	.
19138	633	1	On	on	IN
19138	633	2	entering	enter	VBG
19138	633	3	the	the	DT
19138	633	4	room	room	NN
19138	633	5	,	,	,
19138	633	6	instead	instead	RB
19138	633	7	of	of	IN
19138	633	8	the	the	DT
19138	633	9	tenor	tenor	NN
19138	633	10	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	633	11	had	have	VBD
19138	633	12	supposed	suppose	VBN
19138	633	13	,	,	,
19138	633	14	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	633	15	found	find	VBD
19138	633	16	the	the	DT
19138	633	17	singer	singer	NN
19138	633	18	was	be	VBD
19138	633	19	a	a	DT
19138	633	20	baritone	baritone	NN
19138	633	21	,	,	,
19138	633	22	and	and	CC
19138	633	23	the	the	DT
19138	633	24	note	note	NN
19138	633	25	sung	sung	NN
19138	633	26	was	be	VBD
19138	633	27	only	only	RB
19138	633	28	middle	middle	JJ
19138	633	29	C.	C.	NNP
19138	633	30	The	the	DT
19138	633	31	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19138	633	32	tone	tone	NN
19138	633	33	had	have	VBD
19138	633	34	not	not	RB
19138	633	35	reached	reach	VBN
19138	633	36	him	-PRON-	PRP
19138	633	37	in	in	IN
19138	633	38	the	the	DT
19138	633	39	garden	garden	NN
19138	633	40	but	but	CC
19138	633	41	the	the	DT
19138	633	42	first	first	JJ
19138	633	43	overtone	overtone	NN
19138	633	44	,	,	,
19138	633	45	an	an	DT
19138	633	46	octave	octave	NN
19138	633	47	above	above	IN
19138	633	48	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	633	49	,	,	,
19138	633	50	had	have	VBD
19138	633	51	.	.	.
19138	634	1	Concrete	concrete	JJ
19138	634	2	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19138	634	3	will	will	MD
19138	634	4	make	make	VB
19138	634	5	the	the	DT
19138	634	6	subject	subject	NN
19138	634	7	still	still	RB
19138	634	8	clearer	clear	JJR
19138	634	9	.	.	.
19138	635	1	Experiment	experiment	NN
19138	635	2	II	II	NNP
19138	635	3	If	if	IN
19138	635	4	an	an	DT
19138	635	5	ordinary	ordinary	JJ
19138	635	6	tuning	tuning	NN
19138	635	7	-	-	HYPH
19138	635	8	fork	fork	NN
19138	635	9	when	when	WRB
19138	635	10	vibrating	vibrate	VBG
19138	635	11	is	be	VBZ
19138	635	12	held	hold	VBN
19138	635	13	in	in	IN
19138	635	14	the	the	DT
19138	635	15	hand	hand	NN
19138	635	16	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	635	17	intrinsic	intrinsic	JJ
19138	635	18	tone	tone	NN
19138	635	19	is	be	VBZ
19138	635	20	too	too	RB
19138	635	21	weak	weak	JJ
19138	635	22	to	to	TO
19138	635	23	carry	carry	VB
19138	635	24	far	far	RB
19138	635	25	.	.	.
19138	636	1	Rest	rest	VB
19138	636	2	the	the	DT
19138	636	3	handle	handle	NN
19138	636	4	of	of	IN
19138	636	5	the	the	DT
19138	636	6	vibrating	vibrate	VBG
19138	636	7	fork	fork	NN
19138	636	8	on	on	IN
19138	636	9	a	a	DT
19138	636	10	bare	bare	JJ
19138	636	11	table	table	NN
19138	636	12	or	or	CC
19138	636	13	the	the	DT
19138	636	14	panel	panel	NN
19138	636	15	of	of	IN
19138	636	16	the	the	DT
19138	636	17	door	door	NN
19138	636	18	,	,	,
19138	636	19	and	and	CC
19138	636	20	the	the	DT
19138	636	21	sound	sound	NN
19138	636	22	is	be	VBZ
19138	636	23	greatly	greatly	RB
19138	636	24	augmented	augment	VBN
19138	636	25	.	.	.
19138	637	1	_	_	NNP
19138	637	2	The	the	DT
19138	637	3	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	637	4	of	of	IN
19138	637	5	the	the	DT
19138	637	6	fork	fork	NN
19138	637	7	have	have	VBP
19138	637	8	by	by	IN
19138	637	9	contact	contact	NN
19138	637	10	induced	induce	VBN
19138	637	11	similar	similar	JJ
19138	637	12	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	637	13	in	in	IN
19138	637	14	the	the	DT
19138	637	15	wooden	wooden	JJ
19138	637	16	table	table	NN
19138	637	17	or	or	CC
19138	637	18	panel	panel	NN
19138	637	19	which	which	WDT
19138	637	20	reinforce	reinforce	VBP
19138	637	21	the	the	DT
19138	637	22	primary	primary	JJ
19138	637	23	tone	tone	NN
19138	637	24	.	.	.
19138	637	25	_	_	NNP
19138	637	26	Experiment	Experiment	NNP
19138	637	27	III	III	NNP
19138	637	28	Place	Place	NNP
19138	637	29	the	the	DT
19138	637	30	handle	handle	NN
19138	637	31	of	of	IN
19138	637	32	the	the	DT
19138	637	33	vibrating	vibrate	VBG
19138	637	34	tuning	tuning	NN
19138	637	35	-	-	HYPH
19138	637	36	fork	fork	NN
19138	637	37	on	on	IN
19138	637	38	a	a	DT
19138	637	39	small	small	JJ
19138	637	40	upturned	upturned	JJ
19138	637	41	empty	empty	JJ
19138	637	42	box	box	NN
19138	637	43	,	,	,
19138	637	44	or	or	CC
19138	637	45	,	,	,
19138	637	46	better	well	RBR
19138	637	47	still	still	RB
19138	637	48	,	,	,
19138	637	49	in	in	IN
19138	637	50	contact	contact	NN
19138	637	51	with	with	IN
19138	637	52	the	the	DT
19138	637	53	body	body	NN
19138	637	54	of	of	IN
19138	637	55	a	a	DT
19138	637	56	violin	violin	NN
19138	637	57	,	,	,
19138	637	58	and	and	CC
19138	637	59	the	the	DT
19138	637	60	sound	sound	NN
19138	637	61	will	will	MD
19138	637	62	be	be	VB
19138	637	63	stronger	strong	JJR
19138	637	64	than	than	IN
19138	637	65	in	in	IN
19138	637	66	the	the	DT
19138	637	67	previous	previous	JJ
19138	637	68	experiment	experiment	NN
19138	637	69	,	,	,
19138	637	70	because	because	IN
19138	637	71	to	to	IN
19138	637	72	the	the	DT
19138	637	73	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	637	74	of	of	IN
19138	637	75	the	the	DT
19138	637	76	wood	wood	NN
19138	637	77	are	be	VBP
19138	637	78	added	add	VBN
19138	637	79	the	the	DT
19138	637	80	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	637	81	of	of	IN
19138	637	82	the	the	DT
19138	637	83	air	air	NN
19138	637	84	enclosed	enclose	VBN
19138	637	85	in	in	IN
19138	637	86	the	the	DT
19138	637	87	box	box	NN
19138	637	88	or	or	CC
19138	637	89	the	the	DT
19138	637	90	violin	violin	NN
19138	637	91	.	.	.
19138	638	1	_	_	NNP
19138	638	2	To	to	IN
19138	638	3	the	the	DT
19138	638	4	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	638	5	of	of	IN
19138	638	6	the	the	DT
19138	638	7	wood	wood	NN
19138	638	8	has	have	VBZ
19138	638	9	been	be	VBN
19138	638	10	added	add	VBN
19138	638	11	the	the	DT
19138	638	12	sympathetic	sympathetic	JJ
19138	638	13	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	638	14	of	of	IN
19138	638	15	the	the	DT
19138	638	16	confined	confine	VBN
19138	638	17	air	air	NN
19138	638	18	.	.	.
19138	638	19	_	_	NNP
19138	638	20	Experiment	Experiment	NNP
19138	638	21	IV	IV	NNP
19138	638	22	Hold	hold	VBP
19138	638	23	the	the	DT
19138	638	24	vibrating	vibrate	VBG
19138	638	25	fork	fork	NN
19138	638	26	over	over	IN
19138	638	27	the	the	DT
19138	638	28	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	638	29	of	of	IN
19138	638	30	an	an	DT
19138	638	31	empty	empty	JJ
19138	638	32	fruit	fruit	NN
19138	638	33	-	-	HYPH
19138	638	34	jar	jar	NN
19138	638	35	and	and	CC
19138	638	36	there	there	EX
19138	638	37	will	will	MD
19138	638	38	probably	probably	RB
19138	638	39	be	be	VB
19138	638	40	little	little	JJ
19138	638	41	or	or	CC
19138	638	42	no	no	DT
19138	638	43	reinforcement	reinforcement	NN
19138	638	44	;	;	:
19138	638	45	but	but	CC
19138	638	46	gently	gently	RB
19138	638	47	pour	pour	VBP
19138	638	48	in	in	IN
19138	638	49	water	water	NN
19138	638	50	,	,	,
19138	638	51	thereby	thereby	RB
19138	638	52	shortening	shorten	VBG
19138	638	53	the	the	DT
19138	638	54	air	air	NN
19138	638	55	column	column	NN
19138	638	56	within	within	IN
19138	638	57	the	the	DT
19138	638	58	jar	jar	NN
19138	638	59	,	,	,
19138	638	60	and	and	CC
19138	638	61	the	the	DT
19138	638	62	sound	sound	NN
19138	638	63	of	of	IN
19138	638	64	the	the	DT
19138	638	65	fork	fork	NN
19138	638	66	will	will	MD
19138	638	67	be	be	VB
19138	638	68	gradually	gradually	RB
19138	638	69	intensified	intensify	VBN
19138	638	70	until	until	IN
19138	638	71	at	at	IN
19138	638	72	a	a	DT
19138	638	73	certain	certain	JJ
19138	638	74	point	point	NN
19138	638	75	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	638	76	becomes	become	VBZ
19138	638	77	quite	quite	RB
19138	638	78	loud	loud	JJ
19138	638	79	.	.	.
19138	639	1	If	if	IN
19138	639	2	you	-PRON-	PRP
19138	639	3	pour	pour	VBP
19138	639	4	in	in	IN
19138	639	5	still	still	RB
19138	639	6	more	more	JJR
19138	639	7	water	water	NN
19138	639	8	the	the	DT
19138	639	9	sound	sound	NN
19138	639	10	will	will	MD
19138	639	11	gradually	gradually	RB
19138	639	12	become	become	VB
19138	639	13	feebler	feeble	JJR
19138	639	14	.	.	.
19138	640	1	This	this	DT
19138	640	2	shows	show	VBZ
19138	640	3	that	that	IN
19138	640	4	_	_	NNP
19138	640	5	for	for	IN
19138	640	6	every	every	DT
19138	640	7	tone	tone	NN
19138	640	8	an	an	DT
19138	640	9	air	air	NN
19138	640	10	column	column	NN
19138	640	11	of	of	IN
19138	640	12	a	a	DT
19138	640	13	certain	certain	JJ
19138	640	14	size	size	NN
19138	640	15	most	most	RBS
19138	640	16	powerfully	powerfully	RB
19138	640	17	reinforces	reinforce	VBZ
19138	640	18	that	that	IN
19138	640	19	tone	tone	NN
19138	640	20	_	_	NNP
19138	640	21	.	.	.
19138	641	1	Experiment	experiment	NN
19138	641	2	V	V	NNP
19138	641	3	As	as	IN
19138	641	4	a	a	DT
19138	641	5	sequence	sequence	NN
19138	641	6	to	to	IN
19138	641	7	the	the	DT
19138	641	8	last	last	JJ
19138	641	9	experiment	experiment	NN
19138	641	10	,	,	,
19138	641	11	take	take	VB
19138	641	12	two	two	CD
19138	641	13	fruit	fruit	NN
19138	641	14	-	-	HYPH
19138	641	15	jars	jar	NNS
19138	641	16	of	of	IN
19138	641	17	the	the	DT
19138	641	18	same	same	JJ
19138	641	19	size	size	NN
19138	641	20	,	,	,
19138	641	21	and	and	CC
19138	641	22	,	,	,
19138	641	23	having	have	VBG
19138	641	24	learned	learn	VBN
19138	641	25	to	to	IN
19138	641	26	what	what	WDT
19138	641	27	point	point	NN
19138	641	28	to	to	TO
19138	641	29	fill	fill	VB
19138	641	30	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	641	31	for	for	IN
19138	641	32	the	the	DT
19138	641	33	greatest	great	JJS
19138	641	34	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	641	35	,	,	,
19138	641	36	fill	fill	VB
19138	641	37	one	one	CD
19138	641	38	jar	jar	NN
19138	641	39	(	(	-LRB-
19138	641	40	after	after	IN
19138	641	41	warming	warm	VBG
19138	641	42	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	641	43	)	)	-RRB-
19138	641	44	to	to	IN
19138	641	45	the	the	DT
19138	641	46	required	require	VBN
19138	641	47	point	point	NN
19138	641	48	with	with	IN
19138	641	49	hot	hot	JJ
19138	641	50	water	water	NN
19138	641	51	,	,	,
19138	641	52	the	the	DT
19138	641	53	other	other	JJ
19138	641	54	with	with	IN
19138	641	55	cold	cold	JJ
19138	641	56	water	water	NN
19138	641	57	,	,	,
19138	641	58	and	and	CC
19138	641	59	you	-PRON-	PRP
19138	641	60	will	will	MD
19138	641	61	find	find	VB
19138	641	62	that	that	IN
19138	641	63	the	the	DT
19138	641	64	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	641	65	of	of	IN
19138	641	66	the	the	DT
19138	641	67	heated	heated	JJ
19138	641	68	,	,	,
19138	641	69	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	641	70	expanded	expand	VBN
19138	641	71	,	,	,
19138	641	72	air	air	NN
19138	641	73	is	be	VBZ
19138	641	74	much	much	RB
19138	641	75	less	less	JJR
19138	641	76	than	than	IN
19138	641	77	the	the	DT
19138	641	78	denser	denser	NN
19138	641	79	air	air	NN
19138	641	80	of	of	IN
19138	641	81	the	the	DT
19138	641	82	cold	cold	JJ
19138	641	83	jar	jar	NN
19138	641	84	.	.	.
19138	642	1	This	this	DT
19138	642	2	shows	show	VBZ
19138	642	3	that	that	IN
19138	642	4	_	_	NNP
19138	642	5	the	the	DT
19138	642	6	degree	degree	NN
19138	642	7	of	of	IN
19138	642	8	density	density	NN
19138	642	9	of	of	IN
19138	642	10	the	the	DT
19138	642	11	air	air	NN
19138	642	12	affects	affect	VBZ
19138	642	13	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	642	14	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	642	15	_	_	NNP
19138	642	16	.	.	.
19138	643	1	Experiment	experiment	NN
19138	643	2	VI	VI	NNP
19138	643	3	To	to	TO
19138	643	4	demonstrate	demonstrate	VB
19138	643	5	the	the	DT
19138	643	6	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	643	7	of	of	IN
19138	643	8	the	the	DT
19138	643	9	oral	oral	JJ
19138	643	10	cavity	cavity	NN
19138	643	11	,	,	,
19138	643	12	apart	apart	RB
19138	643	13	from	from	IN
19138	643	14	the	the	DT
19138	643	15	voice	voice	NN
19138	643	16	,	,	,
19138	643	17	hold	hold	VB
19138	643	18	a	a	DT
19138	643	19	vibrating	vibrate	VBG
19138	643	20	tuning	tuning	NN
19138	643	21	-	-	HYPH
19138	643	22	fork	fork	NN
19138	643	23	before	before	IN
19138	643	24	the	the	DT
19138	643	25	open	open	JJ
19138	643	26	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	643	27	.	.	.
19138	644	1	Vary	vary	VB
19138	644	2	the	the	DT
19138	644	3	shape	shape	NN
19138	644	4	and	and	CC
19138	644	5	size	size	NN
19138	644	6	of	of	IN
19138	644	7	the	the	DT
19138	644	8	cavity	cavity	NN
19138	644	9	until	until	IN
19138	644	10	the	the	DT
19138	644	11	sound	sound	NN
19138	644	12	of	of	IN
19138	644	13	the	the	DT
19138	644	14	fork	fork	NN
19138	644	15	suddenly	suddenly	RB
19138	644	16	increases	increase	VBZ
19138	644	17	in	in	IN
19138	644	18	volume	volume	NN
19138	644	19	,	,	,
19138	644	20	showing	show	VBG
19138	644	21	that	that	IN
19138	644	22	the	the	DT
19138	644	23	right	right	JJ
19138	644	24	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19138	644	25	for	for	IN
19138	644	26	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	644	27	has	have	VBZ
19138	644	28	been	be	VBN
19138	644	29	made	make	VBN
19138	644	30	.	.	.
19138	645	1	_	_	NNP
19138	645	2	This	this	DT
19138	645	3	intensification	intensification	NN
19138	645	4	of	of	IN
19138	645	5	the	the	DT
19138	645	6	sound	sound	NN
19138	645	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	645	8	due	due	JJ
19138	645	9	to	to	IN
19138	645	10	the	the	DT
19138	645	11	vibration	vibration	NN
19138	645	12	of	of	IN
19138	645	13	the	the	DT
19138	645	14	air	air	NN
19138	645	15	in	in	IN
19138	645	16	the	the	DT
19138	645	17	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	645	18	cavity	cavity	NN
19138	645	19	,	,	,
19138	645	20	together	together	RB
19138	645	21	with	with	IN
19138	645	22	the	the	DT
19138	645	23	sympathetic	sympathetic	JJ
19138	645	24	vibration	vibration	NN
19138	645	25	of	of	IN
19138	645	26	the	the	DT
19138	645	27	surrounding	surround	VBG
19138	645	28	walls	wall	NNS
19138	645	29	.	.	.
19138	645	30	_	_	NNP
19138	645	31	Experiment	Experiment	NNP
19138	645	32	VII	VII	NNP
19138	645	33	As	as	IN
19138	645	34	an	an	DT
19138	645	35	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	645	36	of	of	IN
19138	645	37	sympathetic	sympathetic	JJ
19138	645	38	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	645	39	without	without	IN
19138	645	40	contact	contact	NN
19138	645	41	,	,	,
19138	645	42	sing	sing	VBP
19138	645	43	forcibly	forcibly	RB
19138	645	44	a	a	DT
19138	645	45	tone	tone	NN
19138	645	46	that	that	WDT
19138	645	47	is	be	VBZ
19138	645	48	within	within	IN
19138	645	49	easy	easy	JJ
19138	645	50	range	range	NN
19138	645	51	,	,	,
19138	645	52	and	and	CC
19138	645	53	at	at	IN
19138	645	54	the	the	DT
19138	645	55	same	same	JJ
19138	645	56	time	time	NN
19138	645	57	silently	silently	RB
19138	645	58	hold	hold	VB
19138	645	59	down	down	RP
19138	645	60	the	the	DT
19138	645	61	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
19138	645	62	key	key	NN
19138	645	63	of	of	IN
19138	645	64	the	the	DT
19138	645	65	piano	piano	NN
19138	645	66	.	.	.
19138	646	1	On	on	IN
19138	646	2	ceasing	cease	VBG
19138	646	3	to	to	TO
19138	646	4	sing	sing	VB
19138	646	5	you	-PRON-	PRP
19138	646	6	will	will	MD
19138	646	7	hear	hear	VB
19138	646	8	the	the	DT
19138	646	9	tone	tone	NN
19138	646	10	sounding	sound	VBG
19138	646	11	in	in	IN
19138	646	12	the	the	DT
19138	646	13	piano	piano	NN
19138	646	14	.	.	.
19138	647	1	This	this	DT
19138	647	2	may	may	MD
19138	647	3	be	be	VB
19138	647	4	further	further	RB
19138	647	5	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	647	6	by	by	IN
19138	647	7	playing	play	VBG
19138	647	8	on	on	IN
19138	647	9	the	the	DT
19138	647	10	open	open	JJ
19138	647	11	string	string	NN
19138	647	12	of	of	IN
19138	647	13	one	one	CD
19138	647	14	violin	violin	NN
19138	647	15	while	while	IN
19138	647	16	another	another	DT
19138	647	17	,	,	,
19138	647	18	tuned	tune	VBN
19138	647	19	to	to	IN
19138	647	20	the	the	DT
19138	647	21	same	same	JJ
19138	647	22	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	647	23	,	,	,
19138	647	24	rests	rest	NNS
19138	647	25	untouched	untouched	JJ
19138	647	26	near	near	IN
19138	647	27	by	by	IN
19138	647	28	.	.	.
19138	648	1	Through	through	IN
19138	648	2	_	_	NNP
19138	648	3	sympathetic	sympathetic	JJ
19138	648	4	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	648	5	_	_	NNP
19138	648	6	the	the	DT
19138	648	7	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19138	648	8	string	string	NN
19138	648	9	of	of	IN
19138	648	10	the	the	DT
19138	648	11	second	second	JJ
19138	648	12	violin	violin	NN
19138	648	13	will	will	MD
19138	648	14	vibrate	vibrate	VB
19138	648	15	and	and	CC
19138	648	16	sound	sound	VB
19138	648	17	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	648	18	note	note	NN
19138	648	19	.	.	.
19138	649	1	The	the	DT
19138	649	2	louder	loud	JJR
19138	649	3	the	the	DT
19138	649	4	first	first	JJ
19138	649	5	violin	violin	NN
19138	649	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	649	7	played	play	VBN
19138	649	8	the	the	DT
19138	649	9	louder	loud	JJR
19138	649	10	will	will	MD
19138	649	11	be	be	VB
19138	649	12	the	the	DT
19138	649	13	sympathetic	sympathetic	JJ
19138	649	14	tone	tone	NN
19138	649	15	of	of	IN
19138	649	16	the	the	DT
19138	649	17	second	second	JJ
19138	649	18	.	.	.
19138	650	1	The	the	DT
19138	650	2	deep	deep	JJ
19138	650	3	pedal	pedal	NN
19138	650	4	-	-	HYPH
19138	650	5	tones	tone	NNS
19138	650	6	of	of	IN
19138	650	7	a	a	DT
19138	650	8	church	church	NN
19138	650	9	organ	organ	NN
19138	650	10	often	often	RB
19138	650	11	induce	induce	VBP
19138	650	12	sympathetic	sympathetic	JJ
19138	650	13	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	650	14	that	that	WDT
19138	650	15	may	may	MD
19138	650	16	be	be	VB
19138	650	17	felt	feel	VBN
19138	650	18	beneath	beneath	IN
19138	650	19	the	the	DT
19138	650	20	feet	foot	NNS
19138	650	21	of	of	IN
19138	650	22	the	the	DT
19138	650	23	listener	listener	NN
19138	650	24	.	.	.
19138	651	1	One	one	CD
19138	651	2	writer	writer	NN
19138	651	3	,	,	,
19138	651	4	a	a	DT
19138	651	5	singer	singer	NN
19138	651	6	,	,	,
19138	651	7	speaks	speak	VBZ
19138	651	8	of	of	IN
19138	651	9	living	living	NN
19138	651	10	in	in	IN
19138	651	11	the	the	DT
19138	651	12	same	same	JJ
19138	651	13	house	house	NN
19138	651	14	with	with	IN
19138	651	15	two	two	CD
19138	651	16	deaf	deaf	JJ
19138	651	17	-	-	HYPH
19138	651	18	mutes	mute	NNS
19138	651	19	.	.	.
19138	652	1	He	-PRON-	PRP
19138	652	2	lodged	lodge	VBD
19138	652	3	on	on	IN
19138	652	4	the	the	DT
19138	652	5	first	first	JJ
19138	652	6	floor	floor	NN
19138	652	7	,	,	,
19138	652	8	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	652	9	on	on	IN
19138	652	10	the	the	DT
19138	652	11	third	third	NN
19138	652	12	.	.	.
19138	653	1	One	one	CD
19138	653	2	day	day	NN
19138	653	3	,	,	,
19138	653	4	meeting	meet	VBG
19138	653	5	at	at	IN
19138	653	6	luncheon	luncheon	NN
19138	653	7	,	,	,
19138	653	8	one	one	CD
19138	653	9	of	of	IN
19138	653	10	the	the	DT
19138	653	11	deaf	deaf	NN
19138	653	12	-	-	HYPH
19138	653	13	mutes	mute	NNS
19138	653	14	told	tell	VBD
19138	653	15	the	the	DT
19138	653	16	singer	singer	NN
19138	653	17	that	that	IN
19138	653	18	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	653	19	had	have	VBD
19138	653	20	begun	begin	VBN
19138	653	21	practice	practice	NN
19138	653	22	earlier	early	RBR
19138	653	23	that	that	DT
19138	653	24	morning	morning	NN
19138	653	25	than	than	IN
19138	653	26	usual	usual	JJ
19138	653	27	.	.	.
19138	654	1	Surprised	surprise	VBN
19138	654	2	,	,	,
19138	654	3	the	the	DT
19138	654	4	writer	writer	NN
19138	654	5	asked	ask	VBD
19138	654	6	how	how	WRB
19138	654	7	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	654	8	knew	know	VBD
19138	654	9	.	.	.
19138	655	1	The	the	DT
19138	655	2	deaf	deaf	JJ
19138	655	3	-	-	HYPH
19138	655	4	mute	mute	NN
19138	655	5	replied	reply	VBD
19138	655	6	that	that	IN
19138	655	7	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	655	8	always	always	RB
19138	655	9	knew	know	VBD
19138	655	10	when	when	WRB
19138	655	11	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	655	12	was	be	VBD
19138	655	13	singing	singe	VBG
19138	655	14	because	because	IN
19138	655	15	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	655	16	felt	feel	VBD
19138	655	17	the	the	DT
19138	655	18	floor	floor	NN
19138	655	19	of	of	IN
19138	655	20	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	655	21	room	room	NN
19138	655	22	vibrate	vibrate	NN
19138	655	23	.	.	.
19138	656	1	If	if	IN
19138	656	2	tone	tone	NN
19138	656	3	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	656	4	can	can	MD
19138	656	5	be	be	VB
19138	656	6	transmitted	transmit	VBN
19138	656	7	so	so	RB
19138	656	8	readily	readily	RB
19138	656	9	throughout	throughout	IN
19138	656	10	a	a	DT
19138	656	11	house	house	NN
19138	656	12	,	,	,
19138	656	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	656	14	is	be	VBZ
19138	656	15	not	not	RB
19138	656	16	difficult	difficult	JJ
19138	656	17	to	to	TO
19138	656	18	understand	understand	VB
19138	656	19	how	how	WRB
19138	656	20	easily	easily	RB
19138	656	21	the	the	DT
19138	656	22	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	656	23	of	of	IN
19138	656	24	bone	bone	NN
19138	656	25	and	and	CC
19138	656	26	tissue	tissue	NN
19138	656	27	can	can	MD
19138	656	28	be	be	VB
19138	656	29	transmitted	transmit	VBN
19138	656	30	until	until	IN
19138	656	31	the	the	DT
19138	656	32	whole	whole	JJ
19138	656	33	framework	framework	NN
19138	656	34	of	of	IN
19138	656	35	the	the	DT
19138	656	36	body	body	NN
19138	656	37	responds	respond	VBZ
19138	656	38	in	in	IN
19138	656	39	perceptible	perceptible	JJ
19138	656	40	vibration	vibration	NN
19138	656	41	.	.	.
19138	657	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	657	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	657	3	said	say	VBN
19138	657	4	that	that	IN
19138	657	5	Pascal	Pascal	NNP
19138	657	6	at	at	IN
19138	657	7	the	the	DT
19138	657	8	age	age	NN
19138	657	9	of	of	IN
19138	657	10	twelve	twelve	CD
19138	657	11	wrote	write	VBD
19138	657	12	a	a	DT
19138	657	13	dissertation	dissertation	NN
19138	657	14	on	on	IN
19138	657	15	acoustics	acoustic	NNS
19138	657	16	suggested	suggest	VBN
19138	657	17	by	by	IN
19138	657	18	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	657	19	childish	childish	JJ
19138	657	20	discovery	discovery	NN
19138	657	21	that	that	IN
19138	657	22	when	when	WRB
19138	657	23	a	a	DT
19138	657	24	metal	metal	NN
19138	657	25	dish	dish	NN
19138	657	26	was	be	VBD
19138	657	27	struck	strike	VBN
19138	657	28	by	by	IN
19138	657	29	a	a	DT
19138	657	30	knife	knife	NN
19138	657	31	the	the	DT
19138	657	32	resulting	result	VBG
19138	657	33	sound	sound	NN
19138	657	34	could	could	MD
19138	657	35	be	be	VB
19138	657	36	stopped	stop	VBN
19138	657	37	by	by	IN
19138	657	38	touching	touch	VBG
19138	657	39	the	the	DT
19138	657	40	vibrating	vibrate	VBG
19138	657	41	dish	dish	NN
19138	657	42	with	with	IN
19138	657	43	a	a	DT
19138	657	44	finger	finger	NN
19138	657	45	.	.	.
19138	658	1	With	with	IN
19138	658	2	this	this	DT
19138	658	3	in	in	IN
19138	658	4	mind	mind	NN
19138	658	5	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	658	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	658	7	not	not	RB
19138	658	8	difficult	difficult	JJ
19138	658	9	to	to	TO
19138	658	10	understand	understand	VB
19138	658	11	how	how	WRB
19138	658	12	compression	compression	NN
19138	658	13	of	of	IN
19138	658	14	the	the	DT
19138	658	15	human	human	JJ
19138	658	16	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	658	17	by	by	IN
19138	658	18	the	the	DT
19138	658	19	pressure	pressure	NN
19138	658	20	of	of	IN
19138	658	21	tight	tight	JJ
19138	658	22	clothing	clothing	NN
19138	658	23	without	without	IN
19138	658	24	,	,	,
19138	658	25	or	or	CC
19138	658	26	by	by	IN
19138	658	27	false	false	JJ
19138	658	28	muscular	muscular	JJ
19138	658	29	tension	tension	NN
19138	658	30	within	within	IN
19138	658	31	,	,	,
19138	658	32	must	must	MD
19138	658	33	interfere	interfere	VB
19138	658	34	with	with	IN
19138	658	35	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	658	36	free	free	JJ
19138	658	37	vibration	vibration	NN
19138	658	38	and	and	CC
19138	658	39	so	so	RB
19138	658	40	rob	rob	NNP
19138	658	41	the	the	DT
19138	658	42	produced	produced	JJ
19138	658	43	tone	tone	NN
19138	658	44	of	of	IN
19138	658	45	just	just	RB
19138	658	46	so	so	RB
19138	658	47	much	much	JJ
19138	658	48	of	of	IN
19138	658	49	perfection	perfection	NN
19138	658	50	.	.	.
19138	659	1	From	from	IN
19138	659	2	these	these	DT
19138	659	3	experiments	experiment	NNS
19138	659	4	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	659	5	can	can	MD
19138	659	6	understand	understand	VB
19138	659	7	that	that	IN
19138	659	8	,	,	,
19138	659	9	while	while	IN
19138	659	10	the	the	DT
19138	659	11	tones	tone	NNS
19138	659	12	of	of	IN
19138	659	13	the	the	DT
19138	659	14	voice	voice	NN
19138	659	15	are	be	VBP
19138	659	16	initiated	initiate	VBN
19138	659	17	by	by	IN
19138	659	18	or	or	CC
19138	659	19	at	at	IN
19138	659	20	the	the	DT
19138	659	21	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	659	22	cords	cord	NNS
19138	659	23	,	,	,
19138	659	24	the	the	DT
19138	659	25	volume	volume	NN
19138	659	26	and	and	CC
19138	659	27	character	character	NN
19138	659	28	of	of	IN
19138	659	29	the	the	DT
19138	659	30	tones	tone	NNS
19138	659	31	are	be	VBP
19138	659	32	dependent	dependent	JJ
19138	659	33	upon	upon	IN
19138	659	34	_	_	NNP
19138	659	35	resonance_,--the	resonance_,--the	DT
19138	659	36	vibration	vibration	NN
19138	659	37	of	of	IN
19138	659	38	the	the	DT
19138	659	39	air	air	NN
19138	659	40	in	in	IN
19138	659	41	the	the	DT
19138	659	42	various	various	JJ
19138	659	43	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	659	44	chambers	chamber	NNS
19138	659	45	of	of	IN
19138	659	46	the	the	DT
19138	659	47	body	body	NN
19138	659	48	,	,	,
19138	659	49	together	together	RB
19138	659	50	with	with	IN
19138	659	51	the	the	DT
19138	659	52	sympathetic	sympathetic	JJ
19138	659	53	vibration	vibration	NN
19138	659	54	of	of	IN
19138	659	55	the	the	DT
19138	659	56	walls	wall	NNS
19138	659	57	of	of	IN
19138	659	58	these	these	DT
19138	659	59	chambers	chamber	NNS
19138	659	60	and	and	CC
19138	659	61	the	the	DT
19138	659	62	bony	bony	NNP
19138	659	63	framework	framework	NN
19138	659	64	that	that	WDT
19138	659	65	supports	support	VBZ
19138	659	66	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	659	67	.	.	.
19138	660	1	In	in	IN
19138	660	2	respect	respect	NN
19138	660	3	to	to	IN
19138	660	4	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	660	5	,	,	,
19138	660	6	as	as	IN
19138	660	7	in	in	IN
19138	660	8	other	other	JJ
19138	660	9	respects	respect	NNS
19138	660	10	,	,	,
19138	660	11	the	the	DT
19138	660	12	human	human	JJ
19138	660	13	voice	voice	NN
19138	660	14	is	be	VBZ
19138	660	15	far	far	RB
19138	660	16	superior	superior	JJ
19138	660	17	to	to	IN
19138	660	18	all	all	DT
19138	660	19	other	other	JJ
19138	660	20	instruments	instrument	NNS
19138	660	21	,	,	,
19138	660	22	for	for	IN
19138	660	23	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	660	24	resonators	resonator	NNS
19138	660	25	are	be	VBP
19138	660	26	fixed	fix	VBN
19138	660	27	and	and	CC
19138	660	28	unchanging	unchanging	JJ
19138	660	29	,	,	,
19138	660	30	while	while	IN
19138	660	31	the	the	DT
19138	660	32	human	human	JJ
19138	660	33	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	660	34	is	be	VBZ
19138	660	35	flexible,--in	flexible,--in	VBN
19138	660	36	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
19138	660	37	's	's	POS
19138	660	38	words	word	NNS
19138	660	39	"	"	``
19138	660	40	admits	admit	NNS
19138	660	41	of	of	IN
19138	660	42	much	much	JJ
19138	660	43	variety	variety	NN
19138	660	44	of	of	IN
19138	660	45	form	form	NN
19138	660	46	,	,	,
19138	660	47	so	so	IN
19138	660	48	that	that	IN
19138	660	49	many	many	JJ
19138	660	50	more	more	JJR
19138	660	51	qualities	quality	NNS
19138	660	52	of	of	IN
19138	660	53	tone	tone	NN
19138	660	54	can	can	MD
19138	660	55	be	be	VB
19138	660	56	thus	thus	RB
19138	660	57	produced	produce	VBN
19138	660	58	than	than	IN
19138	660	59	on	on	IN
19138	660	60	any	any	DT
19138	660	61	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	660	62	of	of	IN
19138	660	63	artificial	artificial	JJ
19138	660	64	construction	construction	NN
19138	660	65	.	.	.
19138	660	66	"	"	''
19138	661	1	We	-PRON-	PRP
19138	661	2	are	be	VBP
19138	661	3	now	now	RB
19138	661	4	prepared	prepared	JJ
19138	661	5	to	to	TO
19138	661	6	realize	realize	VB
19138	661	7	the	the	DT
19138	661	8	error	error	NN
19138	661	9	of	of	IN
19138	661	10	the	the	DT
19138	661	11	common	common	JJ
19138	661	12	notion	notion	NN
19138	661	13	that	that	IN
19138	661	14	loudness	loudness	NN
19138	661	15	of	of	IN
19138	661	16	tone	tone	NN
19138	661	17	is	be	VBZ
19138	661	18	due	due	JJ
19138	661	19	entirely	entirely	RB
19138	661	20	to	to	TO
19138	661	21	increase	increase	NN
19138	661	22	of	of	IN
19138	661	23	breath	breath	NN
19138	661	24	pressure	pressure	NN
19138	661	25	on	on	IN
19138	661	26	the	the	DT
19138	661	27	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	661	28	cords	cord	NNS
19138	661	29	.	.	.
19138	662	1	Simple	simple	JJ
19138	662	2	experiments	experiment	NNS
19138	662	3	with	with	IN
19138	662	4	the	the	DT
19138	662	5	tuning	tuning	NN
19138	662	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	662	7	fork	fork	NN
19138	662	8	have	have	VBP
19138	662	9	shown	show	VBN
19138	662	10	that	that	IN
19138	662	11	while	while	IN
19138	662	12	the	the	DT
19138	662	13	volume	volume	NN
19138	662	14	of	of	IN
19138	662	15	sound	sound	NN
19138	662	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	662	17	gives	give	VBZ
19138	662	18	forth	forth	RB
19138	662	19	is	be	VBZ
19138	662	20	due	due	JJ
19138	662	21	in	in	IN
19138	662	22	part	part	NN
19138	662	23	to	to	IN
19138	662	24	the	the	DT
19138	662	25	amplitude	amplitude	NN
19138	662	26	of	of	IN
19138	662	27	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	662	28	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	662	29	,	,	,
19138	662	30	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	662	31	loudness	loudness	NN
19138	662	32	is	be	VBZ
19138	662	33	_	_	NNP
19138	662	34	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19138	662	35	_	_	NNP
19138	662	36	due	due	IN
19138	662	37	to	to	IN
19138	662	38	the	the	DT
19138	662	39	character	character	NN
19138	662	40	of	of	IN
19138	662	41	the	the	DT
19138	662	42	_	_	NNP
19138	662	43	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	662	44	_	_	NNP
19138	662	45	provided	provide	VBD
19138	662	46	for	for	IN
19138	662	47	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	662	48	.	.	.
19138	663	1	The	the	DT
19138	663	2	larger	large	JJR
19138	663	3	the	the	DT
19138	663	4	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	663	5	chamber	chamber	NN
19138	663	6	the	the	DT
19138	663	7	greater	great	JJR
19138	663	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	663	9	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	663	10	reinforcing	reinforce	VBG
19138	663	11	capacity	capacity	NN
19138	663	12	.	.	.
19138	664	1	The	the	DT
19138	664	2	largest	large	JJS
19138	664	3	air	air	NN
19138	664	4	chamber	chamber	NN
19138	664	5	in	in	IN
19138	664	6	the	the	DT
19138	664	7	body	body	NN
19138	664	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	664	9	the	the	DT
19138	664	10	chest	chest	NN
19138	664	11	,	,	,
19138	664	12	which	which	WDT
19138	664	13	serves	serve	VBZ
19138	664	14	not	not	RB
19138	664	15	only	only	RB
19138	664	16	as	as	IN
19138	664	17	a	a	DT
19138	664	18	wind	wind	NN
19138	664	19	-	-	HYPH
19138	664	20	chest	chest	NN
19138	664	21	,	,	,
19138	664	22	but	but	CC
19138	664	23	as	as	IN
19138	664	24	a	a	DT
19138	664	25	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	664	26	chamber	chamber	NN
19138	664	27	.	.	.
19138	665	1	The	the	DT
19138	665	2	necessity	necessity	NN
19138	665	3	for	for	IN
19138	665	4	chest	chest	NN
19138	665	5	expansion	expansion	NN
19138	665	6	,	,	,
19138	665	7	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	665	8	,	,	,
19138	665	9	is	be	VBZ
19138	665	10	not	not	RB
19138	665	11	,	,	,
19138	665	12	as	as	IN
19138	665	13	generally	generally	RB
19138	665	14	supposed	suppose	VBN
19138	665	15	,	,	,
19138	665	16	merely	merely	RB
19138	665	17	for	for	IN
19138	665	18	air	air	NN
19138	665	19	,	,	,
19138	665	20	but	but	CC
19138	665	21	to	to	TO
19138	665	22	increase	increase	VB
19138	665	23	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	665	24	size	size	NN
19138	665	25	as	as	IN
19138	665	26	a	a	DT
19138	665	27	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	665	28	chamber	chamber	NN
19138	665	29	.	.	.
19138	666	1	In	in	IN
19138	666	2	view	view	NN
19138	666	3	of	of	IN
19138	666	4	the	the	DT
19138	666	5	laws	law	NNS
19138	666	6	of	of	IN
19138	666	7	tone	tone	NN
19138	666	8	,	,	,
19138	666	9	how	how	WRB
19138	666	10	great	great	JJ
19138	666	11	is	be	VBZ
19138	666	12	the	the	DT
19138	666	13	common	common	JJ
19138	666	14	error	error	NN
19138	666	15	of	of	IN
19138	666	16	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	666	17	of	of	IN
19138	666	18	the	the	DT
19138	666	19	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	666	20	as	as	IN
19138	666	21	if	if	IN
19138	666	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	666	23	alone	alone	RB
19138	666	24	were	be	VBD
19138	666	25	the	the	DT
19138	666	26	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	666	27	organ	organ	NN
19138	666	28	,	,	,
19138	666	29	when	when	WRB
19138	666	30	the	the	DT
19138	666	31	principal	principal	JJ
19138	666	32	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	666	33	are	be	VBP
19138	666	34	_	_	NNP
19138	666	35	above	above	IN
19138	666	36	_	_	NNP
19138	666	37	the	the	DT
19138	666	38	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	666	39	cords	cord	NNS
19138	666	40	in	in	IN
19138	666	41	the	the	DT
19138	666	42	chambers	chamber	NNS
19138	666	43	of	of	IN
19138	666	44	_	_	NNP
19138	666	45	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	666	46	_	_	NNP
19138	666	47	!	!	.
19138	667	1	Since	since	IN
19138	667	2	the	the	DT
19138	667	3	musical	musical	JJ
19138	667	4	value	value	NN
19138	667	5	,	,	,
19138	667	6	the	the	DT
19138	667	7	beauty	beauty	NN
19138	667	8	of	of	IN
19138	667	9	tone	tone	NN
19138	667	10	,	,	,
19138	667	11	as	as	RB
19138	667	12	well	well	RB
19138	667	13	as	as	IN
19138	667	14	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	667	15	volume	volume	NN
19138	667	16	,	,	,
19138	667	17	comes	come	VBZ
19138	667	18	only	only	RB
19138	667	19	from	from	IN
19138	667	20	right	right	JJ
19138	667	21	use	use	NN
19138	667	22	of	of	IN
19138	667	23	the	the	DT
19138	667	24	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	667	25	,	,	,
19138	667	26	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	667	27	principal	principal	JJ
19138	667	28	business	business	NN
19138	667	29	must	must	MD
19138	667	30	be	be	VB
19138	667	31	the	the	DT
19138	667	32	acquiring	acquire	VBG
19138	667	33	control	control	NN
19138	667	34	of	of	IN
19138	667	35	the	the	DT
19138	667	36	vibratory	vibratory	NNP
19138	667	37	air	air	NNP
19138	667	38	current	current	NNP
19138	667	39	_	_	NNP
19138	667	40	above	above	IN
19138	667	41	the	the	DT
19138	667	42	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	667	43	_	_	NNP
19138	667	44	.	.	.
19138	668	1	The	the	DT
19138	668	2	acquirement	acquirement	NN
19138	668	3	of	of	IN
19138	668	4	this	this	DT
19138	668	5	control	control	NN
19138	668	6	involves	involve	VBZ
19138	668	7	the	the	DT
19138	668	8	proper	proper	JJ
19138	668	9	focusing	focusing	NN
19138	668	10	or	or	CC
19138	668	11	placing	placing	NN
19138	668	12	of	of	IN
19138	668	13	the	the	DT
19138	668	14	tone	tone	NN
19138	668	15	,	,	,
19138	668	16	with	with	IN
19138	668	17	the	the	DT
19138	668	18	free	free	JJ
19138	668	19	uncramped	uncramped	JJ
19138	668	20	use	use	NN
19138	668	21	of	of	IN
19138	668	22	all	all	PDT
19138	668	23	the	the	DT
19138	668	24	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	668	25	organs	organ	NNS
19138	668	26	;	;	:
19138	668	27	power	power	NN
19138	668	28	will	will	MD
19138	668	29	then	then	RB
19138	668	30	take	take	VB
19138	668	31	care	care	NN
19138	668	32	of	of	IN
19138	668	33	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	668	34	.	.	.
19138	669	1	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19138	669	2	VII	vii	NN
19138	669	3	HEAD	HEAD	NNP
19138	669	4	AND	and	CC
19138	669	5	NASAL	nasal	NN
19138	669	6	RESONANCE	resonance	NN
19138	669	7	Of	of	IN
19138	669	8	the	the	DT
19138	669	9	four	four	CD
19138	669	10	component	component	NN
19138	669	11	factors	factor	NNS
19138	669	12	in	in	IN
19138	669	13	the	the	DT
19138	669	14	production	production	NN
19138	669	15	of	of	IN
19138	669	16	speech	speech	NN
19138	669	17	and	and	CC
19138	669	18	song	song	NN
19138	669	19	,	,	,
19138	669	20	the	the	DT
19138	669	21	first	first	JJ
19138	669	22	,	,	,
19138	669	23	the	the	DT
19138	669	24	_	_	NNP
19138	669	25	motor	motor	NN
19138	669	26	_	_	NNP
19138	669	27	,	,	,
19138	669	28	has	have	VBZ
19138	669	29	been	be	VBN
19138	669	30	considered	consider	VBN
19138	669	31	in	in	IN
19138	669	32	Chapter	Chapter	NNP
19138	669	33	III	III	NNP
19138	669	34	,	,	,
19138	669	35	and	and	CC
19138	669	36	the	the	DT
19138	669	37	second	second	JJ
19138	669	38	,	,	,
19138	669	39	the	the	DT
19138	669	40	_	_	NNP
19138	669	41	vibrator	vibrator	NN
19138	669	42	_	_	NNP
19138	669	43	,	,	,
19138	669	44	in	in	IN
19138	669	45	Chapter	chapter	NN
19138	669	46	I.	i.	NN
19138	670	1	In	in	IN
19138	670	2	one	one	CD
19138	670	3	respect	respect	NN
19138	670	4	there	there	EX
19138	670	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	670	6	marked	mark	VBN
19138	670	7	contrast	contrast	NN
19138	670	8	between	between	IN
19138	670	9	these	these	DT
19138	670	10	two	two	CD
19138	670	11	factors	factor	NNS
19138	670	12	.	.	.
19138	671	1	Until	until	IN
19138	671	2	right	right	JJ
19138	671	3	habits	habit	NNS
19138	671	4	are	be	VBP
19138	671	5	so	so	RB
19138	671	6	thoroughly	thoroughly	RB
19138	671	7	formed	form	VBN
19138	671	8	that	that	IN
19138	671	9	the	the	DT
19138	671	10	singer	singer	NN
19138	671	11	's	's	POS
19138	671	12	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	671	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	671	14	automatically	automatically	RB
19138	671	15	controlled	control	VBN
19138	671	16	,	,	,
19138	671	17	conscious	conscious	JJ
19138	671	18	effort	effort	NN
19138	671	19	is	be	VBZ
19138	671	20	necessary	necessary	JJ
19138	671	21	,	,	,
19138	671	22	while	while	IN
19138	671	23	the	the	DT
19138	671	24	action	action	NN
19138	671	25	of	of	IN
19138	671	26	the	the	DT
19138	671	27	vibrator	vibrator	NN
19138	671	28	,	,	,
19138	671	29	the	the	DT
19138	671	30	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	671	31	cords	cord	NNS
19138	671	32	,	,	,
19138	671	33	is	be	VBZ
19138	671	34	involuntary	involuntary	JJ
19138	671	35	,	,	,
19138	671	36	not	not	RB
19138	671	37	subject	subject	JJ
19138	671	38	to	to	IN
19138	671	39	conscious	conscious	JJ
19138	671	40	control	control	NN
19138	671	41	.	.	.
19138	672	1	The	the	DT
19138	672	2	subtle	subtle	JJ
19138	672	3	adjustments	adjustment	NNS
19138	672	4	of	of	IN
19138	672	5	the	the	DT
19138	672	6	delicate	delicate	JJ
19138	672	7	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19138	672	8	of	of	IN
19138	672	9	the	the	DT
19138	672	10	larynx	larynx	NNP
19138	672	11	belong	belong	VBP
19138	672	12	to	to	IN
19138	672	13	the	the	DT
19138	672	14	realm	realm	NN
19138	672	15	of	of	IN
19138	672	16	reflex	reflex	JJ
19138	672	17	action	action	NN
19138	672	18	--	--	:
19138	672	19	to	to	IN
19138	672	20	a	a	DT
19138	672	21	spontaneous	spontaneous	JJ
19138	672	22	activity	activity	NN
19138	672	23	that	that	WDT
19138	672	24	,	,	,
19138	672	25	left	leave	VBD
19138	672	26	unhindered	unhindered	JJ
19138	672	27	,	,	,
19138	672	28	does	do	VBZ
19138	672	29	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	672	30	part	part	NN
19138	672	31	in	in	IN
19138	672	32	perfect	perfect	JJ
19138	672	33	nicety	nicety	NN
19138	672	34	.	.	.
19138	673	1	The	the	DT
19138	673	2	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	673	3	cords	cord	NNS
19138	673	4	must	must	MD
19138	673	5	,	,	,
19138	673	6	in	in	IN
19138	673	7	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	673	8	action	action	NN
19138	673	9	,	,	,
19138	673	10	be	be	VB
19138	673	11	free	free	JJ
19138	673	12	from	from	IN
19138	673	13	the	the	DT
19138	673	14	disturbance	disturbance	NN
19138	673	15	of	of	IN
19138	673	16	uncontrolled	uncontrolled	JJ
19138	673	17	breath	breath	NN
19138	673	18	action	action	NN
19138	673	19	below	below	IN
19138	673	20	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	673	21	,	,	,
19138	673	22	or	or	CC
19138	673	23	the	the	DT
19138	673	24	hindrance	hindrance	NN
19138	673	25	due	due	IN
19138	673	26	to	to	IN
19138	673	27	misdirected	misdirected	JJ
19138	673	28	effort	effort	NN
19138	673	29	above	above	IN
19138	673	30	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	673	31	.	.	.
19138	674	1	To	to	TO
19138	674	2	direct	direct	JJ
19138	674	3	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19138	674	4	to	to	IN
19138	674	5	the	the	DT
19138	674	6	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	674	7	cords	cord	NNS
19138	674	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	674	9	to	to	TO
19138	674	10	cramp	cramp	VB
19138	674	11	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	674	12	and	and	CC
19138	674	13	prevent	prevent	VB
19138	674	14	that	that	DT
19138	674	15	free	free	JJ
19138	674	16	vibration	vibration	NN
19138	674	17	and	and	CC
19138	674	18	that	that	DT
19138	674	19	perfect	perfect	JJ
19138	674	20	relaxation	relaxation	NN
19138	674	21	of	of	IN
19138	674	22	the	the	DT
19138	674	23	throat	throat	NN
19138	674	24	without	without	IN
19138	674	25	which	which	WDT
19138	674	26	pure	pure	JJ
19138	674	27	tone	tone	NN
19138	674	28	and	and	CC
19138	674	29	true	true	JJ
19138	674	30	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	674	31	are	be	VBP
19138	674	32	impossible	impossible	JJ
19138	674	33	.	.	.
19138	675	1	As	as	IN
19138	675	2	a	a	DT
19138	675	3	surgeon	surgeon	NN
19138	675	4	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	675	5	well	well	RB
19138	675	6	know	know	VBP
19138	675	7	the	the	DT
19138	675	8	value	value	NN
19138	675	9	of	of	IN
19138	675	10	thorough	thorough	JJ
19138	675	11	anatomical	anatomical	JJ
19138	675	12	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19138	675	13	,	,	,
19138	675	14	but	but	CC
19138	675	15	from	from	IN
19138	675	16	the	the	DT
19138	675	17	singer	singer	NN
19138	675	18	's	's	POS
19138	675	19	standpoint	standpoint	NN
19138	675	20	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	675	21	can	can	MD
19138	675	22	not	not	RB
19138	675	23	too	too	RB
19138	675	24	strongly	strongly	RB
19138	675	25	emphasize	emphasize	VB
19138	675	26	the	the	DT
19138	675	27	unwisdom	unwisdom	NN
19138	675	28	of	of	IN
19138	675	29	directing	direct	VBG
19138	675	30	the	the	DT
19138	675	31	attention	attention	NN
19138	675	32	of	of	IN
19138	675	33	sensitively	sensitively	RB
19138	675	34	organized	organize	VBN
19138	675	35	pupils	pupil	NNS
19138	675	36	to	to	IN
19138	675	37	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	675	38	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	675	39	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19138	675	40	by	by	IN
19138	675	41	means	mean	NNS
19138	675	42	of	of	IN
19138	675	43	the	the	DT
19138	675	44	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19138	675	45	.	.	.
19138	676	1	This	this	DT
19138	676	2	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	676	3	belongs	belong	VBZ
19138	676	4	to	to	IN
19138	676	5	the	the	DT
19138	676	6	physician	physician	NN
19138	676	7	,	,	,
19138	676	8	not	not	RB
19138	676	9	to	to	IN
19138	676	10	the	the	DT
19138	676	11	singer	singer	NN
19138	676	12	.	.	.
19138	677	1	The	the	DT
19138	677	2	importance	importance	NN
19138	677	3	of	of	IN
19138	677	4	the	the	DT
19138	677	5	third	third	JJ
19138	677	6	factor	factor	NN
19138	677	7	,	,	,
19138	677	8	the	the	DT
19138	677	9	_	_	NNP
19138	677	10	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	677	11	_	_	NNP
19138	677	12	,	,	,
19138	677	13	has	have	VBZ
19138	677	14	been	be	VBN
19138	677	15	considered	consider	VBN
19138	677	16	in	in	IN
19138	677	17	Chapter	chapter	NN
19138	677	18	V	V	NNP
19138	677	19	,	,	,
19138	677	20	on	on	IN
19138	677	21	Resonance	resonance	NN
19138	677	22	,	,	,
19138	677	23	but	but	CC
19138	677	24	the	the	DT
19138	677	25	fourth	fourth	JJ
19138	677	26	element	element	NN
19138	677	27	in	in	IN
19138	677	28	voice	voice	NN
19138	677	29	production	production	NN
19138	677	30	,	,	,
19138	677	31	_	_	NNP
19138	677	32	articulation	articulation	NN
19138	677	33	_	_	NNP
19138	677	34	,	,	,
19138	677	35	is	be	VBZ
19138	677	36	so	so	RB
19138	677	37	coördinated	coördinate	VBN
19138	677	38	to	to	IN
19138	677	39	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	677	40	that	that	IN
19138	677	41	the	the	DT
19138	677	42	significance	significance	NN
19138	677	43	and	and	CC
19138	677	44	primacy	primacy	NN
19138	677	45	of	of	IN
19138	677	46	the	the	DT
19138	677	47	latter	latter	JJ
19138	677	48	are	be	VBP
19138	677	49	too	too	RB
19138	677	50	often	often	RB
19138	677	51	overlooked	overlook	VBN
19138	677	52	.	.	.
19138	678	1	Placing	place	VBG
19138	678	2	or	or	CC
19138	678	3	"	"	``
19138	678	4	focusing	focus	VBG
19138	678	5	the	the	DT
19138	678	6	voice	voice	NN
19138	678	7	"	"	``
19138	678	8	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	678	9	have	have	VBP
19138	678	10	found	find	VBN
19138	678	11	to	to	TO
19138	678	12	be	be	VB
19138	678	13	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19138	678	14	a	a	DT
19138	678	15	matter	matter	NN
19138	678	16	of	of	IN
19138	678	17	control	control	NN
19138	678	18	and	and	CC
19138	678	19	use	use	NN
19138	678	20	of	of	IN
19138	678	21	the	the	DT
19138	678	22	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	678	23	,	,	,
19138	678	24	consisting	consist	VBG
19138	678	25	of	of	IN
19138	678	26	chest	chest	NN
19138	678	27	,	,	,
19138	678	28	pharynx	pharynx	NN
19138	678	29	,	,	,
19138	678	30	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	678	31	,	,	,
19138	678	32	and	and	CC
19138	678	33	the	the	DT
19138	678	34	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	678	35	and	and	CC
19138	678	36	head	head	NN
19138	678	37	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	678	38	.	.	.
19138	679	1	A	a	DT
19138	679	2	tone	tone	NN
19138	679	3	lacking	lack	VBG
19138	679	4	in	in	IN
19138	679	5	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	679	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	679	7	ineffective,--devoid	ineffective,--devoid	NNP
19138	679	8	of	of	IN
19138	679	9	carrying	carry	VBG
19138	679	10	power,--is	power,--is	NNP
19138	679	11	diffuse	diffuse	NN
19138	679	12	and	and	CC
19138	679	13	unfocused	unfocused	JJ
19138	679	14	;	;	:
19138	679	15	while	while	IN
19138	679	16	a	a	DT
19138	679	17	resonant	resonant	JJ
19138	679	18	tone	tone	NN
19138	679	19	,	,	,
19138	679	20	no	no	RB
19138	679	21	matter	matter	RB
19138	679	22	how	how	WRB
19138	679	23	soft	soft	JJ
19138	679	24	dynamically	dynamically	RB
19138	679	25	,	,	,
19138	679	26	has	have	VBZ
19138	679	27	carrying	carry	VBG
19138	679	28	power	power	NN
19138	679	29	and	and	CC
19138	679	30	is	be	VBZ
19138	679	31	focused	focus	VBN
19138	679	32	in	in	IN
19138	679	33	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	679	34	vibration	vibration	NN
19138	679	35	.	.	.
19138	680	1	Now	now	RB
19138	680	2	"	"	``
19138	680	3	voice	voice	NN
19138	680	4	placing	placing	NN
19138	680	5	"	"	''
19138	680	6	depends	depend	VBZ
19138	680	7	primarily	primarily	RB
19138	680	8	on	on	IN
19138	680	9	correct	correct	JJ
19138	680	10	_	_	NNP
19138	680	11	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	680	12	placing	place	VBG
19138	680	13	_	_	NNP
19138	680	14	,	,	,
19138	680	15	which	which	WDT
19138	680	16	in	in	IN
19138	680	17	turn	turn	NN
19138	680	18	depends	depend	VBZ
19138	680	19	on	on	IN
19138	680	20	proper	proper	JJ
19138	680	21	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19138	680	22	of	of	IN
19138	680	23	the	the	DT
19138	680	24	resonators	resonator	NNS
19138	680	25	,	,	,
19138	680	26	which	which	WDT
19138	680	27	again	again	RB
19138	680	28	depends	depend	VBZ
19138	680	29	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19138	680	30	on	on	IN
19138	680	31	the	the	DT
19138	680	32	positions	position	NNS
19138	680	33	and	and	CC
19138	680	34	motions	motion	NNS
19138	680	35	of	of	IN
19138	680	36	the	the	DT
19138	680	37	organs	organ	NNS
19138	680	38	of	of	IN
19138	680	39	articulation	articulation	NN
19138	680	40	.	.	.
19138	681	1	The	the	DT
19138	681	2	interdependence	interdependence	NN
19138	681	3	of	of	IN
19138	681	4	tone	tone	NN
19138	681	5	quality	quality	NN
19138	681	6	and	and	CC
19138	681	7	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	681	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	681	9	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	681	10	obvious	obvious	JJ
19138	681	11	.	.	.
19138	682	1	Constant	constant	JJ
19138	682	2	emphasis	emphasis	NN
19138	682	3	must	must	MD
19138	682	4	be	be	VB
19138	682	5	laid	lay	VBN
19138	682	6	upon	upon	IN
19138	682	7	the	the	DT
19138	682	8	fact	fact	NN
19138	682	9	that	that	IN
19138	682	10	focusing	focus	VBG
19138	682	11	a	a	DT
19138	682	12	tone	tone	NN
19138	682	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	682	14	a	a	DT
19138	682	15	matter	matter	NN
19138	682	16	of	of	IN
19138	682	17	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	682	18	,	,	,
19138	682	19	and	and	CC
19138	682	20	that	that	IN
19138	682	21	perhaps	perhaps	RB
19138	682	22	the	the	DT
19138	682	23	most	most	RBS
19138	682	24	important	important	JJ
19138	682	25	element	element	NN
19138	682	26	in	in	IN
19138	682	27	this	this	DT
19138	682	28	is	be	VBZ
19138	682	29	_	_	NNP
19138	682	30	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	682	31	_	_	NNP
19138	682	32	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	682	33	.	.	.
19138	683	1	In	in	IN
19138	683	2	this	this	DT
19138	683	3	country	country	NN
19138	683	4	,	,	,
19138	683	5	particularly	particularly	RB
19138	683	6	,	,	,
19138	683	7	teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	683	8	have	have	VBP
19138	683	9	,	,	,
19138	683	10	in	in	IN
19138	683	11	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	683	12	desire	desire	NN
19138	683	13	to	to	TO
19138	683	14	overcome	overcome	VB
19138	683	15	the	the	DT
19138	683	16	too	too	RB
19138	683	17	common	common	JJ
19138	683	18	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	683	19	twang	twang	NNP
19138	683	20	,	,	,
19138	683	21	mistakenly	mistakenly	RB
19138	683	22	sought	seek	VBD
19138	683	23	to	to	TO
19138	683	24	shut	shut	VB
19138	683	25	out	out	RP
19138	683	26	the	the	DT
19138	683	27	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	683	28	chamber	chamber	NN
19138	683	29	from	from	IN
19138	683	30	all	all	DT
19138	683	31	participation	participation	NN
19138	683	32	in	in	IN
19138	683	33	speech	speech	NN
19138	683	34	and	and	CC
19138	683	35	song	song	NN
19138	683	36	.	.	.
19138	684	1	There	there	EX
19138	684	2	are	be	VBP
19138	684	3	those	those	DT
19138	684	4	who	who	WP
19138	684	5	,	,	,
19138	684	6	partly	partly	RB
19138	684	7	recognizing	recognize	VBG
19138	684	8	the	the	DT
19138	684	9	importance	importance	NN
19138	684	10	of	of	IN
19138	684	11	_	_	NNP
19138	684	12	head	head	NN
19138	684	13	_	_	NNP
19138	684	14	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	684	15	,	,	,
19138	684	16	would	would	MD
19138	684	17	secure	secure	VB
19138	684	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	684	19	while	while	IN
19138	684	20	ignoring	ignore	VBG
19138	684	21	_	_	NNP
19138	684	22	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	684	23	_	_	NNP
19138	684	24	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	684	25	.	.	.
19138	685	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	685	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	685	3	impossible	impossible	JJ
19138	685	4	to	to	TO
19138	685	5	secure	secure	VB
19138	685	6	head	head	NN
19138	685	7	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	685	8	in	in	IN
19138	685	9	this	this	DT
19138	685	10	fashion	fashion	NN
19138	685	11	,	,	,
19138	685	12	for	for	IN
19138	685	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	685	14	is	be	VBZ
19138	685	15	only	only	RB
19138	685	16	through	through	IN
19138	685	17	free	free	JJ
19138	685	18	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	685	19	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	685	20	that	that	WDT
19138	685	21	the	the	DT
19138	685	22	coördinate	coördinate	JJ
19138	685	23	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	685	24	in	in	IN
19138	685	25	the	the	DT
19138	685	26	air	air	NN
19138	685	27	sinuses	sinus	NNS
19138	685	28	above	above	IN
19138	685	29	the	the	DT
19138	685	30	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	685	31	cavity	cavity	NN
19138	685	32	and	and	CC
19138	685	33	connected	connect	VBN
19138	685	34	with	with	IN
19138	685	35	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	685	36	can	can	MD
19138	685	37	be	be	VB
19138	685	38	established	establish	VBN
19138	685	39	.	.	.
19138	686	1	The	the	DT
19138	686	2	fear	fear	NN
19138	686	3	of	of	IN
19138	686	4	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	686	5	twang	twang	NNP
19138	686	6	and	and	CC
19138	686	7	failure	failure	NN
19138	686	8	to	to	TO
19138	686	9	distinguish	distinguish	VB
19138	686	10	between	between	IN
19138	686	11	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	686	12	and	and	CC
19138	686	13	true	true	JJ
19138	686	14	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	686	15	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	686	16	has	have	VBZ
19138	686	17	been	be	VBN
19138	686	18	the	the	DT
19138	686	19	stumbling	stumble	VBG
19138	686	20	block	block	NN
19138	686	21	.	.	.
19138	687	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19138	687	2	are	be	VBP
19138	687	3	very	very	RB
19138	687	4	different,--one	different,--one	JJ
19138	687	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	687	6	to	to	TO
19138	687	7	be	be	VB
19138	687	8	shunned	shun	VBN
19138	687	9	,	,	,
19138	687	10	the	the	DT
19138	687	11	other	other	JJ
19138	687	12	to	to	TO
19138	687	13	be	be	VB
19138	687	14	cultivated	cultivate	VBN
19138	687	15	.	.	.
19138	688	1	The	the	DT
19138	688	2	first	first	JJ
19138	688	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	688	4	an	an	DT
19138	688	5	obvious	obvious	JJ
19138	688	6	blemish	blemish	NN
19138	688	7	,	,	,
19138	688	8	the	the	DT
19138	688	9	second	second	JJ
19138	688	10	is	be	VBZ
19138	688	11	an	an	DT
19138	688	12	important	important	JJ
19138	688	13	essential	essential	NN
19138	688	14	of	of	IN
19138	688	15	good	good	JJ
19138	688	16	singing	singing	NN
19138	688	17	.	.	.
19138	689	1	Nasal	nasal	NN
19138	689	2	tones	tone	NNS
19138	689	3	are	be	VBP
19138	689	4	caused	cause	VBN
19138	689	5	by	by	IN
19138	689	6	a	a	DT
19138	689	7	raised	raise	VBN
19138	689	8	or	or	CC
19138	689	9	stiffened	stiffen	VBN
19138	689	10	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	689	11	,	,	,
19138	689	12	a	a	DT
19138	689	13	sagging	sag	VBG
19138	689	14	soft	soft	JJ
19138	689	15	palate	palate	NN
19138	689	16	,	,	,
19138	689	17	a	a	DT
19138	689	18	stiffened	stiffen	VBN
19138	689	19	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	689	20	,	,	,
19138	689	21	or	or	CC
19138	689	22	by	by	IN
19138	689	23	other	other	JJ
19138	689	24	rigidities	rigidity	NNS
19138	689	25	that	that	WDT
19138	689	26	prevent	prevent	VBP
19138	689	27	free	free	JJ
19138	689	28	tone	tone	NN
19138	689	29	emission	emission	NN
19138	689	30	and	and	CC
19138	689	31	which	which	WDT
19138	689	32	at	at	IN
19138	689	33	the	the	DT
19138	689	34	same	same	JJ
19138	689	35	time	time	NN
19138	689	36	--	--	:
19138	689	37	note	note	VB
19138	689	38	this	this	DT
19138	689	39	--	--	:
19138	689	40	prevent	prevent	VB
19138	689	41	true	true	JJ
19138	689	42	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	689	43	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	689	44	.	.	.
19138	690	1	As	as	IN
19138	690	2	tone	tone	NN
19138	690	3	,	,	,
19138	690	4	or	or	CC
19138	690	5	vocalized	vocalized	JJ
19138	690	6	breath	breath	NN
19138	690	7	,	,	,
19138	690	8	issues	issue	NNS
19138	690	9	from	from	IN
19138	690	10	the	the	DT
19138	690	11	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	690	12	,	,	,
19138	690	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	690	14	is	be	VBZ
19138	690	15	divided	divide	VBN
19138	690	16	into	into	IN
19138	690	17	two	two	CD
19138	690	18	streams	stream	NNS
19138	690	19	or	or	CC
19138	690	20	currents	current	NNS
19138	690	21	by	by	IN
19138	690	22	the	the	DT
19138	690	23	pendent	pendent	NN
19138	690	24	veil	veil	NN
19138	690	25	of	of	IN
19138	690	26	the	the	DT
19138	690	27	soft	soft	JJ
19138	690	28	palate	palate	NN
19138	690	29	.	.	.
19138	691	1	One	one	CD
19138	691	2	stream	stream	NN
19138	691	3	flows	flow	VBZ
19138	691	4	directly	directly	RB
19138	691	5	into	into	IN
19138	691	6	the	the	DT
19138	691	7	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	691	8	,	,	,
19138	691	9	where	where	WRB
19138	691	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	691	11	produces	produce	VBZ
19138	691	12	oral	oral	JJ
19138	691	13	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	691	14	;	;	:
19138	691	15	the	the	DT
19138	691	16	other	other	JJ
19138	691	17	stream	stream	NN
19138	691	18	passes	pass	VBZ
19138	691	19	through	through	IN
19138	691	20	the	the	DT
19138	691	21	nasopharynx	nasopharynx	NN
19138	691	22	into	into	IN
19138	691	23	the	the	DT
19138	691	24	hollow	hollow	JJ
19138	691	25	chambers	chamber	NNS
19138	691	26	of	of	IN
19138	691	27	the	the	DT
19138	691	28	face	face	NN
19138	691	29	and	and	CC
19138	691	30	head	head	NN
19138	691	31	,	,	,
19138	691	32	inducing	induce	VBG
19138	691	33	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	691	34	and	and	CC
19138	691	35	head	head	NN
19138	691	36	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	691	37	.	.	.
19138	692	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	692	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	692	3	commonly	commonly	RB
19138	692	4	supposed	suppose	VBN
19138	692	5	that	that	IN
19138	692	6	tone	tone	NN
19138	692	7	passing	pass	VBG
19138	692	8	in	in	IN
19138	692	9	whole	whole	NN
19138	692	10	or	or	CC
19138	692	11	in	in	IN
19138	692	12	part	part	NN
19138	692	13	through	through	IN
19138	692	14	the	the	DT
19138	692	15	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	692	16	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	692	17	must	must	MD
19138	692	18	be	be	VB
19138	692	19	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	692	20	in	in	IN
19138	692	21	quality	quality	NN
19138	692	22	;	;	:
19138	692	23	whereas	whereas	IN
19138	692	24	a	a	DT
19138	692	25	tone	tone	NN
19138	692	26	of	of	IN
19138	692	27	objectionable	objectionable	JJ
19138	692	28	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	692	29	quality	quality	NN
19138	692	30	can	can	MD
19138	692	31	be	be	VB
19138	692	32	sung	sing	VBN
19138	692	33	equally	equally	RB
19138	692	34	well	well	RB
19138	692	35	with	with	IN
19138	692	36	the	the	DT
19138	692	37	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	692	38	either	either	CC
19138	692	39	closed	closed	JJ
19138	692	40	or	or	CC
19138	692	41	open	open	JJ
19138	692	42	.	.	.
19138	693	1	Browne	Browne	NNP
19138	693	2	and	and	CC
19138	693	3	Behnke	Behnke	NNP
19138	693	4	state	state	NN
19138	693	5	the	the	DT
19138	693	6	matter	matter	NN
19138	693	7	thus	thus	RB
19138	693	8	:	:	:
19138	693	9	"	"	``
19138	693	10	However	however	RB
19138	693	11	tight	tight	JJ
19138	693	12	the	the	DT
19138	693	13	closure	closure	NN
19138	693	14	of	of	IN
19138	693	15	the	the	DT
19138	693	16	soft	soft	JJ
19138	693	17	palate	palate	NN
19138	693	18	may	may	MD
19138	693	19	be	be	VB
19138	693	20	,	,	,
19138	693	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	693	22	is	be	VBZ
19138	693	23	never	never	RB
19138	693	24	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19138	693	25	to	to	TO
19138	693	26	prevent	prevent	VB
19138	693	27	the	the	DT
19138	693	28	air	air	NN
19138	693	29	in	in	IN
19138	693	30	the	the	DT
19138	693	31	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	693	32	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	693	33	being	be	VBG
19138	693	34	thrown	throw	VBN
19138	693	35	into	into	IN
19138	693	36	co	co	NNS
19138	693	37	-	-	NNS
19138	693	38	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	693	39	with	with	IN
19138	693	40	that	that	DT
19138	693	41	in	in	IN
19138	693	42	the	the	DT
19138	693	43	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	693	44	.	.	.
19138	694	1	These	these	DT
19138	694	2	co	co	NNS
19138	694	3	-	-	NNS
19138	694	4	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	694	5	are	be	VBP
19138	694	6	,	,	,
19138	694	7	in	in	IN
19138	694	8	fact	fact	NN
19138	694	9	,	,	,
19138	694	10	necessary	necessary	JJ
19138	694	11	for	for	IN
19138	694	12	a	a	DT
19138	694	13	certain	certain	JJ
19138	694	14	amount	amount	NN
19138	694	15	of	of	IN
19138	694	16	the	the	DT
19138	694	17	brilliancy	brilliancy	NN
19138	694	18	of	of	IN
19138	694	19	the	the	DT
19138	694	20	voice	voice	NN
19138	694	21	,	,	,
19138	694	22	and	and	CC
19138	694	23	if	if	IN
19138	694	24	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	694	25	are	be	VBP
19138	694	26	prevented	prevent	VBN
19138	694	27	by	by	IN
19138	694	28	a	a	DT
19138	694	29	stoppage	stoppage	NN
19138	694	30	of	of	IN
19138	694	31	the	the	DT
19138	694	32	posterior	posterior	JJ
19138	694	33	openings	opening	NNS
19138	694	34	of	of	IN
19138	694	35	the	the	DT
19138	694	36	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	694	37	passages	passage	NNS
19138	694	38	,	,	,
19138	694	39	the	the	DT
19138	694	40	voice	voice	NN
19138	694	41	will	will	MD
19138	694	42	sound	sound	VB
19138	694	43	dull	dull	JJ
19138	694	44	and	and	CC
19138	694	45	muffled	muffled	JJ
19138	694	46	.	.	.
19138	695	1	This	this	DT
19138	695	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	695	3	of	of	IN
19138	695	4	course	course	NN
19138	695	5	due	due	JJ
19138	695	6	,	,	,
19138	695	7	to	to	IN
19138	695	8	an	an	DT
19138	695	9	_	_	NNP
19138	695	10	absence	absence	NN
19138	695	11	of	of	IN
19138	695	12	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	695	13	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	695	14	_	_	NNP
19138	695	15	,	,	,
19138	695	16	and	and	CC
19138	695	17	must	must	MD
19138	695	18	on	on	IN
19138	695	19	no	no	DT
19138	695	20	account	account	NN
19138	695	21	be	be	VB
19138	695	22	described	describe	VBN
19138	695	23	as	as	IN
19138	695	24	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	695	25	_	_	NNP
19138	695	26	twang	twang	NNP
19138	695	27	_	_	NNP
19138	695	28	.	.	.
19138	696	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	696	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	696	3	,	,	,
19138	696	4	indeed	indeed	RB
19138	696	5	,	,	,
19138	696	6	the	the	DT
19138	696	7	very	very	JJ
19138	696	8	opposite	opposite	NN
19138	696	9	of	of	IN
19138	696	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	696	11	.	.	.
19138	696	12	"	"	''
19138	697	1	Nasal	nasal	NN
19138	697	2	tone	tone	NN
19138	697	3	quality	quality	NN
19138	697	4	and	and	CC
19138	697	5	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	697	6	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	697	7	must	must	MD
19138	697	8	not	not	RB
19138	697	9	be	be	VB
19138	697	10	confounded	confound	VBN
19138	697	11	.	.	.
19138	698	1	A	a	DT
19138	698	2	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	698	3	tone	tone	NN
19138	698	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	698	5	constricted	constrict	VBN
19138	698	6	,	,	,
19138	698	7	while	while	IN
19138	698	8	a	a	DT
19138	698	9	tone	tone	NN
19138	698	10	with	with	IN
19138	698	11	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	698	12	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	698	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	698	14	free	free	JJ
19138	698	15	.	.	.
19138	699	1	Again	again	RB
19138	699	2	,	,	,
19138	699	3	a	a	DT
19138	699	4	tone	tone	NN
19138	699	5	may	may	MD
19138	699	6	be	be	VB
19138	699	7	unmarred	unmarre	VBN
19138	699	8	by	by	IN
19138	699	9	the	the	DT
19138	699	10	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	699	11	quality	quality	NN
19138	699	12	,	,	,
19138	699	13	yet	yet	CC
19138	699	14	if	if	IN
19138	699	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	699	16	lacks	lack	VBZ
19138	699	17	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	699	18	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	699	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	699	20	lacks	lack	VBZ
19138	699	21	vibrancy	vibrancy	NN
19138	699	22	,	,	,
19138	699	23	carrying	carry	VBG
19138	699	24	power	power	NN
19138	699	25	.	.	.
19138	700	1	Nasal	nasal	NN
19138	700	2	tones	tone	NNS
19138	700	3	are	be	VBP
19138	700	4	produced	produce	VBN
19138	700	5	,	,	,
19138	700	6	not	not	RB
19138	700	7	because	because	IN
19138	700	8	the	the	DT
19138	700	9	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	700	10	pass	pass	VBP
19138	700	11	through	through	IN
19138	700	12	the	the	DT
19138	700	13	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	700	14	passage	passage	NN
19138	700	15	,	,	,
19138	700	16	but	but	CC
19138	700	17	because	because	IN
19138	700	18	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	700	19	are	be	VBP
19138	700	20	obstructed	obstruct	VBN
19138	700	21	in	in	IN
19138	700	22	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	700	23	passage	passage	NN
19138	700	24	through	through	IN
19138	700	25	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	700	26	.	.	.
19138	701	1	A	a	DT
19138	701	2	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	701	3	tone	tone	NN
19138	701	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	701	5	always	always	RB
19138	701	6	a	a	DT
19138	701	7	cramped	cramp	VBN
19138	701	8	tone	tone	NN
19138	701	9	,	,	,
19138	701	10	due	due	IN
19138	701	11	to	to	IN
19138	701	12	impediment	impediment	NN
19138	701	13	,	,	,
19138	701	14	tension	tension	NN
19138	701	15	,	,	,
19138	701	16	or	or	CC
19138	701	17	muscular	muscular	JJ
19138	701	18	contraction	contraction	NN
19138	701	19	,	,	,
19138	701	20	particularly	particularly	RB
19138	701	21	in	in	IN
19138	701	22	the	the	DT
19138	701	23	nasopharynx	nasopharynx	NN
19138	701	24	.	.	.
19138	702	1	The	the	DT
19138	702	2	congestion	congestion	NN
19138	702	3	and	and	CC
19138	702	4	consequent	consequent	JJ
19138	702	5	thickening	thickening	NN
19138	702	6	of	of	IN
19138	702	7	the	the	DT
19138	702	8	mucous	mucous	JJ
19138	702	9	membrane	membrane	NN
19138	702	10	lining	line	VBG
19138	702	11	the	the	DT
19138	702	12	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	702	13	of	of	IN
19138	702	14	the	the	DT
19138	702	15	nose	nose	NN
19138	702	16	and	and	CC
19138	702	17	head	head	NN
19138	702	18	,	,	,
19138	702	19	resulting	result	VBG
19138	702	20	from	from	IN
19138	702	21	a	a	DT
19138	702	22	cold	cold	NN
19138	702	23	,	,	,
19138	702	24	make	make	VB
19138	702	25	the	the	DT
19138	702	26	tone	tone	NN
19138	702	27	muffled	muffle	VBN
19138	702	28	and	and	CC
19138	702	29	weak	weak	JJ
19138	702	30	,	,	,
19138	702	31	owing	owe	VBG
19138	702	32	to	to	IN
19138	702	33	the	the	DT
19138	702	34	inability	inability	NN
19138	702	35	of	of	IN
19138	702	36	the	the	DT
19138	702	37	parts	part	NNS
19138	702	38	to	to	TO
19138	702	39	respond	respond	VB
19138	702	40	to	to	IN
19138	702	41	the	the	DT
19138	702	42	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	702	43	and	and	CC
19138	702	44	add	add	VB
19138	702	45	to	to	IN
19138	702	46	the	the	DT
19138	702	47	tone	tone	NN
19138	702	48	normal	normal	JJ
19138	702	49	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	702	50	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	702	51	.	.	.
19138	703	1	The	the	DT
19138	703	2	elder	eld	JJR
19138	703	3	Booth	Booth	NNP
19138	703	4	(	(	-LRB-
19138	703	5	Junius	Junius	NNP
19138	703	6	Brutus	Brutus	NNP
19138	703	7	)	)	-RRB-
19138	703	8	,	,	,
19138	703	9	about	about	RB
19138	703	10	1838	1838	CD
19138	703	11	,	,	,
19138	703	12	suffered	suffer	VBD
19138	703	13	from	from	IN
19138	703	14	a	a	DT
19138	703	15	broken	broken	JJ
19138	703	16	nose	nose	NN
19138	703	17	which	which	WDT
19138	703	18	defaced	deface	VBD
19138	703	19	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	703	20	handsome	handsome	JJ
19138	703	21	visage	visage	NN
19138	703	22	and	and	CC
19138	703	23	spoiled	spoil	VBD
19138	703	24	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	703	25	splendid	splendid	JJ
19138	703	26	voice	voice	NN
19138	703	27	.	.	.
19138	704	1	His	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	704	2	disability	disability	NN
19138	704	3	was	be	VBD
19138	704	4	so	so	RB
19138	704	5	great	great	JJ
19138	704	6	that	that	IN
19138	704	7	afterward	afterward	RB
19138	704	8	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	704	9	seldom	seldom	RB
19138	704	10	played	play	VBD
19138	704	11	.	.	.
19138	705	1	That	that	IN
19138	705	2	the	the	DT
19138	705	3	cause	cause	NN
19138	705	4	of	of	IN
19138	705	5	this	this	DT
19138	705	6	impairment	impairment	NN
19138	705	7	of	of	IN
19138	705	8	Booth	Booth	NNP
19138	705	9	's	's	POS
19138	705	10	voice	voice	NN
19138	705	11	was	be	VBD
19138	705	12	due	due	JJ
19138	705	13	to	to	IN
19138	705	14	the	the	DT
19138	705	15	contraction	contraction	NN
19138	705	16	and	and	CC
19138	705	17	more	more	RBR
19138	705	18	or	or	CC
19138	705	19	less	less	RBR
19138	705	20	complete	complete	JJ
19138	705	21	obstruction	obstruction	NN
19138	705	22	of	of	IN
19138	705	23	the	the	DT
19138	705	24	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	705	25	passages	passage	NNS
19138	705	26	is	be	VBZ
19138	705	27	too	too	RB
19138	705	28	evident	evident	JJ
19138	705	29	to	to	TO
19138	705	30	call	call	VB
19138	705	31	for	for	IN
19138	705	32	comment	comment	NN
19138	705	33	.	.	.
19138	706	1	Many	many	JJ
19138	706	2	singers	singer	NNS
19138	706	3	have	have	VBP
19138	706	4	sweet	sweet	JJ
19138	706	5	but	but	CC
19138	706	6	characterless	characterless	JJ
19138	706	7	voices	voice	NNS
19138	706	8	that	that	WDT
19138	706	9	lack	lack	VBP
19138	706	10	the	the	DT
19138	706	11	fulness	fulness	NN
19138	706	12	,	,	,
19138	706	13	power	power	NN
19138	706	14	,	,	,
19138	706	15	and	and	CC
19138	706	16	ring	re	VBG
19138	706	17	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	706	18	might	may	MD
19138	706	19	have	have	VB
19138	706	20	because	because	IN
19138	706	21	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	706	22	fail	fail	VBP
19138	706	23	to	to	TO
19138	706	24	avail	avail	VB
19138	706	25	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19138	706	26	of	of	IN
19138	706	27	the	the	DT
19138	706	28	augmenting	augment	VBG
19138	706	29	power	power	NN
19138	706	30	of	of	IN
19138	706	31	the	the	DT
19138	706	32	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	706	33	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	706	34	.	.	.
19138	707	1	The	the	DT
19138	707	2	singer	singer	NN
19138	707	3	must	must	MD
19138	707	4	learn	learn	VB
19138	707	5	to	to	TO
19138	707	6	habitually	habitually	RB
19138	707	7	use	use	VB
19138	707	8	all	all	DT
19138	707	9	of	of	IN
19138	707	10	the	the	DT
19138	707	11	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	707	12	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	707	13	and	and	CC
19138	707	14	use	use	VBP
19138	707	15	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	707	16	simultaneously	simultaneously	RB
19138	707	17	.	.	.
19138	708	1	Lilli	Lilli	NNP
19138	708	2	Lehmann	Lehmann	NNP
19138	708	3	,	,	,
19138	708	4	in	in	IN
19138	708	5	_	_	NNP
19138	708	6	How	how	WRB
19138	708	7	to	to	TO
19138	708	8	Sing	sing	VB
19138	708	9	_	_	NNP
19138	708	10	,	,	,
19138	708	11	says	say	VBZ
19138	708	12	that	that	IN
19138	708	13	,	,	,
19138	708	14	"	"	``
19138	708	15	although	although	IN
19138	708	16	the	the	DT
19138	708	17	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	708	18	sound	sound	NN
19138	708	19	can	can	MD
19138	708	20	be	be	VB
19138	708	21	exaggerated,--which	exaggerated,--which	ADD
19138	708	22	rarely	rarely	RB
19138	708	23	happens,--it	happens,--it	NNP
19138	708	24	can	can	MD
19138	708	25	be	be	VB
19138	708	26	much	much	RB
19138	708	27	neglected,--something	neglected,--somethe	VBG
19138	708	28	that	that	IN
19138	708	29	very	very	RB
19138	708	30	often	often	RB
19138	708	31	happens	happen	VBZ
19138	708	32	.	.	.
19138	708	33	"	"	''
19138	709	1	The	the	DT
19138	709	2	context	context	NN
19138	709	3	makes	make	VBZ
19138	709	4	clear	clear	JJ
19138	709	5	that	that	IN
19138	709	6	what	what	WP
19138	709	7	in	in	IN
19138	709	8	the	the	DT
19138	709	9	English	english	JJ
19138	709	10	translation	translation	NN
19138	709	11	of	of	IN
19138	709	12	the	the	DT
19138	709	13	great	great	JJ
19138	709	14	singer	singer	NN
19138	709	15	's	's	POS
19138	709	16	book	book	NN
19138	709	17	is	be	VBZ
19138	709	18	called	call	VBN
19138	709	19	"	"	``
19138	709	20	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	709	21	sound	sound	NN
19138	709	22	"	"	''
19138	709	23	is	be	VBZ
19138	709	24	exactly	exactly	RB
19138	709	25	what	what	WP
19138	709	26	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	709	27	term	term	VBP
19138	709	28	_	_	NNP
19138	709	29	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	709	30	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	709	31	_	_	NNP
19138	709	32	.	.	.
19138	710	1	After	after	IN
19138	710	2	charging	charge	VBG
19138	710	3	the	the	DT
19138	710	4	monotonous	monotonous	JJ
19138	710	5	quality	quality	NN
19138	710	6	or	or	CC
19138	710	7	lack	lack	NN
19138	710	8	of	of	IN
19138	710	9	color	color	NN
19138	710	10	in	in	IN
19138	710	11	the	the	DT
19138	710	12	voice	voice	NN
19138	710	13	of	of	IN
19138	710	14	a	a	DT
19138	710	15	famous	famous	JJ
19138	710	16	opera	opera	NN
19138	710	17	star	star	NN
19138	710	18	to	to	IN
19138	710	19	lack	lack	NN
19138	710	20	of	of	IN
19138	710	21	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	710	22	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	710	23	,	,	,
19138	710	24	Madame	Madame	NNP
19138	710	25	Lehmann	Lehmann	NNP
19138	710	26	speaks	speak	VBZ
19138	710	27	of	of	IN
19138	710	28	the	the	DT
19138	710	29	consummate	consummate	JJ
19138	710	30	art	art	NN
19138	710	31	of	of	IN
19138	710	32	Marcella	Marcella	NNP
19138	710	33	Sembrich	Sembrich	NNP
19138	710	34	who	who	WP
19138	710	35	"	"	``
19138	710	36	in	in	IN
19138	710	37	recent	recent	JJ
19138	710	38	years	year	NNS
19138	710	39	appears	appear	VBZ
19138	710	40	to	to	TO
19138	710	41	have	have	VB
19138	710	42	devoted	devote	VBN
19138	710	43	very	very	RB
19138	710	44	special	special	JJ
19138	710	45	study	study	NN
19138	710	46	to	to	TO
19138	710	47	nasal	nasal	VB
19138	710	48	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	710	49	,	,	,
19138	710	50	whereby	whereby	WRB
19138	710	51	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	710	52	voice	voice	NN
19138	710	53	,	,	,
19138	710	54	especially	especially	RB
19138	710	55	in	in	IN
19138	710	56	the	the	DT
19138	710	57	middle	middle	NNP
19138	710	58	register	register	NNP
19138	710	59	,	,	,
19138	710	60	has	have	VBZ
19138	710	61	gained	gain	VBN
19138	710	62	greatly	greatly	RB
19138	710	63	in	in	IN
19138	710	64	warmth	warmth	NN
19138	710	65	.	.	.
19138	710	66	"	"	''
19138	711	1	She	-PRON-	PRP
19138	711	2	says	say	VBZ
19138	711	3	further	further	RB
19138	711	4	that	that	DT
19138	711	5	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	711	6	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	711	7	"	"	''
19138	711	8	can	can	MD
19138	711	9	not	not	RB
19138	711	10	be	be	VB
19138	711	11	studied	study	VBN
19138	711	12	enough	enough	RB
19138	711	13	.	.	.
19138	712	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	712	2	ought	ought	MD
19138	712	3	always	always	RB
19138	712	4	to	to	TO
19138	712	5	be	be	VB
19138	712	6	employed	employ	VBN
19138	712	7	.	.	.
19138	712	8	"	"	''
19138	713	1	"	"	``
19138	713	2	How	how	WRB
19138	713	3	often	often	RB
19138	713	4	,	,	,
19138	713	5	"	"	''
19138	713	6	she	-PRON-	PRP
19138	713	7	says	say	VBZ
19138	713	8	,	,	,
19138	713	9	"	"	``
19138	713	10	have	have	VBP
19138	713	11	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	713	12	heard	hear	VBN
19138	713	13	young	young	JJ
19138	713	14	singers	singer	NNS
19138	713	15	say	say	VB
19138	713	16	,	,	,
19138	713	17	'	'	''
19138	713	18	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	713	19	no	no	RB
19138	713	20	longer	longer	RB
19138	713	21	have	have	VBP
19138	713	22	the	the	DT
19138	713	23	power	power	NN
19138	713	24	to	to	TO
19138	713	25	respond	respond	VB
19138	713	26	to	to	IN
19138	713	27	the	the	DT
19138	713	28	demands	demand	NNS
19138	713	29	made	make	VBN
19138	713	30	upon	upon	IN
19138	713	31	me	-PRON-	PRP
19138	713	32	,	,	,
19138	713	33	'	'	''
19138	713	34	whereas	whereas	IN
19138	713	35	the	the	DT
19138	713	36	trouble	trouble	NN
19138	713	37	lies	lie	VBZ
19138	713	38	only	only	RB
19138	713	39	in	in	IN
19138	713	40	the	the	DT
19138	713	41	insufficient	insufficient	JJ
19138	713	42	use	use	NN
19138	713	43	of	of	IN
19138	713	44	the	the	DT
19138	713	45	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	713	46	of	of	IN
19138	713	47	the	the	DT
19138	713	48	head	head	NN
19138	713	49	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	713	50	.	.	.
19138	713	51	"	"	''
19138	714	1	From	from	IN
19138	714	2	the	the	DT
19138	714	3	foregoing	foregoing	NN
19138	714	4	,	,	,
19138	714	5	the	the	DT
19138	714	6	conclusion	conclusion	NN
19138	714	7	follows	follow	VBZ
19138	714	8	that	that	IN
19138	714	9	the	the	DT
19138	714	10	head	head	NN
19138	714	11	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	714	12	are	be	VBP
19138	714	13	not	not	RB
19138	714	14	only	only	RB
19138	714	15	an	an	DT
19138	714	16	essential	essential	JJ
19138	714	17	element	element	NN
19138	714	18	,	,	,
19138	714	19	but	but	CC
19138	714	20	that	that	IN
19138	714	21	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	714	22	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	714	23	is	be	VBZ
19138	714	24	a	a	DT
19138	714	25	most	most	RBS
19138	714	26	important	important	JJ
19138	714	27	element	element	NN
19138	714	28	in	in	IN
19138	714	29	imparting	impart	VBG
19138	714	30	to	to	TO
19138	714	31	tone	tone	VB
19138	714	32	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	714	33	brilliance	brilliance	NN
19138	714	34	and	and	CC
19138	714	35	carrying	carry	VBG
19138	714	36	power	power	NN
19138	714	37	.	.	.
19138	715	1	Without	without	IN
19138	715	2	thought	thought	NN
19138	715	3	of	of	IN
19138	715	4	the	the	DT
19138	715	5	mechanism	mechanism	NN
19138	715	6	of	of	IN
19138	715	7	_	_	NNP
19138	715	8	how	how	WRB
19138	715	9	_	_	NNP
19138	715	10	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	715	11	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	715	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	715	13	produced	produce	VBN
19138	715	14	,	,	,
19138	715	15	the	the	DT
19138	715	16	singer	singer	NN
19138	715	17	has	have	VBZ
19138	715	18	control	control	NN
19138	715	19	over	over	IN
19138	715	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	715	21	by	by	IN
19138	715	22	direct	direct	JJ
19138	715	23	influence	influence	NN
19138	715	24	of	of	IN
19138	715	25	the	the	DT
19138	715	26	will	will	NN
19138	715	27	.	.	.
19138	716	1	The	the	DT
19138	716	2	tones	tone	NNS
19138	716	3	,	,	,
19138	716	4	low	low	JJ
19138	716	5	as	as	RB
19138	716	6	well	well	RB
19138	716	7	as	as	IN
19138	716	8	high	high	JJ
19138	716	9	,	,	,
19138	716	10	should	should	MD
19138	716	11	seem	seem	VB
19138	716	12	to	to	TO
19138	716	13	start	start	VB
19138	716	14	in	in	IN
19138	716	15	the	the	DT
19138	716	16	nose	nose	NN
19138	716	17	and	and	CC
19138	716	18	head	head	NN
19138	716	19	,	,	,
19138	716	20	and	and	CC
19138	716	21	the	the	DT
19138	716	22	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	716	23	of	of	IN
19138	716	24	the	the	DT
19138	716	25	perfect	perfect	JJ
19138	716	26	tone	tone	NN
19138	716	27	can	can	MD
19138	716	28	be	be	VB
19138	716	29	plainly	plainly	RB
19138	716	30	felt	feel	VBN
19138	716	31	upon	upon	IN
19138	716	32	any	any	DT
19138	716	33	part	part	NN
19138	716	34	of	of	IN
19138	716	35	the	the	DT
19138	716	36	nose	nose	NN
19138	716	37	and	and	CC
19138	716	38	head	head	NN
19138	716	39	.	.	.
19138	717	1	Without	without	IN
19138	717	2	the	the	DT
19138	717	3	head	head	NN
19138	717	4	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	717	5	no	no	DT
19138	717	6	tone	tone	NN
19138	717	7	can	can	MD
19138	717	8	be	be	VB
19138	717	9	perfect	perfect	JJ
19138	717	10	,	,	,
19138	717	11	for	for	IN
19138	717	12	nothing	nothing	NN
19138	717	13	else	else	RB
19138	717	14	will	will	MD
19138	717	15	compensate	compensate	VB
19138	717	16	for	for	IN
19138	717	17	the	the	DT
19138	717	18	lack	lack	NN
19138	717	19	of	of	IN
19138	717	20	these	these	DT
19138	717	21	.	.	.
19138	718	1	Vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	718	2	organs	organ	NNS
19138	718	3	used	use	VBN
19138	718	4	as	as	IN
19138	718	5	here	here	RB
19138	718	6	described	describe	VBN
19138	718	7	will	will	MD
19138	718	8	suffer	suffer	VB
19138	718	9	no	no	DT
19138	718	10	fatigue	fatigue	NN
19138	718	11	from	from	IN
19138	718	12	reasonable	reasonable	JJ
19138	718	13	use	use	NN
19138	718	14	;	;	:
19138	718	15	hoarseness	hoarseness	NN
19138	718	16	will	will	MD
19138	718	17	be	be	VB
19138	718	18	to	to	IN
19138	718	19	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	718	20	a	a	DT
19138	718	21	thing	thing	NN
19138	718	22	unknown	unknown	JJ
19138	718	23	,	,	,
19138	718	24	and	and	CC
19138	718	25	"	"	``
19138	718	26	minister	minister	NNP
19138	718	27	's	's	POS
19138	718	28	sore	sore	JJ
19138	718	29	throat	throat	NNP
19138	718	30	"	"	''
19138	718	31	an	an	DT
19138	718	32	unheard	unheard	NN
19138	718	33	of	of	IN
19138	718	34	complaint	complaint	NN
19138	718	35	.	.	.
19138	719	1	Not	not	RB
19138	719	2	only	only	RB
19138	719	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	719	4	faulty	faulty	JJ
19138	719	5	voice	voice	NN
19138	719	6	production	production	NN
19138	719	7	a	a	DT
19138	719	8	source	source	NN
19138	719	9	of	of	IN
19138	719	10	great	great	JJ
19138	719	11	discomfort	discomfort	NN
19138	719	12	,	,	,
19138	719	13	but	but	CC
19138	719	14	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	719	15	is	be	VBZ
19138	719	16	the	the	DT
19138	719	17	cause	cause	NN
19138	719	18	of	of	IN
19138	719	19	many	many	JJ
19138	719	20	diseases	disease	NNS
19138	719	21	of	of	IN
19138	719	22	the	the	DT
19138	719	23	chest	chest	NN
19138	719	24	,	,	,
19138	719	25	throat	throat	NN
19138	719	26	,	,	,
19138	719	27	and	and	CC
19138	719	28	head	head	NN
19138	719	29	.	.	.
19138	720	1	The	the	DT
19138	720	2	gentle	gentle	JJ
19138	720	3	practice	practice	NN
19138	720	4	in	in	IN
19138	720	5	easy	easy	JJ
19138	720	6	range	range	NN
19138	720	7	of	of	IN
19138	720	8	the	the	DT
19138	720	9	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	720	10	given	give	VBN
19138	720	11	in	in	IN
19138	720	12	the	the	DT
19138	720	13	chapter	chapter	NN
19138	720	14	following	follow	VBG
19138	720	15	,	,	,
19138	720	16	will	will	MD
19138	720	17	do	do	VB
19138	720	18	much	much	JJ
19138	720	19	to	to	TO
19138	720	20	restore	restore	VB
19138	720	21	a	a	DT
19138	720	22	normal	normal	JJ
19138	720	23	condition	condition	NN
19138	720	24	.	.	.
19138	721	1	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19138	721	2	VIII	VIII	NNS
19138	721	3	PLACING	place	VBG
19138	721	4	THE	the	DT
19138	721	5	VOICE	voice	NN
19138	721	6	What	what	WP
19138	721	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	721	8	called	call	VBN
19138	721	9	"	"	``
19138	721	10	placing	place	VBG
19138	721	11	the	the	DT
19138	721	12	voice	voice	NN
19138	721	13	"	"	''
19138	721	14	or	or	CC
19138	721	15	"	"	``
19138	721	16	tone	tone	NN
19138	721	17	production	production	NN
19138	721	18	"	"	''
19138	721	19	or	or	CC
19138	721	20	"	"	``
19138	721	21	focusing	focus	VBG
19138	721	22	the	the	DT
19138	721	23	voice	voice	NN
19138	721	24	"	"	``
19138	721	25	is	be	VBZ
19138	721	26	,	,	,
19138	721	27	as	as	IN
19138	721	28	already	already	RB
19138	721	29	stated	state	VBN
19138	721	30	in	in	IN
19138	721	31	the	the	DT
19138	721	32	previous	previous	JJ
19138	721	33	chapter	chapter	NN
19138	721	34	,	,	,
19138	721	35	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19138	721	36	a	a	DT
19138	721	37	matter	matter	NN
19138	721	38	of	of	IN
19138	721	39	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	721	40	--	--	:
19138	721	41	of	of	IN
19138	721	42	control	control	NN
19138	721	43	of	of	IN
19138	721	44	the	the	DT
19138	721	45	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	721	46	.	.	.
19138	722	1	Now	now	RB
19138	722	2	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19138	722	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	722	4	largely	largely	RB
19138	722	5	vowelization	vowelization	NN
19138	722	6	,	,	,
19138	722	7	and	and	CC
19138	722	8	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	722	9	tones	tone	NNS
19138	722	10	are	be	VBP
19138	722	11	a	a	DT
19138	722	12	complex	complex	NN
19138	722	13	of	of	IN
19138	722	14	sound	sound	NN
19138	722	15	and	and	CC
19138	722	16	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	722	17	.	.	.
19138	723	1	The	the	DT
19138	723	2	character	character	NN
19138	723	3	of	of	IN
19138	723	4	a	a	DT
19138	723	5	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	723	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	723	7	given	give	VBN
19138	723	8	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	723	9	by	by	IN
19138	723	10	the	the	DT
19138	723	11	shape	shape	NN
19138	723	12	of	of	IN
19138	723	13	the	the	DT
19138	723	14	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	723	15	chamber	chamber	NN
19138	723	16	;	;	:
19138	723	17	and	and	CC
19138	723	18	the	the	DT
19138	723	19	shaping	shaping	NN
19138	723	20	of	of	IN
19138	723	21	the	the	DT
19138	723	22	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	723	23	chamber	chamber	NN
19138	723	24	depends	depend	VBZ
19138	723	25	upon	upon	IN
19138	723	26	delicate	delicate	JJ
19138	723	27	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19138	723	28	of	of	IN
19138	723	29	the	the	DT
19138	723	30	movable	movable	JJ
19138	723	31	parts,--jaw	parts,--jaw	CD
19138	723	32	,	,	,
19138	723	33	lips	lip	NNS
19138	723	34	,	,	,
19138	723	35	cheeks	cheek	NNS
19138	723	36	,	,	,
19138	723	37	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	723	38	,	,	,
19138	723	39	veil	veil	NN
19138	723	40	of	of	IN
19138	723	41	the	the	DT
19138	723	42	palate	palate	NN
19138	723	43	,	,	,
19138	723	44	and	and	CC
19138	723	45	pharynx	pharynx	NNP
19138	723	46	.	.	.
19138	724	1	While	while	IN
19138	724	2	this	this	DT
19138	724	3	adjustment	adjustment	NN
19138	724	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	724	5	made	make	VBN
19138	724	6	through	through	IN
19138	724	7	more	more	JJR
19138	724	8	or	or	CC
19138	724	9	less	less	RBR
19138	724	10	conscious	conscious	JJ
19138	724	11	muscular	muscular	JJ
19138	724	12	action	action	NN
19138	724	13	,	,	,
19138	724	14	the	the	DT
19138	724	15	parts	part	NNS
19138	724	16	must	must	MD
19138	724	17	never	never	RB
19138	724	18	be	be	VB
19138	724	19	forced	force	VBN
19138	724	20	into	into	IN
19138	724	21	position	position	NN
19138	724	22	;	;	:
19138	724	23	local	local	JJ
19138	724	24	effort	effort	NN
19138	724	25	to	to	IN
19138	724	26	this	this	DT
19138	724	27	end	end	NN
19138	724	28	will	will	MD
19138	724	29	invariably	invariably	RB
19138	724	30	defeat	defeat	VB
19138	724	31	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	724	32	.	.	.
19138	725	1	The	the	DT
19138	725	2	important	important	JJ
19138	725	3	consideration	consideration	NN
19138	725	4	in	in	IN
19138	725	5	all	all	DT
19138	725	6	voice	voice	NN
19138	725	7	movements	movement	NNS
19138	725	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	725	9	a	a	DT
19138	725	10	flexible	flexible	JJ
19138	725	11	,	,	,
19138	725	12	_	_	NNP
19138	725	13	natural	natural	JJ
19138	725	14	_	_	NNP
19138	725	15	action	action	NN
19138	725	16	of	of	IN
19138	725	17	all	all	PDT
19138	725	18	the	the	DT
19138	725	19	parts	part	NNS
19138	725	20	,	,	,
19138	725	21	and	and	CC
19138	725	22	all	all	PDT
19138	725	23	the	the	DT
19138	725	24	voice	voice	NN
19138	725	25	movements	movement	NNS
19138	725	26	are	be	VBP
19138	725	27	so	so	RB
19138	725	28	closely	closely	RB
19138	725	29	allied	allied	JJ
19138	725	30	,	,	,
19138	725	31	so	so	RB
19138	725	32	sympathetically	sympathetically	RB
19138	725	33	related	relate	VBN
19138	725	34	,	,	,
19138	725	35	that	that	IN
19138	725	36	if	if	IN
19138	725	37	one	one	CD
19138	725	38	movement	movement	NN
19138	725	39	is	be	VBZ
19138	725	40	constrained	constrain	VBN
19138	725	41	the	the	DT
19138	725	42	others	other	NNS
19138	725	43	can	can	MD
19138	725	44	not	not	RB
19138	725	45	be	be	VB
19138	725	46	free	free	JJ
19138	725	47	.	.	.
19138	726	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	726	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	726	3	a	a	DT
19138	726	4	happy	happy	JJ
19138	726	5	fact	fact	NN
19138	726	6	that	that	IN
19138	726	7	_	_	NNP
19138	726	8	the	the	DT
19138	726	9	right	right	JJ
19138	726	10	way	way	NN
19138	726	11	is	be	VBZ
19138	726	12	the	the	DT
19138	726	13	easiest	easy	JJS
19138	726	14	way	way	NN
19138	726	15	_	_	NNP
19138	726	16	,	,	,
19138	726	17	and	and	CC
19138	726	18	a	a	DT
19138	726	19	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19138	726	20	truth	truth	NN
19138	726	21	that	that	WDT
19138	726	22	=	=	SYM
19138	726	23	right	right	JJ
19138	726	24	effort	effort	NN
19138	726	25	is	be	VBZ
19138	726	26	the	the	DT
19138	726	27	result	result	NN
19138	726	28	of	of	IN
19138	726	29	right	right	NN
19138	726	30	thought=.	thought=.	.
19138	727	1	From	from	IN
19138	727	2	these	these	DT
19138	727	3	axiomatic	axiomatic	JJ
19138	727	4	principles	principle	NNS
19138	727	5	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	727	6	deduce	deduce	VBP
19138	727	7	the	the	DT
19138	727	8	very	very	RB
19138	727	9	first	first	JJ
19138	727	10	rule	rule	NN
19138	727	11	for	for	IN
19138	727	12	the	the	DT
19138	727	13	singer	singer	NN
19138	727	14	and	and	CC
19138	727	15	speaker,--=THINK	speaker,--=think	CD
19138	727	16	the	the	DT
19138	727	17	right	right	JJ
19138	727	18	tone	tone	NN
19138	727	19	,	,	,
19138	727	20	mentally	mentally	RB
19138	727	21	picture	picture	VBP
19138	727	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	727	23	;	;	:
19138	727	24	then	then	RB
19138	727	25	concentrate	concentrate	VB
19138	727	26	upon	upon	IN
19138	727	27	the	the	DT
19138	727	28	picture	picture	NN
19138	727	29	,	,	,
19138	727	30	not	not	RB
19138	727	31	upon	upon	IN
19138	727	32	the	the	DT
19138	727	33	mechanism=.	mechanism=.	NN
19138	728	1	WHEN	when	WRB
19138	728	2	IS	be	VBZ
19138	728	3	THE	the	DT
19138	728	4	VOCAL	vocal	NN
19138	728	5	ACTION	action	NN
19138	728	6	CORRECT	CORRECT	NNP
19138	728	7	?	?	.
19138	729	1	There	there	EX
19138	729	2	are	be	VBP
19138	729	3	two	two	CD
19138	729	4	sound	sound	JJ
19138	729	5	criterions	criterion	NNS
19138	729	6	for	for	IN
19138	729	7	judging	judge	VBG
19138	729	8	the	the	DT
19138	729	9	correctness	correctness	NN
19138	729	10	of	of	IN
19138	729	11	vocal	vocal	NNP
19138	729	12	action,--first	action,--first	NNP
19138	729	13	,	,	,
19138	729	14	the	the	DT
19138	729	15	_	_	NNP
19138	729	16	ease	ease	NN
19138	729	17	_	_	NNP
19138	729	18	of	of	IN
19138	729	19	the	the	DT
19138	729	20	action	action	NN
19138	729	21	,	,	,
19138	729	22	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	729	23	naturalness	naturalness	NN
19138	729	24	,	,	,
19138	729	25	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	729	26	flexibility	flexibility	NN
19138	729	27	.	.	.
19138	730	1	As	as	IN
19138	730	2	Mills	Mills	NNP
19138	730	3	concisely	concisely	RB
19138	730	4	states	state	VBZ
19138	730	5	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	730	6	:	:	:
19138	730	7	"	"	``
19138	730	8	He	-PRON-	PRP
19138	730	9	sings	sing	VBZ
19138	730	10	or	or	CC
19138	730	11	speaks	speak	VBZ
19138	730	12	best	well	RBS
19138	730	13	who	who	WP
19138	730	14	attains	attain	VBZ
19138	730	15	the	the	DT
19138	730	16	end	end	NN
19138	730	17	with	with	IN
19138	730	18	the	the	DT
19138	730	19	least	least	JJS
19138	730	20	expenditure	expenditure	NN
19138	730	21	of	of	IN
19138	730	22	energy	energy	NN
19138	730	23	.	.	.
19138	730	24	"	"	''
19138	731	1	Second	second	JJ
19138	731	2	,	,	,
19138	731	3	the	the	DT
19138	731	4	_	_	NNP
19138	731	5	beauty	beauty	NN
19138	731	6	_	_	NNP
19138	731	7	of	of	IN
19138	731	8	the	the	DT
19138	731	9	result	result	NN
19138	731	10	.	.	.
19138	732	1	Harsh	harsh	JJ
19138	732	2	,	,	,
19138	732	3	unlovely	unlovely	RB
19138	732	4	tones	tone	NNS
19138	732	5	are	be	VBP
19138	732	6	a	a	DT
19138	732	7	sure	sure	JJ
19138	732	8	indication	indication	NN
19138	732	9	of	of	IN
19138	732	10	misplaced	misplaced	JJ
19138	732	11	effort	effort	NN
19138	732	12	,	,	,
19138	732	13	of	of	IN
19138	732	14	tension	tension	NN
19138	732	15	somewhere	somewhere	RB
19138	732	16	,	,	,
19138	732	17	of	of	IN
19138	732	18	wrong	wrong	JJ
19138	732	19	action	action	NN
19138	732	20	.	.	.
19138	733	1	On	on	IN
19138	733	2	the	the	DT
19138	733	3	other	other	JJ
19138	733	4	hand	hand	NN
19138	733	5	the	the	DT
19138	733	6	nearer	nearer	NN
19138	733	7	the	the	DT
19138	733	8	tones	tone	NNS
19138	733	9	approach	approach	VBP
19138	733	10	to	to	TO
19138	733	11	perfection	perfection	VB
19138	733	12	the	the	DT
19138	733	13	closer	close	JJR
19138	733	14	does	do	VBZ
19138	733	15	the	the	DT
19138	733	16	organism	organism	NN
19138	733	17	come	come	VB
19138	733	18	to	to	TO
19138	733	19	correct	correct	VB
19138	733	20	action	action	NN
19138	733	21	.	.	.
19138	734	1	_	_	NNP
19138	734	2	Beauty	Beauty	NNP
19138	734	3	of	of	IN
19138	734	4	tone	tone	NN
19138	734	5	_	_	NNP
19138	734	6	,	,	,
19138	734	7	then	then	RB
19138	734	8	,	,	,
19138	734	9	is	be	VBZ
19138	734	10	the	the	DT
19138	734	11	truest	true	JJS
19138	734	12	indication	indication	NN
19138	734	13	of	of	IN
19138	734	14	proper	proper	JJ
19138	734	15	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	734	16	action	action	NN
19138	734	17	.	.	.
19138	735	1	Judgment	judgment	NN
19138	735	2	as	as	IN
19138	735	3	to	to	IN
19138	735	4	the	the	DT
19138	735	5	relative	relative	JJ
19138	735	6	beauty	beauty	NN
19138	735	7	of	of	IN
19138	735	8	a	a	DT
19138	735	9	tone	tone	NN
19138	735	10	depends	depend	VBZ
19138	735	11	on	on	IN
19138	735	12	the	the	DT
19138	735	13	training	training	NN
19138	735	14	of	of	IN
19138	735	15	the	the	DT
19138	735	16	ear	ear	NN
19138	735	17	.	.	.
19138	736	1	Pupils	pupil	NNS
19138	736	2	should	should	MD
19138	736	3	habitually	habitually	RB
19138	736	4	listen	listen	VB
19138	736	5	to	to	IN
19138	736	6	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	736	7	own	own	JJ
19138	736	8	voices	voice	NNS
19138	736	9	,	,	,
19138	736	10	for	for	IN
19138	736	11	between	between	IN
19138	736	12	the	the	DT
19138	736	13	hearing	hearing	NN
19138	736	14	and	and	CC
19138	736	15	feeling	feeling	NN
19138	736	16	of	of	IN
19138	736	17	the	the	DT
19138	736	18	voice	voice	NN
19138	736	19	a	a	DT
19138	736	20	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19138	736	21	of	of	IN
19138	736	22	progress	progress	NN
19138	736	23	can	can	MD
19138	736	24	be	be	VB
19138	736	25	obtained	obtain	VBN
19138	736	26	.	.	.
19138	737	1	The	the	DT
19138	737	2	function	function	NN
19138	737	3	of	of	IN
19138	737	4	the	the	DT
19138	737	5	ear	ear	NN
19138	737	6	in	in	IN
19138	737	7	governing	govern	VBG
19138	737	8	voice	voice	NN
19138	737	9	production	production	NN
19138	737	10	is	be	VBZ
19138	737	11	thus	thus	RB
19138	737	12	stated	state	VBN
19138	737	13	by	by	IN
19138	737	14	Prof.	Prof.	NNP
19138	737	15	Mills	Mills	NNP
19138	737	16	:	:	:
19138	737	17	"	"	``
19138	737	18	The	the	DT
19138	737	19	nervous	nervous	JJ
19138	737	20	impulses	impulse	NNS
19138	737	21	that	that	WDT
19138	737	22	pass	pass	VBP
19138	737	23	from	from	IN
19138	737	24	the	the	DT
19138	737	25	ear	ear	NN
19138	737	26	to	to	IN
19138	737	27	the	the	DT
19138	737	28	brain	brain	NN
19138	737	29	are	be	VBP
19138	737	30	the	the	DT
19138	737	31	most	most	RBS
19138	737	32	important	important	JJ
19138	737	33	guides	guide	NNS
19138	737	34	in	in	IN
19138	737	35	determining	determine	VBG
19138	737	36	the	the	DT
19138	737	37	necessary	necessary	JJ
19138	737	38	movements	movement	NNS
19138	737	39	.	.	.
19138	737	40	"	"	''
19138	738	1	Mr.	Mr.	NNP
19138	738	2	Ffrangcon	Ffrangcon	NNP
19138	738	3	-	-	HYPH
19138	738	4	Davies	Davies	NNP
19138	738	5	maintains	maintain	VBZ
19138	738	6	that	that	IN
19138	738	7	,	,	,
19138	738	8	"	"	``
19138	738	9	The	the	DT
19138	738	10	training	training	NN
19138	738	11	of	of	IN
19138	738	12	the	the	DT
19138	738	13	ear	ear	NN
19138	738	14	is	be	VBZ
19138	738	15	one	one	CD
19138	738	16	-	-	HYPH
19138	738	17	half	half	NN
19138	738	18	of	of	IN
19138	738	19	the	the	DT
19138	738	20	training	training	NN
19138	738	21	of	of	IN
19138	738	22	the	the	DT
19138	738	23	voice	voice	NN
19138	738	24	.	.	.
19138	738	25	"	"	''
19138	739	1	The	the	DT
19138	739	2	student	student	NN
19138	739	3	should	should	MD
19138	739	4	improve	improve	VB
19138	739	5	every	every	DT
19138	739	6	opportunity	opportunity	NN
19138	739	7	to	to	TO
19138	739	8	hear	hear	VB
19138	739	9	the	the	DT
19138	739	10	best	good	JJS
19138	739	11	singers	singer	NNS
19138	739	12	and	and	CC
19138	739	13	speakers	speaker	NNS
19138	739	14	,	,	,
19138	739	15	for	for	IN
19138	739	16	both	both	DT
19138	739	17	consciously	consciously	RB
19138	739	18	and	and	CC
19138	739	19	unconsciously	unconsciously	RB
19138	739	20	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	739	21	learn	learn	VBP
19138	739	22	much	much	RB
19138	739	23	by	by	IN
19138	739	24	imitation	imitation	NN
19138	739	25	.	.	.
19138	740	1	Good	good	JJ
19138	740	2	examples	example	NNS
19138	740	3	are	be	VBP
19138	740	4	often	often	RB
19138	740	5	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	740	6	best	good	JJS
19138	740	7	teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	740	8	.	.	.
19138	741	1	Keeping	keep	VBG
19138	741	2	well	well	RB
19138	741	3	in	in	IN
19138	741	4	mind	mind	NN
19138	741	5	the	the	DT
19138	741	6	principles	principle	NNS
19138	741	7	stated	state	VBN
19138	741	8	above	above	RB
19138	741	9	,	,	,
19138	741	10	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	741	11	are	be	VBP
19138	741	12	now	now	RB
19138	741	13	ready	ready	JJ
19138	741	14	to	to	TO
19138	741	15	begin	begin	VB
19138	741	16	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	741	17	application	application	NN
19138	741	18	in	in	IN
19138	741	19	placing	place	VBG
19138	741	20	the	the	DT
19138	741	21	voice	voice	NN
19138	741	22	--	--	:
19138	741	23	that	that	RB
19138	741	24	is	is	RB
19138	741	25	,	,	,
19138	741	26	in	in	IN
19138	741	27	setting	set	VBG
19138	741	28	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	741	29	free	free	JJ
19138	741	30	--	--	:
19138	741	31	not	not	RB
19138	741	32	by	by	IN
19138	741	33	learning	learn	VBG
19138	741	34	some	some	DT
19138	741	35	strange	strange	JJ
19138	741	36	and	and	CC
19138	741	37	difficult	difficult	JJ
19138	741	38	action	action	NN
19138	741	39	,	,	,
19138	741	40	but	but	CC
19138	741	41	by	by	IN
19138	741	42	cultivating	cultivate	VBG
19138	741	43	normal	normal	JJ
19138	741	44	action	action	NN
19138	741	45	.	.	.
19138	742	1	EXERCISES	exercise	NNS
19138	742	2	FOR	for	IN
19138	742	3	PRACTICE	practice	NN
19138	742	4	The	the	DT
19138	742	5	following	follow	VBG
19138	742	6	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	742	7	are	be	VBP
19138	742	8	designed	design	VBN
19138	742	9	for	for	IN
19138	742	10	the	the	DT
19138	742	11	primary	primary	JJ
19138	742	12	development	development	NN
19138	742	13	of	of	IN
19138	742	14	a	a	DT
19138	742	15	correct	correct	JJ
19138	742	16	tone	tone	NN
19138	742	17	and	and	CC
19138	742	18	for	for	IN
19138	742	19	the	the	DT
19138	742	20	test	test	NN
19138	742	21	of	of	IN
19138	742	22	the	the	DT
19138	742	23	perfection	perfection	NN
19138	742	24	of	of	IN
19138	742	25	every	every	DT
19138	742	26	tone	tone	NN
19138	742	27	at	at	IN
19138	742	28	every	every	DT
19138	742	29	stage	stage	NN
19138	742	30	of	of	IN
19138	742	31	development	development	NN
19138	742	32	.	.	.
19138	743	1	They	-PRON-	PRP
19138	743	2	are	be	VBP
19138	743	3	based	base	VBN
19138	743	4	upon	upon	IN
19138	743	5	the	the	DT
19138	743	6	assumption	assumption	NN
19138	743	7	that	that	IN
19138	743	8	all	all	DT
19138	743	9	tones	tone	NNS
19138	743	10	of	of	IN
19138	743	11	the	the	DT
19138	743	12	voice	voice	NN
19138	743	13	should	should	MD
19138	743	14	be	be	VB
19138	743	15	focused	focus	VBN
19138	743	16	and	and	CC
19138	743	17	delivered	deliver	VBN
19138	743	18	precisely	precisely	RB
19138	743	19	alike	alike	RB
19138	743	20	.	.	.
19138	744	1	Their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	744	2	use	use	NN
19138	744	3	should	should	MD
19138	744	4	constitute	constitute	VB
19138	744	5	a	a	DT
19138	744	6	part	part	NN
19138	744	7	of	of	IN
19138	744	8	the	the	DT
19138	744	9	daily	daily	JJ
19138	744	10	practice	practice	NN
19138	744	11	of	of	IN
19138	744	12	the	the	DT
19138	744	13	singer	singer	NN
19138	744	14	or	or	CC
19138	744	15	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	744	16	.	.	.
19138	745	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	745	2	give	give	VBP
19138	745	3	but	but	CC
19138	745	4	few	few	JJ
19138	745	5	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	745	6	for	for	IN
19138	745	7	each	each	DT
19138	745	8	point	point	NN
19138	745	9	to	to	TO
19138	745	10	be	be	VB
19138	745	11	gained	gain	VBN
19138	745	12	.	.	.
19138	746	1	Intelligent	intelligent	JJ
19138	746	2	teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	746	3	and	and	CC
19138	746	4	pupils	pupil	NNS
19138	746	5	will	will	MD
19138	746	6	add	add	VB
19138	746	7	an	an	DT
19138	746	8	infinite	infinite	JJ
19138	746	9	variety	variety	NN
19138	746	10	to	to	TO
19138	746	11	suit	suit	VB
19138	746	12	each	each	DT
19138	746	13	case	case	NN
19138	746	14	,	,	,
19138	746	15	but	but	CC
19138	746	16	the	the	DT
19138	746	17	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	746	18	given	give	VBN
19138	746	19	appear	appear	VBP
19138	746	20	to	to	IN
19138	746	21	me	-PRON-	PRP
19138	746	22	to	to	TO
19138	746	23	be	be	VB
19138	746	24	the	the	DT
19138	746	25	best	good	JJS
19138	746	26	for	for	IN
19138	746	27	initial	initial	JJ
19138	746	28	practice	practice	NN
19138	746	29	.	.	.
19138	747	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	747	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	747	3	important	important	JJ
19138	747	4	that	that	IN
19138	747	5	each	each	DT
19138	747	6	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	747	7	in	in	IN
19138	747	8	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	747	9	order	order	NN
19138	747	10	shall	shall	MD
19138	747	11	be	be	VB
19138	747	12	thoroughly	thoroughly	RB
19138	747	13	mastered	master	VBN
19138	747	14	before	before	IN
19138	747	15	taking	take	VBG
19138	747	16	up	up	RP
19138	747	17	the	the	DT
19138	747	18	next	next	JJ
19138	747	19	.	.	.
19138	748	1	Only	only	RB
19138	748	2	in	in	IN
19138	748	3	this	this	DT
19138	748	4	way	way	NN
19138	748	5	can	can	MD
19138	748	6	rapid	rapid	JJ
19138	748	7	progress	progress	NN
19138	748	8	be	be	VB
19138	748	9	made	make	VBN
19138	748	10	,	,	,
19138	748	11	for	for	IN
19138	748	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	748	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	748	14	not	not	RB
19138	748	15	the	the	DT
19138	748	16	multiplicity	multiplicity	NN
19138	748	17	of	of	IN
19138	748	18	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	748	19	,	,	,
19138	748	20	but	but	CC
19138	748	21	the	the	DT
19138	748	22	thoughtful	thoughtful	JJ
19138	748	23	application	application	NN
19138	748	24	of	of	IN
19138	748	25	principles	principle	NNS
19138	748	26	in	in	IN
19138	748	27	the	the	DT
19138	748	28	few	few	JJ
19138	748	29	,	,	,
19138	748	30	that	that	WDT
19138	748	31	leads	lead	VBZ
19138	748	32	to	to	IN
19138	748	33	results	result	NNS
19138	748	34	.	.	.
19138	749	1	The	the	DT
19138	749	2	sound	sound	NN
19138	749	3	of	of	IN
19138	749	4	_	_	NNP
19138	749	5	hng	hng	NNP
19138	749	6	_	_	NNP
19138	749	7	will	will	MD
19138	749	8	always	always	RB
19138	749	9	place	place	VB
19138	749	10	the	the	DT
19138	749	11	voice	voice	NN
19138	749	12	in	in	IN
19138	749	13	proper	proper	JJ
19138	749	14	focus	focus	NN
19138	749	15	by	by	IN
19138	749	16	developing	develop	VBG
19138	749	17	the	the	DT
19138	749	18	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	749	19	of	of	IN
19138	749	20	the	the	DT
19138	749	21	nose	nose	NN
19138	749	22	and	and	CC
19138	749	23	head	head	NN
19138	749	24	.	.	.
19138	750	1	The	the	DT
19138	750	2	thin	thin	JJ
19138	750	3	bones	bone	NNS
19138	750	4	of	of	IN
19138	750	5	the	the	DT
19138	750	6	nose	nose	NN
19138	750	7	will	will	MD
19138	750	8	first	first	RB
19138	750	9	respond	respond	VB
19138	750	10	to	to	IN
19138	750	11	the	the	DT
19138	750	12	sound	sound	NN
19138	750	13	and	and	CC
19138	750	14	after	after	IN
19138	750	15	practice	practice	NN
19138	750	16	the	the	DT
19138	750	17	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	750	18	can	can	MD
19138	750	19	be	be	VB
19138	750	20	felt	feel	VBN
19138	750	21	on	on	IN
19138	750	22	any	any	DT
19138	750	23	part	part	NN
19138	750	24	of	of	IN
19138	750	25	the	the	DT
19138	750	26	head	head	NN
19138	750	27	and	and	CC
19138	750	28	even	even	RB
19138	750	29	more	more	RBR
19138	750	30	distinctly	distinctly	RB
19138	750	31	on	on	IN
19138	750	32	the	the	DT
19138	750	33	low	low	JJ
19138	750	34	than	than	IN
19138	750	35	on	on	IN
19138	750	36	the	the	DT
19138	750	37	high	high	JJ
19138	750	38	tones	tone	NNS
19138	750	39	.	.	.
19138	751	1	To	to	TO
19138	751	2	attain	attain	VB
19138	751	3	this	this	DT
19138	751	4	,	,	,
19138	751	5	repeat	repeat	VB
19138	751	6	the	the	DT
19138	751	7	sound	sound	NN
19138	751	8	_	_	NNP
19138	751	9	hung	hang	VBD
19138	751	10	_	_	NNP
19138	751	11	times	time	NNS
19138	751	12	without	without	IN
19138	751	13	number	number	NN
19138	751	14	,	,	,
19138	751	15	prolonging	prolong	VBG
19138	751	16	the	the	DT
19138	751	17	_	_	NNP
19138	751	18	ng	ng	NNP
19138	751	19	_	_	NNP
19138	751	20	sound	sound	NN
19138	751	21	at	at	RB
19138	751	22	least	least	JJS
19138	751	23	four	four	CD
19138	751	24	counts	count	NNS
19138	751	25	.	.	.
19138	752	1	To	to	TO
19138	752	2	insure	insure	VB
19138	752	3	the	the	DT
19138	752	4	proper	proper	JJ
19138	752	5	course	course	NN
19138	752	6	of	of	IN
19138	752	7	the	the	DT
19138	752	8	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	752	9	sounds	sound	VBZ
19138	752	10	through	through	IN
19138	752	11	the	the	DT
19138	752	12	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	752	13	passages	passage	NNS
19138	752	14	,	,	,
19138	752	15	follow	follow	VB
19138	752	16	_	_	NNP
19138	752	17	hung	hang	VBD
19138	752	18	_	_	NNP
19138	752	19	with	with	IN
19138	752	20	the	the	DT
19138	752	21	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	752	22	_	_	NNP
19138	752	23	ee	ee	NNP
19138	752	24	_	_	NNP
19138	752	25	,	,	,
19138	752	26	as	as	IN
19138	752	27	this	this	DT
19138	752	28	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	752	29	is	be	VBZ
19138	752	30	more	more	RBR
19138	752	31	easily	easily	RB
19138	752	32	focused	focused	JJ
19138	752	33	than	than	IN
19138	752	34	any	any	DT
19138	752	35	other	other	JJ
19138	752	36	;	;	:
19138	752	37	then	then	RB
19138	752	38	with	with	IN
19138	752	39	_	_	NNP
19138	752	40	oo	oo	NNP
19138	752	41	_	_	NNP
19138	752	42	,	,	,
19138	752	43	_	_	NNP
19138	752	44	oh	oh	UH
19138	752	45	_	_	NNP
19138	752	46	,	,	,
19138	752	47	_	_	NNP
19138	752	48	aw	aw	UH
19138	752	49	_	_	NNP
19138	752	50	and	and	CC
19138	752	51	_	_	NNP
19138	752	52	ah	ah	UH
19138	752	53	_	_	NNP
19138	752	54	.	.	.
19138	753	1	_	_	NNP
19138	753	2	Ah	Ah	NNP
19138	753	3	_	_	NNP
19138	753	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	753	5	by	by	IN
19138	753	6	far	far	RB
19138	753	7	the	the	DT
19138	753	8	most	most	RBS
19138	753	9	difficult	difficult	JJ
19138	753	10	sound	sound	NN
19138	753	11	to	to	TO
19138	753	12	focus	focus	VB
19138	753	13	and	and	CC
19138	753	14	should	should	MD
19138	753	15	never	never	RB
19138	753	16	be	be	VB
19138	753	17	used	use	VBN
19138	753	18	for	for	IN
19138	753	19	initial	initial	JJ
19138	753	20	practice	practice	NN
19138	753	21	.	.	.
19138	754	1	Much	much	JJ
19138	754	2	valuable	valuable	JJ
19138	754	3	time	time	NN
19138	754	4	has	have	VBZ
19138	754	5	been	be	VBN
19138	754	6	lost	lose	VBN
19138	754	7	by	by	IN
19138	754	8	the	the	DT
19138	754	9	custom	custom	NN
19138	754	10	of	of	IN
19138	754	11	using	use	VBG
19138	754	12	this	this	DT
19138	754	13	sound	sound	NN
19138	754	14	at	at	IN
19138	754	15	first	first	RB
19138	754	16	.	.	.
19138	755	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	755	2	should	should	MD
19138	755	3	come	come	VB
19138	755	4	last	last	RB
19138	755	5	.	.	.
19138	756	1	The	the	DT
19138	756	2	_	_	NNP
19138	756	3	h	h	NNP
19138	756	4	_	_	NNP
19138	756	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	756	6	chosen	choose	VBN
19138	756	7	to	to	TO
19138	756	8	introduce	introduce	VB
19138	756	9	the	the	DT
19138	756	10	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	756	11	sound	sound	NN
19138	756	12	because	because	IN
19138	756	13	in	in	IN
19138	756	14	the	the	DT
19138	756	15	preparation	preparation	NN
19138	756	16	to	to	TO
19138	756	17	produce	produce	VB
19138	756	18	the	the	DT
19138	756	19	sound	sound	NN
19138	756	20	of	of	IN
19138	756	21	the	the	DT
19138	756	22	letter	letter	NN
19138	756	23	_	_	NNP
19138	756	24	h	h	NNP
19138	756	25	_	_	NNP
19138	756	26	the	the	DT
19138	756	27	epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
19138	756	28	is	be	VBZ
19138	756	29	wide	wide	RB
19138	756	30	open	open	JJ
19138	756	31	and	and	CC
19138	756	32	the	the	DT
19138	756	33	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	756	34	cords	cord	NNS
19138	756	35	entirely	entirely	RB
19138	756	36	relaxed	relax	VBD
19138	756	37	,	,	,
19138	756	38	and	and	CC
19138	756	39	because	because	IN
19138	756	40	less	less	JJR
19138	756	41	change	change	NN
19138	756	42	of	of	IN
19138	756	43	the	the	DT
19138	756	44	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	756	45	is	be	VBZ
19138	756	46	required	require	VBN
19138	756	47	when	when	WRB
19138	756	48	the	the	DT
19138	756	49	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	756	50	sound	sound	NN
19138	756	51	follows	follow	VBZ
19138	756	52	.	.	.
19138	757	1	Preliminary	Preliminary	NNP
19138	757	2	Exercise	Exercise	NNP
19138	757	3	_	_	NNP
19138	757	4	Practise	Practise	NNP
19138	757	5	this	this	DT
19138	757	6	softly	softly	RB
19138	757	7	on	on	IN
19138	757	8	any	any	DT
19138	757	9	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	757	10	easy	easy	RB
19138	757	11	for	for	IN
19138	757	12	the	the	DT
19138	757	13	voice	voice	NN
19138	757	14	.	.	.
19138	757	15	_	_	NNP
19138	757	16	[	[	-LRB-
19138	757	17	Music	music	NN
19138	757	18	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	757	19	:	:	:
19138	757	20	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	757	21	-	-	HYPH
19138	757	22	ee	ee	NNP
19138	757	23	.	.	.
19138	758	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	758	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	758	3	oo	oo	NNP
19138	758	4	.	.	.
19138	759	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	759	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	759	3	oh	oh	UH
19138	759	4	.	.	.
19138	760	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	760	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	760	3	aw	aw	UH
19138	760	4	.	.	.
19138	761	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	761	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	761	3	ah	ah	UH
19138	761	4	.	.	.
19138	762	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	762	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	762	3	ee	ee	NNP
19138	762	4	_	_	NNP
19138	762	5	etc	etc	FW
19138	762	6	.	.	.
19138	762	7	_	_	NNP
19138	762	8	]	]	-RRB-
19138	762	9	Begin	begin	VB
19138	762	10	the	the	DT
19138	762	11	tone	tone	NN
19138	762	12	quietly	quietly	RB
19138	762	13	on	on	IN
19138	762	14	an	an	DT
19138	762	15	easy	easy	JJ
19138	762	16	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	762	17	and	and	CC
19138	762	18	continue	continue	VB
19138	762	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	762	20	softly	softly	RB
19138	762	21	to	to	IN
19138	762	22	the	the	DT
19138	762	23	end	end	NN
19138	762	24	.	.	.
19138	763	1	Later	later	RB
19138	763	2	,	,	,
19138	763	3	after	after	IN
19138	763	4	these	these	DT
19138	763	5	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	763	6	are	be	VBP
19138	763	7	mastered	master	VBN
19138	763	8	on	on	IN
19138	763	9	one	one	CD
19138	763	10	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	763	11	,	,	,
19138	763	12	use	use	VBP
19138	763	13	every	every	DT
19138	763	14	note	note	NN
19138	763	15	within	within	IN
19138	763	16	the	the	DT
19138	763	17	easy	easy	JJ
19138	763	18	compass	compass	NN
19138	763	19	of	of	IN
19138	763	20	the	the	DT
19138	763	21	voice	voice	NN
19138	763	22	.	.	.
19138	764	1	Leave	leave	VB
19138	764	2	stridency	stridency	NN
19138	764	3	of	of	IN
19138	764	4	tone	tone	NN
19138	764	5	to	to	IN
19138	764	6	the	the	DT
19138	764	7	locust	locust	NN
19138	764	8	.	.	.
19138	765	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	765	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	765	3	no	no	DT
19138	765	4	part	part	NN
19138	765	5	of	of	IN
19138	765	6	a	a	DT
19138	765	7	perfect	perfect	JJ
19138	765	8	tone	tone	NN
19138	765	9	.	.	.
19138	766	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	766	2	never	never	RB
19138	766	3	appeared	appear	VBD
19138	766	4	in	in	IN
19138	766	5	the	the	DT
19138	766	6	voices	voice	NNS
19138	766	7	of	of	IN
19138	766	8	the	the	DT
19138	766	9	most	most	RBS
19138	766	10	famous	famous	JJ
19138	766	11	singers	singer	NNS
19138	766	12	.	.	.
19138	767	1	Those	those	DT
19138	767	2	who	who	WP
19138	767	3	allowed	allow	VBD
19138	767	4	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19138	767	5	to	to	TO
19138	767	6	use	use	VB
19138	767	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	767	8	passed	pass	VBD
19138	767	9	off	off	RP
19138	767	10	the	the	DT
19138	767	11	stage	stage	NN
19138	767	12	early	early	RB
19138	767	13	in	in	IN
19138	767	14	life	life	NN
19138	767	15	.	.	.
19138	768	1	Much	much	RB
19138	768	2	better	well	JJR
19138	768	3	results	result	NNS
19138	768	4	will	will	MD
19138	768	5	be	be	VB
19138	768	6	obtained	obtain	VBN
19138	768	7	by	by	IN
19138	768	8	practising	practise	VBG
19138	768	9	without	without	IN
19138	768	10	any	any	DT
19138	768	11	accompaniment	accompaniment	NN
19138	768	12	.	.	.
19138	769	1	The	the	DT
19138	769	2	sound	sound	NN
19138	769	3	of	of	IN
19138	769	4	the	the	DT
19138	769	5	piano	piano	NN
19138	769	6	or	or	CC
19138	769	7	other	other	JJ
19138	769	8	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	769	9	distracts	distract	VBZ
19138	769	10	the	the	DT
19138	769	11	pupil	pupil	NN
19138	769	12	,	,	,
19138	769	13	prevents	prevent	VBZ
19138	769	14	both	both	DT
19138	769	15	pupil	pupil	NN
19138	769	16	and	and	CC
19138	769	17	teacher	teacher	NN
19138	769	18	from	from	IN
19138	769	19	hearing	hear	VBG
19138	769	20	the	the	DT
19138	769	21	voice	voice	NN
19138	769	22	,	,	,
19138	769	23	and	and	CC
19138	769	24	hinders	hinder	NNS
19138	769	25	progress	progress	VBP
19138	769	26	.	.	.
19138	770	1	IMPORTANT	IMPORTANT	NNP
19138	770	2	DIRECTIONS	DIRECTIONS	NNP
19138	770	3	The	the	DT
19138	770	4	manner	manner	NN
19138	770	5	in	in	IN
19138	770	6	which	which	WDT
19138	770	7	Exercise	Exercise	NNP
19138	770	8	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	770	9	and	and	CC
19138	770	10	those	those	DT
19138	770	11	that	that	WDT
19138	770	12	follow	follow	NN
19138	770	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	770	14	practised	practise	VBN
19138	770	15	is	be	VBZ
19138	770	16	of	of	IN
19138	770	17	the	the	DT
19138	770	18	utmost	utmost	JJ
19138	770	19	importance	importance	NN
19138	770	20	.	.	.
19138	771	1	Therefore	therefore	RB
19138	771	2	carefully	carefully	RB
19138	771	3	note	note	VBP
19138	771	4	and	and	CC
19138	771	5	apply	apply	VB
19138	771	6	the	the	DT
19138	771	7	following	follow	VBG
19138	771	8	:	:	:
19138	771	9	1	1	CD
19138	771	10	.	.	.
19138	772	1	Fully	fully	RB
19138	772	2	pronounce	pronounce	VB
19138	772	3	the	the	DT
19138	772	4	word	word	NN
19138	772	5	_	_	NNP
19138	772	6	hung	hang	VBD
19138	772	7	_	_	NNP
19138	772	8	(	(	-LRB-
19138	772	9	_	_	NNP
19138	772	10	u	u	NNP
19138	772	11	_	_	NNP
19138	772	12	as	as	IN
19138	772	13	in	in	IN
19138	772	14	_	_	NNP
19138	772	15	stung	stung	NN
19138	772	16	_	_	NNP
19138	772	17	)	)	-RRB-
19138	772	18	at	at	IN
19138	772	19	once	once	RB
19138	772	20	,	,	,
19138	772	21	and	and	CC
19138	772	22	prolong	prolong	VB
19138	772	23	the	the	DT
19138	772	24	tone	tone	NN
19138	772	25	,	,	,
19138	772	26	not	not	RB
19138	772	27	on	on	IN
19138	772	28	the	the	DT
19138	772	29	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	772	30	sound	sound	NN
19138	772	31	but	but	CC
19138	772	32	on	on	IN
19138	772	33	the	the	DT
19138	772	34	_	_	NNP
19138	772	35	ng	ng	NNP
19138	772	36	_	_	NNP
19138	772	37	sound	sound	NN
19138	772	38	.	.	.
19138	773	1	This	this	DT
19138	773	2	establishes	establish	VBZ
19138	773	3	the	the	DT
19138	773	4	proper	proper	JJ
19138	773	5	head	head	NN
19138	773	6	and	and	CC
19138	773	7	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	773	8	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	773	9	at	at	IN
19138	773	10	the	the	DT
19138	773	11	very	very	JJ
19138	773	12	beginning	beginning	NN
19138	773	13	of	of	IN
19138	773	14	the	the	DT
19138	773	15	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	773	16	.	.	.
19138	774	1	2	2	LS
19138	774	2	.	.	.
19138	775	1	In	in	IN
19138	775	2	passing	pass	VBG
19138	775	3	from	from	IN
19138	775	4	_	_	NNP
19138	775	5	ng	ng	NNP
19138	775	6	_	_	NNP
19138	775	7	to	to	IN
19138	775	8	_	_	NNP
19138	775	9	ee	ee	NNP
19138	775	10	_	_	NNP
19138	775	11	be	be	VB
19138	775	12	very	very	RB
19138	775	13	careful	careful	JJ
19138	775	14	not	not	RB
19138	775	15	to	to	TO
19138	775	16	change	change	VB
19138	775	17	the	the	DT
19138	775	18	initial	initial	JJ
19138	775	19	focus	focus	NN
19138	775	20	or	or	CC
19138	775	21	lose	lose	VB
19138	775	22	the	the	DT
19138	775	23	sensation	sensation	NN
19138	775	24	of	of	IN
19138	775	25	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	775	26	and	and	CC
19138	775	27	head	head	NN
19138	775	28	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	775	29	.	.	.
19138	776	1	Do	do	VBP
19138	776	2	not	not	RB
19138	776	3	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	776	4	move	move	VB
19138	776	5	the	the	DT
19138	776	6	lips	lip	NNS
19138	776	7	or	or	CC
19138	776	8	the	the	DT
19138	776	9	chin	chin	NN
19138	776	10	.	.	.
19138	777	1	The	the	DT
19138	777	2	only	only	JJ
19138	777	3	change	change	NN
19138	777	4	at	at	IN
19138	777	5	this	this	DT
19138	777	6	point	point	NN
19138	777	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	777	8	the	the	DT
19138	777	9	slight	slight	JJ
19138	777	10	movement	movement	NN
19138	777	11	of	of	IN
19138	777	12	the	the	DT
19138	777	13	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	777	14	required	require	VBN
19138	777	15	to	to	IN
19138	777	16	pronounce	pronounce	NNP
19138	777	17	_	_	NNP
19138	777	18	ee	ee	NNP
19138	777	19	_	_	NNP
19138	777	20	,	,	,
19138	777	21	which	which	WDT
19138	777	22	must	must	MD
19138	777	23	be	be	VB
19138	777	24	a	a	DT
19138	777	25	pure	pure	JJ
19138	777	26	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	777	27	without	without	IN
19138	777	28	a	a	DT
19138	777	29	trace	trace	NN
19138	777	30	of	of	IN
19138	777	31	the	the	DT
19138	777	32	preceding	precede	VBG
19138	777	33	_	_	NNP
19138	777	34	g	g	NNP
19138	777	35	_	_	NNP
19138	777	36	.	.	.
19138	778	1	3	3	LS
19138	778	2	.	.	.
19138	779	1	In	in	IN
19138	779	2	passing	pass	VBG
19138	779	3	from	from	IN
19138	779	4	_	_	NNP
19138	779	5	ee	ee	NNP
19138	779	6	_	_	NNP
19138	779	7	to	to	IN
19138	779	8	_	_	NNP
19138	779	9	oo	oo	NNP
19138	779	10	_	_	NNP
19138	779	11	,	,	,
19138	779	12	from	from	IN
19138	779	13	_	_	NNP
19138	779	14	oo	oo	IN
19138	779	15	_	_	NNP
19138	779	16	to	to	IN
19138	779	17	_	_	NNP
19138	779	18	oh	oh	UH
19138	779	19	_	_	NNP
19138	779	20	,	,	,
19138	779	21	and	and	CC
19138	779	22	so	so	RB
19138	779	23	on	on	RB
19138	779	24	,	,	,
19138	779	25	do	do	VB
19138	779	26	so	so	RB
19138	779	27	with	with	IN
19138	779	28	the	the	DT
19138	779	29	least	least	JJS
19138	779	30	possible	possible	JJ
19138	779	31	movement	movement	NN
19138	779	32	of	of	IN
19138	779	33	lips	lip	NNS
19138	779	34	and	and	CC
19138	779	35	chin	chin	NNP
19138	779	36	.	.	.
19138	780	1	_	_	NNP
19138	780	2	The	the	DT
19138	780	3	initial	initial	JJ
19138	780	4	sensation	sensation	NN
19138	780	5	of	of	IN
19138	780	6	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	780	7	and	and	CC
19138	780	8	head	head	NN
19138	780	9	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	780	10	must	must	MD
19138	780	11	not	not	RB
19138	780	12	be	be	VB
19138	780	13	lost	lose	VBN
19138	780	14	.	.	.
19138	780	15	_	_	NNP
19138	780	16	4	4	CD
19138	780	17	.	.	.
19138	781	1	Each	each	DT
19138	781	2	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	781	3	sound	sound	NN
19138	781	4	must	must	MD
19138	781	5	be	be	VB
19138	781	6	distinct	distinct	JJ
19138	781	7	in	in	IN
19138	781	8	enunciation	enunciation	NN
19138	781	9	and	and	CC
19138	781	10	pure	pure	JJ
19138	781	11	in	in	IN
19138	781	12	quality	quality	NN
19138	781	13	.	.	.
19138	782	1	Avoid	avoid	VB
19138	782	2	blurring	blur	VBG
19138	782	3	one	one	CD
19138	782	4	with	with	IN
19138	782	5	the	the	DT
19138	782	6	other	other	JJ
19138	782	7	.	.	.
19138	783	1	Give	give	VB
19138	783	2	each	each	DT
19138	783	3	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	783	4	true	true	JJ
19138	783	5	individuality	individuality	NN
19138	783	6	.	.	.
19138	784	1	5	5	CD
19138	784	2	.	.	.
19138	785	1	As	as	IN
19138	785	2	jewels	jewel	NNS
19138	785	3	of	of	IN
19138	785	4	different	different	JJ
19138	785	5	hue	hue	NNP
19138	785	6	hung	hang	VBD
19138	785	7	on	on	IN
19138	785	8	a	a	DT
19138	785	9	string	string	NN
19138	785	10	,	,	,
19138	785	11	so	so	RB
19138	785	12	must	must	MD
19138	785	13	this	this	DT
19138	785	14	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	785	15	be	be	VB
19138	785	16	the	the	DT
19138	785	17	stringing	stringing	NN
19138	785	18	of	of	IN
19138	785	19	vowels	vowel	NNS
19138	785	20	on	on	IN
19138	785	21	a	a	DT
19138	785	22	continuous	continuous	JJ
19138	785	23	stream	stream	NN
19138	785	24	of	of	IN
19138	785	25	sound	sound	NN
19138	785	26	.	.	.
19138	786	1	Exercise	exercise	NN
19138	786	2	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	786	3	TO	to	TO
19138	786	4	ESTABLISH	establish	VB
19138	786	5	NASAL	nasal	NN
19138	786	6	AND	and	CC
19138	786	7	HEAD	HEAD	NNP
19138	786	8	RESONANCE	RESONANCE	NNP
19138	786	9	This	this	DT
19138	786	10	is	be	VBZ
19138	786	11	an	an	DT
19138	786	12	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	786	13	for	for	IN
19138	786	14	focusing	focus	VBG
19138	786	15	or	or	CC
19138	786	16	placing	place	VBG
19138	786	17	the	the	DT
19138	786	18	voice	voice	NN
19138	786	19	and	and	CC
19138	786	20	developing	develop	VBG
19138	786	21	the	the	DT
19138	786	22	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	786	23	of	of	IN
19138	786	24	the	the	DT
19138	786	25	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	786	26	and	and	CC
19138	786	27	head	head	NN
19138	786	28	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	786	29	,	,	,
19138	786	30	the	the	DT
19138	786	31	most	most	RBS
19138	786	32	essential	essential	JJ
19138	786	33	parts	part	NNS
19138	786	34	of	of	IN
19138	786	35	the	the	DT
19138	786	36	resonant	resonant	JJ
19138	786	37	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19138	786	38	.	.	.
19138	787	1	If	if	IN
19138	787	2	the	the	DT
19138	787	3	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	787	4	are	be	VBP
19138	787	5	kept	keep	VBN
19138	787	6	fully	fully	RB
19138	787	7	open	open	JJ
19138	787	8	,	,	,
19138	787	9	no	no	DT
19138	787	10	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	787	11	twang	twang	NNP
19138	787	12	will	will	MD
19138	787	13	be	be	VB
19138	787	14	heard	hear	VBN
19138	787	15	.	.	.
19138	788	1	The	the	DT
19138	788	2	strength	strength	NN
19138	788	3	of	of	IN
19138	788	4	the	the	DT
19138	788	5	tone	tone	NN
19138	788	6	will	will	MD
19138	788	7	correspond	correspond	VB
19138	788	8	to	to	IN
19138	788	9	the	the	DT
19138	788	10	force	force	NN
19138	788	11	of	of	IN
19138	788	12	the	the	DT
19138	788	13	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	788	14	of	of	IN
19138	788	15	the	the	DT
19138	788	16	nose	nose	NN
19138	788	17	and	and	CC
19138	788	18	head	head	NN
19138	788	19	,	,	,
19138	788	20	which	which	WDT
19138	788	21	can	can	MD
19138	788	22	be	be	VB
19138	788	23	plainly	plainly	RB
19138	788	24	felt	feel	VBN
19138	788	25	by	by	IN
19138	788	26	resting	rest	VBG
19138	788	27	the	the	DT
19138	788	28	finger	finger	NN
19138	788	29	lightly	lightly	RB
19138	788	30	upon	upon	IN
19138	788	31	the	the	DT
19138	788	32	side	side	NN
19138	788	33	of	of	IN
19138	788	34	the	the	DT
19138	788	35	nose	nose	NN
19138	788	36	.	.	.
19138	789	1	The	the	DT
19138	789	2	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	789	3	may	may	MD
19138	789	4	eventually	eventually	RB
19138	789	5	be	be	VB
19138	789	6	plainly	plainly	RB
19138	789	7	felt	feel	VBN
19138	789	8	on	on	IN
19138	789	9	the	the	DT
19138	789	10	top	top	NN
19138	789	11	and	and	CC
19138	789	12	back	back	NN
19138	789	13	of	of	IN
19138	789	14	the	the	DT
19138	789	15	head	head	NN
19138	789	16	.	.	.
19138	790	1	Attack	Attack	NNP
19138	790	2	,	,	,
19138	790	3	that	that	RB
19138	790	4	is	is	RB
19138	790	5	,	,	,
19138	790	6	begin	begin	VB
19138	790	7	the	the	DT
19138	790	8	tone	tone	NN
19138	790	9	,	,	,
19138	790	10	_	_	NNP
19138	790	11	softly	softly	RB
19138	790	12	_	_	NNP
19138	790	13	and	and	CC
19138	790	14	on	on	IN
19138	790	15	no	no	DT
19138	790	16	account	account	NN
19138	790	17	force	force	NN
19138	790	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	790	19	in	in	IN
19138	790	20	the	the	DT
19138	790	21	least	least	JJS
19138	790	22	.	.	.
19138	791	1	Pronounce	Pronounce	NNP
19138	791	2	the	the	DT
19138	791	3	full	full	JJ
19138	791	4	word	word	NN
19138	791	5	_	_	NNP
19138	791	6	at	at	IN
19138	791	7	once	once	RB
19138	791	8	_	_	NNP
19138	791	9	,	,	,
19138	791	10	prolong	prolong	VB
19138	791	11	the	the	DT
19138	791	12	_	_	NNP
19138	791	13	ng	ng	NNP
19138	791	14	_	_	NNP
19138	791	15	four	four	CD
19138	791	16	counts	count	NNS
19138	791	17	as	as	IN
19138	791	18	indicated	indicate	VBN
19138	791	19	,	,	,
19138	791	20	and	and	CC
19138	791	21	sing	sing	VB
19138	791	22	the	the	DT
19138	791	23	five	five	CD
19138	791	24	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	791	25	sounds	sound	VBZ
19138	791	26	on	on	IN
19138	791	27	a	a	DT
19138	791	28	continuous	continuous	JJ
19138	791	29	,	,	,
19138	791	30	unbroken	unbroken	JJ
19138	791	31	tone	tone	NN
19138	791	32	.	.	.
19138	792	1	Articulate	articulate	VB
19138	792	2	entirely	entirely	RB
19138	792	3	with	with	IN
19138	792	4	the	the	DT
19138	792	5	lips	lip	NNS
19138	792	6	and	and	CC
19138	792	7	without	without	IN
19138	792	8	moving	move	VBG
19138	792	9	the	the	DT
19138	792	10	under	under	IN
19138	792	11	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	792	12	.	.	.
19138	793	1	In	in	IN
19138	793	2	this	this	DT
19138	793	3	,	,	,
19138	793	4	as	as	IN
19138	793	5	in	in	IN
19138	793	6	the	the	DT
19138	793	7	following	follow	VBG
19138	793	8	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	793	9	,	,	,
19138	793	10	keep	keep	VB
19138	793	11	the	the	DT
19138	793	12	under	under	JJ
19138	793	13	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	793	14	relaxed	relaxed	JJ
19138	793	15	and	and	CC
19138	793	16	open	open	VB
19138	793	17	the	the	DT
19138	793	18	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	793	19	so	so	IN
19138	793	20	as	as	IN
19138	793	21	to	to	TO
19138	793	22	separate	separate	VB
19138	793	23	the	the	DT
19138	793	24	teeth	tooth	NNS
19138	793	25	as	as	IN
19138	793	26	wide	wide	RB
19138	793	27	apart	apart	RB
19138	793	28	as	as	IN
19138	793	29	is	be	VBZ
19138	793	30	consistent	consistent	JJ
19138	793	31	with	with	IN
19138	793	32	the	the	DT
19138	793	33	action	action	NN
19138	793	34	of	of	IN
19138	793	35	the	the	DT
19138	793	36	lips	lip	NNS
19138	793	37	.	.	.
19138	794	1	See	see	VB
19138	794	2	also	also	RB
19138	794	3	the	the	DT
19138	794	4	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19138	794	5	of	of	IN
19138	794	6	proper	proper	JJ
19138	794	7	lip	lip	NN
19138	794	8	position	position	NN
19138	794	9	given	give	VBN
19138	794	10	at	at	IN
19138	794	11	the	the	DT
19138	794	12	close	close	NN
19138	794	13	of	of	IN
19138	794	14	Chapter	Chapter	NNP
19138	794	15	II	II	NNP
19138	794	16	.	.	.
19138	795	1	_	_	NNP
19138	795	2	Practice	Practice	NNP
19138	795	3	this	this	DT
19138	795	4	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	795	5	on	on	IN
19138	795	6	any	any	DT
19138	795	7	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	795	8	easy	easy	RB
19138	795	9	for	for	IN
19138	795	10	the	the	DT
19138	795	11	voice	voice	NN
19138	795	12	.	.	.
19138	795	13	_	_	NNP
19138	795	14	[	[	-LRB-
19138	795	15	Music	music	NN
19138	795	16	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	795	17	:	:	:
19138	795	18	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	795	19	-	-	HYPH
19138	795	20	ee	ee	NNP
19138	795	21	-	-	HYPH
19138	795	22	oo	oo	JJ
19138	795	23	-	-	HYPH
19138	795	24	oh	oh	UH
19138	795	25	-	-	HYPH
19138	795	26	aw	aw	UH
19138	795	27	-	-	HYPH
19138	795	28	ah	ah	UH
19138	795	29	_	_	NNP
19138	795	30	etc	etc	FW
19138	795	31	.	.	.
19138	795	32	_	_	NNP
19138	795	33	]	]	-RRB-
19138	795	34	Repeat	Repeat	NNP
19138	795	35	this	this	DT
19138	795	36	many	many	JJ
19138	795	37	times	time	NNS
19138	795	38	until	until	IN
19138	795	39	the	the	DT
19138	795	40	nose	nose	NN
19138	795	41	and	and	CC
19138	795	42	head	head	NN
19138	795	43	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	795	44	are	be	VBP
19138	795	45	fully	fully	RB
19138	795	46	recognized	recognize	VBN
19138	795	47	and	and	CC
19138	795	48	established	establish	VBN
19138	795	49	.	.	.
19138	796	1	After	after	IN
19138	796	2	mastery	mastery	NN
19138	796	3	of	of	IN
19138	796	4	this	this	DT
19138	796	5	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	796	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	796	7	acquired	acquire	VBN
19138	796	8	,	,	,
19138	796	9	any	any	DT
19138	796	10	words	word	NNS
19138	796	11	ending	end	VBG
19138	796	12	in	in	IN
19138	796	13	_	_	NNP
19138	796	14	ng	ng	NNP
19138	796	15	_	_	NNP
19138	796	16	may	may	MD
19138	796	17	be	be	VB
19138	796	18	repeated	repeat	VBN
19138	796	19	.	.	.
19138	797	1	The	the	DT
19138	797	2	word	word	NN
19138	797	3	_	_	NNP
19138	797	4	noon	noon	NN
19138	797	5	_	_	NNP
19138	797	6	sung	sing	VBD
19138	797	7	quietly	quietly	RB
19138	797	8	on	on	IN
19138	797	9	each	each	DT
19138	797	10	note	note	NN
19138	797	11	of	of	IN
19138	797	12	the	the	DT
19138	797	13	voice	voice	NN
19138	797	14	with	with	IN
19138	797	15	the	the	DT
19138	797	16	final	final	JJ
19138	797	17	consonant	consonant	NN
19138	797	18	prolonged	prolong	VBN
19138	797	19	will	will	MD
19138	797	20	be	be	VB
19138	797	21	found	find	VBN
19138	797	22	helpful	helpful	JJ
19138	797	23	.	.	.
19138	798	1	EXERCISES	exercise	NNS
19138	798	2	FOR	for	IN
19138	798	3	SPEAKERS	speaker	NNS
19138	798	4	When	when	WRB
19138	798	5	the	the	DT
19138	798	6	placing	placing	NN
19138	798	7	of	of	IN
19138	798	8	the	the	DT
19138	798	9	voice	voice	NN
19138	798	10	is	be	VBZ
19138	798	11	accomplished	accomplish	VBN
19138	798	12	on	on	IN
19138	798	13	the	the	DT
19138	798	14	one	one	CD
19138	798	15	tone	tone	NN
19138	798	16	(	(	-LRB-
19138	798	17	Exercise	Exercise	NNP
19138	798	18	I	I	NNP
19138	798	19	)	)	-RRB-
19138	798	20	,	,	,
19138	798	21	the	the	DT
19138	798	22	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	798	23	can	can	MD
19138	798	24	go	go	VB
19138	798	25	on	on	RP
19138	798	26	with	with	IN
19138	798	27	practice	practice	NN
19138	798	28	in	in	IN
19138	798	29	reading	reading	NN
19138	798	30	and	and	CC
19138	798	31	reciting	recite	VBG
19138	798	32	,	,	,
19138	798	33	allowing	allow	VBG
19138	798	34	the	the	DT
19138	798	35	voice	voice	NN
19138	798	36	to	to	TO
19138	798	37	change	change	VB
19138	798	38	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	798	39	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	798	40	at	at	IN
19138	798	41	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	798	42	will	will	NN
19138	798	43	,	,	,
19138	798	44	only	only	RB
19138	798	45	being	be	VBG
19138	798	46	careful	careful	JJ
19138	798	47	that	that	IN
19138	798	48	all	all	PDT
19138	798	49	the	the	DT
19138	798	50	tones	tone	NNS
19138	798	51	are	be	VBP
19138	798	52	alike	alike	RB
19138	798	53	in	in	IN
19138	798	54	quality	quality	NN
19138	798	55	.	.	.
19138	799	1	A	a	DT
19138	799	2	profitable	profitable	JJ
19138	799	3	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	799	4	for	for	IN
19138	799	5	speakers	speaker	NNS
19138	799	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	799	7	to	to	TO
19138	799	8	pronounce	pronounce	VB
19138	799	9	any	any	DT
19138	799	10	word	word	NN
19138	799	11	or	or	CC
19138	799	12	syllable	syllable	JJ
19138	799	13	ending	ending	NN
19138	799	14	with	with	IN
19138	799	15	_	_	NNP
19138	799	16	ng	ng	NNP
19138	799	17	_	_	NNP
19138	799	18	,	,	,
19138	799	19	as	as	IN
19138	799	20	_	_	NNP
19138	799	21	ming	ming	NNP
19138	799	22	_	_	NNP
19138	799	23	,	,	,
19138	799	24	_	_	NNP
19138	799	25	bing	bing	NN
19138	799	26	_	_	NNP
19138	799	27	,	,	,
19138	799	28	_	_	NNP
19138	799	29	sing	sing	NN
19138	799	30	_	_	NNP
19138	799	31	,	,	,
19138	799	32	_	_	NNP
19138	799	33	ring	re	VBG
19138	799	34	_	_	NNP
19138	799	35	,	,	,
19138	799	36	_	_	NNP
19138	799	37	ting	ting	NNP
19138	799	38	_	_	NNP
19138	799	39	,	,	,
19138	799	40	and	and	CC
19138	799	41	follow	follow	VB
19138	799	42	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	799	43	with	with	IN
19138	799	44	some	some	DT
19138	799	45	familiar	familiar	JJ
19138	799	46	lines	line	NNS
19138	799	47	in	in	IN
19138	799	48	a	a	DT
19138	799	49	monotone	monotone	NN
19138	799	50	,	,	,
19138	799	51	being	be	VBG
19138	799	52	sure	sure	JJ
19138	799	53	that	that	IN
19138	799	54	the	the	DT
19138	799	55	tone	tone	NN
19138	799	56	is	be	VBZ
19138	799	57	the	the	DT
19138	799	58	same	same	JJ
19138	799	59	and	and	CC
19138	799	60	produces	produce	VBZ
19138	799	61	the	the	DT
19138	799	62	same	same	JJ
19138	799	63	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	799	64	in	in	IN
19138	799	65	the	the	DT
19138	799	66	nose	nose	NN
19138	799	67	and	and	CC
19138	799	68	head	head	NN
19138	799	69	.	.	.
19138	800	1	In	in	IN
19138	800	2	the	the	DT
19138	800	3	case	case	NN
19138	800	4	of	of	IN
19138	800	5	a	a	DT
19138	800	6	person	person	NN
19138	800	7	already	already	RB
19138	800	8	a	a	DT
19138	800	9	public	public	JJ
19138	800	10	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	800	11	,	,	,
19138	800	12	this	this	DT
19138	800	13	new	new	JJ
19138	800	14	_	_	NNP
19138	800	15	régime	régime	NN
19138	800	16	_	_	NNP
19138	800	17	may	may	MD
19138	800	18	not	not	RB
19138	800	19	immediately	immediately	RB
19138	800	20	manifest	manifest	VB
19138	800	21	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	800	22	in	in	IN
19138	800	23	performance	performance	NN
19138	800	24	,	,	,
19138	800	25	but	but	CC
19138	800	26	gradually	gradually	RB
19138	800	27	the	the	DT
19138	800	28	right	right	JJ
19138	800	29	principles	principle	NNS
19138	800	30	will	will	MD
19138	800	31	assume	assume	VB
19138	800	32	control	control	NN
19138	800	33	,	,	,
19138	800	34	and	and	CC
19138	800	35	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	800	36	be	be	VB
19138	800	37	done	do	VBN
19138	800	38	with	with	IN
19138	800	39	ease	ease	NN
19138	800	40	and	and	CC
19138	800	41	effectiveness	effectiveness	NN
19138	800	42	.	.	.
19138	801	1	Continual	continual	JJ
19138	801	2	daily	daily	JJ
19138	801	3	practice	practice	NN
19138	801	4	of	of	IN
19138	801	5	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	801	6	should	should	MD
19138	801	7	be	be	VB
19138	801	8	kept	keep	VBN
19138	801	9	up	up	RP
19138	801	10	.	.	.
19138	802	1	If	if	IN
19138	802	2	a	a	DT
19138	802	3	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	802	4	has	have	VBZ
19138	802	5	a	a	DT
19138	802	6	musical	musical	JJ
19138	802	7	ear	ear	NN
19138	802	8	and	and	CC
19138	802	9	some	some	DT
19138	802	10	musical	musical	JJ
19138	802	11	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19138	802	12	,	,	,
19138	802	13	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	802	14	will	will	MD
19138	802	15	derive	derive	VB
19138	802	16	great	great	JJ
19138	802	17	benefit	benefit	NN
19138	802	18	by	by	IN
19138	802	19	following	follow	VBG
19138	802	20	out	out	RP
19138	802	21	the	the	DT
19138	802	22	practice	practice	NN
19138	802	23	of	of	IN
19138	802	24	the	the	DT
19138	802	25	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	802	26	for	for	IN
19138	802	27	singers	singer	NNS
19138	802	28	.	.	.
19138	803	1	In	in	IN
19138	803	2	no	no	DT
19138	803	3	way	way	NN
19138	803	4	can	can	MD
19138	803	5	the	the	DT
19138	803	6	voice	voice	NN
19138	803	7	for	for	IN
19138	803	8	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	803	9	be	be	VB
19138	803	10	improved	improve	VBN
19138	803	11	so	so	RB
19138	803	12	rapidly	rapidly	RB
19138	803	13	or	or	CC
19138	803	14	decisively	decisively	RB
19138	803	15	as	as	IN
19138	803	16	by	by	IN
19138	803	17	musical	musical	JJ
19138	803	18	training	training	NN
19138	803	19	.	.	.
19138	804	1	Exercise	exercise	VB
19138	804	2	II	ii	CD
19138	804	3	TO	to	TO
19138	804	4	ESTABLISH	establish	VB
19138	804	5	HEAD	HEAD	NNS
19138	804	6	AND	and	CC
19138	804	7	NASAL	nasal	NN
19138	804	8	RESONANCE	resonance	NN
19138	804	9	As	as	IN
19138	804	10	in	in	IN
19138	804	11	Exercise	Exercise	NNP
19138	804	12	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	804	13	,	,	,
19138	804	14	sing	sing	VB
19138	804	15	softly	softly	RB
19138	804	16	,	,	,
19138	804	17	seeking	seek	VBG
19138	804	18	purity	purity	NN
19138	804	19	of	of	IN
19138	804	20	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	804	21	sounds	sound	NNS
19138	804	22	and	and	CC
19138	804	23	quality	quality	NN
19138	804	24	of	of	IN
19138	804	25	tone	tone	NN
19138	804	26	.	.	.
19138	805	1	Fully	fully	RB
19138	805	2	pronounce	pronounce	NN
19138	805	3	_	_	NNP
19138	805	4	hung	hang	VBD
19138	805	5	_	_	NNP
19138	805	6	at	at	IN
19138	805	7	once	once	RB
19138	805	8	,	,	,
19138	805	9	prolonging	prolong	VBG
19138	805	10	the	the	DT
19138	805	11	_	_	NNP
19138	805	12	ng	ng	NNP
19138	805	13	_	_	NNP
19138	805	14	four	four	CD
19138	805	15	counts	count	NNS
19138	805	16	as	as	IN
19138	805	17	indicated	indicate	VBN
19138	805	18	.	.	.
19138	806	1	Pass	pass	VB
19138	806	2	from	from	IN
19138	806	3	one	one	CD
19138	806	4	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	806	5	to	to	IN
19138	806	6	the	the	DT
19138	806	7	next	next	JJ
19138	806	8	with	with	IN
19138	806	9	the	the	DT
19138	806	10	least	least	JJS
19138	806	11	possible	possible	JJ
19138	806	12	change	change	NN
19138	806	13	in	in	IN
19138	806	14	the	the	DT
19138	806	15	position	position	NN
19138	806	16	of	of	IN
19138	806	17	the	the	DT
19138	806	18	lips	lip	NNS
19138	806	19	and	and	CC
19138	806	20	chin	chin	NN
19138	806	21	.	.	.
19138	807	1	The	the	DT
19138	807	2	stream	stream	NN
19138	807	3	of	of	IN
19138	807	4	sound	sound	NN
19138	807	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	807	6	to	to	TO
19138	807	7	be	be	VB
19138	807	8	unbroken	unbroken	JJ
19138	807	9	,	,	,
19138	807	10	the	the	DT
19138	807	11	tone	tone	NN
19138	807	12	focus	focus	NN
19138	807	13	unchanged	unchanged	JJ
19138	807	14	,	,	,
19138	807	15	and	and	CC
19138	807	16	the	the	DT
19138	807	17	sensation	sensation	NN
19138	807	18	of	of	IN
19138	807	19	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	807	20	in	in	IN
19138	807	21	the	the	DT
19138	807	22	upper	upper	JJ
19138	807	23	chambers	chamber	NNS
19138	807	24	continuous	continuous	JJ
19138	807	25	.	.	.
19138	808	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	808	2	Music	music	NN
19138	808	3	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	808	4	:	:	:
19138	808	5	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	808	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	808	7	ee	ee	NNP
19138	808	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	808	9	oo	oo	JJ
19138	808	10	-	-	HYPH
19138	808	11	oh	oh	UH
19138	808	12	-	-	HYPH
19138	808	13	aw	aw	UH
19138	808	14	-	-	HYPH
19138	808	15	ah	ah	UH
19138	808	16	_	_	NNP
19138	808	17	etc	etc	FW
19138	808	18	.	.	.
19138	808	19	_	_	NNP
19138	808	20	]	]	-RRB-
19138	808	21	[	[	-LRB-
19138	808	22	Music	music	NN
19138	808	23	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	808	24	:	:	:
19138	808	25	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	808	26	-	-	HYPH
19138	808	27	ee	ee	NNP
19138	808	28	-	-	HYPH
19138	808	29	oo	oo	JJ
19138	808	30	-	-	HYPH
19138	808	31	oh	oh	UH
19138	808	32	-	-	HYPH
19138	808	33	aw	aw	UH
19138	808	34	-	-	HYPH
19138	808	35	ah	ah	UH
19138	808	36	_	_	NNP
19138	808	37	etc	etc	FW
19138	808	38	.	.	.
19138	808	39	_	_	NNP
19138	808	40	]	]	-RRB-
19138	808	41	Exercise	exercise	NN
19138	808	42	III	iii	CD
19138	808	43	UPPER	upper	NN
19138	808	44	RESONANCE	resonance	NN
19138	808	45	CONTINUED	CONTINUED	NNS
19138	808	46	Follow	follow	VBP
19138	808	47	the	the	DT
19138	808	48	directions	direction	NNS
19138	808	49	for	for	IN
19138	808	50	Exercise	exercise	NN
19138	808	51	I.	i.	NN
19138	809	1	Sing	sing	VB
19138	809	2	quietly	quietly	RB
19138	809	3	in	in	IN
19138	809	4	a	a	DT
19138	809	5	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	809	6	that	that	WDT
19138	809	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	809	8	easy	easy	JJ
19138	809	9	for	for	IN
19138	809	10	the	the	DT
19138	809	11	voice	voice	NN
19138	809	12	,	,	,
19138	809	13	and	and	CC
19138	809	14	modulate	modulate	VB
19138	809	15	up	up	RP
19138	809	16	or	or	CC
19138	809	17	down	down	RB
19138	809	18	by	by	IN
19138	809	19	half	half	JJ
19138	809	20	steps	step	NNS
19138	809	21	.	.	.
19138	810	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	810	2	Music	music	NN
19138	810	3	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	810	4	:	:	:
19138	810	5	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	810	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	810	7	ee	ee	NNP
19138	810	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	810	9	oo	oo	JJ
19138	810	10	-	-	HYPH
19138	810	11	oh	oh	UH
19138	810	12	-	-	HYPH
19138	810	13	aw	aw	UH
19138	810	14	-	-	HYPH
19138	810	15	ah	ah	UH
19138	810	16	_	_	NNP
19138	810	17	etc	etc	FW
19138	810	18	.	.	.
19138	810	19	_	_	NNP
19138	810	20	]	]	-RRB-
19138	810	21	Exercise	Exercise	NNP
19138	810	22	IV	IV	NNP
19138	810	23	UPPER	upper	JJ
19138	810	24	RESONANCE	resonance	NN
19138	810	25	CONTINUED	CONTINUED	NNS
19138	810	26	The	the	DT
19138	810	27	last	last	JJ
19138	810	28	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	810	29	carried	carry	VBD
19138	810	30	the	the	DT
19138	810	31	voice	voice	NN
19138	810	32	an	an	DT
19138	810	33	interval	interval	NN
19138	810	34	of	of	IN
19138	810	35	a	a	DT
19138	810	36	third	third	JJ
19138	810	37	;	;	:
19138	810	38	this	this	DT
19138	810	39	carries	carry	VBZ
19138	810	40	the	the	DT
19138	810	41	voice	voice	NN
19138	810	42	an	an	DT
19138	810	43	interval	interval	NN
19138	810	44	of	of	IN
19138	810	45	a	a	DT
19138	810	46	fifth	fifth	NN
19138	810	47	.	.	.
19138	811	1	Follow	follow	VB
19138	811	2	carefully	carefully	RB
19138	811	3	the	the	DT
19138	811	4	directions	direction	NNS
19138	811	5	of	of	IN
19138	811	6	Exercise	Exercise	NNP
19138	811	7	I.	i.	NN
19138	812	1	Be	be	VB
19138	812	2	sure	sure	JJ
19138	812	3	to	to	IN
19138	812	4	pronounce	pronounce	NNP
19138	812	5	_	_	NNP
19138	812	6	hung	hang	VBD
19138	812	7	_	_	NNP
19138	812	8	at	at	IN
19138	812	9	once	once	RB
19138	812	10	,	,	,
19138	812	11	prolonging	prolong	VBG
19138	812	12	the	the	DT
19138	812	13	tone	tone	NN
19138	812	14	not	not	RB
19138	812	15	on	on	IN
19138	812	16	the	the	DT
19138	812	17	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	812	18	but	but	CC
19138	812	19	on	on	IN
19138	812	20	the	the	DT
19138	812	21	_	_	NNP
19138	812	22	ng	ng	NNP
19138	812	23	_	_	NNP
19138	812	24	.	.	.
19138	813	1	_	_	NNP
19138	813	2	Sing	sing	VB
19138	813	3	softly	softly	RB
19138	813	4	.	.	.
19138	813	5	_	_	NNP
19138	813	6	Vary	Vary	NNP
19138	813	7	the	the	DT
19138	813	8	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	813	9	to	to	TO
19138	813	10	suit	suit	VB
19138	813	11	the	the	DT
19138	813	12	voice	voice	NN
19138	813	13	.	.	.
19138	814	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	814	2	Music	music	NN
19138	814	3	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	814	4	:	:	:
19138	814	5	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	814	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	814	7	ee	ee	NNP
19138	814	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	814	9	oo	oo	JJ
19138	814	10	-	-	HYPH
19138	814	11	oh	oh	UH
19138	814	12	-	-	HYPH
19138	814	13	aw	aw	UH
19138	814	14	-	-	HYPH
19138	814	15	ah	ah	UH
19138	814	16	_	_	NNP
19138	814	17	etc	etc	FW
19138	814	18	.	.	.
19138	814	19	_	_	NNP
19138	814	20	]	]	-RRB-
19138	814	21	Exercise	exercise	NN
19138	814	22	V	v	NN
19138	814	23	UPPER	upper	NN
19138	814	24	RESONANCE	resonance	NN
19138	814	25	CONTINUED	CONTINUED	NNS
19138	814	26	The	the	DT
19138	814	27	last	last	JJ
19138	814	28	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	814	29	carried	carry	VBD
19138	814	30	the	the	DT
19138	814	31	voice	voice	NN
19138	814	32	an	an	DT
19138	814	33	interval	interval	NN
19138	814	34	of	of	IN
19138	814	35	a	a	DT
19138	814	36	fifth	fifth	JJ
19138	814	37	,	,	,
19138	814	38	this	this	DT
19138	814	39	one	one	NN
19138	814	40	has	have	VBZ
19138	814	41	a	a	DT
19138	814	42	range	range	NN
19138	814	43	of	of	IN
19138	814	44	a	a	DT
19138	814	45	sixth	sixth	JJ
19138	814	46	,	,	,
19138	814	47	while	while	IN
19138	814	48	Exercise	Exercise	NNP
19138	814	49	VI	VI	NNP
19138	814	50	has	have	VBZ
19138	814	51	a	a	DT
19138	814	52	range	range	NN
19138	814	53	of	of	IN
19138	814	54	an	an	DT
19138	814	55	octave	octave	NN
19138	814	56	.	.	.
19138	815	1	Carefully	carefully	RB
19138	815	2	follow	follow	VB
19138	815	3	the	the	DT
19138	815	4	Important	important	JJ
19138	815	5	Directions	Directions	NNPS
19138	815	6	on	on	IN
19138	815	7	page	page	NN
19138	815	8	60	60	CD
19138	815	9	.	.	.
19138	816	1	_	_	NNP
19138	816	2	Sing	Sing	NNP
19138	816	3	softly	softly	RB
19138	816	4	_	_	NNP
19138	816	5	in	in	IN
19138	816	6	a	a	DT
19138	816	7	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	816	8	that	that	WDT
19138	816	9	is	be	VBZ
19138	816	10	easy	easy	JJ
19138	816	11	for	for	IN
19138	816	12	the	the	DT
19138	816	13	voice	voice	NN
19138	816	14	.	.	.
19138	817	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	817	2	Music	music	NN
19138	817	3	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	817	4	:	:	:
19138	817	5	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	817	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	817	7	ee	ee	NNP
19138	817	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	817	9	oo	oo	JJ
19138	817	10	-	-	HYPH
19138	817	11	oh	oh	UH
19138	817	12	-	-	HYPH
19138	817	13	aw	aw	UH
19138	817	14	-	-	HYPH
19138	817	15	ah	ah	UH
19138	817	16	_	_	NNP
19138	817	17	etc	etc	FW
19138	817	18	.	.	.
19138	817	19	_	_	NNP
19138	817	20	]	]	-RRB-
19138	817	21	[	[	-LRB-
19138	817	22	Music	music	NN
19138	817	23	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	817	24	:	:	:
19138	817	25	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	817	26	-	-	HYPH
19138	817	27	ee	ee	NNP
19138	817	28	-	-	HYPH
19138	817	29	oo	oo	JJ
19138	817	30	-	-	HYPH
19138	817	31	oh	oh	UH
19138	817	32	-	-	HYPH
19138	817	33	aw	aw	UH
19138	817	34	-	-	HYPH
19138	817	35	ah	ah	UH
19138	817	36	_	_	NNP
19138	817	37	etc	etc	FW
19138	817	38	.	.	.
19138	817	39	_	_	NNP
19138	817	40	]	]	-RRB-
19138	817	41	Exercise	exercise	VB
19138	817	42	VI	VI	NNP
19138	817	43	TO	to	TO
19138	817	44	ENLARGE	enlarge	VB
19138	817	45	THE	the	DT
19138	817	46	THROAT	throat	NN
19138	817	47	AND	and	CC
19138	817	48	THUS	thus	NN
19138	817	49	MAGNIFY	magnify	JJ
19138	817	50	THE	the	DT
19138	817	51	TONE	tone	NN
19138	817	52	Pronounce	pronounce	NN
19138	817	53	the	the	DT
19138	817	54	word	word	NN
19138	817	55	_	_	NNP
19138	817	56	hung	hang	VBD
19138	817	57	_	_	NNP
19138	817	58	at	at	IN
19138	817	59	once	once	RB
19138	817	60	,	,	,
19138	817	61	opening	open	VBG
19138	817	62	the	the	DT
19138	817	63	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	817	64	well	well	RB
19138	817	65	.	.	.
19138	818	1	Prolonging	prolong	VBG
19138	818	2	the	the	DT
19138	818	3	_	_	NNP
19138	818	4	ng	ng	NNP
19138	818	5	_	_	NNP
19138	818	6	sound	sound	NN
19138	818	7	as	as	IN
19138	818	8	indicated	indicate	VBN
19138	818	9	will	will	MD
19138	818	10	insure	insure	VB
19138	818	11	the	the	DT
19138	818	12	proper	proper	JJ
19138	818	13	focus	focus	NN
19138	818	14	.	.	.
19138	819	1	Sing	sing	VB
19138	819	2	the	the	DT
19138	819	3	five	five	CD
19138	819	4	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	819	5	sounds	sound	VBZ
19138	819	6	throughout	throughout	IN
19138	819	7	the	the	DT
19138	819	8	scale	scale	NN
19138	819	9	as	as	IN
19138	819	10	indicated	indicate	VBN
19138	819	11	.	.	.
19138	820	1	At	at	IN
19138	820	2	first	first	JJ
19138	820	3	practise	practise	NN
19138	820	4	only	only	RB
19138	820	5	on	on	IN
19138	820	6	scales	scale	NNS
19138	820	7	that	that	WDT
19138	820	8	are	be	VBP
19138	820	9	in	in	IN
19138	820	10	easy	easy	JJ
19138	820	11	range	range	NN
19138	820	12	.	.	.
19138	821	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	821	2	Music	music	NN
19138	821	3	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	821	4	:	:	:
19138	821	5	1	1	LS
19138	821	6	.	.	.
19138	822	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	822	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	822	3	ee	ee	NNP
19138	822	4	2	2	CD
19138	822	5	.	.	.
19138	823	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	823	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	823	3	oo	oo	NNP
19138	823	4	3	3	CD
19138	823	5	.	.	.
19138	824	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	824	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	824	3	oh	oh	NNP
19138	824	4	4	4	CD
19138	824	5	.	.	.
19138	825	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	825	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	825	3	aw	aw	NNP
19138	825	4	5	5	CD
19138	825	5	.	.	.
19138	826	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	826	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	826	3	ah	ah	UH
19138	826	4	_	_	NNP
19138	826	5	etc	etc	FW
19138	826	6	.	.	.
19138	826	7	_	_	NNP
19138	826	8	]	]	-RRB-
19138	826	9	VIa	VIa	NNP
19138	826	10	[	[	-LRB-
19138	826	11	Music	music	NN
19138	826	12	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	826	13	:	:	:
19138	826	14	1	1	LS
19138	826	15	.	.	.
19138	827	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	827	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	827	3	ee	ee	NNP
19138	827	4	2	2	CD
19138	827	5	.	.	.
19138	828	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	828	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	828	3	oo	oo	NNP
19138	828	4	3	3	CD
19138	828	5	.	.	.
19138	829	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	829	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	829	3	oh	oh	NNP
19138	829	4	4	4	CD
19138	829	5	.	.	.
19138	830	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	830	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	830	3	aw	aw	NNP
19138	830	4	5	5	CD
19138	830	5	.	.	.
19138	831	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	831	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	831	3	ah	ah	UH
19138	831	4	_	_	NNP
19138	831	5	etc	etc	FW
19138	831	6	.	.	.
19138	831	7	_	_	NNP
19138	831	8	]	]	-RRB-
19138	831	9	Exercise	exercise	NN
19138	831	10	VII	vii	NN
19138	831	11	FOR	for	IN
19138	831	12	PRODUCTION	production	NN
19138	831	13	OF	of	IN
19138	831	14	THE	the	DT
19138	831	15	VOWEL	vowel	NN
19138	831	16	SOUNDS	sound	VBZ
19138	831	17	IN	in	IN
19138	831	18	PROPER	proper	NN
19138	831	19	FOCUS	FOCUS	NNP
19138	831	20	Produce	produce	VBP
19138	831	21	the	the	DT
19138	831	22	_	_	NNP
19138	831	23	hung	hang	VBD
19138	831	24	_	_	NNP
19138	831	25	at	at	IN
19138	831	26	once	once	RB
19138	831	27	,	,	,
19138	831	28	and	and	CC
19138	831	29	add	add	VB
19138	831	30	the	the	DT
19138	831	31	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	831	32	.	.	.
19138	832	1	_	_	NNP
19138	832	2	Be	be	VB
19138	832	3	sure	sure	JJ
19138	832	4	that	that	IN
19138	832	5	the	the	DT
19138	832	6	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	832	7	sound	sound	NN
19138	832	8	follows	follow	VBZ
19138	832	9	the	the	DT
19138	832	10	same	same	JJ
19138	832	11	course	course	NN
19138	832	12	as	as	IN
19138	832	13	the	the	DT
19138	832	14	"	"	``
19138	832	15	ng	ng	NN
19138	832	16	"	"	''
19138	832	17	sound	sound	NN
19138	832	18	which	which	WDT
19138	832	19	precedes	precede	VBZ
19138	832	20	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	832	21	,	,	,
19138	832	22	and	and	CC
19138	832	23	produces	produce	VBZ
19138	832	24	the	the	DT
19138	832	25	same	same	JJ
19138	832	26	sensation	sensation	NN
19138	832	27	in	in	IN
19138	832	28	the	the	DT
19138	832	29	nose	nose	NN
19138	832	30	.	.	.
19138	832	31	_	_	NNP
19138	832	32	The	the	DT
19138	832	33	vowels	vowel	NNS
19138	832	34	are	be	VBP
19138	832	35	arranged	arrange	VBN
19138	832	36	in	in	IN
19138	832	37	the	the	DT
19138	832	38	order	order	NN
19138	832	39	chosen	choose	VBN
19138	832	40	because	because	IN
19138	832	41	_	_	NNP
19138	832	42	ee	ee	NNP
19138	832	43	_	_	NNP
19138	832	44	is	be	VBZ
19138	832	45	the	the	DT
19138	832	46	most	most	RBS
19138	832	47	easily	easily	RB
19138	832	48	focused	focus	VBN
19138	832	49	while	while	IN
19138	832	50	_	_	NNP
19138	832	51	ah	ah	UH
19138	832	52	_	_	NNP
19138	832	53	is	be	VBZ
19138	832	54	by	by	IN
19138	832	55	far	far	RB
19138	832	56	the	the	DT
19138	832	57	most	most	RBS
19138	832	58	difficult	difficult	JJ
19138	832	59	to	to	TO
19138	832	60	focus	focus	VB
19138	832	61	,	,	,
19138	832	62	and	and	CC
19138	832	63	hence	hence	RB
19138	832	64	the	the	DT
19138	832	65	worst	bad	JJS
19138	832	66	possible	possible	JJ
19138	832	67	sound	sound	NN
19138	832	68	for	for	IN
19138	832	69	initial	initial	JJ
19138	832	70	practice	practice	NN
19138	832	71	.	.	.
19138	833	1	_	_	NNP
19138	833	2	Think	Think	NNP
19138	833	3	_	_	NNP
19138	833	4	of	of	IN
19138	833	5	the	the	DT
19138	833	6	tone	tone	NN
19138	833	7	as	as	IN
19138	833	8	being	be	VBG
19138	833	9	made	make	VBN
19138	833	10	in	in	IN
19138	833	11	the	the	DT
19138	833	12	nose	nose	NN
19138	833	13	and	and	CC
19138	833	14	head	head	NN
19138	833	15	.	.	.
19138	834	1	Let	let	VB
19138	834	2	there	there	EX
19138	834	3	be	be	VB
19138	834	4	no	no	DT
19138	834	5	break	break	NN
19138	834	6	or	or	CC
19138	834	7	stopping	stopping	NN
19138	834	8	of	of	IN
19138	834	9	the	the	DT
19138	834	10	tone	tone	NN
19138	834	11	when	when	WRB
19138	834	12	passing	pass	VBG
19138	834	13	from	from	IN
19138	834	14	the	the	DT
19138	834	15	_	_	NNP
19138	834	16	ng	ng	NNP
19138	834	17	_	_	NNP
19138	834	18	sound	sound	NN
19138	834	19	to	to	IN
19138	834	20	the	the	DT
19138	834	21	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	834	22	.	.	.
19138	835	1	Simply	simply	RB
19138	835	2	change	change	VB
19138	835	3	the	the	DT
19138	835	4	tone	tone	NN
19138	835	5	into	into	IN
19138	835	6	the	the	DT
19138	835	7	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	835	8	desired	desire	VBN
19138	835	9	by	by	IN
19138	835	10	the	the	DT
19138	835	11	proper	proper	JJ
19138	835	12	change	change	NN
19138	835	13	in	in	IN
19138	835	14	the	the	DT
19138	835	15	articulating	articulate	VBG
19138	835	16	organs	organ	NNS
19138	835	17	.	.	.
19138	836	1	Sing	sing	VB
19138	836	2	the	the	DT
19138	836	3	five	five	CD
19138	836	4	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	836	5	sounds	sound	VBZ
19138	836	6	connectedly	connectedly	RB
19138	836	7	,	,	,
19138	836	8	being	be	VBG
19138	836	9	sure	sure	JJ
19138	836	10	that	that	IN
19138	836	11	each	each	DT
19138	836	12	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	836	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	836	14	correctly	correctly	RB
19138	836	15	placed	place	VBN
19138	836	16	before	before	IN
19138	836	17	passing	pass	VBG
19138	836	18	to	to	IN
19138	836	19	the	the	DT
19138	836	20	next	next	JJ
19138	836	21	.	.	.
19138	837	1	The	the	DT
19138	837	2	proper	proper	JJ
19138	837	3	use	use	NN
19138	837	4	of	of	IN
19138	837	5	the	the	DT
19138	837	6	lips	lip	NNS
19138	837	7	will	will	MD
19138	837	8	aid	aid	VB
19138	837	9	greatly	greatly	RB
19138	837	10	in	in	IN
19138	837	11	focusing	focus	VBG
19138	837	12	the	the	DT
19138	837	13	vowels	vowel	NNS
19138	837	14	.	.	.
19138	838	1	Start	start	VB
19138	838	2	with	with	IN
19138	838	3	the	the	DT
19138	838	4	scale	scale	NN
19138	838	5	that	that	WDT
19138	838	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	838	7	in	in	IN
19138	838	8	comfortable	comfortable	JJ
19138	838	9	range	range	NN
19138	838	10	.	.	.
19138	839	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	839	2	Music	music	NN
19138	839	3	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	839	4	:	:	:
19138	839	5	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	839	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	839	7	ee	ee	NNP
19138	839	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	839	9	oo	oo	JJ
19138	839	10	-	-	HYPH
19138	839	11	oh	oh	UH
19138	839	12	-	-	HYPH
19138	839	13	aw	aw	UH
19138	839	14	-	-	HYPH
19138	839	15	ah	ah	UH
19138	839	16	_	_	NNP
19138	839	17	etc	etc	FW
19138	839	18	.	.	.
19138	839	19	_	_	NNP
19138	839	20	]	]	-RRB-
19138	839	21	[	[	-LRB-
19138	839	22	Music	music	NN
19138	839	23	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	839	24	:	:	:
19138	839	25	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	839	26	-	-	HYPH
19138	839	27	ee	ee	NNP
19138	839	28	-	-	HYPH
19138	839	29	oo	oo	JJ
19138	839	30	-	-	HYPH
19138	839	31	oh	oh	UH
19138	839	32	-	-	HYPH
19138	839	33	aw	aw	UH
19138	839	34	-	-	HYPH
19138	839	35	ah	ah	UH
19138	839	36	_	_	NNP
19138	839	37	etc	etc	FW
19138	839	38	.	.	.
19138	839	39	_	_	NNP
19138	839	40	]	]	-RRB-
19138	839	41	Exercise	exercise	NN
19138	839	42	VIII	viii	NN
19138	839	43	TO	to	IN
19138	839	44	ENLARGE	ENLARGE	NNP
19138	839	45	THE	the	DT
19138	839	46	THROAT	throat	NN
19138	839	47	AND	and	CC
19138	839	48	FOCUS	focus	VB
19138	839	49	THE	the	DT
19138	839	50	VOWELS	VOWELS	NNP
19138	839	51	Open	open	VBP
19138	839	52	the	the	DT
19138	839	53	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	839	54	well	well	RB
19138	839	55	and	and	CC
19138	839	56	be	be	VB
19138	839	57	sure	sure	JJ
19138	839	58	that	that	IN
19138	839	59	the	the	DT
19138	839	60	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	839	61	sounds	sound	NNS
19138	839	62	are	be	VBP
19138	839	63	delivered	deliver	VBN
19138	839	64	as	as	IN
19138	839	65	in	in	IN
19138	839	66	the	the	DT
19138	839	67	previous	previous	JJ
19138	839	68	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	839	69	;	;	:
19138	839	70	this	this	DT
19138	839	71	will	will	MD
19138	839	72	insure	insure	VB
19138	839	73	largeness	largeness	NN
19138	839	74	with	with	IN
19138	839	75	proper	proper	JJ
19138	839	76	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	839	77	.	.	.
19138	840	1	When	when	WRB
19138	840	2	practising	practise	VBG
19138	840	3	this	this	DT
19138	840	4	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	840	5	,	,	,
19138	840	6	be	be	VB
19138	840	7	careful	careful	JJ
19138	840	8	,	,	,
19138	840	9	as	as	IN
19138	840	10	with	with	IN
19138	840	11	the	the	DT
19138	840	12	others	other	NNS
19138	840	13	,	,	,
19138	840	14	that	that	IN
19138	840	15	each	each	DT
19138	840	16	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	840	17	sound	sound	NN
19138	840	18	in	in	IN
19138	840	19	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	840	20	order	order	NN
19138	840	21	is	be	VBZ
19138	840	22	correctly	correctly	RB
19138	840	23	given	give	VBN
19138	840	24	before	before	IN
19138	840	25	passing	pass	VBG
19138	840	26	to	to	IN
19138	840	27	the	the	DT
19138	840	28	next	next	JJ
19138	840	29	.	.	.
19138	841	1	Only	only	RB
19138	841	2	in	in	IN
19138	841	3	this	this	DT
19138	841	4	way	way	NN
19138	841	5	can	can	MD
19138	841	6	rapid	rapid	JJ
19138	841	7	progress	progress	NN
19138	841	8	be	be	VB
19138	841	9	made	make	VBN
19138	841	10	.	.	.
19138	842	1	The	the	DT
19138	842	2	words	word	NNS
19138	842	3	_	_	NNP
19138	842	4	bing	bing	NN
19138	842	5	_	_	NNP
19138	842	6	,	,	,
19138	842	7	_	_	NNP
19138	842	8	sing	sing	NN
19138	842	9	_	_	NNP
19138	842	10	,	,	,
19138	842	11	_	_	NNP
19138	842	12	ting	ting	NNP
19138	842	13	_	_	NNP
19138	842	14	,	,	,
19138	842	15	_	_	NNP
19138	842	16	fling	fling	NN
19138	842	17	_	_	NNP
19138	842	18	,	,	,
19138	842	19	_	_	NNP
19138	842	20	swing	swing	NN
19138	842	21	_	_	NNP
19138	842	22	are	be	VBP
19138	842	23	excellent	excellent	JJ
19138	842	24	to	to	TO
19138	842	25	use	use	VB
19138	842	26	for	for	IN
19138	842	27	further	further	JJ
19138	842	28	practice	practice	NN
19138	842	29	.	.	.
19138	843	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	843	2	Music	music	NN
19138	843	3	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	843	4	:	:	:
19138	843	5	1	1	LS
19138	843	6	.	.	.
19138	844	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	844	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	844	3	ee	ee	NNP
19138	844	4	2	2	CD
19138	844	5	.	.	.
19138	845	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	845	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	845	3	oo	oo	NNP
19138	845	4	3	3	CD
19138	845	5	.	.	.
19138	846	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	846	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	846	3	oh	oh	NNP
19138	846	4	4	4	CD
19138	846	5	.	.	.
19138	847	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	847	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	847	3	aw	aw	NNP
19138	847	4	5	5	CD
19138	847	5	.	.	.
19138	848	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	848	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	848	3	ah	ah	UH
19138	848	4	_	_	NNP
19138	848	5	etc	etc	FW
19138	848	6	.	.	.
19138	848	7	_	_	NNP
19138	848	8	]	]	-RRB-
19138	848	9	[	[	-LRB-
19138	848	10	Music	music	NN
19138	848	11	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	848	12	:	:	:
19138	848	13	1	1	LS
19138	848	14	.	.	.
19138	849	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	849	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	849	3	ee	ee	NNP
19138	849	4	2	2	CD
19138	849	5	.	.	.
19138	850	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	850	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	850	3	oo	oo	NNP
19138	850	4	3	3	CD
19138	850	5	.	.	.
19138	851	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	851	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	851	3	oh	oh	NNP
19138	851	4	4	4	CD
19138	851	5	.	.	.
19138	852	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	852	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	852	3	aw	aw	NNP
19138	852	4	5	5	CD
19138	852	5	.	.	.
19138	853	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	853	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	853	3	ah	ah	UH
19138	853	4	_	_	NNP
19138	853	5	etc	etc	FW
19138	853	6	.	.	.
19138	853	7	_	_	NNP
19138	853	8	]	]	-RRB-
19138	853	9	Exercise	Exercise	NNP
19138	853	10	IX	IX	NNP
19138	853	11	QUICK	QUICK	NNP
19138	853	12	CHANGING	change	VBN
19138	853	13	NOTES	note	NNS
19138	853	14	WITHOUT	without	IN
19138	853	15	CHANGING	changing	NN
19138	853	16	RESONANCE	resonance	NN
19138	853	17	The	the	DT
19138	853	18	important	important	JJ
19138	853	19	point	point	NN
19138	853	20	in	in	IN
19138	853	21	this	this	DT
19138	853	22	flexible	flexible	JJ
19138	853	23	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	853	24	is	be	VBZ
19138	853	25	to	to	TO
19138	853	26	_	_	NNP
19138	853	27	keep	keep	VB
19138	853	28	the	the	DT
19138	853	29	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	853	30	-	-	HYPH
19138	853	31	color	color	NN
19138	853	32	,	,	,
19138	853	33	the	the	DT
19138	853	34	focus	focus	NN
19138	853	35	or	or	CC
19138	853	36	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	853	37	,	,	,
19138	853	38	unchanged	unchanged	JJ
19138	853	39	throughout	throughout	IN
19138	853	40	the	the	DT
19138	853	41	phrase	phrase	NN
19138	853	42	_	_	NNP
19138	853	43	.	.	.
19138	854	1	Begin	begin	VB
19138	854	2	quietly	quietly	RB
19138	854	3	,	,	,
19138	854	4	give	give	VB
19138	854	5	the	the	DT
19138	854	6	_	_	NNP
19138	854	7	ng	ng	NN
19138	854	8	_	_	NNP
19138	854	9	freedom	freedom	NN
19138	854	10	and	and	CC
19138	854	11	the	the	DT
19138	854	12	upper	upper	JJ
19138	854	13	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	854	14	will	will	MD
19138	854	15	adjust	adjust	VB
19138	854	16	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	854	17	.	.	.
19138	855	1	This	this	DT
19138	855	2	phrase	phrase	NN
19138	855	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	855	4	longer	long	JJR
19138	855	5	than	than	IN
19138	855	6	in	in	IN
19138	855	7	previous	previous	JJ
19138	855	8	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	855	9	;	;	:
19138	855	10	be	be	VB
19138	855	11	sure	sure	JJ
19138	855	12	then	then	RB
19138	855	13	that	that	IN
19138	855	14	you	-PRON-	PRP
19138	855	15	still	still	RB
19138	855	16	have	have	VBP
19138	855	17	breath	breath	NN
19138	855	18	at	at	IN
19138	855	19	the	the	DT
19138	855	20	end	end	NN
19138	855	21	--	--	:
19138	855	22	breath	breath	NN
19138	855	23	enough	enough	RB
19138	855	24	to	to	TO
19138	855	25	sing	sing	VB
19138	855	26	further	further	RB
19138	855	27	.	.	.
19138	856	1	Sing	sing	VB
19138	856	2	quietly	quietly	RB
19138	856	3	.	.	.
19138	857	1	Pitch	pitch	VB
19138	857	2	the	the	DT
19138	857	3	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	857	4	to	to	TO
19138	857	5	suit	suit	VB
19138	857	6	the	the	DT
19138	857	7	voice	voice	NN
19138	857	8	.	.	.
19138	858	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	858	2	Music	music	NN
19138	858	3	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	858	4	:	:	:
19138	858	5	1	1	LS
19138	858	6	.	.	.
19138	859	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	859	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	859	3	ee	ee	NNP
19138	859	4	2	2	CD
19138	859	5	.	.	.
19138	860	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	860	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	860	3	oo	oo	NNP
19138	860	4	3	3	CD
19138	860	5	.	.	.
19138	861	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	861	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	861	3	oh	oh	NNP
19138	861	4	4	4	CD
19138	861	5	.	.	.
19138	862	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	862	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	862	3	aw	aw	NNP
19138	862	4	5	5	CD
19138	862	5	.	.	.
19138	863	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	863	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	863	3	ah	ah	UH
19138	863	4	_	_	NNP
19138	863	5	etc	etc	FW
19138	863	6	.	.	.
19138	863	7	_	_	NNP
19138	863	8	]	]	-RRB-
19138	863	9	Exercise	exercise	NN
19138	863	10	X	x	NN
19138	863	11	FOR	for	IN
19138	863	12	AGILITY	agility	NN
19138	863	13	Sing	sing	VB
19138	863	14	each	each	DT
19138	863	15	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	863	16	sound	sound	NN
19138	863	17	separately	separately	RB
19138	863	18	before	before	IN
19138	863	19	passing	pass	VBG
19138	863	20	to	to	IN
19138	863	21	the	the	DT
19138	863	22	next	next	JJ
19138	863	23	.	.	.
19138	864	1	Be	be	VB
19138	864	2	sure	sure	JJ
19138	864	3	to	to	TO
19138	864	4	start	start	VB
19138	864	5	each	each	DT
19138	864	6	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	864	7	sound	sound	NN
19138	864	8	in	in	IN
19138	864	9	purity	purity	NN
19138	864	10	and	and	CC
19138	864	11	maintain	maintain	VB
19138	864	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	864	13	without	without	IN
19138	864	14	change	change	NN
19138	864	15	.	.	.
19138	865	1	Pitch	pitch	VB
19138	865	2	the	the	DT
19138	865	3	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	865	4	to	to	TO
19138	865	5	suit	suit	VB
19138	865	6	the	the	DT
19138	865	7	voice	voice	NN
19138	865	8	.	.	.
19138	866	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	866	2	Music	music	NN
19138	866	3	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	866	4	:	:	:
19138	866	5	1	1	LS
19138	866	6	.	.	.
19138	867	1	Ee	Ee	NNP
19138	867	2	2	2	CD
19138	867	3	.	.	.
19138	868	1	Oo	oo	RB
19138	868	2	3	3	CD
19138	868	3	.	.	.
19138	869	1	Oh	oh	UH
19138	869	2	4	4	CD
19138	869	3	.	.	.
19138	870	1	Aw	Aw	NNP
19138	870	2	5	5	CD
19138	870	3	.	.	.
19138	871	1	Ah	ah	UH
19138	871	2	_	_	NNP
19138	871	3	etc	etc	FW
19138	871	4	.	.	.
19138	871	5	_	_	NNP
19138	871	6	]	]	-RRB-
19138	871	7	For	for	IN
19138	871	8	variants	variant	NNS
19138	871	9	on	on	IN
19138	871	10	the	the	DT
19138	871	11	above	above	JJ
19138	871	12	use	use	NN
19138	871	13	as	as	IN
19138	871	14	initial	initial	JJ
19138	871	15	consonants	consonant	NNS
19138	871	16	_	_	NNP
19138	871	17	b	b	NNP
19138	871	18	_	_	NNP
19138	871	19	,	,	,
19138	871	20	_	_	NNP
19138	871	21	p	p	NNP
19138	871	22	_	_	NNP
19138	871	23	,	,	,
19138	871	24	_	_	NNP
19138	871	25	m	m	NNP
19138	871	26	_	_	NNP
19138	871	27	,	,	,
19138	871	28	_	_	NNP
19138	871	29	f	f	NNP
19138	871	30	_	_	NNP
19138	871	31	,	,	,
19138	871	32	_	_	NNP
19138	871	33	v	v	NNP
19138	871	34	_	_	NNP
19138	871	35	,	,	,
19138	871	36	_	_	NNP
19138	871	37	d	d	NNP
19138	871	38	_	_	NNP
19138	871	39	,	,	,
19138	871	40	_	_	NNP
19138	871	41	k	k	NNP
19138	871	42	_	_	NNP
19138	871	43	,	,	,
19138	871	44	_	_	NNP
19138	871	45	n	n	NNP
19138	871	46	_	_	NNP
19138	871	47	,	,	,
19138	871	48	_	_	NNP
19138	871	49	t	t	NNP
19138	871	50	_	_	NNP
19138	871	51	,	,	,
19138	871	52	and	and	CC
19138	871	53	_	_	NNP
19138	871	54	l	l	NNP
19138	871	55	_	_	NNP
19138	871	56	.	.	.
19138	872	1	Exercise	exercise	NN
19138	872	2	XI	xi	NN
19138	872	3	TO	to	TO
19138	872	4	DEVELOP	develop	VB
19138	872	5	THE	the	DT
19138	872	6	USE	USE	NNP
19138	872	7	OF	of	IN
19138	872	8	THE	the	DT
19138	872	9	LIPS	lips	JJ
19138	872	10	AND	and	CC
19138	872	11	UNDER	under	IN
19138	872	12	JAW	JAW	NNP
19138	872	13	When	when	WRB
19138	872	14	practising	practise	VBG
19138	872	15	this	this	DT
19138	872	16	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	872	17	protrude	protrude	VB
19138	872	18	the	the	DT
19138	872	19	lips	lip	NNS
19138	872	20	and	and	CC
19138	872	21	raise	raise	VB
19138	872	22	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	872	23	toward	toward	IN
19138	872	24	the	the	DT
19138	872	25	nose	nose	NN
19138	872	26	as	as	RB
19138	872	27	far	far	RB
19138	872	28	as	as	IN
19138	872	29	possible	possible	JJ
19138	872	30	;	;	:
19138	872	31	also	also	RB
19138	872	32	make	make	VB
19138	872	33	an	an	DT
19138	872	34	effort	effort	NN
19138	872	35	to	to	TO
19138	872	36	enlarge	enlarge	VB
19138	872	37	and	and	CC
19138	872	38	widen	widen	VB
19138	872	39	the	the	DT
19138	872	40	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	872	41	.	.	.
19138	873	1	This	this	DT
19138	873	2	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	873	3	may	may	MD
19138	873	4	be	be	VB
19138	873	5	practised	practise	VBN
19138	873	6	more	more	RBR
19138	873	7	quickly	quickly	RB
19138	873	8	than	than	IN
19138	873	9	the	the	DT
19138	873	10	preceding	preceding	NN
19138	873	11	,	,	,
19138	873	12	but	but	CC
19138	873	13	never	never	RB
19138	873	14	at	at	IN
19138	873	15	the	the	DT
19138	873	16	expense	expense	NN
19138	873	17	of	of	IN
19138	873	18	clearness	clearness	NN
19138	873	19	of	of	IN
19138	873	20	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	873	21	distinction	distinction	NN
19138	873	22	.	.	.
19138	874	1	Carry	carry	VB
19138	874	2	the	the	DT
19138	874	3	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	874	4	higher	higher	RBR
19138	874	5	or	or	CC
19138	874	6	lower	lower	RBR
19138	874	7	,	,	,
19138	874	8	and	and	CC
19138	874	9	in	in	IN
19138	874	10	different	different	JJ
19138	874	11	keys	key	NNS
19138	874	12	,	,	,
19138	874	13	to	to	TO
19138	874	14	suit	suit	VB
19138	874	15	individual	individual	JJ
19138	874	16	voices	voice	NNS
19138	874	17	.	.	.
19138	875	1	With	with	IN
19138	875	2	a	a	DT
19138	875	3	slight	slight	JJ
19138	875	4	initial	initial	JJ
19138	875	5	accent	accent	NN
19138	875	6	sing	sing	VB
19138	875	7	each	each	DT
19138	875	8	two	two	CD
19138	875	9	-	-	HYPH
19138	875	10	measure	measure	NN
19138	875	11	section	section	NN
19138	875	12	smoothly	smoothly	RB
19138	875	13	as	as	IN
19138	875	14	one	one	CD
19138	875	15	phrase	phrase	NN
19138	875	16	.	.	.
19138	876	1	Avoid	avoid	VB
19138	876	2	accenting	accent	VBG
19138	876	3	each	each	DT
19138	876	4	separate	separate	JJ
19138	876	5	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	876	6	sound	sound	NN
19138	876	7	.	.	.
19138	877	1	To	to	TO
19138	877	2	do	do	VB
19138	877	3	so	so	RB
19138	877	4	would	would	MD
19138	877	5	produce	produce	VB
19138	877	6	a	a	DT
19138	877	7	series	series	NN
19138	877	8	of	of	IN
19138	877	9	jerks	jerk	NNS
19138	877	10	.	.	.
19138	878	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	878	2	Music	music	NN
19138	878	3	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	878	4	:	:	:
19138	878	5	Ee	Ee	NNP
19138	878	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	878	7	oo	oo	JJ
19138	878	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	878	9	oh	oh	UH
19138	878	10	-	-	HYPH
19138	878	11	aw	aw	UH
19138	878	12	-	-	HYPH
19138	878	13	ah	ah	UH
19138	878	14	_	_	NNP
19138	878	15	etc	etc	FW
19138	878	16	.	.	.
19138	878	17	_	_	NNP
19138	878	18	]	]	-RRB-
19138	878	19	After	after	IN
19138	878	20	practising	practise	VBG
19138	878	21	the	the	DT
19138	878	22	above	above	JJ
19138	878	23	as	as	IN
19138	878	24	written	write	VBN
19138	878	25	modify	modify	VB
19138	878	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	878	27	as	as	IN
19138	878	28	follows	follow	VBZ
19138	878	29	:	:	:
19138	878	30	1	1	CD
19138	878	31	.	.	.
19138	879	1	Bee	Bee	NNP
19138	879	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	879	3	boo	boo	NNP
19138	879	4	-	-	HYPH
19138	879	5	boh	boh	NNP
19138	879	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	879	7	baw	baw	NN
19138	879	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	879	9	bah	bah	NN
19138	879	10	.	.	.
19138	880	1	2	2	LS
19138	880	2	.	.	.
19138	881	1	Pee	Pee	NNP
19138	881	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	881	3	poo	poo	NN
19138	881	4	-	-	HYPH
19138	881	5	poh	poh	CD
19138	881	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	881	7	paw	paw	NN
19138	881	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	881	9	pah	pah	NN
19138	881	10	.	.	.
19138	882	1	3	3	LS
19138	882	2	.	.	.
19138	883	1	Mee	Mee	NNP
19138	883	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	883	3	moo	moo	VB
19138	883	4	-	-	HYPH
19138	883	5	moh	moh	FW
19138	883	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	883	7	maw	maw	NNP
19138	883	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	883	9	mah	mah	NNP
19138	883	10	.	.	.
19138	884	1	4	4	LS
19138	884	2	.	.	.
19138	885	1	Fee	fee	NN
19138	885	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	885	3	foo	foo	NN
19138	885	4	-	-	HYPH
19138	885	5	foh	foh	NN
19138	885	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	885	7	faw	faw	NNP
19138	885	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	885	9	fah	fah	NNP
19138	885	10	.	.	.
19138	886	1	5	5	CD
19138	886	2	.	.	.
19138	887	1	Vee	Vee	NNP
19138	887	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	887	3	voo	voo	NNP
19138	887	4	-	-	HYPH
19138	887	5	voh	voh	JJ
19138	887	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	887	7	vaw	vaw	NN
19138	887	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	887	9	vah	vah	NN
19138	887	10	.	.	.
19138	888	1	6	6	CD
19138	888	2	.	.	.
19138	889	1	Dee	dee	JJ
19138	889	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	889	3	doo	doo	CD
19138	889	4	-	-	HYPH
19138	889	5	doh	doh	NN
19138	889	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	889	7	daw	daw	NN
19138	889	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	889	9	dah	dah	NN
19138	889	10	.	.	.
19138	890	1	7	7	LS
19138	890	2	.	.	.
19138	891	1	Kee	Kee	NNP
19138	891	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	891	3	koo	koo	NNP
19138	891	4	-	-	HYPH
19138	891	5	koh	koh	NNP
19138	891	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	891	7	kaw	kaw	NNP
19138	891	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	891	9	kah	kah	NN
19138	891	10	.	.	.
19138	892	1	8	8	LS
19138	892	2	.	.	.
19138	893	1	Nee	Nee	NNP
19138	893	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	893	3	noo	noo	NNP
19138	893	4	-	-	HYPH
19138	893	5	noh	noh	NNP
19138	893	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	893	7	naw	naw	NNP
19138	893	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	893	9	nah	nah	NNP
19138	893	10	.	.	.
19138	894	1	9	9	CD
19138	894	2	.	.	.
19138	895	1	Tee	tee	NN
19138	895	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	895	3	too	too	RB
19138	895	4	-	-	HYPH
19138	895	5	toh	toh	JJ
19138	895	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	895	7	taw	taw	NN
19138	895	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	895	9	tah	tah	NNP
19138	895	10	.	.	.
19138	896	1	10	10	CD
19138	896	2	.	.	.
19138	897	1	Lee	Lee	NNP
19138	897	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	897	3	loo	loo	NNP
19138	897	4	-	-	HYPH
19138	897	5	loh	loh	NN
19138	897	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	897	7	law	law	NN
19138	897	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	897	9	lah	lah	NN
19138	897	10	.	.	.
19138	898	1	Exercise	exercise	NN
19138	898	2	XII	xii	NN
19138	898	3	FOR	for	IN
19138	898	4	FACILITY	FACILITY	NNP
19138	898	5	AND	and	CC
19138	898	6	QUICK	quick	JJ
19138	898	7	VOWEL	vowel	NN
19138	898	8	CHANGE	CHANGE	NNS
19138	898	9	Be	be	VB
19138	898	10	careful	careful	JJ
19138	898	11	not	not	RB
19138	898	12	to	to	TO
19138	898	13	blur	blur	VB
19138	898	14	the	the	DT
19138	898	15	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	898	16	sounds	sound	VBZ
19138	898	17	;	;	:
19138	898	18	each	each	DT
19138	898	19	must	must	MD
19138	898	20	be	be	VB
19138	898	21	distinct	distinct	JJ
19138	898	22	and	and	CC
19138	898	23	pure	pure	JJ
19138	898	24	,	,	,
19138	898	25	and	and	CC
19138	898	26	the	the	DT
19138	898	27	change	change	NN
19138	898	28	from	from	IN
19138	898	29	one	one	CD
19138	898	30	to	to	IN
19138	898	31	the	the	DT
19138	898	32	next	next	JJ
19138	898	33	must	must	MD
19138	898	34	be	be	VB
19138	898	35	made	make	VBN
19138	898	36	with	with	IN
19138	898	37	a	a	DT
19138	898	38	minimum	minimum	NN
19138	898	39	of	of	IN
19138	898	40	effort	effort	NN
19138	898	41	and	and	CC
19138	898	42	without	without	IN
19138	898	43	disturbing	disturb	VBG
19138	898	44	the	the	DT
19138	898	45	focus	focus	NN
19138	898	46	of	of	IN
19138	898	47	the	the	DT
19138	898	48	tone	tone	NN
19138	898	49	.	.	.
19138	899	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	899	2	Music	music	NN
19138	899	3	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	899	4	:	:	:
19138	899	5	Ee	Ee	NNP
19138	899	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	899	7	oo	oo	JJ
19138	899	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	899	9	oh	oh	UH
19138	899	10	-	-	HYPH
19138	899	11	aw	aw	UH
19138	899	12	-	-	HYPH
19138	899	13	ah	ah	UH
19138	899	14	_	_	NNP
19138	899	15	etc	etc	FW
19138	899	16	.	.	.
19138	899	17	_	_	NNP
19138	899	18	]	]	-RRB-
19138	899	19	The	the	DT
19138	899	20	divisions	division	NNS
19138	899	21	(	(	-LRB-
19138	899	22	_	_	NNP
19138	899	23	a	a	DT
19138	899	24	_	_	NNP
19138	899	25	and	and	CC
19138	899	26	_	_	NNP
19138	899	27	b	b	NNP
19138	899	28	_	_	NNP
19138	899	29	)	)	-RRB-
19138	899	30	of	of	IN
19138	899	31	each	each	DT
19138	899	32	of	of	IN
19138	899	33	the	the	DT
19138	899	34	above	above	JJ
19138	899	35	four	four	CD
19138	899	36	variants	variant	NNS
19138	899	37	may	may	MD
19138	899	38	be	be	VB
19138	899	39	regarded	regard	VBN
19138	899	40	as	as	IN
19138	899	41	distinct	distinct	JJ
19138	899	42	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	899	43	or	or	CC
19138	899	44	not	not	RB
19138	899	45	.	.	.
19138	900	1	For	for	IN
19138	900	2	further	further	JJ
19138	900	3	practice	practice	NN
19138	900	4	use	use	NN
19138	900	5	as	as	IN
19138	900	6	initial	initial	JJ
19138	900	7	consonants	consonant	NNS
19138	900	8	any	any	DT
19138	900	9	or	or	CC
19138	900	10	all	all	DT
19138	900	11	of	of	IN
19138	900	12	the	the	DT
19138	900	13	following	following	NN
19138	900	14	:	:	:
19138	900	15	_	_	NNP
19138	900	16	b	b	NNP
19138	900	17	_	_	NNP
19138	900	18	,	,	,
19138	900	19	_	_	NNP
19138	900	20	p	p	NNP
19138	900	21	_	_	NNP
19138	900	22	,	,	,
19138	900	23	_	_	NNP
19138	900	24	m	m	NNP
19138	900	25	_	_	NNP
19138	900	26	,	,	,
19138	900	27	_	_	NNP
19138	900	28	f	f	NNP
19138	900	29	_	_	NNP
19138	900	30	,	,	,
19138	900	31	_	_	NNP
19138	900	32	v	v	NNP
19138	900	33	_	_	NNP
19138	900	34	,	,	,
19138	900	35	_	_	NNP
19138	900	36	d	d	NNP
19138	900	37	_	_	NNP
19138	900	38	,	,	,
19138	900	39	_	_	NNP
19138	900	40	k	k	NNP
19138	900	41	_	_	NNP
19138	900	42	,	,	,
19138	900	43	_	_	NNP
19138	900	44	n	n	NNP
19138	900	45	_	_	NNP
19138	900	46	,	,	,
19138	900	47	_	_	NNP
19138	900	48	t	t	NNP
19138	900	49	_	_	NNP
19138	900	50	,	,	,
19138	900	51	and	and	CC
19138	900	52	_	_	NNP
19138	900	53	l	l	NNP
19138	900	54	_	_	NNP
19138	900	55	.	.	.
19138	901	1	Exercise	exercise	NN
19138	901	2	XIII	xiii	NN
19138	901	3	ASCENDING	ascending	NN
19138	901	4	AND	and	CC
19138	901	5	DESCENDING	descending	NN
19138	901	6	SCALE	SCALE	NNP
19138	901	7	As	as	IN
19138	901	8	in	in	IN
19138	901	9	the	the	DT
19138	901	10	previous	previous	JJ
19138	901	11	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	901	12	practise	practise	VBP
19138	901	13	quietly	quietly	RB
19138	901	14	with	with	IN
19138	901	15	unvarying	unvarye	VBG
19138	901	16	focus	focus	NN
19138	901	17	and	and	CC
19138	901	18	aim	aim	VB
19138	901	19	to	to	TO
19138	901	20	finish	finish	VB
19138	901	21	the	the	DT
19138	901	22	phrase	phrase	NN
19138	901	23	with	with	IN
19138	901	24	breath	breath	NNP
19138	901	25	unexhausted	unexhausted	JJ
19138	901	26	.	.	.
19138	902	1	Pitch	pitch	VB
19138	902	2	the	the	DT
19138	902	3	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	902	4	to	to	TO
19138	902	5	suit	suit	VB
19138	902	6	the	the	DT
19138	902	7	voice	voice	NN
19138	902	8	.	.	.
19138	903	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	903	2	Music	music	NN
19138	903	3	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	903	4	:	:	:
19138	903	5	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	903	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	903	7	ee	ee	NNP
19138	903	8	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	903	9	-	-	HYPH
19138	903	10	oo	oo	NNP
19138	903	11	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	903	12	-	-	HYPH
19138	903	13	oh	oh	NNP
19138	903	14	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	903	15	-	-	HYPH
19138	903	16	aw	aw	NNP
19138	903	17	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	903	18	-	-	HYPH
19138	903	19	ah	ah	UH
19138	903	20	_	_	NNP
19138	903	21	etc	etc	FW
19138	903	22	.	.	.
19138	903	23	_	_	NNP
19138	903	24	]	]	-RRB-
19138	903	25	Exercise	Exercise	NNP
19138	903	26	XIV	XIV	NNP
19138	903	27	THE	the	DT
19138	903	28	LONG	long	JJ
19138	903	29	SCALE	SCALE	NNP
19138	903	30	Sing	sing	VB
19138	903	31	this	this	DT
19138	903	32	scale	scale	NN
19138	903	33	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	903	34	in	in	IN
19138	903	35	medium	medium	JJ
19138	903	36	range	range	NN
19138	903	37	,	,	,
19138	903	38	without	without	IN
19138	903	39	blurring	blur	VBG
19138	903	40	either	either	CC
19138	903	41	the	the	DT
19138	903	42	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	903	43	sounds	sound	VBZ
19138	903	44	or	or	CC
19138	903	45	the	the	DT
19138	903	46	notes	note	NNS
19138	903	47	.	.	.
19138	904	1	[	[	-LRB-
19138	904	2	Music	music	NN
19138	904	3	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	904	4	:	:	:
19138	904	5	1	1	LS
19138	904	6	.	.	.
19138	905	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	905	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	905	3	ee	ee	NNP
19138	905	4	2	2	CD
19138	905	5	.	.	.
19138	906	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	906	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	906	3	oo	oo	NNP
19138	906	4	3	3	CD
19138	906	5	.	.	.
19138	907	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	907	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	907	3	oh	oh	NNP
19138	907	4	4	4	CD
19138	907	5	.	.	.
19138	908	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	908	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	908	3	aw	aw	NNP
19138	908	4	5	5	CD
19138	908	5	.	.	.
19138	909	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	909	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	909	3	ah	ah	UH
19138	909	4	_	_	NNP
19138	909	5	etc	etc	FW
19138	909	6	.	.	.
19138	909	7	_	_	NNP
19138	909	8	]	]	-RRB-
19138	909	9	[	[	-LRB-
19138	909	10	Music	music	NN
19138	909	11	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	909	12	:	:	:
19138	909	13	1	1	LS
19138	909	14	.	.	.
19138	910	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	910	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	910	3	ee	ee	NNP
19138	910	4	2	2	CD
19138	910	5	.	.	.
19138	911	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	911	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	911	3	oo	oo	NNP
19138	911	4	3	3	CD
19138	911	5	.	.	.
19138	912	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	912	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	912	3	oh	oh	NNP
19138	912	4	4	4	CD
19138	912	5	.	.	.
19138	913	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	913	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	913	3	aw	aw	NNP
19138	913	4	5	5	CD
19138	913	5	.	.	.
19138	914	1	Hung	Hung	NNP
19138	914	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	914	3	ah	ah	UH
19138	914	4	_	_	NNP
19138	914	5	etc	etc	FW
19138	914	6	.	.	.
19138	914	7	_	_	NNP
19138	914	8	]	]	-RRB-
19138	914	9	The	the	DT
19138	914	10	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	914	11	thus	thus	RB
19138	914	12	far	far	RB
19138	914	13	given	give	VBN
19138	914	14	have	have	VBP
19138	914	15	employed	employ	VBN
19138	914	16	the	the	DT
19138	914	17	five	five	CD
19138	914	18	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	914	19	sounds	sound	NNS
19138	914	20	found	find	VBD
19138	914	21	most	most	RBS
19138	914	22	helpful	helpful	JJ
19138	914	23	in	in	IN
19138	914	24	gaining	gain	VBG
19138	914	25	a	a	DT
19138	914	26	free	free	JJ
19138	914	27	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	914	28	.	.	.
19138	915	1	These	these	DT
19138	915	2	should	should	MD
19138	915	3	now	now	RB
19138	915	4	be	be	VB
19138	915	5	supplemented	supplement	VBN
19138	915	6	by	by	IN
19138	915	7	the	the	DT
19138	915	8	use	use	NN
19138	915	9	of	of	IN
19138	915	10	_	_	NNP
19138	915	11	all	all	DT
19138	915	12	_	_	NNP
19138	915	13	the	the	DT
19138	915	14	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	915	15	sounds	sound	VBZ
19138	915	16	.	.	.
19138	916	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	916	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	916	3	obvious	obvious	JJ
19138	916	4	that	that	IN
19138	916	5	unless	unless	IN
19138	916	6	the	the	DT
19138	916	7	singer	singer	NN
19138	916	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	916	9	at	at	IN
19138	916	10	home	home	NN
19138	916	11	with	with	IN
19138	916	12	every	every	DT
19138	916	13	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	916	14	and	and	CC
19138	916	15	on	on	IN
19138	916	16	any	any	DT
19138	916	17	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	916	18	in	in	IN
19138	916	19	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	916	20	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	916	21	range	range	NN
19138	916	22	perfect	perfect	JJ
19138	916	23	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	916	24	is	be	VBZ
19138	916	25	impossible	impossible	JJ
19138	916	26	.	.	.
19138	917	1	In	in	IN
19138	917	2	Chapter	chapter	NN
19138	917	3	II	II	NNP
19138	917	4	a	a	DT
19138	917	5	Scale	scale	NN
19138	917	6	of	of	IN
19138	917	7	Vowel	Vowel	NNP
19138	917	8	Sounds	Sounds	NNP
19138	917	9	is	be	VBZ
19138	917	10	given	give	VBN
19138	917	11	.	.	.
19138	918	1	For	for	IN
19138	918	2	convenience	convenience	NN
19138	918	3	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	918	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	918	5	repeated	repeat	VBN
19138	918	6	here	here	RB
19138	918	7	:	:	:
19138	918	8	[	[	-LRB-
19138	918	9	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	918	10	:	:	:
19138	918	11	1	1	CD
19138	918	12	n_ee	n_ee	NNP
19138	918	13	_	_	NNP
19138	918	14	2	2	CD
19138	918	15	n_i_t	n_i_t	NNP
19138	918	16	3	3	CD
19138	918	17	n_e_t	n_e_t	CD
19138	918	18	4	4	CD
19138	918	19	n_a_y	n_a_y	CD
19138	918	20	5	5	CD
19138	918	21	n_ai_r	n_ai_r	NN
19138	918	22	6	6	CD
19138	918	23	n_a_t	n_a_t	NNP
19138	918	24	7	7	CD
19138	918	25	n_i_gh	n_i_gh	NNP
19138	918	26	8	8	CD
19138	918	27	N_a_h	n_a_h	NN
19138	918	28	7	7	CD
19138	918	29	'	'	POS
19138	918	30	n_o_t	n_o_t	CD
19138	918	31	6	6	CD
19138	918	32	'	'	NN
19138	918	33	n_a_w	n_a_w	NN
19138	918	34	5	5	CD
19138	918	35	'	'	CD
19138	918	36	n_e_r	n_e_r	NN
19138	918	37	4	4	CD
19138	918	38	'	'	CD
19138	918	39	n_u_t	n_u_t	CD
19138	918	40	3	3	CD
19138	918	41	'	'	''
19138	918	42	n_o	n_o	CD
19138	918	43	_	_	NNP
19138	918	44	2	2	CD
19138	918	45	'	'	''
19138	918	46	n_oo_k	n_oo_k	NN
19138	918	47	1	1	CD
19138	918	48	'	'	POS
19138	918	49	n_oo	n_oo	NNP
19138	918	50	_	_	NNP
19138	918	51	.	.	.
19138	918	52	]	]	-RRB-
19138	919	1	Having	have	VBG
19138	919	2	so	so	RB
19138	919	3	far	far	RB
19138	919	4	mastered	master	VBN
19138	919	5	the	the	DT
19138	919	6	previous	previous	JJ
19138	919	7	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	919	8	as	as	IN
19138	919	9	to	to	TO
19138	919	10	establish	establish	VB
19138	919	11	a	a	DT
19138	919	12	free	free	JJ
19138	919	13	head	head	NN
19138	919	14	and	and	CC
19138	919	15	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	919	16	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	919	17	,	,	,
19138	919	18	take	take	VB
19138	919	19	the	the	DT
19138	919	20	Scale	scale	NN
19138	919	21	of	of	IN
19138	919	22	Vowel	Vowel	NNP
19138	919	23	Sounds	Sounds	NNP
19138	919	24	and	and	CC
19138	919	25	apply	apply	VB
19138	919	26	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	919	27	to	to	IN
19138	919	28	the	the	DT
19138	919	29	now	now	RB
19138	919	30	familiar	familiar	JJ
19138	919	31	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	919	32	.	.	.
19138	920	1	Next	next	RB
19138	920	2	,	,	,
19138	920	3	as	as	IN
19138	920	4	suggested	suggest	VBN
19138	920	5	in	in	IN
19138	920	6	Exercise	Exercise	NNP
19138	920	7	X	X	NNS
19138	920	8	,	,	,
19138	920	9	use	use	NN
19138	920	10	as	as	IN
19138	920	11	initial	initial	JJ
19138	920	12	consonants	consonant	NNS
19138	920	13	in	in	IN
19138	920	14	connection	connection	NN
19138	920	15	with	with	IN
19138	920	16	the	the	DT
19138	920	17	Vowel	Vowel	NNP
19138	920	18	Scale	Scale	NNP
19138	920	19	the	the	DT
19138	920	20	consonants	consonant	NNS
19138	920	21	_	_	NNP
19138	920	22	b	b	NNP
19138	920	23	_	_	NNP
19138	920	24	,	,	,
19138	920	25	_	_	NNP
19138	920	26	p	p	NNP
19138	920	27	_	_	NNP
19138	920	28	,	,	,
19138	920	29	_	_	NNP
19138	920	30	m	m	NNP
19138	920	31	_	_	NNP
19138	920	32	,	,	,
19138	920	33	_	_	NNP
19138	920	34	f	f	NNP
19138	920	35	_	_	NNP
19138	920	36	,	,	,
19138	920	37	_	_	NNP
19138	920	38	v	v	NNP
19138	920	39	_	_	NNP
19138	920	40	,	,	,
19138	920	41	_	_	NNP
19138	920	42	d	d	NNP
19138	920	43	_	_	NNP
19138	920	44	,	,	,
19138	920	45	_	_	NNP
19138	920	46	k	k	NNP
19138	920	47	_	_	NNP
19138	920	48	,	,	,
19138	920	49	_	_	NNP
19138	920	50	n	n	NNP
19138	920	51	_	_	NNP
19138	920	52	,	,	,
19138	920	53	_	_	NNP
19138	920	54	t	t	NNP
19138	920	55	_	_	NNP
19138	920	56	and	and	CC
19138	920	57	_	_	NNP
19138	920	58	l	l	NNP
19138	920	59	_	_	NNP
19138	920	60	.	.	.
19138	921	1	Keep	keep	VB
19138	921	2	before	before	IN
19138	921	3	you	-PRON-	PRP
19138	921	4	the	the	DT
19138	921	5	formula	formula	NN
19138	921	6	that	that	IN
19138	921	7	articulation	articulation	NN
19138	921	8	should	should	MD
19138	921	9	_	_	NNP
19138	921	10	seem	seem	VB
19138	921	11	_	_	NNP
19138	921	12	to	to	TO
19138	921	13	be	be	VB
19138	921	14	done	do	VBN
19138	921	15	entirely	entirely	RB
19138	921	16	with	with	IN
19138	921	17	and	and	CC
19138	921	18	through	through	IN
19138	921	19	the	the	DT
19138	921	20	upper	upper	JJ
19138	921	21	lip	lip	NN
19138	921	22	;	;	:
19138	921	23	_	_	NNP
19138	921	24	i.e.	i.e.	FW
19138	921	25	_	_	NNP
19138	921	26	,	,	,
19138	921	27	the	the	DT
19138	921	28	_	_	NNP
19138	921	29	thought	think	VBD
19138	921	30	_	_	NNP
19138	921	31	should	should	MD
19138	921	32	be	be	VB
19138	921	33	that	that	IN
19138	921	34	the	the	DT
19138	921	35	words	word	NNS
19138	921	36	are	be	VBP
19138	921	37	projected	project	VBN
19138	921	38	through	through	IN
19138	921	39	the	the	DT
19138	921	40	upper	upper	JJ
19138	921	41	lip	lip	NN
19138	921	42	.	.	.
19138	922	1	When	when	WRB
19138	922	2	by	by	IN
19138	922	3	practise	practise	NN
19138	922	4	of	of	IN
19138	922	5	the	the	DT
19138	922	6	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	922	7	given	give	VBN
19138	922	8	the	the	DT
19138	922	9	voice	voice	NN
19138	922	10	has	have	VBZ
19138	922	11	been	be	VBN
19138	922	12	focused	focus	VBN
19138	922	13	and	and	CC
19138	922	14	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	922	15	established	establish	VBN
19138	922	16	without	without	IN
19138	922	17	any	any	DT
19138	922	18	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	922	19	,	,	,
19138	922	20	scale	scale	NN
19138	922	21	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	922	22	and	and	CC
19138	922	23	simple	simple	JJ
19138	922	24	vocalises	vocalise	NNS
19138	922	25	may	may	MD
19138	922	26	be	be	VB
19138	922	27	taken	take	VBN
19138	922	28	up	up	RP
19138	922	29	with	with	IN
19138	922	30	or	or	CC
19138	922	31	without	without	IN
19138	922	32	the	the	DT
19138	922	33	piano	piano	NN
19138	922	34	.	.	.
19138	923	1	In	in	IN
19138	923	2	practising	practise	VBG
19138	923	3	scales	scale	NNS
19138	923	4	start	start	VBP
19138	923	5	each	each	DT
19138	923	6	a	a	DT
19138	923	7	semitone	semitone	NN
19138	923	8	higher	high	JJR
19138	923	9	until	until	IN
19138	923	10	the	the	DT
19138	923	11	_	_	NNP
19138	923	12	easy	easy	JJ
19138	923	13	limit	limit	NN
19138	923	14	_	_	NNP
19138	923	15	of	of	IN
19138	923	16	the	the	DT
19138	923	17	voice	voice	NN
19138	923	18	is	be	VBZ
19138	923	19	reached	reach	VBN
19138	923	20	,	,	,
19138	923	21	and	and	CC
19138	923	22	no	no	RB
19138	923	23	farther	farther	RB
19138	923	24	.	.	.
19138	924	1	Gain	gain	NN
19138	924	2	will	will	MD
19138	924	3	be	be	VB
19138	924	4	more	more	RBR
19138	924	5	rapid	rapid	JJ
19138	924	6	by	by	IN
19138	924	7	working	work	VBG
19138	924	8	to	to	TO
19138	924	9	deliver	deliver	VB
19138	924	10	the	the	DT
19138	924	11	tones	tone	NNS
19138	924	12	within	within	IN
19138	924	13	the	the	DT
19138	924	14	voice	voice	NN
19138	924	15	's	's	POS
19138	924	16	normal	normal	JJ
19138	924	17	compass	compass	NN
19138	924	18	.	.	.
19138	925	1	Then	then	RB
19138	925	2	when	when	WRB
19138	925	3	occasional	occasional	JJ
19138	925	4	effort	effort	NN
19138	925	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	925	6	made	make	VBN
19138	925	7	the	the	DT
19138	925	8	organs	organ	NNS
19138	925	9	will	will	MD
19138	925	10	be	be	VB
19138	925	11	found	find	VBN
19138	925	12	ready	ready	JJ
19138	925	13	to	to	TO
19138	925	14	deliver	deliver	VB
19138	925	15	the	the	DT
19138	925	16	highest	high	JJS
19138	925	17	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	925	18	of	of	IN
19138	925	19	which	which	WDT
19138	925	20	the	the	DT
19138	925	21	voice	voice	NN
19138	925	22	is	be	VBZ
19138	925	23	capable	capable	JJ
19138	925	24	.	.	.
19138	926	1	When	when	WRB
19138	926	2	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19138	926	3	progress	progress	NN
19138	926	4	has	have	VBZ
19138	926	5	been	be	VBN
19138	926	6	made	make	VBN
19138	926	7	in	in	IN
19138	926	8	mastering	master	VBG
19138	926	9	the	the	DT
19138	926	10	execution	execution	NN
19138	926	11	of	of	IN
19138	926	12	scales	scale	NNS
19138	926	13	and	and	CC
19138	926	14	easy	easy	JJ
19138	926	15	vocalises	vocalise	NNS
19138	926	16	,	,	,
19138	926	17	the	the	DT
19138	926	18	pupil	pupil	NN
19138	926	19	will	will	MD
19138	926	20	be	be	VB
19138	926	21	ready	ready	JJ
19138	926	22	to	to	TO
19138	926	23	begin	begin	VB
19138	926	24	the	the	DT
19138	926	25	study	study	NN
19138	926	26	of	of	IN
19138	926	27	songs	song	NNS
19138	926	28	.	.	.
19138	927	1	If	if	IN
19138	927	2	one	one	CD
19138	927	3	foregoes	forego	VBZ
19138	927	4	the	the	DT
19138	927	5	singing	singing	NN
19138	927	6	of	of	IN
19138	927	7	songs	song	NNS
19138	927	8	during	during	IN
19138	927	9	the	the	DT
19138	927	10	few	few	JJ
19138	927	11	weeks	week	NNS
19138	927	12	occupied	occupy	VBN
19138	927	13	with	with	IN
19138	927	14	primary	primary	JJ
19138	927	15	lessons	lesson	NNS
19138	927	16	,	,	,
19138	927	17	results	result	NNS
19138	927	18	are	be	VBP
19138	927	19	obtained	obtain	VBN
19138	927	20	much	much	RB
19138	927	21	more	more	RBR
19138	927	22	quickly	quickly	RB
19138	927	23	.	.	.
19138	928	1	While	while	IN
19138	928	2	practising	practise	VBG
19138	928	3	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	928	4	or	or	CC
19138	928	5	songs	song	NNS
19138	928	6	the	the	DT
19138	928	7	less	less	RBR
19138	928	8	the	the	DT
19138	928	9	pianoforte	pianoforte	NN
19138	928	10	is	be	VBZ
19138	928	11	used	use	VBN
19138	928	12	,	,	,
19138	928	13	except	except	IN
19138	928	14	to	to	TO
19138	928	15	compare	compare	VB
19138	928	16	the	the	DT
19138	928	17	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	928	18	,	,	,
19138	928	19	the	the	DT
19138	928	20	better	well	JJR
19138	928	21	.	.	.
19138	929	1	Such	such	JJ
19138	929	2	practice	practice	NN
19138	929	3	increases	increase	VBZ
19138	929	4	the	the	DT
19138	929	5	confidence	confidence	NN
19138	929	6	of	of	IN
19138	929	7	the	the	DT
19138	929	8	performer	performer	NN
19138	929	9	.	.	.
19138	930	1	The	the	DT
19138	930	2	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	930	3	prevents	prevent	VBZ
19138	930	4	the	the	DT
19138	930	5	singer	singer	NN
19138	930	6	's	's	POS
19138	930	7	listening	listening	NN
19138	930	8	to	to	IN
19138	930	9	the	the	DT
19138	930	10	tone	tone	NN
19138	930	11	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	930	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	930	13	producing	produce	VBG
19138	930	14	and	and	CC
19138	930	15	judging	judge	VBG
19138	930	16	of	of	IN
19138	930	17	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	930	18	effectiveness	effectiveness	NN
19138	930	19	.	.	.
19138	931	1	Pupils	pupil	NNS
19138	931	2	with	with	IN
19138	931	3	high	high	JJ
19138	931	4	or	or	CC
19138	931	5	very	very	RB
19138	931	6	low	low	JJ
19138	931	7	voices	voice	NNS
19138	931	8	may	may	MD
19138	931	9	continue	continue	VB
19138	931	10	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	931	11	practice	practice	NN
19138	931	12	higher	higher	RBR
19138	931	13	or	or	CC
19138	931	14	lower	low	JJR
19138	931	15	as	as	IN
19138	931	16	the	the	DT
19138	931	17	voice	voice	NN
19138	931	18	is	be	VBZ
19138	931	19	soprano	soprano	NN
19138	931	20	,	,	,
19138	931	21	or	or	CC
19138	931	22	bass	bass	NN
19138	931	23	,	,	,
19138	931	24	or	or	CC
19138	931	25	contralto	contralto	NN
19138	931	26	,	,	,
19138	931	27	but	but	CC
19138	931	28	much	much	JJ
19138	931	29	practice	practice	NN
19138	931	30	on	on	IN
19138	931	31	the	the	DT
19138	931	32	extremes	extreme	NNS
19138	931	33	of	of	IN
19138	931	34	the	the	DT
19138	931	35	voice	voice	NN
19138	931	36	is	be	VBZ
19138	931	37	unadvisable	unadvisable	JJ
19138	931	38	.	.	.
19138	932	1	If	if	IN
19138	932	2	pure	pure	JJ
19138	932	3	tones	tone	NNS
19138	932	4	are	be	VBP
19138	932	5	produced	produce	VBN
19138	932	6	in	in	IN
19138	932	7	the	the	DT
19138	932	8	medium	medium	JJ
19138	932	9	range	range	NN
19138	932	10	of	of	IN
19138	932	11	the	the	DT
19138	932	12	voice	voice	NN
19138	932	13	the	the	DT
19138	932	14	highest	high	JJS
19138	932	15	or	or	CC
19138	932	16	lowest	low	JJS
19138	932	17	tones	tone	NNS
19138	932	18	will	will	MD
19138	932	19	be	be	VB
19138	932	20	found	find	VBN
19138	932	21	ready	ready	JJ
19138	932	22	when	when	WRB
19138	932	23	called	call	VBN
19138	932	24	for	for	IN
19138	932	25	.	.	.
19138	933	1	Therefore	therefore	RB
19138	933	2	practise	practise	VBP
19138	933	3	the	the	DT
19138	933	4	extremes	extreme	NNS
19138	933	5	of	of	IN
19138	933	6	the	the	DT
19138	933	7	voice	voice	NN
19138	933	8	only	only	RB
19138	933	9	enough	enough	RB
19138	933	10	to	to	TO
19138	933	11	know	know	VB
19138	933	12	the	the	DT
19138	933	13	limits	limit	NNS
19138	933	14	of	of	IN
19138	933	15	the	the	DT
19138	933	16	voice	voice	NN
19138	933	17	and	and	CC
19138	933	18	to	to	TO
19138	933	19	be	be	VB
19138	933	20	assured	assure	VBN
19138	933	21	the	the	DT
19138	933	22	tones	tone	NNS
19138	933	23	are	be	VBP
19138	933	24	there	there	RB
19138	933	25	.	.	.
19138	934	1	When	when	WRB
19138	934	2	the	the	DT
19138	934	3	singer	singer	NN
19138	934	4	can	can	MD
19138	934	5	perform	perform	VB
19138	934	6	the	the	DT
19138	934	7	preceding	precede	VBG
19138	934	8	simple	simple	JJ
19138	934	9	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	934	10	and	and	CC
19138	934	11	know	know	VBP
19138	934	12	that	that	IN
19138	934	13	the	the	DT
19138	934	14	tones	tone	NNS
19138	934	15	are	be	VBP
19138	934	16	all	all	DT
19138	934	17	focused	focused	JJ
19138	934	18	,	,	,
19138	934	19	or	or	CC
19138	934	20	placed	place	VBN
19138	934	21	and	and	CC
19138	934	22	delivered	deliver	VBN
19138	934	23	,	,	,
19138	934	24	precisely	precisely	RB
19138	934	25	alike	alike	RB
19138	934	26	,	,	,
19138	934	27	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	934	28	is	be	VBZ
19138	934	29	ready	ready	JJ
19138	934	30	to	to	TO
19138	934	31	practise	practise	VB
19138	934	32	any	any	DT
19138	934	33	scale	scale	NN
19138	934	34	,	,	,
19138	934	35	down	down	RB
19138	934	36	or	or	CC
19138	934	37	up	up	RB
19138	934	38	,	,	,
19138	934	39	and	and	CC
19138	934	40	to	to	TO
19138	934	41	execute	execute	VB
19138	934	42	any	any	DT
19138	934	43	musical	musical	JJ
19138	934	44	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	934	45	or	or	CC
19138	934	46	song	song	NN
19138	934	47	for	for	IN
19138	934	48	which	which	WDT
19138	934	49	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	934	50	is	be	VBZ
19138	934	51	intellectually	intellectually	RB
19138	934	52	fitted	fit	VBN
19138	934	53	.	.	.
19138	935	1	CHAPTER	CHAPTER	NNP
19138	935	2	IX	IX	NNP
19138	935	3	THROAT	THROAT	VBD
19138	935	4	STIFFNESS	stiffnes	NNS
19138	935	5	What	what	WP
19138	935	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	935	7	the	the	DT
19138	935	8	most	most	RBS
19138	935	9	frequent	frequent	JJ
19138	935	10	obstacle	obstacle	NN
19138	935	11	to	to	IN
19138	935	12	good	good	JJ
19138	935	13	singing	singing	NN
19138	935	14	,	,	,
19138	935	15	the	the	DT
19138	935	16	difficulty	difficulty	NN
19138	935	17	with	with	IN
19138	935	18	which	which	WDT
19138	935	19	pupil	pupil	NN
19138	935	20	and	and	CC
19138	935	21	teacher	teacher	NN
19138	935	22	most	most	RBS
19138	935	23	contend	contend	VBP
19138	935	24	?	?	.
19138	936	1	Throat	Throat	NNP
19138	936	2	stiffness	stiffness	NN
19138	936	3	.	.	.
19138	937	1	What	what	WP
19138	937	2	more	more	RBR
19138	937	3	than	than	IN
19138	937	4	anything	anything	NN
19138	937	5	else	else	RB
19138	937	6	mars	mar	VBZ
19138	937	7	the	the	DT
19138	937	8	singing	singing	NN
19138	937	9	of	of	IN
19138	937	10	those	those	DT
19138	937	11	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	937	12	hear	hear	VBP
19138	937	13	in	in	IN
19138	937	14	drawing	drawing	NN
19138	937	15	-	-	HYPH
19138	937	16	rooms	room	NNS
19138	937	17	,	,	,
19138	937	18	churches	church	NNS
19138	937	19	,	,	,
19138	937	20	and	and	CC
19138	937	21	the	the	DT
19138	937	22	concert	concert	NN
19138	937	23	room	room	NN
19138	937	24	?	?	.
19138	938	1	Throat	Throat	NNP
19138	938	2	stiffness	stiffness	NN
19138	938	3	.	.	.
19138	939	1	This	this	DT
19138	939	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	939	3	the	the	DT
19138	939	4	vice	vice	NN
19138	939	5	that	that	WDT
19138	939	6	prevents	prevent	VBZ
19138	939	7	true	true	JJ
19138	939	8	intonation	intonation	NN
19138	939	9	,	,	,
19138	939	10	robs	rob	VBZ
19138	939	11	the	the	DT
19138	939	12	voice	voice	NN
19138	939	13	of	of	IN
19138	939	14	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	939	15	expressiveness	expressiveness	JJ
19138	939	16	,	,	,
19138	939	17	limits	limit	VBZ
19138	939	18	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	939	19	range	range	NN
19138	939	20	,	,	,
19138	939	21	lessens	lessen	VBZ
19138	939	22	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	939	23	flexibility	flexibility	NN
19138	939	24	,	,	,
19138	939	25	diminishes	diminish	VBZ
19138	939	26	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	939	27	volume	volume	NN
19138	939	28	,	,	,
19138	939	29	and	and	CC
19138	939	30	makes	make	VBZ
19138	939	31	true	true	JJ
19138	939	32	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	939	33	impossible	impossible	JJ
19138	939	34	.	.	.
19138	940	1	This	this	DT
19138	940	2	great	great	JJ
19138	940	3	interferer	interferer	NN
19138	940	4	not	not	RB
19138	940	5	only	only	RB
19138	940	6	lessens	lessen	VBZ
19138	940	7	the	the	DT
19138	940	8	beauty	beauty	NN
19138	940	9	of	of	IN
19138	940	10	any	any	DT
19138	940	11	voice	voice	NN
19138	940	12	,	,	,
19138	940	13	but	but	CC
19138	940	14	directly	directly	RB
19138	940	15	affects	affect	VBZ
19138	940	16	the	the	DT
19138	940	17	organ	organ	NN
19138	940	18	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	940	19	.	.	.
19138	941	1	The	the	DT
19138	941	2	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	941	3	of	of	IN
19138	941	4	the	the	DT
19138	941	5	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	941	6	are	be	VBP
19138	941	7	small	small	JJ
19138	941	8	and	and	CC
19138	941	9	delicate	delicate	JJ
19138	941	10	,	,	,
19138	941	11	and	and	CC
19138	941	12	the	the	DT
19138	941	13	adjustments	adjustment	NNS
19138	941	14	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	941	15	make	make	VBP
19138	941	16	in	in	IN
19138	941	17	singing	singing	NN
19138	941	18	are	be	VBP
19138	941	19	exceedingly	exceedingly	RB
19138	941	20	fine	fine	JJ
19138	941	21	.	.	.
19138	942	1	When	when	WRB
19138	942	2	,	,	,
19138	942	3	however	however	RB
19138	942	4	,	,	,
19138	942	5	the	the	DT
19138	942	6	voice	voice	NN
19138	942	7	user	user	NN
19138	942	8	stiffens	stiffen	VBZ
19138	942	9	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	942	10	throat	throat	NN
19138	942	11	,	,	,
19138	942	12	these	these	DT
19138	942	13	delicate	delicate	JJ
19138	942	14	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	942	15	in	in	IN
19138	942	16	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	942	17	spontaneous	spontaneous	JJ
19138	942	18	effort	effort	NN
19138	942	19	to	to	TO
19138	942	20	make	make	VB
19138	942	21	the	the	DT
19138	942	22	proper	proper	JJ
19138	942	23	adjustments	adjustment	NNS
19138	942	24	are	be	VBP
19138	942	25	compelled	compel	VBN
19138	942	26	to	to	TO
19138	942	27	contract	contract	VB
19138	942	28	with	with	IN
19138	942	29	more	more	JJR
19138	942	30	than	than	IN
19138	942	31	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	942	32	normal	normal	JJ
19138	942	33	strength	strength	NN
19138	942	34	.	.	.
19138	943	1	Every	every	DT
19138	943	2	increase	increase	NN
19138	943	3	in	in	IN
19138	943	4	throat	throat	JJ
19138	943	5	stiffness	stiffness	NN
19138	943	6	demands	demand	VBZ
19138	943	7	a	a	DT
19138	943	8	corresponding	corresponding	JJ
19138	943	9	increase	increase	NN
19138	943	10	in	in	IN
19138	943	11	muscle	muscle	NN
19138	943	12	effort	effort	NN
19138	943	13	,	,	,
19138	943	14	an	an	DT
19138	943	15	overexertion	overexertion	NN
19138	943	16	that	that	WDT
19138	943	17	persisted	persist	VBD
19138	943	18	in	in	IN
19138	943	19	must	must	MD
19138	943	20	result	result	VB
19138	943	21	in	in	IN
19138	943	22	injury	injury	NN
19138	943	23	to	to	IN
19138	943	24	the	the	DT
19138	943	25	organ	organ	NN
19138	943	26	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	943	27	.	.	.
19138	944	1	Such	such	JJ
19138	944	2	misuse	misuse	NN
19138	944	3	of	of	IN
19138	944	4	the	the	DT
19138	944	5	voice	voice	NN
19138	944	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	944	7	bound	bind	VBN
19138	944	8	to	to	TO
19138	944	9	show	show	VB
19138	944	10	injurious	injurious	JJ
19138	944	11	results	result	NNS
19138	944	12	.	.	.
19138	945	1	Every	every	DT
19138	945	2	throat	throat	NN
19138	945	3	specialist	specialist	NN
19138	945	4	knows	know	VBZ
19138	945	5	this	this	DT
19138	945	6	,	,	,
19138	945	7	and	and	CC
19138	945	8	an	an	DT
19138	945	9	untold	untold	JJ
19138	945	10	multitude	multitude	NN
19138	945	11	of	of	IN
19138	945	12	those	those	DT
19138	945	13	who	who	WP
19138	945	14	,	,	,
19138	945	15	beginning	begin	VBG
19138	945	16	with	with	IN
19138	945	17	promise	promise	NN
19138	945	18	,	,	,
19138	945	19	have	have	VBP
19138	945	20	had	have	VBN
19138	945	21	to	to	TO
19138	945	22	give	give	VB
19138	945	23	up	up	RP
19138	945	24	singing	singing	NN
19138	945	25	as	as	IN
19138	945	26	a	a	DT
19138	945	27	career	career	NN
19138	945	28	,	,	,
19138	945	29	learn	learn	VB
19138	945	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	945	31	too	too	RB
19138	945	32	late	late	RB
19138	945	33	.	.	.
19138	946	1	Singers	singer	NNS
19138	946	2	are	be	VBP
19138	946	3	so	so	RB
19138	946	4	accustomed	accustomed	JJ
19138	946	5	to	to	IN
19138	946	6	the	the	DT
19138	946	7	sound	sound	NN
19138	946	8	of	of	IN
19138	946	9	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	946	10	own	own	JJ
19138	946	11	voices	voice	NNS
19138	946	12	as	as	IN
19138	946	13	to	to	TO
19138	946	14	be	be	VB
19138	946	15	usually	usually	RB
19138	946	16	quite	quite	RB
19138	946	17	unconscious	unconscious	JJ
19138	946	18	of	of	IN
19138	946	19	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	946	20	own	own	JJ
19138	946	21	throat	throat	NN
19138	946	22	stiffness	stiffness	NN
19138	946	23	,	,	,
19138	946	24	though	though	IN
19138	946	25	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	946	26	may	may	MD
19138	946	27	recognize	recognize	VB
19138	946	28	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	946	29	in	in	IN
19138	946	30	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	946	31	neighbor	neighbor	NN
19138	946	32	.	.	.
19138	947	1	Unfortunately	unfortunately	RB
19138	947	2	throat	throat	JJ
19138	947	3	stiffness	stiffness	NN
19138	947	4	by	by	IN
19138	947	5	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	947	6	very	very	JJ
19138	947	7	nature	nature	NN
19138	947	8	tends	tend	VBZ
19138	947	9	to	to	TO
19138	947	10	aggravate	aggravate	VB
19138	947	11	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	947	12	,	,	,
19138	947	13	to	to	TO
19138	947	14	constantly	constantly	RB
19138	947	15	increase	increase	VB
19138	947	16	while	while	IN
19138	947	17	the	the	DT
19138	947	18	voice	voice	NN
19138	947	19	becomes	become	VBZ
19138	947	20	less	less	JJR
19138	947	21	and	and	CC
19138	947	22	less	less	RBR
19138	947	23	responsive	responsive	JJ
19138	947	24	to	to	IN
19138	947	25	the	the	DT
19138	947	26	singer	singer	NN
19138	947	27	's	's	POS
19138	947	28	demands	demand	NNS
19138	947	29	.	.	.
19138	948	1	There	there	EX
19138	948	2	are	be	VBP
19138	948	3	a	a	DT
19138	948	4	number	number	NN
19138	948	5	of	of	IN
19138	948	6	contributing	contribute	VBG
19138	948	7	causes	cause	NNS
19138	948	8	to	to	IN
19138	948	9	throat	throat	NNP
19138	948	10	stiffness	stiffness	NN
19138	948	11	,	,	,
19138	948	12	but	but	CC
19138	948	13	the	the	DT
19138	948	14	principal	principal	JJ
19138	948	15	cause	cause	NN
19138	948	16	is	be	VBZ
19138	948	17	_	_	NNP
19138	948	18	throat	throat	NNP
19138	948	19	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19138	948	20	_	_	NNP
19138	948	21	and	and	CC
19138	948	22	misplaced	misplace	VBN
19138	948	23	effort	effort	NN
19138	948	24	,	,	,
19138	948	25	due	due	JJ
19138	948	26	largely	largely	RB
19138	948	27	to	to	IN
19138	948	28	current	current	JJ
19138	948	29	misconceptions	misconception	NNS
19138	948	30	regarding	regard	VBG
19138	948	31	the	the	DT
19138	948	32	voice	voice	NN
19138	948	33	.	.	.
19138	949	1	A	a	DT
19138	949	2	common	common	JJ
19138	949	3	notion	notion	NN
19138	949	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	949	5	that	that	IN
19138	949	6	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	949	7	sing	sing	VBP
19138	949	8	with	with	IN
19138	949	9	the	the	DT
19138	949	10	throat	throat	NN
19138	949	11	,	,	,
19138	949	12	whereas	whereas	IN
19138	949	13	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	949	14	sing	sing	VBP
19138	949	15	_	_	NNP
19138	949	16	through	through	IN
19138	949	17	_	_	IN
19138	949	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	949	19	.	.	.
19138	950	1	Akin	akin	JJ
19138	950	2	to	to	IN
19138	950	3	this	this	DT
19138	950	4	error	error	NN
19138	950	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	950	6	the	the	DT
19138	950	7	notion	notion	NN
19138	950	8	,	,	,
19138	950	9	as	as	RB
19138	950	10	common	common	JJ
19138	950	11	as	as	IN
19138	950	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	950	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	950	14	fallacious	fallacious	JJ
19138	950	15	,	,	,
19138	950	16	that	that	DT
19138	950	17	force	force	NN
19138	950	18	of	of	IN
19138	950	19	tone	tone	NN
19138	950	20	,	,	,
19138	950	21	carrying	carry	VBG
19138	950	22	power	power	NN
19138	950	23	,	,	,
19138	950	24	originates	originate	VBZ
19138	950	25	in	in	IN
19138	950	26	the	the	DT
19138	950	27	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	950	28	,	,	,
19138	950	29	whereas	whereas	IN
19138	950	30	the	the	DT
19138	950	31	initial	initial	JJ
19138	950	32	tone	tone	NN
19138	950	33	due	due	IN
19138	950	34	to	to	IN
19138	950	35	the	the	DT
19138	950	36	vibration	vibration	NN
19138	950	37	of	of	IN
19138	950	38	the	the	DT
19138	950	39	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	950	40	cords	cord	NNS
19138	950	41	is	be	VBZ
19138	950	42	in	in	IN
19138	950	43	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	950	44	comparatively	comparatively	RB
19138	950	45	feeble	feeble	JJ
19138	950	46	.	.	.
19138	951	1	As	as	IN
19138	951	2	shown	show	VBN
19138	951	3	at	at	IN
19138	951	4	length	length	NN
19138	951	5	in	in	IN
19138	951	6	Chapters	Chapters	NNPS
19138	951	7	VI	VI	NNP
19138	951	8	and	and	CC
19138	951	9	VII	VII	NNP
19138	951	10	,	,	,
19138	951	11	volume	volume	NN
19138	951	12	of	of	IN
19138	951	13	tone	tone	NN
19138	951	14	,	,	,
19138	951	15	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	951	16	color	color	NN
19138	951	17	and	and	CC
19138	951	18	carrying	carrying	NN
19138	951	19	power	power	NN
19138	951	20	,	,	,
19138	951	21	is	be	VBZ
19138	951	22	acoustically	acoustically	RB
19138	951	23	and	and	CC
19138	951	24	vocally	vocally	RB
19138	951	25	a	a	DT
19138	951	26	matter	matter	NN
19138	951	27	of	of	IN
19138	951	28	_	_	NNP
19138	951	29	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	951	30	_	_	NNP
19138	951	31	.	.	.
19138	952	1	Many	many	JJ
19138	952	2	there	there	EX
19138	952	3	are	be	VBP
19138	952	4	who	who	WP
19138	952	5	sing	sing	VBP
19138	952	6	by	by	IN
19138	952	7	dint	dint	NN
19138	952	8	of	of	IN
19138	952	9	sheer	sheer	JJ
19138	952	10	force	force	NN
19138	952	11	and	and	CC
19138	952	12	ignorance	ignorance	NN
19138	952	13	,	,	,
19138	952	14	but	but	CC
19138	952	15	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	952	16	careers	career	NNS
19138	952	17	are	be	VBP
19138	952	18	necessarily	necessarily	RB
19138	952	19	short	short	JJ
19138	952	20	.	.	.
19138	953	1	The	the	DT
19138	953	2	too	too	RB
19138	953	3	common	common	JJ
19138	953	4	vulgar	vulgar	NN
19138	953	5	striving	striving	NN
19138	953	6	for	for	IN
19138	953	7	power	power	NN
19138	953	8	rather	rather	RB
19138	953	9	than	than	IN
19138	953	10	for	for	IN
19138	953	11	beauty	beauty	NN
19138	953	12	or	or	CC
19138	953	13	purity	purity	NN
19138	953	14	of	of	IN
19138	953	15	tone	tone	NN
19138	953	16	induces	induce	VBZ
19138	953	17	unnatural	unnatural	JJ
19138	953	18	effort	effort	NN
19138	953	19	and	and	CC
19138	953	20	strain	strain	VB
19138	953	21	that	that	IN
19138	953	22	both	both	DT
19138	953	23	directly	directly	RB
19138	953	24	and	and	CC
19138	953	25	sympathetically	sympathetically	RB
19138	953	26	affect	affect	VB
19138	953	27	the	the	DT
19138	953	28	throat	throat	NN
19138	953	29	with	with	IN
19138	953	30	stiffness	stiffness	NN
19138	953	31	.	.	.
19138	954	1	Unnatural	unnatural	JJ
19138	954	2	effort	effort	NN
19138	954	3	in	in	IN
19138	954	4	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	954	5	,	,	,
19138	954	6	over	over	IN
19138	954	7	-	-	HYPH
19138	954	8	effort	effort	NN
19138	954	9	in	in	IN
19138	954	10	breath	breath	NN
19138	954	11	control	control	NN
19138	954	12	,	,	,
19138	954	13	as	as	RB
19138	954	14	well	well	RB
19138	954	15	as	as	IN
19138	954	16	singing	singe	VBG
19138	954	17	without	without	IN
19138	954	18	adequate	adequate	JJ
19138	954	19	breath	breath	NN
19138	954	20	,	,	,
19138	954	21	all	all	DT
19138	954	22	induce	induce	VBP
19138	954	23	tension	tension	NN
19138	954	24	that	that	WDT
19138	954	25	is	be	VBZ
19138	954	26	reflected	reflect	VBN
19138	954	27	at	at	IN
19138	954	28	once	once	RB
19138	954	29	in	in	IN
19138	954	30	the	the	DT
19138	954	31	sensitive	sensitive	JJ
19138	954	32	throat	throat	NN
19138	954	33	.	.	.
19138	955	1	Impatience	impatience	NN
19138	955	2	of	of	IN
19138	955	3	results	result	NNS
19138	955	4	,	,	,
19138	955	5	American	american	JJ
19138	955	6	hurry	hurry	NN
19138	955	7	,	,	,
19138	955	8	beget	beget	VB
19138	955	9	unnatural	unnatural	JJ
19138	955	10	effort	effort	NN
19138	955	11	and	and	CC
19138	955	12	tension	tension	NN
19138	955	13	.	.	.
19138	956	1	"	"	``
19138	956	2	Unclasp	unclasp	VB
19138	956	3	the	the	DT
19138	956	4	fingers	finger	NNS
19138	956	5	of	of	IN
19138	956	6	a	a	DT
19138	956	7	rigid	rigid	JJ
19138	956	8	civilization	civilization	NN
19138	956	9	from	from	IN
19138	956	10	off	off	IN
19138	956	11	your	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	956	12	throat	throat	NN
19138	956	13	.	.	.
19138	956	14	"	"	''
19138	957	1	The	the	DT
19138	957	2	student	student	NN
19138	957	3	of	of	IN
19138	957	4	the	the	DT
19138	957	5	violin	violin	NN
19138	957	6	or	or	CC
19138	957	7	the	the	DT
19138	957	8	piano	piano	NN
19138	957	9	soon	soon	RB
19138	957	10	learns	learn	VBZ
19138	957	11	that	that	IN
19138	957	12	only	only	RB
19138	957	13	by	by	IN
19138	957	14	a	a	DT
19138	957	15	long	long	JJ
19138	957	16	and	and	CC
19138	957	17	patient	patient	JJ
19138	957	18	preparation	preparation	NN
19138	957	19	can	can	MD
19138	957	20	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	957	21	fit	fit	VB
19138	957	22	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	957	23	to	to	TO
19138	957	24	entertain	entertain	VB
19138	957	25	even	even	RB
19138	957	26	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	957	27	admiring	admire	VBG
19138	957	28	friends	friend	NNS
19138	957	29	.	.	.
19138	958	1	The	the	DT
19138	958	2	embryo	embryo	NN
19138	958	3	singer	singer	NN
19138	958	4	,	,	,
19138	958	5	on	on	IN
19138	958	6	the	the	DT
19138	958	7	contrary	contrary	NN
19138	958	8	,	,	,
19138	958	9	expects	expect	VBZ
19138	958	10	with	with	IN
19138	958	11	far	far	RB
19138	958	12	less	less	JJR
19138	958	13	expenditure	expenditure	NN
19138	958	14	of	of	IN
19138	958	15	time	time	NN
19138	958	16	and	and	CC
19138	958	17	effort	effort	NN
19138	958	18	to	to	TO
19138	958	19	appear	appear	VB
19138	958	20	in	in	IN
19138	958	21	public	public	NN
19138	958	22	.	.	.
19138	959	1	The	the	DT
19138	959	2	human	human	JJ
19138	959	3	voice	voice	NN
19138	959	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	959	5	a	a	DT
19138	959	6	direct	direct	JJ
19138	959	7	expression	expression	NN
19138	959	8	of	of	IN
19138	959	9	the	the	DT
19138	959	10	man	man	NN
19138	959	11	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	959	12	;	;	:
19138	959	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	959	14	registers	register	VBZ
19138	959	15	spontaneously	spontaneously	RB
19138	959	16	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	959	17	mental	mental	JJ
19138	959	18	and	and	CC
19138	959	19	emotional	emotional	JJ
19138	959	20	states	state	NNS
19138	959	21	,	,	,
19138	959	22	even	even	RB
19138	959	23	when	when	WRB
19138	959	24	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	959	25	would	would	MD
19138	959	26	wish	wish	VB
19138	959	27	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	959	28	hidden	hide	VBN
19138	959	29	.	.	.
19138	960	1	Mental	mental	JJ
19138	960	2	conditions	condition	NNS
19138	960	3	tinged	tinge	VBN
19138	960	4	with	with	IN
19138	960	5	impatience	impatience	NN
19138	960	6	,	,	,
19138	960	7	with	with	IN
19138	960	8	fear	fear	NN
19138	960	9	,	,	,
19138	960	10	or	or	CC
19138	960	11	with	with	IN
19138	960	12	anything	anything	NN
19138	960	13	that	that	WDT
19138	960	14	begets	beget	VBZ
19138	960	15	tension	tension	NN
19138	960	16	of	of	IN
19138	960	17	any	any	DT
19138	960	18	sort	sort	NN
19138	960	19	are	be	VBP
19138	960	20	reflected	reflect	VBN
19138	960	21	instantly	instantly	RB
19138	960	22	in	in	IN
19138	960	23	the	the	DT
19138	960	24	voice	voice	NN
19138	960	25	,	,	,
19138	960	26	robbing	rob	VBG
19138	960	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	960	28	of	of	IN
19138	960	29	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	960	30	better	well	JJR
19138	960	31	qualities	quality	NNS
19138	960	32	and	and	CC
19138	960	33	inducing	induce	VBG
19138	960	34	stiffness	stiffness	NN
19138	960	35	in	in	IN
19138	960	36	the	the	DT
19138	960	37	throat	throat	NN
19138	960	38	.	.	.
19138	961	1	Reduced	reduce	VBN
19138	961	2	to	to	IN
19138	961	3	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	961	4	lowest	low	JJS
19138	961	5	terms	term	NNS
19138	961	6	voice	voice	NN
19138	961	7	culture	culture	NN
19138	961	8	to	to	IN
19138	961	9	-	-	HYPH
19138	961	10	day	day	NN
19138	961	11	is	be	VBZ
19138	961	12	a	a	DT
19138	961	13	struggle	struggle	NN
19138	961	14	with	with	IN
19138	961	15	throat	throat	JJ
19138	961	16	stiffness	stiffness	NN
19138	961	17	.	.	.
19138	962	1	The	the	DT
19138	962	2	causes	cause	NNS
19138	962	3	indicate	indicate	VBP
19138	962	4	the	the	DT
19138	962	5	remedy	remedy	NN
19138	962	6	.	.	.
19138	963	1	Foremost	foremost	RB
19138	963	2	,	,	,
19138	963	3	then	then	RB
19138	963	4	,	,	,
19138	963	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	963	6	dropping	drop	VBG
19138	963	7	all	all	DT
19138	963	8	throat	throat	JJ
19138	963	9	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19138	963	10	,	,	,
19138	963	11	all	all	DT
19138	963	12	thought	think	VBD
19138	963	13	of	of	IN
19138	963	14	the	the	DT
19138	963	15	throat	throat	NN
19138	963	16	,	,	,
19138	963	17	all	all	DT
19138	963	18	drawing	drawing	NN
19138	963	19	of	of	IN
19138	963	20	attention	attention	NN
19138	963	21	to	to	IN
19138	963	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	963	23	.	.	.
19138	964	1	The	the	DT
19138	964	2	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	964	3	must	must	MD
19138	964	4	be	be	VB
19138	964	5	left	leave	VBN
19138	964	6	uncramped	uncramped	JJ
19138	964	7	,	,	,
19138	964	8	unhindered	unhindered	JJ
19138	964	9	to	to	TO
19138	964	10	do	do	VB
19138	964	11	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	964	12	work	work	NN
19138	964	13	in	in	IN
19138	964	14	free	free	JJ
19138	964	15	unconsciousness	unconsciousness	NN
19138	964	16	,	,	,
19138	964	17	which	which	WDT
19138	964	18	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	964	19	will	will	MD
19138	964	20	do	do	VB
19138	964	21	if	if	IN
19138	964	22	not	not	RB
19138	964	23	disturbed	disturb	VBN
19138	964	24	by	by	IN
19138	964	25	tension	tension	NN
19138	964	26	in	in	IN
19138	964	27	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	964	28	neighborhood	neighborhood	NN
19138	964	29	,	,	,
19138	964	30	or	or	CC
19138	964	31	by	by	IN
19138	964	32	misdirected	misdirected	JJ
19138	964	33	thought	thought	NN
19138	964	34	.	.	.
19138	965	1	The	the	DT
19138	965	2	stream	stream	NN
19138	965	3	of	of	IN
19138	965	4	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19138	965	5	must	must	MD
19138	965	6	in	in	IN
19138	965	7	singing	singing	NN
19138	965	8	be	be	VB
19138	965	9	directed	direct	VBN
19138	965	10	to	to	IN
19138	965	11	the	the	DT
19138	965	12	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	965	13	which	which	WDT
19138	965	14	is	be	VBZ
19138	965	15	below	below	IN
19138	965	16	the	the	DT
19138	965	17	throat	throat	NN
19138	965	18	,	,	,
19138	965	19	and	and	CC
19138	965	20	to	to	IN
19138	965	21	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	965	22	and	and	CC
19138	965	23	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	965	24	which	which	WDT
19138	965	25	are	be	VBP
19138	965	26	above	above	IN
19138	965	27	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	965	28	.	.	.
19138	966	1	These	these	DT
19138	966	2	functions	function	NNS
19138	966	3	are	be	VBP
19138	966	4	more	more	RBR
19138	966	5	or	or	CC
19138	966	6	less	less	RBR
19138	966	7	consciously	consciously	RB
19138	966	8	controlled	control	VBN
19138	966	9	until	until	IN
19138	966	10	at	at	IN
19138	966	11	last	last	JJ
19138	966	12	mastery	mastery	NN
19138	966	13	makes	make	VBZ
19138	966	14	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	966	15	action	action	NN
19138	966	16	automatic	automatic	JJ
19138	966	17	.	.	.
19138	967	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	967	2	would	would	MD
19138	967	3	once	once	RB
19138	967	4	more	more	RBR
19138	967	5	emphasize	emphasize	VB
19138	967	6	the	the	DT
19138	967	7	fact	fact	NN
19138	967	8	that	that	IN
19138	967	9	the	the	DT
19138	967	10	free	free	JJ
19138	967	11	use	use	NN
19138	967	12	of	of	IN
19138	967	13	all	all	PDT
19138	967	14	the	the	DT
19138	967	15	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	967	16	chambers	chamber	NNS
19138	967	17	,	,	,
19138	967	18	and	and	CC
19138	967	19	the	the	DT
19138	967	20	recognition	recognition	NN
19138	967	21	of	of	IN
19138	967	22	the	the	DT
19138	967	23	great	great	JJ
19138	967	24	function	function	NN
19138	967	25	of	of	IN
19138	967	26	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	967	27	,	,	,
19138	967	28	will	will	MD
19138	967	29	do	do	VB
19138	967	30	more	more	JJR
19138	967	31	than	than	IN
19138	967	32	anything	anything	NN
19138	967	33	else	else	RB
19138	967	34	to	to	TO
19138	967	35	set	set	VB
19138	967	36	the	the	DT
19138	967	37	voice	voice	NN
19138	967	38	free	free	JJ
19138	967	39	and	and	CC
19138	967	40	emancipate	emancipate	VBP
19138	967	41	the	the	DT
19138	967	42	singer	singer	NN
19138	967	43	from	from	IN
19138	967	44	all	all	DT
19138	967	45	interfering	interfere	VBG
19138	967	46	rigidity	rigidity	NN
19138	967	47	.	.	.
19138	968	1	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19138	968	2	X	X	NNP
19138	968	3	SOME	some	NN
19138	968	4	GENERAL	GENERAL	NNP
19138	968	5	CONSIDERATIONS	consideration	NNS
19138	968	6	THE	the	DT
19138	968	7	NATURAL	natural	JJ
19138	968	8	VOICE	voice	NN
19138	968	9	Pupils	pupil	NNS
19138	968	10	are	be	VBP
19138	968	11	constantly	constantly	RB
19138	968	12	urged	urge	VBN
19138	968	13	to	to	TO
19138	968	14	sing	sing	VB
19138	968	15	and	and	CC
19138	968	16	speak	speak	VB
19138	968	17	naturally	naturally	RB
19138	968	18	,	,	,
19138	968	19	because	because	IN
19138	968	20	the	the	DT
19138	968	21	"	"	``
19138	968	22	natural	natural	JJ
19138	968	23	"	"	''
19138	968	24	tone	tone	NN
19138	968	25	is	be	VBZ
19138	968	26	correct	correct	JJ
19138	968	27	.	.	.
19138	969	1	This	this	DT
19138	969	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	969	3	exceedingly	exceedingly	RB
19138	969	4	indefinite	indefinite	JJ
19138	969	5	.	.	.
19138	970	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	970	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	970	3	natural	natural	JJ
19138	970	4	for	for	IN
19138	970	5	a	a	DT
19138	970	6	child	child	NN
19138	970	7	to	to	TO
19138	970	8	imitate	imitate	VB
19138	970	9	the	the	DT
19138	970	10	first	first	JJ
19138	970	11	sound	sound	NN
19138	970	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	970	13	hears	hear	VBZ
19138	970	14	,	,	,
19138	970	15	whether	whether	IN
19138	970	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	970	17	be	be	VB
19138	970	18	correct	correct	JJ
19138	970	19	or	or	CC
19138	970	20	incorrect	incorrect	JJ
19138	970	21	.	.	.
19138	971	1	In	in	IN
19138	971	2	either	either	DT
19138	971	3	case	case	NN
19138	971	4	the	the	DT
19138	971	5	child	child	NN
19138	971	6	imitates	imitate	VBZ
19138	971	7	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	971	8	,	,	,
19138	971	9	and	and	CC
19138	971	10	for	for	IN
19138	971	11	that	that	DT
19138	971	12	child	child	NN
19138	971	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	971	14	becomes	become	VBZ
19138	971	15	the	the	DT
19138	971	16	natural	natural	JJ
19138	971	17	tone	tone	NN
19138	971	18	.	.	.
19138	972	1	The	the	DT
19138	972	2	child	child	NN
19138	972	3	reared	rear	VBN
19138	972	4	in	in	IN
19138	972	5	the	the	DT
19138	972	6	wilderness	wilderness	NN
19138	972	7	,	,	,
19138	972	8	beyond	beyond	IN
19138	972	9	the	the	DT
19138	972	10	hearing	hearing	NN
19138	972	11	of	of	IN
19138	972	12	a	a	DT
19138	972	13	human	human	JJ
19138	972	14	voice	voice	NN
19138	972	15	,	,	,
19138	972	16	will	will	MD
19138	972	17	imitate	imitate	VB
19138	972	18	the	the	DT
19138	972	19	notes	note	NNS
19138	972	20	of	of	IN
19138	972	21	the	the	DT
19138	972	22	whip	whip	NN
19138	972	23	-	-	HYPH
19138	972	24	poor	poor	JJ
19138	972	25	-	-	HYPH
19138	972	26	will	will	NN
19138	972	27	,	,	,
19138	972	28	the	the	DT
19138	972	29	chatter	chatter	NN
19138	972	30	of	of	IN
19138	972	31	the	the	DT
19138	972	32	monkey	monkey	NN
19138	972	33	,	,	,
19138	972	34	and	and	CC
19138	972	35	the	the	DT
19138	972	36	hoot	hoot	NN
19138	972	37	of	of	IN
19138	972	38	the	the	DT
19138	972	39	owl	owl	NN
19138	972	40	,	,	,
19138	972	41	and	and	CC
19138	972	42	for	for	IN
19138	972	43	him	-PRON-	PRP
19138	972	44	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	972	45	are	be	VBP
19138	972	46	natural	natural	JJ
19138	972	47	tones	tone	NNS
19138	972	48	.	.	.
19138	973	1	To	to	TO
19138	973	2	be	be	VB
19138	973	3	natural	natural	JJ
19138	973	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	973	5	the	the	DT
19138	973	6	hardest	hard	JJS
19138	973	7	lesson	lesson	NN
19138	973	8	to	to	TO
19138	973	9	learn	learn	VB
19138	973	10	and	and	CC
19138	973	11	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	973	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	973	13	only	only	RB
19138	973	14	the	the	DT
19138	973	15	result	result	NN
19138	973	16	of	of	IN
19138	973	17	imitation	imitation	NN
19138	973	18	or	or	CC
19138	973	19	prolonged	prolonged	JJ
19138	973	20	discipline	discipline	NN
19138	973	21	.	.	.
19138	974	1	Untrained	untrained	JJ
19138	974	2	naturalness	naturalness	NN
19138	974	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	974	4	the	the	DT
19138	974	5	perfection	perfection	NN
19138	974	6	of	of	IN
19138	974	7	awkwardness	awkwardness	NN
19138	974	8	.	.	.
19138	975	1	The	the	DT
19138	975	2	involuntary	involuntary	JJ
19138	975	3	functions	function	NNS
19138	975	4	of	of	IN
19138	975	5	organic	organic	JJ
19138	975	6	life	life	NN
19138	975	7	are	be	VBP
19138	975	8	the	the	DT
19138	975	9	only	only	JJ
19138	975	10	ones	one	NNS
19138	975	11	naturally	naturally	RB
19138	975	12	performed	perform	VBN
19138	975	13	correctly	correctly	RB
19138	975	14	.	.	.
19138	976	1	Nature	nature	NN
19138	976	2	's	's	POS
19138	976	3	method	method	NN
19138	976	4	of	of	IN
19138	976	5	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	976	6	,	,	,
19138	976	7	circulation	circulation	NN
19138	976	8	,	,	,
19138	976	9	and	and	CC
19138	976	10	digestion	digestion	NN
19138	976	11	can	can	MD
19138	976	12	be	be	VB
19138	976	13	depended	depend	VBN
19138	976	14	upon	upon	IN
19138	976	15	until	until	IN
19138	976	16	disarranged	disarrange	VBN
19138	976	17	by	by	IN
19138	976	18	subsequent	subsequent	JJ
19138	976	19	conditions	condition	NNS
19138	976	20	,	,	,
19138	976	21	but	but	CC
19138	976	22	unless	unless	IN
19138	976	23	proper	proper	JJ
19138	976	24	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19138	976	25	is	be	VBZ
19138	976	26	established	establish	VBN
19138	976	27	by	by	IN
19138	976	28	imitation	imitation	NN
19138	976	29	and	and	CC
19138	976	30	discipline	discipline	NN
19138	976	31	this	this	DT
19138	976	32	function	function	NN
19138	976	33	is	be	VBZ
19138	976	34	sure	sure	JJ
19138	976	35	to	to	TO
19138	976	36	be	be	VB
19138	976	37	corrupted	corrupt	VBN
19138	976	38	by	by	IN
19138	976	39	false	false	JJ
19138	976	40	examples	example	NNS
19138	976	41	.	.	.
19138	977	1	AGE	age	NN
19138	977	2	TO	to	IN
19138	977	3	BEGIN	BEGIN	NNP
19138	977	4	After	after	IN
19138	977	5	the	the	DT
19138	977	6	child	child	NN
19138	977	7	begins	begin	VBZ
19138	977	8	to	to	TO
19138	977	9	talk	talk	VB
19138	977	10	,	,	,
19138	977	11	the	the	DT
19138	977	12	sooner	soon	RBR
19138	977	13	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	977	14	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	977	15	education	education	NN
19138	977	16	begins	begin	VBZ
19138	977	17	the	the	DT
19138	977	18	better	well	JJR
19138	977	19	.	.	.
19138	978	1	Even	even	RB
19138	978	2	at	at	IN
19138	978	3	that	that	DT
19138	978	4	early	early	JJ
19138	978	5	age	age	NN
19138	978	6	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	978	7	can	can	MD
19138	978	8	be	be	VB
19138	978	9	made	make	VBN
19138	978	10	to	to	TO
19138	978	11	understand	understand	VB
19138	978	12	the	the	DT
19138	978	13	merits	merit	NNS
19138	978	14	of	of	IN
19138	978	15	head	head	NN
19138	978	16	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	978	17	and	and	CC
19138	978	18	by	by	IN
19138	978	19	simple	simple	JJ
19138	978	20	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	978	21	produce	produce	VBP
19138	978	22	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	978	23	,	,	,
19138	978	24	and	and	CC
19138	978	25	once	once	RB
19138	978	26	taught	teach	VBN
19138	978	27	will	will	MD
19138	978	28	never	never	RB
19138	978	29	forget	forget	VB
19138	978	30	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	978	31	.	.	.
19138	979	1	Vocalizing	vocalizing	NN
19138	979	2	,	,	,
19138	979	3	like	like	IN
19138	979	4	every	every	DT
19138	979	5	other	other	JJ
19138	979	6	art	art	NN
19138	979	7	,	,	,
19138	979	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	979	9	most	most	RBS
19138	979	10	easily	easily	RB
19138	979	11	learned	learn	VBN
19138	979	12	by	by	IN
19138	979	13	imitation	imitation	NN
19138	979	14	,	,	,
19138	979	15	and	and	CC
19138	979	16	the	the	DT
19138	979	17	advantage	advantage	NN
19138	979	18	of	of	IN
19138	979	19	the	the	DT
19138	979	20	early	early	JJ
19138	979	21	years	year	NNS
19138	979	22	,	,	,
19138	979	23	when	when	WRB
19138	979	24	that	that	DT
19138	979	25	faculty	faculty	NN
19138	979	26	is	be	VBZ
19138	979	27	most	most	RBS
19138	979	28	active	active	JJ
19138	979	29	,	,	,
19138	979	30	should	should	MD
19138	979	31	not	not	RB
19138	979	32	be	be	VB
19138	979	33	lost	lose	VBN
19138	979	34	.	.	.
19138	980	1	In	in	IN
19138	980	2	olden	olden	JJ
19138	980	3	times	time	NNS
19138	980	4	the	the	DT
19138	980	5	importance	importance	NN
19138	980	6	of	of	IN
19138	980	7	this	this	DT
19138	980	8	was	be	VBD
19138	980	9	fully	fully	RB
19138	980	10	realized	realize	VBN
19138	980	11	.	.	.
19138	981	1	More	More	JJR
19138	981	2	than	than	IN
19138	981	3	three	three	CD
19138	981	4	centuries	century	NNS
19138	981	5	ago	ago	RB
19138	981	6	,	,	,
19138	981	7	old	old	JJ
19138	981	8	Roger	Roger	NNP
19138	981	9	Ascham	Ascham	NNP
19138	981	10	wrote	write	VBD
19138	981	11	:	:	:
19138	981	12	"	"	``
19138	981	13	All	all	DT
19138	981	14	languages	language	NNS
19138	981	15	,	,	,
19138	981	16	both	both	DT
19138	981	17	learned	learn	VBD
19138	981	18	and	and	CC
19138	981	19	mother	mother	NN
19138	981	20	tongues	tongue	NNS
19138	981	21	,	,	,
19138	981	22	are	be	VBP
19138	981	23	begotten	beget	VBN
19138	981	24	and	and	CC
19138	981	25	gotten	get	VBN
19138	981	26	solely	solely	RB
19138	981	27	by	by	IN
19138	981	28	imitation	imitation	NN
19138	981	29	.	.	.
19138	982	1	For	for	IN
19138	982	2	as	as	IN
19138	982	3	ye	ye	NNP
19138	982	4	used	use	VBD
19138	982	5	to	to	TO
19138	982	6	hear	hear	VB
19138	982	7	so	so	RB
19138	982	8	ye	ye	NNP
19138	982	9	learn	learn	VB
19138	982	10	to	to	TO
19138	982	11	speak	speak	VB
19138	982	12	.	.	.
19138	983	1	If	if	IN
19138	983	2	ye	ye	PRP
19138	983	3	hear	hear	VBP
19138	983	4	no	no	DT
19138	983	5	other	other	JJ
19138	983	6	,	,	,
19138	983	7	ye	ye	NNP
19138	983	8	speak	speak	VBP
19138	983	9	not	not	RB
19138	983	10	yourself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	983	11	;	;	:
19138	983	12	and	and	CC
19138	983	13	of	of	IN
19138	983	14	whom	whom	WP
19138	983	15	ye	ye	NNP
19138	983	16	only	only	RB
19138	983	17	hear	hear	VBP
19138	983	18	,	,	,
19138	983	19	of	of	IN
19138	983	20	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	983	21	ye	ye	PRP
19138	983	22	only	only	RB
19138	983	23	learn	learn	VB
19138	983	24	.	.	.
19138	983	25	"	"	''
19138	984	1	Nineteen	nineteen	CD
19138	984	2	centuries	century	NNS
19138	984	3	ago	ago	RB
19138	984	4	Quintillian	Quintillian	NNP
19138	984	5	wrote	write	VBD
19138	984	6	:	:	:
19138	984	7	"	"	``
19138	984	8	Before	before	IN
19138	984	9	all	all	DT
19138	984	10	let	let	VBP
19138	984	11	the	the	DT
19138	984	12	nurses	nurse	NNS
19138	984	13	speak	speak	VB
19138	984	14	properly	properly	RB
19138	984	15	.	.	.
19138	985	1	The	the	DT
19138	985	2	boy	boy	NN
19138	985	3	will	will	MD
19138	985	4	hear	hear	VB
19138	985	5	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	985	6	first	first	RB
19138	985	7	and	and	CC
19138	985	8	will	will	MD
19138	985	9	try	try	VB
19138	985	10	to	to	TO
19138	985	11	shape	shape	VB
19138	985	12	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	985	13	words	word	NNS
19138	985	14	by	by	IN
19138	985	15	imitating	imitate	VBG
19138	985	16	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	985	17	.	.	.
19138	985	18	"	"	''
19138	986	1	If	if	IN
19138	986	2	the	the	DT
19138	986	3	right	right	JJ
19138	986	4	way	way	NN
19138	986	5	of	of	IN
19138	986	6	using	use	VBG
19138	986	7	the	the	DT
19138	986	8	voice	voice	NN
19138	986	9	is	be	VBZ
19138	986	10	early	early	RB
19138	986	11	taught	teach	VBN
19138	986	12	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	986	13	will	will	MD
19138	986	14	be	be	VB
19138	986	15	a	a	DT
19138	986	16	guard	guard	NN
19138	986	17	against	against	IN
19138	986	18	the	the	DT
19138	986	19	contraction	contraction	NN
19138	986	20	of	of	IN
19138	986	21	bad	bad	JJ
19138	986	22	habits	habit	NNS
19138	986	23	which	which	WDT
19138	986	24	can	can	MD
19138	986	25	only	only	RB
19138	986	26	be	be	VB
19138	986	27	corrected	correct	VBN
19138	986	28	later	later	RB
19138	986	29	with	with	IN
19138	986	30	infinite	infinite	JJ
19138	986	31	trouble	trouble	NN
19138	986	32	.	.	.
19138	987	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	987	2	certainly	certainly	RB
19138	987	3	would	would	MD
19138	987	4	be	be	VB
19138	987	5	unwise	unwise	JJ
19138	987	6	to	to	TO
19138	987	7	put	put	VB
19138	987	8	a	a	DT
19138	987	9	young	young	JJ
19138	987	10	child	child	NN
19138	987	11	under	under	IN
19138	987	12	continued	continued	JJ
19138	987	13	training	training	NN
19138	987	14	;	;	:
19138	987	15	but	but	CC
19138	987	16	even	even	RB
19138	987	17	in	in	IN
19138	987	18	the	the	DT
19138	987	19	kindergarten	kindergarten	NN
19138	987	20	the	the	DT
19138	987	21	right	right	JJ
19138	987	22	method	method	NN
19138	987	23	of	of	IN
19138	987	24	voice	voice	NN
19138	987	25	production	production	NN
19138	987	26	can	can	MD
19138	987	27	and	and	CC
19138	987	28	should	should	MD
19138	987	29	be	be	VB
19138	987	30	taught	teach	VBN
19138	987	31	.	.	.
19138	988	1	Teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	988	2	of	of	IN
19138	988	3	kindergarten	kindergarten	NN
19138	988	4	and	and	CC
19138	988	5	primary	primary	JJ
19138	988	6	schools	school	NNS
19138	988	7	should	should	MD
19138	988	8	be	be	VB
19138	988	9	familiar	familiar	JJ
19138	988	10	with	with	IN
19138	988	11	the	the	DT
19138	988	12	principles	principle	NNS
19138	988	13	of	of	IN
19138	988	14	voice	voice	NN
19138	988	15	training	training	NN
19138	988	16	and	and	CC
19138	988	17	be	be	VB
19138	988	18	able	able	JJ
19138	988	19	to	to	TO
19138	988	20	start	start	VB
19138	988	21	the	the	DT
19138	988	22	pupils	pupil	NNS
19138	988	23	at	at	IN
19138	988	24	once	once	RB
19138	988	25	on	on	IN
19138	988	26	the	the	DT
19138	988	27	right	right	JJ
19138	988	28	road	road	NN
19138	988	29	.	.	.
19138	989	1	IN	in	IN
19138	989	2	PUBLIC	PUBLIC	NNP
19138	989	3	SCHOOLS	school	NNS
19138	989	4	The	the	DT
19138	989	5	sooner	soon	RBR
19138	989	6	this	this	DT
19138	989	7	branch	branch	NN
19138	989	8	of	of	IN
19138	989	9	education	education	NN
19138	989	10	is	be	VBZ
19138	989	11	made	make	VBN
19138	989	12	a	a	DT
19138	989	13	part	part	NN
19138	989	14	of	of	IN
19138	989	15	the	the	DT
19138	989	16	curriculum	curriculum	NN
19138	989	17	of	of	IN
19138	989	18	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	989	19	common	common	JJ
19138	989	20	schools	school	NNS
19138	989	21	,	,	,
19138	989	22	the	the	DT
19138	989	23	sooner	soon	RBR
19138	989	24	shall	shall	MD
19138	989	25	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	989	26	produce	produce	VB
19138	989	27	a	a	DT
19138	989	28	race	race	NN
19138	989	29	of	of	IN
19138	989	30	good	good	JJ
19138	989	31	speakers	speaker	NNS
19138	989	32	and	and	CC
19138	989	33	singers	singer	NNS
19138	989	34	.	.	.
19138	990	1	If	if	IN
19138	990	2	,	,	,
19138	990	3	during	during	IN
19138	990	4	the	the	DT
19138	990	5	pupil	pupil	NN
19138	990	6	's	's	POS
19138	990	7	school	school	NN
19138	990	8	life	life	NN
19138	990	9	,	,	,
19138	990	10	proper	proper	JJ
19138	990	11	attention	attention	NN
19138	990	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	990	13	paid	pay	VBN
19138	990	14	to	to	IN
19138	990	15	these	these	DT
19138	990	16	primary	primary	JJ
19138	990	17	principles	principle	NNS
19138	990	18	and	and	CC
19138	990	19	to	to	IN
19138	990	20	_	_	NNP
19138	990	21	correct	correct	JJ
19138	990	22	articulation	articulation	NN
19138	990	23	_	_	NNP
19138	990	24	,	,	,
19138	990	25	a	a	DT
19138	990	26	large	large	JJ
19138	990	27	majority	majority	NN
19138	990	28	of	of	IN
19138	990	29	students	student	NNS
19138	990	30	will	will	MD
19138	990	31	graduate	graduate	VB
19138	990	32	from	from	IN
19138	990	33	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	990	34	common	common	JJ
19138	990	35	schools	school	NNS
19138	990	36	prepared	prepare	VBD
19138	990	37	to	to	TO
19138	990	38	advance	advance	VB
19138	990	39	in	in	IN
19138	990	40	the	the	DT
19138	990	41	art	art	NN
19138	990	42	of	of	IN
19138	990	43	elocution	elocution	NN
19138	990	44	or	or	CC
19138	990	45	of	of	IN
19138	990	46	singing	singing	NN
19138	990	47	without	without	IN
19138	990	48	being	be	VBG
19138	990	49	obliged	oblige	VBN
19138	990	50	first	first	RB
19138	990	51	to	to	TO
19138	990	52	unlearn	unlearn	VB
19138	990	53	a	a	DT
19138	990	54	vast	vast	JJ
19138	990	55	amount	amount	NN
19138	990	56	of	of	IN
19138	990	57	error	error	NN
19138	990	58	and	and	CC
19138	990	59	to	to	TO
19138	990	60	correct	correct	VB
19138	990	61	a	a	DT
19138	990	62	long	long	JJ
19138	990	63	list	list	NN
19138	990	64	of	of	IN
19138	990	65	bad	bad	JJ
19138	990	66	habits	habit	NNS
19138	990	67	.	.	.
19138	991	1	If	if	IN
19138	991	2	each	each	DT
19138	991	3	day	day	NN
19138	991	4	in	in	IN
19138	991	5	the	the	DT
19138	991	6	public	public	JJ
19138	991	7	schools	school	NNS
19138	991	8	a	a	DT
19138	991	9	few	few	JJ
19138	991	10	minutes	minute	NNS
19138	991	11	only	only	RB
19138	991	12	are	be	VBP
19138	991	13	devoted	devoted	JJ
19138	991	14	to	to	IN
19138	991	15	the	the	DT
19138	991	16	subject	subject	NN
19138	991	17	by	by	IN
19138	991	18	a	a	DT
19138	991	19	teacher	teacher	NN
19138	991	20	who	who	WP
19138	991	21	understands	understand	VBZ
19138	991	22	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	991	23	and	and	CC
19138	991	24	who	who	WP
19138	991	25	will	will	MD
19138	991	26	call	call	VB
19138	991	27	the	the	DT
19138	991	28	attention	attention	NN
19138	991	29	of	of	IN
19138	991	30	the	the	DT
19138	991	31	pupils	pupil	NNS
19138	991	32	to	to	IN
19138	991	33	the	the	DT
19138	991	34	proper	proper	JJ
19138	991	35	applications	application	NNS
19138	991	36	of	of	IN
19138	991	37	the	the	DT
19138	991	38	principles	principle	NNS
19138	991	39	in	in	IN
19138	991	40	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	991	41	daily	daily	JJ
19138	991	42	recitations	recitation	NNS
19138	991	43	,	,	,
19138	991	44	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	991	45	will	will	MD
19138	991	46	be	be	VB
19138	991	47	found	find	VBN
19138	991	48	amply	amply	RB
19138	991	49	sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19138	991	50	to	to	TO
19138	991	51	develop	develop	VB
19138	991	52	and	and	CC
19138	991	53	establish	establish	VB
19138	991	54	a	a	DT
19138	991	55	good	good	JJ
19138	991	56	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	991	57	and	and	CC
19138	991	58	singing	singing	NN
19138	991	59	voice	voice	NN
19138	991	60	.	.	.
19138	992	1	ARTISTRY	artistry	RB
19138	992	2	If	if	IN
19138	992	3	artistry	artistry	NN
19138	992	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	992	5	to	to	TO
19138	992	6	be	be	VB
19138	992	7	attained	attain	VBN
19138	992	8	,	,	,
19138	992	9	every	every	DT
19138	992	10	organ	organ	NN
19138	992	11	must	must	MD
19138	992	12	be	be	VB
19138	992	13	individually	individually	RB
19138	992	14	well	well	RB
19138	992	15	trained	train	VBN
19138	992	16	.	.	.
19138	993	1	Yet	yet	RB
19138	993	2	,	,	,
19138	993	3	during	during	IN
19138	993	4	performance	performance	NN
19138	993	5	,	,	,
19138	993	6	no	no	DT
19138	993	7	one	one	CD
19138	993	8	part	part	NN
19138	993	9	should	should	MD
19138	993	10	be	be	VB
19138	993	11	given	give	VBN
19138	993	12	undue	undue	JJ
19138	993	13	prominence	prominence	NN
19138	993	14	.	.	.
19138	994	1	The	the	DT
19138	994	2	voice	voice	NN
19138	994	3	should	should	MD
19138	994	4	be	be	VB
19138	994	5	the	the	DT
19138	994	6	product	product	NN
19138	994	7	of	of	IN
19138	994	8	all	all	PDT
19138	994	9	the	the	DT
19138	994	10	organs	organ	NNS
19138	994	11	equally	equally	RB
19138	994	12	well	well	RB
19138	994	13	developed	developed	JJ
19138	994	14	.	.	.
19138	995	1	Continued	continue	VBN
19138	995	2	practice	practice	NN
19138	995	3	will	will	MD
19138	995	4	enable	enable	VB
19138	995	5	the	the	DT
19138	995	6	performer	performer	NN
19138	995	7	to	to	TO
19138	995	8	correlate	correlate	VB
19138	995	9	the	the	DT
19138	995	10	whole	whole	JJ
19138	995	11	--	--	:
19138	995	12	blend	blend	VB
19138	995	13	the	the	DT
19138	995	14	strength	strength	NN
19138	995	15	of	of	IN
19138	995	16	all	all	DT
19138	995	17	in	in	IN
19138	995	18	one	one	CD
19138	995	19	.	.	.
19138	996	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	996	2	goes	go	VBZ
19138	996	3	without	without	IN
19138	996	4	saying	say	VBG
19138	996	5	that	that	IN
19138	996	6	no	no	DT
19138	996	7	one	one	NN
19138	996	8	in	in	IN
19138	996	9	singing	singing	NN
19138	996	10	or	or	CC
19138	996	11	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	996	12	should	should	MD
19138	996	13	appear	appear	VB
19138	996	14	to	to	TO
19138	996	15	be	be	VB
19138	996	16	governed	govern	VBN
19138	996	17	by	by	IN
19138	996	18	a	a	DT
19138	996	19	"	"	``
19138	996	20	method	method	NN
19138	996	21	.	.	.
19138	996	22	"	"	''
19138	997	1	During	during	IN
19138	997	2	the	the	DT
19138	997	3	early	early	JJ
19138	997	4	stages	stage	NNS
19138	997	5	of	of	IN
19138	997	6	education	education	NN
19138	997	7	,	,	,
19138	997	8	pupils	pupil	NNS
19138	997	9	should	should	MD
19138	997	10	be	be	VB
19138	997	11	amenable	amenable	JJ
19138	997	12	to	to	IN
19138	997	13	rules	rule	NNS
19138	997	14	and	and	CC
19138	997	15	methods	method	NNS
19138	997	16	,	,	,
19138	997	17	but	but	CC
19138	997	18	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	997	19	must	must	MD
19138	997	20	not	not	RB
19138	997	21	expect	expect	VB
19138	997	22	to	to	TO
19138	997	23	be	be	VB
19138	997	24	acceptable	acceptable	JJ
19138	997	25	performers	performer	NNS
19138	997	26	until	until	IN
19138	997	27	able	able	JJ
19138	997	28	to	to	TO
19138	997	29	forget	forget	VB
19138	997	30	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	997	31	lessons	lesson	NNS
19138	997	32	and	and	CC
19138	997	33	simply	simply	RB
19138	997	34	and	and	CC
19138	997	35	unconsciously	unconsciously	RB
19138	997	36	make	make	VB
19138	997	37	use	use	NN
19138	997	38	of	of	IN
19138	997	39	all	all	PDT
19138	997	40	the	the	DT
19138	997	41	advantages	advantage	NNS
19138	997	42	of	of	IN
19138	997	43	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	997	44	training	training	NN
19138	997	45	.	.	.
19138	998	1	Even	even	RB
19138	998	2	when	when	WRB
19138	998	3	the	the	DT
19138	998	4	education	education	NN
19138	998	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	998	6	finished	finish	VBN
19138	998	7	,	,	,
19138	998	8	and	and	CC
19138	998	9	the	the	DT
19138	998	10	_	_	NNP
19138	998	11	prima	prima	NNP
19138	998	12	donna	donna	NNP
19138	998	13	_	_	NNP
19138	998	14	has	have	VBZ
19138	998	15	made	make	VBN
19138	998	16	her	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	998	17	successful	successful	JJ
19138	998	18	debut	debut	NN
19138	998	19	,	,	,
19138	998	20	continued	continue	VBD
19138	998	21	daily	daily	JJ
19138	998	22	repetition	repetition	NN
19138	998	23	of	of	IN
19138	998	24	primary	primary	JJ
19138	998	25	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	998	26	is	be	VBZ
19138	998	27	necessary	necessary	JJ
19138	998	28	to	to	TO
19138	998	29	maintain	maintain	VB
19138	998	30	excellence	excellence	NN
19138	998	31	and	and	CC
19138	998	32	insure	insure	VB
19138	998	33	the	the	DT
19138	998	34	progress	progress	NN
19138	998	35	that	that	WDT
19138	998	36	every	every	DT
19138	998	37	performer	performer	JJ
19138	998	38	desires	desire	NNS
19138	998	39	.	.	.
19138	999	1	Our	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	999	2	best	good	JJS
19138	999	3	singers	singer	NNS
19138	999	4	to	to	IN
19138	999	5	-	-	HYPH
19138	999	6	day	day	NN
19138	999	7	are	be	VBP
19138	999	8	as	as	RB
19138	999	9	diligent	diligent	JJ
19138	999	10	students	student	NNS
19138	999	11	of	of	IN
19138	999	12	the	the	DT
19138	999	13	technique	technique	NN
19138	999	14	of	of	IN
19138	999	15	the	the	DT
19138	999	16	voice	voice	NN
19138	999	17	as	as	IN
19138	999	18	are	be	VBP
19138	999	19	the	the	DT
19138	999	20	tyros	tiro	NNS
19138	999	21	struggling	struggle	VBG
19138	999	22	with	with	IN
19138	999	23	the	the	DT
19138	999	24	first	first	JJ
19138	999	25	elements	element	NNS
19138	999	26	.	.	.
19138	1000	1	LIFE	LIFE	NNP
19138	1000	2	'S	's	POS
19138	1000	3	PERIODS	PERIODS	NNP
19138	1000	4	Human	human	JJ
19138	1000	5	life	life	NN
19138	1000	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	1000	7	divided	divide	VBN
19138	1000	8	into	into	IN
19138	1000	9	three	three	CD
19138	1000	10	periods	period	NNS
19138	1000	11	:	:	:
19138	1000	12	_	_	NNP
19138	1000	13	first	first	NNP
19138	1000	14	_	_	NNP
19138	1000	15	,	,	,
19138	1000	16	that	that	DT
19138	1000	17	of	of	IN
19138	1000	18	effort	effort	NN
19138	1000	19	to	to	TO
19138	1000	20	get	get	VB
19138	1000	21	an	an	DT
19138	1000	22	education	education	NN
19138	1000	23	;	;	:
19138	1000	24	_	_	NNP
19138	1000	25	second	second	JJ
19138	1000	26	_	_	NNP
19138	1000	27	,	,	,
19138	1000	28	of	of	IN
19138	1000	29	effort	effort	NN
19138	1000	30	to	to	TO
19138	1000	31	maintain	maintain	VB
19138	1000	32	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1000	33	;	;	:
19138	1000	34	and	and	CC
19138	1000	35	_	_	NNP
19138	1000	36	third	third	JJ
19138	1000	37	_	_	NNP
19138	1000	38	,	,	,
19138	1000	39	of	of	IN
19138	1000	40	effort	effort	NN
19138	1000	41	to	to	TO
19138	1000	42	resist	resist	VB
19138	1000	43	the	the	DT
19138	1000	44	natural	natural	JJ
19138	1000	45	decline	decline	NN
19138	1000	46	which	which	WDT
19138	1000	47	comes	come	VBZ
19138	1000	48	with	with	IN
19138	1000	49	advancing	advance	VBG
19138	1000	50	years	year	NNS
19138	1000	51	.	.	.
19138	1001	1	The	the	DT
19138	1001	2	singer	singer	NN
19138	1001	3	and	and	CC
19138	1001	4	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	1001	5	must	must	MD
19138	1001	6	drill	drill	VB
19138	1001	7	to	to	TO
19138	1001	8	develop	develop	VB
19138	1001	9	the	the	DT
19138	1001	10	voice	voice	NN
19138	1001	11	,	,	,
19138	1001	12	must	must	MD
19138	1001	13	drill	drill	VB
19138	1001	14	to	to	TO
19138	1001	15	keep	keep	VB
19138	1001	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1001	17	in	in	IN
19138	1001	18	condition	condition	NN
19138	1001	19	,	,	,
19138	1001	20	and	and	CC
19138	1001	21	must	must	MD
19138	1001	22	drill	drill	VB
19138	1001	23	to	to	TO
19138	1001	24	resist	resist	VB
19138	1001	25	the	the	DT
19138	1001	26	encroachments	encroachment	NNS
19138	1001	27	of	of	IN
19138	1001	28	senility	senility	NN
19138	1001	29	.	.	.
19138	1002	1	Eternal	eternal	JJ
19138	1002	2	vigilance	vigilance	NN
19138	1002	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	1002	4	the	the	DT
19138	1002	5	price	price	NN
19138	1002	6	of	of	IN
19138	1002	7	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	1002	8	success	success	NN
19138	1002	9	.	.	.
19138	1003	1	APPLICATION	application	NN
19138	1003	2	OF	of	IN
19138	1003	3	ESSENTIALS	ESSENTIALS	NNP
19138	1003	4	The	the	DT
19138	1003	5	application	application	NN
19138	1003	6	of	of	IN
19138	1003	7	the	the	DT
19138	1003	8	principles	principle	NNS
19138	1003	9	here	here	RB
19138	1003	10	discussed	discuss	VBN
19138	1003	11	will	will	MD
19138	1003	12	show	show	VB
19138	1003	13	that	that	IN
19138	1003	14	a	a	DT
19138	1003	15	musical	musical	JJ
19138	1003	16	voice	voice	NN
19138	1003	17	is	be	VBZ
19138	1003	18	not	not	RB
19138	1003	19	the	the	DT
19138	1003	20	product	product	NN
19138	1003	21	of	of	IN
19138	1003	22	mysterious	mysterious	JJ
19138	1003	23	systems	system	NNS
19138	1003	24	,	,	,
19138	1003	25	but	but	CC
19138	1003	26	a	a	DT
19138	1003	27	matter	matter	NN
19138	1003	28	of	of	IN
19138	1003	29	scientific	scientific	JJ
19138	1003	30	certainty	certainty	NN
19138	1003	31	.	.	.
19138	1004	1	The	the	DT
19138	1004	2	essentials	essential	NNS
19138	1004	3	are	be	VBP
19138	1004	4	good	good	JJ
19138	1004	5	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	1004	6	,	,	,
19138	1004	7	good	good	JJ
19138	1004	8	focusing	focus	VBG
19138	1004	9	,	,	,
19138	1004	10	good	good	JJ
19138	1004	11	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1004	12	,	,	,
19138	1004	13	and	and	CC
19138	1004	14	good	good	JJ
19138	1004	15	articulation	articulation	NN
19138	1004	16	.	.	.
19138	1005	1	These	these	DT
19138	1005	2	four	four	CD
19138	1005	3	elements	element	NNS
19138	1005	4	are	be	VBP
19138	1005	5	so	so	RB
19138	1005	6	interdependent	interdependent	JJ
19138	1005	7	that	that	IN
19138	1005	8	one	one	PRP
19138	1005	9	can	can	MD
19138	1005	10	not	not	RB
19138	1005	11	be	be	VB
19138	1005	12	perfected	perfect	VBN
19138	1005	13	without	without	IN
19138	1005	14	the	the	DT
19138	1005	15	other	other	JJ
19138	1005	16	.	.	.
19138	1006	1	With	with	IN
19138	1006	2	these	these	DT
19138	1006	3	attained	attain	VBN
19138	1006	4	,	,	,
19138	1006	5	the	the	DT
19138	1006	6	intellect	intellect	NN
19138	1006	7	,	,	,
19138	1006	8	the	the	DT
19138	1006	9	sentiment	sentiment	NN
19138	1006	10	,	,	,
19138	1006	11	and	and	CC
19138	1006	12	the	the	DT
19138	1006	13	emotion	emotion	NN
19138	1006	14	of	of	IN
19138	1006	15	the	the	DT
19138	1006	16	performer	performer	NN
19138	1006	17	will	will	MD
19138	1006	18	culminate	culminate	VB
19138	1006	19	in	in	IN
19138	1006	20	artistic	artistic	JJ
19138	1006	21	excellence	excellence	NN
19138	1006	22	.	.	.
19138	1007	1	REPOSE	repose	VB
19138	1007	2	AS	as	IN
19138	1007	3	A	a	DT
19138	1007	4	PREPARATION	preparation	NN
19138	1007	5	FOR	for	IN
19138	1007	6	VOCAL	vocal	NN
19138	1007	7	EXERCISE	exercise	NN
19138	1007	8	The	the	DT
19138	1007	9	nervousness	nervousness	NN
19138	1007	10	or	or	CC
19138	1007	11	fear	fear	NN
19138	1007	12	which	which	WDT
19138	1007	13	manifests	manifest	VBZ
19138	1007	14	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1007	15	in	in	IN
19138	1007	16	constraint	constraint	NN
19138	1007	17	and	and	CC
19138	1007	18	rigidity	rigidity	NN
19138	1007	19	of	of	IN
19138	1007	20	the	the	DT
19138	1007	21	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	1007	22	and	and	CC
19138	1007	23	sometimes	sometimes	RB
19138	1007	24	in	in	IN
19138	1007	25	stage	stage	NN
19138	1007	26	fright	fright	VBN
19138	1007	27	is	be	VBZ
19138	1007	28	a	a	DT
19138	1007	29	serious	serious	JJ
19138	1007	30	hindrance	hindrance	NN
19138	1007	31	to	to	TO
19138	1007	32	progress	progress	VB
19138	1007	33	.	.	.
19138	1008	1	The	the	DT
19138	1008	2	effectual	effectual	JJ
19138	1008	3	offset	offset	VBD
19138	1008	4	to	to	IN
19138	1008	5	this	this	DT
19138	1008	6	painful	painful	JJ
19138	1008	7	condition	condition	NN
19138	1008	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	1008	9	repose	repose	JJ
19138	1008	10	.	.	.
19138	1009	1	The	the	DT
19138	1009	2	art	art	NN
19138	1009	3	of	of	IN
19138	1009	4	inducing	induce	VBG
19138	1009	5	a	a	DT
19138	1009	6	condition	condition	NN
19138	1009	7	of	of	IN
19138	1009	8	repose	repose	NN
19138	1009	9	can	can	MD
19138	1009	10	be	be	VB
19138	1009	11	readily	readily	RB
19138	1009	12	acquired	acquire	VBN
19138	1009	13	by	by	IN
19138	1009	14	any	any	DT
19138	1009	15	one	one	NN
19138	1009	16	who	who	WP
19138	1009	17	will	will	MD
19138	1009	18	carefully	carefully	RB
19138	1009	19	and	and	CC
19138	1009	20	faithfully	faithfully	RB
19138	1009	21	do	do	VB
19138	1009	22	as	as	IN
19138	1009	23	follows	follow	VBZ
19138	1009	24	:	:	:
19138	1009	25	Place	place	VB
19138	1009	26	yourself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1009	27	in	in	IN
19138	1009	28	an	an	DT
19138	1009	29	easy	easy	JJ
19138	1009	30	lying	lying	NN
19138	1009	31	or	or	CC
19138	1009	32	lounging	lounge	VBG
19138	1009	33	position	position	NN
19138	1009	34	in	in	IN
19138	1009	35	a	a	DT
19138	1009	36	quiet	quiet	JJ
19138	1009	37	place	place	NN
19138	1009	38	,	,	,
19138	1009	39	with	with	IN
19138	1009	40	fresh	fresh	JJ
19138	1009	41	air	air	NN
19138	1009	42	.	.	.
19138	1010	1	Physical	Physical	NNP
19138	1010	2	repose	repose	NN
19138	1010	3	prepares	prepare	NNS
19138	1010	4	for	for	IN
19138	1010	5	and	and	CC
19138	1010	6	invites	invite	VBZ
19138	1010	7	mental	mental	JJ
19138	1010	8	repose	repose	NN
19138	1010	9	.	.	.
19138	1011	1	Now	now	RB
19138	1011	2	allow	allow	VB
19138	1011	3	the	the	DT
19138	1011	4	mind	mind	NN
19138	1011	5	to	to	TO
19138	1011	6	work	work	VB
19138	1011	7	care	care	NN
19138	1011	8	free	free	JJ
19138	1011	9	at	at	IN
19138	1011	10	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1011	11	own	own	JJ
19138	1011	12	sweet	sweet	JJ
19138	1011	13	will	will	NN
19138	1011	14	without	without	IN
19138	1011	15	any	any	DT
19138	1011	16	attempt	attempt	NN
19138	1011	17	to	to	TO
19138	1011	18	control	control	VB
19138	1011	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1011	20	.	.	.
19138	1012	1	Close	close	VB
19138	1012	2	the	the	DT
19138	1012	3	eyes	eye	NNS
19138	1012	4	and	and	CC
19138	1012	5	_	_	NNP
19138	1012	6	breathe	breathe	VBP
19138	1012	7	slowly	slowly	RB
19138	1012	8	,	,	,
19138	1012	9	gently	gently	RB
19138	1012	10	,	,	,
19138	1012	11	and	and	CC
19138	1012	12	deeply	deeply	RB
19138	1012	13	,	,	,
19138	1012	14	with	with	IN
19138	1012	15	steady	steady	JJ
19138	1012	16	rhythm	rhythm	NN
19138	1012	17	_	_	NNP
19138	1012	18	.	.	.
19138	1013	1	In	in	IN
19138	1013	2	two	two	CD
19138	1013	3	or	or	CC
19138	1013	4	three	three	CD
19138	1013	5	minutes	minute	NNS
19138	1013	6	a	a	DT
19138	1013	7	sensation	sensation	NN
19138	1013	8	of	of	IN
19138	1013	9	quiet	quiet	JJ
19138	1013	10	restful	restful	JJ
19138	1013	11	repose	repose	NNP
19138	1013	12	will	will	MD
19138	1013	13	be	be	VB
19138	1013	14	experienced	experience	VBN
19138	1013	15	,	,	,
19138	1013	16	which	which	WDT
19138	1013	17	may	may	MD
19138	1013	18	be	be	VB
19138	1013	19	continued	continue	VBN
19138	1013	20	for	for	IN
19138	1013	21	several	several	JJ
19138	1013	22	minutes	minute	NNS
19138	1013	23	or	or	CC
19138	1013	24	may	may	MD
19138	1013	25	even	even	RB
19138	1013	26	lead	lead	VB
19138	1013	27	to	to	IN
19138	1013	28	a	a	DT
19138	1013	29	natural	natural	JJ
19138	1013	30	sound	sound	JJ
19138	1013	31	sleep	sleep	NN
19138	1013	32	.	.	.
19138	1014	1	This	this	DT
19138	1014	2	result	result	NN
19138	1014	3	may	may	MD
19138	1014	4	not	not	RB
19138	1014	5	be	be	VB
19138	1014	6	attained	attain	VBN
19138	1014	7	at	at	IN
19138	1014	8	the	the	DT
19138	1014	9	first	first	JJ
19138	1014	10	or	or	CC
19138	1014	11	the	the	DT
19138	1014	12	second	second	JJ
19138	1014	13	trial	trial	NN
19138	1014	14	,	,	,
19138	1014	15	but	but	CC
19138	1014	16	a	a	DT
19138	1014	17	few	few	JJ
19138	1014	18	repetitions	repetition	NNS
19138	1014	19	of	of	IN
19138	1014	20	the	the	DT
19138	1014	21	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	1014	22	will	will	MD
19138	1014	23	insure	insure	VB
19138	1014	24	success	success	NN
19138	1014	25	in	in	IN
19138	1014	26	almost	almost	RB
19138	1014	27	every	every	DT
19138	1014	28	case	case	NN
19138	1014	29	.	.	.
19138	1015	1	After	after	IN
19138	1015	2	the	the	DT
19138	1015	3	art	art	NN
19138	1015	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	1015	5	attained	attain	VBN
19138	1015	6	in	in	IN
19138	1015	7	this	this	DT
19138	1015	8	formal	formal	JJ
19138	1015	9	way	way	NN
19138	1015	10	,	,	,
19138	1015	11	ability	ability	NN
19138	1015	12	to	to	TO
19138	1015	13	induce	induce	VB
19138	1015	14	the	the	DT
19138	1015	15	same	same	JJ
19138	1015	16	repose	repose	NN
19138	1015	17	when	when	WRB
19138	1015	18	sitting	sit	VBG
19138	1015	19	upright	upright	JJ
19138	1015	20	,	,	,
19138	1015	21	or	or	CC
19138	1015	22	while	while	IN
19138	1015	23	standing	stand	VBG
19138	1015	24	,	,	,
19138	1015	25	will	will	MD
19138	1015	26	be	be	VB
19138	1015	27	quickly	quickly	RB
19138	1015	28	developed	develop	VBN
19138	1015	29	.	.	.
19138	1016	1	This	this	DT
19138	1016	2	repose	repose	NN
19138	1016	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	1016	4	the	the	DT
19138	1016	5	fitting	fitting	JJ
19138	1016	6	preparation	preparation	NN
19138	1016	7	for	for	IN
19138	1016	8	a	a	DT
19138	1016	9	lesson	lesson	NN
19138	1016	10	or	or	CC
19138	1016	11	a	a	DT
19138	1016	12	performance	performance	NN
19138	1016	13	and	and	CC
19138	1016	14	may	may	MD
19138	1016	15	be	be	VB
19138	1016	16	induced	induce	VBN
19138	1016	17	during	during	IN
19138	1016	18	the	the	DT
19138	1016	19	progress	progress	NN
19138	1016	20	of	of	IN
19138	1016	21	either	either	CC
19138	1016	22	,	,	,
19138	1016	23	to	to	TO
19138	1016	24	allay	allay	VB
19138	1016	25	any	any	DT
19138	1016	26	trepidation	trepidation	NN
19138	1016	27	incident	incident	NN
19138	1016	28	to	to	IN
19138	1016	29	the	the	DT
19138	1016	30	situation	situation	NN
19138	1016	31	.	.	.
19138	1017	1	A	a	DT
19138	1017	2	mastery	mastery	NN
19138	1017	3	of	of	IN
19138	1017	4	this	this	DT
19138	1017	5	simple	simple	JJ
19138	1017	6	art	art	NN
19138	1017	7	will	will	MD
19138	1017	8	make	make	VB
19138	1017	9	progress	progress	NN
19138	1017	10	in	in	IN
19138	1017	11	the	the	DT
19138	1017	12	work	work	NN
19138	1017	13	of	of	IN
19138	1017	14	voice	voice	NN
19138	1017	15	development	development	NN
19138	1017	16	much	much	RB
19138	1017	17	more	more	RBR
19138	1017	18	rapid	rapid	JJ
19138	1017	19	,	,	,
19138	1017	20	and	and	CC
19138	1017	21	make	make	VB
19138	1017	22	attainable	attainable	JJ
19138	1017	23	a	a	DT
19138	1017	24	degree	degree	NN
19138	1017	25	of	of	IN
19138	1017	26	discipline	discipline	NN
19138	1017	27	that	that	WDT
19138	1017	28	is	be	VBZ
19138	1017	29	impossible	impossible	JJ
19138	1017	30	without	without	IN
19138	1017	31	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1017	32	.	.	.
19138	1018	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1018	2	will	will	MD
19138	1018	3	prove	prove	VB
19138	1018	4	for	for	IN
19138	1018	5	the	the	DT
19138	1018	6	beginner	beginner	NN
19138	1018	7	a	a	DT
19138	1018	8	sure	sure	JJ
19138	1018	9	prevention	prevention	NN
19138	1018	10	of	of	IN
19138	1018	11	stage	stage	NN
19138	1018	12	fright	fright	VBN
19138	1018	13	and	and	CC
19138	1018	14	a	a	DT
19138	1018	15	great	great	JJ
19138	1018	16	relief	relief	NN
19138	1018	17	to	to	IN
19138	1018	18	the	the	DT
19138	1018	19	most	most	RBS
19138	1018	20	chronic	chronic	JJ
19138	1018	21	sufferer	sufferer	NN
19138	1018	22	from	from	IN
19138	1018	23	this	this	DT
19138	1018	24	malady	malady	NN
19138	1018	25	.	.	.
19138	1019	1	THE	the	DT
19138	1019	2	VIBRATO	VIBRATO	NNP
19138	1019	3	The	the	DT
19138	1019	4	_	_	NNP
19138	1019	5	vibrato	vibrato	NNP
19138	1019	6	_	_	NNP
19138	1019	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	1019	8	a	a	DT
19138	1019	9	rhythmic	rhythmic	JJ
19138	1019	10	pulsation	pulsation	NN
19138	1019	11	of	of	IN
19138	1019	12	the	the	DT
19138	1019	13	voice	voice	NN
19138	1019	14	.	.	.
19138	1020	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1020	2	often	often	RB
19138	1020	3	appears	appear	VBZ
19138	1020	4	in	in	IN
19138	1020	5	untrained	untrained	JJ
19138	1020	6	voices	voice	NNS
19138	1020	7	;	;	:
19138	1020	8	in	in	IN
19138	1020	9	others	other	NNS
19138	1020	10	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1020	11	appears	appear	VBZ
19138	1020	12	during	during	IN
19138	1020	13	the	the	DT
19138	1020	14	process	process	NN
19138	1020	15	of	of	IN
19138	1020	16	cultivation	cultivation	NN
19138	1020	17	.	.	.
19138	1021	1	Some	some	DT
19138	1021	2	have	have	VBP
19138	1021	3	thought	think	VBN
19138	1021	4	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1021	5	the	the	DT
19138	1021	6	perfection	perfection	NN
19138	1021	7	of	of	IN
19138	1021	8	sympathetic	sympathetic	JJ
19138	1021	9	quality	quality	NN
19138	1021	10	;	;	:
19138	1021	11	others	other	NNS
19138	1021	12	esteem	esteem	VBP
19138	1021	13	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1021	14	a	a	DT
19138	1021	15	fault	fault	NN
19138	1021	16	.	.	.
19138	1022	1	The	the	DT
19138	1022	2	vibrato	vibrato	NN
19138	1022	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	1022	4	caused	cause	VBN
19138	1022	5	by	by	IN
19138	1022	6	an	an	DT
19138	1022	7	undulating	undulating	JJ
19138	1022	8	variation	variation	NN
19138	1022	9	of	of	IN
19138	1022	10	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	1022	11	or	or	CC
19138	1022	12	power	power	NN
19138	1022	13	,	,	,
19138	1022	14	often	often	RB
19138	1022	15	both	both	DT
19138	1022	16	.	.	.
19138	1023	1	The	the	DT
19138	1023	2	voice	voice	NN
19138	1023	3	does	do	VBZ
19138	1023	4	not	not	RB
19138	1023	5	hold	hold	VB
19138	1023	6	steadily	steadily	RB
19138	1023	7	and	and	CC
19138	1023	8	strictly	strictly	RB
19138	1023	9	to	to	IN
19138	1023	10	the	the	DT
19138	1023	11	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	1023	12	,	,	,
19138	1023	13	and	and	CC
19138	1023	14	according	accord	VBG
19138	1023	15	to	to	IN
19138	1023	16	the	the	DT
19138	1023	17	amount	amount	NN
19138	1023	18	of	of	IN
19138	1023	19	the	the	DT
19138	1023	20	variation	variation	NN
19138	1023	21	a	a	DT
19138	1023	22	corresponding	correspond	VBG
19138	1023	23	vibrato	vibrato	NN
19138	1023	24	,	,	,
19138	1023	25	or	or	CC
19138	1023	26	tremolo	tremolo	NN
19138	1023	27	,	,	,
19138	1023	28	is	be	VBZ
19138	1023	29	produced	produce	VBN
19138	1023	30	.	.	.
19138	1024	1	The	the	DT
19138	1024	2	action	action	NN
19138	1024	3	of	of	IN
19138	1024	4	stringed	string	VBN
19138	1024	5	instruments	instrument	NNS
19138	1024	6	illustrates	illustrate	VBZ
19138	1024	7	this	this	DT
19138	1024	8	statement	statement	NN
19138	1024	9	.	.	.
19138	1025	1	The	the	DT
19138	1025	2	finger	finger	NN
19138	1025	3	of	of	IN
19138	1025	4	the	the	DT
19138	1025	5	violinist	violinist	NN
19138	1025	6	vibrates	vibrate	VBZ
19138	1025	7	on	on	IN
19138	1025	8	the	the	DT
19138	1025	9	string	string	NN
19138	1025	10	by	by	IN
19138	1025	11	rocking	rock	VBG
19138	1025	12	rapidly	rapidly	RB
19138	1025	13	back	back	RB
19138	1025	14	and	and	CC
19138	1025	15	forth	forth	RB
19138	1025	16	and	and	CC
19138	1025	17	the	the	DT
19138	1025	18	vibrato	vibrato	NNP
19138	1025	19	is	be	VBZ
19138	1025	20	the	the	DT
19138	1025	21	result	result	NN
19138	1025	22	.	.	.
19138	1026	1	The	the	DT
19138	1026	2	same	same	JJ
19138	1026	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	1026	4	true	true	JJ
19138	1026	5	of	of	IN
19138	1026	6	the	the	DT
19138	1026	7	human	human	JJ
19138	1026	8	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	1026	9	.	.	.
19138	1027	1	By	by	IN
19138	1027	2	variation	variation	NN
19138	1027	3	of	of	IN
19138	1027	4	the	the	DT
19138	1027	5	tension	tension	NN
19138	1027	6	,	,	,
19138	1027	7	the	the	DT
19138	1027	8	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	1027	9	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19138	1027	10	sends	send	VBZ
19138	1027	11	forth	forth	RB
19138	1027	12	several	several	JJ
19138	1027	13	tones	tone	NNS
19138	1027	14	in	in	IN
19138	1027	15	alternation	alternation	NN
19138	1027	16	,	,	,
19138	1027	17	of	of	IN
19138	1027	18	a	a	DT
19138	1027	19	slightly	slightly	RB
19138	1027	20	different	different	JJ
19138	1027	21	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	1027	22	,	,	,
19138	1027	23	which	which	WDT
19138	1027	24	together	together	RB
19138	1027	25	produce	produce	VBP
19138	1027	26	the	the	DT
19138	1027	27	effect	effect	NN
19138	1027	28	.	.	.
19138	1028	1	Three	three	CD
19138	1028	2	sources	source	NNS
19138	1028	3	are	be	VBP
19138	1028	4	ascribed	ascribe	VBN
19138	1028	5	for	for	IN
19138	1028	6	the	the	DT
19138	1028	7	vibrato	vibrato	NNP
19138	1028	8	;	;	:
19138	1028	9	one	one	CD
19138	1028	10	is	be	VBZ
19138	1028	11	a	a	DT
19138	1028	12	rapid	rapid	JJ
19138	1028	13	,	,	,
19138	1028	14	spasmodic	spasmodic	JJ
19138	1028	15	vibration	vibration	NN
19138	1028	16	of	of	IN
19138	1028	17	the	the	DT
19138	1028	18	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19138	1028	19	,	,	,
19138	1028	20	causing	cause	VBG
19138	1028	21	variation	variation	NN
19138	1028	22	of	of	IN
19138	1028	23	breath	breath	NN
19138	1028	24	pressure	pressure	NN
19138	1028	25	;	;	:
19138	1028	26	another	another	DT
19138	1028	27	is	be	VBZ
19138	1028	28	the	the	DT
19138	1028	29	alternate	alternate	JJ
19138	1028	30	tension	tension	NN
19138	1028	31	and	and	CC
19138	1028	32	relaxation	relaxation	NN
19138	1028	33	of	of	IN
19138	1028	34	the	the	DT
19138	1028	35	larynx	larynx	NNP
19138	1028	36	and	and	CC
19138	1028	37	vocal	vocal	NNP
19138	1028	38	cords	cord	NNS
19138	1028	39	;	;	:
19138	1028	40	a	a	DT
19138	1028	41	third	third	JJ
19138	1028	42	is	be	VBZ
19138	1028	43	that	that	DT
19138	1028	44	commonest	common	JJS
19138	1028	45	of	of	IN
19138	1028	46	faults	fault	NNS
19138	1028	47	--	--	:
19138	1028	48	throat	throat	NNP
19138	1028	49	stiffness	stiffness	NN
19138	1028	50	.	.	.
19138	1029	1	Either	either	CC
19138	1029	2	cause	cause	NN
19138	1029	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	1029	4	possible	possible	JJ
19138	1029	5	,	,	,
19138	1029	6	and	and	CC
19138	1029	7	variation	variation	NN
19138	1029	8	in	in	IN
19138	1029	9	the	the	DT
19138	1029	10	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	1029	11	or	or	CC
19138	1029	12	intensity	intensity	NN
19138	1029	13	of	of	IN
19138	1029	14	the	the	DT
19138	1029	15	tone	tone	NN
19138	1029	16	is	be	VBZ
19138	1029	17	the	the	DT
19138	1029	18	result	result	NN
19138	1029	19	.	.	.
19138	1030	1	Sufficient	sufficient	JJ
19138	1030	2	investigations	investigation	NNS
19138	1030	3	have	have	VBP
19138	1030	4	not	not	RB
19138	1030	5	been	be	VBN
19138	1030	6	made	make	VBN
19138	1030	7	to	to	TO
19138	1030	8	make	make	VB
19138	1030	9	the	the	DT
19138	1030	10	matter	matter	NN
19138	1030	11	certain	certain	JJ
19138	1030	12	,	,	,
19138	1030	13	but	but	CC
19138	1030	14	tremolo	tremolo	NN
19138	1030	15	,	,	,
19138	1030	16	trembling	tremble	VBG
19138	1030	17	of	of	IN
19138	1030	18	the	the	DT
19138	1030	19	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	1030	20	organs	organ	NNS
19138	1030	21	,	,	,
19138	1030	22	and	and	CC
19138	1030	23	muscular	muscular	JJ
19138	1030	24	stiffness	stiffness	NN
19138	1030	25	,	,	,
19138	1030	26	or	or	CC
19138	1030	27	unnatural	unnatural	JJ
19138	1030	28	tension	tension	NN
19138	1030	29	,	,	,
19138	1030	30	seem	seem	VBP
19138	1030	31	to	to	TO
19138	1030	32	go	go	VB
19138	1030	33	together	together	RB
19138	1030	34	.	.	.
19138	1031	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1031	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	1031	3	quite	quite	RB
19138	1031	4	possible	possible	JJ
19138	1031	5	in	in	IN
19138	1031	6	the	the	DT
19138	1031	7	early	early	JJ
19138	1031	8	stages	stage	NNS
19138	1031	9	of	of	IN
19138	1031	10	culture	culture	NN
19138	1031	11	so	so	RB
19138	1031	12	to	to	TO
19138	1031	13	train	train	VB
19138	1031	14	the	the	DT
19138	1031	15	voice	voice	NN
19138	1031	16	as	as	IN
19138	1031	17	to	to	TO
19138	1031	18	use	use	VB
19138	1031	19	the	the	DT
19138	1031	20	vibrato	vibrato	NN
19138	1031	21	or	or	CC
19138	1031	22	not	not	RB
19138	1031	23	at	at	IN
19138	1031	24	will	will	NN
19138	1031	25	,	,	,
19138	1031	26	but	but	CC
19138	1031	27	if	if	IN
19138	1031	28	not	not	RB
19138	1031	29	early	early	RB
19138	1031	30	controlled	control	VBN
19138	1031	31	this	this	DT
19138	1031	32	,	,	,
19138	1031	33	like	like	IN
19138	1031	34	other	other	JJ
19138	1031	35	bad	bad	JJ
19138	1031	36	habits	habit	NNS
19138	1031	37	,	,	,
19138	1031	38	gains	gain	VBZ
19138	1031	39	the	the	DT
19138	1031	40	mastery	mastery	NN
19138	1031	41	.	.	.
19138	1032	1	Excessive	excessive	JJ
19138	1032	2	vibrato	vibrato	NN
19138	1032	3	has	have	VBZ
19138	1032	4	spoiled	spoil	VBN
19138	1032	5	many	many	JJ
19138	1032	6	good	good	JJ
19138	1032	7	voices	voice	NNS
19138	1032	8	.	.	.
19138	1033	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1033	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	1033	3	not	not	RB
19138	1033	4	a	a	DT
19138	1033	5	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19138	1033	6	quality	quality	NN
19138	1033	7	of	of	IN
19138	1033	8	the	the	DT
19138	1033	9	voice	voice	NN
19138	1033	10	.	.	.
19138	1034	1	A	a	DT
19138	1034	2	little	little	JJ
19138	1034	3	vibrato	vibrato	JJ
19138	1034	4	may	may	MD
19138	1034	5	occasionally	occasionally	RB
19138	1034	6	be	be	VB
19138	1034	7	desirable	desirable	JJ
19138	1034	8	when	when	WRB
19138	1034	9	properly	properly	RB
19138	1034	10	and	and	CC
19138	1034	11	skilfully	skilfully	RB
19138	1034	12	used	use	VBN
19138	1034	13	;	;	:
19138	1034	14	more	more	JJR
19138	1034	15	than	than	IN
19138	1034	16	this	this	DT
19138	1034	17	is	be	VBZ
19138	1034	18	to	to	TO
19138	1034	19	be	be	VB
19138	1034	20	shunned	shun	VBN
19138	1034	21	as	as	IN
19138	1034	22	a	a	DT
19138	1034	23	dangerous	dangerous	JJ
19138	1034	24	vice	vice	NN
19138	1034	25	.	.	.
19138	1035	1	CHAPTER	chapter	NN
19138	1035	2	XI	XI	NNP
19138	1035	3	THE	the	DT
19138	1035	4	PSYCHOLOGY	PSYCHOLOGY	NNP
19138	1035	5	OF	of	IN
19138	1035	6	VOCAL	vocal	NN
19138	1035	7	CULTURE	CULTURE	NNP
19138	1035	8	Mental	mental	JJ
19138	1035	9	conception	conception	NN
19138	1035	10	precedes	precede	NNS
19138	1035	11	execution	execution	NN
19138	1035	12	.	.	.
19138	1036	1	The	the	DT
19138	1036	2	picture	picture	NN
19138	1036	3	must	must	MD
19138	1036	4	exist	exist	VB
19138	1036	5	in	in	IN
19138	1036	6	the	the	DT
19138	1036	7	artist	artist	NN
19138	1036	8	's	's	POS
19138	1036	9	mind	mind	NN
19138	1036	10	before	before	IN
19138	1036	11	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1036	12	can	can	MD
19138	1036	13	be	be	VB
19138	1036	14	drawn	draw	VBN
19138	1036	15	on	on	IN
19138	1036	16	the	the	DT
19138	1036	17	canvas	canvas	NN
19138	1036	18	.	.	.
19138	1037	1	The	the	DT
19138	1037	2	architect	architect	NN
19138	1037	3	must	must	MD
19138	1037	4	mentally	mentally	RB
19138	1037	5	see	see	VB
19138	1037	6	the	the	DT
19138	1037	7	majestic	majestic	JJ
19138	1037	8	cathedral	cathedral	NN
19138	1037	9	in	in	IN
19138	1037	10	all	all	DT
19138	1037	11	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1037	12	details	detail	NNS
19138	1037	13	before	before	IN
19138	1037	14	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1037	15	can	can	MD
19138	1037	16	draw	draw	VB
19138	1037	17	the	the	DT
19138	1037	18	plans	plan	NNS
19138	1037	19	from	from	IN
19138	1037	20	which	which	WDT
19138	1037	21	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1037	22	can	can	MD
19138	1037	23	be	be	VB
19138	1037	24	built	build	VBN
19138	1037	25	.	.	.
19138	1038	1	In	in	IN
19138	1038	2	the	the	DT
19138	1038	3	field	field	NN
19138	1038	4	of	of	IN
19138	1038	5	physical	physical	JJ
19138	1038	6	activity	activity	NN
19138	1038	7	no	no	DT
19138	1038	8	movement	movement	NN
19138	1038	9	is	be	VBZ
19138	1038	10	made	make	VBN
19138	1038	11	until	until	IN
19138	1038	12	the	the	DT
19138	1038	13	mind	mind	NN
19138	1038	14	has	have	VBZ
19138	1038	15	gone	go	VBN
19138	1038	16	before	before	RB
19138	1038	17	and	and	CC
19138	1038	18	prepared	prepare	VBD
19138	1038	19	the	the	DT
19138	1038	20	way	way	NN
19138	1038	21	.	.	.
19138	1039	1	A	a	DT
19138	1039	2	person	person	NN
19138	1039	3	's	's	POS
19138	1039	4	ability	ability	NN
19138	1039	5	to	to	TO
19138	1039	6	do	do	VB
19138	1039	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	1039	8	in	in	IN
19138	1039	9	a	a	DT
19138	1039	10	great	great	JJ
19138	1039	11	degree	degree	NN
19138	1039	12	measured	measure	VBN
19138	1039	13	by	by	IN
19138	1039	14	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1039	15	determination	determination	NN
19138	1039	16	to	to	TO
19138	1039	17	do	do	VB
19138	1039	18	,	,	,
19138	1039	19	but	but	CC
19138	1039	20	sitting	sit	VBG
19138	1039	21	in	in	IN
19138	1039	22	a	a	DT
19138	1039	23	rocking	rock	VBG
19138	1039	24	-	-	HYPH
19138	1039	25	chair	chair	NN
19138	1039	26	and	and	CC
19138	1039	27	thinking	thinking	NN
19138	1039	28	will	will	MD
19138	1039	29	never	never	RB
19138	1039	30	make	make	VB
19138	1039	31	an	an	DT
19138	1039	32	athlete	athlete	NN
19138	1039	33	.	.	.
19138	1040	1	Mental	mental	JJ
19138	1040	2	action	action	NN
19138	1040	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	1040	4	necessary	necessary	JJ
19138	1040	5	,	,	,
19138	1040	6	but	but	CC
19138	1040	7	only	only	RB
19138	1040	8	through	through	IN
19138	1040	9	trained	train	VBN
19138	1040	10	muscular	muscular	JJ
19138	1040	11	action	action	NN
19138	1040	12	can	can	MD
19138	1040	13	the	the	DT
19138	1040	14	mental	mental	JJ
19138	1040	15	action	action	NN
19138	1040	16	materialize	materialize	NN
19138	1040	17	in	in	IN
19138	1040	18	a	a	DT
19138	1040	19	finished	finished	JJ
19138	1040	20	performance	performance	NN
19138	1040	21	.	.	.
19138	1041	1	So	so	RB
19138	1041	2	too	too	RB
19138	1041	3	the	the	DT
19138	1041	4	mind	mind	NN
19138	1041	5	must	must	MD
19138	1041	6	anticipate	anticipate	VB
19138	1041	7	the	the	DT
19138	1041	8	action	action	NN
19138	1041	9	of	of	IN
19138	1041	10	the	the	DT
19138	1041	11	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	1041	12	organs	organ	NNS
19138	1041	13	,	,	,
19138	1041	14	but	but	CC
19138	1041	15	the	the	DT
19138	1041	16	organs	organ	NNS
19138	1041	17	themselves	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1041	18	must	must	MD
19138	1041	19	be	be	VB
19138	1041	20	led	lead	VBN
19138	1041	21	to	to	TO
19138	1041	22	interpret	interpret	VB
19138	1041	23	the	the	DT
19138	1041	24	mental	mental	JJ
19138	1041	25	concept	concept	NN
19138	1041	26	until	until	IN
19138	1041	27	such	such	JJ
19138	1041	28	action	action	NN
19138	1041	29	becomes	become	VBZ
19138	1041	30	spontaneous	spontaneous	JJ
19138	1041	31	.	.	.
19138	1042	1	Action	action	NN
19138	1042	2	in	in	IN
19138	1042	3	turn	turn	NN
19138	1042	4	quickens	quicken	VBZ
19138	1042	5	the	the	DT
19138	1042	6	mental	mental	JJ
19138	1042	7	process	process	NN
19138	1042	8	,	,	,
19138	1042	9	and	and	CC
19138	1042	10	the	the	DT
19138	1042	11	mental	mental	JJ
19138	1042	12	picture	picture	NN
19138	1042	13	becomes	become	VBZ
19138	1042	14	more	more	RBR
19138	1042	15	vivid	vivid	JJ
19138	1042	16	.	.	.
19138	1043	1	Note	note	VB
19138	1043	2	with	with	IN
19138	1043	3	emphasis	emphasis	NN
19138	1043	4	that	that	WDT
19138	1043	5	the	the	DT
19138	1043	6	mental	mental	JJ
19138	1043	7	concept	concept	NN
19138	1043	8	_	_	NNP
19138	1043	9	precedes	precede	NNS
19138	1043	10	_	_	IN
19138	1043	11	the	the	DT
19138	1043	12	action	action	NN
19138	1043	13	and	and	CC
19138	1043	14	governs	govern	VBZ
19138	1043	15	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1043	16	.	.	.
19138	1044	1	Therefore	therefore	RB
19138	1044	2	,	,	,
19138	1044	3	instead	instead	RB
19138	1044	4	of	of	IN
19138	1044	5	producing	produce	VBG
19138	1044	6	tone	tone	NN
19138	1044	7	by	by	IN
19138	1044	8	local	local	JJ
19138	1044	9	effort	effort	NN
19138	1044	10	,	,	,
19138	1044	11	by	by	IN
19138	1044	12	conscious	conscious	JJ
19138	1044	13	muscular	muscular	JJ
19138	1044	14	action	action	NN
19138	1044	15	of	of	IN
19138	1044	16	any	any	DT
19138	1044	17	sort	sort	NN
19138	1044	18	,	,	,
19138	1044	19	correctly	correctly	RB
19138	1044	20	_	_	NNP
19138	1044	21	think	think	VBP
19138	1044	22	the	the	DT
19138	1044	23	tone	tone	NN
19138	1044	24	_	_	NNP
19138	1044	25	,	,	,
19138	1044	26	correctly	correctly	RB
19138	1044	27	shape	shape	NN
19138	1044	28	and	and	CC
19138	1044	29	color	color	VB
19138	1044	30	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1044	31	_	_	NNP
19138	1044	32	mentally	mentally	RB
19138	1044	33	_	_	NNP
19138	1044	34	.	.	.
19138	1045	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1045	2	Every	every	DT
19138	1045	3	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	1045	4	tone	tone	NN
19138	1045	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	1045	6	a	a	DT
19138	1045	7	mental	mental	JJ
19138	1045	8	concept	concept	NN
19138	1045	9	made	make	VBD
19138	1045	10	audible.=	audible.=	NNP
19138	1045	11	The	the	DT
19138	1045	12	beginner	beginner	NN
19138	1045	13	and	and	CC
19138	1045	14	the	the	DT
19138	1045	15	confirmed	confirm	VBN
19138	1045	16	bungler	bungler	NN
19138	1045	17	alike	alike	RB
19138	1045	18	fail	fail	VBP
19138	1045	19	in	in	IN
19138	1045	20	this	this	DT
19138	1045	21	prime	prime	JJ
19138	1045	22	essential	essential	NN
19138	1045	23	--	--	:
19138	1045	24	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1045	25	do	do	VBP
19138	1045	26	not	not	RB
19138	1045	27	make	make	VB
19138	1045	28	this	this	DT
19138	1045	29	mental	mental	JJ
19138	1045	30	picture	picture	NN
19138	1045	31	of	of	IN
19138	1045	32	tone	tone	NN
19138	1045	33	before	before	IN
19138	1045	34	singing	singe	VBG
19138	1045	35	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1045	36	.	.	.
19138	1046	1	Kindred	kindred	JJ
19138	1046	2	to	to	IN
19138	1046	3	this	this	DT
19138	1046	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	1046	5	deficiency	deficiency	NN
19138	1046	6	in	in	IN
19138	1046	7	hearing	hearing	NN
19138	1046	8	,	,	,
19138	1046	9	in	in	IN
19138	1046	10	discriminating	discriminate	VBG
19138	1046	11	between	between	IN
19138	1046	12	good	good	JJ
19138	1046	13	tone	tone	NN
19138	1046	14	color	color	NN
19138	1046	15	and	and	CC
19138	1046	16	poor	poor	JJ
19138	1046	17	.	.	.
19138	1047	1	The	the	DT
19138	1047	2	student	student	NN
19138	1047	3	must	must	MD
19138	1047	4	constantly	constantly	RB
19138	1047	5	compare	compare	VB
19138	1047	6	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1047	7	tone	tone	NN
19138	1047	8	as	as	IN
19138	1047	9	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1047	10	is	be	VBZ
19138	1047	11	sung	sing	VBN
19138	1047	12	with	with	IN
19138	1047	13	the	the	DT
19138	1047	14	picture	picture	NN
19138	1047	15	in	in	IN
19138	1047	16	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1047	17	mind	mind	NN
19138	1047	18	.	.	.
19138	1048	1	Training	train	VBG
19138	1048	2	the	the	DT
19138	1048	3	voice	voice	NN
19138	1048	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	1048	5	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	1048	6	largely	largely	RB
19138	1048	7	a	a	DT
19138	1048	8	training	training	NN
19138	1048	9	of	of	IN
19138	1048	10	mind	mind	NN
19138	1048	11	and	and	CC
19138	1048	12	ear	ear	NN
19138	1048	13	,	,	,
19138	1048	14	a	a	DT
19138	1048	15	developing	developing	NN
19138	1048	16	of	of	IN
19138	1048	17	nicety	nicety	NN
19138	1048	18	in	in	IN
19138	1048	19	discrimination	discrimination	NN
19138	1048	20	.	.	.
19138	1049	1	Singing	singing	NN
19138	1049	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	1049	3	mental	mental	JJ
19138	1049	4	rather	rather	RB
19138	1049	5	than	than	IN
19138	1049	6	physical	physical	JJ
19138	1049	7	,	,	,
19138	1049	8	psychologic	psychologic	JJ
19138	1049	9	rather	rather	RB
19138	1049	10	than	than	IN
19138	1049	11	physiologic	physiologic	JJ
19138	1049	12	.	.	.
19138	1050	1	Think	think	VB
19138	1050	2	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	1050	3	of	of	IN
19138	1050	4	the	the	DT
19138	1050	5	effect	effect	NN
19138	1050	6	desired	desire	VBN
19138	1050	7	rather	rather	RB
19138	1050	8	than	than	IN
19138	1050	9	of	of	IN
19138	1050	10	the	the	DT
19138	1050	11	process	process	NN
19138	1050	12	.	.	.
19138	1051	1	In	in	IN
19138	1051	2	considering	consider	VBG
19138	1051	3	the	the	DT
19138	1051	4	details	detail	NNS
19138	1051	5	of	of	IN
19138	1051	6	voice	voice	NN
19138	1051	7	production	production	NN
19138	1051	8	analytically	analytically	RB
19138	1051	9	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1051	10	are	be	VBP
19138	1051	11	apt	apt	JJ
19138	1051	12	to	to	TO
19138	1051	13	forget	forget	VB
19138	1051	14	that	that	DT
19138	1051	15	man	man	NN
19138	1051	16	,	,	,
19138	1051	17	notwithstanding	notwithstanding	IN
19138	1051	18	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1051	19	complexity	complexity	NN
19138	1051	20	,	,	,
19138	1051	21	is	be	VBZ
19138	1051	22	a	a	DT
19138	1051	23	_	_	NNP
19138	1051	24	unit	unit	NN
19138	1051	25	_	_	NNP
19138	1051	26	and	and	CC
19138	1051	27	acts	act	VBZ
19138	1051	28	as	as	IN
19138	1051	29	a	a	DT
19138	1051	30	unit	unit	NN
19138	1051	31	.	.	.
19138	1052	1	Back	back	RB
19138	1052	2	of	of	IN
19138	1052	3	all	all	DT
19138	1052	4	and	and	CC
19138	1052	5	underlying	underlying	JJ
19138	1052	6	man	man	NN
19138	1052	7	's	's	POS
19138	1052	8	varied	varied	JJ
19138	1052	9	activity	activity	NN
19138	1052	10	is	be	VBZ
19138	1052	11	the	the	DT
19138	1052	12	psychical	psychical	JJ
19138	1052	13	.	.	.
19138	1053	1	In	in	IN
19138	1053	2	the	the	DT
19138	1053	3	advanced	advanced	JJ
19138	1053	4	stages	stage	NNS
19138	1053	5	of	of	IN
19138	1053	6	the	the	DT
19138	1053	7	art	art	NN
19138	1053	8	of	of	IN
19138	1053	9	speech	speech	NN
19138	1053	10	and	and	CC
19138	1053	11	song	song	NN
19138	1053	12	this	this	DT
19138	1053	13	psychical	psychical	JJ
19138	1053	14	element	element	NN
19138	1053	15	is	be	VBZ
19138	1053	16	of	of	IN
19138	1053	17	pre	pre	JJ
19138	1053	18	-	-	JJ
19138	1053	19	eminent	eminent	JJ
19138	1053	20	importance	importance	NN
19138	1053	21	.	.	.
19138	1054	1	The	the	DT
19138	1054	2	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	1054	3	who	who	WP
19138	1054	4	essays	essay	VBZ
19138	1054	5	to	to	TO
19138	1054	6	give	give	VB
19138	1054	7	expression	expression	NN
19138	1054	8	to	to	IN
19138	1054	9	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1054	10	own	own	JJ
19138	1054	11	thoughts	thought	NNS
19138	1054	12	must	must	MD
19138	1054	13	have	have	VB
19138	1054	14	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1054	15	ideas	idea	NNS
19138	1054	16	sharply	sharply	RB
19138	1054	17	defined	define	VBN
19138	1054	18	and	and	CC
19138	1054	19	aflame	aflame	VBD
19138	1054	20	in	in	IN
19138	1054	21	order	order	NN
19138	1054	22	to	to	TO
19138	1054	23	so	so	RB
19138	1054	24	utter	utter	VB
19138	1054	25	them	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1054	26	that	that	IN
19138	1054	27	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1054	28	will	will	MD
19138	1054	29	arouse	arouse	VB
19138	1054	30	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1054	31	hearers	hearer	NNS
19138	1054	32	to	to	TO
19138	1054	33	enthusiasm	enthusiasm	VB
19138	1054	34	.	.	.
19138	1055	1	The	the	DT
19138	1055	2	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	1055	3	or	or	CC
19138	1055	4	singer	singer	NN
19138	1055	5	who	who	WP
19138	1055	6	would	would	MD
19138	1055	7	successfully	successfully	RB
19138	1055	8	interpret	interpret	VB
19138	1055	9	the	the	DT
19138	1055	10	thoughts	thought	NNS
19138	1055	11	of	of	IN
19138	1055	12	others	other	NNS
19138	1055	13	must	must	MD
19138	1055	14	first	first	RB
19138	1055	15	make	make	VB
19138	1055	16	those	those	DT
19138	1055	17	thoughts	thought	NNS
19138	1055	18	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1055	19	very	very	RB
19138	1055	20	own	own	JJ
19138	1055	21	.	.	.
19138	1056	1	When	when	WRB
19138	1056	2	this	this	DT
19138	1056	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	1056	4	attained	attain	VBN
19138	1056	5	,	,	,
19138	1056	6	then	then	RB
19138	1056	7	the	the	DT
19138	1056	8	voice	voice	NN
19138	1056	9	,	,	,
19138	1056	10	action	action	NN
19138	1056	11	,	,	,
19138	1056	12	and	and	CC
19138	1056	13	the	the	DT
19138	1056	14	whole	whole	JJ
19138	1056	15	spirit	spirit	NN
19138	1056	16	of	of	IN
19138	1056	17	the	the	DT
19138	1056	18	performer	performer	NN
19138	1056	19	,	,	,
19138	1056	20	responding	respond	VBG
19138	1056	21	to	to	IN
19138	1056	22	the	the	DT
19138	1056	23	theme	theme	NN
19138	1056	24	,	,	,
19138	1056	25	will	will	MD
19138	1056	26	beget	beget	VB
19138	1056	27	a	a	DT
19138	1056	28	like	like	JJ
19138	1056	29	responsiveness	responsiveness	NN
19138	1056	30	in	in	IN
19138	1056	31	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1056	32	audience	audience	NN
19138	1056	33	.	.	.
19138	1057	1	THE	the	DT
19138	1057	2	SINGER	singer	NN
19138	1057	3	BEHIND	behind	IN
19138	1057	4	THE	the	DT
19138	1057	5	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19138	1057	6	Books	book	NNS
19138	1057	7	upon	upon	IN
19138	1057	8	books	book	NNS
19138	1057	9	have	have	VBP
19138	1057	10	been	be	VBN
19138	1057	11	written	write	VBN
19138	1057	12	on	on	IN
19138	1057	13	voice	voice	NN
19138	1057	14	training	training	NN
19138	1057	15	,	,	,
19138	1057	16	and	and	CC
19138	1057	17	will	will	MD
19138	1057	18	continue	continue	VB
19138	1057	19	to	to	TO
19138	1057	20	be	be	VB
19138	1057	21	written	write	VBN
19138	1057	22	.	.	.
19138	1058	1	The	the	DT
19138	1058	2	preceding	precede	VBG
19138	1058	3	pages	page	NNS
19138	1058	4	have	have	VBP
19138	1058	5	been	be	VBN
19138	1058	6	devoted	devote	VBN
19138	1058	7	to	to	IN
19138	1058	8	the	the	DT
19138	1058	9	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19138	1058	10	subject	subject	NN
19138	1058	11	of	of	IN
19138	1058	12	tone	tone	NN
19138	1058	13	production	production	NN
19138	1058	14	,	,	,
19138	1058	15	but	but	CC
19138	1058	16	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1058	17	is	be	VBZ
19138	1058	18	time	time	NN
19138	1058	19	to	to	TO
19138	1058	20	suggest	suggest	VB
19138	1058	21	that	that	IN
19138	1058	22	back	back	RB
19138	1058	23	of	of	IN
19138	1058	24	the	the	DT
19138	1058	25	voice	voice	NN
19138	1058	26	and	and	CC
19138	1058	27	the	the	DT
19138	1058	28	song	song	NN
19138	1058	29	is	be	VBZ
19138	1058	30	the	the	DT
19138	1058	31	singer	singer	NN
19138	1058	32	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1058	33	with	with	IN
19138	1058	34	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1058	35	complex	complex	JJ
19138	1058	36	personality	personality	NN
19138	1058	37	.	.	.
19138	1059	1	Back	back	RB
19138	1059	2	of	of	IN
19138	1059	3	the	the	DT
19138	1059	4	personality	personality	NN
19138	1059	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	1059	6	the	the	DT
19138	1059	7	soul	soul	NN
19138	1059	8	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1059	9	,	,	,
19138	1059	10	forever	forever	RB
19138	1059	11	seeking	seek	VBG
19138	1059	12	utterance	utterance	NN
19138	1059	13	through	through	IN
19138	1059	14	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1059	15	mask	mask	NN
19138	1059	16	of	of	IN
19138	1059	17	personality	personality	NN
19138	1059	18	.	.	.
19138	1060	1	All	all	DT
19138	1060	2	genuine	genuine	JJ
19138	1060	3	impulse	impulse	NN
19138	1060	4	to	to	TO
19138	1060	5	sing	sing	VB
19138	1060	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	1060	7	from	from	IN
19138	1060	8	the	the	DT
19138	1060	9	soul	soul	NN
19138	1060	10	in	in	IN
19138	1060	11	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1060	12	need	need	NN
19138	1060	13	for	for	IN
19138	1060	14	expression	expression	NN
19138	1060	15	.	.	.
19138	1061	1	Through	through	IN
19138	1061	2	expression	expression	NN
19138	1061	3	comes	come	VBZ
19138	1061	4	growth	growth	NN
19138	1061	5	in	in	IN
19138	1061	6	soul	soul	NN
19138	1061	7	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19138	1061	8	and	and	CC
19138	1061	9	desire	desire	NN
19138	1061	10	for	for	IN
19138	1061	11	greater	great	JJR
19138	1061	12	and	and	CC
19138	1061	13	greater	great	JJR
19138	1061	14	self	self	NN
19138	1061	15	-	-	HYPH
19138	1061	16	expression	expression	NN
19138	1061	17	.	.	.
19138	1062	1	Singing	singing	NN
19138	1062	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	1062	3	far	far	RB
19138	1062	4	more	more	JJR
19138	1062	5	than	than	IN
19138	1062	6	"	"	``
19138	1062	7	wind	wind	NN
19138	1062	8	and	and	CC
19138	1062	9	muscle	muscle	NN
19138	1062	10	,	,	,
19138	1062	11	"	"	''
19138	1062	12	for	for	IN
19138	1062	13	,	,	,
19138	1062	14	as	as	IN
19138	1062	15	Ffrangcon	Ffrangcon	NNP
19138	1062	16	-	-	HYPH
19138	1062	17	Davies	Davies	NNP
19138	1062	18	puts	put	VBZ
19138	1062	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1062	20	,	,	,
19138	1062	21	"	"	``
19138	1062	22	The	the	DT
19138	1062	23	whole	whole	JJ
19138	1062	24	spiritual	spiritual	JJ
19138	1062	25	system	system	NN
19138	1062	26	,	,	,
19138	1062	27	spirit	spirit	NN
19138	1062	28	,	,	,
19138	1062	29	mind	mind	NN
19138	1062	30	,	,	,
19138	1062	31	sense	sense	NN
19138	1062	32	,	,	,
19138	1062	33	_	_	NNP
19138	1062	34	soul	soul	NN
19138	1062	35	_	_	NNP
19138	1062	36	,	,	,
19138	1062	37	together	together	RB
19138	1062	38	with	with	IN
19138	1062	39	the	the	DT
19138	1062	40	whole	whole	JJ
19138	1062	41	muscular	muscular	JJ
19138	1062	42	system	system	NN
19138	1062	43	from	from	IN
19138	1062	44	feet	foot	NNS
19138	1062	45	to	to	TO
19138	1062	46	head	head	VB
19138	1062	47	,	,	,
19138	1062	48	will	will	MD
19138	1062	49	be	be	VB
19138	1062	50	in	in	IN
19138	1062	51	the	the	DT
19138	1062	52	wise	wise	JJ
19138	1062	53	man	man	NN
19138	1062	54	's	's	POS
19138	1062	55	singing	singing	NN
19138	1062	56	,	,	,
19138	1062	57	_	_	NNP
19138	1062	58	and	and	CC
19138	1062	59	the	the	DT
19138	1062	60	whole	whole	JJ
19138	1062	61	man	man	NN
19138	1062	62	will	will	MD
19138	1062	63	be	be	VB
19138	1062	64	in	in	IN
19138	1062	65	the	the	DT
19138	1062	66	tone	tone	NN
19138	1062	67	_	_	NNP
19138	1062	68	.	.	.
19138	1062	69	"	"	''
19138	1063	1	Of	of	IN
19138	1063	2	all	all	PDT
19138	1063	3	the	the	DT
19138	1063	4	expressions	expression	NNS
19138	1063	5	of	of	IN
19138	1063	6	the	the	DT
19138	1063	7	human	human	JJ
19138	1063	8	spirit	spirit	NN
19138	1063	9	in	in	IN
19138	1063	10	art	art	NN
19138	1063	11	form	form	NN
19138	1063	12	,	,	,
19138	1063	13	the	the	DT
19138	1063	14	sublimated	sublimate	VBN
19138	1063	15	speech	speech	NN
19138	1063	16	we	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1063	17	call	call	VBP
19138	1063	18	song	song	NN
19138	1063	19	is	be	VBZ
19138	1063	20	the	the	DT
19138	1063	21	most	most	RBS
19138	1063	22	direct	direct	JJ
19138	1063	23	.	.	.
19138	1064	1	Every	every	DT
19138	1064	2	other	other	JJ
19138	1064	3	art	art	NN
19138	1064	4	requires	require	VBZ
19138	1064	5	some	some	DT
19138	1064	6	material	material	JJ
19138	1064	7	medium	medium	NN
19138	1064	8	for	for	IN
19138	1064	9	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1064	10	transmission	transmission	NN
19138	1064	11	,	,	,
19138	1064	12	and	and	CC
19138	1064	13	in	in	IN
19138	1064	14	music	music	NN
19138	1064	15	,	,	,
19138	1064	16	subtlest	subtlest	RB
19138	1064	17	of	of	IN
19138	1064	18	all	all	PDT
19138	1064	19	the	the	DT
19138	1064	20	arts	art	NNS
19138	1064	21	,	,	,
19138	1064	22	instruments	instrument	NNS
19138	1064	23	are	be	VBP
19138	1064	24	needed	need	VBN
19138	1064	25	,	,	,
19138	1064	26	except	except	IN
19138	1064	27	in	in	IN
19138	1064	28	singing	singing	NN
19138	1064	29	only	only	RB
19138	1064	30	.	.	.
19138	1065	1	FREEDOM	FREEDOM	NNP
19138	1065	2	In	in	IN
19138	1065	3	song	song	NN
19138	1065	4	the	the	DT
19138	1065	5	singer	singer	NN
19138	1065	6	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1065	7	is	be	VBZ
19138	1065	8	the	the	DT
19138	1065	9	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	1065	10	of	of	IN
19138	1065	11	free	free	JJ
19138	1065	12	and	and	CC
19138	1065	13	direct	direct	JJ
19138	1065	14	expression	expression	NN
19138	1065	15	.	.	.
19138	1066	1	Freedom	freedom	NN
19138	1066	2	of	of	IN
19138	1066	3	expression	expression	NN
19138	1066	4	,	,	,
19138	1066	5	complete	complete	JJ
19138	1066	6	utterance	utterance	NN
19138	1066	7	,	,	,
19138	1066	8	is	be	VBZ
19138	1066	9	prevented	prevent	VBN
19138	1066	10	only	only	RB
19138	1066	11	by	by	IN
19138	1066	12	the	the	DT
19138	1066	13	singer	singer	NN
19138	1066	14	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1066	15	.	.	.
19138	1067	1	No	no	DT
19138	1067	2	one	one	NN
19138	1067	3	hinders	hinder	VBZ
19138	1067	4	him	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1067	5	,	,	,
19138	1067	6	no	no	DT
19138	1067	7	one	one	NN
19138	1067	8	stands	stand	VBZ
19138	1067	9	in	in	IN
19138	1067	10	the	the	DT
19138	1067	11	way	way	NN
19138	1067	12	but	but	CC
19138	1067	13	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1067	14	.	.	.
19138	1068	1	The	the	DT
19138	1068	2	business	business	NN
19138	1068	3	of	of	IN
19138	1068	4	the	the	DT
19138	1068	5	teacher	teacher	NN
19138	1068	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	1068	7	to	to	TO
19138	1068	8	_	_	NNP
19138	1068	9	set	set	VB
19138	1068	10	free	free	JJ
19138	1068	11	_	_	NNP
19138	1068	12	that	that	IN
19138	1068	13	which	which	WDT
19138	1068	14	is	be	VBZ
19138	1068	15	latent	latent	NN
19138	1068	16	.	.	.
19138	1069	1	His	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1069	2	high	high	JJ
19138	1069	3	calling	calling	NN
19138	1069	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	1069	5	by	by	IN
19138	1069	6	wise	wise	JJ
19138	1069	7	guidance	guidance	NN
19138	1069	8	to	to	TO
19138	1069	9	help	help	VB
19138	1069	10	the	the	DT
19138	1069	11	singer	singer	NN
19138	1069	12	to	to	TO
19138	1069	13	get	get	VB
19138	1069	14	out	out	IN
19138	1069	15	of	of	IN
19138	1069	16	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1069	17	own	own	JJ
19138	1069	18	way	way	NN
19138	1069	19	,	,	,
19138	1069	20	to	to	TO
19138	1069	21	cease	cease	VB
19138	1069	22	standing	standing	NN
19138	1069	23	in	in	IN
19138	1069	24	front	front	NN
19138	1069	25	of	of	IN
19138	1069	26	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1069	27	.	.	.
19138	1070	1	Technical	technical	JJ
19138	1070	2	training	training	NN
19138	1070	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	1070	4	not	not	RB
19138	1070	5	all	all	DT
19138	1070	6	in	in	RB
19138	1070	7	all	all	DT
19138	1070	8	.	.	.
19138	1071	1	Simple	simple	JJ
19138	1071	2	recognition	recognition	NN
19138	1071	3	of	of	IN
19138	1071	4	the	the	DT
19138	1071	5	existence	existence	NN
19138	1071	6	of	of	IN
19138	1071	7	our	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1071	8	powers	power	NNS
19138	1071	9	is	be	VBZ
19138	1071	10	needed	need	VBN
19138	1071	11	even	even	RB
19138	1071	12	more	more	RBR
19138	1071	13	.	.	.
19138	1072	1	Freedom	freedom	NN
19138	1072	2	comes	come	VBZ
19138	1072	3	through	through	IN
19138	1072	4	the	the	DT
19138	1072	5	recognition	recognition	NN
19138	1072	6	and	and	CC
19138	1072	7	appropriation	appropriation	NN
19138	1072	8	of	of	IN
19138	1072	9	inherent	inherent	JJ
19138	1072	10	power	power	NN
19138	1072	11	;	;	:
19138	1072	12	recognition	recognition	NN
19138	1072	13	comes	come	VBZ
19138	1072	14	first	first	RB
19138	1072	15	,	,	,
19138	1072	16	the	the	DT
19138	1072	17	appropriation	appropriation	NN
19138	1072	18	then	then	RB
19138	1072	19	follows	follow	VBZ
19138	1072	20	simply	simply	RB
19138	1072	21	.	.	.
19138	1073	1	The	the	DT
19138	1073	2	novice	novice	NN
19138	1073	3	does	do	VBZ
19138	1073	4	not	not	RB
19138	1073	5	know	know	VB
19138	1073	6	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1073	7	natural	natural	JJ
19138	1073	8	power	power	NN
19138	1073	9	,	,	,
19138	1073	10	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1073	11	birthright	birthright	NN
19138	1073	12	,	,	,
19138	1073	13	and	and	CC
19138	1073	14	must	must	MD
19138	1073	15	be	be	VB
19138	1073	16	helped	help	VBN
19138	1073	17	to	to	TO
19138	1073	18	find	find	VB
19138	1073	19	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1073	20	,	,	,
19138	1073	21	chiefly	chiefly	RB
19138	1073	22	,	,	,
19138	1073	23	however	however	RB
19138	1073	24	,	,	,
19138	1073	25	by	by	IN
19138	1073	26	helping	help	VBG
19138	1073	27	himself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1073	28	,	,	,
19138	1073	29	by	by	IN
19138	1073	30	cognizing	cognize	VBG
19138	1073	31	and	and	CC
19138	1073	32	re	re	VB
19138	1073	33	-	-	VBG
19138	1073	34	cognizing	cognize	VBG
19138	1073	35	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1073	36	.	.	.
19138	1074	1	No	no	DT
19138	1074	2	student	student	NN
19138	1074	3	of	of	IN
19138	1074	4	the	the	DT
19138	1074	5	most	most	RBS
19138	1074	6	human	human	JJ
19138	1074	7	of	of	IN
19138	1074	8	all	all	DT
19138	1074	9	arts	art	NNS
19138	1074	10	--	--	:
19138	1074	11	singing	singing	NN
19138	1074	12	--	--	:
19138	1074	13	need	nee	MD
19138	1074	14	give	give	VB
19138	1074	15	up	up	RP
19138	1074	16	if	if	IN
19138	1074	17	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1074	18	has	have	VBZ
19138	1074	19	burning	burn	VBG
19138	1074	20	within	within	IN
19138	1074	21	him	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1074	22	the	the	DT
19138	1074	23	_	_	NNP
19138	1074	24	song	song	NN
19138	1074	25	impulse	impulse	NNP
19138	1074	26	_	_	NNP
19138	1074	27	,	,	,
19138	1074	28	the	the	DT
19138	1074	29	_	_	NNP
19138	1074	30	hunger	hunger	NN
19138	1074	31	to	to	TO
19138	1074	32	sing	sing	VB
19138	1074	33	_	_	NNP
19138	1074	34	.	.	.
19138	1075	1	This	this	DT
19138	1075	2	inner	inner	JJ
19138	1075	3	impulse	impulse	NN
19138	1075	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	1075	5	by	by	IN
19138	1075	6	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1075	7	strength	strength	NN
19138	1075	8	an	an	DT
19138	1075	9	evidence	evidence	NN
19138	1075	10	of	of	IN
19138	1075	11	the	the	DT
19138	1075	12	power	power	NN
19138	1075	13	to	to	TO
19138	1075	14	sing	sing	VB
19138	1075	15	;	;	:
19138	1075	16	the	the	DT
19138	1075	17	very	very	JJ
19138	1075	18	hunger	hunger	NN
19138	1075	19	is	be	VBZ
19138	1075	20	a	a	DT
19138	1075	21	promise	promise	NN
19138	1075	22	and	and	CC
19138	1075	23	a	a	DT
19138	1075	24	prophecy	prophecy	NN
19138	1075	25	.	.	.
19138	1076	1	DETERRENTS	deterrent	NNS
19138	1076	2	The	the	DT
19138	1076	3	deterrents	deterrent	NNS
19138	1076	4	to	to	IN
19138	1076	5	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19138	1076	6	singing	singing	NN
19138	1076	7	are	be	VBP
19138	1076	8	physical	physical	JJ
19138	1076	9	in	in	IN
19138	1076	10	appearance	appearance	NN
19138	1076	11	,	,	,
19138	1076	12	but	but	CC
19138	1076	13	these	these	DT
19138	1076	14	are	be	VBP
19138	1076	15	outer	outer	JJ
19138	1076	16	signs	sign	NNS
19138	1076	17	of	of	IN
19138	1076	18	mental	mental	JJ
19138	1076	19	or	or	CC
19138	1076	20	emotional	emotional	JJ
19138	1076	21	disturbance	disturbance	NN
19138	1076	22	.	.	.
19138	1077	1	Normal	normal	JJ
19138	1077	2	poise	poise	VBP
19138	1077	3	,	,	,
19138	1077	4	which	which	WDT
19138	1077	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	1077	6	strength	strength	NN
19138	1077	7	,	,	,
19138	1077	8	smilingly	smilingly	RB
19138	1077	9	expresses	express	VBZ
19138	1077	10	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1077	11	in	in	IN
19138	1077	12	curves	curve	NNS
19138	1077	13	,	,	,
19138	1077	14	in	in	IN
19138	1077	15	tones	tone	NNS
19138	1077	16	of	of	IN
19138	1077	17	beauty	beauty	NN
19138	1077	18	.	.	.
19138	1078	1	_	_	NNP
19138	1078	2	Mental	mental	JJ
19138	1078	3	discord	discord	NN
19138	1078	4	_	_	NNP
19138	1078	5	results	result	NNS
19138	1078	6	in	in	IN
19138	1078	7	angularity	angularity	NN
19138	1078	8	,	,	,
19138	1078	9	rigidity	rigidity	NN
19138	1078	10	,	,	,
19138	1078	11	harshness	harshness	NN
19138	1078	12	.	.	.
19138	1079	1	_	_	NNP
19138	1079	2	Impatience	Impatience	NNP
19138	1079	3	_	_	NNP
19138	1079	4	produces	produce	VBZ
19138	1079	5	feverishness	feverishness	NN
19138	1079	6	that	that	WDT
19138	1079	7	makes	make	VBZ
19138	1079	8	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	1079	9	poise	poise	VB
19138	1079	10	impossible	impossible	JJ
19138	1079	11	;	;	:
19138	1079	12	and	and	CC
19138	1079	13	impatience	impatience	NN
19138	1079	14	induces	induce	VBZ
19138	1079	15	the	the	DT
19138	1079	16	modern	modern	JJ
19138	1079	17	vice	vice	NN
19138	1079	18	of	of	IN
19138	1079	19	forcing	force	VBG
19138	1079	20	the	the	DT
19138	1079	21	tone	tone	NN
19138	1079	22	.	.	.
19138	1080	1	Growth	growth	NN
19138	1080	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	1080	3	a	a	DT
19138	1080	4	factor	factor	NN
19138	1080	5	for	for	IN
19138	1080	6	which	which	WDT
19138	1080	7	hurried	hurried	JJ
19138	1080	8	forcing	forcing	NN
19138	1080	9	methods	method	NNS
19138	1080	10	make	make	VBP
19138	1080	11	no	no	DT
19138	1080	12	allowance	allowance	NN
19138	1080	13	.	.	.
19138	1081	1	_	_	NNP
19138	1081	2	Excess	excess	NN
19138	1081	3	of	of	IN
19138	1081	4	emotion	emotion	NN
19138	1081	5	_	_	NNP
19138	1081	6	with	with	IN
19138	1081	7	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1081	8	loss	loss	NN
19138	1081	9	of	of	IN
19138	1081	10	balance	balance	NN
19138	1081	11	affects	affect	VBZ
19138	1081	12	the	the	DT
19138	1081	13	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	1081	14	and	and	CC
19138	1081	15	play	play	NN
19138	1081	16	of	of	IN
19138	1081	17	the	the	DT
19138	1081	18	voice	voice	NN
19138	1081	19	.	.	.
19138	1082	1	_	_	NNP
19138	1082	2	Exertion	Exertion	NNP
19138	1082	3	_	_	NNP
19138	1082	4	,	,	,
19138	1082	5	trying	try	VBG
19138	1082	6	effort	effort	NN
19138	1082	7	,	,	,
19138	1082	8	instead	instead	RB
19138	1082	9	of	of	IN
19138	1082	10	easy	easy	JJ
19138	1082	11	,	,	,
19138	1082	12	happy	happy	JJ
19138	1082	13	activity	activity	NN
19138	1082	14	induces	induce	NNS
19138	1082	15	hampering	hamper	VBG
19138	1082	16	rigidities	rigidity	NNS
19138	1082	17	.	.	.
19138	1083	1	_	_	NNP
19138	1083	2	Intensity	Intensity	NNP
19138	1083	3	_	_	NNP
19138	1083	4	,	,	,
19138	1083	5	over	over	IN
19138	1083	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	1083	7	concentration	concentration	NN
19138	1083	8	,	,	,
19138	1083	9	or	or	CC
19138	1083	10	rather	rather	RB
19138	1083	11	false	false	JJ
19138	1083	12	concentration	concentration	NN
19138	1083	13	,	,	,
19138	1083	14	emotional	emotional	JJ
19138	1083	15	tension	tension	NN
19138	1083	16	,	,	,
19138	1083	17	involves	involve	VBZ
19138	1083	18	strain	strain	NN
19138	1083	19	,	,	,
19138	1083	20	and	and	CC
19138	1083	21	strain	strain	NN
19138	1083	22	is	be	VBZ
19138	1083	23	always	always	RB
19138	1083	24	wrong	wrong	JJ
19138	1083	25	.	.	.
19138	1084	1	_	_	NNP
19138	1084	2	Over	over	IN
19138	1084	3	-	-	HYPH
19138	1084	4	conscientiousness	conscientiousness	NN
19138	1084	5	_	_	NNP
19138	1084	6	,	,	,
19138	1084	7	with	with	IN
19138	1084	8	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1084	9	fussiness	fussiness	NN
19138	1084	10	about	about	IN
19138	1084	11	petty	petty	JJ
19138	1084	12	detail	detail	NN
19138	1084	13	,	,	,
19138	1084	14	and	and	CC
19138	1084	15	insistence	insistence	NN
19138	1084	16	on	on	IN
19138	1084	17	non	non	JJ
19138	1084	18	-	-	NNS
19138	1084	19	essentials	essential	NNS
19138	1084	20	,	,	,
19138	1084	21	is	be	VBZ
19138	1084	22	a	a	DT
19138	1084	23	deterrent	deterrent	NN
19138	1084	24	from	from	IN
19138	1084	25	which	which	WDT
19138	1084	26	the	the	DT
19138	1084	27	robust	robust	JJ
19138	1084	28	are	be	VBP
19138	1084	29	free	free	JJ
19138	1084	30	.	.	.
19138	1085	1	_	_	NNP
19138	1085	2	Over	over	NN
19138	1085	3	-	-	HYPH
19138	1085	4	attention	attention	NN
19138	1085	5	to	to	IN
19138	1085	6	the	the	DT
19138	1085	7	mechanics	mechanic	NNS
19138	1085	8	_	_	NNP
19138	1085	9	of	of	IN
19138	1085	10	voice	voice	NN
19138	1085	11	production	production	NN
19138	1085	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	1085	13	a	a	DT
19138	1085	14	kindred	kindred	JJ
19138	1085	15	deterrent	deterrent	NN
19138	1085	16	.	.	.
19138	1086	1	Both	both	DT
19138	1086	2	deterrents	deterrent	NNS
19138	1086	3	prevent	prevent	VBP
19138	1086	4	that	that	IN
19138	1086	5	prime	prime	JJ
19138	1086	6	characteristic	characteristic	NN
19138	1086	7	of	of	IN
19138	1086	8	expression	expression	NN
19138	1086	9	--	--	:
19138	1086	10	spontaneity	spontaneity	NN
19138	1086	11	.	.	.
19138	1087	1	_	_	NNP
19138	1087	2	Anxiety	Anxiety	NNP
19138	1087	3	_	_	NNP
19138	1087	4	is	be	VBZ
19138	1087	5	a	a	DT
19138	1087	6	great	great	JJ
19138	1087	7	contractor	contractor	NN
19138	1087	8	of	of	IN
19138	1087	9	muscle	muscle	NN
19138	1087	10	,	,	,
19138	1087	11	a	a	DT
19138	1087	12	great	great	JJ
19138	1087	13	stiffener	stiffener	NN
19138	1087	14	.	.	.
19138	1088	1	Anxiety	anxiety	NN
19138	1088	2	always	always	RB
19138	1088	3	forgets	forget	VBZ
19138	1088	4	the	the	DT
19138	1088	5	_	_	NNP
19138	1088	6	power	power	NN
19138	1088	7	_	_	NNP
19138	1088	8	within	within	IN
19138	1088	9	,	,	,
19138	1088	10	and	and	CC
19138	1088	11	falsely	falsely	RB
19138	1088	12	says	say	VBZ
19138	1088	13	to	to	IN
19138	1088	14	the	the	DT
19138	1088	15	song	song	NN
19138	1088	16	-	-	HYPH
19138	1088	17	hunger	hunger	NN
19138	1088	18	,	,	,
19138	1088	19	"	"	''
19138	1088	20	You	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1088	21	shall	shall	MD
19138	1088	22	never	never	RB
19138	1088	23	be	be	VB
19138	1088	24	satisfied	satisfied	JJ
19138	1088	25	.	.	.
19138	1088	26	"	"	''
19138	1089	1	_	_	NNP
19138	1089	2	Self	self	NN
19138	1089	3	-	-	HYPH
19138	1089	4	repression	repression	NN
19138	1089	5	_	_	NNP
19138	1089	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	1089	7	a	a	DT
19138	1089	8	great	great	JJ
19138	1089	9	deterrent	deterrent	NN
19138	1089	10	that	that	WDT
19138	1089	11	afflicts	afflict	VBZ
19138	1089	12	the	the	DT
19138	1089	13	more	more	RBR
19138	1089	14	sensitive	sensitive	JJ
19138	1089	15	,	,	,
19138	1089	16	particularly	particularly	RB
19138	1089	17	those	those	DT
19138	1089	18	of	of	IN
19138	1089	19	puritanic	puritanic	JJ
19138	1089	20	inheritance	inheritance	NN
19138	1089	21	.	.	.
19138	1090	1	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1090	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	1090	3	a	a	DT
19138	1090	4	devitalizer	devitalizer	NN
19138	1090	5	and	and	CC
19138	1090	6	a	a	DT
19138	1090	7	direct	direct	JJ
19138	1090	8	negative	negative	NN
19138	1090	9	to	to	IN
19138	1090	10	expression	expression	NN
19138	1090	11	,	,	,
19138	1090	12	which	which	WDT
19138	1090	13	is	be	VBZ
19138	1090	14	vital	vital	JJ
19138	1090	15	,	,	,
19138	1090	16	is	be	VBZ
19138	1090	17	_	_	NNP
19138	1090	18	life	life	NN
19138	1090	19	_	_	NNP
19138	1090	20	.	.	.
19138	1091	1	All	all	DT
19138	1091	2	of	of	IN
19138	1091	3	these	these	DT
19138	1091	4	deterrents	deterrent	NNS
19138	1091	5	are	be	VBP
19138	1091	6	negative	negative	JJ
19138	1091	7	and	and	CC
19138	1091	8	may	may	MD
19138	1091	9	be	be	VB
19138	1091	10	overcome	overcome	VBN
19138	1091	11	by	by	IN
19138	1091	12	fuller	full	JJR
19138	1091	13	recognition	recognition	NN
19138	1091	14	of	of	IN
19138	1091	15	the	the	DT
19138	1091	16	inner	inner	JJ
19138	1091	17	power	power	NN
19138	1091	18	that	that	IN
19138	1091	19	by	by	IN
19138	1091	20	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1091	21	very	very	JJ
19138	1091	22	nature	nature	NN
19138	1091	23	must	must	MD
19138	1091	24	perpetually	perpetually	RB
19138	1091	25	seek	seek	VB
19138	1091	26	positive	positive	JJ
19138	1091	27	expression	expression	NN
19138	1091	28	.	.	.
19138	1092	1	CONCLUSION	CONCLUSION	NNP
19138	1092	2	In	in	IN
19138	1092	3	conclusion	conclusion	NN
19138	1092	4	,	,	,
19138	1092	5	the	the	DT
19138	1092	6	student	student	NN
19138	1092	7	can	can	MD
19138	1092	8	perpetually	perpetually	RB
19138	1092	9	find	find	VB
19138	1092	10	encouragement	encouragement	NN
19138	1092	11	in	in	IN
19138	1092	12	a	a	DT
19138	1092	13	number	number	NN
19138	1092	14	of	of	IN
19138	1092	15	happy	happy	JJ
19138	1092	16	facts	fact	NNS
19138	1092	17	.	.	.
19138	1093	1	Man	man	NN
19138	1093	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	1093	3	endowed	endow	VBN
19138	1093	4	by	by	IN
19138	1093	5	nature	nature	NN
19138	1093	6	,	,	,
19138	1093	7	except	except	IN
19138	1093	8	in	in	IN
19138	1093	9	rare	rare	JJ
19138	1093	10	instances	instance	NNS
19138	1093	11	,	,	,
19138	1093	12	with	with	IN
19138	1093	13	a	a	DT
19138	1093	14	perfect	perfect	JJ
19138	1093	15	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	1093	16	apparatus	apparatus	NN
19138	1093	17	.	.	.
19138	1094	1	When	when	WRB
19138	1094	2	abnormal	abnormal	JJ
19138	1094	3	conditions	condition	NNS
19138	1094	4	are	be	VBP
19138	1094	5	found	find	VBN
19138	1094	6	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1094	7	are	be	VBP
19138	1094	8	usually	usually	RB
19138	1094	9	in	in	IN
19138	1094	10	the	the	DT
19138	1094	11	adult	adult	NN
19138	1094	12	voice	voice	NN
19138	1094	13	,	,	,
19138	1094	14	and	and	CC
19138	1094	15	are	be	VBP
19138	1094	16	due	due	JJ
19138	1094	17	solely	solely	RB
19138	1094	18	to	to	IN
19138	1094	19	misuse	misuse	NN
19138	1094	20	.	.	.
19138	1095	1	In	in	IN
19138	1095	2	other	other	JJ
19138	1095	3	words	word	NNS
19138	1095	4	defects	defect	NNS
19138	1095	5	are	be	VBP
19138	1095	6	not	not	RB
19138	1095	7	inherent	inherent	JJ
19138	1095	8	but	but	CC
19138	1095	9	acquired	acquire	VBN
19138	1095	10	and	and	CC
19138	1095	11	_	_	NNP
19138	1095	12	can	can	MD
19138	1095	13	be	be	VB
19138	1095	14	removed	remove	VBN
19138	1095	15	_	_	NNP
19138	1095	16	.	.	.
19138	1096	1	By	by	IN
19138	1096	2	nature	nature	NN
19138	1096	3	the	the	DT
19138	1096	4	human	human	JJ
19138	1096	5	voice	voice	NN
19138	1096	6	is	be	VBZ
19138	1096	7	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19138	1096	8	,	,	,
19138	1096	9	for	for	IN
19138	1096	10	the	the	DT
19138	1096	11	tendency	tendency	NN
19138	1096	12	of	of	IN
19138	1096	13	nature	nature	NN
19138	1096	14	is	be	VBZ
19138	1096	15	always	always	RB
19138	1096	16	in	in	IN
19138	1096	17	the	the	DT
19138	1096	18	direction	direction	NN
19138	1096	19	of	of	IN
19138	1096	20	beauty	beauty	NN
19138	1096	21	.	.	.
19138	1097	1	Whatever	whatever	WDT
19138	1097	2	is	be	VBZ
19138	1097	3	unlovely	unlovely	JJ
19138	1097	4	in	in	IN
19138	1097	5	singing	singing	NN
19138	1097	6	,	,	,
19138	1097	7	as	as	IN
19138	1097	8	in	in	IN
19138	1097	9	all	all	DT
19138	1097	10	else	else	RB
19138	1097	11	,	,	,
19138	1097	12	is	be	VBZ
19138	1097	13	_	_	NNP
19138	1097	14	un_natural	un_natural	NNP
19138	1097	15	.	.	.
19138	1098	1	True	true	JJ
19138	1098	2	method	method	NN
19138	1098	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	1098	4	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	1098	5	never	never	RB
19138	1098	6	artificial	artificial	JJ
19138	1098	7	in	in	IN
19138	1098	8	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1098	9	action	action	NN
19138	1098	10	,	,	,
19138	1098	11	but	but	CC
19138	1098	12	simple	simple	JJ
19138	1098	13	,	,	,
19138	1098	14	because	because	IN
19138	1098	15	the	the	DT
19138	1098	16	natural	natural	JJ
19138	1098	17	is	be	VBZ
19138	1098	18	always	always	RB
19138	1098	19	simple	simple	JJ
19138	1098	20	.	.	.
19138	1099	1	Finally	finally	RB
19138	1099	2	,	,	,
19138	1099	3	no	no	UH
19138	1099	4	,	,	,
19138	1099	5	not	not	RB
19138	1099	6	finally	finally	RB
19138	1099	7	,	,	,
19138	1099	8	but	but	CC
19138	1099	9	firstly	firstly	RB
19138	1099	10	and	and	CC
19138	1099	11	secondly	secondly	RB
19138	1099	12	and	and	CC
19138	1099	13	thirdly	thirdly	RB
19138	1099	14	and	and	CC
19138	1099	15	perpetually	perpetually	RB
19138	1099	16	,	,	,
19138	1099	17	every	every	DT
19138	1099	18	student	student	NN
19138	1099	19	of	of	IN
19138	1099	20	singing	singing	NN
19138	1099	21	and	and	CC
19138	1099	22	every	every	DT
19138	1099	23	teacher	teacher	NN
19138	1099	24	of	of	IN
19138	1099	25	it	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1099	26	must	must	MD
19138	1099	27	constantly	constantly	RB
19138	1099	28	bear	bear	VB
19138	1099	29	in	in	IN
19138	1099	30	mind	mind	NN
19138	1099	31	the	the	DT
19138	1099	32	happy	happy	JJ
19138	1099	33	law	law	NN
19138	1099	34	:	:	:
19138	1099	35	=	=	NFP
19138	1099	36	THE	the	DT
19138	1099	37	RIGHT	RIGHT	NNP
19138	1099	38	WAY	way	NN
19138	1099	39	IS	be	VBZ
19138	1099	40	ALWAYS	ALWAYS	NNP
19138	1099	41	AN	an	DT
19138	1099	42	EASY	easy	NN
19138	1099	43	WAY=	WAY=	-LRB-
19138	1099	44	BOOKS	BOOKS	NNP
19138	1099	45	CONSULTED	consult	VBD
19138	1099	46	TITLE	title	NN
19138	1099	47	AUTHOR	author	NN
19138	1099	48	PUBLISHED	publish	VBN
19138	1099	49	An	an	DT
19138	1099	50	Essay	essay	NN
19138	1099	51	on	on	IN
19138	1099	52	the	the	DT
19138	1099	53	History	history	NN
19138	1099	54	and	and	CC
19138	1099	55	Theory	Theory	NNP
19138	1099	56	of	of	IN
19138	1099	57	Music	Music	NNP
19138	1099	58	,	,	,
19138	1099	59	and	and	CC
19138	1099	60	of	of	IN
19138	1099	61	the	the	DT
19138	1099	62	Qualities	Qualities	NNPS
19138	1099	63	and	and	CC
19138	1099	64	Capacity	Capacity	NNP
19138	1099	65	of	of	IN
19138	1099	66	the	the	DT
19138	1099	67	Human	Human	NNP
19138	1099	68	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1099	69	Isaac	Isaac	NNP
19138	1099	70	Nathan	Nathan	NNP
19138	1099	71	London	London	NNP
19138	1099	72	,	,	,
19138	1099	73	1823	1823	CD
19138	1099	74	.	.	.
19138	1100	1	Elements	element	NNS
19138	1100	2	of	of	IN
19138	1100	3	Vocal	Vocal	NNP
19138	1100	4	Science	Science	NNP
19138	1100	5	Richard	Richard	NNP
19138	1100	6	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19138	1100	7	Bacon	Bacon	NNP
19138	1100	8	London	London	NNP
19138	1100	9	,	,	,
19138	1100	10	1824	1824	CD
19138	1100	11	.	.	.
19138	1101	1	Orthophony	orthophony	JJ
19138	1101	2	;	;	:
19138	1101	3	or	or	CC
19138	1101	4	the	the	DT
19138	1101	5	Cultivation	cultivation	NN
19138	1101	6	of	of	IN
19138	1101	7	the	the	DT
19138	1101	8	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1101	9	in	in	IN
19138	1101	10	Elocution	Elocution	NNP
19138	1101	11	William	William	NNP
19138	1101	12	Russell	Russell	NNP
19138	1101	13	Boston	Boston	NNP
19138	1101	14	,	,	,
19138	1101	15	1859	1859	CD
19138	1101	16	.	.	.
19138	1102	1	Vocal	Vocal	NNP
19138	1102	2	Physiology	Physiology	NNP
19138	1102	3	Charles	Charles	NNP
19138	1102	4	Alex	Alex	NNP
19138	1102	5	.	.	.
19138	1103	1	Guilmette	Guilmette	NNP
19138	1103	2	New	New	NNP
19138	1103	3	York	York	NNP
19138	1103	4	,	,	,
19138	1103	5	1860	1860	CD
19138	1103	6	.	.	.
19138	1104	1	Die	die	VB
19138	1104	2	Lehre	Lehre	NNP
19138	1104	3	von	von	NNP
19138	1104	4	den	den	NN
19138	1104	5	Tonempfindungen	Tonempfindungen	NNP
19138	1104	6	als	als	NNP
19138	1104	7	physiologische	physiologische	NN
19138	1104	8	Grundlage	Grundlage	NNP
19138	1104	9	für	für	NN
19138	1104	10	die	die	VBP
19138	1104	11	theorie	theorie	NNP
19138	1104	12	der	der	IN
19138	1104	13	Musik	Musik	NNP
19138	1104	14	H.L.F.	H.L.F.	NNP
19138	1105	1	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
19138	1105	2	Brunswick	Brunswick	NNP
19138	1105	3	,	,	,
19138	1105	4	1863	1863	CD
19138	1105	5	.	.	.
19138	1106	1	The	the	DT
19138	1106	2	Sensations	sensation	NNS
19138	1106	3	of	of	IN
19138	1106	4	Tone	Tone	NNP
19138	1106	5	as	as	IN
19138	1106	6	a	a	DT
19138	1106	7	Physiological	Physiological	NNP
19138	1106	8	Basis	Basis	NNP
19138	1106	9	for	for	IN
19138	1106	10	the	the	DT
19138	1106	11	Theory	Theory	NNP
19138	1106	12	of	of	IN
19138	1106	13	Music	Music	NNP
19138	1106	14	H.L.F.	H.L.F.	NNP
19138	1107	1	Helmholtz	Helmholtz	NNP
19138	1107	2	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1107	3	Translation	Translation	NNP
19138	1107	4	of	of	IN
19138	1107	5	above	above	RB
19138	1107	6	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1107	7	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1107	8	Translated	translate	VBN
19138	1107	9	by	by	IN
19138	1107	10	A.J.	A.J.	NNP
19138	1108	1	Ellis	Ellis	NNP
19138	1108	2	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1108	3	London	London	NNP
19138	1108	4	,	,	,
19138	1108	5	1875	1875	CD
19138	1108	6	.	.	.
19138	1109	1	Sound	Sound	NNP
19138	1109	2	John	John	NNP
19138	1109	3	Tyndall	Tyndall	NNP
19138	1109	4	London	London	NNP
19138	1109	5	,	,	,
19138	1109	6	1867	1867	CD
19138	1109	7	.	.	.
19138	1110	1	Principles	principle	NNS
19138	1110	2	of	of	IN
19138	1110	3	Elocution	Elocution	NNP
19138	1110	4	and	and	CC
19138	1110	5	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1110	6	Culture	Culture	NNP
19138	1110	7	Benj	Benj	NNP
19138	1110	8	.	.	.
19138	1111	1	W.	W.	NNP
19138	1111	2	Atwell	Atwell	NNP
19138	1111	3	Providence	Providence	NNP
19138	1111	4	,	,	,
19138	1111	5	1868	1868	CD
19138	1111	6	.	.	.
19138	1112	1	The	the	DT
19138	1112	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1112	3	,	,	,
19138	1112	4	Its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1112	5	Artistic	Artistic	NNP
19138	1112	6	Production	Production	NNP
19138	1112	7	,	,	,
19138	1112	8	Development	Development	NNP
19138	1112	9	and	and	CC
19138	1112	10	Preservation	Preservation	NNP
19138	1112	11	George	George	NNP
19138	1112	12	J.	J.	NNP
19138	1112	13	Lee	Lee	NNP
19138	1112	14	London	London	NNP
19138	1112	15	,	,	,
19138	1112	16	1870	1870	CD
19138	1112	17	.	.	.
19138	1113	1	The	the	DT
19138	1113	2	Cultivation	cultivation	NN
19138	1113	3	of	of	IN
19138	1113	4	the	the	DT
19138	1113	5	Speaking	Speaking	NNP
19138	1113	6	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1113	7	John	John	NNP
19138	1113	8	Pyke	Pyke	NNP
19138	1113	9	Hullah	Hullah	NNP
19138	1113	10	Oxford	Oxford	NNP
19138	1113	11	,	,	,
19138	1113	12	1870	1870	CD
19138	1113	13	.	.	.
19138	1114	1	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1114	2	Building	Building	NNP
19138	1114	3	Horace	Horace	NNP
19138	1114	4	R.	R.	NNP
19138	1114	5	Streeter	Streeter	NNP
19138	1114	6	Boston	Boston	NNP
19138	1114	7	,	,	,
19138	1114	8	1871	1871	CD
19138	1114	9	.	.	.
19138	1115	1	Principles	principle	NNS
19138	1115	2	of	of	IN
19138	1115	3	Elocution	Elocution	NNP
19138	1115	4	and	and	CC
19138	1115	5	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1115	6	Culture	Culture	NNP
19138	1115	7	Benjamin	Benjamin	NNP
19138	1115	8	Atwell	Atwell	NNP
19138	1115	9	Boston	Boston	NNP
19138	1115	10	,	,	,
19138	1115	11	1872	1872	CD
19138	1115	12	.	.	.
19138	1116	1	Hints	hint	NNS
19138	1116	2	for	for	IN
19138	1116	3	Pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	1116	4	in	in	IN
19138	1116	5	Singing	Singing	NNP
19138	1116	6	Georgiana	Georgiana	NNP
19138	1116	7	Weldon	Weldon	NNP
19138	1116	8	London	London	NNP
19138	1116	9	,	,	,
19138	1116	10	1872	1872	CD
19138	1116	11	.	.	.
19138	1117	1	The	the	DT
19138	1117	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1117	3	in	in	IN
19138	1117	4	Singing	Singing	NNP
19138	1117	5	Emma	Emma	NNP
19138	1117	6	Seiler	Seiler	NNP
19138	1117	7	Philadelphia	Philadelphia	NNP
19138	1117	8	,	,	,
19138	1117	9	1872	1872	CD
19138	1117	10	The	the	DT
19138	1117	11	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1117	12	as	as	IN
19138	1117	13	an	an	DT
19138	1117	14	Instrument	Instrument	NNP
19138	1117	15	Ange	Ange	NNP
19138	1117	16	A.	a.	NN
19138	1117	17	Pattou	Pattou	NNP
19138	1117	18	New	New	NNP
19138	1117	19	York	York	NNP
19138	1117	20	,	,	,
19138	1117	21	1878	1878	CD
19138	1117	22	.	.	.
19138	1118	1	The	the	DT
19138	1118	2	Vocal	Vocal	NNP
19138	1118	3	Process	Process	NNP
19138	1118	4	John	John	NNP
19138	1118	5	Howard	Howard	NNP
19138	1118	6	New	New	NNP
19138	1118	7	York	York	NNP
19138	1118	8	,	,	,
19138	1118	9	1878	1878	CD
19138	1118	10	.	.	.
19138	1119	1	Speech	Speech	NNP
19138	1119	2	in	in	IN
19138	1119	3	Song	Song	NNP
19138	1119	4	Alexander	Alexander	NNP
19138	1119	5	J.	J.	NNP
19138	1119	6	Ellis	Ellis	NNP
19138	1119	7	London	London	NNP
19138	1119	8	,	,	,
19138	1119	9	1878	1878	CD
19138	1119	10	.	.	.
19138	1120	1	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1120	2	and	and	CC
19138	1120	3	Vocalization	Vocalization	NNP
19138	1120	4	Wm	Wm	NNP
19138	1120	5	.	.	.
19138	1121	1	P.	P.	NNP
19138	1121	2	Robert	Robert	NNP
19138	1121	3	London	London	NNP
19138	1121	4	,	,	,
19138	1121	5	1879	1879	CD
19138	1121	6	.	.	.
19138	1122	1	The	the	DT
19138	1122	2	Human	Human	NNP
19138	1122	3	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1122	4	and	and	CC
19138	1122	5	Connected	Connected	NNP
19138	1122	6	Parts	Parts	NNPS
19138	1122	7	Joseph	Joseph	NNP
19138	1122	8	Montgomery	Montgomery	NNP
19138	1122	9	Farrar	Farrar	NNP
19138	1122	10	London	London	NNP
19138	1122	11	,	,	,
19138	1122	12	1881	1881	CD
19138	1122	13	.	.	.
19138	1123	1	The	the	DT
19138	1123	2	Mechanism	Mechanism	NNP
19138	1123	3	of	of	IN
19138	1123	4	the	the	DT
19138	1123	5	Human	Human	NNP
19138	1123	6	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1123	7	Emil	Emil	NNP
19138	1123	8	Behnke	Behnke	NNP
19138	1123	9	London	London	NNP
19138	1123	10	,	,	,
19138	1123	11	1882	1882	CD
19138	1123	12	.	.	.
19138	1124	1	Gymnastics	gymnastic	NNS
19138	1124	2	of	of	IN
19138	1124	3	the	the	DT
19138	1124	4	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1124	5	Oskar	Oskar	NNP
19138	1124	6	Guttmann	Guttmann	NNP
19138	1124	7	Albany	Albany	NNP
19138	1124	8	,	,	,
19138	1124	9	1882	1882	CD
19138	1124	10	.	.	.
19138	1125	1	The	the	DT
19138	1125	2	Art	Art	NNP
19138	1125	3	of	of	IN
19138	1125	4	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1125	5	Production	production	NN
19138	1125	6	with	with	IN
19138	1125	7	Special	Special	NNP
19138	1125	8	Reference	Reference	NNP
19138	1125	9	to	to	IN
19138	1125	10	the	the	DT
19138	1125	11	Methods	method	NNS
19138	1125	12	of	of	IN
19138	1125	13	Correct	Correct	NNP
19138	1125	14	Breathing	Breathing	NNP
19138	1125	15	Ange	Ange	NNP
19138	1125	16	A.	a.	NN
19138	1125	17	Pattou	Pattou	NNP
19138	1125	18	New	New	NNP
19138	1125	19	York	York	NNP
19138	1125	20	,	,	,
19138	1125	21	1882	1882	CD
19138	1125	22	.	.	.
19138	1126	1	The	the	DT
19138	1126	2	Old	Old	NNP
19138	1126	3	Italian	italian	JJ
19138	1126	4	School	School	NNP
19138	1126	5	of	of	IN
19138	1126	6	Singing	Singing	NNP
19138	1126	7	Leo	Leo	NNP
19138	1126	8	Kofler	Kofler	NNP
19138	1126	9	Albany	Albany	NNP
19138	1126	10	,	,	,
19138	1126	11	1882	1882	CD
19138	1126	12	.	.	.
19138	1127	1	The	the	DT
19138	1127	2	Secrets	Secrets	NNPS
19138	1127	3	of	of	IN
19138	1127	4	the	the	DT
19138	1127	5	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1127	6	in	in	IN
19138	1127	7	Singing	Singing	NNP
19138	1127	8	Emilio	Emilio	NNP
19138	1127	9	Belari	Belari	NNP
19138	1127	10	New	New	NNP
19138	1127	11	York	York	NNP
19138	1127	12	,	,	,
19138	1127	13	1883	1883	CD
19138	1127	14	.	.	.
19138	1128	1	Deep	deep	JJ
19138	1128	2	Breathing	Breathing	NNP
19138	1128	3	Sophia	Sophia	NNP
19138	1128	4	A.	A.	NNP
19138	1128	5	Ciccolina	Ciccolina	NNP
19138	1128	6	New	New	NNP
19138	1128	7	York	York	NNP
19138	1128	8	,	,	,
19138	1128	9	1883	1883	CD
19138	1128	10	.	.	.
19138	1129	1	Artistic	artistic	JJ
19138	1129	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1129	3	in	in	IN
19138	1129	4	Speech	Speech	NNP
19138	1129	5	and	and	CC
19138	1129	6	Song	Song	NNP
19138	1129	7	Charles	Charles	NNP
19138	1129	8	Lunn	Lunn	NNP
19138	1129	9	London	London	NNP
19138	1129	10	,	,	,
19138	1129	11	1884	1884	CD
19138	1129	12	.	.	.
19138	1130	1	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1130	2	,	,	,
19138	1130	3	Song	Song	NNP
19138	1130	4	and	and	CC
19138	1130	5	Speech	Speech	NNP
19138	1130	6	Lennox	Lennox	NNP
19138	1130	7	Browne	Browne	NNP
19138	1130	8	and	and	CC
19138	1130	9	Emil	Emil	NNP
19138	1130	10	Behnke	Behnke	NNP
19138	1130	11	London	London	NNP
19138	1130	12	,	,	,
19138	1130	13	1884	1884	CD
19138	1130	14	.	.	.
19138	1131	1	Modern	modern	JJ
19138	1131	2	Singing	singing	NN
19138	1131	3	Methods	method	NNS
19138	1131	4	,	,	,
19138	1131	5	Their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1131	6	Use	Use	NNP
19138	1131	7	and	and	CC
19138	1131	8	Abuse	Abuse	NNP
19138	1131	9	John	John	NNP
19138	1131	10	Franklin	Franklin	NNP
19138	1131	11	Botume	Botume	NNP
19138	1131	12	Boston	Boston	NNP
19138	1131	13	,	,	,
19138	1131	14	1885	1885	CD
19138	1131	15	.	.	.
19138	1132	1	The	the	DT
19138	1132	2	Diaphragm	Diaphragm	NNP
19138	1132	3	and	and	CC
19138	1132	4	Its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1132	5	Functions	Functions	NNP
19138	1132	6	J.M.W.	J.M.W.	VBZ
19138	1133	1	Kitchen	Kitchen	NNP
19138	1133	2	Albany	Albany	NNP
19138	1133	3	,	,	,
19138	1133	4	1885	1885	CD
19138	1133	5	.	.	.
19138	1134	1	The	the	DT
19138	1134	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1134	3	from	from	IN
19138	1134	4	a	a	DT
19138	1134	5	Practical	Practical	NNP
19138	1134	6	Standpoint	Standpoint	NNP
19138	1134	7	Edmund	Edmund	NNP
19138	1134	8	J.	J.	NNP
19138	1134	9	Meyer	Meyer	NNP
19138	1134	10	New	New	NNP
19138	1134	11	York	York	NNP
19138	1134	12	,	,	,
19138	1134	13	1886	1886	CD
19138	1134	14	.	.	.
19138	1135	1	The	the	DT
19138	1135	2	Hygiene	Hygiene	NNP
19138	1135	3	of	of	IN
19138	1135	4	the	the	DT
19138	1135	5	Vocal	Vocal	NNP
19138	1135	6	Organs	Organs	NNPS
19138	1135	7	Morrell	Morrell	NNP
19138	1135	8	Mackenzie	Mackenzie	NNP
19138	1135	9	,	,	,
19138	1135	10	M.D.	M.D.	NNP
19138	1136	1	London	London	NNP
19138	1136	2	,	,	,
19138	1136	3	1886	1886	CD
19138	1136	4	.	.	.
19138	1137	1	How	how	WRB
19138	1137	2	to	to	TO
19138	1137	3	Sing	sing	VB
19138	1137	4	Wm	Wm	NNP
19138	1137	5	.	.	.
19138	1138	1	Henry	Henry	NNP
19138	1138	2	Daniell	Daniell	NNP
19138	1138	3	New	New	NNP
19138	1138	4	York	York	NNP
19138	1138	5	,	,	,
19138	1138	6	1887	1887	CD
19138	1138	7	.	.	.
19138	1139	1	The	the	DT
19138	1139	2	Art	art	NN
19138	1139	3	of	of	IN
19138	1139	4	Breathing	Breathing	NNP
19138	1139	5	as	as	IN
19138	1139	6	the	the	DT
19138	1139	7	Basis	basis	NN
19138	1139	8	for	for	IN
19138	1139	9	Tone	Tone	NNP
19138	1139	10	Production	Production	NNP
19138	1139	11	Leo	Leo	NNP
19138	1139	12	Kofler	Kofler	NNP
19138	1139	13	New	New	NNP
19138	1139	14	York	York	NNP
19138	1139	15	,	,	,
19138	1139	16	1887	1887	CD
19138	1139	17	.	.	.
19138	1140	1	The	the	DT
19138	1140	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1140	3	.	.	.
19138	1141	1	How	how	WRB
19138	1141	2	to	to	TO
19138	1141	3	Train	train	VB
19138	1141	4	It	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1141	5	Edward	Edward	NNP
19138	1141	6	Barrett	Barrett	NNP
19138	1141	7	Warman	Warman	NNP
19138	1141	8	Boston	Boston	NNP
19138	1141	9	,	,	,
19138	1141	10	1890	1890	CD
19138	1141	11	.	.	.
19138	1142	1	Scientific	scientific	JJ
19138	1142	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1142	3	.	.	.
19138	1143	1	Artistic	artistic	JJ
19138	1143	2	Singing	singing	NN
19138	1143	3	and	and	CC
19138	1143	4	Effective	effective	JJ
19138	1143	5	Singing	Singing	NNP
19138	1143	6	Thomas	Thomas	NNP
19138	1143	7	Chater	Chater	NNP
19138	1143	8	London	London	NNP
19138	1143	9	,	,	,
19138	1143	10	1890	1890	CD
19138	1143	11	.	.	.
19138	1144	1	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1144	2	Figures	Figures	NNP
19138	1144	3	Mrs.	Mrs.	NNP
19138	1144	4	Margaret	Margaret	NNP
19138	1144	5	Watts	Watts	NNP
19138	1144	6	Hughes	Hughes	NNP
19138	1144	7	London	London	NNP
19138	1144	8	,	,	,
19138	1144	9	1891	1891	CD
19138	1144	10	.	.	.
19138	1145	1	The	the	DT
19138	1145	2	Human	Human	NNP
19138	1145	3	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1145	4	;	;	:
19138	1145	5	Its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1145	6	Cultivation	Cultivation	NNP
19138	1145	7	W.H.	W.H.	NNP
19138	1146	1	Griffiths	Griffiths	NNP
19138	1146	2	London	London	NNP
19138	1146	3	,	,	,
19138	1146	4	1892	1892	CD
19138	1146	5	.	.	.
19138	1147	1	The	the	DT
19138	1147	2	Philosophy	philosophy	NN
19138	1147	3	of	of	IN
19138	1147	4	Singing	singe	VBG
19138	1147	5	Clara	Clara	NNP
19138	1147	6	Kathleen	Kathleen	NNP
19138	1147	7	Rogers	Rogers	NNP
19138	1147	8	New	New	NNP
19138	1147	9	York	York	NNP
19138	1147	10	,	,	,
19138	1147	11	1893	1893	CD
19138	1147	12	.	.	.
19138	1148	1	The	the	DT
19138	1148	2	What	what	WP
19138	1148	3	and	and	CC
19138	1148	4	How	how	WRB
19138	1148	5	of	of	IN
19138	1148	6	Vocal	Vocal	NNP
19138	1148	7	Culture	Culture	NNP
19138	1148	8	F.	F.	NNP
19138	1148	9	Rowena	Rowena	NNP
19138	1148	10	Medini	Medini	NNP
19138	1148	11	New	New	NNP
19138	1148	12	York	York	NNP
19138	1148	13	,	,	,
19138	1148	14	1893	1893	CD
19138	1148	15	.	.	.
19138	1149	1	Exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	1149	2	in	in	IN
19138	1149	3	Vocal	Vocal	NNP
19138	1149	4	Technique	Technique	NNP
19138	1149	5	John	John	NNP
19138	1149	6	Franklin	Franklin	NNP
19138	1149	7	Botume	Botume	NNP
19138	1149	8	Boston	Boston	NNP
19138	1149	9	,	,	,
19138	1149	10	1894	1894	CD
19138	1149	11	.	.	.
19138	1150	1	Text	Text	NNP
19138	1150	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	1150	3	Book	Book	NNP
19138	1150	4	on	on	IN
19138	1150	5	the	the	DT
19138	1150	6	Natural	Natural	NNP
19138	1150	7	Use	Use	NNP
19138	1150	8	of	of	IN
19138	1150	9	the	the	DT
19138	1150	10	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1150	11	George	George	NNP
19138	1150	12	E.	E.	NNP
19138	1150	13	Thorp	Thorp	NNP
19138	1150	14	and	and	CC
19138	1150	15	William	William	NNP
19138	1150	16	Nicholl	Nicholl	NNP
19138	1150	17	London	London	NNP
19138	1150	18	,	,	,
19138	1150	19	1895	1895	CD
19138	1150	20	.	.	.
19138	1151	1	Respiration	respiration	NN
19138	1151	2	for	for	IN
19138	1151	3	Advanced	advanced	JJ
19138	1151	4	Singers	Singers	NNPS
19138	1151	5	John	John	NNP
19138	1151	6	Franklin	Franklin	NNP
19138	1151	7	Botume	Botume	NNP
19138	1151	8	Boston	Boston	NNP
19138	1151	9	,	,	,
19138	1151	10	1897	1897	CD
19138	1151	11	.	.	.
19138	1152	1	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1152	2	Building	Building	NNP
19138	1152	3	and	and	CC
19138	1152	4	Tone	Tone	NNP
19138	1152	5	Placing	Placing	NNP
19138	1152	6	Henry	Henry	NNP
19138	1152	7	Holbrook	Holbrook	NNP
19138	1152	8	Curtis	Curtis	NNP
19138	1152	9	,	,	,
19138	1152	10	M.D.	M.D.	NNP
19138	1153	1	New	New	NNP
19138	1153	2	York	York	NNP
19138	1153	3	,	,	,
19138	1153	4	1896	1896	CD
19138	1153	5	.	.	.
19138	1154	1	Twenty	twenty	CD
19138	1154	2	Lessons	lesson	NNS
19138	1154	3	on	on	IN
19138	1154	4	the	the	DT
19138	1154	5	Development	Development	NNP
19138	1154	6	of	of	IN
19138	1154	7	the	the	DT
19138	1154	8	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1154	9	George	George	NNP
19138	1154	10	E.	E.	NNP
19138	1154	11	Thorp	Thorp	NNP
19138	1154	12	London	London	NNP
19138	1154	13	,	,	,
19138	1154	14	1896	1896	CD
19138	1154	15	.	.	.
19138	1155	1	Voxometric	Voxometric	NNP
19138	1155	2	Revelation	Revelation	NNP
19138	1155	3	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1155	4	The	the	DT
19138	1155	5	Problem	Problem	NNP
19138	1155	6	Surrounding	surround	VBG
19138	1155	7	the	the	DT
19138	1155	8	Production	Production	NNP
19138	1155	9	of	of	IN
19138	1155	10	the	the	DT
19138	1155	11	Human	Human	NNP
19138	1155	12	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1155	13	Finally	finally	RB
19138	1155	14	Discovered	discover	VBD
19138	1155	15	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1155	16	Alfred	Alfred	NNP
19138	1155	17	Augustus	Augustus	NNP
19138	1155	18	North	North	NNP
19138	1155	19	London	London	NNP
19138	1155	20	,	,	,
19138	1155	21	1896	1896	CD
19138	1155	22	.	.	.
19138	1156	1	The	the	DT
19138	1156	2	Art	art	NN
19138	1156	3	of	of	IN
19138	1156	4	Singing	Singing	NNP
19138	1156	5	Wm	Wm	NNP
19138	1156	6	.	.	.
19138	1157	1	Shakespeare	Shakespeare	NNP
19138	1157	2	London	London	NNP
19138	1157	3	and	and	CC
19138	1157	4	Boston	Boston	NNP
19138	1157	5	,	,	,
19138	1157	6	1898	1898	CD
19138	1157	7	.	.	.
19138	1158	1	The	the	DT
19138	1158	2	Rightly	rightly	RB
19138	1158	3	-	-	HYPH
19138	1158	4	Produced	produce	VBN
19138	1158	5	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1158	6	Edward	Edward	NNP
19138	1158	7	Davidson	Davidson	NNP
19138	1158	8	Palmer	Palmer	NNP
19138	1158	9	London	London	NNP
19138	1158	10	,	,	,
19138	1158	11	1898	1898	CD
19138	1158	12	.	.	.
19138	1159	1	How	how	WRB
19138	1159	2	to	to	TO
19138	1159	3	Train	train	VB
19138	1159	4	Children	Children	NNP
19138	1159	5	's	's	POS
19138	1159	6	Voices	Voices	NNPS
19138	1159	7	T.	T.	NNP
19138	1159	8	Maskell	Maskell	NNP
19138	1159	9	Hardy	Hardy	NNP
19138	1159	10	London	London	NNP
19138	1159	11	,	,	,
19138	1159	12	1899	1899	CD
19138	1159	13	.	.	.
19138	1160	1	How	how	WRB
19138	1160	2	to	to	TO
19138	1160	3	Sing	sing	VB
19138	1160	4	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1160	5	Meine	Meine	NNP
19138	1160	6	Gesangskunst	Gesangskunst	NNP
19138	1160	7	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1160	8	Lilli	Lilli	NNP
19138	1160	9	Lehmann	Lehmann	NNP
19138	1160	10	New	New	NNP
19138	1160	11	York	York	NNP
19138	1160	12	,	,	,
19138	1160	13	1902	1902	CD
19138	1160	14	.	.	.
19138	1161	1	Scientific	scientific	JJ
19138	1161	2	Tone	tone	NN
19138	1161	3	Production	production	NN
19138	1161	4	Mary	Mary	NNP
19138	1161	5	Ingles	Ingles	NNP
19138	1161	6	James	James	NNP
19138	1161	7	Boston	Boston	NNP
19138	1161	8	,	,	,
19138	1161	9	1903	1903	CD
19138	1161	10	.	.	.
19138	1162	1	English	English	NNP
19138	1162	2	Diction	Diction	NNP
19138	1162	3	for	for	IN
19138	1162	4	Singers	Singers	NNPS
19138	1162	5	and	and	CC
19138	1162	6	Speakers	Speakers	NNPS
19138	1162	7	Louis	Louis	NNP
19138	1162	8	Arthur	Arthur	NNP
19138	1162	9	Russell	Russell	NNP
19138	1162	10	Boston	Boston	NNP
19138	1162	11	,	,	,
19138	1162	12	1905	1905	CD
19138	1162	13	.	.	.
19138	1163	1	The	the	DT
19138	1163	2	Training	training	NN
19138	1163	3	of	of	IN
19138	1163	4	Boys	Boys	NNPS
19138	1163	5	'	'	POS
19138	1163	6	Voices	Voices	NNPS
19138	1163	7	Clarke	Clarke	NNP
19138	1163	8	Ellsworth	Ellsworth	NNP
19138	1163	9	Johnson	Johnson	NNP
19138	1163	10	Boston	Boston	NNP
19138	1163	11	,	,	,
19138	1163	12	1906	1906	CD
19138	1163	13	.	.	.
19138	1164	1	Voice	voice	NN
19138	1164	2	Production	production	NN
19138	1164	3	in	in	IN
19138	1164	4	Singing	Singing	NNP
19138	1164	5	and	and	CC
19138	1164	6	Speaking	Speaking	NNP
19138	1164	7	Wesley	Wesley	NNP
19138	1164	8	Mills	Mills	NNPS
19138	1164	9	,	,	,
19138	1164	10	M.D.	M.D.	NNP
19138	1165	1	Philadelphia	Philadelphia	NNP
19138	1165	2	,	,	,
19138	1165	3	1906	1906	CD
19138	1165	4	.	.	.
19138	1166	1	The	the	DT
19138	1166	2	Art	art	NN
19138	1166	3	of	of	IN
19138	1166	4	the	the	DT
19138	1166	5	Singer	Singer	NNP
19138	1166	6	W.J.	W.J.	NNP
19138	1167	1	Henderson	Henderson	NNP
19138	1167	2	New	New	NNP
19138	1167	3	York	York	NNP
19138	1167	4	,	,	,
19138	1167	5	1906	1906	CD
19138	1167	6	.	.	.
19138	1168	1	The	the	DT
19138	1168	2	Commonplaces	commonplace	NNS
19138	1168	3	of	of	IN
19138	1168	4	Vocal	Vocal	NNP
19138	1168	5	Art	Art	NNP
19138	1168	6	Louis	Louis	NNP
19138	1168	7	Arthur	Arthur	NNP
19138	1168	8	Russell	Russell	NNP
19138	1168	9	Boston	Boston	NNP
19138	1168	10	,	,	,
19138	1168	11	1907	1907	CD
19138	1168	12	.	.	.
19138	1169	1	The	the	DT
19138	1169	2	Singing	singing	NN
19138	1169	3	of	of	IN
19138	1169	4	the	the	DT
19138	1169	5	Future	Future	NNP
19138	1169	6	David	David	NNP
19138	1169	7	Ffrangcon	Ffrangcon	NNP
19138	1169	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	1169	9	Davies	Davies	NNP
19138	1169	10	London	London	NNP
19138	1169	11	,	,	,
19138	1169	12	1908	1908	CD
19138	1169	13	.	.	.
19138	1170	1	The	the	DT
19138	1170	2	Art	art	NN
19138	1170	3	of	of	IN
19138	1170	4	Singing	Singing	NNP
19138	1170	5	and	and	CC
19138	1170	6	Vocal	Vocal	NNP
19138	1170	7	Declamation	Declamation	NNP
19138	1170	8	Sir	Sir	NNP
19138	1170	9	Charles	Charles	NNP
19138	1170	10	Santley	Santley	NNP
19138	1170	11	London	London	NNP
19138	1170	12	,	,	,
19138	1170	13	1908	1908	CD
19138	1170	14	.	.	.
19138	1171	1	INDEX	INDEX	NNP
19138	1171	2	ABDOMINAL	ABDOMINAL	NNP
19138	1171	3	BREATHING	breathing	NN
19138	1171	4	,	,	,
19138	1171	5	employed	employ	VBN
19138	1171	6	by	by	IN
19138	1171	7	Martel	Martel	NNP
19138	1171	8	,	,	,
19138	1171	9	4	4	CD
19138	1171	10	,	,	,
19138	1171	11	26	26	CD
19138	1171	12	;	;	:
19138	1171	13	lateral	lateral	JJ
19138	1171	14	,	,	,
19138	1171	15	3	3	CD
19138	1171	16	.	.	.
19138	1172	1	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1172	2	See	see	VB
19138	1172	3	also	also	RB
19138	1172	4	_	_	NNP
19138	1172	5	Chest	Chest	NNP
19138	1172	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	1172	7	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	1172	8	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	1172	9	_	_	NNP
19138	1172	10	and	and	CC
19138	1172	11	_	_	NNP
19138	1172	12	Lateral	lateral	JJ
19138	1172	13	abdominal	abdominal	JJ
19138	1172	14	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	1172	15	_	_	NNP
19138	1172	16	.	.	.
19138	1172	17	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1173	1	ACOUSTICS	ACOUSTICS	NNP
19138	1173	2	,	,	,
19138	1173	3	43	43	CD
19138	1173	4	;	;	:
19138	1173	5	experiments	experiment	NNS
19138	1173	6	in	in	IN
19138	1173	7	,	,	,
19138	1173	8	46	46	CD
19138	1173	9	-	-	SYM
19138	1173	10	48	48	CD
19138	1173	11	;	;	:
19138	1173	12	Pascal	pascal	JJ
19138	1173	13	on	on	RB
19138	1173	14	,	,	,
19138	1173	15	49	49	CD
19138	1173	16	.	.	.
19138	1174	1	ACTOR	ACTOR	NNP
19138	1174	2	,	,	,
19138	1174	3	enunciation	enunciation	NN
19138	1174	4	of	of	IN
19138	1174	5	the	the	DT
19138	1174	6	,	,	,
19138	1174	7	19	19	CD
19138	1174	8	;	;	:
19138	1174	9	importance	importance	NN
19138	1174	10	of	of	IN
19138	1174	11	deep	deep	JJ
19138	1174	12	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	1174	13	for	for	IN
19138	1174	14	,	,	,
19138	1174	15	19	19	CD
19138	1174	16	.	.	.
19138	1175	1	ADAM	ADAM	NNP
19138	1175	2	'S	'S	NNP
19138	1175	3	APPLE	APPLE	NNP
19138	1175	4	,	,	,
19138	1175	5	the	the	DT
19138	1175	6	male	male	JJ
19138	1175	7	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	1175	8	,	,	,
19138	1175	9	9	9	CD
19138	1175	10	.	.	.
19138	1176	1	AGE	age	NN
19138	1176	2	to	to	TO
19138	1176	3	begin	begin	VB
19138	1176	4	study	study	NN
19138	1176	5	of	of	IN
19138	1176	6	voice	voice	NN
19138	1176	7	,	,	,
19138	1176	8	77	77	CD
19138	1176	9	.	.	.
19138	1177	1	AH	ah	NN
19138	1177	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	1177	3	sound	sound	NN
19138	1177	4	,	,	,
19138	1177	5	narrow	narrow	JJ
19138	1177	6	limits	limit	NNS
19138	1177	7	of	of	IN
19138	1177	8	,	,	,
19138	1177	9	18	18	CD
19138	1177	10	;	;	:
19138	1177	11	how	how	WRB
19138	1177	12	produced	produce	VBN
19138	1177	13	,	,	,
19138	1177	14	22	22	CD
19138	1177	15	;	;	:
19138	1177	16	Lilli	Lilli	NNP
19138	1177	17	Lehmann	Lehmann	NNP
19138	1177	18	on	on	IN
19138	1177	19	,	,	,
19138	1177	20	19	19	CD
19138	1177	21	;	;	:
19138	1177	22	place	place	NN
19138	1177	23	of	of	IN
19138	1177	24	,	,	,
19138	1177	25	in	in	IN
19138	1177	26	practice	practice	NN
19138	1177	27	,	,	,
19138	1177	28	57	57	CD
19138	1177	29	.	.	.
19138	1178	1	AIR	AIR	NNP
19138	1178	2	CAVITIES	CAVITIES	NNP
19138	1178	3	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1178	4	see	see	VB
19138	1178	5	_	_	NNP
19138	1178	6	Sinuses	Sinuses	NNPS
19138	1178	7	_	_	NNP
19138	1178	8	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1178	9	.	.	.
19138	1179	1	ANXIETY	ANXIETY	NNP
19138	1179	2	,	,	,
19138	1179	3	a	a	DT
19138	1179	4	deterrent	deterrent	NN
19138	1179	5	to	to	IN
19138	1179	6	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19138	1179	7	singing	singing	NN
19138	1179	8	,	,	,
19138	1179	9	85	85	CD
19138	1179	10	.	.	.
19138	1180	1	APPLICATION	application	NN
19138	1180	2	OF	of	IN
19138	1180	3	ESSENTIALS	ESSENTIALS	NNP
19138	1180	4	,	,	,
19138	1180	5	79	79	CD
19138	1180	6	.	.	.
19138	1181	1	APPUNN	appunn	RB
19138	1181	2	,	,	,
19138	1181	3	on	on	IN
19138	1181	4	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	1181	5	of	of	IN
19138	1181	6	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	1181	7	sounds	sound	NNS
19138	1181	8	,	,	,
19138	1181	9	20	20	CD
19138	1181	10	.	.	.
19138	1182	1	ARTICULATION	ARTICULATION	NNP
19138	1182	2	,	,	,
19138	1182	3	differing	differ	VBG
19138	1182	4	opinions	opinion	NNS
19138	1182	5	concerning	concern	VBG
19138	1182	6	,	,	,
19138	1182	7	3	3	CD
19138	1182	8	;	;	:
19138	1182	9	relation	relation	NN
19138	1182	10	of	of	IN
19138	1182	11	,	,	,
19138	1182	12	to	to	IN
19138	1182	13	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1182	14	,	,	,
19138	1182	15	51	51	CD
19138	1182	16	;	;	:
19138	1182	17	through	through	IN
19138	1182	18	upper	upper	JJ
19138	1182	19	lip	lip	NN
19138	1182	20	,	,	,
19138	1182	21	72	72	CD
19138	1182	22	.	.	.
19138	1183	1	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1183	2	See	see	VB
19138	1183	3	also	also	RB
19138	1183	4	_	_	NNP
19138	1183	5	Pronunciation	Pronunciation	NNP
19138	1183	6	_	_	NNP
19138	1183	7	.	.	.
19138	1183	8	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1184	1	ARTICULATOR	ARTICULATOR	NNP
19138	1184	2	,	,	,
19138	1184	3	6	6	CD
19138	1184	4	.	.	.
19138	1185	1	ARTISTRY	ARTISTRY	NNP
19138	1185	2	,	,	,
19138	1185	3	79	79	CD
19138	1185	4	.	.	.
19138	1186	1	ASCHAM	ASCHAM	NNP
19138	1186	2	,	,	,
19138	1186	3	ROGER	ROGER	NNP
19138	1186	4	,	,	,
19138	1186	5	on	on	IN
19138	1186	6	voice	voice	NN
19138	1186	7	culture	culture	NN
19138	1186	8	through	through	IN
19138	1186	9	imitation	imitation	NN
19138	1186	10	,	,	,
19138	1186	11	77	77	CD
19138	1186	12	.	.	.
19138	1187	1	AW	aw	NN
19138	1187	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	1187	3	sound	sound	NN
19138	1187	4	,	,	,
19138	1187	5	lip	lip	NN
19138	1187	6	position	position	NN
19138	1187	7	for	for	IN
19138	1187	8	,	,	,
19138	1187	9	22	22	CD
19138	1187	10	;	;	:
19138	1187	11	in	in	IN
19138	1187	12	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	1187	13	,	,	,
19138	1187	14	59	59	CD
19138	1187	15	,	,	,
19138	1187	16	etc	etc	FW
19138	1187	17	.	.	.
19138	1188	1	BEAUTY	BEAUTY	NNS
19138	1188	2	OF	of	IN
19138	1188	3	TONE	tone	NN
19138	1188	4	,	,	,
19138	1188	5	a	a	DT
19138	1188	6	criterion	criterion	NN
19138	1188	7	of	of	IN
19138	1188	8	correct	correct	JJ
19138	1188	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	1188	10	action	action	NN
19138	1188	11	,	,	,
19138	1188	12	56	56	CD
19138	1188	13	.	.	.
19138	1189	1	BELL	BELL	NNP
19138	1189	2	,	,	,
19138	1189	3	on	on	IN
19138	1189	4	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	1189	5	of	of	IN
19138	1189	6	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	1189	7	sounds	sound	NNS
19138	1189	8	,	,	,
19138	1189	9	20	20	CD
19138	1189	10	.	.	.
19138	1190	1	BOOTH	BOOTH	NNP
19138	1190	2	,	,	,
19138	1190	3	EDWIN	EDWIN	NNP
19138	1190	4	,	,	,
19138	1190	5	as	as	IN
19138	1190	6	a	a	DT
19138	1190	7	good	good	JJ
19138	1190	8	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	1190	9	,	,	,
19138	1190	10	16	16	CD
19138	1190	11	.	.	.
19138	1191	1	BOOTH	BOOTH	NNP
19138	1191	2	,	,	,
19138	1191	3	JUNIUS	JUNIUS	NNP
19138	1191	4	BRUTUS	BRUTUS	NNP
19138	1191	5	,	,	,
19138	1191	6	impairment	impairment	NN
19138	1191	7	of	of	IN
19138	1191	8	his	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1191	9	voice	voice	NN
19138	1191	10	,	,	,
19138	1191	11	53	53	CD
19138	1191	12	.	.	.
19138	1192	1	BREATH	BREATH	NNP
19138	1192	2	CONTROL	CONTROL	NNP
19138	1192	3	,	,	,
19138	1192	4	23	23	CD
19138	1192	5	-	-	SYM
19138	1192	6	32	32	CD
19138	1192	7	;	;	:
19138	1192	8	importance	importance	NN
19138	1192	9	of	of	IN
19138	1192	10	,	,	,
19138	1192	11	in	in	IN
19138	1192	12	both	both	CC
19138	1192	13	speaking	speak	VBG
19138	1192	14	and	and	CC
19138	1192	15	singing	singing	NN
19138	1192	16	,	,	,
19138	1192	17	23	23	CD
19138	1192	18	;	;	:
19138	1192	19	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	1192	20	of	of	IN
19138	1192	21	respiration	respiration	NN
19138	1192	22	in	in	IN
19138	1192	23	,	,	,
19138	1192	24	23	23	CD
19138	1192	25	;	;	:
19138	1192	26	the	the	DT
19138	1192	27	diaphragm	diaphragm	NN
19138	1192	28	in	in	IN
19138	1192	29	,	,	,
19138	1192	30	23	23	CD
19138	1192	31	;	;	:
19138	1192	32	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	1192	33	in	in	IN
19138	1192	34	,	,	,
19138	1192	35	24	24	CD
19138	1192	36	;	;	:
19138	1192	37	the	the	DT
19138	1192	38	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	1192	39	in	in	IN
19138	1192	40	,	,	,
19138	1192	41	25	25	CD
19138	1192	42	;	;	:
19138	1192	43	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	1192	44	,	,	,
19138	1192	45	25	25	CD
19138	1192	46	;	;	:
19138	1192	47	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	1192	48	,	,	,
19138	1192	49	25	25	CD
19138	1192	50	;	;	:
19138	1192	51	correct	correct	JJ
19138	1192	52	method	method	NN
19138	1192	53	of	of	IN
19138	1192	54	,	,	,
19138	1192	55	25	25	CD
19138	1192	56	;	;	:
19138	1192	57	a	a	DT
19138	1192	58	cure	cure	NN
19138	1192	59	for	for	IN
19138	1192	60	nervousness	nervousness	NN
19138	1192	61	,	,	,
19138	1192	62	27	27	CD
19138	1192	63	;	;	,
19138	1192	64	necessity	necessity	NN
19138	1192	65	of	of	IN
19138	1192	66	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	1192	67	,	,	,
19138	1192	68	27	27	CD
19138	1192	69	;	;	:
19138	1192	70	economy	economy	NN
19138	1192	71	a	a	DT
19138	1192	72	factor	factor	NN
19138	1192	73	in	in	IN
19138	1192	74	,	,	,
19138	1192	75	30	30	CD
19138	1192	76	;	;	:
19138	1192	77	exaggerated	exaggerated	JJ
19138	1192	78	,	,	,
19138	1192	79	30	30	CD
19138	1192	80	;	;	:
19138	1192	81	initial	initial	JJ
19138	1192	82	use	use	NN
19138	1192	83	of	of	IN
19138	1192	84	,	,	,
19138	1192	85	31	31	CD
19138	1192	86	;	;	:
19138	1192	87	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	1192	88	for	for	IN
19138	1192	89	,	,	,
19138	1192	90	33	33	CD
19138	1192	91	-	-	SYM
19138	1192	92	37	37	CD
19138	1192	93	;	;	:
19138	1192	94	of	of	IN
19138	1192	95	Farinelli	Farinelli	NNP
19138	1192	96	,	,	,
19138	1192	97	37	37	CD
19138	1192	98	.	.	.
19138	1193	1	BREATH	BREATH	NNP
19138	1193	2	FORCE	FORCE	NNP
19138	1193	3	,	,	,
19138	1193	4	initial	initial	JJ
19138	1193	5	use	use	NN
19138	1193	6	of	of	IN
19138	1193	7	,	,	,
19138	1193	8	31	31	CD
19138	1193	9	;	;	:
19138	1193	10	reserve	reserve	NNP
19138	1193	11	,	,	,
19138	1193	12	31	31	CD
19138	1193	13	;	;	:
19138	1193	14	wasted	waste	VBN
19138	1193	15	,	,	,
19138	1193	16	31	31	CD
19138	1193	17	.	.	.
19138	1194	1	BREATH	BREATH	NNP
19138	1194	2	MASTERY	MASTERY	NNP
19138	1194	3	,	,	,
19138	1194	4	meaning	meaning	NN
19138	1194	5	of	of	IN
19138	1194	6	,	,	,
19138	1194	7	32	32	CD
19138	1194	8	.	.	.
19138	1195	1	BREATHING	breathing	NN
19138	1195	2	,	,	,
19138	1195	3	art	art	NN
19138	1195	4	of	of	IN
19138	1195	5	,	,	,
19138	1195	6	3	3	CD
19138	1195	7	;	;	:
19138	1195	8	an	an	DT
19138	1195	9	amplification	amplification	NN
19138	1195	10	of	of	IN
19138	1195	11	the	the	DT
19138	1195	12	daily	daily	JJ
19138	1195	13	habit	habit	NN
19138	1195	14	,	,	,
19138	1195	15	5	5	CD
19138	1195	16	;	;	,
19138	1195	17	defined	define	VBN
19138	1195	18	as	as	IN
19138	1195	19	singing	singing	NN
19138	1195	20	,	,	,
19138	1195	21	23	23	CD
19138	1195	22	;	;	:
19138	1195	23	correct	correct	JJ
19138	1195	24	,	,	,
19138	1195	25	25	25	CD
19138	1195	26	,	,	,
19138	1195	27	28	28	CD
19138	1195	28	;	;	:
19138	1195	29	not	not	RB
19138	1195	30	differing	differ	VBG
19138	1195	31	in	in	IN
19138	1195	32	sex	sex	NN
19138	1195	33	,	,	,
19138	1195	34	26	26	CD
19138	1195	35	;	;	:
19138	1195	36	vicious	vicious	JJ
19138	1195	37	habits	habit	NNS
19138	1195	38	of	of	IN
19138	1195	39	,	,	,
19138	1195	40	26	26	CD
19138	1195	41	;	;	:
19138	1195	42	controlling	control	VBG
19138	1195	43	deeply	deeply	RB
19138	1195	44	,	,	,
19138	1195	45	26	26	CD
19138	1195	46	;	;	:
19138	1195	47	tests	test	NNS
19138	1195	48	of	of	IN
19138	1195	49	,	,	,
19138	1195	50	26	26	CD
19138	1195	51	;	;	:
19138	1195	52	nose	nose	NN
19138	1195	53	versus	versus	IN
19138	1195	54	mouth	mouth	NN
19138	1195	55	,	,	,
19138	1195	56	26	26	CD
19138	1195	57	;	;	:
19138	1195	58	regularity	regularity	NN
19138	1195	59	of	of	IN
19138	1195	60	,	,	,
19138	1195	61	26	26	CD
19138	1195	62	;	;	:
19138	1195	63	in	in	IN
19138	1195	64	obtaining	obtain	VBG
19138	1195	65	power	power	NN
19138	1195	66	and	and	CC
19138	1195	67	largeness	largeness	NN
19138	1195	68	of	of	IN
19138	1195	69	tone	tone	NN
19138	1195	70	,	,	,
19138	1195	71	27	27	CD
19138	1195	72	;	;	:
19138	1195	73	for	for	IN
19138	1195	74	high	high	JJ
19138	1195	75	tones	tone	NNS
19138	1195	76	,	,	,
19138	1195	77	27	27	CD
19138	1195	78	;	;	:
19138	1195	79	relation	relation	NN
19138	1195	80	of	of	IN
19138	1195	81	,	,	,
19138	1195	82	to	to	IN
19138	1195	83	nervousness	nervousness	NN
19138	1195	84	,	,	,
19138	1195	85	27	27	CD
19138	1195	86	;	;	,
19138	1195	87	rhythmic	rhythmic	JJ
19138	1195	88	,	,	,
19138	1195	89	27	27	CD
19138	1195	90	;	;	:
19138	1195	91	necessity	necessity	NN
19138	1195	92	of	of	IN
19138	1195	93	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	1195	94	,	,	,
19138	1195	95	27	27	CD
19138	1195	96	;	;	:
19138	1195	97	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19138	1195	98	of	of	IN
19138	1195	99	,	,	,
19138	1195	100	28	28	CD
19138	1195	101	,	,	,
19138	1195	102	29	29	CD
19138	1195	103	;	;	:
19138	1195	104	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	1195	105	in	in	IN
19138	1195	106	,	,	,
19138	1195	107	33	33	CD
19138	1195	108	-	-	SYM
19138	1195	109	37	37	CD
19138	1195	110	;	;	:
19138	1195	111	economy	economy	NN
19138	1195	112	in	in	IN
19138	1195	113	,	,	,
19138	1195	114	30	30	CD
19138	1195	115	;	;	:
19138	1195	116	tests	test	NNS
19138	1195	117	in	in	RB
19138	1195	118	,	,	,
19138	1195	119	by	by	IN
19138	1195	120	Professor	Professor	NNP
19138	1195	121	Mills	Mills	NNP
19138	1195	122	,	,	,
19138	1195	123	30	30	CD
19138	1195	124	;	;	:
19138	1195	125	exaggerated	exaggerated	JJ
19138	1195	126	control	control	NN
19138	1195	127	of	of	IN
19138	1195	128	,	,	,
19138	1195	129	30	30	CD
19138	1195	130	;	;	:
19138	1195	131	exhaustion	exhaustion	NN
19138	1195	132	,	,	,
19138	1195	133	31	31	CD
19138	1195	134	;	;	:
19138	1195	135	initial	initial	JJ
19138	1195	136	force	force	NN
19138	1195	137	in	in	IN
19138	1195	138	,	,	,
19138	1195	139	31	31	CD
19138	1195	140	;	;	:
19138	1195	141	reserve	reserve	NN
19138	1195	142	power	power	NN
19138	1195	143	in	in	IN
19138	1195	144	,	,	,
19138	1195	145	31	31	CD
19138	1195	146	;	;	:
19138	1195	147	mastery	mastery	NN
19138	1195	148	of	of	IN
19138	1195	149	,	,	,
19138	1195	150	32	32	CD
19138	1195	151	.	.	.
19138	1196	1	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1196	2	See	see	VB
19138	1196	3	also	also	RB
19138	1196	4	_	_	NNP
19138	1196	5	Abdominal	Abdominal	NNP
19138	1196	6	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	1196	7	_	_	NNP
19138	1196	8	.	.	.
19138	1196	9	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1197	1	BROSCHI	BROSCHI	NNP
19138	1197	2	,	,	,
19138	1197	3	DON	DON	NNP
19138	1197	4	CARLO	CARLO	NNP
19138	1197	5	,	,	,
19138	1197	6	breath	breath	NN
19138	1197	7	control	control	NN
19138	1197	8	of	of	IN
19138	1197	9	,	,	,
19138	1197	10	36	36	CD
19138	1197	11	.	.	.
19138	1198	1	BROWNE	BROWNE	NNP
19138	1198	2	,	,	,
19138	1198	3	DR	DR	NNP
19138	1198	4	.	.	.
19138	1198	5	LENNOX	LENNOX	NNP
19138	1198	6	,	,	,
19138	1198	7	on	on	IN
19138	1198	8	the	the	DT
19138	1198	9	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19138	1198	10	,	,	,
19138	1198	11	3	3	CD
19138	1198	12	.	.	.
19138	1199	1	BROWNE	BROWNE	NNP
19138	1199	2	and	and	CC
19138	1199	3	BEHNKE	BEHNKE	NNP
19138	1199	4	,	,	,
19138	1199	5	on	on	IN
19138	1199	6	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	1199	7	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1199	8	,	,	,
19138	1199	9	53	53	CD
19138	1199	10	.	.	.
19138	1200	1	CHEST	chest	NN
19138	1200	2	,	,	,
19138	1200	3	expansion	expansion	NN
19138	1200	4	of	of	IN
19138	1200	5	and	and	CC
19138	1200	6	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1200	7	,	,	,
19138	1200	8	49	49	CD
19138	1200	9	.	.	.
19138	1201	1	CHEST	CHEST	NNP
19138	1201	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	1201	3	ABDOMINAL	ABDOMINAL	NNP
19138	1201	4	BREATHING	BREATHING	NNP
19138	1201	5	,	,	,
19138	1201	6	25	25	CD
19138	1201	7	;	;	:
19138	1201	8	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1201	9	in	in	IN
19138	1201	10	sleeping	sleep	VBG
19138	1201	11	child	child	NN
19138	1201	12	,	,	,
19138	1201	13	25	25	CD
19138	1201	14	;	;	:
19138	1201	15	tests	test	NNS
19138	1201	16	in	in	RB
19138	1201	17	,	,	,
19138	1201	18	26	26	CD
19138	1201	19	;	;	:
19138	1201	20	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1201	21	,	,	,
19138	1201	22	28	28	CD
19138	1201	23	,	,	,
19138	1201	24	29	29	CD
19138	1201	25	.	.	.
19138	1202	1	CHEST	chest	NN
19138	1202	2	TONES	tone	NNS
19138	1202	3	,	,	,
19138	1202	4	former	former	JJ
19138	1202	5	emphasis	emphasis	NN
19138	1202	6	given	give	VBN
19138	1202	7	to	to	IN
19138	1202	8	,	,	,
19138	1202	9	2	2	CD
19138	1202	10	;	;	,
19138	1202	11	wrongly	wrongly	RB
19138	1202	12	termed	term	VBN
19138	1202	13	,	,	,
19138	1202	14	5	5	CD
19138	1202	15	.	.	.
19138	1203	1	CLAY	CLAY	NNP
19138	1203	2	,	,	,
19138	1203	3	HENRY	HENRY	NNP
19138	1203	4	,	,	,
19138	1203	5	as	as	IN
19138	1203	6	a	a	DT
19138	1203	7	good	good	JJ
19138	1203	8	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	1203	9	,	,	,
19138	1203	10	16	16	CD
19138	1203	11	.	.	.
19138	1204	1	CLOSED	closed	NN
19138	1204	2	TONES	TONES	NNP
19138	1204	3	,	,	,
19138	1204	4	former	former	JJ
19138	1204	5	emphasis	emphasis	NN
19138	1204	6	given	give	VBN
19138	1204	7	to	to	IN
19138	1204	8	,	,	,
19138	1204	9	2	2	CD
19138	1204	10	;	;	,
19138	1204	11	wrongly	wrongly	RB
19138	1204	12	termed	term	VBN
19138	1204	13	,	,	,
19138	1204	14	5	5	CD
19138	1204	15	.	.	.
19138	1205	1	CRYER	CRYER	NNP
19138	1205	2	,	,	,
19138	1205	3	DR	DR	NNP
19138	1205	4	.	.	.
19138	1206	1	W.H.	W.H.	NNP
19138	1206	2	,	,	,
19138	1206	3	on	on	IN
19138	1206	4	the	the	DT
19138	1206	5	frontal	frontal	JJ
19138	1206	6	sinus	sinus	NN
19138	1206	7	,	,	,
19138	1206	8	12	12	CD
19138	1206	9	.	.	.
19138	1207	1	CULTURE	culture	FW
19138	1207	2	OF	of	IN
19138	1207	3	THE	the	DT
19138	1207	4	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19138	1207	5	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1207	6	see	see	VB
19138	1207	7	_	_	NNP
19138	1207	8	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1207	9	culture	culture	NN
19138	1207	10	_	_	NNP
19138	1207	11	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1207	12	.	.	.
19138	1208	1	DEEP	deep	JJ
19138	1208	2	BREATHING	breathing	NN
19138	1208	3	,	,	,
19138	1208	4	importance	importance	NN
19138	1208	5	of	of	IN
19138	1208	6	,	,	,
19138	1208	7	for	for	IN
19138	1208	8	the	the	DT
19138	1208	9	actor	actor	NN
19138	1208	10	,	,	,
19138	1208	11	19	19	CD
19138	1208	12	.	.	.
19138	1209	1	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1209	2	See	see	VB
19138	1209	3	also	also	RB
19138	1209	4	_	_	NNP
19138	1209	5	Breathing	Breathing	NNP
19138	1209	6	_	_	NNP
19138	1209	7	.	.	.
19138	1209	8	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1210	1	DETERRENTS	deterrent	NNS
19138	1210	2	TO	to	IN
19138	1210	3	BEAUTIFUL	BEAUTIFUL	NNP
19138	1210	4	SINGING	singing	NN
19138	1210	5	,	,	,
19138	1210	6	84	84	CD
19138	1210	7	,	,	,
19138	1210	8	85	85	CD
19138	1210	9	.	.	.
19138	1211	1	DIAPHRAGM	DIAPHRAGM	NNP
19138	1211	2	,	,	,
19138	1211	3	in	in	IN
19138	1211	4	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	1211	5	,	,	,
19138	1211	6	19	19	CD
19138	1211	7	;	;	:
19138	1211	8	not	not	RB
19138	1211	9	a	a	DT
19138	1211	10	muscle	muscle	NN
19138	1211	11	of	of	IN
19138	1211	12	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	1211	13	,	,	,
19138	1211	14	23	23	CD
19138	1211	15	;	;	:
19138	1211	16	described	describe	VBN
19138	1211	17	,	,	,
19138	1211	18	23	23	CD
19138	1211	19	,	,	,
19138	1211	20	24	24	CD
19138	1211	21	;	;	:
19138	1211	22	in	in	IN
19138	1211	23	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	1211	24	,	,	,
19138	1211	25	24	24	CD
19138	1211	26	;	;	:
19138	1211	27	in	in	IN
19138	1211	28	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	1211	29	,	,	,
19138	1211	30	24	24	CD
19138	1211	31	;	;	,
19138	1211	32	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1211	33	,	,	,
19138	1211	34	24	24	CD
19138	1211	35	,	,	,
19138	1211	36	29	29	CD
19138	1211	37	.	.	.
19138	1212	1	DIFFERENCE	difference	NN
19138	1212	2	BETWEEN	between	IN
19138	1212	3	SINGING	singing	NN
19138	1212	4	AND	and	CC
19138	1212	5	SPEAKING	speaking	NN
19138	1212	6	,	,	,
19138	1212	7	17	17	CD
19138	1212	8	.	.	.
19138	1213	1	EAR	EAR	NNP
19138	1213	2	,	,	,
19138	1213	3	function	function	NN
19138	1213	4	of	of	IN
19138	1213	5	,	,	,
19138	1213	6	in	in	IN
19138	1213	7	tone	tone	NN
19138	1213	8	production	production	NN
19138	1213	9	,	,	,
19138	1213	10	57	57	CD
19138	1213	11	;	;	:
19138	1213	12	training	training	NN
19138	1213	13	of	of	IN
19138	1213	14	,	,	,
19138	1213	15	57	57	CD
19138	1213	16	.	.	.
19138	1214	1	EE	ee	NN
19138	1214	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	1214	3	sound	sound	NN
19138	1214	4	,	,	,
19138	1214	5	lip	lip	NN
19138	1214	6	position	position	NN
19138	1214	7	for	for	IN
19138	1214	8	,	,	,
19138	1214	9	20	20	CD
19138	1214	10	;	;	:
19138	1214	11	in	in	IN
19138	1214	12	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	1214	13	,	,	,
19138	1214	14	57	57	CD
19138	1214	15	,	,	,
19138	1214	16	59	59	CD
19138	1214	17	,	,	,
19138	1214	18	etc	etc	FW
19138	1214	19	.	.	.
19138	1215	1	EFFORT	EFFORT	NNP
19138	1215	2	,	,	,
19138	1215	3	TENSE	tense	NN
19138	1215	4	,	,	,
19138	1215	5	a	a	DT
19138	1215	6	deterrent	deterrent	NN
19138	1215	7	to	to	IN
19138	1215	8	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19138	1215	9	singing	singing	NN
19138	1215	10	,	,	,
19138	1215	11	84	84	CD
19138	1215	12	.	.	.
19138	1216	1	EMOTION	emotion	NN
19138	1216	2	,	,	,
19138	1216	3	effect	effect	NN
19138	1216	4	on	on	IN
19138	1216	5	tone	tone	NN
19138	1216	6	quality	quality	NN
19138	1216	7	,	,	,
19138	1216	8	7	7	CD
19138	1216	9	;	;	:
19138	1216	10	excess	excess	NN
19138	1216	11	of	of	IN
19138	1216	12	,	,	,
19138	1216	13	a	a	DT
19138	1216	14	deterrent	deterrent	NN
19138	1216	15	to	to	IN
19138	1216	16	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19138	1216	17	singing	singing	NN
19138	1216	18	,	,	,
19138	1216	19	84	84	CD
19138	1216	20	.	.	.
19138	1217	1	EMPIRICISTS	EMPIRICISTS	NNP
19138	1217	2	,	,	,
19138	1217	3	where	where	WRB
19138	1217	4	they	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1217	5	have	have	VBP
19138	1217	6	failed	fail	VBN
19138	1217	7	,	,	,
19138	1217	8	4	4	CD
19138	1217	9	.	.	.
19138	1218	1	EPIGLOTTIS	EPIGLOTTIS	NNP
19138	1218	2	,	,	,
19138	1218	3	10	10	CD
19138	1218	4	.	.	.
19138	1219	1	ESSENTIALS	ESSENTIALS	NNP
19138	1219	2	,	,	,
19138	1219	3	application	application	NN
19138	1219	4	of	of	IN
19138	1219	5	,	,	,
19138	1219	6	79	79	CD
19138	1219	7	.	.	.
19138	1220	1	ETHMOID	ETHMOID	NNP
19138	1220	2	BONE	BONE	NNP
19138	1220	3	,	,	,
19138	1220	4	8	8	CD
19138	1220	5	.	.	.
19138	1221	1	ETHMOIDAL	ETHMOIDAL	NNP
19138	1221	2	SINUSES	sinus	NNS
19138	1221	3	,	,	,
19138	1221	4	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1221	5	,	,	,
19138	1221	6	7	7	CD
19138	1221	7	;	;	:
19138	1221	8	function	function	NN
19138	1221	9	of	of	IN
19138	1221	10	,	,	,
19138	1221	11	12	12	CD
19138	1221	12	.	.	.
19138	1222	1	EVERETT	EVERETT	NNP
19138	1222	2	,	,	,
19138	1222	3	EDWARD	EDWARD	NNP
19138	1222	4	,	,	,
19138	1222	5	as	as	IN
19138	1222	6	a	a	DT
19138	1222	7	good	good	JJ
19138	1222	8	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	1222	9	,	,	,
19138	1222	10	16	16	CD
19138	1222	11	.	.	.
19138	1223	1	EXERCISES	exercise	NNS
19138	1223	2	,	,	,
19138	1223	3	BREATHING	breathing	NN
19138	1223	4	:	:	:
19138	1223	5	necessity	necessity	NN
19138	1223	6	of	of	IN
19138	1223	7	,	,	,
19138	1223	8	27	27	CD
19138	1223	9	,	,	,
19138	1223	10	33	33	CD
19138	1223	11	;	;	:
19138	1223	12	preliminary	preliminary	JJ
19138	1223	13	suggestions	suggestion	NNS
19138	1223	14	,	,	,
19138	1223	15	33	33	CD
19138	1223	16	,	,	,
19138	1223	17	34	34	CD
19138	1223	18	;	;	:
19138	1223	19	attitude	attitude	NN
19138	1223	20	in	in	IN
19138	1223	21	taking	take	VBG
19138	1223	22	,	,	,
19138	1223	23	34	34	CD
19138	1223	24	;	;	:
19138	1223	25	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1223	26	,	,	,
19138	1223	27	to	to	TO
19138	1223	28	show	show	VB
19138	1223	29	what	what	WP
19138	1223	30	a	a	DT
19138	1223	31	deep	deep	JJ
19138	1223	32	breath	breath	NN
19138	1223	33	is	be	VBZ
19138	1223	34	,	,	,
19138	1223	35	34	34	CD
19138	1223	36	;	;	:
19138	1223	37	II	II	NNP
19138	1223	38	,	,	,
19138	1223	39	slow	slow	JJ
19138	1223	40	inhalation	inhalation	NN
19138	1223	41	with	with	IN
19138	1223	42	sudden	sudden	JJ
19138	1223	43	expulsion	expulsion	NN
19138	1223	44	,	,	,
19138	1223	45	35	35	CD
19138	1223	46	;	;	:
19138	1223	47	III	iii	CD
19138	1223	48	,	,	,
19138	1223	49	sipping	sip	VBG
19138	1223	50	the	the	DT
19138	1223	51	breath	breath	NN
19138	1223	52	,	,	,
19138	1223	53	with	with	IN
19138	1223	54	quick	quick	JJ
19138	1223	55	exhalation	exhalation	NN
19138	1223	56	,	,	,
19138	1223	57	35	35	CD
19138	1223	58	;	;	:
19138	1223	59	IV	IV	NNP
19138	1223	60	,	,	,
19138	1223	61	for	for	IN
19138	1223	62	rib	rib	NN
19138	1223	63	expansion	expansion	NN
19138	1223	64	,	,	,
19138	1223	65	35	35	CD
19138	1223	66	;	;	:
19138	1223	67	V	v	NN
19138	1223	68	,	,	,
19138	1223	69	slow	slow	JJ
19138	1223	70	inhalation	inhalation	NN
19138	1223	71	with	with	IN
19138	1223	72	slow	slow	JJ
19138	1223	73	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	1223	74	,	,	,
19138	1223	75	36	36	CD
19138	1223	76	;	;	:
19138	1223	77	VI	VI	NNP
19138	1223	78	,	,	,
19138	1223	79	rapid	rapid	JJ
19138	1223	80	inspiration	inspiration	NN
19138	1223	81	with	with	IN
19138	1223	82	slow	slow	JJ
19138	1223	83	expiration	expiration	NN
19138	1223	84	,	,	,
19138	1223	85	36	36	CD
19138	1223	86	;	;	:
19138	1223	87	VII	VII	NNP
19138	1223	88	,	,	,
19138	1223	89	Farinelli	Farinelli	NNP
19138	1223	90	's	's	POS
19138	1223	91	great	great	JJ
19138	1223	92	exercise	exercise	NN
19138	1223	93	,	,	,
19138	1223	94	36	36	CD
19138	1223	95	;	;	:
19138	1223	96	VIII	VIII	NNP
19138	1223	97	,	,	,
19138	1223	98	the	the	DT
19138	1223	99	cleansing	cleansing	NN
19138	1223	100	breath	breath	NN
19138	1223	101	,	,	,
19138	1223	102	37	37	CD
19138	1223	103	;	;	:
19138	1223	104	half	half	NN
19138	1223	105	breath	breath	NN
19138	1223	106	,	,	,
19138	1223	107	37	37	CD
19138	1223	108	.	.	.
19138	1224	1	EXERCISES	exercise	NNS
19138	1224	2	,	,	,
19138	1224	3	VOCAL	vocal	NN
19138	1224	4	:	:	:
19138	1224	5	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1224	6	,	,	,
19138	1224	7	to	to	TO
19138	1224	8	establish	establish	VB
19138	1224	9	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	1224	10	and	and	CC
19138	1224	11	head	head	VB
19138	1224	12	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1224	13	,	,	,
19138	1224	14	58	58	CD
19138	1224	15	-	-	SYM
19138	1224	16	61	61	CD
19138	1224	17	;	;	:
19138	1224	18	for	for	IN
19138	1224	19	speakers	speaker	NNS
19138	1224	20	,	,	,
19138	1224	21	60	60	CD
19138	1224	22	,	,	,
19138	1224	23	61	61	CD
19138	1224	24	;	;	:
19138	1224	25	II	II	NNP
19138	1224	26	,	,	,
19138	1224	27	to	to	TO
19138	1224	28	establish	establish	VB
19138	1224	29	head	head	NN
19138	1224	30	and	and	CC
19138	1224	31	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	1224	32	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1224	33	,	,	,
19138	1224	34	61	61	CD
19138	1224	35	;	;	:
19138	1224	36	III	III	NNP
19138	1224	37	,	,	,
19138	1224	38	IV	IV	NNP
19138	1224	39	,	,	,
19138	1224	40	V	V	NNP
19138	1224	41	,	,	,
19138	1224	42	upper	upper	JJ
19138	1224	43	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1224	44	,	,	,
19138	1224	45	62	62	CD
19138	1224	46	-	-	SYM
19138	1224	47	64	64	CD
19138	1224	48	;	;	:
19138	1224	49	VI	VI	NNP
19138	1224	50	,	,	,
19138	1224	51	to	to	TO
19138	1224	52	enlarge	enlarge	VB
19138	1224	53	the	the	DT
19138	1224	54	throat	throat	NN
19138	1224	55	and	and	CC
19138	1224	56	thus	thus	RB
19138	1224	57	magnify	magnify	VB
19138	1224	58	the	the	DT
19138	1224	59	tone	tone	NN
19138	1224	60	,	,	,
19138	1224	61	64	64	CD
19138	1224	62	;	;	:
19138	1224	63	VII	VII	NNP
19138	1224	64	,	,	,
19138	1224	65	for	for	IN
19138	1224	66	production	production	NN
19138	1224	67	of	of	IN
19138	1224	68	the	the	DT
19138	1224	69	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	1224	70	sounds	sound	VBZ
19138	1224	71	in	in	IN
19138	1224	72	proper	proper	JJ
19138	1224	73	focus	focus	NN
19138	1224	74	,	,	,
19138	1224	75	65	65	CD
19138	1224	76	;	;	:
19138	1224	77	VIII	VIII	NNP
19138	1224	78	,	,	,
19138	1224	79	to	to	TO
19138	1224	80	enlarge	enlarge	VB
19138	1224	81	the	the	DT
19138	1224	82	throat	throat	NN
19138	1224	83	and	and	CC
19138	1224	84	focus	focus	VB
19138	1224	85	the	the	DT
19138	1224	86	vowels	vowel	NNS
19138	1224	87	,	,	,
19138	1224	88	66	66	CD
19138	1224	89	;	;	:
19138	1224	90	IX	ix	NN
19138	1224	91	,	,	,
19138	1224	92	quick	quick	JJ
19138	1224	93	changing	change	VBG
19138	1224	94	notes	note	NNS
19138	1224	95	without	without	IN
19138	1224	96	changing	change	VBG
19138	1224	97	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1224	98	,	,	,
19138	1224	99	67	67	CD
19138	1224	100	;	;	:
19138	1224	101	X	x	NN
19138	1224	102	,	,	,
19138	1224	103	for	for	IN
19138	1224	104	agility	agility	NN
19138	1224	105	,	,	,
19138	1224	106	67	67	CD
19138	1224	107	,	,	,
19138	1224	108	68	68	CD
19138	1224	109	;	;	:
19138	1224	110	XI	XI	NNP
19138	1224	111	,	,	,
19138	1224	112	to	to	TO
19138	1224	113	develop	develop	VB
19138	1224	114	the	the	DT
19138	1224	115	use	use	NN
19138	1224	116	of	of	IN
19138	1224	117	the	the	DT
19138	1224	118	lips	lip	NNS
19138	1224	119	and	and	CC
19138	1224	120	under	under	IN
19138	1224	121	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	1224	122	,	,	,
19138	1224	123	68	68	CD
19138	1224	124	,	,	,
19138	1224	125	69	69	CD
19138	1224	126	;	;	:
19138	1224	127	XII	XII	NNP
19138	1224	128	,	,	,
19138	1224	129	for	for	IN
19138	1224	130	facility	facility	NN
19138	1224	131	and	and	CC
19138	1224	132	quick	quick	JJ
19138	1224	133	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	1224	134	change	change	NN
19138	1224	135	,	,	,
19138	1224	136	69	69	CD
19138	1224	137	,	,	,
19138	1224	138	70	70	CD
19138	1224	139	;	;	:
19138	1224	140	XIII	XIII	NNP
19138	1224	141	,	,	,
19138	1224	142	ascending	ascend	VBG
19138	1224	143	and	and	CC
19138	1224	144	descending	descend	VBG
19138	1224	145	scale	scale	NN
19138	1224	146	,	,	,
19138	1224	147	71	71	CD
19138	1224	148	;	;	:
19138	1224	149	XIV	XIV	NNP
19138	1224	150	,	,	,
19138	1224	151	the	the	DT
19138	1224	152	long	long	JJ
19138	1224	153	scale	scale	NN
19138	1224	154	,	,	,
19138	1224	155	71	71	CD
19138	1224	156	;	;	:
19138	1224	157	additional	additional	JJ
19138	1224	158	,	,	,
19138	1224	159	72	72	CD
19138	1224	160	,	,	,
19138	1224	161	73	73	CD
19138	1224	162	;	;	:
19138	1224	163	repose	repose	VB
19138	1224	164	as	as	IN
19138	1224	165	a	a	DT
19138	1224	166	preparation	preparation	NN
19138	1224	167	for	for	IN
19138	1224	168	,	,	,
19138	1224	169	80	80	CD
19138	1224	170	.	.	.
19138	1225	1	EXPIRATION	expiration	NN
19138	1225	2	,	,	,
19138	1225	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	1225	4	of	of	IN
19138	1225	5	,	,	,
19138	1225	6	23	23	CD
19138	1225	7	,	,	,
19138	1225	8	24	24	CD
19138	1225	9	;	;	:
19138	1225	10	under	under	IN
19138	1225	11	controlled	control	VBN
19138	1225	12	pressure	pressure	NN
19138	1225	13	,	,	,
19138	1225	14	24	24	CD
19138	1225	15	;	;	:
19138	1225	16	described	describe	VBN
19138	1225	17	,	,	,
19138	1225	18	25	25	CD
19138	1225	19	;	;	:
19138	1225	20	the	the	DT
19138	1225	21	lungs	lung	NNS
19138	1225	22	in	in	IN
19138	1225	23	,	,	,
19138	1225	24	25	25	CD
19138	1225	25	;	;	:
19138	1225	26	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1225	27	,	,	,
19138	1225	28	28	28	CD
19138	1225	29	,	,	,
19138	1225	30	29	29	CD
19138	1225	31	.	.	.
19138	1226	1	FACE	face	NN
19138	1226	2	,	,	,
19138	1226	3	training	training	NN
19138	1226	4	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	1226	5	of	of	IN
19138	1226	6	,	,	,
19138	1226	7	15	15	CD
19138	1226	8	.	.	.
19138	1227	1	FARINELLI	FARINELLI	NNP
19138	1227	2	,	,	,
19138	1227	3	breath	breath	NN
19138	1227	4	control	control	NN
19138	1227	5	of	of	IN
19138	1227	6	,	,	,
19138	1227	7	36	36	CD
19138	1227	8	.	.	.
19138	1228	1	FFRANGCON	ffrangcon	NN
19138	1228	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	1228	3	DAVIES	davy	NNS
19138	1228	4	,	,	,
19138	1228	5	on	on	IN
19138	1228	6	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	1228	7	,	,	,
19138	1228	8	18	18	CD
19138	1228	9	;	;	:
19138	1228	10	on	on	IN
19138	1228	11	registers	register	NNS
19138	1228	12	,	,	,
19138	1228	13	39	39	CD
19138	1228	14	;	;	:
19138	1228	15	on	on	IN
19138	1228	16	function	function	NN
19138	1228	17	of	of	IN
19138	1228	18	ear	ear	NN
19138	1228	19	in	in	IN
19138	1228	20	voice	voice	NN
19138	1228	21	training	training	NN
19138	1228	22	,	,	,
19138	1228	23	57	57	CD
19138	1228	24	;	;	:
19138	1228	25	definition	definition	NN
19138	1228	26	of	of	IN
19138	1228	27	singing	singing	NN
19138	1228	28	of	of	IN
19138	1228	29	,	,	,
19138	1228	30	83	83	CD
19138	1228	31	.	.	.
19138	1229	1	FOCUSING	focus	VBG
19138	1229	2	THE	the	DT
19138	1229	3	VOICE	voice	NN
19138	1229	4	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1229	5	see	see	VB
19138	1229	6	_	_	NNP
19138	1229	7	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1229	8	placing	place	VBG
19138	1229	9	_	_	NNP
19138	1229	10	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1229	11	.	.	.
19138	1230	1	FORBES	FORBES	NNP
19138	1230	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	1230	3	ROBERTSON	ROBERTSON	NNP
19138	1230	4	,	,	,
19138	1230	5	on	on	IN
19138	1230	6	diction	diction	NN
19138	1230	7	,	,	,
19138	1230	8	19	19	CD
19138	1230	9	.	.	.
19138	1231	1	FORMES	FORMES	NNP
19138	1231	2	,	,	,
19138	1231	3	CARL	CARL	NNP
19138	1231	4	,	,	,
19138	1231	5	voice	voice	NN
19138	1231	6	of	of	IN
19138	1231	7	,	,	,
19138	1231	8	in	in	IN
19138	1231	9	declining	decline	VBG
19138	1231	10	years	year	NNS
19138	1231	11	,	,	,
19138	1231	12	4	4	CD
19138	1231	13	.	.	.
19138	1232	1	FREEDOM	FREEDOM	NNP
19138	1232	2	IN	in	IN
19138	1232	3	SINGING	singing	NN
19138	1232	4	,	,	,
19138	1232	5	84	84	CD
19138	1232	6	.	.	.
19138	1233	1	FRONTAL	FRONTAL	NNP
19138	1233	2	SINUSES	sinus	NNS
19138	1233	3	,	,	,
19138	1233	4	function	function	NN
19138	1233	5	of	of	IN
19138	1233	6	,	,	,
19138	1233	7	12	12	CD
19138	1233	8	;	;	,
19138	1233	9	illustration	illustration	NN
19138	1233	10	of	of	IN
19138	1233	11	,	,	,
19138	1233	12	7	7	CD
19138	1233	13	.	.	.
19138	1234	1	GARCIA	GARCIA	NNP
19138	1234	2	,	,	,
19138	1234	3	MANUEL	MANUEL	NNP
19138	1234	4	,	,	,
19138	1234	5	inventor	inventor	NN
19138	1234	6	of	of	IN
19138	1234	7	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NNP
19138	1234	8	,	,	,
19138	1234	9	2	2	CD
19138	1234	10	;	;	:
19138	1234	11	use	use	NN
19138	1234	12	of	of	IN
19138	1234	13	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19138	1234	14	,	,	,
19138	1234	15	2	2	CD
19138	1234	16	;	;	:
19138	1234	17	Sir	Sir	NNP
19138	1234	18	Charles	Charles	NNP
19138	1234	19	Stanley	Stanley	NNP
19138	1234	20	on	on	IN
19138	1234	21	,	,	,
19138	1234	22	3	3	CD
19138	1234	23	.	.	.
19138	1235	1	GOUNOD	GOUNOD	NNP
19138	1235	2	,	,	,
19138	1235	3	on	on	IN
19138	1235	4	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	1235	5	,	,	,
19138	1235	6	19	19	CD
19138	1235	7	.	.	.
19138	1236	1	HALF	half	NN
19138	1236	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	1236	3	BREATH	BREATH	NNS
19138	1236	4	,	,	,
19138	1236	5	Sembrich	Sembrich	NNP
19138	1236	6	and	and	CC
19138	1236	7	,	,	,
19138	1236	8	37	37	CD
19138	1236	9	.	.	.
19138	1237	1	HARD	HARD	NNP
19138	1237	2	PALATE	PALATE	NNP
19138	1237	3	,	,	,
19138	1237	4	function	function	NN
19138	1237	5	of	of	IN
19138	1237	6	,	,	,
19138	1237	7	12	12	CD
19138	1237	8	.	.	.
19138	1238	1	HARSHNESS	HARSHNESS	NNP
19138	1238	2	,	,	,
19138	1238	3	an	an	DT
19138	1238	4	indication	indication	NN
19138	1238	5	of	of	IN
19138	1238	6	tension	tension	NN
19138	1238	7	,	,	,
19138	1238	8	56	56	CD
19138	1238	9	.	.	.
19138	1239	1	HEAD	HEAD	NNP
19138	1239	2	CAVITIES	CAVITIES	NNP
19138	1239	3	,	,	,
19138	1239	4	a	a	DT
19138	1239	5	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	1239	6	for	for	IN
19138	1239	7	the	the	DT
19138	1239	8	voice	voice	NN
19138	1239	9	,	,	,
19138	1239	10	6	6	CD
19138	1239	11	;	;	:
19138	1239	12	effect	effect	NN
19138	1239	13	of	of	IN
19138	1239	14	,	,	,
19138	1239	15	on	on	IN
19138	1239	16	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1239	17	,	,	,
19138	1239	18	12	12	CD
19138	1239	19	.	.	.
19138	1240	1	HEAD	HEAD	NNP
19138	1240	2	TONES	TONES	NNP
19138	1240	3	,	,	,
19138	1240	4	in	in	IN
19138	1240	5	previous	previous	JJ
19138	1240	6	years	year	NNS
19138	1240	7	,	,	,
19138	1240	8	2	2	CD
19138	1240	9	;	;	,
19138	1240	10	wrongly	wrongly	RB
19138	1240	11	termed	term	VBN
19138	1240	12	,	,	,
19138	1240	13	5	5	CD
19138	1240	14	.	.	.
19138	1241	1	HELMHOLTZ	HELMHOLTZ	NNP
19138	1241	2	,	,	,
19138	1241	3	on	on	IN
19138	1241	4	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	1241	5	of	of	IN
19138	1241	6	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	1241	7	sounds	sound	NNS
19138	1241	8	,	,	,
19138	1241	9	20	20	CD
19138	1241	10	;	;	:
19138	1241	11	on	on	IN
19138	1241	12	acoustics	acoustic	NNS
19138	1241	13	,	,	,
19138	1241	14	43	43	CD
19138	1241	15	,	,	,
19138	1241	16	49	49	CD
19138	1241	17	.	.	.
19138	1242	1	HENDERSON	HENDERSON	NNP
19138	1242	2	,	,	,
19138	1242	3	W.J.	W.J.	NNP
19138	1242	4	,	,	,
19138	1242	5	on	on	IN
19138	1242	6	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	1242	7	,	,	,
19138	1242	8	18	18	CD
19138	1242	9	.	.	.
19138	1243	1	HIGH	high	JJ
19138	1243	2	TONES	tone	NNS
19138	1243	3	,	,	,
19138	1243	4	breath	breath	NN
19138	1243	5	control	control	NN
19138	1243	6	necessary	necessary	JJ
19138	1243	7	for	for	IN
19138	1243	8	,	,	,
19138	1243	9	27	27	CD
19138	1243	10	.	.	.
19138	1244	1	HOLMES	HOLMES	NNP
19138	1244	2	,	,	,
19138	1244	3	OLIVER	OLIVER	NNP
19138	1244	4	WENDELL	WENDELL	NNP
19138	1244	5	,	,	,
19138	1244	6	on	on	IN
19138	1244	7	Edward	Edward	NNP
19138	1244	8	Everett	Everett	NNP
19138	1244	9	's	's	POS
19138	1244	10	voice	voice	NN
19138	1244	11	,	,	,
19138	1244	12	16	16	CD
19138	1244	13	.	.	.
19138	1245	1	HYOID	hyoid	NN
19138	1245	2	BONE	BONE	NNP
19138	1245	3	,	,	,
19138	1245	4	8	8	CD
19138	1245	5	,	,	,
19138	1245	6	10	10	CD
19138	1245	7	.	.	.
19138	1246	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1246	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	1246	3	sound	sound	JJ
19138	1246	4	,	,	,
19138	1246	5	described	describe	VBN
19138	1246	6	,	,	,
19138	1246	7	21	21	CD
19138	1246	8	.	.	.
19138	1247	1	IMPATIENCE	IMPATIENCE	NNP
19138	1247	2	,	,	,
19138	1247	3	a	a	DT
19138	1247	4	deterrent	deterrent	NN
19138	1247	5	to	to	IN
19138	1247	6	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19138	1247	7	singing	singing	NN
19138	1247	8	,	,	,
19138	1247	9	84	84	CD
19138	1247	10	.	.	.
19138	1248	1	INSPIRATION	inspiration	NN
19138	1248	2	,	,	,
19138	1248	3	muscles	muscle	NNS
19138	1248	4	of	of	IN
19138	1248	5	,	,	,
19138	1248	6	23	23	CD
19138	1248	7	,	,	,
19138	1248	8	24	24	CD
19138	1248	9	;	;	:
19138	1248	10	process	process	NN
19138	1248	11	of	of	IN
19138	1248	12	,	,	,
19138	1248	13	described	describe	VBN
19138	1248	14	,	,	,
19138	1248	15	25	25	CD
19138	1248	16	;	;	:
19138	1248	17	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1248	18	,	,	,
19138	1248	19	28	28	CD
19138	1248	20	,	,	,
19138	1248	21	29	29	CD
19138	1248	22	.	.	.
19138	1249	1	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1249	2	See	see	VB
19138	1249	3	also	also	RB
19138	1249	4	_	_	NNP
19138	1249	5	Breath	Breath	NNP
19138	1249	6	control	control	NN
19138	1249	7	_	_	NNP
19138	1249	8	and	and	CC
19138	1249	9	_	_	NNP
19138	1249	10	Breathing	Breathing	NNP
19138	1249	11	_	_	NNP
19138	1249	12	.	.	.
19138	1249	13	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1250	1	INSTRUMENT	INSTRUMENT	NNP
19138	1250	2	,	,	,
19138	1250	3	MUSICAL	MUSICAL	NNP
19138	1250	4	,	,	,
19138	1250	5	elements	element	NNS
19138	1250	6	of	of	IN
19138	1250	7	,	,	,
19138	1250	8	43	43	CD
19138	1250	9	,	,	,
19138	1250	10	44	44	CD
19138	1250	11	.	.	.
19138	1251	1	INTENSITY	INTENSITY	NNP
19138	1251	2	,	,	,
19138	1251	3	INVOLVING	INVOLVING	NNP
19138	1251	4	STRAIN	STRAIN	NNP
19138	1251	5	,	,	,
19138	1251	6	a	a	DT
19138	1251	7	deterrent	deterrent	NN
19138	1251	8	to	to	IN
19138	1251	9	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19138	1251	10	singing	singing	NN
19138	1251	11	,	,	,
19138	1251	12	84	84	CD
19138	1251	13	.	.	.
19138	1252	1	KINDERGARTEN	KINDERGARTEN	NNP
19138	1252	2	TEACHERS	teacher	NNS
19138	1252	3	,	,	,
19138	1252	4	instruction	instruction	NN
19138	1252	5	by	by	IN
19138	1252	6	,	,	,
19138	1252	7	78	78	CD
19138	1252	8	.	.	.
19138	1253	1	KOENIG	KOENIG	NNP
19138	1253	2	,	,	,
19138	1253	3	on	on	IN
19138	1253	4	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	1253	5	of	of	IN
19138	1253	6	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	1253	7	sounds	sound	NNS
19138	1253	8	,	,	,
19138	1253	9	20	20	CD
19138	1253	10	.	.	.
19138	1254	1	LARYNGOSCOPE	laryngoscope	RB
19138	1254	2	,	,	,
19138	1254	3	and	and	CC
19138	1254	4	registers	register	NNS
19138	1254	5	,	,	,
19138	1254	6	2	2	CD
19138	1254	7	;	;	:
19138	1254	8	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19138	1254	9	the	the	DT
19138	1254	10	inventor	inventor	NN
19138	1254	11	of	of	IN
19138	1254	12	,	,	,
19138	1254	13	2	2	CD
19138	1254	14	;	;	,
19138	1254	15	usefulness	usefulness	NN
19138	1254	16	of	of	IN
19138	1254	17	,	,	,
19138	1254	18	2	2	CD
19138	1254	19	;	;	:
19138	1254	20	limitations	limitation	NNS
19138	1254	21	of	of	IN
19138	1254	22	,	,	,
19138	1254	23	3	3	CD
19138	1254	24	;	;	:
19138	1254	25	disappointing	disappointing	JJ
19138	1254	26	results	result	NNS
19138	1254	27	of	of	IN
19138	1254	28	,	,	,
19138	1254	29	38	38	CD
19138	1254	30	;	;	:
19138	1254	31	not	not	RB
19138	1254	32	an	an	DT
19138	1254	33	instrument	instrument	NN
19138	1254	34	for	for	IN
19138	1254	35	the	the	DT
19138	1254	36	singer	singer	NN
19138	1254	37	,	,	,
19138	1254	38	51	51	CD
19138	1254	39	.	.	.
19138	1255	1	LARYNX	LARYNX	NNP
19138	1255	2	,	,	,
19138	1255	3	moving	move	VBG
19138	1255	4	,	,	,
19138	1255	5	3	3	CD
19138	1255	6	;	;	,
19138	1255	7	viewed	view	VBD
19138	1255	8	through	through	IN
19138	1255	9	the	the	DT
19138	1255	10	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19138	1255	11	,	,	,
19138	1255	12	3	3	CD
19138	1255	13	;	;	,
19138	1255	14	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1255	15	,	,	,
19138	1255	16	7	7	CD
19138	1255	17	;	;	:
19138	1255	18	description	description	NN
19138	1255	19	of	of	IN
19138	1255	20	,	,	,
19138	1255	21	8	8	CD
19138	1255	22	,	,	,
19138	1255	23	9	9	CD
19138	1255	24	;	;	:
19138	1255	25	relation	relation	NN
19138	1255	26	of	of	IN
19138	1255	27	size	size	NN
19138	1255	28	of	of	IN
19138	1255	29	,	,	,
19138	1255	30	to	to	TO
19138	1255	31	pitch	pitch	VB
19138	1255	32	,	,	,
19138	1255	33	9	9	CD
19138	1255	34	;	;	:
19138	1255	35	automatic	automatic	JJ
19138	1255	36	action	action	NN
19138	1255	37	of	of	IN
19138	1255	38	,	,	,
19138	1255	39	38	38	CD
19138	1255	40	;	;	:
19138	1255	41	not	not	RB
19138	1255	42	alone	alone	RB
19138	1255	43	the	the	DT
19138	1255	44	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	1255	45	organ	organ	NN
19138	1255	46	,	,	,
19138	1255	47	50	50	CD
19138	1255	48	;	;	:
19138	1255	49	reflex	reflex	JJ
19138	1255	50	action	action	NN
19138	1255	51	of	of	IN
19138	1255	52	,	,	,
19138	1255	53	51	51	CD
19138	1255	54	;	;	:
19138	1255	55	force	force	NN
19138	1255	56	of	of	IN
19138	1255	57	tone	tone	NN
19138	1255	58	does	do	VBZ
19138	1255	59	not	not	RB
19138	1255	60	originate	originate	VB
19138	1255	61	in	in	IN
19138	1255	62	,	,	,
19138	1255	63	75	75	CD
19138	1255	64	;	;	:
19138	1255	65	must	must	MD
19138	1255	66	be	be	VB
19138	1255	67	left	leave	VBN
19138	1255	68	uncramped	uncramped	JJ
19138	1255	69	,	,	,
19138	1255	70	75	75	CD
19138	1255	71	.	.	.
19138	1256	1	LATERAL	LATERAL	NNP
19138	1256	2	ABDOMINAL	ABDOMINAL	NNP
19138	1256	3	BREATHING	BREATHING	NNP
19138	1256	4	,	,	,
19138	1256	5	3	3	CD
19138	1256	6	,	,	,
19138	1256	7	25	25	CD
19138	1256	8	,	,	,
19138	1256	9	28	28	CD
19138	1256	10	.	.	.
19138	1257	1	LEHMANN	LEHMANN	NNP
19138	1257	2	,	,	,
19138	1257	3	MADAME	MADAME	NNP
19138	1257	4	LILLI	LILLI	NNP
19138	1257	5	,	,	,
19138	1257	6	on	on	IN
19138	1257	7	use	use	NN
19138	1257	8	of	of	IN
19138	1257	9	Ah	Ah	NNP
19138	1257	10	,	,	,
19138	1257	11	19	19	CD
19138	1257	12	;	;	:
19138	1257	13	on	on	IN
19138	1257	14	registers	register	NNS
19138	1257	15	,	,	,
19138	1257	16	39	39	CD
19138	1257	17	;	;	:
19138	1257	18	on	on	IN
19138	1257	19	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	1257	20	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1257	21	,	,	,
19138	1257	22	54	54	CD
19138	1257	23	.	.	.
19138	1258	1	LIFE	LIFE	NNP
19138	1258	2	'S	'S	NNP
19138	1258	3	PERIODS	PERIODS	NNP
19138	1258	4	,	,	,
19138	1258	5	79	79	CD
19138	1258	6	.	.	.
19138	1259	1	LIND	LIND	NNP
19138	1259	2	,	,	,
19138	1259	3	JENNY	JENNY	NNP
19138	1259	4	,	,	,
19138	1259	5	effects	effect	NNS
19138	1259	6	of	of	IN
19138	1259	7	wrong	wrong	JJ
19138	1259	8	methods	method	NNS
19138	1259	9	on	on	IN
19138	1259	10	,	,	,
19138	1259	11	4	4	CD
19138	1259	12	.	.	.
19138	1260	1	LIPS	lips	RB
19138	1260	2	,	,	,
19138	1260	3	in	in	IN
19138	1260	4	articulation	articulation	NN
19138	1260	5	,	,	,
19138	1260	6	14	14	CD
19138	1260	7	;	;	:
19138	1260	8	position	position	NN
19138	1260	9	of	of	IN
19138	1260	10	,	,	,
19138	1260	11	20	20	CD
19138	1260	12	-	-	SYM
19138	1260	13	22	22	CD
19138	1260	14	;	;	,
19138	1260	15	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1260	16	,	,	,
19138	1260	17	21	21	CD
19138	1260	18	,	,	,
19138	1260	19	22	22	CD
19138	1260	20	.	.	.
19138	1261	1	LUNGS	LUNGS	NNP
19138	1261	2	,	,	,
19138	1261	3	a	a	DT
19138	1261	4	motor	motor	NN
19138	1261	5	for	for	IN
19138	1261	6	the	the	DT
19138	1261	7	voice	voice	NN
19138	1261	8	,	,	,
19138	1261	9	6	6	CD
19138	1261	10	;	;	,
19138	1261	11	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1261	12	,	,	,
19138	1261	13	24	24	CD
19138	1261	14	;	;	:
19138	1261	15	described	describe	VBN
19138	1261	16	,	,	,
19138	1261	17	25	25	CD
19138	1261	18	;	;	:
19138	1261	19	overcrowding	overcrowding	NN
19138	1261	20	,	,	,
19138	1261	21	31	31	CD
19138	1261	22	.	.	.
19138	1262	1	MACKENZIE	MACKENZIE	NNP
19138	1262	2	,	,	,
19138	1262	3	DR	DR	NNP
19138	1262	4	.	.	.
19138	1262	5	MORELL	MORELL	NNP
19138	1262	6	,	,	,
19138	1262	7	on	on	IN
19138	1262	8	the	the	DT
19138	1262	9	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19138	1262	10	,	,	,
19138	1262	11	3	3	CD
19138	1262	12	;	;	:
19138	1262	13	on	on	IN
19138	1262	14	singing	singing	NN
19138	1262	15	and	and	CC
19138	1262	16	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	1262	17	,	,	,
19138	1262	18	17	17	CD
19138	1262	19	.	.	.
19138	1263	1	MACREADY	MACREADY	NNP
19138	1263	2	,	,	,
19138	1263	3	WM	WM	NNP
19138	1263	4	.	.	.
19138	1264	1	CHARLES	CHARLES	NNP
19138	1264	2	,	,	,
19138	1264	3	as	as	IN
19138	1264	4	a	a	DT
19138	1264	5	good	good	JJ
19138	1264	6	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	1264	7	,	,	,
19138	1264	8	16	16	CD
19138	1264	9	.	.	.
19138	1265	1	MARTEL	MARTEL	NNP
19138	1265	2	,	,	,
19138	1265	3	voice	voice	NN
19138	1265	4	of	of	IN
19138	1265	5	,	,	,
19138	1265	6	at	at	IN
19138	1265	7	seventy	seventy	CD
19138	1265	8	,	,	,
19138	1265	9	4	4	CD
19138	1265	10	.	.	.
19138	1266	1	MAXILLARY	MAXILLARY	NNP
19138	1266	2	SINUSES	sinus	NNS
19138	1266	3	,	,	,
19138	1266	4	7	7	CD
19138	1266	5	,	,	,
19138	1266	6	8	8	CD
19138	1266	7	,	,	,
19138	1266	8	12	12	CD
19138	1266	9	.	.	.
19138	1267	1	MAY	MAY	NNP
19138	1267	2	,	,	,
19138	1267	3	DR	DR	NNP
19138	1267	4	.	.	NNP
19138	1267	5	,	,	,
19138	1267	6	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	1267	7	tests	test	NNS
19138	1267	8	made	make	VBN
19138	1267	9	by	by	IN
19138	1267	10	,	,	,
19138	1267	11	26	26	CD
19138	1267	12	.	.	.
19138	1268	1	MCKINLEY	MCKINLEY	NNP
19138	1268	2	,	,	,
19138	1268	3	M.S.	M.S.	NNP
19138	1268	4	,	,	,
19138	1268	5	on	on	IN
19138	1268	6	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19138	1268	7	and	and	CC
19138	1268	8	the	the	DT
19138	1268	9	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19138	1268	10	,	,	,
19138	1268	11	2	2	CD
19138	1268	12	.	.	.
19138	1269	1	MENTAL	MENTAL	NNP
19138	1269	2	DISCORD	DISCORD	NNP
19138	1269	3	,	,	,
19138	1269	4	a	a	DT
19138	1269	5	deterrent	deterrent	NN
19138	1269	6	to	to	IN
19138	1269	7	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19138	1269	8	singing	singing	NN
19138	1269	9	,	,	,
19138	1269	10	84	84	CD
19138	1269	11	.	.	.
19138	1270	1	MEYER	MEYER	NNP
19138	1270	2	,	,	,
19138	1270	3	EDMUND	EDMUND	NNP
19138	1270	4	J.	J.	NNP
19138	1270	5	,	,	,
19138	1270	6	on	on	IN
19138	1270	7	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1270	8	,	,	,
19138	1270	9	43	43	CD
19138	1270	10	.	.	.
19138	1271	1	MILLS	MILLS	NNP
19138	1271	2	,	,	,
19138	1271	3	DR	DR	NNP
19138	1271	4	.	.	.
19138	1271	5	WESLEY	WESLEY	NNP
19138	1271	6	,	,	,
19138	1271	7	on	on	IN
19138	1271	8	breath	breath	NN
19138	1271	9	measure	measure	NN
19138	1271	10	,	,	,
19138	1271	11	30	30	CD
19138	1271	12	;	;	:
19138	1271	13	on	on	IN
19138	1271	14	ease	ease	NN
19138	1271	15	of	of	IN
19138	1271	16	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	1271	17	action	action	NN
19138	1271	18	,	,	,
19138	1271	19	56	56	CD
19138	1271	20	;	;	:
19138	1271	21	on	on	IN
19138	1271	22	the	the	DT
19138	1271	23	function	function	NN
19138	1271	24	of	of	IN
19138	1271	25	the	the	DT
19138	1271	26	ear	ear	NN
19138	1271	27	in	in	IN
19138	1271	28	tone	tone	NN
19138	1271	29	production	production	NN
19138	1271	30	,	,	,
19138	1271	31	57	57	CD
19138	1271	32	.	.	.
19138	1272	1	MOTOR	MOTOR	NNP
19138	1272	2	OF	of	IN
19138	1272	3	THE	the	DT
19138	1272	4	VOCAL	vocal	NN
19138	1272	5	INSTRUMENT	INSTRUMENT	NNP
19138	1272	6	,	,	,
19138	1272	7	6	6	CD
19138	1272	8	.	.	.
19138	1273	1	MOUTH	MOUTH	NNS
19138	1273	2	,	,	,
19138	1273	3	theory	theory	NN
19138	1273	4	of	of	IN
19138	1273	5	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1273	6	function	function	NN
19138	1273	7	,	,	,
19138	1273	8	1	1	CD
19138	1273	9	;	;	:
19138	1273	10	a	a	DT
19138	1273	11	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	1273	12	for	for	IN
19138	1273	13	the	the	DT
19138	1273	14	voice	voice	NN
19138	1273	15	,	,	,
19138	1273	16	6	6	CD
19138	1273	17	.	.	.
19138	1274	1	MUSCLES	muscle	NNS
19138	1274	2	OF	of	IN
19138	1274	3	RESPIRATION	RESPIRATION	NNP
19138	1274	4	,	,	,
19138	1274	5	23	23	CD
19138	1274	6	.	.	.
19138	1275	1	MUSIC	music	NN
19138	1275	2	TEACHERS	teacher	NNS
19138	1275	3	,	,	,
19138	1275	4	scientific	scientific	JJ
19138	1275	5	,	,	,
19138	1275	6	4	4	CD
19138	1275	7	;	;	:
19138	1275	8	empirical	empirical	JJ
19138	1275	9	,	,	,
19138	1275	10	4	4	CD
19138	1275	11	.	.	.
19138	1276	1	NASAL	nasal	NN
19138	1276	2	CAVITIES	cavity	NNS
19138	1276	3	,	,	,
19138	1276	4	as	as	IN
19138	1276	5	reinforcing	reinforce	VBG
19138	1276	6	agents	agent	NNS
19138	1276	7	in	in	IN
19138	1276	8	tone	tone	NN
19138	1276	9	production	production	NN
19138	1276	10	,	,	,
19138	1276	11	2	2	CD
19138	1276	12	;	;	:
19138	1276	13	a	a	DT
19138	1276	14	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	1276	15	for	for	IN
19138	1276	16	the	the	DT
19138	1276	17	voice	voice	NN
19138	1276	18	,	,	,
19138	1276	19	6	6	CD
19138	1276	20	;	;	,
19138	1276	21	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1276	22	,	,	,
19138	1276	23	7	7	CD
19138	1276	24	;	;	:
19138	1276	25	formation	formation	NN
19138	1276	26	of	of	IN
19138	1276	27	,	,	,
19138	1276	28	8	8	CD
19138	1276	29	;	;	,
19138	1276	30	vibrations	vibration	NNS
19138	1276	31	in	in	IN
19138	1276	32	,	,	,
19138	1276	33	8	8	CD
19138	1276	34	;	;	:
19138	1276	35	effect	effect	NN
19138	1276	36	on	on	IN
19138	1276	37	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1276	38	,	,	,
19138	1276	39	12	12	CD
19138	1276	40	;	;	:
19138	1276	41	Edward	Edward	NNP
19138	1276	42	Everett	Everett	NNP
19138	1276	43	's	's	POS
19138	1276	44	use	use	NN
19138	1276	45	of	of	IN
19138	1276	46	,	,	,
19138	1276	47	16	16	CD
19138	1276	48	;	;	:
19138	1276	49	as	as	IN
19138	1276	50	a	a	DT
19138	1276	51	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	1276	52	,	,	,
19138	1276	53	52	52	CD
19138	1276	54	,	,	,
19138	1276	55	53	53	CD
19138	1276	56	;	;	:
19138	1276	57	obstruction	obstruction	NN
19138	1276	58	of	of	IN
19138	1276	59	,	,	,
19138	1276	60	in	in	IN
19138	1276	61	Booth	Booth	NNP
19138	1276	62	,	,	,
19138	1276	63	53	53	CD
19138	1276	64	.	.	.
19138	1277	1	NASAL	nasal	NN
19138	1277	2	RESONANCE	RESONANCE	NNP
19138	1277	3	,	,	,
19138	1277	4	erroneous	erroneous	JJ
19138	1277	5	theories	theory	NNS
19138	1277	6	concerning	concern	VBG
19138	1277	7	,	,	,
19138	1277	8	1	1	CD
19138	1277	9	,	,	,
19138	1277	10	2	2	CD
19138	1277	11	;	;	:
19138	1277	12	Madame	Madame	NNP
19138	1277	13	Rudersdorff	Rudersdorff	NNP
19138	1277	14	recognized	recognize	VBD
19138	1277	15	effect	effect	NN
19138	1277	16	of	of	IN
19138	1277	17	,	,	,
19138	1277	18	2	2	CD
19138	1277	19	;	;	:
19138	1277	20	involved	involve	VBN
19138	1277	21	in	in	IN
19138	1277	22	head	head	NN
19138	1277	23	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1277	24	,	,	,
19138	1277	25	52	52	CD
19138	1277	26	;	;	:
19138	1277	27	versus	versus	IN
19138	1277	28	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	1277	29	tone	tone	NNP
19138	1277	30	quality	quality	NNP
19138	1277	31	,	,	,
19138	1277	32	53	53	CD
19138	1277	33	;	;	:
19138	1277	34	Lilli	Lilli	NNP
19138	1277	35	Lehmann	Lehmann	NNP
19138	1277	36	on	on	RB
19138	1277	37	,	,	,
19138	1277	38	54	54	CD
19138	1277	39	;	;	:
19138	1277	40	Sembrich	Sembrich	NNP
19138	1277	41	's	's	POS
19138	1277	42	study	study	NN
19138	1277	43	of	of	IN
19138	1277	44	,	,	,
19138	1277	45	54	54	CD
19138	1277	46	;	;	:
19138	1277	47	importance	importance	NN
19138	1277	48	of	of	IN
19138	1277	49	,	,	,
19138	1277	50	54	54	CD
19138	1277	51	.	.	.
19138	1278	1	NATURAL	natural	JJ
19138	1278	2	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19138	1278	3	,	,	,
19138	1278	4	what	what	WP
19138	1278	5	is	be	VBZ
19138	1278	6	meant	mean	VBN
19138	1278	7	by	by	IN
19138	1278	8	,	,	,
19138	1278	9	77	77	CD
19138	1278	10	.	.	.
19138	1279	1	NERVOUSNESS	NERVOUSNESS	NNP
19138	1279	2	,	,	,
19138	1279	3	a	a	DT
19138	1279	4	cure	cure	NN
19138	1279	5	for	for	IN
19138	1279	6	,	,	,
19138	1279	7	27	27	CD
19138	1279	8	,	,	,
19138	1279	9	80	80	CD
19138	1279	10	.	.	.
19138	1280	1	NOSTRILS	NOSTRILS	NNP
19138	1280	2	,	,	,
19138	1280	3	relation	relation	NN
19138	1280	4	of	of	IN
19138	1280	5	,	,	,
19138	1280	6	to	to	IN
19138	1280	7	tone	tone	NN
19138	1280	8	quality	quality	NN
19138	1280	9	,	,	,
19138	1280	10	14	14	CD
19138	1280	11	.	.	.
19138	1281	1	O	o	NN
19138	1281	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	1281	3	sound	sound	NN
19138	1281	4	,	,	,
19138	1281	5	lip	lip	NN
19138	1281	6	position	position	NN
19138	1281	7	for	for	IN
19138	1281	8	,	,	,
19138	1281	9	20	20	CD
19138	1281	10	;	;	:
19138	1281	11	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1281	12	,	,	,
19138	1281	13	21	21	CD
19138	1281	14	;	;	:
19138	1281	15	in	in	IN
19138	1281	16	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	1281	17	,	,	,
19138	1281	18	59	59	CD
19138	1281	19	,	,	,
19138	1281	20	etc	etc	FW
19138	1281	21	.	.	.
19138	1282	1	OO	oo	NN
19138	1282	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	1282	3	sound	sound	NN
19138	1282	4	,	,	,
19138	1282	5	lip	lip	NN
19138	1282	6	position	position	NN
19138	1282	7	for	for	IN
19138	1282	8	,	,	,
19138	1282	9	20	20	CD
19138	1282	10	,	,	,
19138	1282	11	21	21	CD
19138	1282	12	;	;	:
19138	1282	13	in	in	IN
19138	1282	14	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	1282	15	,	,	,
19138	1282	16	59	59	CD
19138	1282	17	,	,	,
19138	1282	18	etc	etc	FW
19138	1282	19	.	.	.
19138	1283	1	OPEN	open	JJ
19138	1283	2	TONES	TONES	NNP
19138	1283	3	,	,	,
19138	1283	4	2	2	CD
19138	1283	5	,	,	,
19138	1283	6	5	5	CD
19138	1283	7	.	.	.
19138	1284	1	ORAL	ORAL	NNP
19138	1284	2	SURGERY	SURGERY	NNP
19138	1284	3	,	,	,
19138	1284	4	2	2	CD
19138	1284	5	.	.	.
19138	1285	1	ORATORIO	ORATORIO	NNP
19138	1285	2	,	,	,
19138	1285	3	faulty	faulty	JJ
19138	1285	4	diction	diction	NN
19138	1285	5	in	in	IN
19138	1285	6	,	,	,
19138	1285	7	18	18	CD
19138	1285	8	.	.	.
19138	1286	1	OVER	OVER	NNP
19138	1286	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	1286	3	CONSCIENTIOUSNESS	CONSCIENTIOUSNESS	NNP
19138	1286	4	,	,	,
19138	1286	5	a	a	DT
19138	1286	6	deterrent	deterrent	NN
19138	1286	7	to	to	IN
19138	1286	8	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19138	1286	9	singing	singing	NN
19138	1286	10	,	,	,
19138	1286	11	84	84	CD
19138	1286	12	.	.	.
19138	1287	1	OVERTONES	OVERTONES	NNP
19138	1287	2	,	,	,
19138	1287	3	45	45	CD
19138	1287	4	,	,	,
19138	1287	5	46	46	CD
19138	1287	6	.	.	.
19138	1288	1	PERSONALITY	PERSONALITY	NNP
19138	1288	2	,	,	,
19138	1288	3	effect	effect	NN
19138	1288	4	on	on	IN
19138	1288	5	the	the	DT
19138	1288	6	voice	voice	NN
19138	1288	7	,	,	,
19138	1288	8	83	83	CD
19138	1288	9	.	.	.
19138	1289	1	PHARYNX	PHARYNX	NNP
19138	1289	2	,	,	,
19138	1289	3	function	function	NN
19138	1289	4	of	of	IN
19138	1289	5	,	,	,
19138	1289	6	10	10	CD
19138	1289	7	.	.	.
19138	1290	1	PHILLIPS	PHILLIPS	NNP
19138	1290	2	,	,	,
19138	1290	3	ADELAIDE	ADELAIDE	NNP
19138	1290	4	,	,	,
19138	1290	5	voice	voice	NN
19138	1290	6	of	of	IN
19138	1290	7	,	,	,
19138	1290	8	in	in	IN
19138	1290	9	declining	decline	VBG
19138	1290	10	years	year	NNS
19138	1290	11	,	,	,
19138	1290	12	4	4	CD
19138	1290	13	.	.	.
19138	1291	1	PITCH	PITCH	NNP
19138	1291	2	OF	of	IN
19138	1291	3	TONE	TONE	NNP
19138	1291	4	,	,	,
19138	1291	5	influence	influence	NN
19138	1291	6	of	of	IN
19138	1291	7	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1291	8	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	1291	9	on	on	IN
19138	1291	10	,	,	,
19138	1291	11	12	12	CD
19138	1291	12	,	,	,
19138	1291	13	13	13	CD
19138	1291	14	.	.	.
19138	1292	1	PLACING	place	VBG
19138	1292	2	THE	the	DT
19138	1292	3	VOICE	voice	NN
19138	1292	4	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1292	5	see	see	VB
19138	1292	6	_	_	NNP
19138	1292	7	Tone	Tone	NNP
19138	1292	8	production	production	NN
19138	1292	9	_	_	NNP
19138	1292	10	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1292	11	.	.	.
19138	1293	1	POWER	power	NN
19138	1293	2	OF	of	IN
19138	1293	3	TONE	tone	NN
19138	1293	4	,	,	,
19138	1293	5	dependent	dependent	JJ
19138	1293	6	on	on	IN
19138	1293	7	resonant	resonant	JJ
19138	1293	8	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	1293	9	and	and	CC
19138	1293	10	breath	breath	NN
19138	1293	11	control	control	NN
19138	1293	12	,	,	,
19138	1293	13	27	27	CD
19138	1293	14	.	.	.
19138	1294	1	PRINCIPLES	PRINCIPLES	NNP
19138	1294	2	ADVOCATED	ADVOCATED	NNP
19138	1294	3	,	,	,
19138	1294	4	5	5	CD
19138	1294	5	.	.	.
19138	1295	1	PRONUNCIATION	pronunciation	NN
19138	1295	2	,	,	,
19138	1295	3	indifference	indifference	NN
19138	1295	4	of	of	IN
19138	1295	5	American	american	JJ
19138	1295	6	singers	singer	NNS
19138	1295	7	to	to	IN
19138	1295	8	,	,	,
19138	1295	9	17	17	CD
19138	1295	10	;	;	:
19138	1295	11	W.J.	W.J.	NNP
19138	1296	1	Henderson	Henderson	NNP
19138	1296	2	on	on	IN
19138	1296	3	,	,	,
19138	1296	4	18	18	CD
19138	1296	5	;	;	:
19138	1296	6	change	change	NN
19138	1296	7	of	of	IN
19138	1296	8	attitude	attitude	NN
19138	1296	9	toward	toward	IN
19138	1296	10	,	,	,
19138	1296	11	18	18	CD
19138	1296	12	;	;	:
19138	1296	13	importance	importance	NN
19138	1296	14	of	of	IN
19138	1296	15	,	,	,
19138	1296	16	to	to	TO
19138	1296	17	singer	singer	NN
19138	1296	18	,	,	,
19138	1296	19	18	18	CD
19138	1296	20	;	;	:
19138	1296	21	relation	relation	NN
19138	1296	22	of	of	IN
19138	1296	23	,	,	,
19138	1296	24	to	to	IN
19138	1296	25	tone	tone	NN
19138	1296	26	,	,	,
19138	1296	27	18	18	CD
19138	1296	28	;	;	:
19138	1296	29	Ffrangcon	ffrangcon	NN
19138	1296	30	-	-	HYPH
19138	1296	31	Davies	Davies	NNP
19138	1296	32	on	on	IN
19138	1296	33	,	,	,
19138	1296	34	18	18	CD
19138	1296	35	;	;	:
19138	1296	36	sing	sing	VB
19138	1296	37	words	word	NNS
19138	1296	38	rather	rather	RB
19138	1296	39	than	than	IN
19138	1296	40	tones	tone	NNS
19138	1296	41	,	,	,
19138	1296	42	18	18	CD
19138	1296	43	;	;	:
19138	1296	44	Lilli	Lilli	NNP
19138	1296	45	Lehmann	Lehmann	NNP
19138	1296	46	on	on	IN
19138	1296	47	,	,	,
19138	1296	48	19	19	CD
19138	1296	49	;	;	:
19138	1296	50	emotional	emotional	JJ
19138	1296	51	power	power	NN
19138	1296	52	impossible	impossible	JJ
19138	1296	53	without	without	IN
19138	1296	54	,	,	,
19138	1296	55	19	19	CD
19138	1296	56	;	;	:
19138	1296	57	Gounod	Gounod	NNP
19138	1296	58	on	on	IN
19138	1296	59	,	,	,
19138	1296	60	19	19	CD
19138	1296	61	;	;	:
19138	1296	62	Forbes	Forbes	NNP
19138	1296	63	-	-	HYPH
19138	1296	64	Robertson	Robertson	NNP
19138	1296	65	on	on	IN
19138	1296	66	,	,	,
19138	1296	67	19	19	CD
19138	1296	68	;	;	:
19138	1296	69	upper	upper	JJ
19138	1296	70	lip	lip	NN
19138	1296	71	in	in	IN
19138	1296	72	,	,	,
19138	1296	73	19	19	CD
19138	1296	74	;	;	:
19138	1296	75	effect	effect	NN
19138	1296	76	of	of	IN
19138	1296	77	smile	smile	NN
19138	1296	78	on	on	IN
19138	1296	79	,	,	,
19138	1296	80	19	19	CD
19138	1296	81	.	.	.
19138	1297	1	PSYCHOLOGY	psychology	NN
19138	1297	2	OF	of	IN
19138	1297	3	VOCAL	vocal	NN
19138	1297	4	CULTURE	culture	NN
19138	1297	5	,	,	,
19138	1297	6	82	82	CD
19138	1297	7	-	-	SYM
19138	1297	8	85	85	CD
19138	1297	9	.	.	.
19138	1298	1	PTERYGOID	pterygoid	NN
19138	1298	2	MUSCLES	muscle	NNS
19138	1298	3	,	,	,
19138	1298	4	and	and	CC
19138	1298	5	the	the	DT
19138	1298	6	under	under	JJ
19138	1298	7	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	1298	8	,	,	,
19138	1298	9	10	10	CD
19138	1298	10	.	.	.
19138	1299	1	PUBLIC	PUBLIC	NNP
19138	1299	2	SCHOOLS	SCHOOLS	NNP
19138	1299	3	,	,	,
19138	1299	4	voice	voice	NN
19138	1299	5	training	training	NN
19138	1299	6	in	in	RP
19138	1299	7	,	,	,
19138	1299	8	78	78	CD
19138	1299	9	.	.	.
19138	1300	1	REEVES	REEVES	NNP
19138	1300	2	,	,	,
19138	1300	3	SIMS	SIMS	NNP
19138	1300	4	,	,	,
19138	1300	5	voice	voice	NN
19138	1300	6	of	of	IN
19138	1300	7	,	,	,
19138	1300	8	4	4	CD
19138	1300	9	.	.	.
19138	1301	1	REGISTERS	register	NNS
19138	1301	2	,	,	,
19138	1301	3	38	38	CD
19138	1301	4	-	-	SYM
19138	1301	5	42	42	CD
19138	1301	6	;	;	:
19138	1301	7	blending	blend	VBG
19138	1301	8	the	the	DT
19138	1301	9	,	,	,
19138	1301	10	2	2	CD
19138	1301	11	,	,	,
19138	1301	12	41	41	CD
19138	1301	13	;	;	:
19138	1301	14	not	not	RB
19138	1301	15	a	a	DT
19138	1301	16	natural	natural	JJ
19138	1301	17	feature	feature	NN
19138	1301	18	of	of	IN
19138	1301	19	the	the	DT
19138	1301	20	voice	voice	NN
19138	1301	21	,	,	,
19138	1301	22	2	2	CD
19138	1301	23	;	;	:
19138	1301	24	fallacy	fallacy	NN
19138	1301	25	of	of	IN
19138	1301	26	theory	theory	NN
19138	1301	27	of	of	IN
19138	1301	28	,	,	,
19138	1301	29	2	2	CD
19138	1301	30	;	;	:
19138	1301	31	a	a	DT
19138	1301	32	myth	myth	NN
19138	1301	33	,	,	,
19138	1301	34	5	5	CD
19138	1301	35	;	;	:
19138	1301	36	the	the	DT
19138	1301	37	_	_	NNP
19138	1301	38	bête	bête	NN
19138	1301	39	noire	noire	NNP
19138	1301	40	_	_	NNP
19138	1301	41	of	of	IN
19138	1301	42	vocalists	vocalist	NNS
19138	1301	43	,	,	,
19138	1301	44	38	38	CD
19138	1301	45	;	;	:
19138	1301	46	defined	define	VBN
19138	1301	47	,	,	,
19138	1301	48	38	38	CD
19138	1301	49	;	;	:
19138	1301	50	Clara	Clara	NNP
19138	1301	51	Kathleen	Kathleen	NNP
19138	1301	52	Rogers	Rogers	NNP
19138	1301	53	on	on	IN
19138	1301	54	,	,	,
19138	1301	55	38	38	CD
19138	1301	56	;	;	:
19138	1301	57	Lilli	Lilli	NNP
19138	1301	58	Lehmann	Lehmann	NNP
19138	1301	59	on	on	RB
19138	1301	60	,	,	,
19138	1301	61	39	39	CD
19138	1301	62	;	;	:
19138	1301	63	Ffrangcon	ffrangcon	NN
19138	1301	64	-	-	HYPH
19138	1301	65	Davies	Davies	NNP
19138	1301	66	on	on	IN
19138	1301	67	,	,	,
19138	1301	68	39	39	CD
19138	1301	69	;	;	:
19138	1301	70	of	of	IN
19138	1301	71	the	the	DT
19138	1301	72	organ	organ	NN
19138	1301	73	,	,	,
19138	1301	74	40	40	CD
19138	1301	75	;	;	:
19138	1301	76	of	of	IN
19138	1301	77	voice	voice	NN
19138	1301	78	and	and	CC
19138	1301	79	instruments	instrument	NNS
19138	1301	80	compared	compare	VBN
19138	1301	81	,	,	,
19138	1301	82	40	40	CD
19138	1301	83	,	,	,
19138	1301	84	41	41	CD
19138	1301	85	;	;	:
19138	1301	86	an	an	DT
19138	1301	87	artificial	artificial	JJ
19138	1301	88	creation	creation	NN
19138	1301	89	,	,	,
19138	1301	90	41	41	CD
19138	1301	91	,	,	,
19138	1301	92	42	42	CD
19138	1301	93	.	.	.
19138	1302	1	REPOSE	REPOSE	NNP
19138	1302	2	,	,	,
19138	1302	3	AS	AS	NNP
19138	1302	4	A	a	DT
19138	1302	5	PREPARATION	preparation	NN
19138	1302	6	FOR	for	IN
19138	1302	7	VOCAL	vocal	NN
19138	1302	8	EXERCISES	exercise	NNS
19138	1302	9	,	,	,
19138	1302	10	80	80	CD
19138	1302	11	;	;	:
19138	1302	12	how	how	WRB
19138	1302	13	to	to	TO
19138	1302	14	induce	induce	VB
19138	1302	15	,	,	,
19138	1302	16	80	80	CD
19138	1302	17	.	.	.
19138	1303	1	RESONANCE	resonance	NN
19138	1303	2	,	,	,
19138	1303	3	differing	differ	VBG
19138	1303	4	opinions	opinion	NNS
19138	1303	5	concerning	concern	VBG
19138	1303	6	,	,	,
19138	1303	7	3	3	CD
19138	1303	8	;	;	:
19138	1303	9	principle	principle	NN
19138	1303	10	of	of	IN
19138	1303	11	,	,	,
19138	1303	12	5	5	CD
19138	1303	13	;	;	:
19138	1303	14	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	1303	15	and	and	CC
19138	1303	16	head	head	NN
19138	1303	17	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	1303	18	in	in	IN
19138	1303	19	,	,	,
19138	1303	20	12	12	CD
19138	1303	21	;	;	:
19138	1303	22	influence	influence	NN
19138	1303	23	of	of	IN
19138	1303	24	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1303	25	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	1303	26	on	on	IN
19138	1303	27	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	1303	28	,	,	,
19138	1303	29	12	12	CD
19138	1303	30	;	;	:
19138	1303	31	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	1303	32	of	of	IN
19138	1303	33	vowels	vowel	NNS
19138	1303	34	in	in	IN
19138	1303	35	,	,	,
19138	1303	36	20	20	CD
19138	1303	37	;	;	:
19138	1303	38	and	and	CC
19138	1303	39	power	power	NN
19138	1303	40	,	,	,
19138	1303	41	27	27	CD
19138	1303	42	;	;	:
19138	1303	43	and	and	CC
19138	1303	44	breath	breath	NNP
19138	1303	45	force	force	NN
19138	1303	46	,	,	,
19138	1303	47	31	31	CD
19138	1303	48	;	;	:
19138	1303	49	in	in	IN
19138	1303	50	general	general	JJ
19138	1303	51	,	,	,
19138	1303	52	43	43	CD
19138	1303	53	-	-	SYM
19138	1303	54	50	50	CD
19138	1303	55	;	;	:
19138	1303	56	development	development	NN
19138	1303	57	of	of	IN
19138	1303	58	science	science	NN
19138	1303	59	of	of	IN
19138	1303	60	,	,	,
19138	1303	61	43	43	CD
19138	1303	62	;	;	:
19138	1303	63	quality	quality	NN
19138	1303	64	and	and	CC
19138	1303	65	power	power	NN
19138	1303	66	of	of	IN
19138	1303	67	,	,	,
19138	1303	68	44	44	CD
19138	1303	69	;	;	:
19138	1303	70	significance	significance	NN
19138	1303	71	of	of	IN
19138	1303	72	,	,	,
19138	1303	73	45	45	CD
19138	1303	74	;	;	:
19138	1303	75	experiments	experiment	NNS
19138	1303	76	to	to	TO
19138	1303	77	demonstrate	demonstrate	VB
19138	1303	78	,	,	,
19138	1303	79	46	46	CD
19138	1303	80	-	-	SYM
19138	1303	81	50	50	CD
19138	1303	82	;	;	:
19138	1303	83	induced	induce	VBN
19138	1303	84	,	,	,
19138	1303	85	47	47	CD
19138	1303	86	;	;	:
19138	1303	87	sympathetic	sympathetic	JJ
19138	1303	88	,	,	,
19138	1303	89	47	47	CD
19138	1303	90	,	,	,
19138	1303	91	48	48	CD
19138	1303	92	;	;	:
19138	1303	93	density	density	NN
19138	1303	94	of	of	IN
19138	1303	95	air	air	NN
19138	1303	96	and	and	CC
19138	1303	97	,	,	,
19138	1303	98	47	47	CD
19138	1303	99	;	;	:
19138	1303	100	volume	volume	NN
19138	1303	101	and	and	CC
19138	1303	102	character	character	NN
19138	1303	103	of	of	IN
19138	1303	104	tones	tone	NNS
19138	1303	105	dependent	dependent	JJ
19138	1303	106	on	on	IN
19138	1303	107	,	,	,
19138	1303	108	49	49	CD
19138	1303	109	;	;	:
19138	1303	110	head	head	NN
19138	1303	111	and	and	CC
19138	1303	112	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	1303	113	,	,	,
19138	1303	114	51	51	CD
19138	1303	115	-	-	SYM
19138	1303	116	55	55	CD
19138	1303	117	;	;	:
19138	1303	118	relation	relation	NN
19138	1303	119	of	of	IN
19138	1303	120	articulation	articulation	NN
19138	1303	121	to	to	IN
19138	1303	122	,	,	,
19138	1303	123	51	51	CD
19138	1303	124	;	;	:
19138	1303	125	focusing	focus	VBG
19138	1303	126	tone	tone	NN
19138	1303	127	a	a	DT
19138	1303	128	matter	matter	NN
19138	1303	129	of	of	IN
19138	1303	130	,	,	,
19138	1303	131	52	52	CD
19138	1303	132	;	;	:
19138	1303	133	effect	effect	NN
19138	1303	134	of	of	IN
19138	1303	135	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1303	136	absence	absence	NN
19138	1303	137	,	,	,
19138	1303	138	54	54	CD
19138	1303	139	;	;	:
19138	1303	140	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	1303	141	to	to	TO
19138	1303	142	establish	establish	VB
19138	1303	143	,	,	,
19138	1303	144	58	58	CD
19138	1303	145	-	-	SYM
19138	1303	146	72	72	CD
19138	1303	147	.	.	.
19138	1304	1	RESONATOR	RESONATOR	NNP
19138	1304	2	OF	of	IN
19138	1304	3	THE	the	DT
19138	1304	4	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19138	1304	5	,	,	,
19138	1304	6	6	6	CD
19138	1304	7	.	.	.
19138	1305	1	RESPIRATION	RESPIRATION	NNP
19138	1305	2	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1305	3	see	see	VB
19138	1305	4	_	_	NNP
19138	1305	5	Breath	Breath	NNP
19138	1305	6	control	control	NN
19138	1305	7	_	_	NNP
19138	1305	8	and	and	CC
19138	1305	9	_	_	NNP
19138	1305	10	Breathing	Breathing	NNP
19138	1305	11	_	_	NNP
19138	1305	12	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1305	13	.	.	.
19138	1306	1	RESPIRATORY	RESPIRATORY	NNP
19138	1306	2	MUSCLES	muscle	NNS
19138	1306	3	,	,	,
19138	1306	4	a	a	DT
19138	1306	5	motor	motor	NN
19138	1306	6	for	for	IN
19138	1306	7	the	the	DT
19138	1306	8	voice	voice	NN
19138	1306	9	,	,	,
19138	1306	10	6	6	CD
19138	1306	11	;	;	:
19138	1306	12	described	describe	VBN
19138	1306	13	,	,	,
19138	1306	14	23	23	CD
19138	1306	15	,	,	,
19138	1306	16	28	28	CD
19138	1306	17	;	;	:
19138	1306	18	action	action	NN
19138	1306	19	of	of	IN
19138	1306	20	,	,	,
19138	1306	21	25	25	CD
19138	1306	22	;	;	:
19138	1306	23	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1306	24	,	,	,
19138	1306	25	24	24	CD
19138	1306	26	,	,	,
19138	1306	27	29	29	CD
19138	1306	28	.	.	.
19138	1307	1	ROGERS	ROGERS	NNP
19138	1307	2	,	,	,
19138	1307	3	CLARA	CLARA	NNP
19138	1307	4	KATHLEEN	KATHLEEN	NNP
19138	1307	5	,	,	,
19138	1307	6	on	on	IN
19138	1307	7	registers	register	NNS
19138	1307	8	,	,	,
19138	1307	9	38	38	CD
19138	1307	10	.	.	.
19138	1308	1	RUDERSDORFF	RUDERSDORFF	NNS
19138	1308	2	,	,	,
19138	1308	3	MADAME	MADAME	NNP
19138	1308	4	,	,	,
19138	1308	5	and	and	CC
19138	1308	6	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	1308	7	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1308	8	,	,	,
19138	1308	9	2	2	CD
19138	1308	10	.	.	.
19138	1309	1	SANTLEY	SANTLEY	NNP
19138	1309	2	,	,	,
19138	1309	3	SIR	SIR	NNP
19138	1309	4	CHARLES	CHARLES	NNP
19138	1309	5	,	,	,
19138	1309	6	on	on	IN
19138	1309	7	Garcia	Garcia	NNP
19138	1309	8	and	and	CC
19138	1309	9	the	the	DT
19138	1309	10	laryngoscope	laryngoscope	NN
19138	1309	11	,	,	,
19138	1309	12	3	3	CD
19138	1309	13	.	.	.
19138	1310	1	SCALE	SCALE	NNP
19138	1310	2	OF	of	IN
19138	1310	3	VOWEL	VOWEL	NNP
19138	1310	4	SOUNDS	sound	NNS
19138	1310	5	,	,	,
19138	1310	6	20	20	CD
19138	1310	7	,	,	,
19138	1310	8	72	72	CD
19138	1310	9	.	.	.
19138	1311	1	SELF	SELF	NNP
19138	1311	2	-	-	HYPH
19138	1311	3	REPRESSION	REPRESSION	NNP
19138	1311	4	,	,	,
19138	1311	5	a	a	DT
19138	1311	6	deterrent	deterrent	NN
19138	1311	7	to	to	IN
19138	1311	8	beautiful	beautiful	JJ
19138	1311	9	singing	singing	NN
19138	1311	10	,	,	,
19138	1311	11	84	84	CD
19138	1311	12	.	.	.
19138	1312	1	SEMBRICH	SEMBRICH	NNP
19138	1312	2	,	,	,
19138	1312	3	MARCELLA	MARCELLA	NNP
19138	1312	4	,	,	,
19138	1312	5	and	and	CC
19138	1312	6	the	the	DT
19138	1312	7	half	half	JJ
19138	1312	8	-	-	HYPH
19138	1312	9	breath	breath	NN
19138	1312	10	,	,	,
19138	1312	11	37	37	CD
19138	1312	12	;	;	:
19138	1312	13	use	use	NN
19138	1312	14	of	of	IN
19138	1312	15	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	1312	16	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1312	17	,	,	,
19138	1312	18	54	54	CD
19138	1312	19	.	.	.
19138	1313	1	SINGING	singing	NN
19138	1313	2	,	,	,
19138	1313	3	subtlety	subtlety	NN
19138	1313	4	of	of	IN
19138	1313	5	,	,	,
19138	1313	6	4	4	CD
19138	1313	7	;	;	:
19138	1313	8	obstacles	obstacle	NNS
19138	1313	9	to	to	IN
19138	1313	10	,	,	,
19138	1313	11	5	5	CD
19138	1313	12	,	,	,
19138	1313	13	74	74	CD
19138	1313	14	,	,	,
19138	1313	15	84	84	CD
19138	1313	16	;	;	:
19138	1313	17	versus	versus	IN
19138	1313	18	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	1313	19	,	,	,
19138	1313	20	5	5	CD
19138	1313	21	,	,	,
19138	1313	22	17	17	CD
19138	1313	23	;	;	:
19138	1313	24	mission	mission	NN
19138	1313	25	of	of	IN
19138	1313	26	singer	singer	NN
19138	1313	27	,	,	,
19138	1313	28	18	18	CD
19138	1313	29	;	;	,
19138	1313	30	defined	define	VBN
19138	1313	31	as	as	IN
19138	1313	32	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	1313	33	,	,	,
19138	1313	34	23	23	CD
19138	1313	35	;	;	:
19138	1313	36	age	age	NN
19138	1313	37	to	to	TO
19138	1313	38	begin	begin	VB
19138	1313	39	,	,	,
19138	1313	40	77	77	CD
19138	1313	41	;	;	:
19138	1313	42	in	in	IN
19138	1313	43	public	public	JJ
19138	1313	44	schools	school	NNS
19138	1313	45	,	,	,
19138	1313	46	78	78	CD
19138	1313	47	;	;	:
19138	1313	48	by	by	IN
19138	1313	49	method	method	NN
19138	1313	50	,	,	,
19138	1313	51	79	79	CD
19138	1313	52	;	;	:
19138	1313	53	vibrato	vibrato	NNP
19138	1313	54	in	in	IN
19138	1313	55	,	,	,
19138	1313	56	80	80	CD
19138	1313	57	;	;	:
19138	1313	58	psychology	psychology	NN
19138	1313	59	of	of	IN
19138	1313	60	,	,	,
19138	1313	61	82	82	CD
19138	1313	62	-	-	SYM
19138	1313	63	85	85	CD
19138	1313	64	;	;	:
19138	1313	65	sublimated	sublimate	VBN
19138	1313	66	speech	speech	NN
19138	1313	67	,	,	,
19138	1313	68	83	83	CD
19138	1313	69	;	;	:
19138	1313	70	defined	define	VBN
19138	1313	71	by	by	IN
19138	1313	72	Ffrangcon	Ffrangcon	NNP
19138	1313	73	-	-	HYPH
19138	1313	74	Davies	Davies	NNP
19138	1313	75	,	,	,
19138	1313	76	83	83	CD
19138	1313	77	;	;	:
19138	1313	78	freedom	freedom	NN
19138	1313	79	in	in	IN
19138	1313	80	,	,	,
19138	1313	81	84	84	CD
19138	1313	82	;	;	:
19138	1313	83	deterrents	deterrent	NNS
19138	1313	84	to	to	IN
19138	1313	85	,	,	,
19138	1313	86	84	84	CD
19138	1313	87	.	.	.
19138	1314	1	SINUSES	SINUSES	NNP
19138	1314	2	,	,	,
19138	1314	3	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1314	4	,	,	,
19138	1314	5	7	7	CD
19138	1314	6	;	;	:
19138	1314	7	pairs	pair	NNS
19138	1314	8	of	of	IN
19138	1314	9	,	,	,
19138	1314	10	8	8	CD
19138	1314	11	;	;	:
19138	1314	12	function	function	NN
19138	1314	13	of	of	IN
19138	1314	14	,	,	,
19138	1314	15	12	12	CD
19138	1314	16	.	.	.
19138	1315	1	SMILE	SMILE	NNP
19138	1315	2	,	,	,
19138	1315	3	EFFECT	EFFECT	NNP
19138	1315	4	OF	of	IN
19138	1315	5	,	,	,
19138	1315	6	on	on	IN
19138	1315	7	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	1315	8	,	,	,
19138	1315	9	19	19	CD
19138	1315	10	.	.	.
19138	1316	1	SOFT	soft	JJ
19138	1316	2	PALATE	PALATE	NNP
19138	1316	3	,	,	,
19138	1316	4	office	office	NN
19138	1316	5	of	of	IN
19138	1316	6	,	,	,
19138	1316	7	11	11	CD
19138	1316	8	,	,	,
19138	1316	9	52	52	CD
19138	1316	10	.	.	.
19138	1317	1	SPEAKING	speaking	NN
19138	1317	2	,	,	,
19138	1317	3	obstacles	obstacle	NNS
19138	1317	4	to	to	IN
19138	1317	5	,	,	,
19138	1317	6	5	5	CD
19138	1317	7	;	;	:
19138	1317	8	tones	tone	NNS
19138	1317	9	of	of	IN
19138	1317	10	,	,	,
19138	1317	11	identical	identical	JJ
19138	1317	12	with	with	IN
19138	1317	13	singing	singe	VBG
19138	1317	14	tones	tone	NNS
19138	1317	15	,	,	,
19138	1317	16	5	5	CD
19138	1317	17	;	;	:
19138	1317	18	difference	difference	NN
19138	1317	19	from	from	IN
19138	1317	20	singing	singing	NN
19138	1317	21	,	,	,
19138	1317	22	17	17	CD
19138	1317	23	;	;	:
19138	1317	24	expression	expression	NN
19138	1317	25	in	in	IN
19138	1317	26	,	,	,
19138	1317	27	83	83	CD
19138	1317	28	.	.	.
19138	1318	1	SPEAKING	speak	VBG
19138	1318	2	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19138	1318	3	,	,	,
19138	1318	4	misunderstood	misunderstood	NN
19138	1318	5	,	,	,
19138	1318	6	16	16	CD
19138	1318	7	;	;	:
19138	1318	8	connection	connection	NN
19138	1318	9	with	with	IN
19138	1318	10	singing	singing	NN
19138	1318	11	voice	voice	NN
19138	1318	12	,	,	,
19138	1318	13	16	16	CD
19138	1318	14	;	;	:
19138	1318	15	how	how	WRB
19138	1318	16	cultivated	cultivate	VBN
19138	1318	17	,	,	,
19138	1318	18	16	16	CD
19138	1318	19	;	;	:
19138	1318	20	identity	identity	NN
19138	1318	21	with	with	IN
19138	1318	22	singing	singing	NN
19138	1318	23	voice	voice	NN
19138	1318	24	,	,	,
19138	1318	25	17	17	CD
19138	1318	26	;	;	:
19138	1318	27	and	and	CC
19138	1318	28	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	1318	29	,	,	,
19138	1318	30	18	18	CD
19138	1318	31	,	,	,
19138	1318	32	19	19	CD
19138	1318	33	.	.	.
19138	1319	1	SPHENOID	SPHENOID	NNP
19138	1319	2	BONE	BONE	NNP
19138	1319	3	,	,	,
19138	1319	4	8	8	CD
19138	1319	5	.	.	.
19138	1320	1	SPHENOIDAL	SPHENOIDAL	NNP
19138	1320	2	SINUSES	SINUSES	NNP
19138	1320	3	,	,	,
19138	1320	4	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1320	5	,	,	,
19138	1320	6	7	7	CD
19138	1320	7	;	;	:
19138	1320	8	pairs	pair	NNS
19138	1320	9	of	of	IN
19138	1320	10	,	,	,
19138	1320	11	8	8	CD
19138	1320	12	;	;	:
19138	1320	13	function	function	NN
19138	1320	14	of	of	IN
19138	1320	15	,	,	,
19138	1320	16	12	12	CD
19138	1320	17	.	.	.
19138	1321	1	STAGE	STAGE	NNP
19138	1321	2	ELOCUTION	ELOCUTION	NNP
19138	1321	3	,	,	,
19138	1321	4	criticism	criticism	NN
19138	1321	5	of	of	IN
19138	1321	6	Forbes	Forbes	NNP
19138	1321	7	-	-	HYPH
19138	1321	8	Robertson	Robertson	NNP
19138	1321	9	on	on	IN
19138	1321	10	,	,	,
19138	1321	11	19	19	CD
19138	1321	12	.	.	.
19138	1322	1	TEETH	TEETH	NNP
19138	1322	2	,	,	,
19138	1322	3	function	function	NN
19138	1322	4	of	of	IN
19138	1322	5	,	,	,
19138	1322	6	in	in	IN
19138	1322	7	use	use	NN
19138	1322	8	of	of	IN
19138	1322	9	voice	voice	NN
19138	1322	10	,	,	,
19138	1322	11	12	12	CD
19138	1322	12	.	.	.
19138	1323	1	THROAT	THROAT	NNP
19138	1323	2	,	,	,
19138	1323	3	theory	theory	NN
19138	1323	4	of	of	IN
19138	1323	5	sound	sound	NN
19138	1323	6	in	in	IN
19138	1323	7	,	,	,
19138	1323	8	1	1	CD
19138	1323	9	;	;	:
19138	1323	10	a	a	DT
19138	1323	11	resonator	resonator	NN
19138	1323	12	,	,	,
19138	1323	13	6	6	CD
19138	1323	14	;	;	,
19138	1323	15	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1323	16	,	,	,
19138	1323	17	7	7	CD
19138	1323	18	;	;	:
19138	1323	19	relation	relation	NN
19138	1323	20	to	to	IN
19138	1323	21	voice	voice	NN
19138	1323	22	,	,	,
19138	1323	23	8	8	CD
19138	1323	24	.	.	.
19138	1324	1	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1324	2	See	see	VB
19138	1324	3	_	_	NNP
19138	1324	4	Larynx	Larynx	NNP
19138	1324	5	_	_	NNP
19138	1324	6	and	and	CC
19138	1324	7	_	_	NNP
19138	1324	8	Pharynx	Pharynx	NNP
19138	1324	9	_	_	NNP
19138	1324	10	.	.	.
19138	1324	11	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1325	1	THROAT	THROAT	NNP
19138	1325	2	STIFFNESS	STIFFNESS	NNP
19138	1325	3	,	,	,
19138	1325	4	most	most	RBS
19138	1325	5	frequent	frequent	JJ
19138	1325	6	obstacle	obstacle	NN
19138	1325	7	to	to	IN
19138	1325	8	good	good	JJ
19138	1325	9	singing	singing	NN
19138	1325	10	,	,	,
19138	1325	11	74	74	CD
19138	1325	12	;	;	:
19138	1325	13	effect	effect	NN
19138	1325	14	on	on	IN
19138	1325	15	larynx	larynx	NNP
19138	1325	16	,	,	,
19138	1325	17	74	74	CD
19138	1325	18	;	;	:
19138	1325	19	difficulty	difficulty	NN
19138	1325	20	in	in	IN
19138	1325	21	recognizing	recognize	VBG
19138	1325	22	one	one	PRP
19138	1325	23	's	's	POS
19138	1325	24	own	own	JJ
19138	1325	25	,	,	,
19138	1325	26	74	74	CD
19138	1325	27	;	;	:
19138	1325	28	throat	throat	NN
19138	1325	29	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19138	1325	30	a	a	DT
19138	1325	31	common	common	JJ
19138	1325	32	cause	cause	NN
19138	1325	33	of	of	IN
19138	1325	34	,	,	,
19138	1325	35	74	74	CD
19138	1325	36	;	;	,
19138	1325	37	induced	induce	VBN
19138	1325	38	by	by	IN
19138	1325	39	lack	lack	NN
19138	1325	40	of	of	IN
19138	1325	41	breath	breath	NN
19138	1325	42	mastery	mastery	NN
19138	1325	43	,	,	,
19138	1325	44	75	75	CD
19138	1325	45	;	;	:
19138	1325	46	American	american	JJ
19138	1325	47	hurry	hurry	NN
19138	1325	48	begets	beget	NNS
19138	1325	49	,	,	,
19138	1325	50	75	75	CD
19138	1325	51	;	;	:
19138	1325	52	voice	voice	NN
19138	1325	53	culture	culture	NN
19138	1325	54	a	a	DT
19138	1325	55	struggle	struggle	NN
19138	1325	56	with	with	IN
19138	1325	57	,	,	,
19138	1325	58	75	75	CD
19138	1325	59	;	;	:
19138	1325	60	remedies	remedy	NNS
19138	1325	61	for	for	IN
19138	1325	62	,	,	,
19138	1325	63	75	75	CD
19138	1325	64	,	,	,
19138	1325	65	76	76	CD
19138	1325	66	.	.	.
19138	1326	1	TIMBRE	TIMBRE	NNP
19138	1326	2	OF	of	IN
19138	1326	3	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19138	1326	4	,	,	,
19138	1326	5	defined	define	VBN
19138	1326	6	and	and	CC
19138	1326	7	explained	explain	VBD
19138	1326	8	,	,	,
19138	1326	9	7	7	CD
19138	1326	10	,	,	,
19138	1326	11	8	8	CD
19138	1326	12	.	.	.
19138	1327	1	TONE	TONE	NNP
19138	1327	2	,	,	,
19138	1327	3	defined	define	VBN
19138	1327	4	,	,	,
19138	1327	5	45	45	CD
19138	1327	6	;	;	:
19138	1327	7	analyzed	analyze	VBD
19138	1327	8	45	45	CD
19138	1327	9	;	;	:
19138	1327	10	experiments	experiment	NNS
19138	1327	11	to	to	TO
19138	1327	12	determine	determine	VB
19138	1327	13	composition	composition	NN
19138	1327	14	and	and	CC
19138	1327	15	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1327	16	of	of	IN
19138	1327	17	,	,	,
19138	1327	18	46	46	CD
19138	1327	19	-	-	SYM
19138	1327	20	50	50	CD
19138	1327	21	;	;	:
19138	1327	22	focusing	focus	VBG
19138	1327	23	of	of	IN
19138	1327	24	,	,	,
19138	1327	25	52	52	CD
19138	1327	26	;	;	:
19138	1327	27	vocal	vocal	NN
19138	1327	28	,	,	,
19138	1327	29	a	a	DT
19138	1327	30	mental	mental	JJ
19138	1327	31	concept	concept	NN
19138	1327	32	,	,	,
19138	1327	33	82	82	CD
19138	1327	34	;	;	:
19138	1327	35	whole	whole	JJ
19138	1327	36	man	man	NN
19138	1327	37	in	in	RP
19138	1327	38	,	,	,
19138	1327	39	83	83	CD
19138	1327	40	.	.	.
19138	1328	1	TONE	TONE	NNP
19138	1328	2	PRODUCTION	production	NN
19138	1328	3	,	,	,
19138	1328	4	largely	largely	RB
19138	1328	5	a	a	DT
19138	1328	6	matter	matter	NN
19138	1328	7	of	of	IN
19138	1328	8	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1328	9	,	,	,
19138	1328	10	56	56	CD
19138	1328	11	;	;	:
19138	1328	12	effect	effect	NN
19138	1328	13	of	of	IN
19138	1328	14	right	right	JJ
19138	1328	15	thought	thought	NN
19138	1328	16	on	on	IN
19138	1328	17	,	,	,
19138	1328	18	56	56	CD
19138	1328	19	;	;	:
19138	1328	20	judged	judge	VBN
19138	1328	21	by	by	IN
19138	1328	22	naturalness	naturalness	NN
19138	1328	23	and	and	CC
19138	1328	24	beauty	beauty	NN
19138	1328	25	of	of	IN
19138	1328	26	result	result	NN
19138	1328	27	,	,	,
19138	1328	28	56	56	CD
19138	1328	29	;	;	:
19138	1328	30	function	function	NN
19138	1328	31	of	of	IN
19138	1328	32	the	the	DT
19138	1328	33	ear	ear	NN
19138	1328	34	in	in	IN
19138	1328	35	governing	governing	NN
19138	1328	36	,	,	,
19138	1328	37	57	57	CD
19138	1328	38	;	;	:
19138	1328	39	cultivating	cultivate	VBG
19138	1328	40	normal	normal	JJ
19138	1328	41	,	,	,
19138	1328	42	57	57	CD
19138	1328	43	;	;	:
19138	1328	44	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	1328	45	to	to	TO
19138	1328	46	aid	aid	VB
19138	1328	47	in	in	RB
19138	1328	48	,	,	,
19138	1328	49	58	58	CD
19138	1328	50	-	-	SYM
19138	1328	51	73	73	CD
19138	1328	52	;	;	:
19138	1328	53	effect	effect	NN
19138	1328	54	of	of	IN
19138	1328	55	throat	throat	JJ
19138	1328	56	stiffness	stiffness	NN
19138	1328	57	on	on	IN
19138	1328	58	,	,	,
19138	1328	59	74	74	CD
19138	1328	60	;	;	,
19138	1328	61	natural	natural	JJ
19138	1328	62	,	,	,
19138	1328	63	77	77	CD
19138	1328	64	;	;	:
19138	1328	65	age	age	NN
19138	1328	66	to	to	TO
19138	1328	67	begin	begin	VB
19138	1328	68	study	study	NN
19138	1328	69	of	of	IN
19138	1328	70	,	,	,
19138	1328	71	77	77	CD
19138	1328	72	.	.	.
19138	1329	1	TONE	TONE	NNP
19138	1329	2	QUALITY	QUALITY	NNP
19138	1329	3	,	,	,
19138	1329	4	variety	variety	NN
19138	1329	5	in	in	IN
19138	1329	6	,	,	,
19138	1329	7	6	6	CD
19138	1329	8	;	;	:
19138	1329	9	effect	effect	NN
19138	1329	10	of	of	IN
19138	1329	11	emotion	emotion	NN
19138	1329	12	upon	upon	IN
19138	1329	13	,	,	,
19138	1329	14	7	7	CD
19138	1329	15	,	,	,
19138	1329	16	75	75	CD
19138	1329	17	,	,	,
19138	1329	18	84	84	CD
19138	1329	19	;	;	:
19138	1329	20	relation	relation	NN
19138	1329	21	of	of	IN
19138	1329	22	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	1329	23	to	to	IN
19138	1329	24	,	,	,
19138	1329	25	18	18	CD
19138	1329	26	;	;	:
19138	1329	27	how	how	WRB
19138	1329	28	to	to	TO
19138	1329	29	secure	secure	VB
19138	1329	30	purity	purity	NN
19138	1329	31	of	of	IN
19138	1329	32	,	,	,
19138	1329	33	18	18	CD
19138	1329	34	,	,	,
19138	1329	35	19	19	CD
19138	1329	36	;	;	:
19138	1329	37	experiments	experiment	NNS
19138	1329	38	to	to	TO
19138	1329	39	determine	determine	VB
19138	1329	40	,	,	,
19138	1329	41	46	46	CD
19138	1329	42	-	-	SYM
19138	1329	43	50	50	CD
19138	1329	44	;	;	:
19138	1329	45	and	and	CC
19138	1329	46	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1329	47	,	,	,
19138	1329	48	5	5	CD
19138	1329	49	,	,	,
19138	1329	50	44	44	CD
19138	1329	51	,	,	,
19138	1329	52	45	45	CD
19138	1329	53	,	,	,
19138	1329	54	49	49	CD
19138	1329	55	,	,	,
19138	1329	56	50	50	CD
19138	1329	57	;	;	:
19138	1329	58	cause	cause	NN
19138	1329	59	of	of	IN
19138	1329	60	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	1329	61	,	,	,
19138	1329	62	52	52	CD
19138	1329	63	-	-	SYM
19138	1329	64	54	54	CD
19138	1329	65	;	;	:
19138	1329	66	beauty	beauty	NN
19138	1329	67	or	or	CC
19138	1329	68	harshness	harshness	NN
19138	1329	69	of	of	IN
19138	1329	70	,	,	,
19138	1329	71	a	a	DT
19138	1329	72	criterion	criterion	NN
19138	1329	73	of	of	IN
19138	1329	74	judgment	judgment	NN
19138	1329	75	,	,	,
19138	1329	76	56	56	CD
19138	1329	77	,	,	,
19138	1329	78	57	57	CD
19138	1329	79	;	;	:
19138	1329	80	effect	effect	NN
19138	1329	81	of	of	IN
19138	1329	82	throat	throat	JJ
19138	1329	83	stiffness	stiffness	NN
19138	1329	84	on	on	IN
19138	1329	85	,	,	,
19138	1329	86	74	74	CD
19138	1329	87	-	-	SYM
19138	1329	88	76	76	CD
19138	1329	89	;	;	:
19138	1329	90	dependent	dependent	JJ
19138	1329	91	on	on	IN
19138	1329	92	mind	mind	NN
19138	1329	93	and	and	CC
19138	1329	94	ear	ear	NN
19138	1329	95	,	,	,
19138	1329	96	82	82	CD
19138	1329	97	;	;	:
19138	1329	98	related	relate	VBN
19138	1329	99	to	to	IN
19138	1329	100	personality	personality	NN
19138	1329	101	of	of	IN
19138	1329	102	singer	singer	NN
19138	1329	103	,	,	,
19138	1329	104	83	83	CD
19138	1329	105	;	;	,
19138	1329	106	natural	natural	JJ
19138	1329	107	and	and	CC
19138	1329	108	unnatural	unnatural	JJ
19138	1329	109	,	,	,
19138	1329	110	85	85	CD
19138	1329	111	.	.	.
19138	1330	1	TONGUE	TONGUE	NNP
19138	1330	2	,	,	,
19138	1330	3	as	as	IN
19138	1330	4	an	an	DT
19138	1330	5	articulator	articulator	NN
19138	1330	6	,	,	,
19138	1330	7	6	6	CD
19138	1330	8	;	;	,
19138	1330	9	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1330	10	,	,	,
19138	1330	11	7	7	CD
19138	1330	12	;	;	:
19138	1330	13	connection	connection	NN
19138	1330	14	with	with	IN
19138	1330	15	larynx	larynx	NNP
19138	1330	16	,	,	,
19138	1330	17	9	9	CD
19138	1330	18	;	;	:
19138	1330	19	position	position	NN
19138	1330	20	of	of	IN
19138	1330	21	,	,	,
19138	1330	22	in	in	IN
19138	1330	23	speaking	speaking	NN
19138	1330	24	and	and	CC
19138	1330	25	singing	singing	NN
19138	1330	26	,	,	,
19138	1330	27	13	13	CD
19138	1330	28	;	;	:
19138	1330	29	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	1330	30	consciousness	consciousness	NN
19138	1330	31	,	,	,
19138	1330	32	14	14	CD
19138	1330	33	.	.	.
19138	1331	1	UNDER	under	IN
19138	1331	2	JAW	JAW	NNP
19138	1331	3	,	,	,
19138	1331	4	10	10	CD
19138	1331	5	;	;	:
19138	1331	6	in	in	IN
19138	1331	7	ascending	ascend	VBG
19138	1331	8	the	the	DT
19138	1331	9	scale	scale	NN
19138	1331	10	,	,	,
19138	1331	11	10	10	CD
19138	1331	12	.	.	.
19138	1332	1	UPPER	UPPER	NNP
19138	1332	2	LIP	LIP	NNP
19138	1332	3	,	,	,
19138	1332	4	in	in	IN
19138	1332	5	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	1332	6	,	,	,
19138	1332	7	19	19	CD
19138	1332	8	;	;	:
19138	1332	9	in	in	IN
19138	1332	10	practising	practising	NN
19138	1332	11	,	,	,
19138	1332	12	68	68	CD
19138	1332	13	;	;	:
19138	1332	14	in	in	IN
19138	1332	15	articulation	articulation	NN
19138	1332	16	,	,	,
19138	1332	17	72	72	CD
19138	1332	18	.	.	.
19138	1333	1	UVULA	UVULA	NNP
19138	1333	2	,	,	,
19138	1333	3	office	office	NN
19138	1333	4	of	of	IN
19138	1333	5	,	,	,
19138	1333	6	11	11	CD
19138	1333	7	.	.	.
19138	1334	1	VENTRICLE	VENTRICLE	NNP
19138	1334	2	IN	in	IN
19138	1334	3	THE	the	DT
19138	1334	4	LARYNX	LARYNX	NNP
19138	1334	5	,	,	,
19138	1334	6	8	8	CD
19138	1334	7	.	.	.
19138	1335	1	VIBRATO	VIBRATO	NNP
19138	1335	2	,	,	,
19138	1335	3	80	80	CD
19138	1335	4	,	,	,
19138	1335	5	81	81	CD
19138	1335	6	.	.	.
19138	1336	1	VIBRATOR	VIBRATOR	NNP
19138	1336	2	,	,	,
19138	1336	3	of	of	IN
19138	1336	4	the	the	DT
19138	1336	5	voice	voice	NN
19138	1336	6	,	,	,
19138	1336	7	6	6	CD
19138	1336	8	;	;	:
19138	1336	9	of	of	IN
19138	1336	10	instruments	instrument	NNS
19138	1336	11	,	,	,
19138	1336	12	43	43	CD
19138	1336	13	.	.	.
19138	1337	1	VITALIZING	VITALIZING	NNP
19138	1337	2	TEXT	TEXT	NNP
19138	1337	3	WITH	with	IN
19138	1337	4	TONE	tone	NN
19138	1337	5	,	,	,
19138	1337	6	the	the	DT
19138	1337	7	singer	singer	NN
19138	1337	8	's	's	POS
19138	1337	9	mission	mission	NN
19138	1337	10	,	,	,
19138	1337	11	18	18	CD
19138	1337	12	.	.	.
19138	1338	1	VOCAL	VOCAL	NNP
19138	1338	2	CORDS	CORDS	NNP
19138	1338	3	,	,	,
19138	1338	4	vibrator	vibrator	NN
19138	1338	5	for	for	IN
19138	1338	6	the	the	DT
19138	1338	7	voice	voice	NN
19138	1338	8	,	,	,
19138	1338	9	6	6	CD
19138	1338	10	;	;	:
19138	1338	11	in	in	IN
19138	1338	12	the	the	DT
19138	1338	13	larynx	larynx	NN
19138	1338	14	,	,	,
19138	1338	15	8	8	CD
19138	1338	16	;	;	:
19138	1338	17	described	describe	VBN
19138	1338	18	,	,	,
19138	1338	19	9	9	CD
19138	1338	20	;	;	:
19138	1338	21	not	not	RB
19138	1338	22	the	the	DT
19138	1338	23	principal	principal	JJ
19138	1338	24	cause	cause	NN
19138	1338	25	of	of	IN
19138	1338	26	tone	tone	NN
19138	1338	27	,	,	,
19138	1338	28	44	44	CD
19138	1338	29	,	,	,
19138	1338	30	45	45	CD
19138	1338	31	,	,	,
19138	1338	32	49	49	CD
19138	1338	33	;	;	:
19138	1338	34	necessity	necessity	NN
19138	1338	35	of	of	IN
19138	1338	36	free	free	JJ
19138	1338	37	action	action	NN
19138	1338	38	of	of	IN
19138	1338	39	,	,	,
19138	1338	40	51	51	CD
19138	1338	41	.	.	.
19138	1339	1	VOCAL	VOCAL	NNP
19138	1339	2	INSTRUMENT	INSTRUMENT	NNP
19138	1339	3	,	,	,
19138	1339	4	discussion	discussion	NN
19138	1339	5	of	of	IN
19138	1339	6	,	,	,
19138	1339	7	6	6	CD
19138	1339	8	-	-	SYM
19138	1339	9	15	15	CD
19138	1339	10	;	;	:
19138	1339	11	beauty	beauty	NN
19138	1339	12	and	and	CC
19138	1339	13	complexity	complexity	NN
19138	1339	14	of	of	IN
19138	1339	15	,	,	,
19138	1339	16	6	6	CD
19138	1339	17	;	;	:
19138	1339	18	three	three	CD
19138	1339	19	elements	element	NNS
19138	1339	20	of	of	IN
19138	1339	21	,	,	,
19138	1339	22	6	6	CD
19138	1339	23	,	,	,
19138	1339	24	7	7	CD
19138	1339	25	;	;	,
19138	1339	26	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1339	27	,	,	,
19138	1339	28	7	7	CD
19138	1339	29	;	;	:
19138	1339	30	relation	relation	NN
19138	1339	31	of	of	IN
19138	1339	32	parts	part	NNS
19138	1339	33	of	of	IN
19138	1339	34	,	,	,
19138	1339	35	8	8	CD
19138	1339	36	;	;	:
19138	1339	37	larynx	larynx	NNP
19138	1339	38	,	,	,
19138	1339	39	8	8	CD
19138	1339	40	,	,	,
19138	1339	41	9	9	CD
19138	1339	42	;	;	:
19138	1339	43	vocal	vocal	NN
19138	1339	44	cords	cord	NNS
19138	1339	45	,	,	,
19138	1339	46	9	9	CD
19138	1339	47	;	;	:
19138	1339	48	epiglottis	epiglottis	NN
19138	1339	49	,	,	,
19138	1339	50	10	10	CD
19138	1339	51	;	;	:
19138	1339	52	pharynx	pharynx	NNP
19138	1339	53	,	,	,
19138	1339	54	10	10	CD
19138	1339	55	;	;	:
19138	1339	56	under	under	IN
19138	1339	57	jaw	jaw	NN
19138	1339	58	,	,	,
19138	1339	59	10	10	CD
19138	1339	60	;	;	:
19138	1339	61	soft	soft	JJ
19138	1339	62	palate	palate	NN
19138	1339	63	,	,	,
19138	1339	64	11	11	CD
19138	1339	65	;	;	:
19138	1339	66	hard	hard	JJ
19138	1339	67	palate	palate	NN
19138	1339	68	and	and	CC
19138	1339	69	teeth	tooth	NNS
19138	1339	70	,	,	,
19138	1339	71	12	12	CD
19138	1339	72	;	;	:
19138	1339	73	nasal	nasal	NN
19138	1339	74	and	and	CC
19138	1339	75	head	head	NN
19138	1339	76	cavities	cavity	NNS
19138	1339	77	,	,	,
19138	1339	78	12	12	CD
19138	1339	79	;	;	:
19138	1339	80	tongue	tongue	NN
19138	1339	81	,	,	,
19138	1339	82	13	13	CD
19138	1339	83	;	;	:
19138	1339	84	lips	lip	NNS
19138	1339	85	,	,	,
19138	1339	86	14	14	CD
19138	1339	87	;	;	:
19138	1339	88	nostrils	nostril	NNS
19138	1339	89	,	,	,
19138	1339	90	14	14	CD
19138	1339	91	;	;	:
19138	1339	92	face	face	NN
19138	1339	93	,	,	,
19138	1339	94	15	15	CD
19138	1339	95	;	;	:
19138	1339	96	defects	defect	NNS
19138	1339	97	in	in	IN
19138	1339	98	,	,	,
19138	1339	99	85	85	CD
19138	1339	100	.	.	.
19138	1340	1	VOCAL	VOCAL	NNP
19138	1340	2	TONE	TONE	NNP
19138	1340	3	,	,	,
19138	1340	4	an	an	DT
19138	1340	5	audible	audible	JJ
19138	1340	6	mental	mental	JJ
19138	1340	7	concept	concept	NN
19138	1340	8	,	,	,
19138	1340	9	82	82	CD
19138	1340	10	.	.	.
19138	1341	1	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19138	1341	2	CULTURE	CULTURE	NNP
19138	1341	3	,	,	,
19138	1341	4	opinions	opinion	NNS
19138	1341	5	concerning	concern	VBG
19138	1341	6	,	,	,
19138	1341	7	2	2	CD
19138	1341	8	;	;	,
19138	1341	9	wrong	wrong	JJ
19138	1341	10	methods	method	NNS
19138	1341	11	of	of	IN
19138	1341	12	a	a	DT
19138	1341	13	generation	generation	NN
19138	1341	14	ago	ago	IN
19138	1341	15	,	,	,
19138	1341	16	3	3	CD
19138	1341	17	,	,	,
19138	1341	18	4	4	CD
19138	1341	19	;	;	:
19138	1341	20	can	can	MD
19138	1341	21	not	not	RB
19138	1341	22	be	be	VB
19138	1341	23	developed	develop	VBN
19138	1341	24	mechanically	mechanically	RB
19138	1341	25	,	,	,
19138	1341	26	4	4	CD
19138	1341	27	;	;	:
19138	1341	28	principles	principle	NNS
19138	1341	29	advocated	advocate	VBN
19138	1341	30	,	,	,
19138	1341	31	5	5	CD
19138	1341	32	;	;	:
19138	1341	33	the	the	DT
19138	1341	34	right	right	JJ
19138	1341	35	way	way	NN
19138	1341	36	the	the	DT
19138	1341	37	easy	easy	JJ
19138	1341	38	way	way	NN
19138	1341	39	,	,	,
19138	1341	40	5	5	CD
19138	1341	41	;	;	:
19138	1341	42	resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1341	43	an	an	DT
19138	1341	44	important	important	JJ
19138	1341	45	factor	factor	NN
19138	1341	46	of	of	IN
19138	1341	47	,	,	,
19138	1341	48	5	5	CD
19138	1341	49	,	,	,
19138	1341	50	43	43	CD
19138	1341	51	,	,	,
19138	1341	52	45	45	CD
19138	1341	53	,	,	,
19138	1341	54	50	50	CD
19138	1341	55	,	,	,
19138	1341	56	52	52	CD
19138	1341	57	,	,	,
19138	1341	58	54	54	CD
19138	1341	59	;	;	:
19138	1341	60	should	should	MD
19138	1341	61	begin	begin	VB
19138	1341	62	in	in	IN
19138	1341	63	childhood	childhood	NN
19138	1341	64	,	,	,
19138	1341	65	77	77	CD
19138	1341	66	;	;	:
19138	1341	67	learned	learn	VBN
19138	1341	68	by	by	IN
19138	1341	69	imitation	imitation	NN
19138	1341	70	,	,	,
19138	1341	71	77	77	CD
19138	1341	72	;	;	:
19138	1341	73	Roger	Roger	NNP
19138	1341	74	Ascham	Ascham	NNP
19138	1341	75	on	on	IN
19138	1341	76	,	,	,
19138	1341	77	77	77	CD
19138	1341	78	,	,	,
19138	1341	79	78	78	CD
19138	1341	80	;	;	:
19138	1341	81	in	in	IN
19138	1341	82	public	public	JJ
19138	1341	83	schools	school	NNS
19138	1341	84	,	,	,
19138	1341	85	78	78	CD
19138	1341	86	;	;	:
19138	1341	87	artistry	artistry	NN
19138	1341	88	in	in	RP
19138	1341	89	,	,	,
19138	1341	90	78	78	CD
19138	1341	91	,	,	,
19138	1341	92	79	79	CD
19138	1341	93	;	;	:
19138	1341	94	three	three	CD
19138	1341	95	periods	period	NNS
19138	1341	96	of	of	IN
19138	1341	97	,	,	,
19138	1341	98	79	79	CD
19138	1341	99	;	;	:
19138	1341	100	application	application	NN
19138	1341	101	of	of	IN
19138	1341	102	essentials	essential	NNS
19138	1341	103	of	of	IN
19138	1341	104	,	,	,
19138	1341	105	79	79	CD
19138	1341	106	;	;	:
19138	1341	107	repose	repose	VB
19138	1341	108	as	as	IN
19138	1341	109	a	a	DT
19138	1341	110	preparation	preparation	NN
19138	1341	111	for	for	IN
19138	1341	112	,	,	,
19138	1341	113	80	80	CD
19138	1341	114	;	;	:
19138	1341	115	the	the	DT
19138	1341	116	vibrato	vibrato	NNP
19138	1341	117	in	in	IN
19138	1341	118	,	,	,
19138	1341	119	80	80	CD
19138	1341	120	;	;	:
19138	1341	121	psychology	psychology	NN
19138	1341	122	of	of	IN
19138	1341	123	,	,	,
19138	1341	124	82	82	CD
19138	1341	125	-	-	SYM
19138	1341	126	85	85	CD
19138	1341	127	;	;	:
19138	1341	128	personality	personality	NN
19138	1341	129	in	in	IN
19138	1341	130	,	,	,
19138	1341	131	83	83	CD
19138	1341	132	;	;	:
19138	1341	133	freedom	freedom	NN
19138	1341	134	in	in	IN
19138	1341	135	,	,	,
19138	1341	136	84	84	CD
19138	1341	137	;	;	:
19138	1341	138	deterrents	deterrent	NNS
19138	1341	139	in	in	RB
19138	1341	140	,	,	,
19138	1341	141	84	84	CD
19138	1341	142	,	,	,
19138	1341	143	85	85	CD
19138	1341	144	.	.	.
19138	1342	1	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19138	1342	2	PLACING	PLACING	NNP
19138	1342	3	,	,	,
19138	1342	4	51	51	CD
19138	1342	5	,	,	,
19138	1342	6	52	52	CD
19138	1342	7	,	,	,
19138	1342	8	56	56	CD
19138	1342	9	-	-	SYM
19138	1342	10	73	73	CD
19138	1342	11	.	.	.
19138	1343	1	VOICE	VOICE	NNP
19138	1343	2	TIMBRE	TIMBRE	NNP
19138	1343	3	,	,	,
19138	1343	4	defined	define	VBN
19138	1343	5	,	,	,
19138	1343	6	7	7	CD
19138	1343	7	,	,	,
19138	1343	8	8	8	CD
19138	1343	9	.	.	.
19138	1344	1	VOWEL	VOWEL	NNP
19138	1344	2	SOUNDS	SOUNDS	NNP
19138	1344	3	,	,	,
19138	1344	4	11	11	CD
19138	1344	5	,	,	,
19138	1344	6	18	18	CD
19138	1344	7	,	,	,
19138	1344	8	19	19	CD
19138	1344	9	;	;	:
19138	1344	10	singer	singer	NN
19138	1344	11	's	's	POS
19138	1344	12	scale	scale	NN
19138	1344	13	of	of	IN
19138	1344	14	,	,	,
19138	1344	15	20	20	CD
19138	1344	16	,	,	,
19138	1344	17	72	72	CD
19138	1344	18	;	;	:
19138	1344	19	each	each	DT
19138	1344	20	has	have	VBZ
19138	1344	21	its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1344	22	own	own	JJ
19138	1344	23	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	1344	24	,	,	,
19138	1344	25	20	20	CD
19138	1344	26	;	;	:
19138	1344	27	lip	lip	NN
19138	1344	28	position	position	NN
19138	1344	29	for	for	IN
19138	1344	30	,	,	,
19138	1344	31	20	20	CD
19138	1344	32	-	-	SYM
19138	1344	33	22	22	CD
19138	1344	34	;	;	:
19138	1344	35	placing	place	VBG
19138	1344	36	of	of	IN
19138	1344	37	,	,	,
19138	1344	38	52	52	CD
19138	1344	39	;	;	:
19138	1344	40	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	1344	41	for	for	IN
19138	1344	42	practice	practice	NN
19138	1344	43	,	,	,
19138	1344	44	58	58	CD
19138	1344	45	-	-	SYM
19138	1344	46	73	73	CD
19138	1344	47	.	.	.
19138	1345	1	WEBSTER	WEBSTER	NNP
19138	1345	2	,	,	,
19138	1345	3	DANIEL	DANIEL	NNP
19138	1345	4	,	,	,
19138	1345	5	as	as	IN
19138	1345	6	a	a	DT
19138	1345	7	good	good	JJ
19138	1345	8	speaker	speaker	NN
19138	1345	9	,	,	,
19138	1345	10	16	16	CD
19138	1345	11	.	.	.
19138	1346	1	WHEATSTONE	WHEATSTONE	NNP
19138	1346	2	,	,	,
19138	1346	3	on	on	IN
19138	1346	4	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	1346	5	of	of	IN
19138	1346	6	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	1346	7	sounds	sound	NNS
19138	1346	8	,	,	,
19138	1346	9	20	20	CD
19138	1346	10	.	.	.
19138	1347	1	WILLIS	WILLIS	NNP
19138	1347	2	,	,	,
19138	1347	3	on	on	IN
19138	1347	4	pitch	pitch	NN
19138	1347	5	of	of	IN
19138	1347	6	vowel	vowel	NN
19138	1347	7	sounds	sound	NNS
19138	1347	8	,	,	,
19138	1347	9	20	20	CD
19138	1347	10	.	.	.
19138	1348	1	THE	the	DT
19138	1348	2	MUSIC	MUSIC	NNP
19138	1348	3	STUDENTS	student	NNS
19138	1348	4	LIBRARY	LIBRARY	NNP
19138	1348	5	[	[	-LRB-
19138	1348	6	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	1348	7	:	:	:
19138	1348	8	THE	the	DT
19138	1348	9	MUSIC	MUSIC	NNP
19138	1348	10	STUDENTS	STUDENTS	NNP
19138	1348	11	LIBRARY	LIBRARY	NNP
19138	1348	12	]	]	-RRB-
19138	1348	13	=	=	FW
19138	1348	14	A	a	DT
19138	1348	15	series	series	NN
19138	1348	16	of	of	IN
19138	1348	17	Educational	Educational	NNP
19138	1348	18	Text	Text	NNP
19138	1348	19	-	-	HYPH
19138	1348	20	books	book	NNS
19138	1348	21	suited	suit	VBN
19138	1348	22	to	to	IN
19138	1348	23	the	the	DT
19138	1348	24	requirements	requirement	NNS
19138	1348	25	of	of	IN
19138	1348	26	the	the	DT
19138	1348	27	average	average	JJ
19138	1348	28	student	student	NN
19138	1348	29	and	and	CC
19138	1348	30	covering	cover	VBG
19138	1348	31	every	every	DT
19138	1348	32	essential	essential	JJ
19138	1348	33	branch	branch	NN
19138	1348	34	of	of	IN
19138	1348	35	musical	musical	JJ
19138	1348	36	instruction.=	instruction.=	NNS
19138	1348	37	_	_	NNP
19138	1348	38	Note_:--Unless	Note_:--Unless	NNP
19138	1348	39	otherwise	otherwise	RB
19138	1348	40	specified	specify	VBN
19138	1348	41	,	,	,
19138	1348	42	books	book	NNS
19138	1348	43	are	be	VBP
19138	1348	44	bound	bind	VBN
19138	1348	45	in	in	IN
19138	1348	46	cloth	cloth	NN
19138	1348	47	.	.	.
19138	1349	1	PIANO	PIANO	NNP
19138	1349	2	=	=	SYM
19138	1349	3	Burrowes	Burrowes	NNP
19138	1349	4	'	'	POS
19138	1349	5	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1349	6	Primer.=	primer.=	NN
19138	1349	7	Frederic	Frederic	NNP
19138	1349	8	Field	Field	NNP
19138	1349	9	Bullard	Bullard	NNP
19138	1349	10	,	,	,
19138	1349	11	Editor	Editor	NNP
19138	1349	12	.	.	.
19138	1350	1	An	an	DT
19138	1350	2	enlarged	enlarged	JJ
19138	1350	3	edition	edition	NN
19138	1350	4	with	with	IN
19138	1350	5	pronouncing	pronounce	VBG
19138	1350	6	dictionary	dictionary	NNP
19138	1350	7	.	.	.
19138	1351	1	_	_	NNP
19138	1351	2	Paper	Paper	NNP
19138	1351	3	_	_	NNP
19138	1351	4	75	75	CD
19138	1351	5	A	A	NNP
19138	1351	6	=	=	SYM
19138	1351	7	Ears	Ears	NNPS
19138	1351	8	,	,	,
19138	1351	9	Brain	Brain	NNP
19138	1351	10	and	and	CC
19138	1351	11	Fingers.=	Fingers.=	NNP
19138	1351	12	Howard	Howard	NNP
19138	1351	13	Wells	Wells	NNP
19138	1351	14	.	.	.
19138	1352	1	1	1	CD
19138	1352	2	25	25	CD
19138	1352	3	A	a	NN
19138	1352	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1352	5	Half	Half	NNP
19138	1352	6	Hour	Hour	NNP
19138	1352	7	Lessons	lesson	NNS
19138	1352	8	in	in	IN
19138	1352	9	Music.=	Music.=	NNP
19138	1352	10	Mrs.	Mrs.	NNP
19138	1352	11	Hermann	Hermann	NNP
19138	1352	12	Kotzschmar	Kotzschmar	NNP
19138	1352	13	.	.	.
19138	1353	1	Class	class	NN
19138	1353	2	work	work	NN
19138	1353	3	for	for	IN
19138	1353	4	beginners	beginner	NNS
19138	1353	5	.	.	.
19138	1354	1	Practical	practical	JJ
19138	1354	2	for	for	IN
19138	1354	3	teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	1354	4	and	and	CC
19138	1354	5	mothers	mother	NNS
19138	1354	6	.	.	.
19138	1355	1	Illus	illus	JJ
19138	1355	2	.	.	.
19138	1356	1	1	1	CD
19138	1356	2	25	25	CD
19138	1356	3	A	a	NN
19138	1356	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1356	5	Interpretation	interpretation	NN
19138	1356	6	of	of	IN
19138	1356	7	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1356	8	music.=	music.=	NN
19138	1356	9	Mary	Mary	NNP
19138	1356	10	Venable	Venable	NNP
19138	1356	11	.	.	.
19138	1357	1	Studies	study	NNS
19138	1357	2	in	in	IN
19138	1357	3	the	the	DT
19138	1357	4	meaning	meaning	NN
19138	1357	5	of	of	IN
19138	1357	6	printed	print	VBN
19138	1357	7	signs	sign	NNS
19138	1357	8	used	use	VBN
19138	1357	9	in	in	IN
19138	1357	10	music	music	NN
19138	1357	11	,	,	,
19138	1357	12	and	and	CC
19138	1357	13	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1357	14	bearing	bearing	NN
19138	1357	15	on	on	IN
19138	1357	16	the	the	DT
19138	1357	17	interpretation	interpretation	NN
19138	1357	18	of	of	IN
19138	1357	19	standard	standard	JJ
19138	1357	20	works	work	NNS
19138	1357	21	.	.	.
19138	1358	1	2	2	LS
19138	1358	2	00	00	NFP
19138	1358	3	A	a	NN
19138	1358	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1358	5	Natural	Natural	NNP
19138	1358	6	Laws	Laws	NNPS
19138	1358	7	in	in	IN
19138	1358	8	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1358	9	Technic.=	technic.=	NN
19138	1358	10	Mary	Mary	NNP
19138	1358	11	Wood	Wood	NNP
19138	1358	12	Chase	Chase	NNP
19138	1358	13	.	.	.
19138	1359	1	Presents	present	VBZ
19138	1359	2	the	the	DT
19138	1359	3	essential	essential	JJ
19138	1359	4	laws	law	NNS
19138	1359	5	of	of	IN
19138	1359	6	a	a	DT
19138	1359	7	sound	sound	JJ
19138	1359	8	piano	piano	NN
19138	1359	9	technic	technic	NN
19138	1359	10	.	.	.
19138	1360	1	1	1	CD
19138	1360	2	50	50	CD
19138	1360	3	A	a	NN
19138	1360	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1360	5	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1360	6	Teaching	teaching	NN
19138	1360	7	:	:	:
19138	1360	8	Its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1360	9	Principles	Principles	NNPS
19138	1360	10	and	and	CC
19138	1360	11	Problems.=	Problems.=	NNP
19138	1360	12	Clarence	Clarence	NNP
19138	1360	13	G.	G.	NNP
19138	1360	14	Hamilton	Hamilton	NNP
19138	1360	15	,	,	,
19138	1360	16	A.M.	A.M.	NNP
19138	1360	17	A	a	DT
19138	1360	18	practical	practical	JJ
19138	1360	19	book	book	NN
19138	1360	20	,	,	,
19138	1360	21	written	write	VBN
19138	1360	22	by	by	IN
19138	1360	23	a	a	DT
19138	1360	24	practical	practical	JJ
19138	1360	25	man	man	NN
19138	1360	26	to	to	TO
19138	1360	27	meet	meet	VB
19138	1360	28	practical	practical	JJ
19138	1360	29	needs	need	NNS
19138	1360	30	.	.	.
19138	1361	1	1	1	CD
19138	1361	2	50	50	CD
19138	1361	3	A	a	DT
19138	1361	4	ORGAN	organ	NN
19138	1361	5	=	=	-RRB-
19138	1361	6	Primer	Primer	NNP
19138	1361	7	of	of	IN
19138	1361	8	Organ	Organ	NNP
19138	1361	9	Registration.=	Registration.=	NNP
19138	1361	10	Gordon	Gordon	NNP
19138	1361	11	Balch	Balch	NNP
19138	1361	12	Nevin	Nevin	NNP
19138	1361	13	.	.	.
19138	1362	1	Numerous	numerous	JJ
19138	1362	2	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19138	1362	3	and	and	CC
19138	1362	4	a	a	DT
19138	1362	5	Dictionary	Dictionary	NNP
19138	1362	6	of	of	IN
19138	1362	7	Organ	Organ	NNP
19138	1362	8	Stops	Stops	NNPS
19138	1362	9	.	.	.
19138	1363	1	1	1	CD
19138	1363	2	50	50	CD
19138	1363	3	A	a	DT
19138	1363	4	VIOLIN	violin	NN
19138	1363	5	=	=	VBZ
19138	1363	6	How	how	WRB
19138	1363	7	to	to	IN
19138	1363	8	Master	Master	NNP
19138	1363	9	the	the	DT
19138	1363	10	Violin.=	Violin.=	NNP
19138	1363	11	Pavel	Pavel	NNP
19138	1363	12	L.	L.	NNP
19138	1363	13	Bytovetzski	Bytovetzski	NNP
19138	1363	14	.	.	.
19138	1364	1	A	a	DT
19138	1364	2	practical	practical	JJ
19138	1364	3	guide	guide	NN
19138	1364	4	for	for	IN
19138	1364	5	students	student	NNS
19138	1364	6	and	and	CC
19138	1364	7	teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	1364	8	.	.	.
19138	1365	1	1	1	CD
19138	1365	2	25	25	CD
19138	1365	3	A	a	NN
19138	1365	4	=	=	,
19138	1365	5	How	how	WRB
19138	1365	6	to	to	TO
19138	1365	7	Study	study	VB
19138	1365	8	Kreutzer.=	Kreutzer.=	NNP
19138	1365	9	Benjamin	Benjamin	NNP
19138	1365	10	Cutter	Cutter	NNP
19138	1365	11	.	.	.
19138	1366	1	What	what	WP
19138	1366	2	every	every	DT
19138	1366	3	violin	violin	NN
19138	1366	4	teacher	teacher	NN
19138	1366	5	discusses	discusse	NNS
19138	1366	6	and	and	CC
19138	1366	7	illustrates	illustrate	NNS
19138	1366	8	in	in	IN
19138	1366	9	the	the	DT
19138	1366	10	lesson	lesson	NN
19138	1366	11	room	room	NN
19138	1366	12	.	.	.
19138	1367	1	1	1	CD
19138	1367	2	25	25	CD
19138	1367	3	A	a	DT
19138	1367	4	VOICE	voice	NN
19138	1367	5	=	=	SYM
19138	1367	6	ABC	ABC	NNP
19138	1367	7	of	of	IN
19138	1367	8	Music.=	Music.=	NNP
19138	1367	9	Auguste	Auguste	NNP
19138	1367	10	Mathieu	Mathieu	NNP
19138	1367	11	Panseron	Panseron	NNP
19138	1367	12	.	.	.
19138	1368	1	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1368	2	Ed	Ed	NNP
19138	1368	3	.	.	.
19138	1369	1	by	by	IN
19138	1369	2	N.C.	North Carolina	NNP
19138	1370	1	Page	page	NN
19138	1370	2	.	.	.
19138	1370	3	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1371	1	A	a	DT
19138	1371	2	standard	standard	JJ
19138	1371	3	primer	primer	NN
19138	1371	4	of	of	IN
19138	1371	5	vocalization	vocalization	NN
19138	1371	6	.	.	.
19138	1372	1	1	1	CD
19138	1372	2	50	50	CD
19138	1372	3	A	a	NN
19138	1372	4	do	do	NN
19138	1372	5	.	.	.
19138	1373	1	_	_	NNP
19138	1373	2	Paper	Paper	NNP
19138	1373	3	_	_	NNP
19138	1373	4	90	90	CD
19138	1373	5	A	a	NN
19138	1373	6	=	=	SYM
19138	1373	7	Commonplaces	Commonplaces	NNPS
19138	1373	8	of	of	IN
19138	1373	9	Vocal	Vocal	NNP
19138	1373	10	Art.=	Art.=	NNP
19138	1373	11	Louis	Louis	NNP
19138	1373	12	Arthur	Arthur	NNP
19138	1373	13	Russell	Russell	NNP
19138	1373	14	.	.	.
19138	1374	1	The	the	DT
19138	1374	2	plain	plain	JJ
19138	1374	3	truths	truth	NNS
19138	1374	4	of	of	IN
19138	1374	5	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	1374	6	art	art	NN
19138	1374	7	presented	present	VBN
19138	1374	8	in	in	IN
19138	1374	9	simple	simple	JJ
19138	1374	10	untechnical	untechnical	JJ
19138	1374	11	language	language	NN
19138	1374	12	.	.	.
19138	1375	1	1	1	CD
19138	1375	2	25	25	CD
19138	1375	3	A	a	NN
19138	1375	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1375	5	English	English	NNP
19138	1375	6	Diction	Diction	NNP
19138	1375	7	for	for	IN
19138	1375	8	Singers	Singers	NNPS
19138	1375	9	and	and	CC
19138	1375	10	Speakers.=	Speakers.=	NNP
19138	1375	11	Louis	Louis	NNP
19138	1375	12	Arthur	Arthur	NNP
19138	1375	13	Russell	Russell	NNP
19138	1375	14	.	.	.
19138	1376	1	For	for	IN
19138	1376	2	all	all	DT
19138	1376	3	who	who	WP
19138	1376	4	pretend	pretend	VBP
19138	1376	5	to	to	IN
19138	1376	6	refined	refined	JJ
19138	1376	7	or	or	CC
19138	1376	8	artistic	artistic	JJ
19138	1376	9	use	use	NN
19138	1376	10	of	of	IN
19138	1376	11	the	the	DT
19138	1376	12	English	english	JJ
19138	1376	13	language	language	NN
19138	1376	14	.	.	.
19138	1377	1	1	1	CD
19138	1377	2	25	25	CD
19138	1377	3	A	a	NN
19138	1377	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1377	5	French	french	JJ
19138	1377	6	Diction	Diction	NNP
19138	1377	7	for	for	IN
19138	1377	8	Singers	Singers	NNPS
19138	1377	9	and	and	CC
19138	1377	10	Speakers.=	Speakers.=	NNP
19138	1377	11	William	William	NNP
19138	1377	12	Harkness	Harkness	NNP
19138	1377	13	Arnold	Arnold	NNP
19138	1377	14	.	.	.
19138	1378	1	The	the	DT
19138	1378	2	elements	element	NNS
19138	1378	3	of	of	IN
19138	1378	4	French	french	JJ
19138	1378	5	pronunciation	pronunciation	NN
19138	1378	6	are	be	VBP
19138	1378	7	reduced	reduce	VBN
19138	1378	8	to	to	IN
19138	1378	9	a	a	DT
19138	1378	10	few	few	JJ
19138	1378	11	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19138	1378	12	principles	principle	NNS
19138	1378	13	,	,	,
19138	1378	14	readily	readily	RB
19138	1378	15	mastered	master	VBN
19138	1378	16	.	.	.
19138	1379	1	1	1	CD
19138	1379	2	25	25	CD
19138	1379	3	A	a	NN
19138	1379	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1379	5	Head	Head	NNP
19138	1379	6	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1379	7	and	and	CC
19138	1379	8	Other	other	JJ
19138	1379	9	Problems.=	Problems.=	NNP
19138	1379	10	D.A.	D.A.	NNP
19138	1380	1	Clippinger	Clippinger	NNP
19138	1380	2	.	.	.
19138	1381	1	1	1	CD
19138	1381	2	25	25	CD
19138	1381	3	A	a	DT
19138	1381	4	PRACTICAL	practical	NN
19138	1381	5	TALKS	talk	NNS
19138	1381	6	ON	on	IN
19138	1381	7	SINGING	singe	VBG
19138	1381	8	=	=	SYM
19138	1381	9	Resonance	resonance	NN
19138	1381	10	in	in	IN
19138	1381	11	Singing	singing	NN
19138	1381	12	and	and	CC
19138	1381	13	Speaking.=	speaking.=	NN
19138	1381	14	Thomas	Thomas	NNP
19138	1381	15	Fillebrown	Fillebrown	NNP
19138	1381	16	,	,	,
19138	1381	17	M.D.	M.D.	NNP
19138	1382	1	An	an	DT
19138	1382	2	exposition	exposition	NN
19138	1382	3	of	of	IN
19138	1382	4	fundamentals	fundamental	NNS
19138	1382	5	,	,	,
19138	1382	6	with	with	IN
19138	1382	7	breathing	breathing	NN
19138	1382	8	and	and	CC
19138	1382	9	vocal	vocal	JJ
19138	1382	10	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	1382	11	and	and	CC
19138	1382	12	illustrations	illustration	NNS
19138	1382	13	.	.	.
19138	1383	1	1	1	CD
19138	1383	2	50	50	CD
19138	1383	3	A	a	NN
19138	1383	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1383	5	Training	training	NN
19138	1383	6	of	of	IN
19138	1383	7	Boys	Boys	NNPS
19138	1383	8	'	'	POS
19138	1383	9	Voices.=	Voices.=	NNP
19138	1383	10	Claude	Claude	NNP
19138	1383	11	Ellsworth	Ellsworth	NNP
19138	1383	12	Johnson	Johnson	NNP
19138	1383	13	.	.	.
19138	1384	1	A	a	DT
19138	1384	2	practical	practical	JJ
19138	1384	3	guide	guide	NN
19138	1384	4	to	to	IN
19138	1384	5	the	the	DT
19138	1384	6	correct	correct	JJ
19138	1384	7	"	"	``
19138	1384	8	placing	place	VBG
19138	1384	9	"	"	''
19138	1384	10	of	of	IN
19138	1384	11	boys	boy	NNS
19138	1384	12	'	'	POS
19138	1384	13	voices	voice	NNS
19138	1384	14	.	.	.
19138	1385	1	1	1	CD
19138	1385	2	25	25	CD
19138	1385	3	A	a	NN
19138	1385	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1385	5	Twelve	twelve	CD
19138	1385	6	Lessons	lesson	NNS
19138	1385	7	in	in	IN
19138	1385	8	the	the	DT
19138	1385	9	Fundamentals	fundamental	NNS
19138	1385	10	of	of	IN
19138	1385	11	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1385	12	Production.=	Production.=	NNP
19138	1385	13	Arthur	Arthur	NNP
19138	1385	14	L.	L.	NNP
19138	1385	15	Manchester	Manchester	NNP
19138	1385	16	.	.	.
19138	1386	1	Presents	present	NNS
19138	1386	2	clearly	clearly	RB
19138	1386	3	the	the	DT
19138	1386	4	fundamentals	fundamental	NNS
19138	1386	5	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1386	6	by	by	IN
19138	1386	7	exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	1386	8	.	.	.
19138	1387	1	1	1	CD
19138	1387	2	25	25	CD
19138	1387	3	A	a	DT
19138	1387	4	EAR	ear	NN
19138	1387	5	TRAINING	training	NN
19138	1387	6	,	,	,
19138	1387	7	HARMONY	harmony	NN
19138	1387	8	AND	and	CC
19138	1387	9	COUNTERPOINT	COUNTERPOINT	NNS
19138	1387	10	=	=	SYM
19138	1387	11	Ear	Ear	NNP
19138	1387	12	Training	Training	NNP
19138	1387	13	for	for	IN
19138	1387	14	Teacher	teacher	NN
19138	1387	15	and	and	CC
19138	1387	16	Pupil.=	Pupil.=	NNP
19138	1387	17	C.A.	C.A.	NNP
19138	1388	1	Alchin	Alchin	NNP
19138	1388	2	.	.	.
19138	1389	1	Designed	design	VBN
19138	1389	2	to	to	TO
19138	1389	3	teach	teach	VB
19138	1389	4	the	the	DT
19138	1389	5	pupil	pupil	NN
19138	1389	6	to	to	TO
19138	1389	7	think	think	VB
19138	1389	8	in	in	IN
19138	1389	9	tones	tone	NNS
19138	1389	10	,	,	,
19138	1389	11	and	and	CC
19138	1389	12	so	so	RB
19138	1389	13	to	to	TO
19138	1389	14	sing	sing	VB
19138	1389	15	,	,	,
19138	1389	16	name	name	VB
19138	1389	17	,	,	,
19138	1389	18	write	write	VB
19138	1389	19	,	,	,
19138	1389	20	and	and	CC
19138	1389	21	play	play	VB
19138	1389	22	what	what	WP
19138	1389	23	he	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1389	24	hears	hear	VBZ
19138	1389	25	.	.	.
19138	1390	1	1	1	CD
19138	1390	2	50	50	CD
19138	1390	3	A	a	NN
19138	1390	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1390	5	Intervals	interval	NNS
19138	1390	6	,	,	,
19138	1390	7	Chords	Chords	NNPS
19138	1390	8	,	,	,
19138	1390	9	and	and	CC
19138	1390	10	Ear	ear	NN
19138	1390	11	Training.=	Training.=	NNP
19138	1390	12	Jean	Jean	NNP
19138	1390	13	Parkman	Parkman	NNP
19138	1390	14	Brown	Brown	NNP
19138	1390	15	.	.	.
19138	1391	1	Exercises	exercise	NNS
19138	1391	2	and	and	CC
19138	1391	3	examples	example	NNS
19138	1391	4	in	in	IN
19138	1391	5	rudimentary	rudimentary	JJ
19138	1391	6	harmony	harmony	NN
19138	1391	7	and	and	CC
19138	1391	8	ear	ear	NN
19138	1391	9	training	training	NN
19138	1391	10	for	for	IN
19138	1391	11	use	use	NN
19138	1391	12	in	in	IN
19138	1391	13	conjunction	conjunction	NN
19138	1391	14	with	with	IN
19138	1391	15	piano	piano	NN
19138	1391	16	study	study	NN
19138	1391	17	.	.	.
19138	1392	1	1	1	CD
19138	1392	2	25	25	CD
19138	1392	3	A	a	NN
19138	1392	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1392	5	Harmony.=	Harmony.=	VBZ
19138	1392	6	Sir	Sir	NNP
19138	1392	7	John	John	NNP
19138	1392	8	Stainer	Stainer	NNP
19138	1392	9	,	,	,
19138	1392	10	Mus	Mus	NNP
19138	1392	11	.	.	.
19138	1393	1	Doc	doc	UH
19138	1393	2	.	.	.
19138	1394	1	New	new	JJ
19138	1394	2	edition	edition	NN
19138	1394	3	of	of	IN
19138	1394	4	a	a	DT
19138	1394	5	standard	standard	JJ
19138	1394	6	text	text	NN
19138	1394	7	-	-	HYPH
19138	1394	8	book	book	NN
19138	1394	9	which	which	WDT
19138	1394	10	presents	present	VBZ
19138	1394	11	the	the	DT
19138	1394	12	principles	principle	NNS
19138	1394	13	of	of	IN
19138	1394	14	harmony	harmony	NN
19138	1394	15	with	with	IN
19138	1394	16	conciseness	conciseness	NN
19138	1394	17	and	and	CC
19138	1394	18	lucidity	lucidity	NN
19138	1394	19	.	.	.
19138	1395	1	1	1	CD
19138	1395	2	50	50	CD
19138	1395	3	A	a	NN
19138	1395	4	do	do	NN
19138	1395	5	.	.	.
19138	1396	1	_	_	NNP
19138	1396	2	Paper	Paper	NNP
19138	1396	3	_	_	NNP
19138	1396	4	90	90	CD
19138	1396	5	A	a	NN
19138	1396	6	=	=	SYM
19138	1396	7	Harmony	Harmony	NNP
19138	1396	8	Simplified.=	Simplified.=	NNP
19138	1396	9	Francis	Francis	NNP
19138	1396	10	L.	L.	NNP
19138	1396	11	York	York	NNP
19138	1396	12	.	.	.
19138	1397	1	A	a	DT
19138	1397	2	practical	practical	JJ
19138	1397	3	text	text	NN
19138	1397	4	-	-	HYPH
19138	1397	5	book	book	NN
19138	1397	6	presenting	present	VBG
19138	1397	7	in	in	IN
19138	1397	8	a	a	DT
19138	1397	9	concise	concise	JJ
19138	1397	10	manner	manner	NN
19138	1397	11	the	the	DT
19138	1397	12	fundamental	fundamental	JJ
19138	1397	13	principles	principle	NNS
19138	1397	14	of	of	IN
19138	1397	15	harmony	harmony	NN
19138	1397	16	,	,	,
19138	1397	17	with	with	IN
19138	1397	18	non	non	JJ
19138	1397	19	-	-	NNS
19138	1397	20	essentials	essential	NNS
19138	1397	21	omitted	omit	VBN
19138	1397	22	.	.	.
19138	1398	1	1	1	CD
19138	1398	2	50	50	CD
19138	1398	3	A	a	NN
19138	1398	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1398	5	Manual	Manual	NNP
19138	1398	6	of	of	IN
19138	1398	7	Harmony.=	Harmony.=	NNS
19138	1398	8	Ernst	Ernst	NNP
19138	1398	9	Friedrich	Friedrich	NNP
19138	1398	10	Richter	Richter	NNP
19138	1398	11	.	.	.
19138	1399	1	Trans	tran	NNS
19138	1399	2	.	.	.
19138	1400	1	by	by	IN
19138	1400	2	J.C.D.	J.C.D.	NNP
19138	1401	1	Parker	Parker	NNP
19138	1401	2	.	.	.
19138	1402	1	A	a	DT
19138	1402	2	practical	practical	JJ
19138	1402	3	guide	guide	NN
19138	1402	4	to	to	IN
19138	1402	5	the	the	DT
19138	1402	6	study	study	NN
19138	1402	7	of	of	IN
19138	1402	8	harmony	harmony	NN
19138	1402	9	.	.	.
19138	1403	1	2	2	LS
19138	1403	2	00	00	NFP
19138	1403	3	A	a	NN
19138	1403	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1403	5	Harmonic	Harmonic	NNP
19138	1403	6	Analysis.=	analysis.=	NN
19138	1403	7	Benjamin	Benjamin	NNP
19138	1403	8	Cutter	Cutter	NNP
19138	1403	9	.	.	.
19138	1404	1	Teaches	teach	VBZ
19138	1404	2	one	one	PRP
19138	1404	3	to	to	TO
19138	1404	4	analyze	analyze	VB
19138	1404	5	the	the	DT
19138	1404	6	harmonic	harmonic	JJ
19138	1404	7	structure	structure	NN
19138	1404	8	of	of	IN
19138	1404	9	both	both	CC
19138	1404	10	classic	classic	JJ
19138	1404	11	and	and	CC
19138	1404	12	modern	modern	JJ
19138	1404	13	music	music	NN
19138	1404	14	.	.	.
19138	1405	1	1	1	CD
19138	1405	2	50	50	CD
19138	1405	3	A	a	NN
19138	1405	4	=	=	-RRB-
19138	1405	5	Counterpoint.=	counterpoint.=	NN
19138	1405	6	Sir	Sir	NNP
19138	1405	7	J.	J.	NNP
19138	1405	8	Frederick	Frederick	NNP
19138	1405	9	Bridge	Bridge	NNP
19138	1405	10	.	.	.
19138	1406	1	This	this	DT
19138	1406	2	book	book	NN
19138	1406	3	has	have	VBZ
19138	1406	4	freshness	freshness	NN
19138	1406	5	and	and	CC
19138	1406	6	plainness	plainness	NN
19138	1406	7	combined	combine	VBN
19138	1406	8	with	with	IN
19138	1406	9	thoroughness	thoroughness	NN
19138	1406	10	,	,	,
19138	1406	11	and	and	CC
19138	1406	12	must	must	MD
19138	1406	13	commend	commend	VB
19138	1406	14	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1406	15	to	to	IN
19138	1406	16	young	young	JJ
19138	1406	17	students	student	NNS
19138	1406	18	and	and	CC
19138	1406	19	teachers	teacher	NNS
19138	1406	20	.	.	.
19138	1407	1	1	1	CD
19138	1407	2	25	25	CD
19138	1407	3	A	a	NN
19138	1407	4	do	do	NN
19138	1407	5	.	.	.
19138	1408	1	_	_	NNP
19138	1408	2	Paper	Paper	NNP
19138	1408	3	_	_	NNP
19138	1408	4	90	90	CD
19138	1408	5	A	a	NN
19138	1408	6	=	=	SYM
19138	1408	7	Counterpoint	counterpoint	NN
19138	1408	8	Simplified.=	simplified.=	NN
19138	1408	9	Francis	Francis	NNP
19138	1408	10	L.	L.	NNP
19138	1408	11	York	York	NNP
19138	1408	12	.	.	.
19138	1409	1	A	a	DT
19138	1409	2	concise	concise	JJ
19138	1409	3	text	text	NN
19138	1409	4	-	-	HYPH
19138	1409	5	book	book	NN
19138	1409	6	of	of	IN
19138	1409	7	formal	formal	JJ
19138	1409	8	counterpoint	counterpoint	NN
19138	1409	9	.	.	.
19138	1410	1	(	(	-LRB-
19138	1410	2	Sequel	Sequel	NNP
19138	1410	3	to	to	TO
19138	1410	4	author	author	NN
19138	1410	5	's	's	POS
19138	1410	6	"	"	``
19138	1410	7	Harmony	Harmony	NNP
19138	1410	8	Simplified	Simplified	NNP
19138	1410	9	"	"	''
19138	1410	10	)	)	-RRB-
19138	1410	11	.	.	.
19138	1411	1	1	1	CD
19138	1411	2	50	50	CD
19138	1411	3	A	a	NN
19138	1411	4	=	=	-RRB-
19138	1411	5	Guide	Guide	NNP
19138	1411	6	to	to	IN
19138	1411	7	Musical	musical	JJ
19138	1411	8	Composition.=	Composition.=	NNP
19138	1411	9	H.	H.	NNP
19138	1411	10	Wohlfahrt	Wohlfahrt	NNP
19138	1411	11	.	.	.
19138	1412	1	Tr	Tr	NNP
19138	1412	2	.	.	.
19138	1413	1	by	by	IN
19138	1413	2	J.S.	J.S.	NNP
19138	1414	1	Dwight	Dwight	NNP
19138	1414	2	.	.	.
19138	1415	1	On	on	IN
19138	1415	2	the	the	DT
19138	1415	3	invention	invention	NN
19138	1415	4	of	of	IN
19138	1415	5	melodies	melody	NNS
19138	1415	6	,	,	,
19138	1415	7	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1415	8	transformation	transformation	NN
19138	1415	9	,	,	,
19138	1415	10	development	development	NN
19138	1415	11	and	and	CC
19138	1415	12	suitable	suitable	JJ
19138	1415	13	accompaniment	accompaniment	NN
19138	1415	14	.	.	.
19138	1416	1	1	1	CD
19138	1416	2	25	25	CD
19138	1416	3	A	a	DT
19138	1416	4	FORM	form	NN
19138	1416	5	,	,	,
19138	1416	6	INSTRUMENTATION	instrumentation	NN
19138	1416	7	AND	and	CC
19138	1416	8	ACOUSTICS	acoustics	NN
19138	1416	9	=	=	SYM
19138	1416	10	Instrumentation.=	Instrumentation.=	NNP
19138	1416	11	Ebenezer	Ebenezer	NNP
19138	1416	12	Prout	Prout	NNP
19138	1416	13	,	,	,
19138	1416	14	Mus	Mus	NNP
19138	1416	15	.	.	.
19138	1417	1	Doc	doc	UH
19138	1417	2	.	.	.
19138	1418	1	A	a	DT
19138	1418	2	valuable	valuable	JJ
19138	1418	3	guide	guide	NN
19138	1418	4	and	and	CC
19138	1418	5	assistant	assistant	NN
19138	1418	6	to	to	IN
19138	1418	7	students	student	NNS
19138	1418	8	who	who	WP
19138	1418	9	wish	wish	VBP
19138	1418	10	to	to	TO
19138	1418	11	gain	gain	VB
19138	1418	12	a	a	DT
19138	1418	13	knowledge	knowledge	NN
19138	1418	14	of	of	IN
19138	1418	15	the	the	DT
19138	1418	16	proper	proper	JJ
19138	1418	17	blending	blending	NN
19138	1418	18	of	of	IN
19138	1418	19	orchestral	orchestral	JJ
19138	1418	20	instruments	instrument	NNS
19138	1418	21	,	,	,
19138	1418	22	their	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1418	23	compass	compass	NN
19138	1418	24	,	,	,
19138	1418	25	capabilities	capability	NNS
19138	1418	26	,	,	,
19138	1418	27	etc	etc	FW
19138	1418	28	.	.	.
19138	1419	1	1	1	CD
19138	1419	2	50	50	CD
19138	1419	3	A	a	NN
19138	1419	4	do	do	NN
19138	1419	5	.	.	.
19138	1420	1	_	_	NNP
19138	1420	2	Paper	Paper	NNP
19138	1420	3	_	_	NNP
19138	1420	4	90	90	CD
19138	1420	5	A	a	NN
19138	1420	6	=	=	SYM
19138	1420	7	Lessons	Lessons	NNP
19138	1420	8	in	in	IN
19138	1420	9	Music	Music	NNP
19138	1420	10	Form.=	form.=	CD
19138	1420	11	Percy	Percy	NNP
19138	1420	12	Goetschius	Goetschius	NNP
19138	1420	13	,	,	,
19138	1420	14	Mus	Mus	NNP
19138	1420	15	.	.	.
19138	1421	1	Doc	doc	UH
19138	1421	2	.	.	.
19138	1422	1	A	a	DT
19138	1422	2	manual	manual	NN
19138	1422	3	of	of	IN
19138	1422	4	analysis	analysis	NN
19138	1422	5	of	of	IN
19138	1422	6	all	all	PDT
19138	1422	7	the	the	DT
19138	1422	8	structural	structural	JJ
19138	1422	9	factors	factor	NNS
19138	1422	10	and	and	CC
19138	1422	11	designs	design	NNS
19138	1422	12	employed	employ	VBN
19138	1422	13	in	in	IN
19138	1422	14	musical	musical	JJ
19138	1422	15	composition	composition	NN
19138	1422	16	.	.	.
19138	1423	1	1	1	CD
19138	1423	2	50	50	CD
19138	1423	3	A	a	NN
19138	1423	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1423	5	Musical	musical	JJ
19138	1423	6	Forms.=	forms.=	NN
19138	1423	7	Ernest	Ernest	NNP
19138	1423	8	Pauer	Pauer	NNP
19138	1423	9	.	.	.
19138	1424	1	The	the	DT
19138	1424	2	students	student	NNS
19138	1424	3	of	of	IN
19138	1424	4	musical	musical	JJ
19138	1424	5	form	form	NN
19138	1424	6	,	,	,
19138	1424	7	and	and	CC
19138	1424	8	especially	especially	RB
19138	1424	9	those	those	DT
19138	1424	10	who	who	WP
19138	1424	11	study	study	VBP
19138	1424	12	composition	composition	NN
19138	1424	13	,	,	,
19138	1424	14	will	will	MD
19138	1424	15	find	find	VB
19138	1424	16	this	this	DT
19138	1424	17	a	a	DT
19138	1424	18	very	very	RB
19138	1424	19	valuable	valuable	JJ
19138	1424	20	and	and	CC
19138	1424	21	thorough	thorough	JJ
19138	1424	22	work	work	NN
19138	1424	23	.	.	.
19138	1425	1	1	1	CD
19138	1425	2	75	75	CD
19138	1425	3	A	a	NN
19138	1425	4	do	do	NN
19138	1425	5	.	.	.
19138	1426	1	_	_	NNP
19138	1426	2	Paper	Paper	NNP
19138	1426	3	_	_	NNP
19138	1426	4	90	90	CD
19138	1426	5	A	A	NNP
19138	1426	6	=	=	SYM
19138	1426	7	Sound	sound	NN
19138	1426	8	and	and	CC
19138	1426	9	Its	-PRON-	PRP$
19138	1426	10	Relation	relation	NN
19138	1426	11	to	to	IN
19138	1426	12	Music.=	Music.=	NNP
19138	1426	13	Clarence	Clarence	NNP
19138	1426	14	G.	G.	NNP
19138	1426	15	Hamilton	Hamilton	NNP
19138	1426	16	,	,	,
19138	1426	17	A.M.	A.M.	NNP
19138	1426	18	A	a	DT
19138	1426	19	handbook	handbook	NN
19138	1426	20	of	of	IN
19138	1426	21	acoustics	acoustic	NNS
19138	1426	22	as	as	IN
19138	1426	23	relating	relate	VBG
19138	1426	24	to	to	IN
19138	1426	25	music	music	NN
19138	1426	26	.	.	.
19138	1427	1	Based	base	VBN
19138	1427	2	on	on	IN
19138	1427	3	the	the	DT
19138	1427	4	latest	late	JJS
19138	1427	5	discoveries	discovery	NNS
19138	1427	6	and	and	CC
19138	1427	7	experiments	experiment	NNS
19138	1427	8	.	.	.
19138	1428	1	1	1	CD
19138	1428	2	50	50	CD
19138	1428	3	A	a	DT
19138	1428	4	CONDUCTING	conducting	NN
19138	1428	5	,	,	,
19138	1428	6	HISTORY	history	NN
19138	1428	7	,	,	,
19138	1428	8	MUSIC	music	JJ
19138	1428	9	APPRECIATION	appreciation	NN
19138	1428	10	AND	and	CC
19138	1428	11	DEFINITIONS	definition	NNS
19138	1428	12	=	=	SYM
19138	1428	13	Essentials	essential	NNS
19138	1428	14	in	in	IN
19138	1428	15	Conducting.=	Conducting.=	NNP
19138	1428	16	Karl	Karl	NNP
19138	1428	17	W.	W.	NNP
19138	1428	18	Gehrkens	Gehrkens	NNP
19138	1428	19	,	,	,
19138	1428	20	A.M.	A.M.	NNP
19138	1428	21	On	on	IN
19138	1428	22	personal	personal	JJ
19138	1428	23	requirements	requirement	NNS
19138	1428	24	,	,	,
19138	1428	25	technic	technic	NN
19138	1428	26	of	of	IN
19138	1428	27	the	the	DT
19138	1428	28	baton	baton	NN
19138	1428	29	,	,	,
19138	1428	30	interpretation	interpretation	NN
19138	1428	31	,	,	,
19138	1428	32	rehearsing	rehearsing	NN
19138	1428	33	,	,	,
19138	1428	34	program	program	NN
19138	1428	35	making	making	NN
19138	1428	36	,	,	,
19138	1428	37	etc	etc	FW
19138	1428	38	.	.	.
19138	1429	1	1	1	CD
19138	1429	2	75	75	CD
19138	1429	3	A	a	NN
19138	1429	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1429	5	Outlines	Outlines	NNP
19138	1429	6	of	of	IN
19138	1429	7	Music	Music	NNP
19138	1429	8	History.=	History.=	NNP
19138	1429	9	Clarence	Clarence	NNP
19138	1429	10	G.	G.	NNP
19138	1429	11	Hamilton	Hamilton	NNP
19138	1429	12	,	,	,
19138	1429	13	A.M.	A.M.	NNP
19138	1429	14	A	A	NNP
19138	1429	15	compact	compact	JJ
19138	1429	16	,	,	,
19138	1429	17	clearcut	clearcut	NNP
19138	1429	18	work	work	NN
19138	1429	19	for	for	IN
19138	1429	20	class	class	NN
19138	1429	21	use	use	NN
19138	1429	22	and	and	CC
19138	1429	23	the	the	DT
19138	1429	24	general	general	JJ
19138	1429	25	reader	reader	NN
19138	1429	26	.	.	.
19138	1430	1	Fully	fully	RB
19138	1430	2	illustrated	illustrate	VBN
19138	1430	3	.	.	.
19138	1431	1	2	2	LS
19138	1431	2	25	25	CD
19138	1431	3	A	a	NN
19138	1431	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1431	5	Music	Music	NNP
19138	1431	6	Appreciation.=	Appreciation.=	NNP
19138	1431	7	Clarence	Clarence	NNP
19138	1431	8	G.	G.	NNP
19138	1431	9	Hamilton	Hamilton	NNP
19138	1431	10	,	,	,
19138	1431	11	A.M.	A.M.	NNP
19138	1431	12	Based	base	VBN
19138	1431	13	on	on	IN
19138	1431	14	methods	method	NNS
19138	1431	15	of	of	IN
19138	1431	16	literary	literary	JJ
19138	1431	17	criticism	criticism	NN
19138	1431	18	,	,	,
19138	1431	19	this	this	DT
19138	1431	20	unique	unique	JJ
19138	1431	21	text	text	NN
19138	1431	22	-	-	HYPH
19138	1431	23	book	book	NN
19138	1431	24	is	be	VBZ
19138	1431	25	for	for	IN
19138	1431	26	those	those	DT
19138	1431	27	who	who	WP
19138	1431	28	wish	wish	VBP
19138	1431	29	to	to	TO
19138	1431	30	listen	listen	VB
19138	1431	31	to	to	IN
19138	1431	32	music	music	NN
19138	1431	33	with	with	IN
19138	1431	34	quickened	quicken	VBN
19138	1431	35	hearing	hearing	NN
19138	1431	36	and	and	CC
19138	1431	37	real	real	JJ
19138	1431	38	understanding	understanding	NN
19138	1431	39	.	.	.
19138	1432	1	With	with	IN
19138	1432	2	24	24	CD
19138	1432	3	portraits	portrait	NNS
19138	1432	4	,	,	,
19138	1432	5	28	28	CD
19138	1432	6	diagrams	diagram	NNS
19138	1432	7	and	and	CC
19138	1432	8	over	over	IN
19138	1432	9	200	200	CD
19138	1432	10	music	music	NN
19138	1432	11	cuts	cut	NNS
19138	1432	12	.	.	.
19138	1433	1	2	2	CD
19138	1433	2	50	50	CD
19138	1433	3	A	a	NN
19138	1433	4	=	=	SYM
19138	1433	5	Music	Music	NNP
19138	1433	6	Club	Club	NNP
19138	1433	7	Programs	Programs	NNP
19138	1433	8	From	from	IN
19138	1433	9	all	all	DT
19138	1433	10	Nations.=	Nations.=	NNP
19138	1433	11	Arthur	Arthur	NNP
19138	1433	12	Elson	Elson	NNP
19138	1433	13	.	.	.
19138	1434	1	Outlines	outlines	RB
19138	1434	2	the	the	DT
19138	1434	3	various	various	JJ
19138	1434	4	schools	school	NNS
19138	1434	5	from	from	IN
19138	1434	6	all	all	DT
19138	1434	7	nations	nation	NNS
19138	1434	8	with	with	IN
19138	1434	9	a	a	DT
19138	1434	10	rich	rich	JJ
19138	1434	11	series	series	NN
19138	1434	12	of	of	IN
19138	1434	13	programs	program	NNS
19138	1434	14	and	and	CC
19138	1434	15	over	over	IN
19138	1434	16	one	one	CD
19138	1434	17	hundred	hundred	CD
19138	1434	18	portraits	portrait	NNS
19138	1434	19	.	.	.
19138	1435	1	2	2	LS
19138	1435	2	00	00	NFP
19138	1435	3	A	a	NN
19138	1435	4	=	=	NNS
19138	1435	5	Some	some	DT
19138	1435	6	Essentials	Essentials	NNPS
19138	1435	7	in	in	IN
19138	1435	8	Musical	musical	JJ
19138	1435	9	Definitions.=	Definitions.=	NNP
19138	1435	10	M.F.	M.F.	NNP
19138	1436	1	MacConnell	MacConnell	NNP
19138	1436	2	.	.	.
19138	1437	1	Covers	cover	VBZ
19138	1437	2	the	the	DT
19138	1437	3	needed	needed	JJ
19138	1437	4	information	information	NN
19138	1437	5	on	on	IN
19138	1437	6	all	all	DT
19138	1437	7	points	point	NNS
19138	1437	8	connected	connect	VBN
19138	1437	9	with	with	IN
19138	1437	10	musical	musical	JJ
19138	1437	11	theory	theory	NN
19138	1437	12	,	,	,
19138	1437	13	and	and	CC
19138	1437	14	therefore	therefore	RB
19138	1437	15	of	of	IN
19138	1437	16	special	special	JJ
19138	1437	17	value	value	NN
19138	1437	18	to	to	IN
19138	1437	19	piano	piano	NN
19138	1437	20	,	,	,
19138	1437	21	singing	singing	NN
19138	1437	22	,	,	,
19138	1437	23	violin	violin	NN
19138	1437	24	,	,	,
19138	1437	25	and	and	CC
19138	1437	26	organ	organ	NN
19138	1437	27	students	student	NNS
19138	1437	28	.	.	.
19138	1438	1	1	1	CD
19138	1438	2	25	25	CD
19138	1438	3	A	a	DT
19138	1438	4	[	[	-LRB-
19138	1438	5	Illustration	illustration	NN
19138	1438	6	]	]	-RRB-
19138	1438	7	THE	the	DT
19138	1438	8	MUSICIANS	musician	NNS
19138	1438	9	LIBRARY	library	NN
19138	1438	10	=	=	NFP
19138	1438	11	This	this	DT
19138	1438	12	notable	notable	JJ
19138	1438	13	series	series	NN
19138	1438	14	has	have	VBZ
19138	1438	15	been	be	VBN
19138	1438	16	planned	plan	VBN
19138	1438	17	to	to	TO
19138	1438	18	embrace	embrace	VB
19138	1438	19	all	all	PDT
19138	1438	20	the	the	DT
19138	1438	21	masterpieces	masterpiece	NNS
19138	1438	22	of	of	IN
19138	1438	23	song	song	NN
19138	1438	24	and	and	CC
19138	1438	25	piano	piano	NN
19138	1438	26	literature	literature	NN
19138	1438	27	;	;	:
19138	1438	28	to	to	TO
19138	1438	29	gather	gather	VB
19138	1438	30	into	into	IN
19138	1438	31	superbly	superbly	RB
19138	1438	32	made	make	VBN
19138	1438	33	volumes	volume	NNS
19138	1438	34	of	of	IN
19138	1438	35	uniform	uniform	JJ
19138	1438	36	size	size	NN
19138	1438	37	and	and	CC
19138	1438	38	binding	bind	VBG
19138	1438	39	the	the	DT
19138	1438	40	best	good	JJS
19138	1438	41	work	work	NN
19138	1438	42	of	of	IN
19138	1438	43	the	the	DT
19138	1438	44	best	good	JJS
19138	1438	45	composers	composer	NNS
19138	1438	46	,	,	,
19138	1438	47	edited	edit	VBN
19138	1438	48	by	by	IN
19138	1438	49	men	man	NNS
19138	1438	50	of	of	IN
19138	1438	51	authority	authority	NN
19138	1438	52	.	.	.
19138	1439	1	Each	each	DT
19138	1439	2	volume	volume	NN
19138	1439	3	is	be	VBZ
19138	1439	4	independent	independent	JJ
19138	1439	5	,	,	,
19138	1439	6	complete	complete	JJ
19138	1439	7	in	in	IN
19138	1439	8	itself	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1439	9	,	,	,
19138	1439	10	and	and	CC
19138	1439	11	sold	sell	VBN
19138	1439	12	by	by	IN
19138	1439	13	itself.=	itself.=	NNP
19138	1439	14	Paper	Paper	NNP
19138	1439	15	,	,	,
19138	1439	16	Cloth	Cloth	NNP
19138	1439	17	Back	back	RB
19138	1439	18	,	,	,
19138	1439	19	per	per	IN
19138	1439	20	Volume	volume	NN
19138	1439	21	$	$	$
19138	1439	22	2	2	CD
19138	1439	23	50	50	CD
19138	1439	24	A	a	NN
19138	1439	25	Cloth	Cloth	NNP
19138	1439	26	,	,	,
19138	1439	27	Gilt	gilt	UH
19138	1439	28	,	,	,
19138	1439	29	per	per	IN
19138	1439	30	Volume	volume	NN
19138	1439	31	.	.	.
19138	1440	1	3	3	CD
19138	1440	2	50	50	CD
19138	1440	3	A	a	DT
19138	1440	4	PIANO	piano	NN
19138	1440	5	VOLUMES	volumes	NN
19138	1440	6	=	=	NFP
19138	1440	7	Bach	Bach	NNP
19138	1440	8	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1440	9	Album=	Album=	VBZ
19138	1440	10	Vol	Vol	NNP
19138	1440	11	.	.	.
19138	1441	1	I.	I.	NNP
19138	1442	1	Shorter	short	JJR
19138	1442	2	Compositions	Compositions	NNPS
19138	1442	3	.	.	.
19138	1443	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1443	2	by	by	IN
19138	1443	3	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
19138	1443	4	Ebenezer	Ebenezer	NNP
19138	1443	5	Prout	Prout	NNP
19138	1443	6	.	.	.
19138	1444	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1444	2	Bach	Bach	NNP
19138	1444	3	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1444	4	Album=	Album=	VBZ
19138	1444	5	Vol	Vol	NNP
19138	1444	6	.	.	.
19138	1445	1	II	ii	CD
19138	1445	2	.	.	.
19138	1446	1	Larger	large	JJR
19138	1446	2	Compositions	Compositions	NNP
19138	1446	3	.	.	.
19138	1447	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1447	2	by	by	IN
19138	1447	3	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
19138	1447	4	Ebenezer	Ebenezer	NNP
19138	1447	5	Prout	Prout	NNP
19138	1447	6	.	.	.
19138	1448	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1448	2	Beethoven	Beethoven	NNP
19138	1448	3	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1448	4	Compositions=	Compositions=	NNS
19138	1448	5	Vols	vol	NNS
19138	1448	6	.	.	.
19138	1449	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1449	2	and	and	CC
19138	1449	3	II	II	NNP
19138	1449	4	.	.	.
19138	1450	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1450	2	by	by	IN
19138	1450	3	Eugen	Eugen	NNP
19138	1450	4	D'Albert	D'Albert	NNP
19138	1450	5	.	.	.
19138	1451	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1451	2	Brahms	Brahms	NNP
19138	1451	3	,	,	,
19138	1451	4	Johannes=	Johannes=	NNP
19138	1451	5	Selected	Selected	NNP
19138	1451	6	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1451	7	Compositions	Compositions	NNPS
19138	1451	8	.	.	.
19138	1452	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1452	2	by	by	IN
19138	1452	3	Rafael	Rafael	NNP
19138	1452	4	Joseffy	Joseffy	NNP
19138	1452	5	.	.	.
19138	1453	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1453	2	Chopin	Chopin	NNP
19138	1453	3	,	,	,
19138	1453	4	Frederic=	Frederic=	VBZ
19138	1453	5	Forty	Forty	NNP
19138	1453	6	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1453	7	Compositions	Compositions	NNPS
19138	1453	8	.	.	.
19138	1454	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1454	2	by	by	IN
19138	1454	3	James	James	NNP
19138	1454	4	Huneker	Huneker	NNP
19138	1454	5	.	.	.
19138	1455	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1455	2	Chopin	Chopin	NNP
19138	1455	3	,	,	,
19138	1455	4	Frederic=	Frederic=	VBZ
19138	1455	5	The	the	DT
19138	1455	6	Greater	Greater	NNP
19138	1455	7	Chopin	Chopin	NNP
19138	1455	8	.	.	.
19138	1456	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1456	2	by	by	IN
19138	1456	3	James	James	NNP
19138	1456	4	Huneker	Huneker	NNP
19138	1456	5	.	.	.
19138	1457	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1457	2	Grieg	Grieg	NNP
19138	1457	3	,	,	,
19138	1457	4	Edvard=	Edvard=	VBZ
19138	1457	5	Larger	large	JJR
19138	1457	6	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1457	7	Compositions	Compositions	NNPS
19138	1457	8	.	.	.
19138	1458	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1458	2	by	by	IN
19138	1458	3	Bertha	Bertha	NNP
19138	1458	4	Feiring	Feiring	NNP
19138	1458	5	Tapper	Tapper	NNP
19138	1458	6	.	.	.
19138	1459	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1459	2	Grieg	Grieg	NNP
19138	1459	3	,	,	,
19138	1459	4	Edvard=	Edvard=	VBZ
19138	1459	5	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1459	6	Lyrics	Lyrics	NNP
19138	1459	7	and	and	CC
19138	1459	8	Shorter	Shorter	NNP
19138	1459	9	Compositions	Compositions	NNPS
19138	1459	10	.	.	.
19138	1460	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1460	2	by	by	IN
19138	1460	3	Bertha	Bertha	NNP
19138	1460	4	Feiring	Feiring	NNP
19138	1460	5	Tapper	Tapper	NNP
19138	1460	6	.	.	.
19138	1461	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1461	2	Haydn	Haydn	NNP
19138	1461	3	,	,	,
19138	1461	4	Franz	Franz	NNP
19138	1461	5	Josef=	Josef=	VBZ
19138	1461	6	Twenty	Twenty	NNP
19138	1461	7	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1461	8	Compositions	Compositions	NNPS
19138	1461	9	.	.	.
19138	1462	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1462	2	by	by	IN
19138	1462	3	Xaver	Xaver	NNP
19138	1462	4	Scharwenka	Scharwenka	NNP
19138	1462	5	.	.	.
19138	1463	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1463	2	Liszt	Liszt	NNP
19138	1463	3	,	,	,
19138	1463	4	Franz=	franz=	DT
19138	1463	5	Twenty	Twenty	NNP
19138	1463	6	Original	Original	NNP
19138	1463	7	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1463	8	Compositions	Compositions	NNPS
19138	1463	9	.	.	.
19138	1464	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1464	2	by	by	IN
19138	1464	3	August	August	NNP
19138	1464	4	Spanuth	Spanuth	NNP
19138	1464	5	.	.	.
19138	1465	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1465	2	Liszt	Liszt	NNP
19138	1465	3	,	,	,
19138	1465	4	Franz=	franz=	DT
19138	1465	5	Twenty	Twenty	NNP
19138	1465	6	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1465	7	Transcriptions	transcription	NNS
19138	1465	8	.	.	.
19138	1466	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1466	2	by	by	IN
19138	1466	3	August	August	NNP
19138	1466	4	Spanuth	Spanuth	NNP
19138	1466	5	.	.	.
19138	1467	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1467	2	Liszt	Liszt	NNP
19138	1467	3	,	,	,
19138	1467	4	Franz=	franz=	DT
19138	1467	5	Ten	Ten	NNP
19138	1467	6	Hungarian	Hungarian	NNP
19138	1467	7	Rhapsodies	Rhapsodies	NNPS
19138	1467	8	.	.	.
19138	1468	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1468	2	by	by	IN
19138	1468	3	August	August	NNP
19138	1468	4	Spanuth	Spanuth	NNP
19138	1468	5	and	and	CC
19138	1468	6	John	John	NNP
19138	1468	7	Orth	Orth	NNP
19138	1468	8	.	.	.
19138	1469	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1469	2	Mendelssohn	Mendelssohn	NNP
19138	1469	3	,	,	,
19138	1469	4	Felix=	felix=	VBP
19138	1469	5	Thirty	Thirty	NNP
19138	1469	6	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1469	7	Compositions	Compositions	NNPS
19138	1469	8	.	.	.
19138	1470	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1470	2	by	by	IN
19138	1470	3	Percy	Percy	NNP
19138	1470	4	Goetschius	Goetschius	NNP
19138	1470	5	,	,	,
19138	1470	6	Mus	Mus	NNP
19138	1470	7	.	.	.
19138	1471	1	Doc	doc	UH
19138	1471	2	.	.	.
19138	1472	1	With	with	IN
19138	1472	2	a	a	DT
19138	1472	3	Preface	Preface	NNP
19138	1472	4	by	by	IN
19138	1472	5	Daniel	Daniel	NNP
19138	1472	6	Gregory	Gregory	NNP
19138	1472	7	Mason	Mason	NNP
19138	1472	8	.	.	.
19138	1473	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1473	2	Mozart	Mozart	NNP
19138	1473	3	,	,	,
19138	1473	4	Wolfgang	Wolfgang	NNP
19138	1473	5	Amadeus=	Amadeus=	VBZ
19138	1473	6	Twenty	Twenty	NNP
19138	1473	7	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1473	8	Compositions	Compositions	NNPS
19138	1473	9	.	.	.
19138	1474	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1474	2	by	by	IN
19138	1474	3	Carl	Carl	NNP
19138	1474	4	Reinecke	Reinecke	NNP
19138	1474	5	.	.	.
19138	1475	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1475	2	Schubert	Schubert	NNP
19138	1475	3	,	,	,
19138	1475	4	Franz=	franz=	DT
19138	1475	5	Selected	Selected	NNP
19138	1475	6	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1475	7	Compositions	Compositions	NNPS
19138	1475	8	.	.	.
19138	1476	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1476	2	by	by	IN
19138	1476	3	A.	a.	NN
19138	1476	4	Spanuth	spanuth	NN
19138	1476	5	.	.	.
19138	1477	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1477	2	Schumann	Schumann	NNP
19138	1477	3	,	,	,
19138	1477	4	Robert=	robert=	ADD
19138	1477	5	Fifty	Fifty	NNP
19138	1477	6	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1477	7	Compositions	Compositions	NNPS
19138	1477	8	.	.	.
19138	1478	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1478	2	by	by	IN
19138	1478	3	Naver	Naver	NNP
19138	1478	4	Scharwenka	Scharwenka	NNP
19138	1478	5	.	.	.
19138	1479	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1479	2	Wagner	Wagner	NNP
19138	1479	3	,	,	,
19138	1479	4	Richard=	Richard=	VBZ
19138	1479	5	Selections	selection	NNS
19138	1479	6	from	from	IN
19138	1479	7	the	the	DT
19138	1479	8	Music	Music	NNP
19138	1479	9	Dramas	drama	NNS
19138	1479	10	.	.	.
19138	1480	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1480	2	by	by	IN
19138	1480	3	Otto	Otto	NNP
19138	1480	4	Singer	Singer	NNP
19138	1480	5	.	.	.
19138	1481	1	*	*	NFP
19138	1481	2	*	*	NFP
19138	1481	3	*	*	NFP
19138	1481	4	*	*	NFP
19138	1481	5	*	*	NFP
19138	1481	6	=	=	SYM
19138	1481	7	Anthology	anthology	NN
19138	1481	8	of	of	IN
19138	1481	9	French	French	NNP
19138	1481	10	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1481	11	Music=	music=	NN
19138	1481	12	Vol	Vol	NNP
19138	1481	13	.	.	.
19138	1482	1	I.	I.	NNP
19138	1483	1	Early	early	JJ
19138	1483	2	Composers	composer	NNS
19138	1483	3	.	.	.
19138	1484	1	Vol	Vol	NNP
19138	1484	2	.	.	.
19138	1485	1	II	ii	CD
19138	1485	2	.	.	.
19138	1486	1	Modern	Modern	NNP
19138	1486	2	Composers	Composers	NNPS
19138	1486	3	.	.	.
19138	1487	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1487	2	by	by	IN
19138	1487	3	Isidor	Isidor	NNP
19138	1487	4	Philipp	Philipp	NNP
19138	1487	5	.	.	.
19138	1488	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1488	2	Anthology	anthology	NN
19138	1488	3	of	of	IN
19138	1488	4	German	german	JJ
19138	1488	5	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1488	6	Music=	music=	NN
19138	1488	7	Vol	Vol	NNP
19138	1488	8	.	.	.
19138	1489	1	I.	I.	NNP
19138	1490	1	Early	early	JJ
19138	1490	2	Composers	composer	NNS
19138	1490	3	.	.	.
19138	1491	1	Vol	Vol	NNP
19138	1491	2	.	.	.
19138	1492	1	II	ii	CD
19138	1492	2	.	.	.
19138	1493	1	Modern	Modern	NNP
19138	1493	2	Composers	Composers	NNPS
19138	1493	3	.	.	.
19138	1494	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1494	2	by	by	IN
19138	1494	3	Moritz	Moritz	NNP
19138	1494	4	Moszkowski	Moszkowski	NNP
19138	1494	5	.	.	.
19138	1495	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1495	2	Early	early	JJ
19138	1495	3	Italian	italian	JJ
19138	1495	4	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1495	5	Music=	music=	NN
19138	1495	6	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1495	7	by	by	IN
19138	1495	8	M.	M.	NNP
19138	1495	9	Esposito	Esposito	NNP
19138	1495	10	.	.	.
19138	1496	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1496	2	Modern	modern	JJ
19138	1496	3	Russian	russian	JJ
19138	1496	4	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1496	5	Music=	music=	NN
19138	1496	6	Vols	Vols	NNP
19138	1496	7	.	.	.
19138	1497	1	I	-PRON-	PRP
19138	1497	2	and	and	CC
19138	1497	3	II	II	NNP
19138	1497	4	.	.	.
19138	1498	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1498	2	by	by	IN
19138	1498	3	Constantin	Constantin	NNP
19138	1498	4	von	von	NNP
19138	1498	5	Sternberg	Sternberg	NNP
19138	1498	6	.	.	.
19138	1499	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1499	2	Twenty	twenty	CD
19138	1499	3	-	-	HYPH
19138	1499	4	four	four	CD
19138	1499	5	Negro	Negro	NNP
19138	1499	6	Melodies.=	Melodies.=	NNP
19138	1499	7	Transcribed	Transcribed	NNP
19138	1499	8	for	for	IN
19138	1499	9	Piano	Piano	NNP
19138	1499	10	by	by	IN
19138	1499	11	S.	S.	NNP
19138	1499	12	Coleridge	Coleridge	NNP
19138	1499	13	-	-	HYPH
19138	1499	14	Taylor	Taylor	NNP
19138	1499	15	.	.	.
19138	1500	1	SONG	SONG	NNP
19138	1500	2	VOLUMES	VOLUMES	NNP
19138	1500	3	=	=	SYM
19138	1500	4	Brahms	Brahms	NNP
19138	1500	5	,	,	,
19138	1500	6	Johannes=	Johannes=	NNP
19138	1500	7	Forty	Forty	NNP
19138	1500	8	Songs	Songs	NNPS
19138	1500	9	.	.	.
19138	1501	1	High	High	NNP
19138	1501	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1501	3	.	.	.
19138	1502	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1502	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1502	3	.	.	.
19138	1503	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1503	2	by	by	IN
19138	1503	3	James	James	NNP
19138	1503	4	Huneker	Huneker	NNP
19138	1503	5	.	.	.
19138	1504	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1504	2	Franz	Franz	NNP
19138	1504	3	,	,	,
19138	1504	4	Robert=	Robert=	NNP
19138	1504	5	Fifty	Fifty	NNP
19138	1504	6	Songs	Songs	NNPS
19138	1504	7	.	.	.
19138	1505	1	High	High	NNP
19138	1505	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1505	3	.	.	.
19138	1506	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1506	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1506	3	.	.	.
19138	1507	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1507	2	by	by	IN
19138	1507	3	William	William	NNP
19138	1507	4	Foster	Foster	NNP
19138	1507	5	Apthorp	Apthorp	NNP
19138	1507	6	.	.	.
19138	1508	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1508	2	Grieg	Grieg	NNP
19138	1508	3	,	,	,
19138	1508	4	Edvard=	edvard=	CD
19138	1508	5	Fifty	fifty	CD
19138	1508	6	Songs	Songs	NNPS
19138	1508	7	.	.	.
19138	1509	1	High	High	NNP
19138	1509	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1509	3	.	.	.
19138	1510	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1510	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1510	3	.	.	.
19138	1511	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1511	2	by	by	IN
19138	1511	3	Henry	Henry	NNP
19138	1511	4	T.	T.	NNP
19138	1511	5	Finck	Finck	NNP
19138	1511	6	.	.	.
19138	1512	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1512	2	Handel	Handel	NNP
19138	1512	3	,	,	,
19138	1512	4	George	George	NNP
19138	1512	5	Frideric=	Frideric=	VBZ
19138	1512	6	Vol	Vol	NNP
19138	1512	7	.	.	.
19138	1513	1	I.	I.	NNP
19138	1514	1	Songs	Songs	NNP
19138	1514	2	and	and	CC
19138	1514	3	Airs	Airs	NNPS
19138	1514	4	.	.	.
19138	1515	1	High	High	NNP
19138	1515	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1515	3	.	.	.
19138	1516	1	Vol	Vol	NNP
19138	1516	2	.	.	.
19138	1517	1	II	ii	CD
19138	1517	2	.	.	.
19138	1518	1	Songs	Songs	NNP
19138	1518	2	and	and	CC
19138	1518	3	Airs	Airs	NNPS
19138	1518	4	.	.	.
19138	1519	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1519	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1519	3	.	.	.
19138	1520	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1520	2	by	by	IN
19138	1520	3	Dr.	Dr.	NNP
19138	1520	4	Ebenezer	Ebenezer	NNP
19138	1520	5	Prout	Prout	NNP
19138	1520	6	.	.	.
19138	1521	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1521	2	Jensen	Jensen	NNP
19138	1521	3	,	,	,
19138	1521	4	Adolf=	Adolf=	NNP
19138	1521	5	Forty	Forty	NNP
19138	1521	6	Songs	Songs	NNPS
19138	1521	7	.	.	.
19138	1522	1	High	High	NNP
19138	1522	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1522	3	.	.	.
19138	1523	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1523	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1523	3	.	.	.
19138	1524	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1524	2	by	by	IN
19138	1524	3	William	William	NNP
19138	1524	4	Foster	Foster	NNP
19138	1524	5	Apthorp	Apthorp	NNP
19138	1524	6	.	.	.
19138	1525	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1525	2	Liszt	Liszt	NNP
19138	1525	3	,	,	,
19138	1525	4	Franz=	franz=	DT
19138	1525	5	Thirty	thirty	CD
19138	1525	6	Songs	Songs	NNPS
19138	1525	7	.	.	.
19138	1526	1	High	High	NNP
19138	1526	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1526	3	.	.	.
19138	1527	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1527	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1527	3	.	.	.
19138	1528	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1528	2	by	by	IN
19138	1528	3	Carl	Carl	NNP
19138	1528	4	Armbruster	Armbruster	NNP
19138	1528	5	.	.	.
19138	1529	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1529	2	Schubert	Schubert	NNP
19138	1529	3	,	,	,
19138	1529	4	Franz=	franz=	DT
19138	1529	5	Fifty	Fifty	NNP
19138	1529	6	Songs	Songs	NNPS
19138	1529	7	.	.	.
19138	1530	1	High	High	NNP
19138	1530	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1530	3	.	.	.
19138	1531	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1531	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1531	3	.	.	.
19138	1532	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1532	2	by	by	IN
19138	1532	3	Henry	Henry	NNP
19138	1532	4	T.	T.	NNP
19138	1532	5	Finck	Finck	NNP
19138	1532	6	.	.	.
19138	1533	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1533	2	Schumann	Schumann	NNP
19138	1533	3	,	,	,
19138	1533	4	Robert=	Robert=	NNP
19138	1533	5	Fifty	fifty	CD
19138	1533	6	Songs	Songs	NNPS
19138	1533	7	.	.	.
19138	1534	1	High	High	NNP
19138	1534	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1534	3	.	.	.
19138	1535	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1535	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1535	3	.	.	.
19138	1536	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1536	2	by	by	IN
19138	1536	3	W.J.	W.J.	NNP
19138	1537	1	Henderson	Henderson	NNP
19138	1537	2	.	.	.
19138	1538	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1538	2	Strauss	Strauss	NNP
19138	1538	3	,	,	,
19138	1538	4	Richard=	Richard=	VBZ
19138	1538	5	Forty	forty	CD
19138	1538	6	Songs	Songs	NNPS
19138	1538	7	.	.	.
19138	1539	1	High	High	NNP
19138	1539	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1539	3	.	.	.
19138	1540	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1540	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1540	3	.	.	.
19138	1541	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1541	2	by	by	IN
19138	1541	3	James	James	NNP
19138	1541	4	Huneker	Huneker	NNP
19138	1541	5	.	.	.
19138	1542	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1542	2	Tchaikovsky	Tchaikovsky	NNP
19138	1542	3	,	,	,
19138	1542	4	P.I.=	P.I.=	NNP
19138	1542	5	Forty	Forty	NNP
19138	1542	6	Songs	Songs	NNPS
19138	1542	7	.	.	.
19138	1543	1	High	High	NNP
19138	1543	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1543	3	.	.	.
19138	1544	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1544	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1544	3	.	.	.
19138	1545	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1545	2	by	by	IN
19138	1545	3	James	James	NNP
19138	1545	4	Huneker	Huneker	NNP
19138	1545	5	.	.	.
19138	1546	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1546	2	Wagner	Wagner	NNP
19138	1546	3	,	,	,
19138	1546	4	Richard=	Richard=	VBZ
19138	1546	5	Lyrics	Lyrics	NNP
19138	1546	6	for	for	IN
19138	1546	7	Soprano	Soprano	NNP
19138	1546	8	.	.	.
19138	1547	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1547	2	by	by	IN
19138	1547	3	Carl	Carl	NNP
19138	1547	4	Armbruster	Armbruster	NNP
19138	1547	5	.	.	.
19138	1548	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1548	2	Wagner	Wagner	NNP
19138	1548	3	,	,	,
19138	1548	4	Richard=	Richard=	VBZ
19138	1548	5	Lyrics	Lyrics	NNP
19138	1548	6	for	for	IN
19138	1548	7	Tenor	Tenor	NNP
19138	1548	8	.	.	.
19138	1549	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1549	2	by	by	IN
19138	1549	3	Carl	Carl	NNP
19138	1549	4	Armbruster	Armbruster	NNP
19138	1549	5	.	.	.
19138	1550	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1550	2	Wagner	Wagner	NNP
19138	1550	3	,	,	,
19138	1550	4	Richard=	Richard=	VBZ
19138	1550	5	Lyrics	Lyrics	NNP
19138	1550	6	for	for	IN
19138	1550	7	Baritone	Baritone	NNP
19138	1550	8	and	and	CC
19138	1550	9	Bass	Bass	NNP
19138	1550	10	.	.	.
19138	1551	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1551	2	by	by	IN
19138	1551	3	Carl	Carl	NNP
19138	1551	4	Armbruster	Armbruster	NNP
19138	1551	5	.	.	.
19138	1552	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1552	2	Wolf	Wolf	NNP
19138	1552	3	,	,	,
19138	1552	4	Hugo=	hugo=	NN
19138	1552	5	Fifty	Fifty	NNP
19138	1552	6	Songs	Songs	NNPS
19138	1552	7	.	.	.
19138	1553	1	High	High	NNP
19138	1553	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1553	3	.	.	.
19138	1554	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1554	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1554	3	.	.	.
19138	1555	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1555	2	by	by	IN
19138	1555	3	Ernest	Ernest	NNP
19138	1555	4	Newman	Newman	NNP
19138	1555	5	.	.	.
19138	1556	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1556	2	Fifty	fifty	CD
19138	1556	3	Mastersongs=	mastersongs=	NN
19138	1556	4	High	High	NNP
19138	1556	5	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1556	6	.	.	.
19138	1557	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1557	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1557	3	.	.	.
19138	1558	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1558	2	by	by	IN
19138	1558	3	Henry	Henry	NNP
19138	1558	4	T.	T.	NNP
19138	1558	5	Finck	Finck	NNP
19138	1558	6	.	.	.
19138	1559	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1559	2	Fifty	Fifty	NNP
19138	1559	3	Shakspere	Shakspere	NNP
19138	1559	4	Songs=	songs=	POS
19138	1559	5	High	High	NNP
19138	1559	6	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1559	7	.	.	.
19138	1560	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1560	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1560	3	.	.	.
19138	1561	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1561	2	by	by	IN
19138	1561	3	Charles	Charles	NNP
19138	1561	4	Vincent	Vincent	NNP
19138	1561	5	,	,	,
19138	1561	6	Mus	Mus	NNP
19138	1561	7	.	.	.
19138	1562	1	Doc	doc	UH
19138	1562	2	.	.	.
19138	1563	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1563	2	Modern	modern	JJ
19138	1563	3	French	French	NNP
19138	1563	4	Songs=	songs=	NN
19138	1563	5	High	High	NNP
19138	1563	6	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1563	7	.	.	.
19138	1564	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1564	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1564	3	.	.	.
19138	1565	1	Vol	Vol	NNP
19138	1565	2	.	.	.
19138	1566	1	I.	I.	NNP
19138	1566	2	Bemberg	Bemberg	NNP
19138	1566	3	to	to	IN
19138	1566	4	Franck	Franck	NNP
19138	1566	5	.	.	.
19138	1567	1	Vol	Vol	NNP
19138	1567	2	.	.	.
19138	1568	1	II	ii	CD
19138	1568	2	.	.	.
19138	1569	1	Georges	george	NNS
19138	1569	2	to	to	IN
19138	1569	3	Widor	Widor	NNP
19138	1569	4	.	.	.
19138	1570	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1570	2	by	by	IN
19138	1570	3	Philip	Philip	NNP
19138	1570	4	Hale	Hale	NNP
19138	1570	5	.	.	.
19138	1571	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1571	2	One	one	CD
19138	1571	3	Hundred	hundred	CD
19138	1571	4	English	English	NNP
19138	1571	5	Folk	Folk	NNP
19138	1571	6	-	-	HYPH
19138	1571	7	songs=	songs=	NN
19138	1571	8	Medium	Medium	NNP
19138	1571	9	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1571	10	.	.	.
19138	1572	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1572	2	by	by	IN
19138	1572	3	Cecil	Cecil	NNP
19138	1572	4	J.	J.	NNP
19138	1573	1	Sharp	sharp	JJ
19138	1573	2	.	.	.
19138	1574	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1574	2	One	one	CD
19138	1574	3	Hundred	hundred	CD
19138	1574	4	Folk	Folk	NNP
19138	1574	5	-	-	HYPH
19138	1574	6	Songs	Songs	NNP
19138	1574	7	of	of	IN
19138	1574	8	all	all	DT
19138	1574	9	Nations.=	Nations.=	NNP
19138	1574	10	Medium	Medium	NNP
19138	1574	11	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1574	12	.	.	.
19138	1575	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1575	2	by	by	IN
19138	1575	3	Granville	Granville	NNP
19138	1575	4	Bantock	Bantock	NNP
19138	1575	5	.	.	.
19138	1576	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1576	2	One	one	CD
19138	1576	3	Hundred	hundred	CD
19138	1576	4	Songs	Songs	NNPS
19138	1576	5	by	by	IN
19138	1576	6	Ten	ten	CD
19138	1576	7	Masters=	masters=	NN
19138	1576	8	High	High	NNP
19138	1576	9	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1576	10	.	.	.
19138	1577	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1577	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1577	3	.	.	.
19138	1578	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1578	2	by	by	IN
19138	1578	3	Henry	Henry	NNP
19138	1578	4	T.	T.	NNP
19138	1578	5	Finck	Finck	NNP
19138	1578	6	.	.	.
19138	1579	1	Vol	Vol	NNP
19138	1579	2	.	.	.
19138	1580	1	I.	I.	NNP
19138	1580	2	Schubert	Schubert	NNP
19138	1580	3	,	,	,
19138	1580	4	Schumann	Schumann	NNP
19138	1580	5	,	,	,
19138	1580	6	Franz	Franz	NNP
19138	1580	7	,	,	,
19138	1580	8	Rubinstein	Rubinstein	NNP
19138	1580	9	and	and	CC
19138	1580	10	Jensen	Jensen	NNP
19138	1580	11	.	.	.
19138	1581	1	Vol	Vol	NNP
19138	1581	2	.	.	.
19138	1582	1	II	ii	CD
19138	1582	2	.	.	.
19138	1583	1	Brahms	Brahms	NNP
19138	1583	2	,	,	,
19138	1583	3	Tchaikovsky	Tchaikovsky	NNP
19138	1583	4	,	,	,
19138	1583	5	Grieg	Grieg	NNP
19138	1583	6	,	,	,
19138	1583	7	Wolf	Wolf	NNP
19138	1583	8	and	and	CC
19138	1583	9	Strauss	Strauss	NNP
19138	1583	10	.	.	.
19138	1584	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1584	2	One	one	CD
19138	1584	3	Hundred	hundred	CD
19138	1584	4	Songs	Songs	NNPS
19138	1584	5	of	of	IN
19138	1584	6	England=	england=	SYM
19138	1584	7	High	High	NNP
19138	1584	8	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1584	9	.	.	.
19138	1585	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1585	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1585	3	.	.	.
19138	1586	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1586	2	by	by	IN
19138	1586	3	Granville	Granville	NNP
19138	1586	4	Bantock	Bantock	NNP
19138	1586	5	.	.	.
19138	1587	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1587	2	Seventy	seventy	CD
19138	1587	3	Scottish	scottish	JJ
19138	1587	4	Songs=	songs=	NN
19138	1587	5	High	High	NNP
19138	1587	6	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1587	7	.	.	.
19138	1588	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1588	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1588	3	.	.	.
19138	1589	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1589	2	by	by	IN
19138	1589	3	Helen	Helen	NNP
19138	1589	4	Hopekirk	Hopekirk	NNP
19138	1589	5	.	.	.
19138	1590	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1590	2	Sixty	Sixty	NNP
19138	1590	3	Folk	Folk	NNP
19138	1590	4	-	-	HYPH
19138	1590	5	songs	song	NNS
19138	1590	6	of	of	IN
19138	1590	7	France=	france=	CD
19138	1590	8	Medium	Medium	NNP
19138	1590	9	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1590	10	.	.	.
19138	1591	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1591	2	by	by	IN
19138	1591	3	Julien	Julien	NNP
19138	1591	4	Tiersot	Tiersot	NNP
19138	1591	5	.	.	.
19138	1592	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1592	2	Sixty	sixty	CD
19138	1592	3	Irish	irish	JJ
19138	1592	4	Songs=	songs=	NN
19138	1592	5	High	High	NNP
19138	1592	6	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1592	7	.	.	.
19138	1593	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1593	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1593	3	.	.	.
19138	1594	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1594	2	by	by	IN
19138	1594	3	William	William	NNP
19138	1594	4	Arms	Arms	NNP
19138	1594	5	Fisher	Fisher	NNP
19138	1594	6	.	.	.
19138	1595	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1595	2	Sixty	Sixty	NNP
19138	1595	3	Patriotic	Patriotic	NNP
19138	1595	4	Songs	Songs	NNPS
19138	1595	5	of	of	IN
19138	1595	6	All	all	DT
19138	1595	7	Nations=	Nations=	NNS
19138	1595	8	Medium	Medium	NNP
19138	1595	9	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1595	10	.	.	.
19138	1596	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1596	2	by	by	IN
19138	1596	3	Granville	Granville	NNP
19138	1596	4	Bantock	Bantock	NNP
19138	1596	5	.	.	.
19138	1597	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1597	2	Songs	Songs	NNP
19138	1597	3	by	by	IN
19138	1597	4	Thirty	thirty	CD
19138	1597	5	Americans=	Americans=	VBZ
19138	1597	6	High	High	NNP
19138	1597	7	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1597	8	.	.	.
19138	1598	1	Low	Low	NNP
19138	1598	2	Voice	Voice	NNP
19138	1598	3	.	.	.
19138	1599	1	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1599	2	by	by	IN
19138	1599	3	Rupert	Rupert	NNP
19138	1599	4	Hughes	Hughes	NNP
19138	1599	5	.	.	.
19138	1600	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1600	2	Songs	song	NNS
19138	1600	3	From	from	IN
19138	1600	4	the	the	DT
19138	1600	5	Operas	Operas	NNP
19138	1600	6	for	for	IN
19138	1600	7	Soprano=	soprano=	JJ
19138	1600	8	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1600	9	by	by	IN
19138	1600	10	H.E.	H.E.	NNP
19138	1601	1	Krehbiel	Krehbiel	NNP
19138	1601	2	.	.	.
19138	1602	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1602	2	Songs	song	NNS
19138	1602	3	From	from	IN
19138	1602	4	the	the	DT
19138	1602	5	Operas	Operas	NNP
19138	1602	6	for	for	IN
19138	1602	7	Mezzo	Mezzo	NNP
19138	1602	8	Soprano=	soprano=	NN
19138	1602	9	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1602	10	by	by	IN
19138	1602	11	H.E.	H.E.	NNP
19138	1603	1	Krehbiel	Krehbiel	NNP
19138	1603	2	.	.	.
19138	1604	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1604	2	Songs	song	NNS
19138	1604	3	From	from	IN
19138	1604	4	the	the	DT
19138	1604	5	Operas	opera	NNS
19138	1604	6	for	for	IN
19138	1604	7	Alto=	alto=	NN
19138	1604	8	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1604	9	by	by	IN
19138	1604	10	H.E.	H.E.	NNP
19138	1605	1	Krehbiel	Krehbiel	NNP
19138	1605	2	.	.	.
19138	1606	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1606	2	Songs	song	NNS
19138	1606	3	From	from	IN
19138	1606	4	the	the	DT
19138	1606	5	Operas	opera	NNS
19138	1606	6	for	for	IN
19138	1606	7	Tenor=	tenor=	NN
19138	1606	8	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1606	9	by	by	IN
19138	1606	10	H.E.	H.E.	NNP
19138	1607	1	Krehbiel	Krehbiel	NNP
19138	1607	2	.	.	.
19138	1608	1	=	=	NFP
19138	1608	2	Songs	song	NNS
19138	1608	3	From	from	IN
19138	1608	4	the	the	DT
19138	1608	5	Operas	Operas	NNP
19138	1608	6	for	for	IN
19138	1608	7	Baritone	Baritone	NNP
19138	1608	8	and	and	CC
19138	1608	9	Bass=	bass=	VB
19138	1608	10	Edited	edit	VBN
19138	1608	11	by	by	IN
19138	1608	12	H.E.	H.E.	NNP
19138	1609	1	Krehbiel	Krehbiel	NNP
19138	1609	2	.	.	.
19138	1610	1	Other	other	JJ
19138	1610	2	volumes	volume	NNS
19138	1610	3	are	be	VBP
19138	1610	4	in	in	IN
19138	1610	5	preparation	preparation	NN
19138	1610	6	.	.	.
19138	1611	1	Booklets	booklet	NNS
19138	1611	2	,	,	,
19138	1611	3	giving	give	VBG
19138	1611	4	full	full	JJ
19138	1611	5	particulars	particular	NNS
19138	1611	6	,	,	,
19138	1611	7	with	with	IN
19138	1611	8	portraits	portrait	NNS
19138	1611	9	of	of	IN
19138	1611	10	Editors	Editors	NNPS
19138	1611	11	,	,	,
19138	1611	12	and	and	CC
19138	1611	13	contents	content	NNS
19138	1611	14	of	of	IN
19138	1611	15	volumes	volume	NNS
19138	1611	16	published	publish	VBN
19138	1611	17	,	,	,
19138	1611	18	FREE	free	JJ
19138	1611	19	on	on	IN
19138	1611	20	request	request	NN
19138	1611	21	.	.	.